openSUSE Translation Commits
Threads by month
- ----- 2024 -----
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2023 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2022 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2021 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2020 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2019 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2018 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2017 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2016 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2015 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
- August
- July
- June
- May
- April
- March
- February
- January
- ----- 2014 -----
- December
- November
- October
- September
May 2016
- 8 participants
- 57 discussions
08 May '16
Author: belphegor
Date: 2016-05-08 08:25:08 +0200 (Sun, 08 May 2016)
New Revision: 95807
Modified:
trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po
trunk/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po
trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po
trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po
trunk/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po
Log:
merged and updated
Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
+++ trunk/yast/ja/po/auth-client.ja.po 2016-05-08 06:25:08 UTC (rev 95807)
@@ -4,13 +4,13 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package.
#
# Automatically generated, 2014.
-# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2014, 2015.
+# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2014, 2015, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: auth-client\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-12-02 07:31+0900\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 13:08+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: ja\n"
@@ -20,361 +20,1025 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=1; plural=0;\n"
"X-Generator: KBabel 1.11.4\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
-msgstr "認証クライアント設定モジュール"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
+msgstr "領域名"
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
-msgstr "認証クライアントの設定概要"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
+msgstr "ドメイン名から領域名へのマッピング (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
-msgstr "@parameters から autoyast rnc を作成する"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
+msgstr "ワイルドカードドメイン名から領域名へのマッピング (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr "管理サーバのホスト名 (オプション)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr "マスターキー配布サーバのホスト名 (オプション)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr "鍵配布センター (DNS 経由での自動検出が有効化されている場合はオプション)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr "プリンシパル名からユーザ名への独自マッピング"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr "プリンシパル名"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr "ユーザ名"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr "プリンシパル名からユーザ名へのマッピングに対する独自ルール"
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr "鍵配布センターのホスト名を入力してください:"
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr "auth_to_local ルールを入力してください:"
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of "
+"\"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+"\"プリンシパル名 = ユーザ名\" の形式で、プリンシパル名とユーザ名"
+"を入力してください:"
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr "領域名を入力してください。"
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr "keytab ファイルの既定の場所"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr "TGS 向けの暗号化種類 (スペース区切り)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr "チケット向けの暗号化種類 (スペース区切り)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr "セッション向けの暗号化種類 (スペース区切り)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr "チケット内に書かれるべき追加のアドレス (カンマ区切り)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr "リセット"
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr "接続が切れた場合:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr "操作を永遠に繰り返す"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr "再試行せず操作を失敗とする"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr "バインド操作に対するタイムアウト (秒単位)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr "検索操作に対するタイムアウト (秒単位)"
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr "識別子プロバイダとして辞書を使用する (LDAP)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr "Kerberos 経由での認証"
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable "
+"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+"このコンピュータは現在、 SSSD を利用してユーザを認証しています。\n"
+"従来の LDAP 認証 (pam_ldap) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" "
+"で SSSD を無効化してください。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user "
+"database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+"このコンピュータは現在、 SSSD の識別子プロバイダからユーザデータベースを読み込んでいます。\n"
+"LDAP ユーザデータベース (nss_ldap) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" "
+"で SSSD のユーザデータベースを無効化してください。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group "
+"database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+"このコンピュータは現在、 SSSD の識別子プロバイダからグループデータベースを読み込んでいます。\n"
+"LDAP グループデータベース (nss_ldap) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" "
+"で SSSD のグループデータベースを無効化してください。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD "
+"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+"このコンピュータは現在、 SSSD の識別子プロバイダから sudoers データベースを読み込んでいます。\n"
+"LDAP sudoers データベース (nss_ldap) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" "
+"で SSSD の sudo データベースを無効化してください。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD "
+"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+"このコンピュータは現在、 SSSD の識別子プロバイダから自動マウントデータベースを読み込んでいます。\n"
+"LDAP 自動マウントデータベース (nss_ldap) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" "
+"で SSSD の自動マウントデータベースを無効化してください。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr "サーバの URI を入力してください。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr "検索のベースとなる DN を入力してください。"
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr "URI %s にある LDAP サーバに問題なく接続できました。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+"URI %s に対する接続チェックが失敗しました。\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr "ホスト %s にある LDAP サーバに問題なく接続できました"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+"ホスト %s に対する接続チェックが失敗しました。\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity "
+"provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not "
+"compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+"ネームサービスのキャッシュは、従来の LDAP 識別子プロバイダでのみ使用される"
+"べきものですが、\n"
+"お使いのシステムでは認証ドメインが有効化されています。これはキャッシュシステムとの"
+"互換性がありません。\n"
+"\n"
+"キャッシュを有効化したままでよろしいですか？"
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD "
+"from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+"このコンピュータは現在、 SSSD を利用してユーザを認証しています。\n"
+"Kerberos 認証 (pam_krb5) を利用する前に、 \"ユーザのログオン管理\" "
+"で SSSD を無効化してください。"
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr "(未指定)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr "領域 %s を削除してよろしいですか？"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr "LDAP のユーザに対して認証を許可する (pam_ldap)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr "より高速な応答のため LDAP の項目をキャッシュする (nscd)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "自動的にホームディレクトリを作成する"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr "LDAP のデータソースから下記の項目を読み込みます:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "ユーザ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr "グループ"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr "スーパユーザコマンド (sudo)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr "ネットワークディスクの場所 (automount)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr "LDAP サーバの場所を入力してください (スペース区切り), 下記のいずれかの書式で指定してください:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr "- ホスト名または IP アドレスと、ポート番号 (ip:port)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr "検索ベースの DN (例: dc=example,dc=com)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr "バインドユーザの DN (匿名バインドの場合は指定しないでください)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr "バインドユーザのパスワード (匿名バインドの場合は指定しないでください)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr "DN でグループメンバーを識別する (RFC2307bis)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr "連続するリクエストで利用するため、 LDAP の接続を開いたままにする"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr "LDAP 通信の暗号化"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr "セキュリティを利用しない"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr "TLS を利用して暗号化する"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr "StartTLS を利用して暗号化する"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr "接続のテスト"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr "拡張オプション"
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr "Kerberos のユーザに対して認証を許可する (pam_krb5)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr "ユーザログインの際の既定の領域:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr "全ての認証領域"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr "領域の追加"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr "領域の編集"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr "領域の削除"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr "領域を検出するために DNS の TXT レコードを使用する"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr "KDC サーバを検出するための DNS の SVC レコードを使用する"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr "安全ではない暗号化を許可する (Windows NT)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr "KDC に対して、他のネットワークに認証チケットの発行を許可する"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr "Kerberos が有効化されたサービスに対して、ユーザの識別子の取得を許可する"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr "NAT 配下にあるコンピュータのため、アドレス無しのチケットを発行する"
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr "LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr "ユーザのログオン管理"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr "設定の変更"
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr "ユーザのログオン設定"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr "LDAP/Kerberos 設定"
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "名前"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "値"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr "コンピュータ名"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr "完全なコンピュータ名"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr "(名前が解決できません)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr "ネットワークドメイン"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr "IP アドレス"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr "識別子ドメイン"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "説明"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr "拡張オプション"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "名前フィルタ:"
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr "ありません。"
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr "必須パラメータ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr "任意指定のパラメータ"
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr "下記の必須パラメータをすべて入力してください:\n"
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr "グローバルオプション"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr "名前切り替え"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "認証"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr "sudo"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr "自動マウント"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr "SSH 公開鍵"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr "特権アカウントの証明書 (MS-PAC)"
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
-msgstr "認証クライアントの設定"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
+msgstr "ドメインユーザのログオン管理"
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr "グローバル設定"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
+msgstr "デーモンの状態: "
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
-msgstr "ログイン時にホームディレクトリを作成する"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
+msgstr "動作中"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
-msgstr "SSSD デーモンの有効化"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
+msgstr "停止済み"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
-msgstr "セクション"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
+msgstr "ドメインユーザのログオンを許可する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
-msgstr "新しいサービス／ドメイン"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "ホームディレクトリを作成する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
-msgstr "サービス／ドメインの削除"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
+msgstr "ドメインのデータソースを有効にする:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr "ネットワークドライブのマッピング (自動マウント)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr "ドメインへの参加"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr "ドメインからの脱退"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr "ドメインキャッシュの消去"
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr "サービスオプション"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr "ドメインオプション"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr "カスタマイズするグローバルオプションやサービス、ドメインを選択してください。"
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr "このドメインを使用する"
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr "Active Directory に登録する"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
-msgstr "カスタマイズ - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
+msgstr "オプション - %s"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "名前"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
+msgstr "一覧の中からドメインを選択してください。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
-msgstr "値"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
+msgstr "ドメイン %s に対する設定を消去してよろしいですか？"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "説明"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to "
+"authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and "
+"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+"このコンピュータは現在、従来の LDAP または Kerberos の方式を利用して、"
+"ユーザを認証しています。\n"
+"SSSD での認証を利用する前に、 \"LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント\" で "
+"LDAP および Kerberos による認証を無効化してください。"
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
-msgstr "さらなるパラメータ"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database "
+"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+"このコンピュータは現在、 LDAP の識別子プロバイダからユーザデータベースを読み込んでいます。\n"
+"SSSD のユーザデータベースを利用する前に、 \"LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント\" で "
+"LDAP ユーザデータベースを無効化してください。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
-msgstr "名前フィルタ:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database "
+"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+"このコンピュータは現在、 LDAP の識別子プロバイダからグループデータベースを読み込んでいます。\n"
+"SSSD のグループデータベースを利用する前に、 \"LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント\" で "
+"LDAP グループデータベースを無効化してください。"
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers "
+"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-"お使いのシステムは nss_ldap を使用するように設定されていますが、\n"
-"このモジュールは sssd を利用して設定するように設計されています。\n"
-"このまま続行すると、 nss_ldap の設定は削除されます。\n"
-"続行してよろしいですか？"
+"このコンピュータは現在、 LDAP の識別子プロバイダから sudoers データベースを読み込んでいます。\n"
+"SSSD の sudoers データベースを利用する前に、 \"LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント\" で "
+"LDAP sudoers データベースを無効化してください。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended "
+"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-"お使いのシステムは OES クライアントとして設定されていますが、\n"
-"このモジュールは sssd を利用して設定するように設計されています。\n"
-"このまま続行すると、 OES クライアントの設定は無効化されます。\n"
-"続行してよろしいですか？"
+"sudo のデータソースがグローバルに有効化されました。\n"
+"sudo データを提供するそれぞれのドメインに対して、必要であれば拡張オプション内で"
+"\"sudo_provider\" パラメータを設定し、カスタマイズしてください。"
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
-msgstr "SSSD のセクションは削除しないことをお勧めします。"
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount "
+"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
+"このコンピュータは現在、 LDAP の識別子プロバイダから自動マウントデータベースを読み込んでいます。\n"
+"SSSD の自動マウントデータベースを利用する前に、 \"LDAP と Kerberos のクライアント\" で "
+"LDAP 自動マウントデータベースを無効化してください。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
-msgstr "セクション '%s' を削除してよろしいですか？"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended "
+"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
+msgstr ""
+"自動マウントのデータソースがグローバルに有効化されました。\n"
+"自動マウントのデータを提供するそれぞれのドメインに対して、必要であれば拡張オプション内で"
+"\"autofs_provider\" パラメータを設定し、カスタマイズしてください。"
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active "
+"Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in "
+"which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+"MS-PAC のデータソースがグローバルに有効化されました。\n"
+"このオプション機能は、お使いの Microsoft Active Directory ドメインの機能に"
+"依存して動作する仕組みです。\n"
+"Active Directory 内にそのような機能が存在しない場合、 SSSD の起動が失敗する"
+"場合がありますが、このような場合は機能を無効化してください。"
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr "このパラメータは必須パラメータであるため、削除しないことをお勧めします。"
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr "パラメータ削除の確認: "
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup "
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration "
"failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
-"パラメータ設定は重要です。パラメータを削除すると、 SSSD の起動が失敗する場合"
-"があります。\n"
+"パラメータ設定は重要です。パラメータを削除すると、設定が失敗する場合があります。\n"
"続行する前に、 SSSD のマニュアルページをお読みください。\n"
-"続行してよろしいですか？"
+"削除を実行してよろしいですか？"
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
-msgstr "どのドメインも有効化されていません"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
+msgstr "ドメイン無し"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable "
+"domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-"[sssd] の \"domains\" パラメータには、有効化されているドメインがありませ"
-"ん。\n"
-"そのため SSSD は起動されなくなり、ローカル認証のみが利用できるようになりま"
+"ドメイン認証を有効化するよう設定していますが、認証ドメインの設定がありません。\n"
+"これにより、 SSSD の起動は失敗するようになり、ローカル認証のみが利用できるようになりま"
"す。\n"
-"この設定を書き込んでよろしいですか？"
+"このまま続行してよろしいですか？"
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
-msgstr "有効化されていないドメインが見つかりました"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
+msgstr "全てのキャッシュ済みデータを消去しました。"
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
-msgstr "他のサービスの有効化、もしくはドメインへの参加を実施しますか？"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this "
+"computer:"
+msgstr ""
+"このコンピュータを登録または再登録するために使用する、 AD のユーザ資格情報"
+" (例: Administrator) を入力してください:"
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "サービス"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr "ユーザ名"
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
-msgstr "ドメイン"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "パスワード"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com):"
-msgstr "ドメイン名 (example.com):"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
+msgstr "組織単位 (オプション, 例: \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\")"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
-msgstr "識別子プロバイダ:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
+msgstr "この AD で動作するように Samba の設定を上書きする"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
-msgstr "認証プロバイダ:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
+msgstr "(AutoYaST エディタでは利用できません)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
-msgstr "ドメインの有効化"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
+msgstr "(DNS で自動検出)"
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
-msgstr "これ以上、有効化できるサービスはありません。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
+msgstr "(DNS エラー)"
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
-msgstr "新しいドメインに対する名前を入力してください。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment "
+"requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name "
+"resolver."
+msgstr ""
+"このコンピュータにおける名前解決サービスは、 AD の登録要件を満たしていません。\n"
+"AD サーバを名前解決器として使用するよう、ネットワークの設定を変更してください。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
-msgstr "指定したドメイン名は既に使用されています。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
+msgstr "既に登録されています"
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
-msgstr "設定ファイルの文法を表示する"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
+msgstr "まだ登録されていません"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
-msgstr "sssd が起動する際、一緒に起動するサービスの一覧 (カンマ区切り)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
+msgstr "Active Directory への登録"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr "現在の状態"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr "状態を収集しています..."
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr "ユーザ名とパスワードの両方を入力してください。"
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
msgid ""
+"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that "
+"AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+"AD の登録に関する詳細を AutoYaST 向けに保存しました。なお、 AD のユーザ名と"
+"パスワードが、暗号化されていない生の形式で保存されていることに注意してください。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
+msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
+"登録が正常に終了しました。\n"
"\n"
-"対応するサービス: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"コマンドの出力:\n"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
msgid ""
-"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
-"Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-"データプロバイダがクラッシュした場合や再起動した際、サービスへの接続を試行す"
-"る回数"
+"登録処理が失敗しました。\n"
+"\n"
+"コマンドの出力:\n"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
+msgstr "サードパーティ製ライブラリに委任する (proxy_lib_name)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
+msgstr "ローカルの SSSD ファイルデータベース"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
+msgstr "Microsoft Active Directory"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
+msgstr "FreeIPA"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
+msgstr "汎用ディレクトリサービス (LDAP)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
+msgstr "汎用 Kerberos サービス"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
+msgstr "ドメインは認証サービスを提供していません"
+
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):"
+msgstr "ドメイン名 (例: example.com):"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
msgid ""
-"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be "
-"configured or SSSD won't start."
+"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group "
+"memberships?"
msgstr ""
-"SSSD は複数のドメインを同時に設定することができますが、少なくとも 1 つ以上を"
-"設定しないと、 SSSD を起動することができません。"
+"ユーザ名やグループのメンバー情報など、どのサービスで識別子データを"
+"提供していますか？"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr "ユーザ認証を処理するサービスはどれですか？"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr "ドメインの有効化"
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr "ドメイン名を入力してください。"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
msgid ""
-"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be "
-"queried."
-msgstr "このパラメータには、ドメインの問い合わせ順序の一覧が含まれます。"
+"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different "
+"name."
+msgstr "ドメイン名に予約キーワードが含まれています。異なる名前を選択してください。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "指定したドメイン名は既に使用されています。"
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr "設定ファイルの文法のバージョン (1 または 2)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
msgid ""
-"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing "
-"user name and domain into these components"
+"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
+"Provider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
-"どのようにしてユーザ名とドメインをコンポーネントに割り当てるのかを指定する、"
-"既定の正規表現"
+"データプロバイダがクラッシュした場合や再起動した際、サービスへの接続を試行す"
+"る回数"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid ""
-"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a "
-"(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
-msgstr "名前とドメインを完全修飾名に変換する際に利用する、 printf(3) 互換の既定書式"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr "ユーザ名とドメインをコンポーネントに変換する際の正規表現"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
msgid ""
-"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update "
-"its internal DNS resolver."
-msgstr ""
-"SSSD は resolv.conf の状態を監視して、必要であれば内部の DNS リゾルバを更新し"
-"ます。"
+"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/"
+"domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr "名前とドメインの対を完全修飾名 (FQDN) に変換する際に利用する、 printf(3) 互換の既定書式"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
msgid ""
-"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to "
-"polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
-msgstr ""
-"既定では inotify を利用してこれを実現しますが、この機能が利用できない場合は"
-"resolv.conf を 5 分おきにチェックします。"
+"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update "
+"internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr "内部の DNS リゾルバを更新するため、 resolv.conf を inotify 機構で監視するかどうか"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
msgid ""
"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
-"files."
+"files"
msgstr ""
"SSSD が Kerberos のリプレイキャッシュファイルを保存すべき、ファイルシステム内"
"のディレクトリ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid ""
-"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
-"domain name component."
-msgstr ""
-"この文字列は、ドメイン名が書かれていない場合の既定のドメインとして使用されま"
-"す。"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr "ドメイン名が書かれていない場合の既定のドメイン名"
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
msgid ""
-"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the "
-"default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most "
-"verbose mode."
+"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as "
+"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-"デバッグレベルをビットマスク値で指定します。 0x0010 は既定値で、設定可能な最"
-"小値です。また、 0xfff0 は最も冗長な出力をするモードです。"
+"ログ記録の詳細レベル。数値 (0-9) で指定することができるほか、 0x0010 (最低レベル) "
+"または 0xFFF (最高レベル) などのようにマスク値でも指定することができます"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr "デバッグメッセージにタイムスタンプを追加する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr "デバッグメッセージ内のタイムスタンプにマイクロ秒を表示する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr "このサービスに対するハートビート間隔 (秒単位)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
msgid ""
-"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
-"opened at one time by this SSSD process."
-msgstr ""
-"このオプションでは、 SSSD のプロセスで一度に利用できるファイルディスクリプタ"
-"の最大値を指定します。"
+"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD "
+"service process"
+msgstr "SSSD のサービスプロセスで一度に利用できるファイルディスクリプタの最大数"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
msgid ""
-"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process "
-"can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
-msgstr ""
-"このオプションでは、 SSSD のクライアントプロセスが通信を行なわずに保持できる"
-"ファイルディスクリプタの最大秒数を指定します。"
+"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor "
+"without any communication"
+msgstr "SSSD のクライアントプロセスが通信を行なうことなく保持できるファイルディスクリプタの最大秒数"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
msgid ""
-"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it "
-"is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive "
+"ping check failure"
msgstr ""
-"サービスが ping チェックに応答しない場合 (参照: \"timeout\" オプション) 、最"
-"初に SIGTERM シグナルを送信して正常終了を促します。"
+"ここで指定した秒数だけ連続して ping チェックに失敗すると、サービスは SIGTERM "
+"を受け取ります"
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid ""
"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about "
"all users)?"
msgstr "どれだけの期間、 nss_sss の列挙 (全ユーザに対する情報) を記憶しておきますか？"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid ""
"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
@@ -383,7 +1047,7 @@
"項目キャッシュは、ドメインに対して entry_cache_timeout で指定した割合以上に要"
"求があった場合、自動的に裏で項目を更新するように設定することができます。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) "
@@ -392,21 +1056,21 @@
"nss_sss がネガティブキャッシュ (存在しないものなど、データベースに対する要求"
"失敗の記憶) を保持する秒数"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr "SSS バックエンドに対して、問い合わせから特定のユーザのみ除外する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr "SSS バックエンドに対して、問い合わせから特定のグループのみ除外する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
"フィルタ済みのユーザでもグループメンバーとしたい場合は、このオプションを "
"false (いいえ) にしてください。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid ""
"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value "
"or a template."
@@ -414,7 +1078,7 @@
"ユーザのホームディレクトリの上書き設定。ディレクトリをありのまま記述すること"
"ができるほか、雛型を指定することもできます。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid ""
"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
"explicitly by the domain's data provider."
@@ -422,40 +1086,39 @@
"ドメインのデータプロバイダで明示的に指定された場合以外で利用される、ユーザの"
"ホームディレクトリに対する既定の雛型"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr "全ユーザに対するログインシェルの上書き設定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr "一覧に示したシェル以外をユーザに使わせない設定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr "これらのいずれかのシェルを shell_fallback に置き換える"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr "このマシンで許可されていないシェルを利用するユーザに提供する、既定のシェル"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr "プロバイダへの問い合わせ時に何も返却しなかった場合に提供する、既定のシェル"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
"considered valid."
msgstr "サブドメインの一覧が有効であると判断する秒数"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
"valid."
msgstr "メモリ内に記憶したレコードが有効であると判断する秒数を指定します。"
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid ""
"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached "
"logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
@@ -463,7 +1126,7 @@
"認証プロバイダがオフラインの場合、記憶済みの情報によるログインをどれだけ許可"
"するか (オンラインのログインが成功してからの日数) 。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid ""
"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
@@ -471,11 +1134,11 @@
"offline_failed_login_attempts の期間が経過したあと、新しいログイン試行ができ"
"るまでの時間 (分)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr "認証時にユーザに対して表示するメッセージ種類の制御"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid ""
"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
@@ -485,13 +1148,12 @@
"別情報を即時に更新し、認証が常に最新の状態になるようにします。"
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr "パスワード期限切れ前の警告日数"
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid ""
"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
@@ -499,8 +1161,7 @@
"時間に依存した sudoers 項目である sudoNotBefore および sudoNotAfter を有効に"
"するかどうか"
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative "
"hits before asking the back end again."
@@ -508,14 +1169,13 @@
"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs レスポンダが否定キャッシュを記"
"憶しておく秒数を指定します。"
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid ""
"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
"file."
msgstr "ホスト名とアドレスを、管理下にある known_hosts ファイルに記録するかどうか"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid ""
"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
"host keys were requested."
@@ -523,21 +1183,19 @@
"ホストキーが要求されたあと、管理下にある known_hosts ファイルの項目をどれだ"
"けの期間保持するか (秒)"
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid ""
"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
"outside these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr "ドメインに対する UID/GID の制限。これらの範囲外にある項目は無視されます。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
"バックエンドデータベースからすべてのエンティティを読み込む (サーバの負荷が上"
"昇します)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid ""
"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor "
"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
@@ -545,7 +1203,7 @@
"サービスが \"force_timeout\" で指定した秒数を過ぎても終了しない場合、モニタ"
"は SIGKILL シグナルを送信して強制的に終了させます。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the "
"backend again."
@@ -553,7 +1211,7 @@
"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が項目を有効であると判断する秒"
"数。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking "
"the backend again."
@@ -561,7 +1219,7 @@
"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がユーザ項目を有効であると判断"
"する秒数。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking "
"the backend again."
@@ -569,7 +1227,7 @@
"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がグループ項目を有効であると判"
"断する秒数。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before "
"asking the backend again."
@@ -577,7 +1235,7 @@
"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss が netgroup 項目を有効であると"
"判断する秒数。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking "
"the backend again."
@@ -585,7 +1243,7 @@
"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 nss_sss がサービス項目を有効であると判"
"断する秒数。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid ""
"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend "
"again."
@@ -593,7 +1251,7 @@
"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 sudo がルールを有効であると判断する秒"
"数。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid ""
"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid "
"before asking the backend again."
@@ -601,11 +1259,11 @@
"再度バックエンドに問い合わせるまでに、 autofs が automounter マップを有効であ"
"ると判断する秒数。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr "オフライン使用のための認証情報記憶"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid ""
"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
"being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
@@ -613,11 +1271,11 @@
"キャッシュのクリーンアップが行なわれるまでの間、どれだけの日数ログイン成功を"
"残しておくか"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr "ドメインに対して使用する識別プロバイダ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid ""
"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
"as the user's login name reported to NSS."
@@ -625,45 +1283,45 @@
"フルネームとドメイン (full_name_format で指定した書式) を利用してユーザのログ"
"イン名を作成し、 NSS に報告する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr "このドメインに対して使用する認証プロバイダ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr "ドメインに対して使用する制御プロバイダ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr "ドメインに対してパスワード変更を取り扱うプロバイダ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr "ドメインに対する SUDO プロバイダ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr "selinux 設定を取り扱うプロバイダ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr "サブドメインへのアクセスを取り扱うプロバイダ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr "ドメインに対する autofs プロバイダ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr "ホスト識別情報の取得に使用するプロバイダ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid ""
"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
"containing user name and domain into these components."
msgstr "このドメインに対するユーザ名とドメインを含む文字列の処理方法 (正規表現)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid ""
"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, "
"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
@@ -671,19 +1329,19 @@
"このドメインに対する完全修飾名への名前／ドメインの変換方法 (printf(3) 互換書"
"式)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid ""
"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
"performing DNS lookups."
msgstr "DNS 参照時に特定のアドレスファミリを優先して使用する機能"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid ""
"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS "
"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr "DNS 解決器が、問い合わせ先に届かないと判断するまでの応答待機秒数の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid ""
"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
"the service discovery DNS query."
@@ -691,15 +1349,15 @@
"バックエンドでサービス検出器を使用する場合、サービス検出器が DNS の問い合わせ"
"を行なう際のドメイン部分の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr "指定した値でのプライマリ GID の上書き"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr "ユーザとグループの名前について、大文字と小文字を区別する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid ""
"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested "
@@ -708,18 +1366,18 @@
"プロキシプロバイダでユーザ名とグループ名を参照する際、その名前が別名であった"
"場合に ID での二次参照で名前を正規化する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
"ドメイン内にある全てのサブドメインに対して、このホームディレクトリを既定値と"
"して使用する"
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr "ログインを許可するユーザの一覧 (カンマ区切り)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only "
"to groups within this SSSD domain."
@@ -727,7 +1385,7 @@
"ログインを許可するグループの一覧 (カンマ区切り) 。この設定は、 SSSD ドメイン"
"内のグループにのみ適用されます。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This "
"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
@@ -737,21 +1395,21 @@
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid ""
"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home "
"directory."
msgstr "ツールがログイン名を base_directory に追加してホームディレクトリとする"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr "新規ユーザの場合、ホームディレクトリを作成すべきかどうかの設定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr "ユーザを削除した場合、ホームディレクトリも削除すべきかどうかの設定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid ""
"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created "
"home directory."
@@ -759,7 +1417,7 @@
"sss_useradd(8) で新しく作成したホームディレクトリに対する既定のパーミッション"
"の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid ""
"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
@@ -768,30 +1426,34 @@
"sss_useradd(8) でユーザを作成する際、ユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーすべき"
"ファイルやディレクトリを含む、スケルトンディレクトリ。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr "メールスプールディレクトリ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr "ユーザを削除したあとに実行するコマンド"
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr "(Active Directory 固有) 利用可能であれば token-groups 属性を使用する"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "LDAP サーバの URI (ldap://) (カンマ区切り)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr "LDAP で sudo ルールを問い合わせる際の既定のベース DN"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
"should connect in the order of preference."
msgstr "SSSD が接続すべき LDAP サーバの URI の順序リスト (カンマ区切り)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
@@ -799,69 +1461,69 @@
"ユーザのパスワード変更時、 SSSD が接続すべき LDAP サーバの URI の順序リスト "
"(カンマ区切り)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr "LDAP 検索に使用するベース DN"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr "LDAP スキーマタイプ"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr "LDAP 操作を実施する際の既定のベース DN"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr "既定のバインド DN に対する認証トークンの種類"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr "既定のバインド DN に対する認証トークン"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr "LDAP 内でのユーザ項目のオブジェクトクラス"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr "ユーザのログイン名に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr "ユーザの ID に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr "ユーザのプライマリグループ ID に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr "ユーザの gecos 項目に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr " ユーザのホームディレクトリの名前に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr "ユーザの既定のシェルに対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr "LDAP ユーザオブジェクトの UUID/GUID に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr "LDAP ユーザオブジェクトの objectSID に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
"parent object."
msgstr "親オブジェクトの最終更新タイムスタンプに対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last "
@@ -870,7 +1532,7 @@
"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に"
"対応する LDAP 属性名 (最終パスワード変更日) を設定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password "
@@ -879,7 +1541,7 @@
"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に"
"対応する LDAP 属性名 (最小パスワード期間) を設定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password "
@@ -888,7 +1550,7 @@
"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に"
"対応する LDAP 属性名 (最大パスワード期間) を設定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning "
@@ -897,7 +1559,7 @@
"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に"
"対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード警告期限) を設定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password "
@@ -906,7 +1568,7 @@
"ldap_pwd_policy=shadow を設定した場合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に"
"対応する LDAP 属性名 (パスワード無効期間) を設定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this "
"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its "
@@ -916,7 +1578,7 @@
"合、このパラメータには shadow(5) の項目に対応する LDAP 属性名 (アカウント有効"
"期限) を設定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in "
@@ -925,7 +1587,7 @@
"ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには Kerberos での"
"最終パスワード変更日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
@@ -933,7 +1595,7 @@
"ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos を設定した場合、このパラメータには現在のパスワー"
"ドの有効期限日時に対応する LDAP 属性名を設定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
@@ -941,7 +1603,7 @@
"ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはアカウントの"
"期限切れ時刻を保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
@@ -949,7 +1611,7 @@
"ldap_account_expire_policy=ad を設定した場合、このパラメータにはユーザアカウ"
"ントの制御ビットフィールドを保存するための LDAP 属性名を設定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter "
"determines if access is allowed or not."
@@ -957,7 +1619,7 @@
"ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds または同種の設定を行なった場合、このパラメー"
"タにはアクセスを許可するかどうかのパラメータを設定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if "
"access is allowed or not."
@@ -965,7 +1627,7 @@
"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する"
"かどうかを設定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until "
"which date access is granted."
@@ -973,7 +1635,7 @@
"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する"
"日を設定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the "
"hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
@@ -981,17 +1643,17 @@
"ldap_account_expire_policy=nds を設定した場合、この属性にはアクセスを許可する"
"週内の時間を設定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name "
"(UPN)."
msgstr "ユーザに対する Kerberos のユーザプリンシパル名 (UPN) を含む LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr "ユーザに対する SSH の公開鍵を含む LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid ""
"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
@@ -1000,17 +1662,17 @@
"Active Directory などのディレクトリサーバの場合、 UPN 内の領域部分が小文字で"
"送信される場合があります。この場合、認証は失敗してしまいます。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr "領域名を大文字で使用したい場合は、このオプションを true に設定してください。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid ""
"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
"enumerated records."
msgstr "SSSD に対する列挙レコードのキャッシュを更新待機秒数の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid ""
"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
@@ -1019,15 +1681,15 @@
"無効な項目 (メンバーのないグループやログインの行なわれていないユーザなど) の"
"キャッシュをチェックし、無駄な領域を削除する間隔"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr "ユーザのフルネームに対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr "ユーザの所属先グループの一覧に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will "
"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry "
@@ -1037,7 +1699,7 @@
"合、 SSSD はユーザの LDAP 項目に authorizedService 属性が存在することをもっ"
"て、アクセス許可の判断とします。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the "
"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access "
@@ -1046,37 +1708,37 @@
"access_provider=ldap と ldap_access_order=host を設定した場合、 SSSD はユーザ"
"の LDAP 項目に host 属性が存在することをもって、アクセス許可の判断とします。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr "LDAP 内でのグループ項目のオブジェクトクラス"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr "グループ名に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr "グループの ID に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr "グループのメンバーの名前に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr "LDAP グループオブジェクトの UUID/GUID に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr "LDAP グループオブジェクトの objectSID に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid ""
" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
"parent object."
msgstr "親オブジェクトの最終更新タイムスタンプに対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid ""
"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
@@ -1086,7 +1748,7 @@
"を指定した場合、このオプションは SSSD がどれだけの深さまで入れ子にアクセスす"
"るかを指定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid ""
"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with "
@@ -1096,7 +1758,7 @@
"複雑なグループや入れ子になったグループなど、高度なグループ参照を高速化するよ"
"うにします。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid ""
"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when "
@@ -1106,45 +1768,45 @@
"initgroups 操作を高速化するようにします (主に複雑なグループや入れ子になったグ"
"ループなどで効果的です) 。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr " LDAP 内での netgroup 項目のオブジェクトクラス"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr "netgroup 名に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr "netgroup のメンバー名に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr "netgroup セット (ホスト, ユーザ, ドメイン) に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr "LDAP netgroup オブジェクトの UUID/GUID を含む LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr "LDAP 内でのサービス項目のオブジェクトクラス"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their "
"aliases."
msgstr "サービス属性とその別名に対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr "このサービスが管理するポートに対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr "このサービスが理解可能なプロトコルに対応する LDAP 属性"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid ""
"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches "
"for this attribute type."
@@ -1152,7 +1814,7 @@
"この属性タイプの LDAP 検索を絞り込むために使用する、検索スコープや LDAP フィ"
"ルタとしての任意指定ベース DN"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid ""
" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
@@ -1161,7 +1823,7 @@
"LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの"
"移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP 検索の制限時間 (秒)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
@@ -1170,25 +1832,25 @@
"LDAP 検索を開始してからキャッシュ済みの応答が返る (およびオフラインモードへの"
"移行) までを基準とした、 LDAP ユーザ／グループ列挙の制限時間 (秒)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) "
"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr "connect(2) に続く poll(2)/select(2) に対して設定する、無応答時の制限時間 (秒)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
"will abort if no response is received."
msgstr "同期 LDAP API が応答を待つ際の制限時間 (秒)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
"maintained."
msgstr "LDAP サーバへの接続を維持する制限時間 (秒)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid ""
"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
@@ -1196,11 +1858,11 @@
"単一の要求で LDAP から取得するレコード数の指定。 LDAP サーバによっては、要求"
"ごとの最大値が決まっているものがあります。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr "LDAP ページングプロトコルを無効化する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid ""
"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
"security level necessary to establish the connection."
@@ -1208,7 +1870,7 @@
"SASL を利用して LDAP サーバと通信する際、接続を確立するのに必要な最小限のセ"
"キュリティレベルの指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid ""
"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
@@ -1216,35 +1878,35 @@
"参照解釈処理を実施する際、内部キャッシュから失われていなければならないグルー"
"プのメンバー数の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr "LDAP TLS セッション時にサーバの証明書を検証する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid ""
"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
"Authorities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr "SSSD が理解すべき全証明機関の証明書一覧を含むファイルの指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid ""
"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
"certificates in separate individual files."
msgstr "証明機関の証明書について、個別のファイルを含むディレクトリの指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr "クライアントの鍵に対応する証明書を含むファイルの指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr "クライアントの鍵を含むファイルの指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr "受け入れ可能な暗号化スイートの指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid ""
"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the "
"channel."
@@ -1252,7 +1914,7 @@
"id_provider 接続が通信を暗号化するため、 TLS を使用しなければならないかどうか"
"の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid ""
"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
@@ -1262,19 +1924,19 @@
"ldap_user_objectsid および ldap_group_objectsid を利用してユーザとグループの "
"ID を参照するようにする指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr "使用する SASL 機構の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr "使用する SASL 認可 ID の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr "使用する SASL 領域の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid ""
"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
@@ -1282,31 +1944,31 @@
"true に設定すると、 LDAP ライブラリが SASL バインドを行なう際、ホスト名を正規"
"化するために逆参照を行なう設定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr "SASL/GSSAPI を利用する際の keytab の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr "id_provider が Kerberos 資格 (TGT) を初期化する指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr "GSSAPI を使用した場合の TGT の有効期間 (秒) の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr "クライアント川でパスワードの有効期限切れを判断するためのポリシーの指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr "自動参照追跡機能を有効化するかどうかの指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr "サービス検出器が有効化されている場合の使用するサービス名の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid ""
"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
"password changes when service discovery is enabled."
@@ -1314,7 +1976,7 @@
"サービス検出器が有効化されている場合、パスワード変更を許可する LDAP サーバを"
"検出するのに使用するサービス名の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid ""
"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
"days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
@@ -1322,7 +1984,7 @@
"パスワード変更操作後、 ldap_user_shadow_last_change にエポック日からの経過日"
"数を更新するかどうかの指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid ""
"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that "
@@ -1332,7 +1994,7 @@
"(既定値) 、このオプションは必須です。ここでは、ユーザがこのホストにログインす"
"る際、適合していなければならない LDAP 検索フィルタ条件を指定します。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid ""
" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
"be enabled."
@@ -1340,15 +2002,15 @@
" このオプションを指定することで、アクセス制御属性をクライアント側で判断できる"
"ようになります。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr "アクセス制御オプションのカンマ区切りリスト"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr "検索時、どのようにして別名の参照解釈を実施するかの指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid ""
"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that "
"use the RFC2307 schema."
@@ -1356,11 +2018,11 @@
"RFC2307 スキーマを使用するサーバ向けの LDAP グループのメンバーに対し、これを"
"ローカルユーザとして許可する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "Kerberos サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名 (カンマ区切り)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
@@ -1368,11 +2030,11 @@
"SSSD が接続すべき Kerberos サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一"
"覧。指定した順序どおりにアクセスが行なわれます。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr "Kerberos の領域名 (例: EXAMPLE.COM)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid ""
"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative "
"servers can be defined here."
@@ -1380,33 +2042,33 @@
"KDC でパスワード変更サービスが動作していない場合に利用する、代替サーバを指定"
"することができます。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr "資格情報のキャッシュを保存しておくディレクトリ。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr "ユーザの資格情報キャッシュの場所"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid ""
" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change "
"password request is aborted."
msgstr " オンライン認証要求またはパスワード変更要求を中止するまでの制限時間 (秒)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid ""
"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been "
"spoofed."
msgstr "取得した TGT が盗聴されていないことを krb5_keytab で検証する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid ""
"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from "
"KDCs."
msgstr "KDC から取得した資格情報を検証する際に使用する keytab の場所"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid ""
"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to "
"request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
@@ -1414,23 +2076,23 @@
"プロバイダがオフラインの場合にパスワードを保存し、プロバイダがオンラインに"
"戻った際に TGT を要求するようにする"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid ""
"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer "
"immediately followed by a time unit."
msgstr "指定した全体の有効期限 (整数 + 時間単位) で更新可能なチケットを要求する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid ""
"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately "
"followed by a time unit."
msgstr "指定した有効期限 (整数 + 時間単位) でチケットを要求する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr "TGT を更新すべきかどうかを判断する時間 (秒)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid ""
"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-"
"authentication."
@@ -1438,24 +2100,24 @@
"Kerberos の事前認証で Flexible Authentication Secure Tunneling (FAST) を有効"
"化する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr "FAST で使用するサーバプリンシパルの指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr "ホストおよびユーザプリンシパルを正規化すべきかどうかの指定"
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr "Active Directory ドメイン名の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "AD サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名 (カンマ区切り)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid ""
"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to "
"which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
@@ -1463,20 +2125,19 @@
"SSSD が接続すべき AD サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名のカンマ区切り一覧。指"
"定した順序でアクセスします。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
msgid ""
-"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the "
-"fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this "
-"host."
+"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN "
+"used by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-"任意指定です。このホストで hostname(5) が Active Directory ドメインで使用され"
-"る完全修飾名を反映しない場合に、指定することができます。"
+"AD ホスト名 (オプション) - このホストを識別するにあたって、 hostname(5) が AD "
+"ドメインで使用される完全修飾名を反映しない場合、この値を設定してください。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr "ユーザのホームディレクトリの上書き指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid ""
" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
@@ -1484,7 +2145,7 @@
" Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 "
"POSIX ID の範囲下限の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid ""
"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
@@ -1492,19 +2153,19 @@
" Active Directory のユーザ／グループ ID をマッピングするために使用する、 "
"POSIX ID の範囲上限の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr "各スライスで利用可能な ID 数の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr "既定のドメインに対するドメイン SID の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr "既定のドメイン名の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid ""
"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to "
"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
@@ -1513,25 +2174,27 @@
"マッピングを動作させる指定"
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr "IPA ドメインの名前の指定"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "IPA サーバの IP アドレスまたはホスト名 (カンマ区切り)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
msgid ""
-"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully "
-"qualified name."
-msgstr "hostname(5) が完全修飾ドメイン名を反映しないマシンの場合に指定"
+"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the "
+"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
+msgstr ""
+"IPA ホスト名 (オプション) - このホストを識別するにあたって、 hostname(5) が IPA "
+"で使用される完全修飾名を反映しない場合、この値を設定してください。"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr "この IPA クライアントが使用する automounter の場所"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid ""
"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into "
"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
@@ -1539,48 +2202,11 @@
"FreeIPA v2 に内蔵されている DNS サーバに対し、このクライアントの IP アドレス"
"で自動更新するように SSSD に指定する"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr "クライアントの DNS レコードを更新する際に適用する TTL"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr "動的 DNS 更新で使用すべきインターフェイスの IP アドレスを選択"
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-"サービス %s の有効化に失敗しました。システムジャーナルを利用して原因を調査し"
-"てください。"
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid ""
-"Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) "
-"to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-"サービス %s の起動に失敗しました。システムジャーナル (journalctl -n -u %s) を"
-"利用して原因を調査してください。"
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr "システムは nss_ldap を使用するように設定されています。\n"
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr "システムは sssd を使用するように設定されています。\n"
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr "システムは OES を使用するように設定されています。\n"
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr "システムは /etc/passwd のみを使用するように設定されています。\n"
-
Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
+++ trunk/yast/ja/po/base.ja.po 2016-05-08 06:25:08 UTC (rev 95807)
@@ -7,13 +7,13 @@
# "田邉 和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003.
# "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004.
# "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005.
-# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015.
+# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-29 08:18+0900\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 09:12+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: ja\n"
@@ -122,7 +122,9 @@
#. translators: error message, %2 is expected type, %3 is the value given
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:501
msgid "Invalid value for option '%1' -- expected '%2', received %3"
-msgstr "オプション '%1' の値が正しくありません -- '%2' を期待しましたが、入力された値は %3 でした"
+msgstr ""
+"オプション '%1' の値が正しくありません -- '%2' を期待しましたが、入力された値"
+"は %3 でした"
#. translators: error message if option has a value, but cannot have one
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:522
@@ -139,7 +141,9 @@
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr "利用可能な全てのオプションを表示するには 'yast2 %1 %2 help' をご利用ください。"
+msgstr ""
+"利用可能な全てのオプションを表示するには 'yast2 %1 %2 help' をご利用くださ"
+"い。"
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
@@ -173,7 +177,8 @@
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-" [文字列] の種類のオプションは 'オプション=値' のように指定しなければなりません。"
+" [文字列] の種類のオプションは 'オプション=値' のように指定しなければなり"
+"ません。"
#. translators: example title for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
@@ -236,17 +241,29 @@
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
-msgstr "利用可能なオプションを表示するには 'yast2 %1 <コマンド> help' を実行してください。"
+msgstr ""
+"利用可能なオプションを表示するには 'yast2 %1 <コマンド> help' を実行してくだ"
+"さい。"
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
-msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr "ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 xmlfile=<ターゲットの_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してください。"
+msgid ""
+"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
+"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr ""
+"ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 "
+"xmlfile=<ターゲットの_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してくださ"
+"い。"
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
-msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr "ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 xmlfile=<ターゲットの_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してください。"
+msgid ""
+"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
+"command line option."
+msgstr ""
+"ターゲットのファイル名 ('xmlfile' オプション) が指定されていません。 "
+"xmlfile=<ターゲットの_XML_ファイル> コマンドラインオプションを使用してくださ"
+"い。"
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
@@ -386,7 +403,8 @@
"See %3 for more information about YaST logs."
msgstr ""
"これは %1 のバグとして報告するにふさわしい事象と思われます。\n"
-"報告の際には '%2' ディレクトリ以下に保存されている全ての YaST ログファイルを添付してください。\n"
+"報告の際には '%2' ディレクトリ以下に保存されている全ての YaST ログファイルを"
+"添付してください。\n"
"また、 YaST ログについての詳しい情報は %3 をご覧ください。"
#. link to the Yast Bug Reporting HOWTO
@@ -396,7 +414,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr "http://ja.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
@@ -432,7 +450,7 @@
msgstr "メモリパッケージ '%s' を削除しています"
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "このインストールモードの作業手順は設定されていません。"
@@ -444,14 +462,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "インストールを続行 (&C)"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "インストールを中止 (&A)"
@@ -497,7 +515,7 @@
msgstr "追加の作業手順を統合する際に内部エラーが発生しました。"
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "%1 の値は正しくありません。"
@@ -519,7 +537,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>サービスの開始</big></b><br>\n"
"コンピュータを起動したときにサービスを開始するには、\n"
-"<b>%1</b> を設定してください。それ以外の場合は <b>%2</b> を設定してください。</p>"
+"<b>%1</b> を設定してください。それ以外の場合は <b>%2</b> を設定してください。"
+"</p>"
#. help text for service auto start widget
#. %1, %2 and %3 are button labels
@@ -536,7 +555,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>サービスの開始</big></b><br>\n"
"コンピュータを起動したときにサービスを開始するには、\n"
-"<b>%1</b> を設定してください。 xinetd 経由でサービスを起動するには <b>%3</b>\n"
+"<b>%1</b> を設定してください。 xinetd 経由でサービスを起動するには <b>%3</"
+"b>\n"
" を設定してください。それ以外の場合は <b>%2</b> を指定してください。</p>"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
@@ -799,7 +819,8 @@
"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>既存の TSIG 鍵の追加</b></big><br>\n"
-"すでに作成されている TSIG 鍵を追加するには、キーが含まれているファイルの <b>ファイル名</b> を\n"
+"すでに作成されている TSIG 鍵を追加するには、キーが含まれているファイルの <b>"
+"ファイル名</b> を\n"
"選択し、 <b>追加</b> を押してください。</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
@@ -925,7 +946,8 @@
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>新しいオプションを追加するには <b>追加</b> ボタンを押してください。オプションを削除するには、\n"
+"<p>新しいオプションを追加するには <b>追加</b> ボタンを押してください。オプ"
+"ションを削除するには、\n"
"削除するオプションを選択して <b>削除</b> を押してください。</p>"
#. help 3/4, optional
@@ -1009,13 +1031,22 @@
"<p>1) <i>一般</i><br>\n"
"ダイアログの項目間の移動は [TAB] (次の項目に移動) または\n"
" [SHIFT] (または [ALT]) + [TAB] (前の項目に移動) で行ないます。\n"
-"項目を選択したり有効化したりする場合は [SPACE] または [ENTER] を押してください。\n"
+"項目を選択したり有効化したりする場合は [SPACE] または [ENTER] を押してくださ"
+"い。\n"
"リストボックスなどでは、カーソルキーで項目を選択する場合もあります。</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331
-msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>ツリー構造内の移動は矢印キーでも行なうことができます。ツリー構造を開いたり閉じたりしたい場合は [SPACE] を押してください。ツリー構造で左側に設定分野を表示するモジュール (一覧形式になっている場合もあります) の場合は、 [ENTER] キーを押すと右側に設定ダイアログを表示することができます。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use "
+"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of "
+"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog "
+"on the right.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>ツリー構造内の移動は矢印キーでも行なうことができます。ツリー構造を開いたり"
+"閉じたりしたい場合は [SPACE] を押してください。ツリー構造で左側に設定分野を表"
+"示するモジュール (一覧形式になっている場合もあります) の場合は、 [ENTER] キー"
+"を押すと右側に設定ダイアログを表示することができます。</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338
@@ -1065,15 +1096,20 @@
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
-"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
+"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings "
+"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>3) <i>ファンクションキー</i><br>\n"
-"ファンクションキーを利用すると主な機能に素早くアクセスすることができます。現在のダイアログに割り当てられているキーの一覧は、一番下に表示されています。</p>"
+"ファンクションキーを利用すると主な機能に素早くアクセスすることができます。現"
+"在のダイアログに割り当てられているキーの一覧は、一番下に表示されています。</"
+"p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367
msgid "<p>The F keys are usually connected to a certain action:</p>"
-msgstr "<p>通常、ファンクションキーはそれぞれ特定のアクションに関連付けられています:</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>通常、ファンクションキーはそれぞれ特定のアクションに関連付けられています:"
+"</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 9/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:369
@@ -1109,6 +1145,90 @@
"<p>環境によってはファンクションキーが\n"
"使えない場合もあります。</p>"
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "設定保存後に再起動する"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "設定保存後に再読み込みする"
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "サービスの状態"
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same "
+"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service "
+"during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running "
+"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the "
+"dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to "
+"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service "
+"in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>現在の状態</big></b><br>\n"
+"サービスに対する現在の状態を表示しています。状態は 'システム起動時に開始す"
+"る' の設定にかかわらず、設定保存後も同じままになります。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"その時点でサービスが動作中の場合にのみ意味のある項目です。設定の保存 ('Ok' ま"
+"たは '保存' ボタンでの保存) 後に、動作中のサービスに対して設定を再読み込みす"
+"るようにします。</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>システム起動時に開始する</big></b><br>\n"
+"サービスをシステムの起動時に開始させたい場合は、この項目にチェックを入れてく"
+"ださい。起動させたくない場合は、チェックを外してください。この項目は、システ"
+"ム起動時にのみ参照されるもので、現在の状態には影響を与えません。</p>\n"
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "現在の状態: "
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "システム起動時に開始する"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "動作中"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "今すぐ中止"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr "停止済み"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "今すぐ開始"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1309,7 +1429,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "この処理を飛ばす (&S)"
@@ -1332,7 +1452,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "パスワード (&P)"
@@ -1551,27 +1671,27 @@
msgstr "リリースファイル %{file} が見つかりません"
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "本当にインストールを中止してもよろしいですか？"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "本当にシステムの修復を中止してもよろしいですか？"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "システムの修復を中止"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "システムの修復を続行 (&C)"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1584,7 +1704,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1598,7 +1718,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1609,18 +1729,18 @@
"再インストールする必要が発生してしまいます。"
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "本当に中止してもよろしいですか？"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "全ての変更内容が失われます!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "詳細 (&D)..."
@@ -1795,7 +1915,9 @@
#. FIXME: do it
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPG.rb:234
msgid "Xterm is missing, install xterm package."
-msgstr "Xterm がインストールされていません。 xterm パッケージをインストールしてください。"
+msgstr ""
+"Xterm がインストールされていません。 xterm パッケージをインストールしてくださ"
+"い。"
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
@@ -1854,12 +1976,14 @@
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more "
+"information.\n"
"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>新しい GPG 鍵の作成</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> を開始しました。 詳細は <tt>gpg</tt> のマニュアルページをご覧ください。\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> を開始しました。 詳細は <tt>gpg</tt> のマニュアルペー"
+"ジをご覧ください。\n"
"キャンセルする場合は Ctrl+C キーを押してください。\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2047,7 +2171,8 @@
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-"内部ネットワークに割り当てられた下記のネットワークインターフェイスは、選択を外すことができません:\n"
+"内部ネットワークに割り当てられた下記のネットワークインターフェイスは、選択を"
+"外すことができません:\n"
"%1\n"
#. question popup
@@ -2137,7 +2262,8 @@
"set <b>%1</b>.<br>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>ファイアウオールの設定</big></b><br>\n"
-"リモートコンピュータからそのサービスに接続できるようにファイアウオールを設定するには、\n"
+"リモートコンピュータからそのサービスに接続できるようにファイアウオールを設定"
+"するには、\n"
" <b>%1</b> を設定してください。<br>"
#. help text for firewall port openning widget 2/3, optional
@@ -2627,7 +2753,8 @@
"\n"
"Really continue?"
msgstr ""
-"お使いのネットワークインターフェイスは現在 NetworkManager によって制御されていますが、\n"
+"お使いのネットワークインターフェイスは現在 NetworkManager によって制御されて"
+"いますが、\n"
"設定しようとしているサービスはうまく動作しないかもしれません。\n"
"\n"
"続行しますか？"
@@ -2664,53 +2791,54 @@
"A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n"
"No spaces are allowed.\n"
msgstr ""
-"ポート名は 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', '*+._-' の文字の組み合わせである必要があります。\n"
+"ポート名は 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', '*+._-' の文字の組み合わせである必要がありま"
+"す。\n"
"ポート番号は 0 から 65535 の間である必要があります。\n"
"スペースは使用できません。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr "外部ゾーン"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "内部ゾーン"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr "非武装ゾーン"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "TCP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr "UDP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr "RPC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "不明ゾーン"
# Error message, %1 = interface name (eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2726,8 +2854,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
@@ -2736,72 +2864,72 @@
"YaST2 ファイアウオールを実行して割り当ててください。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "ファイアウオールの設定を準備しています"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr "ネットワークデバイスの確認"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr "現在の設定の読み込み"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr "競合する可能性のあるサービスの確認"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr "ネットワークデバイスを確認しています..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr "現在の設定を読み込んでいます..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr "競合する可能性のあるサービスを確認しています..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を書き込んでいます"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "ファイアウオール設定の書き込み"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr "ファイアウオールサービスの調整"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "ファイアウオール設定を書き込んでいます..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "ファイアウオールサービスを調整しています..."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "設定を保存できませんでした"
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr "不明なプロトコルです (%1) 。"
@@ -2809,74 +2937,110 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
-msgstr "新しいネットワークデバイス '%1' が見つかりました; 内部ファイアウオールインターフェイスとして追加します"
+msgstr ""
+"新しいネットワークデバイス '%1' が見つかりました; 内部ファイアウオールイン"
+"ターフェイスとして追加します"
# TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device (eth0, sl0, ...)
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
-msgstr "新しいネットワークデバイス '%1' が見つかりました; 外部ファイアウオールインターフェイスとして追加します"
+msgstr ""
+"新しいネットワークデバイス '%1' が見つかりました; 外部ファイアウオールイン"
+"ターフェイスとして追加します"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
-msgstr "SuSEfirewall2 パッケージがインストールされていないため、ファイアウオール機能は無効になります。"
+msgstr ""
+"SuSEfirewall2 パッケージがインストールされていないため、ファイアウオール機能"
+"は無効になります。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565
-msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "ファイアウオールは有効になっています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">無効にする</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal"
+"\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"ファイアウオールは有効になっています (<a href=\"firewall--"
+"disable_firewall_in_proposal\">無効にする</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571
-msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "ファイアウオールは無効になっています (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">有効にする</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal"
+"\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"ファイアウオールは無効になっています (<a href=\"firewall--"
+"enable_firewall_in_proposal\">有効にする</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606
msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH ポートが開かれています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">閉じる</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"SSH ポートが開かれています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">閉"
+"じる</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612
msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH ポートが閉じられています (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">開ける</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"SSH ポートが閉じられています (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">開"
+"ける</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633
msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n"
+"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), "
+"but\n"
"there are no network interfaces configured"
msgstr ""
-"SSH ポートが開かれています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">閉じる</a>)\n"
+"SSH ポートが開かれています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">閉"
+"じる</a>)\n"
"(ただしネットワークインターフェイスの設定がされていません)"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648
-msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
-msgstr "SSH 経由でシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウオールで SSH のポートを開けていません。"
+msgid ""
+"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port "
+"on the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+"SSH 経由でシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウオールで SSH のポート"
+"を開けていません。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690
-msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr "リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが開かれています (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">閉じる</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--"
+"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが開かれています (<a href=\"firewall--"
+"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">閉じる</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696
-msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが閉じられています (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">開ける</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--"
+"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"リモート管理 (VNC) ポートが閉じられています (<a href=\"firewall--"
+"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">開ける</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707
-msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
-msgstr "リモート管理 (VNC) 経由でシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウオールで VNC のポートを開けていません。"
+msgid ""
+"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have "
+"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+"リモート管理 (VNC) 経由でシステムをインストールしていますが、ファイアウオール"
+"で VNC のポートを開けていません。"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725
@@ -2890,54 +3054,59 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737
-msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
-msgstr "iSCSI ターゲットを利用してシステムをインストールしようとしていますが、ファイアウオールで必要なポートを開いていません。"
+msgid ""
+"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the "
+"needed ports on the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+"iSCSI ターゲットを利用してシステムをインストールしようとしていますが、ファイ"
+"アウオールで必要なポートを開いていません。"
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr "'%{service_name}' という名前のサービスは存在していません"
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "サービス: %{filename}"
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr "不明なサービスです '%1'"
@@ -2961,35 +3130,80 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "アンインストール (&U)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "ファイルの競合を確認しています..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>ファイルの競合を検索しています。</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルの競合が検出されました。これらの競合ファイルが上書きされます:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+"ファイルの競合は、 2 つのパッケージが同じ場所にあるファイルをインストールしようと\n"
+"していて、かつそれらのファイルが異なる内容であった場合に発生します。\n"
+"ファイルの競合を無視して続行すると、以前の内容が失われて新しいファイルに置き換えられます。"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] "ファイルの競合が検出されました"
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr "このメッセージは %s で読むことができるようになります"
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "パッケージ %1 (%2) をダウンロードしています..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "パッケージをダウンロードしています"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "パッケージ %1 は壊れています。整合性チェックが失敗しました。"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "パッケージのインストールを再試行しますか？"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "インストールを中止しますか？"
@@ -2998,96 +3212,102 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "エラー: %1:"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
"ダウンロードの失敗を無視してしまうと、システムが壊れる可能性があります。\n"
-"処理完了後にソフトウエア管理モジュールを実行して、システムの正当性を確認してください。\n"
+"処理完了後にソフトウエア管理モジュールを実行して、システムの正当性を確認して"
+"ください。\n"
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "パッケージ %1 (%2) をアンインストールしています..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "パッケージ %1 (%2) をインストールしています..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "パッケージをアンインストールしています"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "パッケージをインストールしています"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "パッケージ %1 のアンインストールに失敗しました。"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "パッケージ %1 のインストールに失敗しました。"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
-"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
+"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management "
+"module."
msgstr ""
"パッケージの失敗を無視してしまうと、システムが壊れる可能性があります。\n"
-"処理完了後にソフトウエア管理モジュールを実行して、システムの正当性を確認してください。"
+"処理完了後にソフトウエア管理モジュールを実行して、システムの正当性を確認して"
+"ください。"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
-"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
-"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
+"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has "
+"changed. To \n"
+"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> "
+"from \n"
"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>指定した URL にあるリポジトリは異なるメディア ID を示しています。\n"
"この URL が正しい場合は、リポジトリの内容が変更されたことを示しています。\n"
"このリポジトリを使用し続けるには YaST コントロールセンターから\n"
-" <b>インストールリポジトリ</b> を開始し、リポジトリの情報を更新してください。</p>\n"
+" <b>インストールリポジトリ</b> を開始し、リポジトリの情報を更新してください。"
+"</p>\n"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "A 面"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "B 面"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (ディスク %2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (メディア番号 %2)"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3096,7 +3316,7 @@
"を挿入してください"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3109,7 +3329,7 @@
"ディレクトリにアクセスできることを確認してください。"
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3123,83 +3343,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "自動更新を行なわずに飛ばす"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "取り出す (&E)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "CD/DVD メディアを自動的にイジェクトする (&U)"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "インストールを再試行しますか？"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "このメディアを飛ばしますか？"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "不正なメディアを無視します..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "URL (&U)"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "リポジトリ %1 を作成しています"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "リポジトリを作成する際にエラーが発生しました。"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "リモートのリポジトリの説明を取得できませんでした。"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "新しいメタデータの検索時にエラーが発生しました。"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "指定したリポジトリは無効です。"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "リポジトリのメタデータは無効です。"
@@ -3207,92 +3427,92 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "再試行しますか？"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "リポジトリ %1 を確認しています"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "リポジトリを確認している最中にエラーが発生しました。"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "リポジトリの確認結果"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "リポジトリのメタデータは無効です。"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "リポジトリ %1"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "差分 RPM パッケージ %1(%2) をダウンロードしています..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "差分 RPM パッケージをダウンロードしています"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "差分 RPM パッケージ %1 を適用しています..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "差分 RPM パッケージを適用しています"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "パッケージ: "
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "スクリプト %1 を開始しています (修正 %2)..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "スクリプトの実行"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "修正: "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "スクリプト: "
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "スクリプトの出力"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3301,7 +3521,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3316,36 +3536,36 @@
"見えなくなったり古いままになったりします。"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "更新処理を飛ばす(&S)"
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "ダウンロードしています"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "ダウンロードしています: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "パッケージデータベースを確認しています"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "パッケージデータベースを再構築しています。しばらくお待ちください。"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3354,16 +3574,16 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "パッケージデータベースを変換しています。しばらくお待ちください。"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr "状態"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3372,12 +3592,12 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "RPM データベースを読み込んでいます..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージを読み込んでいます"
@@ -3388,27 +3608,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "RPM データベースを確認しています..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "ターゲットの準備に失敗しました。"
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "RPM データベースの読み込み"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "ユーザ認証"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3419,20 +3639,20 @@
"%2"
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "ユーザ名 (&U)"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "詳細の表示 (&D)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "サイズ: "
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "自動再試行への残り時間: %1"
@@ -3510,12 +3730,12 @@
"これらはソフトウエアマネージャを利用して手作業で解決する必要があります。"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "必要なパッケージのインストールに失敗しました。"
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3526,12 +3746,12 @@
" YaST は正しく動作しない可能性があります。\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "必要なパッケージをインストールしないままでは続行できません。"
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3541,54 +3761,60 @@
# dialog heading, %1 is package name
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "パッケージライセンスの確認: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "同意します (&A)"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "同意しません (&D)"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
"of acceptance of its license.\n"
-"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n"
+"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be "
+"installed.\n"
"<br>\n"
"To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n"
"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>ライセンス確認</big></b><br>\n"
-"ダイアログの表題に書かれているパッケージは、明確なライセンス同意を求めています。\n"
-"パッケージのライセンスに同意しない場合は、パッケージをインストールすることができません。\n"
+"ダイアログの表題に書かれているパッケージは、明確なライセンス同意を求めていま"
+"す。\n"
+"パッケージのライセンスに同意しない場合は、パッケージをインストールすることが"
+"できません。\n"
"<br>\n"
"パッケージのライセンスに同意する場合は <b>同意する</b> を、\n"
"同意しない場合は <b>同意しない</b> をそれぞれ押してください。</p>"
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
-"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n"
+"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software "
+"to install.\n"
+"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in "
+"the left\n"
"\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t このダイアログでは、システムが引き受ける機能とインストールするソフトウエアを設定できます。\n"
+"\t\t このダイアログでは、システムが引き受ける機能とインストールするソフトウエ"
+"アを設定できます。\n"
"\t\t 利用可能な機能とソフトウエアは左側の列に表示されています。\n"
"\t\t 詳細を表示するには一覧内の項目を選択してください。\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3597,12 +3823,14 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t 各項目のインストール可否を変更するには各項目のアイコンを押してください。\n"
+"\t\t 各項目のインストール可否を変更するには各項目のアイコンを押してくださ"
+"い。\n"
"\t\t マウスの右ボタンでコンテキストメニューを表示することもできます。\n"
-"\t\t コンテキストメニューでは、全ての項目に対する一括変更を行なうこともできます。\n"
+"\t\t コンテキストメニューでは、全ての項目に対する一括変更を行なうこともできま"
+"す。\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3614,10 +3842,11 @@
"\t\t 選択できる詳細なパッケージ選択画面を開きます。\n"
"\t\t </p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
+"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining "
+"disk space\n"
"\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n"
"\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n"
"\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n"
@@ -3626,132 +3855,138 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t 左下に表示されたディスク使用量は、指定した全ての変更が完了した\n"
-"\t\t 後のディスク容量を示しています。ディスクの使用量が満杯かほぼ満杯に近い状態になると、\n"
+"\t\t 後のディスク容量を示しています。ディスクの使用量が満杯かほぼ満杯に近い状"
+"態になると、\n"
"\t\t システムのパフォーマンスに影響を及ぼす可能性があるほか、場合によっては\n"
-"\t\t 何らかの問題が発生するかもしれません。システムを正常に動作させるにはある程度の\n"
+"\t\t 何らかの問題が発生するかもしれません。システムを正常に動作させるにはある"
+"程度の\n"
"\t\t 容量を残すようにしてください。\n"
"\t\t </p>"
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "ソフトウエアとシステムタスクの選択"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "(続く)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "インストールが完了しました。"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "パッケージのインストールに失敗しました"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "エラーメッセージ: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "失敗したパッケージ: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージ: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "更新されたパッケージ: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "削除したパッケージ: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "インストールしなかったパッケージ: %1"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "パッケージ"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "経過時間: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "インストールサイズの合計: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "ダウンロードサイズの合計: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "統計"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "インストールログ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr "詳細"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "パッケージのインストール後"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr "このレポートを表示"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "完了"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr "ソフトウエア管理システムで続ける"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
-msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
-msgstr "<P><BIG><B>インストールのレポート</B></BIG><BR>ここにはインストール済み／削除済みのパッケージに関する概要が表示されています。</P>"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed "
+"or removed packages.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><BIG><B>インストールのレポート</B></BIG><BR>ここにはインストール済み／削除"
+"済みのパッケージに関する概要が表示されています。</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "インストールのレポート"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "インストール済みのパッケージ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "更新されたパッケージ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "削除したパッケージ"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "変更のなかったパッケージ"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3781,7 +4016,8 @@
"リポジトリ %2 (%3) からの\n"
"パッケージ %1 には\n"
"デジタル署名がありません。これはパッケージの素性と\n"
-"完全性を検証することができないことを意味します。このパッケージをインストール\n"
+"完全性を検証することができないことを意味します。このパッケージをインストー"
+"ル\n"
"するとシステムが危険に晒される恐れがあります。\n"
"\n"
"インストールしてもよろしいですか？"
@@ -3801,8 +4037,10 @@
msgstr ""
"リポジトリ %2 (%3) からの\n"
"ファイル %1 には\n"
-"デジタル署名がありません。これは、パッケージの素性と完全性を検証することができない\n"
-"ことを意味しています。このファイルを使用するとシステムが危険に晒される恐れがあります。\n"
+"デジタル署名がありません。これは、パッケージの素性と完全性を検証することがで"
+"きない\n"
+"ことを意味しています。このファイルを使用するとシステムが危険に晒される恐れが"
+"あります。\n"
"\n"
"使用してもよろしいですか？\n"
@@ -3826,8 +4064,10 @@
"Install it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
"パッケージ %1 のチェックサムが見つかりませんでした。\n"
-"このことは、このパッケージが署名されたリポジトリの一部ではあるものの、リポジトリ\n"
-"のチェックサム一覧内に、このパッケージが記載されていないことを意味しています。このパッケージを\n"
+"このことは、このパッケージが署名されたリポジトリの一部ではあるものの、リポジ"
+"トリ\n"
+"のチェックサム一覧内に、このパッケージが記載されていないことを意味していま"
+"す。このパッケージを\n"
"インストールするとシステムが危険に晒される恐れがあります。\n"
"\n"
"インストールしてもよろしいですか？\n"
@@ -3837,14 +4077,17 @@
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
-"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
+"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. "
+"Using the file\n"
"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
"ファイル %1 のチェックサムが\n"
-"リポジトリ内に見つかりませんでした。このファイルは署名されたリポジトリの一部ではある\n"
-"ものの、リポジトリのチェックサム一覧内に、このファイルが記載されていないことを意味しています。この\n"
+"リポジトリ内に見つかりませんでした。このファイルは署名されたリポジトリの一部"
+"ではある\n"
+"ものの、リポジトリのチェックサム一覧内に、このファイルが記載されていないこと"
+"を意味しています。この\n"
"ファイルを使用するとシステムが危険に晒される恐れがあります。\n"
"\n"
"使用してもよろしいですか？"
@@ -3918,11 +4161,14 @@
"Install it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
"リポジトリ %2 (%3) からの\n"
-"パッケージ %1 は、以下の GnuPG 鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しました: %4\n"
+"パッケージ %1 は、以下の GnuPG 鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しま"
+"した: %4\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"これはパッケージの作成者が署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によって\n"
-"パッケージ内容が変更されたことを意味します。このパッケージをインストールすることは\n"
+"これはパッケージの作成者が署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によっ"
+"て\n"
+"パッケージ内容が変更されたことを意味します。このパッケージをインストールする"
+"ことは\n"
"大きな危険を伴うだけでなく、セキュリティ上の脅威となることがあります。\n"
"\n"
"インストールしてもよろしいですか？\n"
@@ -3941,10 +4187,12 @@
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
"リポジトリ %2 (%3) からの\n"
-"ファイル %1 は以下の GnuPG 鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しました: %4\n"
+"ファイル %1 は以下の GnuPG 鍵で署名されていますが、正当性の確認に失敗しまし"
+"た: %4\n"
"\n"
"\n"
-"これはリポジトリの作成者が署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によって\n"
+"これはリポジトリの作成者が署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によっ"
+"て\n"
"ファイル内容が変更されたことを意味します。このファイルを利用することは\n"
"大きなリスクを伴うだけでなく、セキュリティ上の脅威となることがあります。\n"
"\n"
@@ -4069,7 +4317,8 @@
"to have a certain amount of control over the software on your system.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>鍵の所有者は今後、更新やパッケージ、パッケージ\n"
-"リポジトリなどを公開するかもしれません。お使いのシステムがこの鍵を信頼すると、\n"
+"リポジトリなどを公開するかもしれません。お使いのシステムがこの鍵を信頼する"
+"と、\n"
"今後は警告無しでインストールや更新が行なわれることになります。従って\n"
"鍵を信頼して取り込むということは、鍵の所有者に対して、お使いのシステムの\n"
"制御をある程度許すということにもなります。</p>"
@@ -4079,9 +4328,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
-"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>"
+"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be "
+"used.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>警告ダイアログは、信頼する鍵や取り込んだ鍵で署名されていないパッケージが現れた場合に、\n"
+"<p>警告ダイアログは、信頼する鍵や取り込んだ鍵で署名されていないパッケージが現"
+"れた場合に、\n"
"毎回表示されます。鍵を信頼しないと、\n"
"この鍵の所有者が作成したパッケージやリポジトリが使用されなくなります。</p>"
@@ -4142,7 +4393,8 @@
" %2 でしたが、\n"
"計算結果では %3 でした。\n"
"\n"
-"これはリポジトリの作成者が署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によって\n"
+"これはリポジトリの作成者が署名した後に、何らかの事故か悪意のある攻撃によっ"
+"て\n"
"ファイル内容が変更されたことを意味します。このファイルを利用することは\n"
"大きなリスクを伴うだけでなく、セキュリティ上の脅威となることがあります。\n"
"\n"
@@ -4161,7 +4413,8 @@
"but the expected checksum is not known.\n"
"\n"
"This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
+"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at "
+"risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -4184,76 +4437,84 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "インストールしています..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr "メディア"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "残り"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr "時間"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "実行したアクション:"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>パッケージをインストールしています。</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
-msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>インストールの中止</B> <B>中止</B> ボタンを押すと、パッケージのインストールを中止することができます。ただし、システムは不安定な状態になるか、もしくは使用できない状態になります。特に基本的なシステムコンポーネントを正しくインストールしていない場合は、システムを起動することができなくなります。</P>"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
+msgid ""
+"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using "
+"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent "
+"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not "
+"installed.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><B>インストールの中止</B> <B>中止</B> ボタンを押すと、パッケージのインス"
+"トールを中止することができます。ただし、システムは不安定な状態になるか、もし"
+"くは使用できない状態になります。特に基本的なシステムコンポーネントを正しくイ"
+"ンストールしていない場合は、システムを起動することができなくなります。</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "%s リリースノート"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "スライドショー (&W)"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "詳細 (&D)"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "アップグレードを実行しています"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "インストールを実行しています"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "パッケージのインストール"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4262,7 +4523,7 @@
"中止してもよろしいですか？"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "中止しました"
@@ -4857,6 +5118,19 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr "Bluetooth デバイス"
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+"コマンド \"%{command}\" の実行が失敗しました。\n"
+"終了コード: %{exitcode}\n"
+"エラー出力: %{stderr}"
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
@@ -4938,18 +5212,21 @@
"数字です。"
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
"start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit."
msgstr ""
-"正しいドメイン名は、ドット (.) で区切られた複数の要素から構成されるものです。\n"
-"それぞれの要素は半角英数字とハイフン (-) から成ります。ハイフンは要素の始めと\n"
-"終わりには使用できません。また、最後の要素の先頭に数字を使用することはできません。"
+"正しいドメイン名は、ドット (.) で区切られた複数の要素から構成されるもので"
+"す。\n"
+"それぞれの要素は半角英数字とハイフン (-) から成ります。ハイフンは要素の始め"
+"と\n"
+"終わりには使用できません。また、最後の要素の先頭に数字を使用することはできま"
+"せん。"
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -4974,7 +5251,8 @@
"It can contain up to one double colon."
msgstr ""
"正しい IPv6 アドレスとは、コロン (:) で区切った最大 8 つの 16 進数で、\n"
-"それぞれの数字は 0 から FFFF の範囲で指定します。なお、最大 1 つまでダブルコロン (::) を含めることもできます。"
+"それぞれの数字は 0 から FFFF の範囲で指定します。なお、最大 1 つまでダブルコ"
+"ロン (::) を含めることもできます。"
#. TRANSLATORS: description of the valid network definition
#: library/types/src/modules/IP.rb:128
@@ -4989,11 +5267,14 @@
msgstr ""
"ネットワークの定義には単体の IP アドレスを指定できるほか、\n"
" 'IP アドレス/ネットマスク', 'IP アドレス/ネットマスクビット数' を\n"
-"指定することができます。 '0/0' を指定すると全てのネットワークの意味になります。\n"
+"指定することができます。 '0/0' を指定すると全てのネットワークの意味になりま"
+"す。\n"
"例:\n"
"IP: 192.168.0.1 または 2001:db8:0::1\n"
-"IP アドレス/ネットマスクの例: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 または 2001:db8:0::1/56\n"
-"IP アドレス/ネットマスクビット数の例: 192.168.0.0/24, 192.168.0.1/32 または 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
+"IP アドレス/ネットマスクの例: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 または 2001:"
+"db8:0::1/56\n"
+"IP アドレス/ネットマスクビット数の例: 192.168.0.0/24, 192.168.0.1/32 または "
+"2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
#. Byte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127
@@ -5756,7 +6037,8 @@
"\n"
"ホスト名を相対的に (ドメイン名を指定しないで) 指定するか、\n"
"もしくはドット (.) に続けてこのゾーンのドメイン名を入力してください。\n"
-"たとえば 'example.org' ゾーンの場合、 'dhcp1' や 'dhcp1.example.org.' のように指定します。\n"
+"たとえば 'example.org' ゾーンの場合、 'dhcp1' や 'dhcp1.example.org.' のよう"
+"に指定します。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Wrong reverse IPv4,
#. %1 is the reveresed IPv4
@@ -5766,13 +6048,15 @@
"\n"
"A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n"
"separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
-"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n"
+"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address "
+"'192.168.32.1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"逆引き IPv4 アドレス %1 が正しくありません。\n"
"\n"
"正しい逆引き IPv4 アドレスは、ドット (.) で区切った 0 から 255 \n"
"の範囲の 4 つの整数に文字列 '.in-addr.arpa.' を追加した値で構成します。\n"
-"たとえば '192.168.32.1' の逆引きゾーンは '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' のようになります。\n"
+"たとえば '192.168.32.1' の逆引きゾーンは '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' のよう"
+"になります。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make
#. sense to e relative to zone %2 (%2 is a reverse zone name like '32.200.192.in-addr.arpa')
@@ -5820,7 +6104,8 @@
"SOA レコードが正しくありません。\n"
"%1 は BIND が規定する時間書式である必要があります。\n"
"BIND 既定の時間書式は数値と大文字／小文字を区別しない末尾\n"
-" W (週), D (日), H (時間), M (分), S (秒) から構成されます。秒単位の時間の場合は末尾を省略できます。\n"
+" W (週), D (日), H (時間), M (分), S (秒) から構成されます。秒単位の時間の場"
+"合は末尾を省略できます。\n"
"たとえば '12H15m', '86400', '1W30M' などの値になります。\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record,
@@ -5898,56 +6183,3 @@
"お使いの DNS サーバで管理している %1 に逆引きゾーンが設定されていません。\n"
"ホスト名 %2 を追加することができません。"
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "サービスの状態"
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>現在の状態</big></b><br>\n"
-"サービスに対する現在の状態を表示しています。状態は 'システム起動時に開始する' の設定にかかわらず、設定保存後も同じままになります。</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>設定保存後に再読み込みする</big></b><br>\n"
-"その時点でサービスが動作中の場合にのみ意味のある項目です。設定の保存 ('Ok' または '保存' ボタンでの保存) 後に、動作中のサービスに対して設定を再読み込みするようにします。</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>システム起動時に開始する</big></b><br>\n"
-"サービスをシステムの起動時に開始させたい場合は、この項目にチェックを入れてください。起動させたくない場合は、チェックを外してください。この項目は、システム起動時にのみ参照されるもので、現在の状態には影響を与えません。</p>\n"
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "現在の状態: "
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "システム起動時に開始する"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr "設定保存後に再読み込みする"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "動作中"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "今すぐ中止"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr "停止済み"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "今すぐ開始"
Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
+++ trunk/yast/ja/po/bootloader.ja.po 2016-05-08 06:25:08 UTC (rev 95807)
@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@
# "田邉 和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003.
# "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004.
# "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005.
-# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015.
+# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 08:21+0900\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 15:22+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: ja\n"
@@ -35,49 +35,157 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option"
-msgstr "グローバルオプションを削除する"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "グローバルオプションまたはセクション内のオプションの削除"
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
-msgstr "グローバルオプションを設定する"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "グローバルオプションまたはセクション内のオプションの設定"
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr "新しいセクションの追加 - 対話モードをお使いください"
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr "指定したオプション値の表示"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr "セクションの名前"
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr "オプションのキー"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr "オプションの値"
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr "セクション %1 が見つかりません。"
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr "値が指定されていません。"
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr "オプションの追加は、コマンドラインが対話モードの場合にのみ利用することができます"
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
+msgstr "セクション名を指定しなければなりません。"
+
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr "オプションが指定されていません。"
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-msgid "Value: %s"
-msgstr "値: %s"
-
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr "指定されたオプションは存在しません。"
+#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
+msgid "Value: %1"
+msgstr "値: %1"
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "ブートローダの設定を保存しています..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"システムをシャットダウンします。%1\n"
+"詳細についてはドキュメント内の関連する章を\n"
+"お読みください。\n"
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "システムを再起動します..."
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid ""
+"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be "
+"bootable."
+msgstr ""
+"インストール用のブートローダが選択されていません。システムを起動することがで"
+"きません。"
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr ""
+"パーティション設定により、ブートローダを正しくインストールすることができませ"
+"ん"
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "起動"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "起動 (&B)"
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr "ディスクの順序"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "ディスク順序の設定"
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr "起動メニュー"
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr "ブートローダのオプション"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -99,15 +207,21 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR "
+"code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active "
+"even\n"
"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定</b><br>\n"
-"この項目を選択すると、ブートローダのあるパーティションをアクティブに設定します。汎用の\n"
-"MBR コードではアクティブパーティションを起動する仕組みになっているため、これを選択する\n"
-"ことで本システムを起動できるようになります。なお、古い BIOS では MBR にブートローダを\n"
-"インストールした場合でも、 1 つのパーティションのみをアクティブに設定する必要があります。 </p>"
+"この項目を選択すると、ブートローダのあるパーティションをアクティブに設定しま"
+"す。汎用の\n"
+"MBR コードではアクティブパーティションを起動する仕組みになっているため、これ"
+"を選択する\n"
+"ことで本システムを起動できるようになります。なお、古い BIOS では MBR にブート"
+"ローダを\n"
+"インストールした場合でも、 1 つのパーティションのみをアクティブに設定する必要"
+"があります。 </p>"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
@@ -127,7 +241,8 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
msgid ""
"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is "
+"loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>タイムアウト (秒)</b><br>\n"
"ブートローダが既定のカーネルを読み込む前に待機する時間を指定します。</p>\n"
@@ -142,7 +257,8 @@
"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>既定に設定</b> を押すと、選択したセクションが既定に設定されます。\n"
-"起動の際はブートローダが起動メニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択する\n"
+"起動の際はブートローダが起動メニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択す"
+"る\n"
"よう促しますが、一定時間何もキー入力が行なわれないと既定に設定したカーネル\n"
"または OS を読み込んで起動します。\n"
"また、ブートローダのメニュー内でのセクション順序については、 <b>上へ</b> と\n"
@@ -150,105 +266,163 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of "
+"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b> MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む </b><br/>\n"
-"お使いのディスクのマスターブートレコード (MBR) に汎用ブートコード (アクティブに設定したパーティションを\n"
-"起動するだけの OS に依存しないプログラム) を書き込むには、 <b>MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む</b> を選択してください。</p>"
+"お使いのディスクのマスターブートレコード (MBR) に汎用ブートコード (アクティブ"
+"に設定したパーティションを\n"
+"起動するだけの OS に依存しないプログラム) を書き込むには、 <b>MBR に汎用ブー"
+"トコードを書き込む</b> を選択してください。</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the "
+"other is\n"
"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ブートパーティションから起動</b> または <b>ルートパーティションから起動</b> \n"
+"<p><b>ブートパーティションから起動</b> または <b>ルートパーティションから起動"
+"</b> \n"
"のいずれかを選択することをお勧めします。</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option "
+"<i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Trusted Grub を使用する</b> を選択すると、 Trusted Grub をインストールして"
+"使用するようになります。 <i>グラフィカルなメニューファイル</i> の設定は無視されるようになります。\n"
+" grub を MBR にインストールする場合には、推奨される設定です。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have "
+"another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>マスターブートレコード (MBR) から起動</b> は、お使いのコンピュータに他の OS をインストールしている\n"
+"<p><b>マスターブートレコード (MBR) から起動</b> は、お使いのコンピュータに他"
+"の OS をインストールしている\n"
"場合にはお勧めできません。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there "
+"is a suitable\n"
+"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot "
+"Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
+"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is "
+"needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>ルートパーティションから起動</b> は適切なパーティションが存在する場合にお勧めのオプションです。\n"
-"これを選択した場合、必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために <b>ブートローダオプション</b> にある <b>ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定</b> \n"
-"と <b>MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む</b> を選択するか、もしくはこのセクションを開始するために他のブートマネージャを\n"
+"<p><b>ルートパーティションから起動</b> は適切なパーティションが存在する場合に"
+"お勧めのオプションです。\n"
+"これを選択した場合、必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために <b>"
+"ブートローダオプション</b> にある <b>ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定</"
+"b> \n"
+"と <b>MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む</b> を選択するか、もしくはこのセクショ"
+"ンを開始するために他のブートマネージャを\n"
"設定してください。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root "
+"partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>ルートパーティションが論理パーティション内にあり、個別の /boot パーティションが存在しない場合は、\n"
+"<p>ルートパーティションが論理パーティション内にあり、個別の /boot パーティ"
+"ションが存在しない場合は、\n"
"<b>拡張パーティションから起動</b> を選択する必要があります。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>カスタムブートパーティション</b> を選択すると、起動するパーティションを選択することができます。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>カスタムブートパーティション</b> を選択すると、起動するパーティションを"
+"選択することができます。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>MD アレイは 2 つのディスクから構成されます。 それぞれのディスクの MBR に\n"
-"GRUB を書き込むには、 <b>MD アレイの冗長化を有効にする</b> を選択してください。</p>"
+"GRUB を書き込むには、 <b>MD アレイの冗長化を有効にする</b> を選択してくださ"
+"い。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</"
+"code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>シリアルコンソールを使用する</b> を指定すると、シリアルコンソールで\n"
-"使用するパラメータを設定することができます。詳細は grub のドキュメンテーション (<code>info grub2</code>) をご覧ください。</p>"
+"使用するパラメータを設定することができます。詳細は grub のドキュメンテーショ"
+"ン (<code>info grub</code>) をご覧ください。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a "
+"serial console),\n"
+"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</"
+"code> to the\n"
+"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which "
+"you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>端末定義</b></p><br>\n"
-"ここでは利用する端末の種類を設定することができます。シリアルコンソールなどのシリアル端末の場合は、\n"
-"<code>serial</code> と指定してください。ここに <code>console</code> を加えて <code>serial console</code> \n"
-"のように設定することもできます。この場合は、何らかのキーを押すことで GRUB 端末を選択することが\n"
+"ここでは利用する端末の種類を設定することができます。シリアルコンソールなどの"
+"シリアル端末の場合は、\n"
+"<code>serial</code> と指定してください。ここに <code>console</code> を加えて "
+"<code>serial console</code> \n"
+"のように設定することもできます。この場合は、何らかのキーを押すことで GRUB 端"
+"末を選択することが\n"
"できるようになります。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
+"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section "
+"numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>既定の項目が失敗した場合のフォールバックセクション</b> には、既定のセクションで\n"
-"起動することができなかった場合に使用するセクションを、セクション番号の一覧で指定します。</p>"
+"<p><b>既定の項目が失敗した場合のフォールバックセクション</b> には、既定のセク"
+"ションで\n"
+"起動することができなかった場合に使用するセクションを、セクション番号の一覧で"
+"指定します。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>起動時にメニューを隠す</b> を選択すると、起動メニューを表示しなくなります。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>起動時にメニューを隠す</b> を選択すると、起動メニューを表示しなくなりま"
+"す。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot "
+"menu.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>グラフィカルなメニューファイル</b> では、グラフィカルな起動メニューで使用する"
+"ファイルを指定します。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>音響シグナルを有効にする</b> を選択することで、音による通知を有効化することができます。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will "
+"only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>ブートローダをパスワードで保護する</b><br>\n"
-"システムの起動時、項目の修正や項目の選択時にパスワードの入力を求めるようになります。なお、 <b>項目修正のみ保護</b> にチェックを入れると、項目の選択に対してはパスワードの入力を求めず、項目の修正時にのみ求めるようになります (GRUB 1 の動作と同じになります) 。 <br>YaST は <b>パスワードの再入力</b> に同じものを入力した場合にのみパスワードを受け入れます。</p>"
+"起動メニューにアクセスする際に入力を求める、パスワードを指定します。 YaST では、"
+" <b>パスワードの再入力</b> に同じものを"
+"入力した場合にのみ、パスワードを受け入れます。</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -258,164 +432,232 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>ディスクの順序</b></big><br>\n"
"BIOS での順序に合わせてディスクの順序を設定するには、\n"
-"<b>上へ</b> と <b>下へ</b> のボタンを押してディスクの順序を入れ替えてください。\n"
+"<b>上へ</b> と <b>下へ</b> のボタンを押してディスクの順序を入れ替えてくださ"
+"い。\n"
"また、ディスクを追加するには <b>追加</b> ボタンを、\n"
"ディスクを削除するには <b>削除</b> ボタンをそれぞれ押してください。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "ブートローダの場所"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "ブートパーティションをアクティブに設定 (&A)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "タイムアウト (秒) (&T)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "既定のブートセクション (&D)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む (&G)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr "Trusted Grub を使用する (&T)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "カスタムブートパーティション"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "マスターブートレコード (MBR) から起動"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "ルートパーティションから起動"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "ブートパーティションから起動"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "拡張パーティションから起動"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "シリアル接続パラメータ (&P)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr "既定の項目が失敗した場合のフォールバックセクション"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "ブート時にメニューを隠す (&H)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr "グラフィカルメニューファイル (&M)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr "メニューインターフェイスのパスワード (&S)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr "デバッグ用フラグ (&I)"
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr "新しいグラフィカルなメニューファイルの選択"
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr "音響シグナルを有効にする (&S)"
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "ブートローダをパスワードで保護する (&E)"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr "項目修正のみ保護 (&R)"
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "パスワード (&P)"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "パスワードの再入力 (&T) :"
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr "シリアルコンソールを使用する (&S)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr "コンソールのパラメータ (&C)"
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "デバイス (&D)"
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "デバイスマップには、少なくとも 1 つ以上のデバイスを含まなければなりません"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "ディスク (&I)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr "上へ (&U)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr "下へ (&D)"
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "ルートパーティションから起動 (&R)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "ブートパーティションから起動 (&T)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "カスタムブートパーティション (&U)"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "ブートローダの場所"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "マスターブートレコード (MBR) から起動 (&M)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "拡張パーティションから起動 (&E)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "カスタムブートパーティション (&U)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr "MD アレイの冗長化を有効にする (&U)"
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr "ブートローダのインストール詳細 (&D)"
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "ブートコードのオプション"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "カーネルのパラメータ"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "ブートローダのオプション"
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "ブートローダのオプション"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "Secure Boot"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "Secure Boot サポートを有効にする (&S)"
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "ブートローダの場所 (&L)"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr "ブートコードをインストールするパーティションを選択してください。"
@@ -434,34 +676,79 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>オプションのカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ</b> にはカーネルに渡す他のパラメータを設定します。</p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional "
+"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>オプションのカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ</b> にはカーネルに渡す他の"
+"パラメータを設定します。</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>VGA モード</b> では、起動時にカーネルが設定すべき <i>コンソール</i> の VGA モードを設定します。</p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the "
+"<i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>VGA モード</b> では、起動時にカーネルが設定すべき <i>コンソール</i> の "
+"VGA モードを設定します。</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>その他の OS の検知</b> を選択すると、他のディストリビューションを起動するために os-prober を実行します。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe "
+"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>フェイルセーフ設定でのカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ</b> では、"
+"カーネルに渡すフェイルセーフ設定のパラメータを指定します。</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>プロテクティブ MBR フラグ</b> は熟練者のみに提示される設定で、特殊なハードウエア構成の場合にのみ必要な設定です。詳しくは、 GPT ディスクのプロテクティブ MBR に関する情報をお読みください。また、よくわからない場合は設定を変更しないでください。 </p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other "
+"foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>その他の OS の検知</b> を選択すると、他のディストリビューションを起動す"
+"るために os-prober を実行します。</p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only "
+"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not "
+"touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>プロテクティブ MBR フラグ</b> は熟練者のみに提示される設定で、特殊な"
+"ハードウエア構成の場合にのみ必要な設定です。詳しくは、 GPT ディスクのプロテク"
+"ティブ MBR に関する情報をお読みください。また、よくわからない場合は設定を変更"
+"しないでください。 </p>"
+
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create "
+"boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>配布者</b> には、起動用の項目名を作成する際に使用する、カーネルの配布者名を指定します。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "オプションのカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ (&P)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr "配布者 (&I)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "VGA モード (&V)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr "フェイルセーフ設定でのカーネルコマンドラインパラメータ (&F)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr "その他の OS の検知"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr "プロテクティブ MBR フラグ"
@@ -470,20 +757,30 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr "%1x%2, %3 ビット (モード %4)"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr "標準の 8 ピクセルフォントモード"
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr "テキストモード"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr "指定なし"
@@ -504,70 +801,225 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr "grub2 で自動検出"
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "新しいグラフィカルなテーマファイルの選択"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "グラフィカルコンソールを使用する (&G)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "コンソールの解像度 (&C)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "コンソールのテーマ (&C)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr "シリアルコンソールを使用する (&S)"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr "コンソールのパラメータ (&C)"
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr "未対応のブートローダ '%s' です。 AutoYaST のプロファイルを調整してください。"
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "ファイルの選択"
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr "起動パーティションが NFS になっています。ブートローダをインストールすることができません。"
+msgstr ""
+"起動パーティションが NFS になっています。ブートローダをインストールすることが"
+"できません。"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr "ブートローダの設定"
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr "現在のブートローダに設定できるオプションはありません。"
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr "カーネルセクション"
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr "セクションの設定"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr "ブートローダの設定: セクション管理"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr "Xen セクション"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr "メニューセクション"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr "ダンプセクション"
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr "その他のシステムのセクション"
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr "ファイル名 (&F)"
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr "ファイル名: %1"
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr "ファイルの内容 (&L)"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr "熟練者向け手動設定"
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr "その他"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr "イメージ"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr "Xen"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr "フロッピィ"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr "メニュー"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr "ダンプ"
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr "既定値"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr "ラベル"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "種類"
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr "イメージ / デバイス"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr "既定値に設定 (&F)"
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr "ブートローダ (&B)"
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -581,66 +1033,116 @@
" \n"
"続行してよろしいですか？\n"
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr "設定ファイルの編集 (&D)"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"ブートローダを変更するように選択しました。設定を変換する\n"
+"際、設定項目のうちのいくつかが失われます。\n"
+"\n"
+"なお、現在の設定は保存されるため、現在のブートローダに\n"
+"戻ってきた場合は、保存された設定を利用することができます。\n"
+"\n"
+"変更方式を選択してください:\n"
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr "新しい設定を提示 (&P)"
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr "現在の設定を変換 (&N)"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr "何もない状態から新しい設定を作成 (&S)"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr "ディスクに保存された設定を読み込む (&R)"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr "変換前に保存しておいた設定を復元する (&T)"
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr "セクションを編集する前に、ブートローダを選択してください。"
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr "設定ファイルの編集 (&D)"
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr "全く新しい設定を作成 (&S)"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr "ディスクから設定を再読み込みする (&R)"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr "ハードディスクの MBR を復元する"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr "ブートローダの起動コードをディスクに書き込む"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "その他"
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr "MBR が正しく復元されました。"
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr "MBR の復元に失敗しました。"
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr "ブートローダ設定の書き込みに失敗しました。"
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+msgid "&Section Management"
+msgstr "セクションの管理 (&S)"
+
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr "ブートローダのインストール (&I)"
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr "ブートローダのオプション (&L)"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "ブートローダのインストール詳細 (&D)"
-
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
msgid ""
@@ -659,21 +1161,34 @@
"<P><B><BIG>ブートローダの設定を保存しています</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"しばらくお待ちください...<br></p>"
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+"複数の Linux システムをインストールしている場合、\n"
+"YaST はそれらを検出してメニュー内に表示しようとします。"
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
+"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the "
+"current \n"
+"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or "
+"reread\n"
"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>その他</B> を押すと\n"
-"ブートローダの設定ファイルを手動で編集したり、現在の設定を消去して新しい設定を\n"
-"提案させたり、全く新しい設定ファイルを作成したり、お使いのディスクに保存されている\n"
+"ブートローダの設定ファイルを手動で編集したり、現在の設定を消去して新しい設定"
+"を\n"
+"提案させたり、全く新しい設定ファイルを作成したり、お使いのディスクに保存され"
+"ている\n"
"設定ファイルから再読み込みしたりすることができます。 %1</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
@@ -682,7 +1197,7 @@
"<b>設定ファイルの編集</b> を押してください。</P>"
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
@@ -691,7 +1206,7 @@
"対応しています。</P>"
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
@@ -700,7 +1215,7 @@
"表示します。</P>"
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -710,14 +1225,15 @@
"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>既定に設定</b> を押すと選択したセクションが既定に設定されます。\n"
-"起動の際はブートローダが起動メニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択する\n"
+"起動の際はブートローダが起動メニューを表示してユーザに起動する OS を選択す"
+"る\n"
"よう促しますが、一定時間何もキー入力が行なわれないと既定に設定したカーネル\n"
"または OS を読み込んで起動します。\n"
"なお、ブートローダメニューでのセクション順序については、 <b>上へ</b> と\n"
" <b>下へ</b> でそれぞれ変更することができます。</p>"
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -728,7 +1244,7 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
@@ -737,38 +1253,59 @@
"ブートマネージャ (%1) は以下の方法でインストールすることができます:</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
"on the computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>- <b>マスターブートレコード</b> (MBR) 内\n"
-"お使いのコンピュータ内に他のオペレーティングシステムがインストールされている場合には\n"
+"お使いのコンピュータ内に他のオペレーティングシステムがインストールされている"
+"場合には\n"
"お勧めできません。</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
+"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</"
+"b>\n"
"to update the master boot record\n"
"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"- <tt>/boot</tt> または <tt>/</tt> (ルート) パーティションの <b>ブートセクタ</b> 内\n"
+"- <tt>/boot</tt> または <tt>/</tt> (ルート) パーティションの <b>ブートセクタ"
+"</b> 内\n"
"これはそれぞれ適切なパーティションが存在する場合にお勧めのオプションです。\n"
-"必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために <b>ブートローダのインストール詳細</b> 内で\n"
-" <b>ブートローダパーティションをアクティブにする</b> と <b>MBR に汎用ブートコードを書き込む</b> を選択するか、\n"
+"必要に応じてマスターブートレコードを更新するために <b>ブートローダのインス"
+"トール詳細</b> 内で\n"
+" <b>ブートローダパーティションをアクティブにする</b> と <b>MBR に汎用ブート"
+"コードを書き込む</b> を選択するか、\n"
"もしくは &product; を開始するために他のブートマネージャを設定してください。\n"
"</p>"
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- <b>フロッピィディスク</b> 内\n"
+"既に存在する起動機構を妨害するリスクを避けたい場合に、この項目を\n"
+"お使いください。なお、このオプションを利用する場合は、\n"
+"お使いのマシンの BIOS 設定で、フロッピィディスクからの起動を有効化してください。</p>"
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -779,7 +1316,7 @@
"システム側の制限にも注意してください。</p>"
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -792,40 +1329,43 @@
"論理パーティションから起動できないものもあります。</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in the input field.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"入力フィールドに、パーティションのデバイス名を入力してください (例: <tt>/dev/hda3</tt>, \n"
+"入力フィールドに、パーティションのデバイス名を入力してください (例: <tt>/dev/"
+"hda3</tt>, \n"
"<tt>/dev/sdb</tt> など) 。</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
"mapping), click <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>ブートローダのインストール詳細</b><br>\n"
-"デバイスマッピングなど詳細なブートローダのインストールオプションを調整するには、\n"
+"デバイスマッピングなど詳細なブートローダのインストールオプションを調整するに"
+"は、\n"
" <b>ブートローダのインストール詳細</b> を押してください。</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
"use <b>Boot Loader</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>ブートローダの種類</b></big><br>\n"
-"ブートローダをインストールするかどうかや、どのブートローダをインストールするかを選択するには、\n"
+"ブートローダをインストールするかどうかや、どのブートローダをインストールする"
+"かを選択するには、\n"
"<b>ブートローダ</b> をご利用ください。</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -836,7 +1376,7 @@
"<b>ブートローダオプション</b> を押してください。</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -844,21 +1384,24 @@
msgstr ""
"<P><B>熟練者向け手動設定</B><BR>\n"
"ここではブートローダの設定を手動で編集することができます。</P>\n"
-"<P>注意: 最終的な設定ファイルではインデント (字下げ) が異なる場合があります。</P>"
+"<P>注意: 最終的な設定ファイルではインデント (字下げ) が異なる場合があります。"
+"</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
+"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The "
+"section\n"
"name must be unique.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>セクション名</b><br>\n"
-"ブートローダのセクション名を指定するには <b>セクション名</b> を使用してください。 セクション名は\n"
+"ブートローダのセクション名を指定するには <b>セクション名</b> を使用してくださ"
+"い。 セクション名は\n"
"一意である必要があります。</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
@@ -867,18 +1410,19 @@
"作成する新しいセクションの種類を選択してください。</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
"selected section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>現在選択しているセクションを複製するには、 <b>選択したセクションの複製</b> を\n"
+"<p>現在選択しているセクションを複製するには、 <b>選択したセクションの複製</"
+"b> を\n"
"選択してください。そのあと必要な項目を編集してください。\n"
"</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
@@ -887,70 +1431,84 @@
"<b>イメージセクション</b> を選択してください。</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>新しい Linux カーネルやその他のイメージを追加し、それらを XEN 環境下で開始するには、\n"
+"<p>新しい Linux カーネルやその他のイメージを追加し、それらを XEN 環境下で開始"
+"するには、\n"
" <b>Xen セクション</b> を選択してください。</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>それぞれのディスク内のパーティション内にあるブートセクタを読み込んで\n"
-"実行する種類のセクションを追加するには、 <b>その他のシステム (チェインローダ)</b> を選択してください。\n"
+"実行する種類のセクションを追加するには、 <b>その他のシステム (チェインロー"
+"ダ)</b> を選択してください。\n"
"これは他のオペレーティングシステム (OS) を起動する際に利用します。</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
+"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the "
+"disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>ディスク内のパーティションから設定ファイル (起動セクションの一覧) を読み込む\n"
+"<p>ディスク内のパーティションから設定ファイル (起動セクションの一覧) を読み込"
+"む\n"
"セクションを追加するには、 <b>メニューセクション</b> を選択してください。\n"
"これは他のオペレーティングシステム (OS) を起動する際に利用します。</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "ハードディスクの順序: %1"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr "ブートローダをインストールしない"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr "ブートローダをインストールしない"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr "既定のブートローダをインストールする"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr "既定のブートローダをインストールする"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr "ブートローダ"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr "ブートローダ"
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr "%1 ブートローダをフロッピィディスクに書き込みました。"
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr "ドライブにフロッピィディスクを入れたままにしてください。"
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -969,13 +1527,18 @@
"ブートローダの設定を保存しないまま中止してよろしいですか？\n"
"すべての変更は破棄されます。\n"
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr "セクション %1 を削除してよろしいですか？"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr "パスワードを設定してください。"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
@@ -983,15 +1546,81 @@
"'パスワード' と 'パスワードの再入力' に\n"
"入力したパスワードが異なっています。もう一度入力してください。"
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"ディスク設定が変更されました。\n"
+"%1 セクションの設定をご確認ください。\n"
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"ディスク設定が変更されたほか、ブートローダの設定ファイルも\n"
+"手動で変更されています。ブートローダの設定をご確認ください。\n"
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr "%1 既定のブートローダ位置に設定しますか？\n"
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr "ファイルシステムを作成しない"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr "ext2 ファイルシステムを作成する"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr "FAT ファイルシステムを作成する"
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"ブートローダのブートセクタをフロッピィディスクに\n"
+"書き込みます。フロッピィディスクを挿入して OK \n"
+"を押してください。\n"
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr "低レベルフォーマット (&L)"
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr "ファイルシステムの作成 (&C)"
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr "低レベルフォーマットが失敗しました。再試行しますか？"
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr "ファイルシステムの作成に失敗しました。"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
@@ -1000,7 +1629,7 @@
"別の名前を指定してください。\n"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
@@ -1008,9 +1637,14 @@
"ブートローダを設定する際にエラーが\n"
"発生しました。ブートローダ設定をやり直しますか？\n"
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr "ブートローダをインストールすることができません。"
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -1024,7 +1658,7 @@
msgstr ""
"警告!\n"
"\n"
-"%1 の現在のMBRは %2 に保存した\n"
+"%1 にある現在のMBRは、 %2 に保存した\n"
"新しい MBR で上書きされます。\n"
"\n"
"MBR 内のブートコードのみが上書きされます。\n"
@@ -1033,261 +1667,618 @@
"続行しますか？\n"
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr "はい、上書きします (&Y)"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr "パーティション設定が原因で、ブートローダを正しくインストールできません。"
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>イメージセクション</b></p>"
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr "デバイスマップには、少なくとも 1 つ以上のデバイスを含まなければなりません"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name "
+"directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>カーネルイメージ</b> では、起動するカーネルを指定します。名前を直接"
+"指定するか、もしくは <b>参照</b> で選択してください。</p>"
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "ディスク順序の設定"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</"
+"p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ルートデバイス</b> では、カーネルにルートデバイスとして渡すデバイスを指定します。</p>"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "ディスク (&I)"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to "
+"use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>初期 RAM ディスク</b> では、使用する初期 RAM ディスクを指定します。\n"
+"パスとファイル名を直接指定するか、\n"
+"もしくは <b>参照</b> を利用して選択してください。</p>\n"
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "デバイス (&D)"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for "
+"booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Linux 以外の OS を起動するセクションを設定したい場合は、 "
+"<b>チェインローダセクション</b> を選択してください。</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
-msgstr "選択した独自のブートローダパーティション %s は、もはや利用できません。"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid ""
+"<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select "
+"this section.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>このセクションを選択する際にパスワード入力を求めたい場合は、"
+"<b>パスワード保護を使用する</b> を選択してください。</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
-msgstr "選択したブートローダの場所 %{path} は、もはや %{device} 内にはありません。"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems "
+"found on your computer.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>その他のシステム</b> では、お使いのシステム内で検出された Linux 以外の"
+"オペレーティングシステムを選択することができます。</p>"
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "ブートローダの設定を保存しています..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS "
+"needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>お使いの BIOS から起動する際、パーティションをアクティブ化する必要がある"
+"場合は、 <b>起動用に選択した際、パーティションをアクティブ化する</b> を選択してください。</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks "
+"to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the "
+"grub documentation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"システムをシャットダウンします。%1\n"
-"詳細についてはドキュメント内の関連する章を\n"
-"お読みください。\n"
+"<p><b>チェインロードのためのブロックオフセット</b> では、起動する際のブロック"
+"リストを指定します。\n"
+"多くの場合、ここには <code>+1</code> を指定します。ブロックリストの設定方法に"
+"ついて、詳しくはドキュメンテーションをお読みください。</p>\n"
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "システムを再起動します..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other "
+"image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>新しい Linux カーネルやその他のイメージを追加し、それらを XEN 環境下で開始"
+"するには、\n"
+" <b>Xen セクション</b> を選択してください。</p>\n"
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "起動"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>ハイパーバイザ</b> では、使用するハイパーバイザを指定します。</p>"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "起動 (&B)"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional "
+"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>追加の Xen ハイパーバイザパラメータ</b> には、 Xen ハイパーバイザに"
+"渡す追加のパラメータを指定します。</p>"
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "インストール用のブートローダが選択されていません。システムを起動することができません。"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>メニューセクション</b></p>"
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "パーティション設定により、ブートローダを正しくインストールすることができません"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>メニューファイルのパーティション</b></p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is "
+"loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>メニュー設定ファイル</b> では、読み込むべきメニューファイルのルートデバイス内の"
+"パスを指定します。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need "
+"to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>デバイスマップにおける 1 台目のディスクに対するマップセクション</b> Windows の場合、"
+"それ自身は通常 1 台目のディスク内に配置する必要があります。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is "
+"possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>計測ファイル</b> には、 PCR で計測済みのファイルが含まれています。"
+"表の変更はそれぞれ下記のボタンで行なうことができます: <b>追加</b>, \n"
+"<b>編集</b>, <b>削除</b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>再配置の試行を許可する</b>\n"
+"通常はグローバルセクション内で指定します。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>ルートファイルシステムを読み込み専用でマウントするよう強制する</b><br>\n"
+"通常はグローバルセクション内で指定します。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>システムダンプを DASD ディスクのパーティションやテープデバイス、もしくは\n"
+"SCSI ディスクのパーティション内のファイルに出力したい場合は、\n"
+"<b>ダンプセクション</b> を選択してセクションを追加します。</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>設定内に新しいメニューを追加したい場合は、 <b>メニューセクション</b> を選択します。\n"
+"メニューセクションは、ひとまとめにして実行する処理を表わすものです。</p>\n"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to "
+"enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>SELinux セキュリティフレームワークを有効化したい場合は、 <b>SELinux の有効化</b> "
+"を選択して必要なカーネル起動パラメータを追加してください。\n"
+"これにより、 AppArmor が無効化されることになるのでご注意ください。</p>"
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr "イメージセクション"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr "カーネルイメージ (&K)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr "ルートデバイス (&R)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr "初期 RAM ディスク (&I)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr "チェインローダセクション"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr "パスワード保護を使用する"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr "その他のシステム (&O)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr "起動前にパーティションを検証しない (&V)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr "起動用に選択した際、パーティションをアクティブ化する (&A)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr "チェインロードのためのブロックオフセット (&L)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr "デバイスマップにおける 1 台目のディスクに対するマップセクション (&M)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr "ハイパーバイザ (&H)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr "追加の Xen ハイパーバイザパラメータ (&A)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr "メニューファイルのパーティション (&P)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr "メニュー設定ファイル (&M)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr "ルートファイルシステムを読み込み専用でマウントするよう強制する (&F)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr "再配置の試行を許可する (&R)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr "セクション向けのターゲットディレクトリ (&G)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr "オプションのパラメータファイル (&T)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr "ダンプセクション (旧形式)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr "ダンプデバイス (&D)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr "SCSI ダンプデバイス (&S)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr "メニュー項目の一覧 (&L)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr "既定の項目の番号 (&N)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr "タイムアウト (秒) (&T)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr "起動メニューの表示 (&S)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr "起動パーティションにイメージをコピーする (&O)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr "エラー時にはセクションを率直に読み飛ばす (&S)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr "その他のシステムの起動パーティション (&P)"
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr "イメージセクションでは、カーネルイメージを指定しなければなりません"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr "イメージファイルが存在していません。このままの設定でよろしいですか？"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr "initrd ファイルが存在していません。このままの設定でよろしいですか？"
+
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr "SELinux の有効化 (&S)"
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr "名前に指定不可能な文字が含まれています"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr "起動時に解像度を尋ねます。"
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr "選択したセクションの複製"
+
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr "その他のシステム (チェインローダ)"
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr "セクションの種類"
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr "セクションの名前 (&N)"
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr "パーティション設定が原因で、ブートローダを正しくインストールできません。"
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "MBR にブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">インストールしない</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"MBR にブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">インス"
+"トールしない</a>)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "MBR にブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">インストールする</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"MBR にブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">インス"
+"トールする</a>)"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
-msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">インストールしない</a>"
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
+msgid ""
+"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not "
+"install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href="
+"\"disable_boot_boot\">インストールしない</a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">インストールする</a>"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
+msgid ""
+"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot"
+"\">install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"/boot パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href="
+"\"enable_boot_boot\">インストールする</a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
-msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">インストールしない</a>"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
+msgid ""
+"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not "
+"install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールします (<a href="
+"\"disable_boot_root\">インストールしない</a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">インストールする</a>"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
+msgid ""
+"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root"
+"\">install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"\"/\" パーティションにブートコードをインストールしません (<a href="
+"\"enable_boot_root\">インストールする</a>"
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr "警告: ブートローダのステージ 1 の場所を選択していません。特別な知識がある場合を除き、上記の場所を選択してください。"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "変更先: %s"
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "ブートローダの種類: %1"
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr " (\"/boot\")"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr " (拡張)"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr " (\"/\")"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr " (MBR)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "インストール先: %1"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr " (既定値)"
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr "セクション:<br>%1"
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr "ブートローダをインストールしない; 設定ファイルだけを作成する"
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr "既存の GRUB メニューを合成して提案する (&M)"
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid ""
+"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you "
+"are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+"警告: ブートローダのステージ 1 の場所を選択していません。特別な知識がある場合"
+"を除き、上記の場所を選択してください。"
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "Secure Boot サポートを有効にする: %1"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "不明なブートローダ: %1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr "サポートされていないハードウエア %1 とブートローダ %2 の組み合わせです"
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
-msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
-msgstr "MBR からの起動は、 btrfs ファイルシステムを使用している場合で、 bios_grub パーティションのない GPT ディスクを使用している場合には動作しません。この問題を解決するには、 bios_grub パーティションを作成するか、任意の ext ファイルシステムのパーティションを起動用のパーティションとして設定するか、もしくは MBR 以外にステージ 1 をインストールするかのいずれかを実施してください。"
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
+msgid ""
+"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk "
+"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub "
+"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install "
+"stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr ""
+"MBR からの起動は、 btrfs ファイルシステムを使用している場合で、 bios_grub "
+"パーティションのない GPT ディスクを使用している場合には動作しません。この問題"
+"を解決するには、 bios_grub パーティションを作成するか、任意の ext ファイルシ"
+"ステムのパーティションを起動用のパーティションとして設定するか、もしくは MBR "
+"以外にステージ 1 をインストールするかのいずれかを実施してください。"
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
-msgstr "起動デバイスは RAID 種類 %1 上に存在します。システムを起動することができないものと思われます。"
+msgstr ""
+"起動デバイスは RAID 種類 %1 上に存在します。システムを起動することができない"
+"ものと思われます。"
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
-msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "起動デバイスはソフトウエア RAID1 上にあります。マスターブートレコードなど、他のブートローダの場所を選択してください。"
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
+msgid ""
+"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. "
+"Master Boot Record"
+msgstr ""
+"起動デバイスはソフトウエア RAID1 上にあります。マスターブートレコードなど、他"
+"のブートローダの場所を選択してください。"
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
+msgid ""
+"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device "
+"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader "
+"Installation Details\""
+msgstr ""
+"YaST ではデバイスマップに必要となるディスクの順序を、正確に判断することが"
+"できませんでした。 \"ブートローダのインストール詳細\" 内にあるディスクの起動順序を"
+"ご確認のうえ、必要であれば調整してください。"
+
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
-msgstr "起動用の ext パーティションが見つかりません。ブートコードをインストールできません。"
+msgstr ""
+"起動用の ext パーティションが見つかりません。ブートコードをインストールできま"
+"せん。"
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr "インストーラでアクティブフラグを設定していません。全く設定しない場合、 BIOS によっては起動が拒否される場合があります。"
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr "インストーラはディスクの MBR を変更しません。既に起動用のコードが含まれている場合を除き、 BIOS からディスクを利用して起動することができなくなるものと思われます。"
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "ブートローダの検査"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "パーティションの読み込み"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "ブートローダ設定の読み込み"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "ブートローダを検査しています..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "パーティションを読み込んでいます..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "ブートローダ設定を読み込んでいます..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "ブートローダの設定を準備しています"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr "追加のカーネルパラメータ: %1"
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "initrd の作成"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "ブートローダ設定ファイルの保存"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "ブートローダのインストール"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "initrd を作成しています..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr "ブートローダ設定ファイルを保存しています..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr "ブートローダをインストールしています..."
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "ブートローダ設定を保存しています"
+
Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
+++ trunk/yast/ja/po/users.ja.po 2016-05-08 06:25:08 UTC (rev 95807)
@@ -7,13 +7,13 @@
# "田邉 和子" <ktanabe-aromavet(a)nifty.com>, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003.
# "Takekazu OKAMOTO" <tokamoto(a)novell.com>, 2004.
# "Novell Language" <language(a)novell.com>, 2004, 2005.
-# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015.
+# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: users\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 20:22+0900\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 09:00+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: ja\n"
@@ -102,8 +102,12 @@
#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option
#: src/clients/groups.rb:218
-msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons."
-msgstr "カンマで区切ったグループメンバ (通常はユーザ名) の一覧です。 LDAP ユーザ DN の一覧はコロンで区切る必要があります。"
+msgid ""
+"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of "
+"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons."
+msgstr ""
+"カンマで区切ったグループメンバ (通常はユーザ名) の一覧です。 LDAP ユーザ DN "
+"の一覧はコロンで区切る必要があります。"
#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option
#: src/clients/groups.rb:225
@@ -132,622 +136,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr "データを失う場合には尋ねたりせず、代わりにエラーを返す。"
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr "ユーザ認証方法"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>認証</b>:<br>\n"
-"お使いのシステムでのユーザ認証方法を選択してください。\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p> ローカルファイル <i>/etc/passwd</i> と <i>/etc/shadow</i> だけを利用して認証するには <b>ローカル</b> を選択してください。 </p>"
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr "以前にインストールしたことがある場合、または別のシステムが既に存在する場合はそれらを元にユーザを作成することができます。これを行なうには、 <b>以前のインストールからユーザデータを読み込む</b> を押してください。このオプションでは指定した場所にあるユーザ情報をもとに、既存のホームディレクトリを利用したり新規のホームディレクトリを作成したりすることができます。"
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP (&L)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr "NIS (&I)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr "Samba (&S)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr "Windows ドメイン (&W)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr "ローカル (/etc/passwd) (&O)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr "eDirectory LDAP"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ユーザデータを保存する際に NIS や LDAP サーバを利用する場合、または NT サーバ\n"
-"に対して認証を行ないたい場合は、それぞれ適切な値を選択してください。\n"
-"<b>次へ</b> を押すと、お使いのクライアントの設定を続けることができます。</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ユーザデータを保存する際に NIS や LDAP サーバを利用する場合は、\n"
-"それぞれ適切な値を選択してください。<b>次へ</b> を押すと、お使いのクライアントの設定を続けることができます。</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ユーザデータを保存する際に LDAP サーバを利用する場合、または NT サーバ\n"
-"に対して認証を行ないたい場合は、それぞれ適切な値を選択してください。\n"
-"<b>次へ</b> を押すと、お使いのクライアントの設定を続けることができます。</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>ユーザデータを保存する際に LDAP サーバを利用する場合は、\n"
-"適切な値を選択してください。<b>次へ</b> を押すと、お使いのクライアントの設定を続けることができます。</p>"
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>ユーザデータソースを設定してから <b>Kerberos 認証の設定</b> を押してください。</p>"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr "以前のインストールからユーザデータを読み込む (&R)"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr "選択 (&C)"
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr "認証方法"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "Kerberos 認証の設定 (&K)"
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr "読み込むユーザの選択 (&S)"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "すべて選択／解除 (&A)"
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr "システム管理者 \"root\" のパスワード"
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr "ここで入力したパスワードを忘れないようにしてください。"
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr "root ユーザのパスワード (&P)"
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr "パスワードの確認 (&F)"
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "キーボードレイアウトのテスト (&T)"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr "熟練者用オプション (&X)..."
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"テキストやグラフィックを作成したり Web ブラウザを使ったりする一般\n"
-"ユーザとは違い、 \"root\" ユーザはそれぞれのシステムに存在し、\n"
-"システム管理作業を必要とする場合に呼び出されるものです。\n"
-"システム管理作業を行なう場合にのみ \"root\" でログインしてください。\n"
-"\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"root ユーザには莫大な権限が与えられているため、 \"root\" のパスワードは慎重に\n"
-"設定する必要があります。半角英字と数字の組み合わせがお勧めです。\n"
-"なお、パスワードが正しく入力されたことを確認するため、\n"
-"パスワードは 2 つめの項目にも入力してください。\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"通常ユーザのパスワードに関するすべての規則が \"root\" のパスワードにも適用されます:\n"
-"たとえば大文字と小文字は区別されるほか、パスワードには少なくとも 5 文字\n"
-"以上を指定する必要があります。また、全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\n"
-"の特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"この \"root\" パスワードは忘れないでください。\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>このパスワードを証明書の作成に使用する場合、\n"
-"長さは %1 文字以上でなければなりません。</p>"
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>キーボードレイアウトが正しく選択されていることを確認するには、 <b>キーボードレイアウトのテスト</b> の項目をお使いください。</p>"
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"パスワードが一致しません。\n"
-"入力をご確認ください。"
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"パスワードが入力されていません。\n"
-"入力をお願いいたします。"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-"証明書を作成する場合、\n"
-"パスワードは %1 文字以上であるべきです。"
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr "このパスワードを本当に使用しますか？"
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"root のパスワードを設定できませんでした。\n"
-"ログインできない可能性があります。\n"
-"もう一度設定しますか？\n"
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr "認証設定のモジュールを初期化しています..."
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"パッケージ %1 がインストールされていません。\n"
-"今すぐインストールしますか？\n"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr "DES"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr "MD5"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr "SHA-256"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr "SHA-512"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr "パスワードの暗号化種類"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr "DES (&D)"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr "MD5 (&M)"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr "SHA-256 (&2)"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr "SHA-512 (&5)"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>認証</b></p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>ローカルユーザとシステムユーザに対して適用する、パスワードの暗号化方法を選択してください。</p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由がある場合を除き、他の方式は推奨していません。</p>"
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr "ユーザのフルネーム (&F)"
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr "ユーザ名 (&U)"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr "このパスワードをシステム管理者用のものとしても使用する (&S)"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr "システムメールの受信 (&Y)"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr "自動ログイン (&A)"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr "新しいユーザの作成"
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr "ユーザ名が設定されていません"
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-"認証サーバがこのコンピュータとは別に存在している場合を除いては、\n"
-"ここでユーザ名を入力してユーザを作成しておくことをお勧めします。\n"
-"指定しないままでよろしいですか？"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"このユーザアカウントに設定する <b>ユーザのフルネーム</b>, <b>ユーザ名</b>, <b>パスワード</b>\n"
-"を、それぞれ入力してください。\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"パスワードは大文字と小文字を区別します。入力の際は間違えないよう\n"
-"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\n"
-"の特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"現在のパスワード暗号化方式 (%1) では、パスワードの長さは %2 ～ %3 文字でなければなりません。\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>このパスワードを証明書の作成に使用する場合、\n"
-"長さは %s 文字以上でなければなりません。</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"また、パスワードが正しく入力されていることを確認するために、 2 つめの\n"
-"項目にもパスワードを正確に入力してください。また、入力したパスワードは忘れないようにしてください。\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>ユーザ名</b> には半角英数字と\n"
-"<tt>._-</tt> の文字からしか設定できません (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用できません) 。\n"
-"また、特別な理由がある場合を除き、ユーザ名には大文字を使用しないでください。\n"
-"このような、ユーザ名はパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するには\n"
-" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読みください。\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>このパスワードをシステム管理者用のものとしても使用する</b> を選択すると、最初のユーザ作成の際に入力したパスワードを、 root ユーザのパスワードとしても使用するようになります。</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"ここで作成したユーザ名とパスワードは、この Linux システムにログインして作業をする際に必要になるものです。 <b>自動ログイン</b> を設定すると、ログイン処理を飛ばすことができます。ここで指定したユーザ名で、自動的にログインしたものとして扱われます。</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"root 宛に送信されたメールをこのユーザで受信する場合は、 <b>システムメールの受信</b> を選んでください。</p>\n"
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "熟練者向け設定"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr "認証方法はローカルの /etc/passwd です。"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr "パスワードの暗号化方法は %s です。"
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] "ユーザ %s をインポートします。"
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "変更 (&C)..."
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "概要"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-"証明書を作成する場合、\n"
-"パスワードは %s 文字以上であるべきです。"
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -869,19 +257,16 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr "ユーザの新しい UID"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr "ユーザ設定を書き込んでいます..."
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>"
+"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry "
+"that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"この表では、現在の LDAP エントリに使用できるすべての属性の中で、以前のダイアログで設定されていない属性を示しています。</p>"
+"この表では、現在の LDAP エントリに使用できるすべての属性の中で、以前のダイア"
+"ログで設定されていない属性を示しています。</p>"
#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"),
#. %1 is list of values
@@ -904,11 +289,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n"
-"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n"
+"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client "
+"Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"それぞれの属性を編集するには <b>編集</b> を押してください。\n"
-"属性によっては <b>LDAP クライアントモジュール</b> の雛型に従って設定するものもあります。</p>\n"
+"属性によっては <b>LDAP クライアントモジュール</b> の雛型に従って設定するもの"
+"もあります。</p>\n"
#. table header 1/2
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:235
@@ -927,8 +314,14 @@
#. helptext
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91
-msgid "<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified user.</p>"
-msgstr "<p> このユーザにパスワードポリシーオブジェクトを割り当てるには <b>パスワードポリシーオブジェクトの DN</b> を選んでください。 <b>パスワードのリセット</b> では変更したユーザのパスワードをリセットすることができます。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy "
+"object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified "
+"user.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p> このユーザにパスワードポリシーオブジェクトを割り当てるには <b>パスワード"
+"ポリシーオブジェクトの DN</b> を選んでください。 <b>パスワードのリセット</b> "
+"では変更したユーザのパスワードをリセットすることができます。</p>"
#. check box label
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107
@@ -1024,50 +417,91 @@
#. helptext for quota
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97
msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのユーザクォータを設定することができます。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのユーザクォータを設定することができま"
+"す。</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n"
-"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n"
+"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode "
+"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p> 1 kB 単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザのサイズ制限を指定してください。\n"
-"併せて、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザの inode 数の制限を設定することもできます。</p>\n"
+"<p> 1 kB 単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザのサイズ制限を"
+"指定してください。\n"
+"併せて、このファイルシステムにおけるユーザの inode 数の制限を設定することもで"
+"きます。</p>\n"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105
-msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定することができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. "
+"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are "
+"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write "
+"requests are denied.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定すること"
+"ができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限"
+"はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109
-msgid "<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>あるユーザがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つようになります。この項目には、そのユーザがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過することを許されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っかかるとすぐに開始します。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the "
+"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is "
+"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace "
+"interval starts immediately.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>あるユーザがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つようにな"
+"ります。この項目には、そのユーザがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過することを許"
+"されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っかかる"
+"とすぐに開始します。</p>"
#. helptext for quota
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115
msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのグループのクォータ設定を行ないます。</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>ここでは、選択したファイルシステムでのグループのクォータ設定を行ないます。"
+"</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n"
-"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n"
+"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode "
+"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p> 1 kB 単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるグループへのサイズ制限を指定してください。\n"
+"<p> 1 kB 単位のブロック数で、このファイルシステムにおけるグループへのサイズ制"
+"限を指定してください。\n"
"このファイルシステムでの inode 数の制限を設定することもできます。</p>\n"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123
-msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定することができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. "
+"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are "
+"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write "
+"requests are denied.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>サイズ制限や inode 数制限にはそれぞれソフト制限とハード制限を指定すること"
+"ができます。ソフト制限はその制限に近づいたことを警告するレベルで、ハード制限"
+"はこれ以上の書き込み要求を拒否するレベルです。</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127
-msgid "<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>あるグループがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つようになります。この項目には、そのグループがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過することを許されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っかかるとすぐに開始します。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the "
+"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is "
+"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace "
+"interval starts immediately.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>あるグループがソフト制限に到達すると、猶予期間の入力項目が意味を持つように"
+"なります。この項目には、そのグループがどれだけの期間ソフト制限を超過すること"
+"を許されるかを時間で指定します。猶予期間のカウントダウンはソフト制限に引っか"
+"かるとすぐに開始します。</p>"
#. combo box label
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188
@@ -1128,93 +562,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "秒"
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP"
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr "NIS"
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr "Samba (Windows ドメイン)"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr "<%1>root のパスワード<%2> が設定されています"
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr "<%1>root のパスワード<%2> が設定されていません"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr "<%1>ユーザ<%2> が設定されていません"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr "<%1>認証方法<%2>: %3"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr "<%1>認証方法<%2>: %3 と Kerberos"
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr "<%1>ユーザ<%2> %3 をインポートするよう選択しました"
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr "<%1>ユーザ<%2> %3 をインポートします"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr "<%1>ユーザ<%2> %3 が設定されています"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr "<%1>ユーザ<%2> %3 (%4) が設定されています"
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr "パスワードの暗号化方法: %1"
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "ユーザ設定"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr "ユーザ (&U)"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr "root のパスワード (&R)"
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1377,6 +724,24 @@
"必要なデータにアクセスするには、ユーザの\n"
"パスワードを入力する必要があります。パスワードを入力してください。"
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"パスワードが一致しません。\n"
+"入力をご確認ください。"
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1384,13 +749,15 @@
"'%1' and '%2'\n"
"were found. Use them for current user?\n"
"\n"
-"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory."
+"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home "
+"directory."
msgstr ""
"暗号化されたディレクトリイメージと\n"
"鍵ファイルが '%1' と '%2' に検出されました。\n"
"これらを現在のユーザに対して使用するように設定しますか？\n"
"\n"
-"設定を行なうと、現在のホームディレクトリの代わりに上記のイメージファイルからのデータが使われます。"
+"設定を行なうと、現在のホームディレクトリの代わりに上記のイメージファイルから"
+"のデータが使われます。"
#. popup label, %1 is path to directory
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369
@@ -1407,6 +774,13 @@
msgstr "ディレクトリの所有者を変更 (&C)"
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr "ユーザのフルネーム (&F)"
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr "名 (&F)"
@@ -1423,11 +797,30 @@
"リモートユーザの場合は、追加のグループ\n"
"メンバーシップだけを変更できます。"
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "ユーザ名 (&U)"
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr "システムメールの受信 (&Y)"
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr "自動ログイン (&U)"
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr "このパスワードをシステム管理者用のものとしても使用する (&S)"
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1597,6 +990,33 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr "プラグイン (&G)"
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr "ユーザ名が設定されていません"
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+"認証サーバがこのコンピュータとは別に存在している場合を除いては、\n"
+"ここでユーザ名を入力してユーザを作成しておくことをお勧めします。\n"
+"指定しないままでよろしいですか？"
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr "このパスワードを本当に使用しますか？"
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1690,20 +1110,64 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "グループデータ (&D)"
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr "DES"
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr "MD5"
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or "
+"umlauts. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"パスワードは大文字と小文字を区別します。入力の際は間違えないよう\n"
-"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) など\n"
+"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) "
+"など\n"
"の特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be "
+"between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"現在のパスワード暗号化方式 (%1) では、パスワードの長さは %2 ～ %3 文字でなけ"
+"ればなりません。\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"また、パスワードが正しく入力されていることを確認するために、 2 つめの\n"
+"項目にもパスワードを正確に入力してください。また、入力したパスワードは忘れな"
+"いようにしてください。\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1712,7 +1176,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"新規のローカルまたはシステムユーザの作成時に使用する既定値を設定してください。\n"
+"新規のローカルまたはシステムユーザの作成時に使用する既定値を設定してくださ"
+"い。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text 1/6
@@ -1745,21 +1210,25 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n"
-"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
+"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter "
+"your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>既定のログインシェル</b><br>\n"
-"新しいユーザのログインシェルの名前です。リストから選択するか、もしくはシェルのパスを入力してください。</P>\n"
+"新しいユーザのログインシェルの名前です。リストから選択するか、もしくはシェル"
+"のパスを入力してください。</P>\n"
#. Help text 3/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n"
-"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n"
+"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is "
+"added\n"
"to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>既定のホーム</b><br>\n"
-"新規ユーザのホームディレクトリの初期パスプレフィクスです。 ユーザ名がこの値の末尾に\n"
+"新規ユーザのホームディレクトリの初期パスプレフィクスです。 ユーザ名がこの値の"
+"末尾に\n"
"追加されて、ホームディレクトリの既定値になります。\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -1767,10 +1236,12 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n"
-"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n"
+"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a "
+"new user is added. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>スケルトンディレクトリ</b><br>\n"
-"新規ユーザの追加時に、このディレクトリの内容がユーザのホームディレクトリにコピーされます。 </p>\n"
+"新規ユーザの追加時に、このディレクトリの内容がユーザのホームディレクトリにコ"
+"ピーされます。 </p>\n"
#. Help text 4.5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138
@@ -1786,12 +1257,14 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n"
-"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n"
+"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the "
+"format\n"
"YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>有効期限</B><BR>\n"
"ユーザアカウントが無効になる日付です。日付は YYYY-MM-DD の形式で指定する\n"
-"必要があります。このアカウントに対して有効期限を設定せず無期限にする場合は、入力しないでください。</P>\n"
+"必要があります。このアカウントに対して有効期限を設定せず無期限にする場合は、"
+"入力しないでください。</P>\n"
#. Help text 6/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149
@@ -1868,6 +1341,20 @@
"<b>パスワード</b> を入力してください。\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"このユーザアカウントに設定する <b>ユーザのフルネーム</b>, <b>ユーザ名</b>, "
+"<b>パスワード</b>\n"
+"を、それぞれ入力してください。\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1875,18 +1362,24 @@
"Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n"
"clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n"
"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
+"doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
+"information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>ユーザ名を提案</b> を押すと、姓名の情報から <b>ユーザ名</b> を生成する\n"
-"ことができます。提案無しでユーザ名を入力したり、提案されたものから変更したりすることもできますが、\n"
-"半角英数字と <tt>._-</tt> の文字しか使用できません (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用できません) 。\n"
+"ことができます。提案無しでユーザ名を入力したり、提案されたものから変更したり"
+"することもできますが、\n"
+"半角英数字と <tt>._-</tt> の文字しか使用できません (全角文字やアクセント文字"
+"は使用できません) 。\n"
"またユーザ名には、特別な場合を除いて大文字を使用しないでください。\n"
-"ユーザ名は、このようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するには\n"
-" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読みください。\n"
+"ユーザ名は、このようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するに"
+"は\n"
+" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読み"
+"ください。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. alternative help text 2/7
@@ -1895,23 +1388,58 @@
"<p>\n"
"For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n"
"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
+"doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
+"information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>ユーザ名</b> には、半角英数字と\n"
-"<tt>._-</tt> の文字だけを利用することができます (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用できません) 。\n"
+"<tt>._-</tt> の文字だけを利用することができます (全角文字やアクセント文字は使"
+"用できません) 。\n"
"また、特殊な場合を除き、ユーザ名には大文字を使用しないでください。\n"
-"ユーザ名には、このようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するには\n"
-" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読みください。\n"
+"ユーザ名には、このようにパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更する"
+"には\n"
+" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読み"
+"ください。\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with "
+"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure "
+"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ここで作成したユーザ名とパスワードは、この Linux システムにログインして作業を"
+"する際に必要になるものです。 <b>自動ログイン</b> を設定すると、ログイン処理を"
+"飛ばすことができます。ここで指定したユーザ名で、自動的にログインしたものとし"
+"て扱われます。</p>\n"
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System "
+"Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"root 宛に送信されたメールをこのユーザで受信する場合は、 <b>システムメールの受"
+"信</b> を選んでください。</p>\n"
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
-msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
-msgstr "<p> <b>ユーザ管理</b> を押すとお使いのシステムに対してさらにユーザやグループを追加することができます。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</"
+"p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p> <b>ユーザ管理</b> を押すとお使いのシステムに対してさらにユーザやグループ"
+"を追加することができます。</p>"
#. alternative help text 4/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278
@@ -1930,10 +1458,12 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, "
+"click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"このユーザに対する様々なパスワード設定 (有効期限など) を編集するには、 <b>パスワードの設定</b> を押してください。</p>\n"
+"このユーザに対する様々なパスワード設定 (有効期限など) を編集するには、 <b>パ"
+"スワードの設定</b> を押してください。</p>\n"
#. help text 7/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296
@@ -1970,7 +1500,8 @@
"<b>グループ名:</b>:\n"
"長いグループ名は使用しないでください。通常、長さは 2 ～ 8 文字に\n"
"します。また、\n"
-"/etc/login.defs ファイルでグループ名に使用できる文字の一覧を設定することができます。\n"
+"/etc/login.defs ファイルでグループ名に使用できる文字の一覧を設定することがで"
+"きます。\n"
"詳細についてはマニュアルページを参照してください。\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1987,9 +1518,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>グループ ID (gid):</b>:\n"
-"グループには、名前に加えて内部表現のために数値による ID を割り振る必要があります。\n"
+"グループには、名前に加えて内部表現のために数値による ID を割り振る必要があり"
+"ます。\n"
"この ID は 0 から %1 の間で設定します。\n"
-" ID 番号によっては、インストールの時点で既に割り当てられているものもあります。\n"
+" ID 番号によっては、インストールの時点で既に割り当てられているものもありま"
+"す。\n"
"割り当て済みの ID を使用すると警告メッセージを表示します。\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1998,7 +1531,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Password:</b>\n"
-"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n"
+"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves "
+"when\n"
"switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n"
"password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n"
"here. This entry is not required.\n"
@@ -2006,9 +1540,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>パスワード:</b>\n"
-"このグループのメンバーではないユーザが、そのグループに切り替える (<tt>newgrp</tt> \n"
+"このグループのメンバーではないユーザが、そのグループに切り替える "
+"(<tt>newgrp</tt> \n"
"のマニュアルページをお読みください) 際、ユーザに対して認証を求める場合は\n"
-"パスワードを設定してください。セキュリティ上の理由から、パスワードは表示され\n"
+"パスワードを設定してください。セキュリティ上の理由から、パスワードは表示さ"
+"れ\n"
"ません。また、この項目は必須項目ではありません。</p>\n"
#. help text 5/6
@@ -2086,7 +1622,8 @@
"located elsewhere.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"既存のユーザの UID を変更するには、そのユーザが所有しているファイルの権利情報を\n"
+"既存のユーザの UID を変更するには、そのユーザが所有しているファイルの権利情報"
+"を\n"
"変更する必要があります。そのユーザのホームディレクトリに対しては自動的に\n"
"この処理を行ないますが、それ以外のディレクトリに対しては行なわれないことに\n"
"注意してください。</p>\n"
@@ -2110,8 +1647,13 @@
#. help text for user's home directory mode
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430
-msgid "<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's home directory different from the default.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>オプションとして <b>ホームディレクトリのパーミッションモード</b> を指定することができます。これはユーザのホームディレクトリを既定とは異なる設定にするためのものです。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's "
+"home directory different from the default.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>オプションとして <b>ホームディレクトリのパーミッションモード</b> を指定す"
+"ることができます。これはユーザのホームディレクトリを既定とは異なる設定にする"
+"ためのものです。</p>"
#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel')
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440
@@ -2120,35 +1662,60 @@
"check <b>Empty Home</b>. Otherwise, the new home directory\n"
"is created from the default skeleton (%1).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>初期状態でホームディレクトリにファイルやディレクトリを何も置かない場合は、\n"
-"<b>ホームディレクトリには何も置かない</b> を設定してください。設定しない場合は既定の\n"
+"<p>初期状態でホームディレクトリにファイルやディレクトリを何も置かない場合"
+"は、\n"
+"<b>ホームディレクトリには何も置かない</b> を設定してください。設定しない場合"
+"は既定の\n"
"スケルトン (%1) 内の中身がコピーされます。 </p>\n"
#. help text for Move to new location checkbox
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452
-msgid "<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>ユーザのホームディレクトリの場所を変更する場合、既定で有効になっている <b>新しい場所に移動</b> を選択しておくと、既存のディレクトリの内容を新しいほうに移動することができます。選択を外した場合は移動を行ないません。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of "
+"the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by "
+"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the "
+"existing data.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>ユーザのホームディレクトリの場所を変更する場合、既定で有効になっている <b>"
+"新しい場所に移動</b> を選択しておくと、既存のディレクトリの内容を新しいほうに"
+"移動することができます。選択を外した場合は移動を行ないません。</p>"
#. help text for directory encryption
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>To encrypt the user's home directory, enable <b>Use Encrypted Home\n"
-"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n"
-"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n"
+"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home "
+"directory\n"
+"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is "
+"shared\n"
"among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n"
-"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>"
+"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted "
+"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically "
+"shared.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>ユーザのホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、 <b>暗号化ホームディレクトリを使う</b>\n"
-"を選択してディレクトリのサイズを指定してください。 なお、ユーザのホームディレクトリを\n"
-"暗号化しても、他のユーザに対する強力なセキュリティ手段にはならないことに注意してください。\n"
-"このマシンを複数のユーザで共有している場合、悪意のあるユーザがシステムセキュリティを\n"
-"くぐり抜けることで他のユーザの暗号鍵を入手し、暗号化されたデータにアクセスすることが\n"
-"できてしまうためです。より厳格なセキュリティが必要な場合は、システムを物理的に共有してはなりません。</p>"
+"<p>ユーザのホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、 <b>暗号化ホームディレクトリを"
+"使う</b>\n"
+"を選択してディレクトリのサイズを指定してください。 なお、ユーザのホームディレ"
+"クトリを\n"
+"暗号化しても、他のユーザに対する強力なセキュリティ手段にはならないことに注意"
+"してください。\n"
+"このマシンを複数のユーザで共有している場合、悪意のあるユーザがシステムセキュ"
+"リティを\n"
+"くぐり抜けることで他のユーザの暗号鍵を入手し、暗号化されたデータにアクセスす"
+"ることが\n"
+"できてしまうためです。より厳格なセキュリティが必要な場合は、システムを物理的"
+"に共有してはなりません。</p>"
#. help text for directory encryption
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476
-msgid "<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>指紋認証デバイスを使用している場合には、ホームディレクトリを暗号化することができません。ホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、先に指紋認証の設定を解除してください。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is "
+"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint "
+"configuration first.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>指紋認証デバイスを使用している場合には、ホームディレクトリを暗号化すること"
+"ができません。ホームディレクトリを暗号化するには、先に指紋認証の設定を解除し"
+"てください。</p>"
#. alternate helptext 5/8
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487
@@ -2171,7 +1738,8 @@
"shown when you use the <i>finger</i> command on this user.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>追加情報</b>:\n"
-"ここにはユーザの追加情報を記入します。この項目にはカンマ区切りで最大 3 つまでの\n"
+"ここにはユーザの追加情報を記入します。この項目にはカンマ区切りで最大 3 つまで"
+"の\n"
"中身を入力することができます。一般的には、それぞれ <i>勤務先</i>, \n"
"<i>勤務先電話番号</i>, <i>自宅電話番号</i> を記入します。これらの情報は\n"
"このユーザに対して <i>finger</i> コマンドを実行した場合に表示されます。</p>\n"
@@ -2241,7 +1809,9 @@
#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552
-msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting "
+"<b>Launch</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>起動</b> を押すと、指定したプラグインの詳細設定を開始します。</p>"
#. help texts 1/1
@@ -2279,7 +1849,8 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b>パスワード失効警告日数</B><BR>\n"
"ユーザはパスワードの有効期限が切れる前に警告を受けることができます。\n"
-"この項目ではユーザに対してどれだけ早く有効期限切れを警告するかを、期限切れ日からの相対日数で指定します。\n"
+"この項目ではユーザに対してどれだけ早く有効期限切れを警告するかを、期限切れ日"
+"からの相対日数で指定します。\n"
"-1 を設定すると警告を行ないません。\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2299,19 +1870,23 @@
#. Help text 4/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595
msgid ""
-"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n"
+"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days "
+"a user \n"
"can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>同じパスワードを使用できる最長日数</B><BR>ユーザが同じパスワードを使い続けることが\n"
+"<P><B>同じパスワードを使用できる最長日数</B><BR>ユーザが同じパスワードを使い"
+"続けることが\n"
"できる最大の日数を指定します。</P>\n"
#. Help text 5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599
msgid ""
-"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n"
+"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum "
+"age of \n"
"a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>同じパスワードを使用する最短日数</B><BR>ユーザがパスワードを変更してから、再度\n"
+"<P><B>同じパスワードを使用する最短日数</B><BR>ユーザがパスワードを変更してか"
+"ら、再度\n"
"変更できるようになるまでの日数を指定します。</P>\n"
#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format
@@ -2323,7 +1898,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<P><B>有効期限</B><BR>\n"
"ユーザアカウントが無効になる日付です。日付は YYYY-MM-DD の形式で指定する\n"
-"必要があります。このアカウントに有効期限を設定せず無期限にする場合は、入力しないでください。</P>\n"
+"必要があります。このアカウントに有効期限を設定せず無期限にする場合は、入力し"
+"ないでください。</P>\n"
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:613
@@ -2344,87 +1920,167 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n"
-"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
+"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the "
+"module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>値の変更</b>:<br>\n"
-"これらの設定はそれぞれ適切なモジュールを実行することで変更することができます。 <b>設定</b> を押してモジュールを選択してください。\n"
+"これらの設定はそれぞれ適切なモジュールを実行することで変更することができま"
+"す。 <b>設定</b> を押してモジュールを選択してください。\n"
#. help text for Password Policy Dialog
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62
-msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>パスワード変更ポリシー</b>, <b>パスワードエージングポリシー</b>, <b>ロックアウトポリシー</b> のタブをそれぞれ選択し、設定する属性の LDAP パスワードポリシーグループを選んでください。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</"
+"b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups "
+"of attributes to configure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>パスワード変更ポリシー</b>, <b>パスワードエージングポリシー</b>, <b>"
+"ロックアウトポリシー</b> のタブをそれぞれ選択し、設定する属性の LDAP パスワー"
+"ドポリシーグループを選んでください。</p>"
#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70
-msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>過去に使用されたパスワードをどれだけ記憶しておくかを設定するには、 <b>履歴に記録する最大パスワード数</b> を設定してください。履歴に記録されたパスワードは使うことができません。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set "
+"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not "
+"be used.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>過去に使用されたパスワードをどれだけ記憶しておくかを設定するには、 <b>履歴"
+"に記録する最大パスワード数</b> を設定してください。履歴に記録されたパスワード"
+"は使うことができません。</p>"
#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74
-msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>パスワードをリセットしたり管理者がパスワードを変えたりした場合など、ユーザに対して自身のパスワードを変更するよう強制するには、 <b>リセット後にパスワード変更をさせる</b> を選択してください。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to "
+"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an "
+"administrator.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>パスワードをリセットしたり管理者がパスワードを変えたりした場合など、ユーザ"
+"に対して自身のパスワードを変更するよう強制するには、 <b>リセット後にパスワー"
+"ド変更をさせる</b> を選択してください。</p>"
#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>ユーザに対して自分自身のパスワード変更ができるようにするには、 <b>ユーザにパスワード変更を許可する</b> を選択してください。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their "
+"passwords.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>ユーザに対して自分自身のパスワード変更ができるようにするには、 <b>ユーザに"
+"パスワード変更を許可する</b> を選択してください。</p>"
#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82
-msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>パスワード変更の際に今のパスワードを入力させて確認するには、 <b>パスワード変更時に古いパスワードを要求</b> を選択してください。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, "
+"check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>パスワード変更の際に今のパスワードを入力させて確認するには、 <b>パスワード"
+"変更時に古いパスワードを要求</b> を選択してください。</p>"
#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86
-msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>パスワードを追加／変更する際にパスワード品質を検証するかどうかを選択してください。何もパスワードを検証しない場合は <b>検証しない</b> を、選択してください。 <b>確認できないパスワードを受け付ける</b> を選択すると、ユーザが暗号化したパスワードを設定した場合などパスワード品質の検証が行なえない場合でもそのパスワードを受け付けるようになります。また、 <b>確認済みパスワードのみを受け付ける</b> を選択すると、パスワードの品質検証が失敗した場合やパスワードの検証が行なえない場合に変更を拒否するようになります。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords "
+"are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be "
+"checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are "
+"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has "
+"provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> "
+"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be "
+"checked.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>パスワードを追加／変更する際にパスワード品質を検証するかどうかを選択してく"
+"ださい。何もパスワードを検証しない場合は <b>検証しない</b> を、選択してくださ"
+"い。 <b>確認できないパスワードを受け付ける</b> を選択すると、ユーザが暗号化し"
+"たパスワードを設定した場合などパスワード品質の検証が行なえない場合でもそのパ"
+"スワードを受け付けるようになります。また、 <b>確認済みパスワードのみを受け付"
+"ける</b> を選択すると、パスワードの品質検証が失敗した場合やパスワードの検証が"
+"行なえない場合に変更を拒否するようになります。</p>"
#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90
-msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in "
+"<b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
msgstr "<b>最小パスワード長</b> にはパスワードの最低文字数を設定します。<b></b></p>"
#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94
-msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>パスワードの最小使用日数</b> にはパスワードを次に変更できるまでの時間を設定します。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between "
+"modifications to the password.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>パスワードの最小使用日数</b> にはパスワードを次に変更できるまでの時間を"
+"設定します。</p>"
#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98
-msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>パスワードの最大有効日数</b> には変更したパスワードが期限切れになるまでの時間を設定します。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password "
+"expires.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>パスワードの最大有効日数</b> には変更したパスワードが期限切れになるまで"
+"の時間を設定します。</p>"
#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102
-msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
-msgstr "<p> <b>パスワード失効警告時間</b> では、パスワードの有効期限が切れる旨を警告するメッセージをどれだけ前から表示するかを設定することができます。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long "
+"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages "
+"should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p> <b>パスワード失効警告時間</b> では、パスワードの有効期限が切れる旨を警告"
+"するメッセージをどれだけ前から表示するかを設定することができます。</p>"
#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p> <b>失効したパスワードの使用許可回数</b> には、有効期限の切れたパスワードを使用できる回数を指定します。<b></b></p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate "
+"in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p> <b>失効したパスワードの使用許可回数</b> には、有効期限の切れたパスワード"
+"を使用できる回数を指定します。<b></b></p>"
#. help text for pwdLockout attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>バインド試行の際に指定した回数だけパスワードを間違えたらパスワード使用を禁止するには、 <b>パスワードロックを有効にする</b> を選択してください。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a "
+"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>バインド試行の際に指定した回数だけパスワードを間違えたらパスワード使用を禁"
+"止するには、 <b>パスワードロックを有効にする</b> を選択してください。</p>"
#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114
-msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>パスワードをロックするまでのバインド失敗回数</b> には、どれだけの回数パスワード入力を間違えたらパスワード使用を禁止するかを設定してください。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the "
+"password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the "
+"Password</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>パスワードをロックするまでのバインド失敗回数</b> には、どれだけの回数パ"
+"スワード入力を間違えたらパスワード使用を禁止するかを設定してください。</p>"
#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118
-msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>パスワードロック期間</b> には、パスワードの使用を禁止する時間を設定します。<b></b></p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>."
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>パスワードロック期間</b> には、パスワードの使用を禁止する時間を設定しま"
+"す。<b></b></p>"
#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122
-msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>バインド失敗のキャッシュ保持期間</b> には、認証に全く成功していない場合にどれだけの時間が経過したらパスワード失敗カウンタを廃棄するかを時間で指定します。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password "
+"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful "
+"authentication has occurred.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>バインド失敗のキャッシュ保持期間</b> には、認証に全く成功していない場合"
+"にどれだけの時間が経過したらパスワード失敗カウンタを廃棄するかを時間で指定し"
+"ます。</p>"
#. tab label
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:171
@@ -2552,7 +2208,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>LDAP ユーザのホームディレクトリをお使いのマシン上に設置する場合は、\n"
"適切な項目を選択してください。この値を変更しても、直接的な操作が行なわれる\n"
-"わけではありません。これは単に YaST ユーザモジュールに対して情報を提供するだけです。\n"
+"わけではありません。これは単に YaST ユーザモジュールに対して情報を提供するだ"
+"けです。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text caption
@@ -2560,11 +2217,13 @@
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
+"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet "
+"or\n"
"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p> LDAP サーバに保存してある設定を変更するには、 <b>設定</b> \n"
-"を押してください。 これまでに LDAP サーバに接続していなかったり設定を変更したりした場合は、\n"
+"を押してください。 これまでに LDAP サーバに接続していなかったり設定を変更した"
+"りした場合は、\n"
"パスワードを尋ねられます。</p>\n"
#. password policy help text caption
@@ -2575,11 +2234,14 @@
#. password policy help
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683
msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
+"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> "
+"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
" if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>選択したパスワードポリシーを設定するには <b>編集</b> を、新しくパスワードポリシーを追加する場合は <b>追加</b> をそれぞれ押してください。\n"
-"設定は、LDAP サーバ上でパスワードポリシーが有効になっている場合にのみ行なうことができます。</p>"
+"<p>選択したパスワードポリシーを設定するには <b>編集</b> を、新しくパスワード"
+"ポリシーを追加する場合は <b>追加</b> をそれぞれ押してください。\n"
+"設定は、LDAP サーバ上でパスワードポリシーが有効になっている場合にのみ行なうこ"
+"とができます。</p>"
#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:693
@@ -2663,7 +2325,9 @@
msgstr "システムユーザ"
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "ローカルユーザ"
@@ -2739,6 +2403,11 @@
msgstr "Samba グループ"
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr "SSSD"
@@ -2758,6 +2427,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr "SSSD (&S)"
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr "Samba (&S)"
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2862,13 +2536,16 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n"
-"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n"
+"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but "
+"it\n"
"restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"ローカルユーザとシステムユーザに対する、パスワードの暗号化方法を選択します。\n"
-"<b>DES</b> は Linux の既定の方式で、全てのネットワーク環境で利用することができますが、\n"
+"ローカルユーザとシステムユーザに対する、パスワードの暗号化方法を選択しま"
+"す。\n"
+"<b>DES</b> は Linux の既定の方式で、全てのネットワーク環境で利用することがで"
+"きますが、\n"
"パスワードは 8 文字以下に制限されます。\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2881,10 +2558,21 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b>MD5</b> では、それより長いパスワードを利用できるためセキュリティが高まりますが、\n"
-"ネットワークプロトコルによっては対応しておらず、 NIS を使用する際に問題が発生するかもしれません。\n"
+"<b>MD5</b> では、それより長いパスワードを利用できるためセキュリティが高まりま"
+"すが、\n"
+"ネットワークプロトコルによっては対応しておらず、 NIS を使用する際に問題が発生"
+"するかもしれません。\n"
"</p>"
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other "
+"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>SHA-512</b> は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由があ"
+"る場合を除き、他の方式は推奨していません。</p>"
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2895,6 +2583,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr "暗号化の種類"
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr "DES (&D)"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr "MD5 (&M)"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr "SHA-256 (&2)"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr "SHA-512 (&5)"
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -2907,12 +2615,14 @@
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586
msgid ""
-"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n"
+"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network "
+"environments,\n"
"you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n"
"encrypted with a method other than DES.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>このマシンでは NIS サーバを実行しているようです。ネットワーク環境によっては\n"
+"<p>このマシンでは NIS サーバを実行しているようです。ネットワーク環境によって"
+"は\n"
"ユーザパスワードを DES 以外の方式で暗号化すると、 NIS クライアントに\n"
"ログインできない場合があります。\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2939,19 +2649,26 @@
#. helptext 2/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730
-msgid "<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>ここでは、既定のもの以外のユーザとグループに対する検索フィルタを指定します。</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default "
+"search filters.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>ここでは、既定のもの以外のユーザとグループに対する検索フィルタを指定しま"
+"す。</p>"
#. helptext 3/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n"
-"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n"
+"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' "
+"attributes).\n"
"If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p> <b>既定値</b> を選択すると、 LDAP サーバに保存されているユーザとグループの設定モジュール\n"
+"<p> <b>既定値</b> を選択すると、 LDAP サーバに保存されているユーザとグループ"
+"の設定モジュール\n"
"から、既定のフィルタ ('suseSearchFilter' 属性の値) を読み込みます。\n"
-"今までに LDAP サーバに接続していない場合はパスワードの入力を求められます。</p>\n"
+"今までに LDAP サーバに接続していない場合はパスワードの入力を求められます。</"
+"p>\n"
#. helptext 4/4 (do not translate the value (written as <tt> font))
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:740
@@ -3048,32 +2765,39 @@
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n"
+"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM "
+"as the login manager.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"ここで説明する機能が使用できるのは、ログインマネージャとして KDM または GDM を使用している場合だけです。\n"
+"ここで説明する機能が使用できるのは、ログインマネージャとして KDM または GDM "
+"を使用している場合だけです。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. helptext 2/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975
msgid ""
"<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n"
-"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from "
+"the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>自動ログイン</b><br>\n"
-"<b>自動ログイン</b> を設定すると、ログイン手順を飛ばすことができます。一覧で選択したユーザがログインしたものとして扱われます。</p>\n"
+"<b>自動ログイン</b> を設定すると、ログイン手順を飛ばすことができます。一覧で"
+"選択したユーザがログインしたものとして扱われます。</p>\n"
#. helptext 3/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n"
"If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n"
-"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n"
+"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user "
+"to log in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>パスワード無しログイン</b><br>\n"
-"このオプションを選択すると、全てのユーザはパスワードを入力せずにログインできるように\n"
-"なります。このオプションを選択しない場合は、自動ログインをするように設定していてもパスワードの入力を求められます。</p>\n"
+"このオプションを選択すると、全てのユーザはパスワードを入力せずにログインでき"
+"るように\n"
+"なります。このオプションを選択しない場合は、自動ログインをするように設定して"
+"いてもパスワードの入力を求められます。</p>\n"
#. dialog label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1004
@@ -3188,6 +2912,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr "システム"
@@ -3237,7 +2967,8 @@
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n"
+"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to "
+"the\n"
"system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n"
"a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -3252,19 +2983,23 @@
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
+"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently "
+"shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
"Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"ユーザとグループはさまざまな組み合わせで整理されます。表示されている組み合わせを変更するには、 <b>フィルタの設定</b> を使用してください。\n"
-"表示をカスタマイズするには、 <b>フィルタのカスタマイズ</b> を使用してください。</p>\n"
+"ユーザとグループはさまざまな組み合わせで整理されます。表示されている組み合わ"
+"せを変更するには、 <b>フィルタの設定</b> を使用してください。\n"
+"表示をカスタマイズするには、 <b>フィルタのカスタマイズ</b> を使用してくださ"
+"い。</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1541
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n"
-"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n"
+"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for "
+"new\n"
"users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n"
"all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -3298,7 +3033,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"このダイアログでは、既存のユーザに関する情報を取得したり、ユーザを追加／変更したりすることができます。\n"
+"このダイアログでは、既存のユーザに関する情報を取得したり、ユーザを追加／変更"
+"したりすることができます。\n"
"\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -3344,12 +3080,14 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n"
+"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify "
+"groups.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"このダイアログでは、既存のグループに関する情報を取得したり、グループを追加／変更したりすることができます。\n"
+"このダイアログでは、既存のグループに関する情報を取得したり、グループを追加／"
+"変更したりすることができます。\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text 2/4
@@ -3524,6 +3262,15 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr "パッケージ %1 はインストールできません"
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"パッケージ %1 がインストールされていません。\n"
+"今すぐインストールしますか？\n"
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3541,6 +3288,434 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "初期化しています..."
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+"証明書を作成する場合、\n"
+"パスワードは %s 文字以上であるべきです。"
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>このパスワードを証明書の作成に使用する場合、\n"
+"長さは %s 文字以上でなければなりません。</p>"
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr "ユーザ設定を書き込んでいます..."
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>ローカルユーザとシステムユーザに対して適用する、パスワードの暗号化方法を選"
+"択してください。</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is "
+"not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>%s</b> は現時点での標準的なハッシュ方式です。互換性確保の理由があ"
+"る場合を除き、他の方式は推奨していません。</p>"
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr "パスワードの暗号化種類"
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr "ここで入力したパスワードを忘れないようにしてください。"
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr "root ユーザのパスワード (&P)"
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr "パスワードの確認 (&F)"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "キーボードレイアウトのテスト (&T)"
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"テキストやグラフィックを作成したり Web ブラウザを使ったりする一般\n"
+"ユーザとは違い、 \"root\" ユーザはそれぞれのシステムに存在し、\n"
+"システム管理作業を必要とする場合に呼び出されるものです。\n"
+"システム管理作業を行なう場合にのみ \"root\" でログインしてください。\n"
+"\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and "
+"numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"root ユーザには莫大な権限が与えられているため、 \"root\" のパスワードは慎重"
+"に\n"
+"設定する必要があります。半角英字と数字の組み合わせがお勧めです。\n"
+"なお、パスワードが正しく入力されたことを確認するため、\n"
+"パスワードは 2 つめの項目にも入力してください。\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or "
+"umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"通常ユーザのパスワードに関するすべての規則が \"root\" のパスワードにも適用さ"
+"れます:\n"
+"たとえば大文字と小文字は区別されるほか、パスワードには少なくとも 5 文字\n"
+"以上を指定する必要があります。また、全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) "
+"など\n"
+"の特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"この \"root\" パスワードは忘れないでください。\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr "システム管理者 \"root\" のパスワード"
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"パスワードが入力されていません。\n"
+"入力をお願いいたします。"
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ローカルユーザをシステムに追加する場合は、利用可能なオプションのいずれかを選択してください。\n"
+"ローカルユーザは <i>/etc/passwd</i> と <i>/etc/shadow</i> に保存されます。\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "新しいユーザの作成"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"パスワードは大文字と小文字を区別します。入力の際は間違えないよう\n"
+"ご注意ください。また、パスワードには全角文字 (漢字やひらがな、カタカナなど) \n"
+"などの特殊な文字を含んではいけません。\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"パスワードの長さは、 %{min} ～ %{max} 文字の範囲内であるべきです。\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, "
+"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
+"doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
+"information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"<b>ユーザ名</b> には半角英数字と\n"
+"<tt>._-</tt> の文字からしか設定できません (全角文字やアクセント文字は使用でき"
+"ません) 。\n"
+"また、特別な理由がある場合を除き、ユーザ名には大文字を使用しないでくださ"
+"い。\n"
+"このような、ユーザ名はパスワードよりも厳しい制限があります。制限を変更するに"
+"は\n"
+" /etc/login.defs ファイルを変更してください。詳しくはマニュアルページをお読み"
+"ください。\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same "
+"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>このパスワードをシステム管理者用のものとしても使用する</b> を選択する"
+"と、最初のユーザ作成の際に入力したパスワードを、 root ユーザのパスワードとし"
+"ても使用するようになります。</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "以前のインストールからユーザデータを取り込む"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being "
+"installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic "
+"information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"以前の Linux インストール内に、ローカルユーザの設定が見つかりました。\n"
+"新しくインストールするシステムでは、この情報を元にしてユーザを作成することができます。\n"
+"取り込むユーザを選択するには、 <b>ユーザの選択</b> ボタンを押してください。"
+"なお、基本的な情報のみが取り込まれます。\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr "ユーザの作成を行なわずに飛ばす"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without "
+"creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"ネットワーク環境内に認証サーバが存在するような場合などは、ローカルユーザは\n"
+" root のみでかまわないことがあります。このような場合は、ローカルユーザの\n"
+"作成を回避するため、このオプションを選択してください。\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr "ローカルユーザ"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+"新しいユーザ名を指定する必要があります。\n"
+"ここでユーザを作成しない場合は、 'ユーザの作成を行なわずに飛ばす'\n"
+"を選択してください。"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+"以前のインストールからのユーザ取り込みで、ユーザを\n"
+"選択していません。ここでユーザを作成しない場合は、"
+" 'ユーザの作成を行なわずに飛ばす' を選択してください。"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "新しいユーザの作成 (&C)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "以前のインストールからユーザデータを取り込む (&R)"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "ユーザの選択"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr "ユーザの作成を行なわずに飛ばす (&S)"
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr "自動ログイン (&A)"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "ユーザが選択されていません"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "%d 人のユーザを取り込みます。"
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr "読み込むユーザの選択 (&S)"
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "すべて選択／解除 (&A)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr "SHA-256"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr "SHA-512"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "暗号化方法: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "パスワードの暗号化種類 (&E)"
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr "ユーザ設定"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr "ユーザ (&U)"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr "root のパスワード (&R)"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr "<%1>root のパスワード<%2> が設定されています"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr "<%1>root のパスワード<%2> が設定されていません"
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr "<%1>ユーザ<%2> が設定されていません"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "<a href=%s>%d 人のユーザ</a> を取り込みます"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr "<%1>ユーザ<%2> %3 が設定されています"
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr "<%1>ユーザ<%2> %3 (%4) が設定されています"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "パスワードの暗号化方法: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3939,7 +4114,9 @@
#. label
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452
msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read."
-msgstr "複数のテンプレートが既定値として定義されています。 読み取る項目を選択してください。"
+msgstr ""
+"複数のテンプレートが既定値として定義されています。 読み取る項目を選択してくだ"
+"さい。"
#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence)
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491
@@ -3997,7 +4174,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -4011,209 +4188,211 @@
"これは新規に作成したユーザの既定のホームディレクトリですが、\n"
"このディレクトリは現在マウントされていません。\n"
"既定の値を利用して新しいユーザを作成すると、\n"
-"マウントされていないままの状態で新規ユーザのホームディレクトリが %2 以下に作成されます。\n"
+"マウントされていないままの状態で新規ユーザのホームディレクトリが %2 以下に作"
+"成されます。\n"
"従ってお使いのシステムで正しく %2 をマウントすると、作成した\n"
"ディレクトリは見えなくなってしまいます。このまま実行してもよろしいですか？"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr "複数のユーザが該当します。"
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "ユーザとグループの設定を準備しています"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "既定のログイン設定を読み込む"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "既定のシステム設定を読み込む"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "設定タイプを読み込む"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "ユーザカスタム設定を読み込む"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr "ユーザとグループを読み込む"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr "キャッシュ構造を構築する"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "既定のログイン設定を読み込んでいます..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "既定のシステム設定を読み込んでいます..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "設定種類を読み込んでいます..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr "カスタム設定を読み込んでいます..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "ユーザとグループを読み込んでいます..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr "キャッシュ構造を構築しています..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "完了"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "ユーザは存在していません。"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "グループは存在していません。"
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "ユーザとグループの設定を書き込んでいます"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr "LDAP ユーザとグループを書き込む"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr "グループを書き込む"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "削除されたユーザを確認"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "ユーザを書き込む"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "パスワードを書き込む"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "カスタム設定を書き込む"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "既定のログイン設定を書き込む"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "LDAP ユーザとグループを書き込んでいます..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "グループを書き込んでいます..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "削除されたユーザを確認しています..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "ユーザを書き込んでいます..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "パスワードを書き込んでいます..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "カスタム設定を書き込んでいます..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "既定のログイン設定を書き込んでいます..."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr "ファイル %s は正しく読み込まれていないため書き込めません。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "ユーザの削除中にエラーが発生しました。"
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr "ファイル %s は正しく読み込まれていないため書き込めません。"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"暗号化サポートがインストールされていないため、ホームディレクトリは暗号化されません。"
+"暗号化サポートがインストールされていないため、ホームディレクトリは暗号化され"
+"ません。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr "root のメール転送の設定中にエラーが発生しました。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr "この種類のユーザ用に利用できる UID がありません。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4223,7 +4402,7 @@
"%i ～ %i の範囲内の有効な整数を選択してください。"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4232,7 +4411,7 @@
"本当に使用してもよろしいですか？"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4244,7 +4423,7 @@
"この ID を本当に使用してもよろしいですか？"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4256,7 +4435,7 @@
"ユーザの種類を 'ローカル' に変更しますか?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4267,7 +4446,7 @@
"システム ID として設定することになります。\n"
"ユーザのタイプを 'システム' に変更しますか?"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
@@ -4276,7 +4455,7 @@
"既存のユーザ名は、 NIS または LDAP ユーザに所属している場合があります。\n"
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -4287,7 +4466,7 @@
"別のユーザ名を入力してください。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
@@ -4296,7 +4475,7 @@
"ことはできません。入力をご確認ください。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -4307,7 +4486,7 @@
"項目数を減らしてください。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -4318,7 +4497,7 @@
"入力をご確認ください。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -4328,7 +4507,7 @@
"ホームディレクトリには別のパスを選択してください。"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4337,7 +4516,7 @@
"再度選択してください。"
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -4348,7 +4527,7 @@
"このパスを使用してよろしいですか？"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -4358,7 +4537,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4370,7 +4549,7 @@
"このディレクトリを使用しますか？\n"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4384,7 +4563,7 @@
"このディレクトリを使用しますか？"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
@@ -4393,12 +4572,12 @@
"このシェルを使用してよろしいですか？"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr "この種類のグループ用に利用できる GID がありません。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4408,7 +4587,7 @@
"%i ～ %i の範囲内の有効な整数を選択してください。"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4417,7 +4596,7 @@
"本当に使用してもよろしいですか？"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4429,7 +4608,7 @@
"この ID を使用してよろしいですか？"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4441,7 +4620,7 @@
"グループのタイプを 'ローカル' に変更しますか?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4453,7 +4632,7 @@
"グループのタイプを 'システム' に変更しますか?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4462,7 +4641,7 @@
"入力をお願いいたします。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4472,7 +4651,7 @@
"入力をご確認ください。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4485,7 +4664,7 @@
"入力をご確認ください。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
@@ -4495,13 +4674,13 @@
"存在しています。\n"
"別のグループ名を入力してください。"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "ユーザ %s は存在していません。"
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4512,7 +4691,7 @@
"を削除できません。"
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4523,22 +4702,22 @@
"まずグループからユーザを削除してください。"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>ユーザ</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>グループ</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>ログイン設定</h3>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr "ユーザ %1 で自動ログインするよう設定済み"
@@ -4558,21 +4737,21 @@
"LDAP サーバに存在しません。作成しますか？"
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "Kerberos の設定"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr "グループに対しては Kerberos 管理を使用しない"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr "Kerberos プリンシパルの管理"
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr "kadmin.local. を実行できません。"
@@ -4703,34 +4882,38 @@
"%2"
#. the ']' is or-ed...
-#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
"パスワードに使用できるのは、次に示す文字に限られます。\n"
-"0-9, a-z, A-Z, および \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\" のいずれかです。\n"
+"0-9, a-z, A-Z, および \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\" のいずれかで"
+"す。\n"
"入力をご確認ください。"
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
+"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English "
+"keyboard\n"
"layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n"
"localized keyboard layout.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"パスワードには英語キーボードレイアウトで入力可能な文字のみを入力することができます。\n"
-"これはたとえば、システムエラーが発生したような場合に、各言語用に設定したキーボードレイアウトを\n"
+"パスワードには英語キーボードレイアウトで入力可能な文字のみを入力することがで"
+"きます。\n"
+"これはたとえば、システムエラーが発生したような場合に、各言語用に設定したキー"
+"ボードレイアウトを\n"
"利用できない場合があるためです。\n"
"</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4741,37 +4924,37 @@
"入力をご確認ください。"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr "グループ名をパスワードの一部に使用しています。"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr "ユーザ名をパスワードの一部に使用しています。"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr "パスワードに小文字だけを使用しています。"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr "パスワードに大文字だけを使用しています。"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr "パスワードに回文を使用しています。"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr "パスワードに数字だけを使用しています。"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4781,7 +4964,7 @@
"%s 文字に切り詰められます。"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4791,13 +4974,13 @@
"%s"
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr "少なくとも %i 文字以上のパスワードであるべきです。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4806,7 +4989,7 @@
"入力を行なってください。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4816,7 +4999,7 @@
"入力をご確認ください。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4829,7 +5012,7 @@
"使用することができます。入力をご確認ください。"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
@@ -4839,15 +5022,13 @@
"存在します。\n"
"別のユーザ名を入力してください。"
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr "%1 拡張を取得しています..."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr "%1 拡張を解除しています..."
@@ -4913,3 +5094,4 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/USERS.pm:2451
msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions."
msgstr "入力条件を満たすユーザ候補が複数存在します。"
+
Modified: trunk/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
+++ trunk/yast/ja/po/vpn.ja.po 2016-05-08 06:25:08 UTC (rev 95807)
@@ -5,13 +5,13 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
#
# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor@yukina>, 2015.
-# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2015.
+# Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>, 2015, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vpn\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 08:06+0900\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-08 09:03+0900\n"
"Last-Translator: Yasuhiko Kamata <belphegor(a)belbel.or.jp>\n"
"Language-Team: Japanese <opensuse-ja(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: ja\n"
@@ -185,7 +185,8 @@
"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n"
"Continue using the module will remove your customisation."
msgstr ""
-"このモジュールを使用せずに ipsec.conf および ipsec.secrets が編集されています。\n"
+"このモジュールを使用せずに ipsec.conf および ipsec.secrets が編集されていま"
+"す。\n"
"このモジュールを使用すると、編集した内容を失うことになります。"
#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
@@ -212,12 +213,12 @@
"1 つのシナリオに 2 つのゲートウエイを指定する必要はありません。"
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "指定したユーザ名は既に使用されています。"
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr "該当するクライアント接続が見つかりません。"
@@ -259,11 +260,17 @@
#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
msgid ""
-"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
-"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible "
+"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) "
+"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available "
+"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
msgstr ""
-"VPN クライアントからのインターネット接続で、特定のサイトに接続する際に問題が発生する場合、ホスト側のファイアウオール設定の誤りによって、自動 MTU (最大転送単位) 検出が阻害されていることが考えられます。\n"
-"この場合、 TCP-MSS を縮小することでこの問題を修正することができますが、利用可能な帯域は 10% ほど小さくなります。"
+"VPN クライアントからのインターネット接続で、特定のサイトに接続する際に問題が"
+"発生する場合、ホスト側のファイアウオール設定の誤りによって、自動 MTU (最大転"
+"送単位) 検出が阻害されていることが考えられます。\n"
+"この場合、 TCP-MSS を縮小することでこの問題を修正することができますが、利用可"
+"能な帯域は 10% ほど小さくなります。"
#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
@@ -302,102 +309,102 @@
msgstr "デーモンのログと接続の状態を表示しますか？"
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr "認証情報を設定する前に、ゲートウエイの IP を指定してください。"
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "名前"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "説明"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr "ゲートウエイやクライアントを追加するには、 '新しい VPN' を押してください。"
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr "全ての IPv4 ネットワーク (0.0.0.0/0)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr "全ての IPv6 ネットワーク (::/0)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr "カンマ区切りでのアドレス制限 (CIDR 形式):"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "接続名: "
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "種類"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "ゲートウエイ (サーバ)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr "クライアント"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "シナリオ"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr "事前共有鍵による機密通信"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "証明書による機密通信"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr "Android, iOS, MacOS X クライアントに対するアクセスを提供"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr "Windows 7, Windows 8 クライアントに対するアクセスを提供"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "認証情報の編集"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr "VPN クライアントのアクセス方法"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr "クライアントのアドレスプール (例: 192.168.100.0/24)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "ゲートウエイでは認証を要求する"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr "事前共有鍵を使用する"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "証明書を使用する"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr "VPN ゲートウエイの IP"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr "アクセスに VPN トンネルを使用する"
@@ -489,22 +496,22 @@
msgstr "状態が利用できません: デーモンが起動していますか？"
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "IPsec パッケージのインストールに失敗しました。"
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "IPsec デーモンの起動に失敗しました。"
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr "sysctl を利用した IP 転送の設定適用に失敗しました:"
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
@@ -512,43 +519,47 @@
"SUSEfirewall が有効化されていますが、動作していません。\n"
"VPN 接続を正しく動作させるには、 SUSEfirewall を有効化する必要があります。"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "SUSEfirewall の再起動に失敗しました。"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
-"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the "
+"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
"The script is located at %s"
msgstr ""
-"VPN ゲートウエイとクライアントの両方で、特別な SuSEfirewall の設定を行なう必要があります。\n"
-"SuSEfirewall が有効化されていないため、再起動を行なうごとに設定スクリプトを実行しなければならなくなっています。スクリプトは今すぐ実行されます。\n"
+"VPN ゲートウエイとクライアントの両方で、特別な SuSEfirewall の設定を行なう必"
+"要があります。\n"
+"SuSEfirewall が有効化されていないため、再起動を行なうごとに設定スクリプトを実"
+"行しなければならなくなっています。スクリプトは今すぐ実行されます。\n"
"スクリプトは %s にあります。"
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "VPN グローバル設定"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "VPN (IPsec) デーモンの有効化: %s"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
-msgstr "TCP MSS の 1024 への縮小: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
+msgstr "TCP MSS の縮小: %s"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "ゲートウエイと接続"
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr "ゲートウエイは下記でクライアントからの接続を受け付けます: "
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr "クライアントは下記に接続しています: "
+
1
0
07 May '16
Author: fdekruijf
Date: 2016-05-07 11:04:53 +0200 (Sat, 07 May 2016)
New Revision: 95806
Modified:
trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/fonts.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/live-installer.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po
trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po
Log:
update
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/add-on.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: add-on.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-03-30 22:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -51,7 +51,8 @@
"Informatie over Addon-module\n"
"----------------------------\n"
"\n"
-"Om een nieuw addon-product via de commandoregel toe te voegen gebruikt u deze syntaxis:\n"
+"Om een nieuw addon-product via de commandoregel toe te voegen gebruikt u "
+"deze syntaxis:\n"
" /sbin/yast2 add-on URL\n"
"URL is het pad naar de addon-bron.\n"
"\n"
@@ -64,8 +65,12 @@
"dvd://\n"
#: src/clients/add-on.rb:64
-msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
+msgid ""
+"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
+"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr ""
+"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie "
+"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
#. dialog caption
#. this is a heading
@@ -96,15 +101,16 @@
msgid "<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr "<li>Medium: %1, pad: %2, product: %3</li>\n"
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgstr "Stel de addon \"%1\" beschikbaar via \"%2\""
+
+#. just report error
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr "Kon addon-product niet toevoegen."
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
-msgstr "Stel de addon \"%1\" beschikbaar via \"%2\""
-
#. placeholder for unknown path
#. summary item, %1 is product name, %2 media URL, %3 directory on media
#. placeholder for unknown directory
@@ -150,8 +156,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:226
-msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik daarna op <b>OK</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select the language extensions to be installed then click <b>OK</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik daarna op "
+"<b>OK</b>.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question
#: src/clients/inst_language_add-on.rb:245
@@ -205,7 +214,8 @@
"The CD-ROM data does not match the running Linux system.\n"
"Aborting now.\n"
msgstr ""
-"De gegevens op de CD-ROM komen niet overeen met het draaiende Linux-systeem.\n"
+"De gegevens op de CD-ROM komen niet overeen met het draaiende Linux-"
+"systeem.\n"
"Er wordt nu gestopt.\n"
#. VENDOR: dialog heading
@@ -345,7 +355,9 @@
#. message popup
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:788
msgid "Dependencies of the selected add-on products cannot be fulfilled."
-msgstr "Afhankelijkheden van de geselecteerde addon-producten konden niet worden opgelost."
+msgstr ""
+"Afhankelijkheden van de geselecteerde addon-producten konden niet worden "
+"opgelost."
#. Help for add-on products
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:910
@@ -358,7 +370,8 @@
"<p><big><b>Addon-productinstallatie</b></big><br/>\n"
"Hier ziet u alle addon-producten die voor installatie zijn geselecteerd.\n"
"Om een nieuw product toe te voegen, klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een\n"
-"toegevoegd product te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>"
+"toegevoegd product te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op <b>Verwijderen</"
+"b>.</p>"
#. table cell, %1 is URL, %2 is directory name
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:939
@@ -408,12 +421,18 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/1
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1282
msgid "<p>All add-on products installed on your system are displayed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Alle addon-producten die op uw systeem zijn geïnstalleerd worden getoond.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Alle addon-producten die op uw systeem zijn geïnstalleerd worden getoond."
+"</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help adp/2
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1284
-msgid "<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove an add-on which is in use.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>-knop om een nieuw addon-product toe te voegen of op <b>Verwijderen</b> om een in gebruik zijnde addon te verwijderen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Click <b>Add</b> to add a new add-on product, or <b>Delete</b> to remove "
+"an add-on which is in use.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>-knop om een nieuw addon-product toe te voegen of "
+"op <b>Verwijderen</b> om een in gebruik zijnde addon te verwijderen.</p>"
#. no items
#: src/include/add-on/add-on-workflow.rb:1337
@@ -464,7 +483,8 @@
"\n"
"Are sure you want to delete it?"
msgstr ""
-"Verwijderen van het addon-product %1 kan tot gevolg hebben dat alle vanaf deze addon\n"
+"Verwijderen van het addon-product %1 kan tot gevolg hebben dat alle vanaf "
+"deze addon\n"
"geïnstalleerde pakketten verwijderd worden.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het echt verwijderen?"
@@ -488,16 +508,22 @@
"\n"
"Do you want to skip using add-on products?"
msgstr ""
-"Uw systeem heeft onvoldoende geheugen voor het gebruiken van addon-producten\n"
-"tijdens de installatie. U kunt de addon-producten later op een draaiend systeem toevoegen.\n"
+"Uw systeem heeft onvoldoende geheugen voor het gebruiken van addon-"
+"producten\n"
+"tijdens de installatie. U kunt de addon-producten later op een draaiend "
+"systeem toevoegen.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het gebruik van addon-producten overslaan?"
#~ msgid "&Select Language Extensions to be Installed"
#~ msgstr "&Selecteer de te installeren taaluitbreidingen"
-#~ msgid "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the <b>OK</b> button.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik op de <b>OK</b>-knop.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Select the language extensions to be installed and then click the "
+#~ "<b>OK</b> button.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Selecteer de taaluitbreidingen die u wilt installeren en klik op de "
+#~ "<b>OK</b>-knop.</p>"
#~ msgid "Reading packages available at the installation repositories..."
#~ msgstr "Lezen van de beschikbare pakketten in de installatiebronnen..."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-client.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -3,14 +3,14 @@
# This file is distributed under the same license as the opensuse-i package.
#
# Automatically generated, 2014.
-# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2014, 2015.
+# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2014, 2015, 2016.
# André Kaper <andre.edith(a)concepts.nl>, 2014.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 21:39+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-07 09:49+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: ru\n"
@@ -20,1130 +20,2532 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
-msgstr "Module voor instellen van authenticatie-client"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
+msgstr "Naam van realm"
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
-msgstr "Samenvatting van de instellingen van de authenticatie-client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
+msgstr "Laat domeinnaam overeenkomen met de realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
-msgstr "Maak autoyast rnc uit @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
+msgstr ""
+"Laat domeinnaam met jokerteken overeenkomen met de realm (*.example.com -> "
+"EXAMPLE.COM)"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr "Hostnaam van server voor beheer (optioneel)"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid ""
+"Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+#| msgid "Name"
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr "Gebruikersnaam"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of "
+"\"princ_name = user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr "Voer een naam in voor het nieuwe domein."
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr "Reset"
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication provider:"
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr "Authenticatie-leverancier:"
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable "
+"SSSD from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user "
+"database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group "
+"database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD "
+"sudo database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD "
+"automount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity "
+"provider,\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not "
+"compatible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD "
+"from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr "Wilt u de sectie %s verwijderen?"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr "Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr "Gebruikers"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr "Groepen"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr "&Test verbinding"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication provider:"
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr "Authenticatie-leverancier:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Delete"
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr "Verwijderen"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Basic Settings:"
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr "In&stellingen wijzigen"
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr "Globale configuratie"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr "Globale configuratie"
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr "Naam"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr "Waarde"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New Service/Domain"
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr "Nieuwe service/domein"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr "IP-adressen"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Activate Domain"
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr "Domein activeren"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr "Beschrijving"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr "Naam van filter:"
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr "Geen."
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr "Verplichte parameters"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr "Optionele parameters"
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid "Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr "Voltooi alle volgende verplichte parameters:\n"
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr "Globale opties"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Name filter:"
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr "Naam van filter:"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentication provider:"
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr "Verificatie"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr "Sudo"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
-msgstr "Client-configuratie voor authenticatie"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
-msgstr "Globale configuratie"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Running"
+msgstr "Functioneert"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
+msgstr "Gestopt"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr "Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
-msgstr "SSSD-daemon inschakelen"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Domain"
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr "Domein"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Activate Domain"
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr "Domein activeren"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Sections"
+msgid "Service Options"
msgstr "Secties:"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
-msgstr "Nieuwe service/domein"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Domain"
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr "Domein"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
-msgstr "Service/domein verwijderen"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Customisation - %s"
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr "Aanpassen - %s"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
-msgstr "Naam"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
-msgstr "Waarde"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
+msgstr "Wilt u de sectie %s verwijderen?"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
-msgstr "Beschrijving"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to "
+"authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and "
+"Kerberos authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
-msgstr "Meer parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database "
+"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
-msgstr "Naam van filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database "
+"from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers "
+"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-"Uw systeem is geconfigureerd voor gebruik van nss_ldap.\n"
-"Deze module is ontworpen om uw systeem te configureren via sssd.\n"
-"Als u doorgaat wordt uw nss_ldap configuratie verwijderd.\n"
-"Wilt u doorgaan?"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended "
+"Options of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-"Uw systeem is geconfigureerd als OES client. \n"
-"Deze module is ontworpen om uw systeem te configureren via sssd.\n"
-"Als u doorgaat zal uw OES clientconfiguratie worden gedeactiveerd.\n"
-"Wilt u doorgaan?"
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
-msgstr "U mag sectie SSSD niet verwijderen."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity "
+"provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount "
+"database from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
-msgstr "Wilt u de sectie %s verwijderen?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended "
+"Options of each individual domain that provides automount data."
+msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active "
+"Directory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in "
+"which case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr "Dit is een verplichte parameter en deze mag niet verwijderd worden."
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr "Verwijderen van parameter bevestigen: "
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD "
+#| "startup failure.\n"
+#| "Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
+#| "Do you still wish to continue?"
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup failure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration "
+"failure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
-"De parameter is belangrijk. Verwijderen van de parameter kan het opstarten vaan SSSD laten mislukken.\n"
+"De parameter is belangrijk. Verwijderen van de parameter kan het opstarten "
+"vaan SSSD laten mislukken.\n"
"Raadpleeg de manpagina van SSSD voordat u verder gaat.\n"
"Wilt u toch doorgaan?"
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No domain enabled"
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr "Geen domein ingeschakeld"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
+#| "SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+#| "Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable "
+"domain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
"Er zijn geen geactiveerde domeinen in de \"domains\"-parameter van [sssd].\n"
-"SSSD zal niet worden gestart. Alleen lokale authenticatie zal beschikbaar zijn.\n"
+"SSSD zal niet worden gestart. Alleen lokale authenticatie zal beschikbaar "
+"zijn.\n"
"Wilt u toch doorgaan?"
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
-msgstr "Inactie(f)(ve) domein(en) gevonden"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
+msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
-msgstr "Wilt u een andere service inschakelen of aan een domein meedoen?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this "
+"computer:"
+msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
-msgstr "Service"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr "Gebruikersnaam"
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
-msgstr "Domein"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr "Wachtwoord"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com):"
-msgstr "Domeinnaam (voorbeeld.com):"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
-msgstr "Identificatie-leverancier:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
-msgstr "Authenticatie-leverancier:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
-msgstr "Domein activeren"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
+msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
-msgstr "Er zijn geen services meer om in te schakelen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
+msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
-msgstr "Voer een naam in voor het nieuwe domein."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment "
+"requirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name "
+"resolver."
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
-msgstr "De domeinnaam is al in gebruik."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
+msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
-msgstr "Geeft aan wat de syntax is van het configuratie bestand"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
-msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van services die starten zodra sssd zichzelf start"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr "Huidige status: "
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr "Voer zowel gebruikersnaam als wachtwoord in"
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
msgid ""
+"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that "
+"AD user password is saved in plain text."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
+msgid ""
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
+
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
+msgid ""
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
"\n"
-"Ondersteunde services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"Command output:\n"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
-msgid "Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Provider crash or restart before they give up"
-msgstr "Aantal keren dat services moeten proberen opnieuw te verbinden in geval van een crash van een leverancier van gegevens of herstart voordat ze dit opgeven"
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
-msgid "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configured or SSSD won't start."
-msgstr "SSSD kan meerdere domeinen tegelijkertijd gebruiken, maar tenminste één moet geconfigureerd zijn. Anders start SSSD niet."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
-msgid "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried."
-msgstr "Deze parameter bevat de lijst van domeinen in de volgorde waarin ze worden afgevraagd."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
-msgid "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components"
-msgstr "Standaard reguliere expressie die beschrijft hoe de tekenreeks met gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden ontleedt in deze componenten"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
-msgid "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
-msgstr "Het standaard printf(3)-compatibele formaat dat beschrijft hoe een geordende lijst (naam, domein) vertaalt wordt in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
-msgid "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its internal DNS resolver."
-msgstr "SSSD controleert de status van resolv.conf om vast te stellen wanneer de interne DNS resolver moet worden bijgewerkt."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
-msgid "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
-msgstr "Standaard proberen we inotify hiervoor te gebruiken en we vallen terug op het iedere 5 seconden bekijken van resolv.conf, als inotify niet kan worden gebruikt."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
-msgid "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache files."
-msgstr "Map in het bestandssysteem waar SSSD de Kerberos replay-cache-bestanden moet opslaan."
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Domain name (example.com):"
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):"
+msgstr "Domeinnaam (voorbeeld.com):"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a domain name component."
-msgstr "Deze tekenreeks zal worden gebruikt als een standaard domeinnaam voor alle namen zonder een domeinnaamcomponent"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
+msgid ""
+"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group "
+"memberships?"
+msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr "SSSD-daemon inschakelen"
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr "Voer een naam in voor het nieuwe domein."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
+msgid ""
+"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different "
+"name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr "De domeinnaam is al in gebruik."
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
+msgid ""
+"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data "
+"Provider crash or restart before they give up"
+msgstr ""
+"Aantal keren dat services moeten proberen opnieuw te verbinden in geval van "
+"een crash van een leverancier van gegevens of herstart voordat ze dit opgeven"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string "
+#| "containing user name and domain into these components"
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+"Standaard reguliere expressie die beschrijft hoe de tekenreeks met "
+"gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden ontleedt in deze componenten"
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a "
+#| "(name, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+msgid ""
+"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/"
+"domain tuple into FQDN"
+msgstr ""
+"Het standaard printf(3)-compatibele formaat dat beschrijft hoe een geordende "
+"lijst (naam, domein) vertaalt wordt in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to "
+#| "update its internal DNS resolver."
+msgid ""
+"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update "
+"internal DNS resolver"
+msgstr ""
+"SSSD controleert de status van resolv.conf om vast te stellen wanneer de "
+"interne DNS resolver moet worden bijgewerkt."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
+#| "files."
+msgid ""
+"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache "
+"files"
+msgstr ""
+"Map in het bestandssysteem waar SSSD de Kerberos replay-cache-bestanden moet "
+"opslaan."
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a "
+#| "domain name component."
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
+msgstr ""
+"Deze tekenreeks zal worden gebruikt als een standaard domeinnaam voor alle "
+"namen zonder een domeinnaamcomponent"
+
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
-msgid "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode."
-msgstr "Bitmasker dat aangeeft welke debug niveaus zichtbaar zullen zijn. 0x0010 is de standaard waarde en tegelijk de laagst toegestane waarde, 0xFFF0 is de meest uitgebreide modus."
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as "
+"0x0010 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr "Voeg een datumstempel toe aan de debug-berichten"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr "Voeg microseconden toe aan het datumstempel in de debug-berichten"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr "Timeout in seconden tussen heartbeats voor deze service."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
-msgid "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at one time by this SSSD process."
-msgstr "Deze optie specificeert het maximum aantal bestandbeschrijvers dat tegelijk geopend kunnen zijn door dit SSSD-proces."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be "
+#| "opened at one time by this SSSD process."
+msgid ""
+"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD "
+"service process"
+msgstr ""
+"Deze optie specificeert het maximum aantal bestandbeschrijvers dat tegelijk "
+"geopend kunnen zijn door dit SSSD-proces."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
-msgid "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
-msgstr "Deze optie specificeert het aantal seconden dat een client van een SSSD proces een bestandbeschrijver kan vasthouden zonder erover te berichten."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD "
+#| "process can hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+msgid ""
+"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor "
+"without any communication"
+msgstr ""
+"Deze optie specificeert het aantal seconden dat een client van een SSSD "
+"proces een bestandbeschrijver kan vasthouden zonder erover te berichten."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
-msgid "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
-msgstr "Als een service niet reageert op ping controles (zie ook de ”timeout” optie), zal die eerst een SIGTERM signaal krijgen met de instructie elegant te stoppen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
+msgid ""
+"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive "
+"ping check failure"
+msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
-msgid "How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about all users)?"
-msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss opsommingen in de cache zetten (verzoeken om informatie over alle gebruikers)?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about "
+"all users)?"
+msgstr ""
+"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss opsommingen in de cache zetten (verzoeken om "
+"informatie over alle gebruikers)?"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
-msgid "The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for the domain."
-msgstr "De entry-cache kan automatisch worden ingesteld om entries te updaten in de achtergrond als dit ze wordt verzocht boven een percentage van de entry_cache_timeout waarde van het domein."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
+msgid ""
+"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background "
+"if they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value "
+"for the domain."
+msgstr ""
+"De entry-cache kan automatisch worden ingesteld om entries te updaten in de "
+"achtergrond als dit ze wordt verzocht boven een percentage van de "
+"entry_cache_timeout waarde van het domein."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
-msgid "Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking the back end again."
-msgstr "specificeert hoeveel seconden nss_sss negatieve hits in de cache in de cache mag zetten (dat zijn queries voor ongeldige database-entries, zoals niet bestaande entries) voordat de back-end hierover opnieuw wordt gevraagd."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
+msgid ""
+"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits "
+"(that is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) "
+"before asking the back end again."
+msgstr ""
+"specificeert hoeveel seconden nss_sss negatieve hits in de cache in de cache "
+"mag zetten (dat zijn queries voor ongeldige database-entries, zoals niet "
+"bestaande entries) voordat de back-end hierover opnieuw wordt gevraagd."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
-msgstr "Sluit bepaalde gebruikers uit om te worden opgehaald door de SSS-backend."
+msgstr ""
+"Sluit bepaalde gebruikers uit om te worden opgehaald door de SSS-backend."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr "Sluit bepaalde groepen uit om te worden opgehaald door de SSS-backend."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
-msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
-msgstr "Als u wilt dat gefilterde gebruikers groepsleden blijven, dan zet u deze optie op onwaar."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
+msgid ""
+"If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u wilt dat gefilterde gebruikers groepsleden blijven, dan zet u deze "
+"optie op onwaar."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
-msgid "Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value or a template."
-msgstr "Laat de thuismap van de gebruiker buiten beschouwing. U kunt of een absolute waarde of een sjabloon opgeven."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
+msgid ""
+"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value "
+"or a template."
+msgstr ""
+"Laat de thuismap van de gebruiker buiten beschouwing. U kunt of een absolute "
+"waarde of een sjabloon opgeven."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
-msgid "Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified explicitly by the domain's data provider."
-msgstr "Stel een standaard sjabloon in voor de thuismap van een gebruiker als die niet expliciet is gespecificeerd door de gegevensleverancier van het domein."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
+msgid ""
+"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified "
+"explicitly by the domain's data provider."
+msgstr ""
+"Stel een standaard sjabloon in voor de thuismap van een gebruiker als die "
+"niet expliciet is gespecificeerd door de gegevensleverancier van het domein."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr "Vervang de login-shell van alle gebruikers."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
-msgstr "Beperk de shell van de gebruikers tot één van de gepresenteerde waarden."
+msgstr ""
+"Beperk de shell van de gebruikers tot één van de gepresenteerde waarden."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr "Vervang ieder exemplaar van deze shells door de shell_fallback"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
-msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
-msgstr "De standaard te gebruiken shell als een toegestane shell niet is geïnstalleerd op de machine."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
+msgid ""
+"The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
+msgstr ""
+"De standaard te gebruiken shell als een toegestane shell niet is "
+"geïnstalleerd op de machine."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
-msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
-msgstr "De standaard te gebruiken shell als een leverancier er geen levert tijdens het zoeken."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
+msgid ""
+"The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
+msgstr ""
+"De standaard te gebruiken shell als een leverancier er geen levert tijdens "
+"het zoeken."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
-msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered valid."
-msgstr "Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin de lijst van subdomeinen wordt beschouwd als geldig."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
+msgid ""
+"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be "
+"considered valid."
+msgstr ""
+"Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin de lijst van subdomeinen wordt "
+"beschouwd als geldig."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
-msgid "Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be valid."
-msgstr "Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin records in de in-memory cache geldig zijn."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
+msgid ""
+"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be "
+"valid."
+msgstr ""
+"Specificeert tijd in seconden waarin records in de in-memory cache geldig "
+"zijn."
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
-msgid "If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
-msgstr "Als de identificatie leverancier offline is, hoe lang staan we cached logins toe (in dagen sinds de laatste succesvolle online login)."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
+msgid ""
+"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached "
+"logins (in days since the last successful online login)."
+msgstr ""
+"Als de identificatie leverancier offline is, hoe lang staan we cached logins "
+"toe (in dagen sinds de laatste succesvolle online login)."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
-msgid "The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
-msgstr "De tijd in minuten die moet verstrijken nadat offline_failed_login_attempts is bereikt voordat een nieuwe login poging mogelijk is."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
+msgid ""
+"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts "
+"has been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
+msgstr ""
+"De tijd in minuten die moet verstrijken nadat offline_failed_login_attempts "
+"is bereikt voordat een nieuwe login poging mogelijk is."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
-msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
-msgstr "Bepaalt welk soort berichten worden getoond aan de gebruiker tijdens authenticatie."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
+msgstr ""
+"Bepaalt welk soort berichten worden getoond aan de gebruiker tijdens "
+"authenticatie."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
-msgid "For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
-msgstr "Voor ieder PAM verzoek terwijl SSSD online is, zal de SSSD onmiddellijk proberen de in de cache bewaarde identiteitsinformatie van de gebruiker bij te werken om te garanderen dat authenticatie plaatsvind met de meest recente informatie."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
+msgid ""
+"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to "
+"immediately update the cached identity information for the user in order to "
+"ensure that authentication takes place with the latest information."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor ieder PAM verzoek terwijl SSSD online is, zal de SSSD onmiddellijk "
+"proberen de in de cache bewaarde identiteitsinformatie van de gebruiker bij "
+"te werken om te garanderen dat authenticatie plaatsvind met de meest recente "
+"informatie."
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr "Toon een waarschuwing N dagen voordat het wachtwoord verloopt."
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
-msgid "Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
-msgstr "Wel of niet evalueren van de sudoNotBefore en sudoNotAfter attributen die tijdsafhankelijke sudoer-entries toepassen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
+msgid ""
+"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes "
+"that implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
+msgstr ""
+"Wel of niet evalueren van de sudoNotBefore en sudoNotAfter attributen die "
+"tijdsafhankelijke sudoer-entries toepassen."
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
-msgid "Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits before asking the back end again."
-msgstr "Specificeert het aantal seconden dat de autofs-responder negatieve hits in de cache moet bewaren alvorens de backend opnieuw te bevragen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
+msgid ""
+"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative "
+"hits before asking the back end again."
+msgstr ""
+"Specificeert het aantal seconden dat de autofs-responder negatieve hits in "
+"de cache moet bewaren alvorens de backend opnieuw te bevragen."
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
-msgid "Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts file."
-msgstr "Wel of niet hostnamen en adressen hashen in het beheerde bestand known_hosts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
+msgid ""
+"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts "
+"file."
+msgstr ""
+"Wel of niet hostnamen en adressen hashen in het beheerde bestand known_hosts."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
-msgid "How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host keys were requested."
-msgstr "De hoeveelheid seconden een host in het beheerde bestand known_hosts wordt gehouden nadat zijn host-keys zijn opgevraagd."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its "
+"host keys were requested."
+msgstr ""
+"De hoeveelheid seconden een host in het beheerde bestand known_hosts wordt "
+"gehouden nadat zijn host-keys zijn opgevraagd."
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
-msgid "UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outside these limits, it is ignored."
-msgstr "UID en GID limieten voor het domein. Als een domein een item bevat dat buiten deze limieten valt, wordt het genegeerd."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
+msgid ""
+"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is "
+"outside these limits, it is ignored."
+msgstr ""
+"UID en GID limieten voor het domein. Als een domein een item bevat dat "
+"buiten deze limieten valt, wordt het genegeerd."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr "Lees alle entities uit de backenddatabase (serverload verhogen)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
-msgid "If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
-msgstr "Als de service zich niet beëindigd na ”force_timeout” seconden, zal de monitor de service geforceerd afsluiten door middel van het signaal SIGKILL."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
+msgid ""
+"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor "
+"will forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
+msgstr ""
+"Als de service zich niet beëindigd na ”force_timeout” seconden, zal de "
+"monitor de service geforceerd afsluiten door middel van het signaal SIGKILL."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backend again."
-msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
+msgid ""
+"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the "
+"backend again."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend "
+"opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the backend again."
-msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss gebruiker-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
+msgid ""
+"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking "
+"the backend again."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss gebruiker-items als geldig beschouwen voordat "
+"de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the backend again."
-msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss groep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking "
+"the backend again."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss groep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de "
+"backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking the backend again."
-msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss netgroep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
+msgid ""
+"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before "
+"asking the backend again."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss netgroep-items als geldig beschouwen voordat "
+"de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
-msgid "How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking the backend again."
-msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss service-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
+msgid ""
+"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking "
+"the backend again."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoeveel seconden moet nss_sss service-items als geldig beschouwen voordat de "
+"backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
-msgid "How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend again."
-msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet sudo regels als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
+msgid ""
+"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoeveel seconden moet sudo regels als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend "
+"opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
-msgid "How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid before asking the backend again."
-msgstr "Hoeveel seconden moet de autofs service automounter-maps als geldig beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
+msgid ""
+"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid "
+"before asking the backend again."
+msgstr ""
+"Hoeveel seconden moet de autofs service automounter-maps als geldig "
+"beschouwen voordat de backend opnieuw wordt bevraagd."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr "Buffer credentials voor offline gebruik"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
-msgid "Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
-msgstr "Aantal dagen dat items in de cache worden gelaten, na iedere succesvolle aanmelding, voordat ze worden verwijderd tijdens het opruimen van de cache."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
+msgid ""
+"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before "
+"being removed during a cleanup of the cache."
+msgstr ""
+"Aantal dagen dat items in de cache worden gelaten, na iedere succesvolle "
+"aanmelding, voordat ze worden verwijderd tijdens het opruimen van de cache."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr "De identificatie-leverancier die wordt gebruikt voor het domein."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
-msgid "Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) as the user's login name reported to NSS."
-msgstr "Gebruik de volledige naam en het domein (zoals vastgelegd in full_name_format van het domein) zoals ook gebruikt voor de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker gerapporteerd aan NSS."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
+msgid ""
+"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) "
+"as the user's login name reported to NSS."
+msgstr ""
+"Gebruik de volledige naam en het domein (zoals vastgelegd in "
+"full_name_format van het domein) zoals ook gebruikt voor de aanmeldnaam van "
+"de gebruiker gerapporteerd aan NSS."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr "De authenticatie-leverancier gebruikt voor het domein"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr "De toegangscontrole leverancier gebruikt voor het domein."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
-msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
-msgstr "De leverancier die bewerkingen voor wachtwoordwijziging af zou moeten handelen voor het domein."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
+msgid ""
+"The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
+msgstr ""
+"De leverancier die bewerkingen voor wachtwoordwijziging af zou moeten "
+"handelen voor het domein."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr "De SUDO-leverancier gebruikt voor het domein."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
-msgstr "De leverancier die laden van selinux instellingen zou moeten afhandelen."
+msgstr ""
+"De leverancier die laden van selinux instellingen zou moeten afhandelen."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
-msgstr "De leverancier die het verkrijgen van subdomeinen zou moeten afhandelen."
+msgstr ""
+"De leverancier die het verkrijgen van subdomeinen zou moeten afhandelen."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr "De autofs-leverancier gebruikt voor het domein."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
-msgstr "De leverancier gebruikt voor het ophalen van host identiteitsinformatie."
+msgstr ""
+"De leverancier gebruikt voor het ophalen van host identiteitsinformatie."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
-msgid "Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string containing user name and domain into these components."
-msgstr "Reguliere expressie voor het domein, die beschrijft hoe de reeks met gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden omgezet in deze componenten."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
+msgid ""
+"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string "
+"containing user name and domain into these components."
+msgstr ""
+"Reguliere expressie voor het domein, die beschrijft hoe de reeks met "
+"gebruikersnaam en domein moet worden omgezet in deze componenten."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
-msgid "A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
-msgstr "Een formaat, compatible met printf(3), dat beschrijft hoe de geordende lijst (naam, domein) moet worden vertaald in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam voor dit domein."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
+msgid ""
+"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, "
+"domain) tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
+msgstr ""
+"Een formaat, compatible met printf(3), dat beschrijft hoe de geordende lijst "
+"(naam, domein) moet worden vertaald in een volledig gekwalificeerde naam "
+"voor dit domein."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
-msgid "Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing DNS lookups."
-msgstr "Biedt de mogelijkheid de adresfamilie van voorkeur te selecteren, voor gebruik tijdens DNS zoekopdrachten"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
+msgid ""
+"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when "
+"performing DNS lookups."
+msgstr ""
+"Biedt de mogelijkheid de adresfamilie van voorkeur te selecteren, voor "
+"gebruik tijdens DNS zoekopdrachten"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
-msgid "Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
-msgstr "Stelt vast hoelang (in seconden) wordt gewacht op een antwoord van de DNS resolver voordat wordt aangenomen dat die onbereikbaar is."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
+msgid ""
+"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS "
+"resolver before assuming that it is unreachable."
+msgstr ""
+"Stelt vast hoelang (in seconden) wordt gewacht op een antwoord van de DNS "
+"resolver voordat wordt aangenomen dat die onbereikbaar is."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
-msgid "If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the service discovery DNS query."
-msgstr "Als servicezoeken wordt gebruikt in de backend, specificeert het het domeindeel van de DNS zoekopdracht van het servicezoeken."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
+msgid ""
+"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of "
+"the service discovery DNS query."
+msgstr ""
+"Als servicezoeken wordt gebruikt in de backend, specificeert het het "
+"domeindeel van de DNS zoekopdracht van het servicezoeken."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr "Vervang de primaire GID-waarde door de gespecificeerde."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr "Behandel gebruikers- en groepnamen als hoofdlettergevoelig."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
-msgid "When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name was an alias."
-msgstr "Als een gebruiker of groep op naam wordt opgezocht in de proxy provider, wordt een tweede zoekopdracht op ID uitgevoerd om de naam te kunnen onderscheiden van een alias met dezelfde naam."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
+msgid ""
+"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second "
+"lookup by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested "
+"name was an alias."
+msgstr ""
+"Als een gebruiker of groep op naam wordt opgezocht in de proxy provider, "
+"wordt een tweede zoekopdracht op ID uitgevoerd om de naam te kunnen "
+"onderscheiden van een alias met dezelfde naam."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
-msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
-msgstr "Gebruik deze homedir als standaard waarde voor alle subdomeinen binnen dit domein."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
+msgid ""
+"Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
+msgstr ""
+"Gebruik deze homedir als standaard waarde voor alle subdomeinen binnen dit "
+"domein."
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
-msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die toestemming hebben om zich aan te melden. "
+msgstr ""
+"Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die toestemming hebben om zich aan te "
+"melden. "
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
-msgid "Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
-msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die toestemming hebben zich aan te melden. Dit is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen dit SSSD domein."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
+msgid ""
+"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only "
+"to groups within this SSSD domain."
+msgstr ""
+"Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die toestemming hebben zich aan te melden. "
+"Dit is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen dit SSSD domein."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
-msgid "Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
-msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd. Dit is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen het SSSD domein."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
+msgid ""
+"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This "
+"applies only to groups within this SSSD domain."
+msgstr ""
+"Kommagescheiden lijst van groepen die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd. Dit "
+"is alleen van toepassing op groepen binnen het SSSD domein."
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
-msgid "The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home directory."
-msgstr "De software voegt de aanmeldnaam toe aan de base_directory and gebruikt die als persoonlijke map."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
+msgid ""
+"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home "
+"directory."
+msgstr ""
+"De software voegt de aanmeldnaam toe aan de base_directory and gebruikt die "
+"als persoonlijke map."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
-msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
-msgstr "Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden aangemaakt voor nieuwe gebruikers."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
+msgid ""
+"Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
+msgstr ""
+"Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden aangemaakt voor "
+"nieuwe gebruikers."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
-msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
-msgstr "Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden gewist voor verwijderde gebruikers."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
+msgid ""
+"Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
+msgstr ""
+"Geeft aan of een persoonlijke map standaard moet worden gewist voor "
+"verwijderde gebruikers."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
-msgid "Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created home directory."
-msgstr "Gebruikt door sss_useradd(8) om de standaard permissies op te geven voor een nieuw aangemaakte persoonlijke map."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
+msgid ""
+"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created "
+"home directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Gebruikt door sss_useradd(8) om de standaard permissies op te geven voor een "
+"nieuw aangemaakte persoonlijke map."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
-msgid "The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
-msgstr "De map, met hierin het noodzakelijke minimum aan bestanden en submappen, die moet worden gekopieerd in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, zodra de persoonlijke map is aangemaakt door sss_useradd(8)"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
+msgid ""
+"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in "
+"the user's home directory, when the home directory is created by "
+"sss_useradd(8)"
+msgstr ""
+"De map, met hierin het noodzakelijke minimum aan bestanden en submappen, die "
+"moet worden gekopieerd in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, zodra de "
+"persoonlijke map is aangemaakt door sss_useradd(8)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr "De spoolmap voor e-mail."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr "Het commando dat wordt uitgevoerd nadat een gebruiker is verwijderd."
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "URI's (ldap://) van LDAP-servers (kommagescheiden)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
-msgstr "De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van LDAP sudo-regels."
+msgstr ""
+"De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van LDAP sudo-regels."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
-msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
-msgstr "Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
+"should connect in the order of preference."
+msgstr ""
+"Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD "
+"verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
-msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
-msgstr "Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur, om het wachtwoord van de gebruiker te veranderen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD "
+"should connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
+msgstr ""
+"Geeft de kommagescheiden lijst van URI's van de LDAP servers waarmee SSSD "
+"verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur, om het wachtwoord van de "
+"gebruiker te veranderen."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr "Basis DN voor zoeken in LDAP"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr "LDAP schematype"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
-msgstr "De standaard bind-DN die wordt gebruikt voor het uitvoeren van LDAP bewerkingen."
+msgstr ""
+"De standaard bind-DN die wordt gebruikt voor het uitvoeren van LDAP "
+"bewerkingen."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr "Het type authenticatie-token van de standaard bind-DN."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr "De standaard authenticatie-token van de standaard bind-DN."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr "De objectklasse van een gebruiker-item in LDAP."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker."
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de aanmeldnaam van de gebruiker."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de id van de gebruiker."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de primaire groeps-id van de gebruiker."
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de primaire groeps-id van de "
+"gebruiker."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met het gecos-veld van de gebruiker."
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met het gecos-veld van de gebruiker."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
-msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam van de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker bevat."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
+msgid ""
+" The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam van de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker "
+"bevat."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het pad naar de standaard shell van de gebruiker bevat."
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat het pad naar de standaard shell van de gebruiker "
+"bevat."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het UUID/GUID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject."
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat het UUID/GUID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de objectSID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject."
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat de objectSID bevat van een LDAP gebruikersobject."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
-msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het tijdstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging aan het bovenliggend object."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
+"parent object."
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat het tijdstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging aan "
+"het bovenliggend object."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
-msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last password change)."
-msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum van de laatste verandering van het wachtwoord)."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
+msgid ""
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
+"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last "
+"password change)."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van "
+"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum van "
+"de laatste verandering van het wachtwoord)."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
-msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
-msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (minimum leeftijd van het wachtwoord)."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
+msgid ""
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
+"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password "
+"age)."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van "
+"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (minimum "
+"leeftijd van het wachtwoord)."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
-msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
-msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (maximum leeftijd van het wachtwoord)."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
+msgid ""
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
+"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password "
+"age)."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van "
+"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (maximum "
+"leeftijd van het wachtwoord)."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
-msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period)."
-msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (waarschuwingsperiode van het wachtwoord)."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
+msgid ""
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
+"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning "
+"period)."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van "
+"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger "
+"(waarschuwingsperiode van het wachtwoord)."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
-msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity period)."
-msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (periode dat het wachtwoord inactief is)."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
+msgid ""
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an "
+"LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password "
+"inactivity period)."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van "
+"een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (periode "
+"dat het wachtwoord inactief is)."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
-msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
-msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow of ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum waarop het account verloopt)."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
+msgid ""
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this "
+"parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its "
+"shadow(5) counterpart (account expiration date)."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ldap_pwd_policy=shadow of ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow wordt "
+"gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat "
+"overeenkomt met zijn shadow(5) tegenhanger (datum waarop het account "
+"verloopt)."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
-msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos."
-msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut, dat de datum en tijd opslaat van de laatste verandering van het wachtwoord in kerberos."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
+msgid ""
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
+"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in "
+"kerberos."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de "
+"naam van een LDAP attribuut, dat de datum en tijd opslaat van de laatste "
+"verandering van het wachtwoord in kerberos."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
-msgid "When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
-msgstr "Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaldatum en -tijd opslaat van het huidige wachtwoord."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
+msgid ""
+"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of "
+"an LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de "
+"naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaldatum en -tijd opslaat van het "
+"huidige wachtwoord."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
-msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
-msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaltijd van het account opslaat."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
+msgid ""
+"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
+"of an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de "
+"naam van een LDAP attribuut dat de vervaltijd van het account opslaat."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
-msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
-msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de naam van een LDAP attribuut dat het control-bit-veld van het gebruikersaccount opslaat."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
+msgid ""
+"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name "
+"of an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=ad wordt gebruikt, bevat deze parameter de "
+"naam van een LDAP attribuut dat het control-bit-veld van het "
+"gebruikersaccount opslaat."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
-msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter determines if access is allowed or not."
-msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds of een equivalent wordt gebruikt, stelt deze parameter vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
+msgid ""
+"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter "
+"determines if access is allowed or not."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds of een equivalent wordt gebruikt, stelt "
+"deze parameter vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
-msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access is allowed or not."
-msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast of toegang is toegestaan of niet."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
+msgid ""
+"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if "
+"access is allowed or not."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast "
+"of toegang is toegestaan of niet."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
-msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until which date access is granted."
-msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast tot wanneer toegang is toegestaan."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
+msgid ""
+"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until "
+"which date access is granted."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut vast "
+"tot wanneer toegang is toegestaan."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
-msgid "When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
-msgstr "Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut de uren van een dag in een week vast wanneer toegang is toegestaan."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
+msgid ""
+"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the "
+"hours of a day in a week when access is granted."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ldap_account_expire_policy=nds word gebruikt, stelt dit attribuut de "
+"uren van een dag in een week vast wanneer toegang is toegestaan."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
-msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de Kerberos \"User Principal Name\" (UPN) bevat van de gebruiker."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name "
+"(UPN)."
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat de Kerberos \"User Principal Name\" (UPN) bevat van "
+"de gebruiker."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de SSH publieke sleutels bevat van de gebruiker. "
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat de SSH publieke sleutels bevat van de gebruiker. "
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
-msgid "Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
-msgstr "Sommige directory servers, bijvoorbeeld Active Directory, zouden het gebiedsdeel van de UPN kunnen leveren in kleine letters, waardoor de authenticatie kan mislukken."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
+msgid ""
+"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the "
+"realm part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to "
+"fail."
+msgstr ""
+"Sommige directory servers, bijvoorbeeld Active Directory, zouden het "
+"gebiedsdeel van de UPN kunnen leveren in kleine letters, waardoor de "
+"authenticatie kan mislukken."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
-msgstr "Stel deze optie in op true als u een gebied met hoofdletter wilt gebruiken"
+msgstr ""
+"Stel deze optie in op true als u een gebied met hoofdletter wilt gebruiken"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
-msgid "Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enumerated records."
-msgstr "Legt vast hoeveel seconden SSSD moet wachten voordat de cache van opgesomde records wordt ververst."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
+msgid ""
+"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of "
+"enumerated records."
+msgstr ""
+"Legt vast hoeveel seconden SSSD moet wachten voordat de cache van opgesomde "
+"records wordt ververst."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
-msgid "Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save space."
-msgstr "Stel vast hoe vaak de cache van inactieve entries (zoals van groepen zonder leden en gebruikers die zich nooit hebben aangemeld) moet worden gecontroleerd en vervolgens te verwijderen om ruimte te besparen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
+msgid ""
+"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups "
+"with no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save "
+"space."
+msgstr ""
+"Stel vast hoe vaak de cache van inactieve entries (zoals van groepen zonder "
+"leden en gebruikers die zich nooit hebben aangemeld) moet worden "
+"gecontroleerd en vervolgens te verwijderen om ruimte te besparen."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de volledige naam van de gebruiker."
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de volledige naam van de gebruiker."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat een overzicht geeft van groepslidmaatschappen van de gebruiker."
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat een overzicht geeft van groepslidmaatschappen van de "
+"gebruiker."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
-msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
-msgstr "Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=authorized_service, zal SSSD de aanwezigheid van het authorizedService attribuut in het LDAP-item van de gebruiker gebruiken om toegangsrechten vast te stellen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
+msgid ""
+"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will "
+"use the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry "
+"to determine access privilege."
+msgstr ""
+"Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=authorized_service, zal SSSD "
+"de aanwezigheid van het authorizedService attribuut in het LDAP-item van de "
+"gebruiker gebruiken om toegangsrechten vast te stellen."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
-msgid "If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
-msgstr "Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=host, zal SSSD de aanwezigheid van het attribuut host in het LDAP item van de gebruiker gebruiken om de toegangsrechten vast te stellen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
+msgid ""
+"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the "
+"presence of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access "
+"privilege."
+msgstr ""
+"Als access_provider=ldap en ldap_access_order=host, zal SSSD de aanwezigheid "
+"van het attribuut host in het LDAP item van de gebruiker gebruiken om de "
+"toegangsrechten vast te stellen."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr "De objectklasse van een groepsitem in LDAP."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de groepsnaam."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met het id van de groep."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de namen bevat van de groepsleden."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de UUID/GUID bevat van een LDAP groepsobject."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat het objectSID bevat van een LDAP groepsobject."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
-msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the parent object."
-msgstr " Het LDAP attribuut dat een datumstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging van het bovenliggend object."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
+msgid ""
+" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the "
+"parent object."
+msgstr ""
+" Het LDAP attribuut dat een datumstempel bevat van de laatste wijziging van "
+"het bovenliggend object."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
-msgid "If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follow."
-msgstr "Als ldap_schema is ingesteld op een schema-formaat dat geneste groepen ondersteunt (bijv. RFC2307bis), dan controleert deze optie hoeveel geneste SSSD niveaus nog volgen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
+msgid ""
+"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. "
+"RFC2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will "
+"follow."
+msgstr ""
+"Als ldap_schema is ingesteld op een schema-formaat dat geneste groepen "
+"ondersteunt (bijv. RFC2307bis), dan controleert deze optie hoeveel geneste "
+"SSSD niveaus nog volgen."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
-msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or deep nested groups."
-msgstr "Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory specifiek kenmerk dat zoekopdrachten naar groepen kan versnellen bij toepassen van complexe of diep geneste groepen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
+msgid ""
+"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
+"feature which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with "
+"complex or deep nested groups."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory "
+"specifiek kenmerk dat zoekopdrachten naar groepen kan versnellen bij "
+"toepassen van complexe of diep geneste groepen."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
-msgid "This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
-msgstr "Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory specifiek kenmerk dat initgroups operaties kan versnellen (met name bij het omgaan met complexe of diep geneste groepen)."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
+msgid ""
+"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific "
+"feature which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when "
+"dealing with complex or deep nested groups)."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze optie geeft SSSD opdracht te profiteren van een Active Directory "
+"specifiek kenmerk dat initgroups operaties kan versnellen (met name bij het "
+"omgaan met complexe of diep geneste groepen)."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr " De objectklasse van een netgroup item in LDAP."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat overeenkomt met de netgroep-naam."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van netgroep-leden."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
-msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de (host, gebruiker, domein) netgroup tripletten bevat."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat de (host, gebruiker, domein) netgroup tripletten "
+"bevat."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
-msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de UUID/GUID van een LDAP netgroep-object bevat."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat de UUID/GUID van een LDAP netgroep-object bevat."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr "De objectklasse van een service-item in LDAP."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
-msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their aliases."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van service-attributen en hun aliassen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their "
+"aliases."
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat de naam bevat van service-attributen en hun aliassen."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de poort bevat waarmee deze service kan werken."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
-msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
-msgstr "Het LDAP attribuut dat de protocollen bevat waarmee deze service kan werken."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP attribuut dat de protocollen bevat waarmee deze service kan werken."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
-msgid "An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches for this attribute type."
-msgstr "Een optionele basis-DN, zoekbereik en een LDAP filter dat de LDAP zoekopdrachten beperkt voor dit type attribuut."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
+msgid ""
+"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches "
+"for this attribute type."
+msgstr ""
+"Een optionele basis-DN, zoekbereik en een LDAP filter dat de LDAP "
+"zoekopdrachten beperkt voor dit type attribuut."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
-msgid " Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
-msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten toestemming hebben te draaien voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
+msgid ""
+" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run "
+"before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode "
+"is entered)."
+msgstr ""
+"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten toestemming "
+"hebben te draaien voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache "
+"worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
-msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
-msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten naar gebruiker- en groep-opsommingen zijn toegestaan voordat ze worden gestopt en de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt gestart)."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group "
+"enumerations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results "
+"are returned (and offline mode is entered)."
+msgstr ""
+"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) dat ldap zoekopdrachten naar "
+"gebruiker- en groep-opsommingen zijn toegestaan voordat ze worden gestopt en "
+"de resultaten in de cache worden geretourneerd (en modus offline wordt "
+"gestart)."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
-msgid "Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
-msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna de poll(2)/select(2) gevolgd door een connect(2) terug keert in geval van geen activiteit."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) "
+"following a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
+msgstr ""
+"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna de poll(2)/select(2) gevolgd "
+"door een connect(2) terug keert in geval van geen activiteit."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
-msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs will abort if no response is received."
-msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna aanroepen naar synchrone LDAP API's zullen stoppen als geen reactie is ontvangen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
+msgid ""
+"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs "
+"will abort if no response is received."
+msgstr ""
+"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) waarna aanroepen naar synchrone LDAP "
+"API's zullen stoppen als geen reactie is ontvangen."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
-msgid "Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be maintained."
-msgstr "Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) tot wanneer een verbinding met de LDAP server in stand zal worden gehouden."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
+msgid ""
+"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be "
+"maintained."
+msgstr ""
+"Specificeert de time-out (in seconden) tot wanneer een verbinding met de "
+"LDAP server in stand zal worden gehouden."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
-msgid "Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
-msgstr "Specificeert het aantal records dat moet worden opgehaald van LDAP in een enkel verzoek. Sommige LDAP servers dwingen een maximum limiet per-verzoek af."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
+msgid ""
+"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. "
+"Some LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
+msgstr ""
+"Specificeert het aantal records dat moet worden opgehaald van LDAP in een "
+"enkel verzoek. Sommige LDAP servers dwingen een maximum limiet per-verzoek "
+"af."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr "Schakel de LDAP-paging-controle uit."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
-msgid "When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum security level necessary to establish the connection."
-msgstr "Geef het minimum veiligheidsniveau op dat nodig is voor het maken van de verbinding, als er wordt gecommuniceerd met een LDAP server die SASL gebruikt."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
+msgid ""
+"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum "
+"security level necessary to establish the connection."
+msgstr ""
+"Geef het minimum veiligheidsniveau op dat nodig is voor het maken van de "
+"verbinding, als er wordt gecommuniceerd met een LDAP server die SASL "
+"gebruikt."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
-msgid "Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
-msgstr "Geef het aantal groepsleden op dat moet ontbreken uit de interne cache om een 'dereference lookup' teweeg te brengen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
+msgid ""
+"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal "
+"cache in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
+msgstr ""
+"Geef het aantal groepsleden op dat moet ontbreken uit de interne cache om "
+"een 'dereference lookup' teweeg te brengen."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr "Valideer servercertificatie in LDAP TLS-session"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
-msgid "Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Authorities that sssd will recognize."
-msgstr "Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor alle Certificate Authorities die sssd zal herkennen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate "
+"Authorities that sssd will recognize."
+msgstr ""
+"Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor alle Certificate "
+"Authorities die sssd zal herkennen."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
-msgid "Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certificates in separate individual files."
-msgstr "Legt het pad of een directory vast dat Certificate Authority certificaten bevat in gescheiden, individuele bestanden."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority "
+"certificates in separate individual files."
+msgstr ""
+"Legt het pad of een directory vast dat Certificate Authority certificaten "
+"bevat in gescheiden, individuele bestanden."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
-msgstr "Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor de sleutel van de client."
+msgstr ""
+"Specificeert het bestand dat certificaten bevat voor de sleutel van de "
+"client."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr "Specificeert het bestand dat de sleutel van de client bevat."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr "Legt acceptabele cipher-suites vast."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
-msgid "Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the channel."
-msgstr "Legt vast dat de id_provider verbinding ook tls moet gebruiken om het kanaal te beschermen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
+msgid ""
+"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the "
+"channel."
+msgstr ""
+"Legt vast dat de id_provider verbinding ook tls moet gebruiken om het kanaal "
+"te beschermen."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
-msgid "Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
-msgstr "Legt vast dat SSSD moet proberen om gebruiker - en groep ID's vast te leggen van de attributen ldap_user_objectsid en ldap_group_objectsid, in plaats van te vertrouwen op ldap_user_uid_number en ldap_group_gid_number."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
+msgid ""
+"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the "
+"ldap_user_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying "
+"on ldap_user_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
+msgstr ""
+"Legt vast dat SSSD moet proberen om gebruiker - en groep ID's vast te leggen "
+"van de attributen ldap_user_objectsid en ldap_group_objectsid, in plaats van "
+"te vertrouwen op ldap_user_uid_number en ldap_group_gid_number."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr "Geeft aan welk SASL mechanisme te gebruiken."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr "Geeft aan welke SASL autorisatie-id te gebruiken."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr "Geeft aan welk SASL gebied te gebruiken."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
-msgid "If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
-msgstr "Als deze optie aan staat, zal de LDAP bibliotheek een zoekopdracht op IP-adres uitvoeren om de volledige hostnaam op te halen tijdens een SASL bind."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
+msgid ""
+"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to "
+"canonicalize the host name during a SASL bind."
+msgstr ""
+"Als deze optie aan staat, zal de LDAP bibliotheek een zoekopdracht op IP-"
+"adres uitvoeren om de volledige hostnaam op te halen tijdens een SASL bind."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr "Geeft de keytab voor gebruik met SASL/GSSAPI."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
-msgstr "Geeft aan dat de id_provider Kerberos credentials (TGT) moet initiëren."
+msgstr ""
+"Geeft aan dat de id_provider Kerberos credentials (TGT) moet initiëren."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr "Geeft de levensduur in seconden van de TGT als GSSAPI wordt gebruikt."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
-msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
-msgstr "Selecteer het beleid om het verlopen van het wachtwoord te evalueren aan de kant van de client."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
+msgid ""
+"Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer het beleid om het verlopen van het wachtwoord te evalueren aan de "
+"kant van de client."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
-msgstr "Geeft aan wanneer automatische \"referral chasing\" moet worden ingeschakeld."
+msgstr ""
+"Geeft aan wanneer automatische \"referral chasing\" moet worden ingeschakeld."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
-msgstr "Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt zodra service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld."
+msgstr ""
+"Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt zodra service-ontdekking is "
+"ingeschakeld."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
-msgid "Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password changes when service discovery is enabled."
-msgstr "Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt om een LDAP server te vinden die wachtwoord veranderingen toestaat als service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows "
+"password changes when service discovery is enabled."
+msgstr ""
+"Geeft de naam van de service die wordt gebruikt om een LDAP server te vinden "
+"die wachtwoord veranderingen toestaat als service-ontdekking is ingeschakeld."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
-msgid "Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
-msgstr "Geeft aan of het attribuut ldap_user_shadow_last_change wordt bijgewerkt met het aantal dagen vanaf de Epoch na een wachtwoord veranderingsoperatie."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
+msgid ""
+"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with "
+"days since the Epoch after a password change operation."
+msgstr ""
+"Geeft aan of het attribuut ldap_user_shadow_last_change wordt bijgewerkt met "
+"het aantal dagen vanaf de Epoch na een wachtwoord veranderingsoperatie."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
-msgid "If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
-msgstr "Als access_provider = ldap en ldap_access_order = filter (standaard) worden gebruikt, is deze optie verplicht. Deze optie specificeert een criterium voor het LDAP zoekfilter waaraan moet worden voldaan om de gebruiker toegang tot deze host te verschaffen."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
+msgid ""
+"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), "
+"this option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that "
+"must be met for the user to be granted access on this host."
+msgstr ""
+"Als access_provider = ldap en ldap_access_order = filter (standaard) worden "
+"gebruikt, is deze optie verplicht. Deze optie specificeert een criterium "
+"voor het LDAP zoekfilter waaraan moet worden voldaan om de gebruiker toegang "
+"tot deze host te verschaffen."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
-msgid " With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be enabled."
-msgstr " Met deze optie kan een evaluatie van toegangscontrole aan de zijde van de client worden ingesteld."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
+msgid ""
+" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can "
+"be enabled."
+msgstr ""
+" Met deze optie kan een evaluatie van toegangscontrole aan de zijde van de "
+"client worden ingesteld."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst van opties voor toegangscontrole."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
-msgstr "Geeft aan hoe alias dereferentie wordt uitgevoerd tijdens een zoekopdracht."
+msgstr ""
+"Geeft aan hoe alias dereferentie wordt uitgevoerd tijdens een zoekopdracht."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
-msgid "Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use the RFC2307 schema."
-msgstr "Staat toe lokale gebruikers te handhaven als leden van een LDAP groep voor servers die het RFC2307 schema gebruiken."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
+msgid ""
+"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that "
+"use the RFC2307 schema."
+msgstr ""
+"Staat toe lokale gebruikers te handhaven als leden van een LDAP groep voor "
+"servers die het RFC2307 schema gebruiken."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "IP-adressen of hostnamen van Kerberos servers (kommagescheiden)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
-msgid "Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
-msgstr "Geeft een komma-gescheiden lijst van IP-adressen of hostnamen van de Kerberos servers waarmee SSSD een verbinding zou moeten maken, in volgorde van voorkeur."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the "
+"Kerberos servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
+msgstr ""
+"Geeft een komma-gescheiden lijst van IP-adressen of hostnamen van de "
+"Kerberos servers waarmee SSSD een verbinding zou moeten maken, in volgorde "
+"van voorkeur."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr "Kerberos realm (bijv. VOORBEELD.COM)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
-msgid "If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers can be defined here."
-msgstr "Als de dienst voor het veranderen van wachtwoorden niet draait op het KDC, kunnen hier alternatieve servers worden gedefinieerd."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
+msgid ""
+"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative "
+"servers can be defined here."
+msgstr ""
+"Als de dienst voor het veranderen van wachtwoorden niet draait op het KDC, "
+"kunnen hier alternatieve servers worden gedefinieerd."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr "Map om caches van credentials in op te slaan."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr "Locatie van de cache met credential van de gebruiker."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
-msgid " Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password request is aborted."
-msgstr " Time-out in seconden nadat een verzoek tot online authenticatie of tot verandering van wachtwoord is afgebroken."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
+msgid ""
+" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change "
+"password request is aborted."
+msgstr ""
+" Time-out in seconden nadat een verzoek tot online authenticatie of tot "
+"verandering van wachtwoord is afgebroken."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
-msgid "Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed."
-msgstr "Verifieer met behulp van krb5_keytab dat de TGT die is verkregen, niet is vervalst."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
+msgid ""
+"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been "
+"spoofed."
+msgstr ""
+"Verifieer met behulp van krb5_keytab dat de TGT die is verkregen, niet is "
+"vervalst."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
-msgid "The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KDCs."
-msgstr "De locatie van de keytab te gebruiken bij het valideren van credentials, verkregen van KDC's."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
+msgid ""
+"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from "
+"KDCs."
+msgstr ""
+"De locatie van de keytab te gebruiken bij het valideren van credentials, "
+"verkregen van KDC's."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
-msgid "Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
-msgstr "Sla het wachtwoord van de gebruiker op als de provider offline is en gebruik dit om een TGT te verzoeken, zodra de provider weer online is."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
+msgid ""
+"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to "
+"request a TGT when the provider comes online again."
+msgstr ""
+"Sla het wachtwoord van de gebruiker op als de provider offline is en gebruik "
+"dit om een TGT te verzoeken, zodra de provider weer online is."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
-msgid "Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
-msgstr "Vraag om een te vernieuwen ticket met een totale leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
+msgid ""
+"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer "
+"immediately followed by a time unit."
+msgstr ""
+"Vraag om een te vernieuwen ticket met een totale leeftijd, gegeven als een "
+"geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
-msgid "Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followed by a time unit."
-msgstr "Vraag om een ticket met een leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
+msgid ""
+"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately "
+"followed by a time unit."
+msgstr ""
+"Vraag om een ticket met een leeftijd, gegeven als een geheel getal "
+"onmiddellijk gevolgd door een tijdseenheid."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
-msgstr "De tijd in seconden tussen twee controles als de TGT moet worden vernieuwd."
+msgstr ""
+"De tijd in seconden tussen twee controles als de TGT moet worden vernieuwd."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
-msgid "Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authentication."
-msgstr "Schakelt flexibele authenticatie secure tunneling (FAST) in voor pre-authenticatie van Kerberos."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
+msgid ""
+"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-"
+"authentication."
+msgstr ""
+"Schakelt flexibele authenticatie secure tunneling (FAST) in voor pre-"
+"authenticatie van Kerberos."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr "Specificeert de server die in principe wordt gebruikt voor FAST."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
-msgstr "Specificeert of de hoofd host en gebruiker gecanonaliseerd moeten worden."
+msgstr ""
+"Specificeert of de hoofd host en gebruiker gecanonaliseerd moeten worden."
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het Active Directory domein."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "IP-adressen of hostnamen van AD-servers (kommagescheiden)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
-msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
-msgstr "De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de AD servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
+msgid ""
+"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to "
+"which SSSD should connect in order of preference."
+msgstr ""
+"De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de AD servers "
+"waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
-msgid "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
-msgstr "Optioneel. Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam niet de volledig gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft, die wordt gebruikt in het Active Directory domein om deze host mee te identificeren."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect "
+#| "the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify "
+#| "this host."
+msgid ""
+"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN "
+"used by AD to identify this host."
+msgstr ""
+"Optioneel. Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam niet de volledig "
+"gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft, die wordt gebruikt in het Active Directory "
+"domein om deze host mee te identificeren."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr "Gaat boven de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
-msgid " Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
-msgstr " Specificeert de onderste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
+msgid ""
+" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
+"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
+msgstr ""
+" Specificeert de onderste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's "
+"voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active "
+"Directory."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
-msgid "Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active Directory user and group SIDs."
-msgstr "Specificeert de bovenste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
+msgid ""
+"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping "
+"Active Directory user and group SIDs."
+msgstr ""
+"Specificeert de bovenste grens van de reeks van te gebruiken POSIX ID's voor "
+"overeen laten komen met SID's van gebruikers en groepen in Active Directory."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr "Specificeert het aantal ID's dat beschikbaar is voor ieder stuk."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr "Specificeert de SID van het standaard domein."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het standaard domein"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
-msgid "Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
-msgstr "Verandert het gedrag van het algoritme van de het overeen laten komen van ID's om zich meer te gedragen als winbind's “idmap_autorid” algoritme."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
+msgid ""
+"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to "
+"winbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
+msgstr ""
+"Verandert het gedrag van het algoritme van de het overeen laten komen van "
+"ID's om zich meer te gedragen als winbind's “idmap_autorid” algoritme."
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr "Specificeert de naam van het IPA-domein."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr "IP-adressen of hostnamen van IPA-servers (kommagescheiden)"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
-msgid "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualified name."
-msgstr "Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam(5) niet de volledig gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect "
+#| "the fully qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify "
+#| "this host."
+msgid ""
+"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the "
+"FQDN used by IPA to identify this host."
+msgstr ""
+"Optioneel. Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam niet de volledig "
+"gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft, die wordt gebruikt in het Active Directory "
+"domein om deze host mee te identificeren."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr "De locatie van automounter die deze IPA-client zal gaan gebruiken"
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
-msgid "This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
-msgstr "Deze optie vertelt SSSD om de DNS-server ingebouwd in FreeIPA v2 automatisch bij te werken met het IP-adres van deze client."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
+msgid ""
+"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into "
+"FreeIPA v2 with the IP address of this client."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze optie vertelt SSSD om de DNS-server ingebouwd in FreeIPA v2 automatisch "
+"bij te werken met het IP-adres van deze client."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
-msgstr "De toe te passen TTL naar het DNS-record van de client bij het bijwerken ervan."
+msgstr ""
+"De toe te passen TTL naar het DNS-record van de client bij het bijwerken "
+"ervan."
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
-msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
-msgstr "Kies het interface waarvan het IP-adres gebruikt zou moeten worden voor dynamisch bijwerken van de DNS."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
+msgid ""
+"Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
+msgstr ""
+"Kies het interface waarvan het IP-adres gebruikt zou moeten worden voor "
+"dynamisch bijwerken van de DNS."
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr "Inschakelen van service %s is mislukt. Gebruik het systeemjournaal voor diagnose."
+#~ msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#~ msgstr "Module voor instellen van authenticatie-client"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to diagnose."
-msgstr "Opstarten van service %s is mislukt. Gebruik het systeemjournaal (journalctl -n -u %s) voor diagnose."
+#~ msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#~ msgstr "Samenvatting van de instellingen van de authenticatie-client"
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr "Systeem is geconfigureerd voor gebruik van nss_ldap.\n"
+#~ msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#~ msgstr "Maak autoyast rnc uit @parameters"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr "Systeem is geconfigureerd voor gebruik van sssd.\n"
+#~ msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Client-configuratie voor authenticatie"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr "Systeem is geconfigureerd voor gebruik van OES.\n"
+#~ msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#~ msgstr "Service/domein verwijderen"
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr "Systeem is geconfigureerd voor gebruik van alleen /etc/passwd.\n"
+#~ msgid "More Parameters"
+#~ msgstr "Meer parameters"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
+#~ "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+#~ "If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
+#~ "Do you want to continue?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Uw systeem is geconfigureerd voor gebruik van nss_ldap.\n"
+#~ "Deze module is ontworpen om uw systeem te configureren via sssd.\n"
+#~ "Als u doorgaat wordt uw nss_ldap configuratie verwijderd.\n"
+#~ "Wilt u doorgaan?"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
+#~ "This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
+#~ "If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
+#~ "Do you want to continue?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Uw systeem is geconfigureerd als OES client. \n"
+#~ "Deze module is ontworpen om uw systeem te configureren via sssd.\n"
+#~ "Als u doorgaat zal uw OES clientconfiguratie worden gedeactiveerd.\n"
+#~ "Wilt u doorgaan?"
+
+#~ msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#~ msgstr "U mag sectie SSSD niet verwijderen."
+
+#~ msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#~ msgstr "Inactie(f)(ve) domein(en) gevonden"
+
+#~ msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#~ msgstr "Wilt u een andere service inschakelen of aan een domein meedoen?"
+
+#~ msgid "Service"
+#~ msgstr "Service"
+
+#~ msgid "Identification provider:"
+#~ msgstr "Identificatie-leverancier:"
+
+#~ msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#~ msgstr "Er zijn geen services meer om in te schakelen."
+
+#~ msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#~ msgstr "Geeft aan wat de syntax is van het configuratie bestand"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Kommagescheiden lijst van services die starten zodra sssd zichzelf start"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "Ondersteunde services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be "
+#~ "configured or SSSD won't start."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "SSSD kan meerdere domeinen tegelijkertijd gebruiken, maar tenminste één "
+#~ "moet geconfigureerd zijn. Anders start SSSD niet."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be "
+#~ "queried."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Deze parameter bevat de lijst van domeinen in de volgorde waarin ze "
+#~ "worden afgevraagd."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back "
+#~ "to polling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Standaard proberen we inotify hiervoor te gebruiken en we vallen terug op "
+#~ "het iedere 5 seconden bekijken van resolv.conf, als inotify niet kan "
+#~ "worden gebruikt."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the "
+#~ "default value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most "
+#~ "verbose mode."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Bitmasker dat aangeeft welke debug niveaus zichtbaar zullen zijn. 0x0010 "
+#~ "is de standaard waarde en tegelijk de laagst toegestane waarde, 0xFFF0 is "
+#~ "de meest uitgebreide modus."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), "
+#~ "it is first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als een service niet reageert op ping controles (zie ook de ”timeout” "
+#~ "optie), zal die eerst een SIGTERM signaal krijgen met de instructie "
+#~ "elegant te stoppen."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully "
+#~ "qualified name."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Mag worden gebruikt op machines waar de hostnaam(5) niet de volledig "
+#~ "gekwalificeerde naam weergeeft."
+
+#~ msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Inschakelen van service %s is mislukt. Gebruik het systeemjournaal voor "
+#~ "diagnose."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u "
+#~ "%s) to diagnose."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Opstarten van service %s is mislukt. Gebruik het systeemjournaal "
+#~ "(journalctl -n -u %s) voor diagnose."
+
+#~ msgid "System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Systeem is geconfigureerd voor gebruik van nss_ldap.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "System is configured for using sssd.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Systeem is geconfigureerd voor gebruik van sssd.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "System is configured for using OES.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Systeem is geconfigureerd voor gebruik van OES.\n"
+
+#~ msgid "System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Systeem is geconfigureerd voor gebruik van alleen /etc/passwd.\n"
+
#~ msgid "Authentication Client Config"
#~ msgstr "Configuratie van cliënt voor authenticatie"
@@ -1189,9 +2591,6 @@
#~ msgid "You have to provide a domain name!"
#~ msgstr "Geef een domeinnaam op!"
-#~ msgid "Basic Settings:"
-#~ msgstr "Basisinstellingen:"
-
#~ msgid ""
#~ "There are some domains you have not activated:\n"
#~ "%s \n"
@@ -1210,17 +2609,55 @@
#~ msgid "Edit"
#~ msgstr "Bewerk"
-#~ msgid "Delete"
-#~ msgstr "Verwijderen"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and "
+#~ "authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one "
+#~ "authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication "
+#~ "domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In "
+#~ "the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected "
+#~ "providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected "
+#~ "identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:"
+#~ "<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD "
+#~ "internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See "
+#~ "sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: "
+#~ "FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</"
+#~ "b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:"
+#~ "<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for "
+#~ "Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise "
+#~ "Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider."
+#~ "<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target."
+#~ "<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth "
+#~ "provider is the id_provider.<br>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "SSSD biedt een set daemons om toegang te beheren tot mappen op afstand en "
+#~ "authenticatiemechanismen.<br>U moet minstens een authenticatiedomein "
+#~ "instellen.<br>De eerste die u ingesteld moet hebben voor een "
+#~ "authenticatiedomein is de leverancier van de identificatie en "
+#~ "authenticatie voor het domein.<br>In de volgende stap moet u enige "
+#~ "verplichte parameters instellen voor de geselecteerde leveranciers. U "
+#~ "kunt later alle parameters, beschikbaar voor de geselecteerde leverancier "
+#~ "van identificatie en autorisaties. SSSD biedt de volgende id_provider:"
+#~ "<br><b>proxy</b>: ondersteunt een ouderwetse NSS-leverancier."
+#~ "<br><b>local</b>: SSSD interne leverancier voor locale gebruikers."
+#~ "<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP-leverancier. Zie sssd-ldap(5) voor meer informatie "
+#~ "over het instellen van LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA en Red Hat Enterprise "
+#~ "Identity Management leverancier.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory "
+#~ "leverancier.<br>Ondersteunde autorisatieleveranciers zijn:<br><b>ldap</b> "
+#~ "voor natuurlijke LDAP-authenticatie.<br><b>krb5</b> voor authenticatie "
+#~ "met Kerberos.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA en Red Hat Enterprise Identity "
+#~ "Management leverancier.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory leverancier."
+#~ "<br><b>proxy</b> voor doorgeven van authenticatie naar een andere PAM-"
+#~ "target.<br><b>none</b> schakelt authenticatie expliciet uit.<br>De "
+#~ "standaard leverancier van authenticatie is de id_provider.<br>"
-#~ msgid "SSSD provides a set of daemons to manage access to remote directories and authentication mechanisms.<br>You have to confiugre at least one authentication domain.<br>The first you have to set for a authentication domain is the identification and auth provider used for the domain.<br>In the next step you have to set some mandatory parameter for the selected providers.You can select later all parameters available for the selected identification and auth provider.SSSD provides following id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: Support a legacy NSS provider.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD internal provider for local users.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP provider. See sssd-ldap(5) for more information on configuring LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory provider.<br>Supported auth providers are:<br><b>ldap</b> for native LDAP authentication.<br><b>krb5</b> for Kerberos authentication.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA and Red Hat Enterprise Ident
ity Management provider.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory provider.<br><b>proxy</b> for relaying authentication to some other PAM target.<br><b>none</b> disables authentication explicitly.<br>The default auth provider is the id_provider.<br>"
-#~ msgstr "SSSD biedt een set daemons om toegang te beheren tot mappen op afstand en authenticatiemechanismen.<br>U moet minstens een authenticatiedomein instellen.<br>De eerste die u ingesteld moet hebben voor een authenticatiedomein is de leverancier van de identificatie en authenticatie voor het domein.<br>In de volgende stap moet u enige verplichte parameters instellen voor de geselecteerde leveranciers. U kunt later alle parameters, beschikbaar voor de geselecteerde leverancier van identificatie en autorisaties. SSSD biedt de volgende id_provider:<br><b>proxy</b>: ondersteunt een ouderwetse NSS-leverancier.<br><b>local</b>: SSSD interne leverancier voor locale gebruikers.<br><b>ldap</b>: LDAP-leverancier. Zie sssd-ldap(5) voor meer informatie over het instellen van LDAP.<br><b>ipa</b>: FreeIPA en Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management leverancier.<br><b>ad</b>: Active Directory leverancier.<br>Ondersteunde autorisatieleveranciers zijn:<br><b>ldap</b> voor natuurlijke LDAP-authe
nticatie.<br><b>krb5</b> voor authenticatie met Kerberos.<br><b>ipa</b> FreeIPA en Red Hat Enterprise Identity Management leverancier.<br><b>ad</b> Active Directory leverancier.<br><b>proxy</b> voor doorgeven van authenticatie naar een andere PAM-target.<br><b>none</b> schakelt authenticatie expliciet uit.<br>De standaard leverancier van authenticatie is de id_provider.<br>"
-
#~ msgid "Determines if a domain can be enumerated."
#~ msgstr "Stelt vast of een domein kan worden genoemd."
-#~ msgid "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
-#~ msgstr "Bepaalt of credentials van gebruikers ook in de lokale LDB-cache worden bewaard."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Determines if user credentials are also cached in the local LDB cache."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Bepaalt of credentials van gebruikers ook in de lokale LDB-cache worden "
+#~ "bewaard."
#~ msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain."
#~ msgstr "De authenticatie leverancier gebruikt voor het domein."
@@ -1229,22 +2666,34 @@
#~ msgstr "Gebruik het domeindeel van hostnaam van het systeem."
#~ msgid "Comma separated list of users who are explicitly denied access."
-#~ msgstr "Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die expliciet toegang wordt geweigerd."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Kommagescheiden lijst van gebruikers die expliciet toegang wordt "
+#~ "geweigerd."
#~ msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP user operations."
-#~ msgstr "De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van bewerkingen op een LDAP gebruiker."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De standaard basis-DN te gebruiken voor het uitvoeren van bewerkingen op "
+#~ "een LDAP gebruiker."
#~ msgid "Specifies the Schema Type in use on the target LDAP server."
#~ msgstr "Geeft het schema-type aan, in gebruik op de doel-LDAP-server."
-#~ msgid "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, if any."
-#~ msgstr "Geeft aan welke controles worden uitgevoerd op servercertificaten in een TLS sessie, als die er zijn."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Specifies what checks to perform on server certificates in a TLS session, "
+#~ "if any."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Geeft aan welke controles worden uitgevoerd op servercertificaten in een "
+#~ "TLS sessie, als die er zijn."
#~ msgid "The name of the Kerberos realm."
#~ msgstr "De naam van het Kerberos gebied."
-#~ msgid "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
-#~ msgstr "De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de IPA-servers waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the IPA servers "
+#~ "to which SSSD should connect in the order of preference."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De komma-gescheiden lijst van IP adressen of hostnamen van de IPA-servers "
+#~ "waarmee SSSD verbinding moet maken in volgorde van voorkeur."
#~ msgid "SPAM Prevention"
#~ msgstr "SPAM-preventie"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/auth-server.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 20:04+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -89,7 +89,8 @@
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:209
msgid "Database cannot be created when the service is not enabled"
-msgstr "Database kan niet aangemaakt worden wanneer de service niet is ingeschakeld"
+msgstr ""
+"Database kan niet aangemaakt worden wanneer de service niet is ingeschakeld"
#. y2milestone("db-options : %1", db);
#: src/clients/auth-server.rb:219
@@ -100,8 +101,12 @@
#. error popup
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:58
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:228
-msgid "The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings later in the installed system."
-msgstr "De LDAP-database is al aangemaakt. U kunt de instellingen later wijzigen in het geïnstalleerde systeem."
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP database has already been created. You can change the settings "
+"later in the installed system."
+msgstr ""
+"De LDAP-database is al aangemaakt. U kunt de instellingen later wijzigen in "
+"het geïnstalleerde systeem."
#. y2error( "sysconfig var is '%1'", SCR::Read( .sysconfig.openldap.OPENLDAP_REGISTER_SLP ) );
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:101
@@ -113,8 +118,12 @@
msgstr "[handmatig ingesteld]"
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:106
-msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to continue."
-msgstr "Kan het root-wachtwoord van het systeem niet ophalen. Stel een wachtwoord voor de LDAP-server in om door te gaan."
+msgid ""
+"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set an LDAP server password to "
+"continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan het root-wachtwoord van het systeem niet ophalen. Stel een wachtwoord "
+"voor de LDAP-server in om door te gaan."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:112
msgid "Setting up LDAP Master Server:"
@@ -207,8 +216,12 @@
"zonder de installatie van de benodigde pakketten."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:309
-msgid "OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has finished."
-msgstr "OpenLDAP instellen voor replicatie is mislukt. Opnieuw configureren na de installatie is gereed."
+msgid ""
+"OpenLDAP Replication Setup failed. Reconfigure after the installation has "
+"finished."
+msgstr ""
+"OpenLDAP instellen voor replicatie is mislukt. Opnieuw configureren na de "
+"installatie is gereed."
#: src/clients/auth-server_proposal.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -230,8 +243,10 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/complex.rb:107
msgid ""
-"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not running.\n"
-"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do you \n"
+"You have an existing configuration, but the LDAP server is currently not "
+"running.\n"
+"Do you want to start the server now and re-read its configuration data or do "
+"you \n"
"want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
msgstr ""
"U hebt een bestaande configuratie, maar de LDAP-server is nu niet actief.\n"
@@ -261,7 +276,8 @@
"configuration to the configuration database?\n"
msgstr ""
"Uw systeem is op dit moment ingesteld om het configuratiebestand\n"
-"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf te gebruiken. YaST ondersteunt alleen de dynamische\n"
+"/etc/openldap/slapd.conf te gebruiken. YaST ondersteunt alleen de "
+"dynamische\n"
"configuratiedatabase van OpenLDAP (back-config). Wilt u uw bestaande\n"
"configuratie migreren naar de configuratiedatabase?\n"
@@ -319,8 +335,12 @@
msgstr "De LDAP-server is niet actief."
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:199
-msgid "Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want to create a new configuration from scratch?"
-msgstr "Wilt u het nu starten om opnieuw zijn configuratiegegevens te lezen of wilt u een nieuwe configuratie vanaf het begin aanmaken?"
+msgid ""
+"Do you want to start it now to re-read its configuration data or do you want "
+"to create a new configuration from scratch?"
+msgstr ""
+"Wilt u het nu starten om opnieuw zijn configuratiegegevens te lezen of wilt "
+"u een nieuwe configuratie vanaf het begin aanmaken?"
#. get helps page
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:227
@@ -349,7 +369,9 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "All data, including configuration, is replicated from a remote server."
-msgstr "Alle gegevens, inclusief configuratie, zijn gerepliceerd van een server op afstand."
+msgstr ""
+"Alle gegevens, inclusief configuratie, zijn gerepliceerd van een server op "
+"afstand."
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:386
msgid ""
@@ -457,12 +479,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr "Account voor replicatie instellen"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr "is geen geldig LDAP DN"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Wachtwoord"
@@ -488,8 +510,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr "Details van leverancier"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocol"
@@ -497,7 +519,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr "Hostnaam van leverancier"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr "StartTLS gebruiken"
@@ -532,15 +554,20 @@
#. Doing these checks during installation will
#. most probably fail
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1277
-msgid "Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider server.\n"
-msgstr "Open de verbinding naar de \"cn=config\" database op de server van de leverancier.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to open connection to the \"cn=config\" database on the provider "
+"server.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Open de verbinding naar de \"cn=config\" database op de server van de "
+"leverancier.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Verify that the provider server allows remote connections to the \n"
"\"cn=config\" database and that you entered the correct password.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Verifieer dat de server van de leverancier verbindingen op afstand toestaat naar de \n"
+"Verifieer dat de server van de leverancier verbindingen op afstand toestaat "
+"naar de \n"
"\"cn=config\" database en dat u het juiste wachtwoord hebt ingevoerd.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1287
@@ -549,7 +576,8 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1302
msgid "An error occurred while verifying the TLS/SSL configuration."
-msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij verifiëren van de instellingen voor TLS/SSL."
+msgstr ""
+"Er is een fout opgetreden bij verifiëren van de instellingen voor TLS/SSL."
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1314
msgid "Do you want to import a different CA/Server Certificate?"
@@ -558,7 +586,8 @@
#. Check if the syncrepl config of cn=config makes sense
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1325
msgid "The replication configuration on the provider server is missing.\n"
-msgstr "De configuratie voor replicatie op de server van de provider ontbreekt.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"De configuratie voor replicatie op de server van de provider ontbreekt.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1328
msgid "Click Continue to create it now."
@@ -574,16 +603,22 @@
"gereed is om te werken als een consument voor replicatie.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1383
-msgid "Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported."
-msgstr "Instellen van gestapelde replicatie van de cn=config is nu niet ondersteund."
+msgid ""
+"Setting up cascaded replication of the cn=config is currently not supported."
+msgstr ""
+"Instellen van gestapelde replicatie van de cn=config is nu niet ondersteund."
#. 2. Verify that the binddn/credential combination acutally works
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1410
-msgid "Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
-msgstr "Controleren van de authenticatie credentials gedefinieerd in de configuratie voor replicatie op de server van de provider is mislukt.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Checking the authentication credentials defined in the replication "
+"configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Controleren van de authenticatie credentials gedefinieerd in de configuratie "
+"voor replicatie op de server van de provider is mislukt.\n"
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr "De test gaf de volgende foutmelding terug:"
@@ -602,17 +637,21 @@
"To act as a master server for replication, the configuration database needs\n"
"to be remotely accessible. Set a password for the configuration database.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Om als een masterserver voor replicatie te fungeren, moet de configuratiedatabase\n"
-"van afstand toegankelijk zijn. Stel een wachtwoord in voor de configuratiedatabase.\n"
+"Om als een masterserver voor replicatie te fungeren, moet de "
+"configuratiedatabase\n"
+"van afstand toegankelijk zijn. Stel een wachtwoord in voor de "
+"configuratiedatabase.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid ""
"\n"
-"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to encrypted\n"
+"(Remote access to the Configuration database will be restricted to "
+"encrypted\n"
"LDAP Connections.)\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"(Toegang van afstand tot de configuratiedatabase zal worden beperkt tot versleutelde\n"
+"(Toegang van afstand tot de configuratiedatabase zal worden beperkt tot "
+"versleutelde\n"
"LDAP verbindingen.)\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1532
@@ -628,7 +667,8 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1543
msgid "Prepare for MirrorMode replication (generates the serverId attribute)"
-msgstr "Bereid de MirrorMode replicatie voor (genereert het attribuut serverId)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bereid de MirrorMode replicatie voor (genereert het attribuut serverId)"
#. The "Startup Configuration node for the main tree widget
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:17
@@ -642,12 +682,17 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:21
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Yes</b> if the LDAP server should be started automatically as \n"
-"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be started. Note:\n"
-"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</p>\n"
+"part of the boot process. Select <b>No</b> if the LDAP server should not be "
+"started. Note:\n"
+"After selecting <b>No</b>, you cannot change the OpenLDAP configuration.</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Ja</b> als de LDAP-server automatisch gestart zou moeten worden \n"
-"als onderdeel van het boot-proces. Selecteer <b>Nee</b> als de LDAP-server niet gestart zou moeten worden. Opmerking:\n"
-"Na selectie van <b>Nee</b>, kunt u de OpenLDAP-configuratie niet meer wijzigen.</p>\n"
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Ja</b> als de LDAP-server automatisch gestart zou moeten "
+"worden \n"
+"als onderdeel van het boot-proces. Selecteer <b>Nee</b> als de LDAP-server "
+"niet gestart zou moeten worden. Opmerking:\n"
+"Na selectie van <b>Nee</b>, kunt u de OpenLDAP-configuratie niet meer "
+"wijzigen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:26
msgid "<h4>Protocol Listeners</h4>"
@@ -655,23 +700,32 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:27
msgid "<p>Enable and disable the various protocol listeners of OpenLDAP.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Schakel in en uit de verschillende luisteraars naar protocol van OpenLDAP.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Schakel in en uit de verschillende luisteraars naar protocol van OpenLDAP."
+"</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:30
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured communication\n"
-"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate configured.</p>"
+"<p><b>LDAP</b> is the standard LDAP interface on Port 389. TLS/SSL secured "
+"communication\n"
+"is possible with the StartTLS operation when you have a server certificate "
+"configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAP</b> is het standaard LDAP-interface op poort 389. Met TLS/SSL beveiligde communicatie\n"
+"<p><b>LDAP</b> is het standaard LDAP-interface op poort 389. Met TLS/SSL "
+"beveiligde communicatie\n"
"is mogelijk met StartTLS wanneer u een server-certificaat hebt ingesteld.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL protected\n"
-"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPS</b> enables the \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" interface for SSL "
+"protected\n"
+"connections on port 636. This only works if you have a server certificate "
+"configured (see \"Global Settings\"/\"TLS Settings\").\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAPS</b> schakelt het interface \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" in voor met SSL beveiligde\n"
-"verbindingen op poort 636. Dit werkt alleen als u een server-certificaat hebt ingesteld (zie \"Globale instellingen\"/\"TLS instelling\").\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPS</b> schakelt het interface \"LDAP over SSL (ldaps)\" in voor met "
+"SSL beveiligde\n"
+"verbindingen op poort 636. Dit werkt alleen als u een server-certificaat "
+"hebt ingesteld (zie \"Globale instellingen\"/\"TLS instelling\").\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
@@ -679,8 +733,10 @@
"LDAP server via a Unix Domain Socket. Do not disable the LDAPI interface \n"
"as YaST uses it to communicate with the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>LDAPI</b> schakelt het interface \"LDAP over IPC\" in voor toegang tot\n"
-"de LDAP-server via een Unix Domain Socket. Schakel het LDAPI-interface niet \n"
+"<p><b>LDAPI</b> schakelt het interface \"LDAP over IPC\" in voor toegang "
+"tot\n"
+"de LDAP-server via een Unix Domain Socket. Schakel het LDAPI-interface "
+"niet \n"
"uit omdat YaST het gebruikt om te communiceren met de server.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:41
@@ -702,21 +758,29 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
-"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout and\n"
+"<p>Choose the <b>Database</b> from <b>hdb</b> <b>bdb</b> and <b>mdb</b>. "
+"<b>Hdb</b> is a\n"
+"variant of the <b>bdb</b> backend that uses a hierarchical database layout "
+"and\n"
"supports subtree renames. Otherwise it is identical to <b>bdb</b>. A\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-Database needs a larger <b>idlcachesize</b> than a\n"
"<b>bdb</b>-Database for a good search performance.\n"
-"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) library to store data.\n"
-"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
+"<b>mdb</b>-Database uses OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) "
+"library to store data.\n"
+"It similar to the <b>hdb</b> backend but it is both more space-efficient and "
+"more execution-efficient.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Maak een keuze voor de <b>Database</b> uit <b>hdb</b>, <b>bdb</b> en <b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is een\n"
-"variant van de backend <b>bdb</b> die een hiërarchische indeling van de database gebruikt en\n"
+"<p>Maak een keuze voor de <b>Database</b> uit <b>hdb</b>, <b>bdb</b> en "
+"<b>mdb</b>. <b>Hdb</b> is een\n"
+"variant van de backend <b>bdb</b> die een hiërarchische indeling van de "
+"database gebruikt en\n"
"subtree hernoemen gebruikt. Anders is het identiek met <b>bdb</b>. Een\n"
"<b>hdb</b>-database heeft een grotere <b>idlcachesize</b> nodig dan een\n"
"<b>bdb</b>-database voor een goed prestatie bij zoeken.\n"
-"<b>mdb</b>-database gebruikt de bibliotheek OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-Mapped DB (LMDB) om gegevens op te slaan.\n"
-"Het is vergelijkbaar met de <b>hdb</b>-backend maar het gaat efficiënter om met de ruimte en computerkracht.</p>\n"
+"<b>mdb</b>-database gebruikt de bibliotheek OpenLDAP's Lightning Memory-"
+"Mapped DB (LMDB) om gegevens op te slaan.\n"
+"Het is vergelijkbaar met de <b>hdb</b>-backend maar het gaat efficiënter om "
+"met de ruimte en computerkracht.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:58
msgid ""
@@ -728,28 +792,41 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:61
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> \n"
-"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and other \n"
-"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends the \n"
-"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt>\n"
-"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective Administrator DN\n"
+"<p>The <b>Administrator DN</b> along with a <b>LDAP Administrator Password</"
+"b> \n"
+"specifies a superuser identity for the database, surpassing all ACLs and "
+"other \n"
+"administrative limit restrictions. Checking <b>Append Base DN</b> appends "
+"the \n"
+"<b>Base DN</b> entered above, for example, a base DN of <tt>dc=example,"
+"dc=com</tt>\n"
+"and Administrator DN of <tt>c=Admin</tt> would combine to an effective "
+"Administrator DN\n"
"of <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt>.</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p>De <b>Administrator DN</b> samen met een <b>LDAP Administrator wachtwoord</b> \n"
-"specificeert een superuser-identiteit voor de database, voorbijgaand aan alle \n"
-"ACL's en andere administratieve beperkingen. Activeren van <b>Base DN toevoegen</b> \n"
-"voegt de boven toegevoegde <b>Base DN</b> toe, bijvoorbeeld, een base DN van \n"
-"<tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt> en Administrator DN van <tt>c=Admin</tt> zou samen een\n"
-"effectieve Administrator DN van <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt> opleveren.</p> "
+"<p>De <b>Administrator DN</b> samen met een <b>LDAP Administrator "
+"wachtwoord</b> \n"
+"specificeert een superuser-identiteit voor de database, voorbijgaand aan "
+"alle \n"
+"ACL's en andere administratieve beperkingen. Activeren van <b>Base DN "
+"toevoegen</b> \n"
+"voegt de boven toegevoegde <b>Base DN</b> toe, bijvoorbeeld, een base DN "
+"van \n"
+"<tt>dc=example,dc=com</tt> en Administrator DN van <tt>c=Admin</tt> zou "
+"samen een\n"
+"effectieve Administrator DN van <tt>c=Admin,dc=example,dc=com</tt> opleveren."
+"</p> "
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
"<p>If this wizard was started during installation, the \n"
-"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root password\n"
+"<b>LDAP Administrator Password</b> is initially set to the system's root "
+"password\n"
"entered earlier in the installation process.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Als deze assistent is gestart gedurende de installatie, dan is het \n"
-"<b>Wachtwoord van de LDAP-administrator</b> initieel ingesteld op het wachtwoord van root in het systeem\n"
+"<b>Wachtwoord van de LDAP-administrator</b> initieel ingesteld op het "
+"wachtwoord van root in het systeem\n"
"dat eerder is ingevoerd in het installatieproces.</p> "
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:74
@@ -762,11 +839,14 @@
"when creating the first database on a server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Om deze database als standaard voor de hulpmiddelen van OpenLDAP-client \n"
-"te gebruiken (bijv. ldapsearch), activeer <b>Deze database als de standaard \n"
+"te gebruiken (bijv. ldapsearch), activeer <b>Deze database als de "
+"standaard \n"
"voor OpenLDAP-clients gebruiken</b>. Dit zal resulteren in de hostnaam \n"
-"\"localhost\" en de bovenstaande ingevoerde <b>Basis DN</b> wegschrijven naar \n"
+"\"localhost\" en de bovenstaande ingevoerde <b>Basis DN</b> wegschrijven "
+"naar \n"
"het instellingenbestand van de OpenLDAP-client \n"
-"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Dit keuzevakje wordt standaard geselecteerd \n"
+"<tt>/etc/openldap/ldap.conf</tt>. Dit keuzevakje wordt standaard "
+"geselecteerd \n"
"bij het maken van de eerste database op een server.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:82
@@ -784,9 +864,12 @@
"authentication to the configuration database will only be allowed when \n"
"using sufficiently protected (e.g. SSL/TLS encrypted) connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om authenticatie met platte tekst in- of uit te schakelen (LDAP eenvoudige binding)\n"
-"voor de configuratiedatabase, klik op het bijbehorende keuzevakje. Authenticatie met\n"
-"gewone tekst naar de configuratiedatabase zal alleen worden toegestaan wanneer voldoend\n"
+"<p>Om authenticatie met platte tekst in- of uit te schakelen (LDAP "
+"eenvoudige binding)\n"
+"voor de configuratiedatabase, klik op het bijbehorende keuzevakje. "
+"Authenticatie met\n"
+"gewone tekst naar de configuratiedatabase zal alleen worden toegestaan "
+"wanneer voldoend\n"
"beschermde verbindingen worden gebruikt (bijv. SSL/TLS versleuteling).</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:91
@@ -795,14 +878,18 @@
"click <b>Change Password</b>. \n"
"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the \n"
"<b>Password Encryption</b>. \n"
-"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been \n"
+"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already "
+"been \n"
"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder voor de configuratie-database te wijzigen, \n"
+"<p>Om het wachtwoord van de beheerder voor de configuratie-database te "
+"wijzigen, \n"
"klik op <b>Wijzig wachtwoord</b>. \n"
-"Er zal een popup verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en de \n"
+"Er zal een popup verschijnen waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en "
+"de \n"
"<b>Wachtwoordversleuteling</b> selecteren.\n"
-"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is ingesteld \n"
+"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg, zelfs als er al een wachtwoord is "
+"ingesteld \n"
"in de configuratie.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:99
@@ -815,38 +902,58 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN automatically\n"
+"<p>Enter the complete DN or only the first part and append the base DN "
+"automatically\n"
"with <b>Append Base DN</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voer de complete DN in of alleen het eerste deel en voeg de basis DN er automatisch achter\n"
+"<p>Voer de complete DN in of alleen het eerste deel en voeg de basis DN er "
+"automatisch achter\n"
"met <b>Basis DN achtervoegen</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:104
msgid ""
-"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change Password</b>.\n"
-"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password Encryption</b>.\n"
-"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been set in the configuration.</p>\n"
+"<p>To change the password for the administrator account, click <b>Change "
+"Password</b>.\n"
+"A Popup will prompt you to enter the new password and select the <b>Password "
+"Encryption</b>.\n"
+"The password fields are initially empty even if a password has already been "
+"set in the configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om het wachtwoord voor het account van de beheerder te wijzigen, klik op <b>Wachtwoord wijzigen</b>.\n"
-"Er verschijnt een venster waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en selecteer de <b>Wachtwoordversleuteling</b>.\n"
-"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg zelfs als een wachtwoord eerder al was ingesteld in de configuratie.</p>\n"
+"<p>Om het wachtwoord voor het account van de beheerder te wijzigen, klik op "
+"<b>Wachtwoord wijzigen</b>.\n"
+"Er verschijnt een venster waarin u het nieuwe wachtwoord kunt invoeren en "
+"selecteer de <b>Wachtwoordversleuteling</b>.\n"
+"De wachtwoordvelden zijn initieel leeg zelfs als een wachtwoord eerder al "
+"was ingesteld in de configuratie.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:109
msgid ""
-"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can adjust\n"
-"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the number of entries\n"
-"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough RAM) this number\n"
-"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
-"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially HDB-Databases require a\n"
-"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the entry cache as a rule of\n"
+"<p>With the <b>Entry Cache</b> and <b>Index Cache (IDL cache)</b> you can "
+"adjust\n"
+"the sizes of OpenLDAP's internal caches. The <b>Entry Cache</b> defines the "
+"number of entries\n"
+"that are kept in OpenLDAP's in-memory entry cache. If it is possible (enough "
+"RAM) this number\n"
+"should be large enough to keep the whole database in memory. The <b>Index "
+"Cache (IDL cache)</b> \n"
+"is used to speed up searches on indexed attributes. In general especially "
+"HDB-Databases require a\n"
+"large IDL cache for good search performance (three times the size of the "
+"entry cache as a rule of\n"
"thumbs).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Met de <b>Itemcache</b> en <b>Indexcache (IDL-cache)</b> kunt u de grootte van\n"
-"de interne caches van OpenLDAP aanpassen. De <b>Itemcache</b> definieert het aantal items\n"
-"dat door OpenLDAP in het werkgeheugen gehouden wordt. Als het mogelijk is (genoeg RAM) dan zou aantal\n"
-"groot genoeg moeten zijn om de gehele database in geheugen te houden. De <b>Indexcache (IDL-cache)</b> \n"
-"wordt gebruikt om het zoekproces te versnellen op geïndexeerde attributen. In het algemeen, maar speciaal bij \n"
-"HDB-databases is een grote IDL-cache vereist voor een goede performance van het zoeken (drie keer de \n"
+"<p>Met de <b>Itemcache</b> en <b>Indexcache (IDL-cache)</b> kunt u de "
+"grootte van\n"
+"de interne caches van OpenLDAP aanpassen. De <b>Itemcache</b> definieert het "
+"aantal items\n"
+"dat door OpenLDAP in het werkgeheugen gehouden wordt. Als het mogelijk is "
+"(genoeg RAM) dan zou aantal\n"
+"groot genoeg moeten zijn om de gehele database in geheugen te houden. De "
+"<b>Indexcache (IDL-cache)</b> \n"
+"wordt gebruikt om het zoekproces te versnellen op geïndexeerde attributen. "
+"In het algemeen, maar speciaal bij \n"
+"HDB-databases is een grote IDL-cache vereist voor een goede performance van "
+"het zoeken (drie keer de \n"
"grootte van de itemcache als vuistregel).</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:118
@@ -863,16 +970,24 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP server\n"
-"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests before storing them\n"
-"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, but may be\n"
-"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify extended operation \n"
+"<p>Check <b>Hash Clear Text Passwords</b> to specify that the OpenLDAP "
+"server\n"
+"should encrypt clear text passwords present in add and modify requests "
+"before storing them\n"
+"in the database. Note that this violates the X.500/LDAP information model, "
+"but may be\n"
+"needed to compensate for LDAP clients that do not use the password modify "
+"extended operation \n"
"to manage passwords.</p> "
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Plattetekst-wachtwoorden versleutelen</b> om aan te geven dat de OpenLDAP-server\n"
-"de wachtwoorden in platte tekst moet coderen die aanwezig zijn in toevoegings- en\n"
-"wijzigingsverzoeken voordat ze in de database worden opgeslagen. Merk op dat dit het\n"
-"X.500/LDAP-informatiemodel schendt, maar nodig kan zijn als compensatie voor LDAP-cliënten\n"
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Plattetekst-wachtwoorden versleutelen</b> om aan te geven "
+"dat de OpenLDAP-server\n"
+"de wachtwoorden in platte tekst moet coderen die aanwezig zijn in "
+"toevoegings- en\n"
+"wijzigingsverzoeken voordat ze in de database worden opgeslagen. Merk op dat "
+"dit het\n"
+"X.500/LDAP-informatiemodel schendt, maar nodig kan zijn als compensatie voor "
+"LDAP-cliënten\n"
"die het wachtwoord niet versleutelen tijdens het verzenden.</p> "
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:129
@@ -883,23 +998,31 @@
"attacker. Sites sensitive to security issues should not enable this\n"
"option.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Als <b>Status \"Account vergrendeld\" prijsgeven</b> is geactiveerd, krijgen\n"
-"gebruikers die zich authenticeren tot een vergrendeld account een melding dat\n"
+"<p>Als <b>Status \"Account vergrendeld\" prijsgeven</b> is geactiveerd, "
+"krijgen\n"
+"gebruikers die zich authenticeren tot een vergrendeld account een melding "
+"dat\n"
"hun account is vergrendeld. Deze informatie kan bruikbare informatie\n"
"verschaffen aan een aanvaller. Voor sites die gevoelig zijn voor\n"
"veiligheidskwesties dient u deze optie niet te activeren.</p> \n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object DN</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Voer de naam in van het standaard beleidsobject in <b>DN van standaard beleidsobject</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter the name of the default policy object in <b>Default Policy Object "
+"DN</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Voer de naam in van het standaard beleidsobject in <b>DN van standaard "
+"beleidsobject</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You may\n"
+"<p>Create or change the default policy by clicking <b>Edit Policy</b>. You "
+"may\n"
"be asked to enter the LDAP administrator password afterwards to allow the\n"
"Policy Object being read from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Maak of wijzig het standaard beleid door te klikken op <b>Beleid bewerken</b>. U kunt\n"
+"<p>Maak of wijzig het standaard beleid door te klikken op <b>Beleid "
+"bewerken</b>. U kunt\n"
"gevraagd worden om het LDAP administrator-wachtwoord daarna in te geven,\n"
"om toe te staan dat het Beleid-object wordt gelezen van de server.</p>\n"
@@ -912,40 +1035,54 @@
msgstr "<p>Wijzig de opties voor indexeren van een hdb of bdb-database.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:146
-msgid "<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index defined.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>De tabel toont een lijst met attributen die nu een index hebben gedefinieerd.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The table displays a list of attributes which currently have an index "
+"defined.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De tabel toont een lijst met attributen die nu een index hebben "
+"gedefinieerd.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:149
msgid ""
"<p>Indexes are used by OpenLDAP to improve search performance on specific\n"
"types of searches. Indexes should be configured corresponding to the most\n"
-"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different types\n"
+"common searches on a database. YaST allows you to setup three different "
+"types\n"
"of indexes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Indexen worden door OpenLDAP gebruikt om de prestatie van het zoeken te verbeteren bij specifieke\n"
-"soorten zoekopdrachten. Indexen zouden geconfigureerd moeten worden overeenkomstig de meest\n"
-"voorkomende zoekopdrachten in een database. YaST stelt u in staat drie verschillende typen\n"
+"<p>Indexen worden door OpenLDAP gebruikt om de prestatie van het zoeken te "
+"verbeteren bij specifieke\n"
+"soorten zoekopdrachten. Indexen zouden geconfigureerd moeten worden "
+"overeenkomstig de meest\n"
+"voorkomende zoekopdrachten in een database. YaST stelt u in staat drie "
+"verschillende typen\n"
"indexes.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b>Presence</b>: This index is used for searches with presence filters\n"
-"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be configured\n"
+"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt>). Presence indexes should only be "
+"configured\n"
"for attributes that occur rarely in the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aanwezigheid</b>: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor het zoeken met\n"
-"aanwezigheidsfilters (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). Aanwezigheidsindexen zouden alleen geconfigureerd moeten worden voor\n"
+"aanwezigheidsfilters (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=*)</tt> ). "
+"Aanwezigheidsindexen zouden alleen geconfigureerd moeten worden voor\n"
" attributen die weinig voor komen in de database</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p><b>Equality</b>: This index is used for searches with equality filters \n"
-"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> index\n"
+"(i.e.(<tt>(attributeType=<exact values>)</tt>). An <b>Equality</b> "
+"index\n"
"should always be configured with the <tt>objectclass</tt> attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Gelijkheid</b>: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor zoeken met gelijkheidsfilters \n"
-"(d.w.z. (<tt>(attributeType=<exacte waarde>)</tt>). Een <b>Gelijkheid</b>sindex \n"
-"zou altijd geconfigureerd moeten worden voor het attribuut <tt>objectclass</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Gelijkheid</b>: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor zoeken met "
+"gelijkheidsfilters \n"
+"(d.w.z. (<tt>(attributeType=<exacte waarde>)</tt>). Een <b>Gelijkheid</"
+"b>sindex \n"
+"zou altijd geconfigureerd moeten worden voor het attribuut <tt>objectclass</"
+"tt>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
@@ -953,7 +1090,8 @@
"(i.e. <tt>(attributeType=<substring>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Deeltekenreeks</b>: Deze index wordt gebruikt voor zoeken met een\n"
-"deeltekenreeksfilter (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=<deeltekenreeks>*)</tt>)</p>\n"
+"deeltekenreeksfilter (d.w.z. <tt>(attributeType=<deeltekenreeks>*)</"
+"tt>)</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:168
msgid ""
@@ -961,16 +1099,19 @@
"<b>Delete</b> to delete an existing index and <b>Edit</b> to change the\n"
"indexing options of an already indexed attribute.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een indexeringsoptie voor een nieuw attribuut\n"
+"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een indexeringsoptie voor een nieuw "
+"attribuut\n"
"te definiëren, <b>Verwijderen</b> om een bestaande index te wissen en\n"
"<b>Bewerken</b> om de indexeringsoptie van een reeds geïndexeerd attribuut\n"
"te wijzigen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly added\n"
+"<p>Note: Depending on the database size it can take a while until newly "
+"added\n"
"indexes will get active on a database. After the configuration has been\n"
-"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the indexing\n"
+"written to the server, a background task will start to generate the "
+"indexing\n"
"information for the database.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Opmerking: Afhankelijk van de grootte van de database kan het even duren\n"
@@ -987,17 +1128,21 @@
"<p>This table gives you an overview of all Access Control rules that are\n"
"currently configured for the selected database</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Deze tabel geeft u een overzicht van alle regels voor toegangscontrole die\n"
+"<p>Deze tabel geeft u een overzicht van alle regels voor toegangscontrole "
+"die\n"
"nu zijn geconfigureerd voor de geselecteerde database</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
-"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a more\n"
+"<p>For each rule, you can see which target objects it matches. To see a "
+"more\n"
"detailed view of a rule or to change one, select the rule in the table and\n"
"click <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voor elke regel kunt u zien welke doelobjecten overeenkomen met die regel.\n"
-"Om een meer gedetailleerd overzicht van een regel te krijgen of een regel te\n"
+"<p>Voor elke regel kunt u zien welke doelobjecten overeenkomen met die "
+"regel.\n"
+"Om een meer gedetailleerd overzicht van een regel te krijgen of een regel "
+"te\n"
"wijzigen, selecteer een regel in de tabel en klik op <b>Bewerken</b></p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:190
@@ -1005,20 +1150,25 @@
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to create new access control rules and <b>Delete</b> to\n"
"delete an access control rule.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om nieuwe regels voor toeganscontrole te maken en\n"
+"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om nieuwe regels voor toeganscontrole te maken "
+"en\n"
"<b>Verwijderen</b> om een regel voor toegangscontrole te verwijderen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:193
msgid ""
-"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose target\n"
+"<p>OpenLDAP's access control evaluation stops at the first rule whose "
+"target\n"
"definition (DN, filter and attributes) matches the entry being\n"
-"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, using\n"
+"accessed. Therefore you should order the rules according to your needs, "
+"using\n"
"the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>De evaluatie van toegangscontrole van OpenLDAP stopt bij de eerste regel\n"
-"waarvan de doeldefinitie (DN, filter en attributen) overeenkomt met het item\n"
+"waarvan de doeldefinitie (DN, filter en attributen) overeenkomt met het "
+"item\n"
"waar toegang toe nodig is. U kunt daarom de volgorde van de regels naar\n"
-"behoefte aanpassen. U kunt daarvoor de knoppen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b>\n"
+"behoefte aanpassen. U kunt daarvoor de knoppen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</"
+"b>\n"
"gebruiken</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:199
@@ -1027,11 +1177,14 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
-"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" checkbox, if you want to \n"
+"<p>Select the \"<b>Enable ldapsync provider for this database</b>\" "
+"checkbox, if you want to \n"
"be able to replicate the currently selected database to another server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer het keuzevakje \"<b>Ldapsync-leverancier voor deze database inschakelen</b>\" \n"
-"als u in staat wilt zijn om om de nu geselecteerde database te repliceren naar een andere server.</p>"
+"<p>Selecteer het keuzevakje \"<b>Ldapsync-leverancier voor deze database "
+"inschakelen</b>\" \n"
+"als u in staat wilt zijn om om de nu geselecteerde database te repliceren "
+"naar een andere server.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:205
msgid "<h4>Checkpoint Settings</h4>"
@@ -1039,22 +1192,33 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator (stored\n"
-"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is synced\n"
-"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify or\n"
-"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the indicator\n"
-"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator is\n"
+"<p>Here you can specify how often the synchronization state indicator "
+"(stored\n"
+"in the \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-Attribute) is written to the database. It is "
+"synced\n"
+"to the database after the number of write \"<i>Operations</i>\" you specify "
+"or\n"
+"after more than the specified \"<i>Minutes</i>\" have passed since the "
+"indicator\n"
+"has last been written. By default (both values are '0') the state indicator "
+"is\n"
"only written after a clean shutdown. Writing it more often can result in\n"
"a faster startup time after an unclean shutdown but might result in a small\n"
"performance hit in environments with many LDAP write operations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u instellen hoe vaak de synchronisatie-statusindicator (opgeslagen\n"
-"in het \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-attribuut) wordt weggeschreven naar de database. Het\n"
+"<p>Hier kunt u instellen hoe vaak de synchronisatie-statusindicator "
+"(opgeslagen\n"
+"in het \"<i>contextCSN</i>\"-attribuut) wordt weggeschreven naar de "
+"database. Het\n"
"wordt uitgewisseld met de database als het aantal gespecificeerde\n"
-"schrijf-\"<i>Bewerkingen</i>\" of meer dan \"<i>Minuten</i>\" zijn gepasseerd sinds\n"
-"de laatste keer dat de indicator is weggeschreven. Standaard (beide waarden '0')\n"
-"wordt de statusindicator alleen weggeschreven na een schone afsluiting. Het vaker\n"
-"wegschrijven kan resulteren in snellere opstarttijden na een niet schone afsluiting\n"
+"schrijf-\"<i>Bewerkingen</i>\" of meer dan \"<i>Minuten</i>\" zijn "
+"gepasseerd sinds\n"
+"de laatste keer dat de indicator is weggeschreven. Standaard (beide waarden "
+"'0')\n"
+"wordt de statusindicator alleen weggeschreven na een schone afsluiting. Het "
+"vaker\n"
+"wegschrijven kan resulteren in snellere opstarttijden na een niet schone "
+"afsluiting\n"
"maar kan resulteren in een lagere performance in omgevingen met vele\n"
"LDAP-schrijfbewerkigen.</p>\n"
@@ -1064,15 +1228,23 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
-"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write operations\n"
-"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in the session log. \n"
-"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replication. In \n"
-"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master server.</p>"
+"<p>Configures an in-memory session log for recording information about write "
+"operations\n"
+"made on the database. Specify how many write operation should be recorded in "
+"the session log. \n"
+"Configuring a session log is only useful for \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" "
+"replication. In \n"
+"such a case it can speed up replication and reduce the load on the master "
+"server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Configureert een in-geheugen sessielog voor het opslaan van informatie over schrijfbewerkingen\n"
-"die in de database zijn gedaan. Specificeer hoeveel schrijfbewerkingen opgeslagen zouden moeten worden in de sessielog. \n"
-"Configureren van een sessielog is alleen zinvol voor \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" replicatie. In \n"
-"zo'n geval kan het de replicatie versnellen en de load op de master-server verminderen.</p>"
+"<p>Configureert een in-geheugen sessielog voor het opslaan van informatie "
+"over schrijfbewerkingen\n"
+"die in de database zijn gedaan. Specificeer hoeveel schrijfbewerkingen "
+"opgeslagen zouden moeten worden in de sessielog. \n"
+"Configureren van een sessielog is alleen zinvol voor \"<i>refreshOnly</i>\" "
+"replicatie. In \n"
+"zo'n geval kan het de replicatie versnellen en de load op de master-server "
+"verminderen.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:223
msgid "<h3>Replication Consumer Settings</h3>"
@@ -1080,10 +1252,12 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
-"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want the\n"
+"<p>Select \"<b>This database is a Replication Consumer</b>\" if you want "
+"the\n"
"database to be a replica of a database on another server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer \"<b>Deze database is een replicatie gebruiker</b>\" als u wilt dat\n"
+"<p>Selecteer \"<b>Deze database is een replicatie gebruiker</b>\" als u wilt "
+"dat\n"
"de database een replica is van een database op een andere server.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:229
@@ -1096,14 +1270,16 @@
"server here. Select the protocol to use (<b>ldap</b> or <b>ldaps</b>) and\n"
"enter the fully qualified hostname of the master server. It is important to\n"
"use the fully qualified hostname to verify the master server's TLS/SSL\n"
-"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-standard\n"
+"certificate. Adjust the port number if the master server is using non-"
+"standard\n"
"ldap ports.\n"
msgstr ""
"Voer hier de verbindingsdetails in voor de replicatieverbinding naar de\n"
"master-server. Selecteer daarvoor het te gebruiken protocol (<b>ldap</b>\n"
"of <b>ldaps</b>) en voer hier de volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam van de\n"
"master-server in. Het is belangrijk om de volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam\n"
-"te gebruiken om in staat te zijn het TLS/SSL certificaat van de master-server\n"
+"te gebruiken om in staat te zijn het TLS/SSL certificaat van de master-"
+"server\n"
"te verifiëren. Pas het poortnummer aan als de master-server niet-standaard\n"
"ldap-poorten gebruikt.\n"
@@ -1135,7 +1311,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>refreshAndPersist</b>: de slave-server zal voor synchronisatie een\n"
"blijvende verbinding openen naar de master-server. Bijgewerkte items op de\n"
-"master-server worden onmiddellijk verzonden naar de slave via deze verbinding.</p>\n"
+"master-server worden onmiddellijk verzonden naar de slave via deze "
+"verbinding.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<h4>Authentication</h4>"
@@ -1143,11 +1320,15 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
-"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to authenticate against the master.\n"
-"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated database on the master.</p>\n"
+"<p>Specify a DN and password which the slave server should use to "
+"authenticate against the master.\n"
+"The specified DN needs to have read access to all entries in the replicated "
+"database on the master.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Specificeer een DN en wachtwoord die de slave-server moet gebruiken om zich te authenticeren tegen de master.\n"
-"De gespecificeerde DN heeft leestoegang nodig tot alle items in de gerepliceerde database op de master.</p>\n"
+"<p>Specificeer een DN en wachtwoord die de slave-server moet gebruiken om "
+"zich te authenticeren tegen de master.\n"
+"De gespecificeerde DN heeft leestoegang nodig tot alle items in de "
+"gerepliceerde database op de master.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:255
@@ -1158,14 +1339,19 @@
msgid ""
"<p>As the slave database is readonly, the slave server will answer write\n"
"operations with an LDAP referral. \n"
-"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can configure a different update referral here.\n"
-"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for the\n"
+"By default, this referral points the client to the master server. You can "
+"configure a different update referral here.\n"
+"This is e.g. useful in a cascaded replication setup where the provider for "
+"the\n"
"slave server is as slave server too. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Omdat de slave-database alleen-lezen is, zal de slave-server op schrijfbewerkingen\n"
+"<p>Omdat de slave-database alleen-lezen is, zal de slave-server op "
+"schrijfbewerkingen\n"
"antwoorden met een LDAP-verwijzing. \n"
-"Deze verwijzing verwijst standaard de client naar de master-server. U kunt hier een andere bijwerk-verwijzing configureren.\n"
-"Dit is bijv. bruikbaar in een gecascadeerde replicatie opzet dwz. wanneer de\n"
+"Deze verwijzing verwijst standaard de client naar de master-server. U kunt "
+"hier een andere bijwerk-verwijzing configureren.\n"
+"Dit is bijv. bruikbaar in een gecascadeerde replicatie opzet dwz. wanneer "
+"de\n"
"leverancier van de slave-server zelf een slave-server is.</p>\n"
#. Read dialog help
@@ -1179,7 +1365,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>"
+"U kunt het configuratie programma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
+"te klikken.</p>"
#. Write dialog help
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:271
@@ -1207,18 +1394,28 @@
"created. Click <b>Finish</b> to write the configuration and leave the LDAP\n"
"Server module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Deze dialoog biedt een korte samenvatting over de configuratie die u hebt\n"
-"aangemaakt. Klik op <b>Voltooien</b> om de configuratie weg te schrijven en verlaat\n"
+"<p>Deze dialoog biedt een korte samenvatting over de configuratie die u "
+"hebt\n"
+"aangemaakt. Klik op <b>Voltooien</b> om de configuratie weg te schrijven en "
+"verlaat\n"
"de LDAP-servermodule.</p>\n"
#. Configuration Wizard Step 1
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:289
-msgid "<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</p> "
-msgstr "<p>Met <b>Start LDAP-server Ja of Nee</b>, start of stopt u de LDAP-server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Start LDAP Server Yes or No</b>, start or stop the LDAP server.</"
+"p> "
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Met <b>Start LDAP-server Ja of Nee</b>, start of stopt u de LDAP-server.</"
+"p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:292
-msgid "<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration wizard.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Als u <b>Ja</b> selecteert, klikt u op <b>Volgende</b> om de configuratie-assistent te starten</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you select <b>Yes</b>, click <b>Next</b> to start the configuration "
+"wizard.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Als u <b>Ja</b> selecteert, klikt u op <b>Volgende</b> om de configuratie-"
+"assistent te starten</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:295
msgid ""
@@ -1230,15 +1427,21 @@
#. Configuration Wizard Step 2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:299
-msgid "<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios are available:</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Selecteer het type LDAP-server die u in wilt stellen. De volgende scenario's zijn beschikbaar:</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select the type of LDAP server you want to setup. The following scenarios "
+"are available:</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer het type LDAP-server die u in wilt stellen. De volgende "
+"scenario's zijn beschikbaar:</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server with\n"
+"<p><b>Stand-alone server</b>: Setup a single stand-alone OpenLDAP server "
+"with\n"
"no preparations for replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Alleenstaande server</b>: Stel een enkele alleenstaande OpenLDAP-server\n"
+"<p><b>Alleenstaande server</b>: Stel een enkele alleenstaande OpenLDAP-"
+"server\n"
"in zonder voorbereidingen voor replicatie.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:305
@@ -1246,15 +1449,18 @@
"<p><b>Master server in a replication setup</b>: Create an OpenLDAP setup\n"
"prepared to act as a master server (provider) in a replication setup.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Master-server met replicatie</b>: Maak een OpenLDAP-server aan die voorbereid\n"
+"<p><b>Master-server met replicatie</b>: Maak een OpenLDAP-server aan die "
+"voorbereid\n"
"is om als master-server met replicatie (leverancier) te fungeren.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:308
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that replicates all its data,\n"
+"<p><b>Replica slave server</b>: Setup an OpenLDAP slave server that "
+"replicates all its data,\n"
"including configuration, from a master server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Replicatie-slave-server</b>: Stel een OpenLDAP slave-server in die alle gegevens kopieert,\n"
+"<p><b>Replicatie-slave-server</b>: Stel een OpenLDAP slave-server in die "
+"alle gegevens kopieert,\n"
"inclusief de configuratie, van een master-server.</p>"
#. Configuration Wizard Step 3
@@ -1273,23 +1479,30 @@
"to use.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Om versleuteling via TLS/SSL in te schakelen, activeert u het keuzevakje\n"
-"<b>TLS inschakelen</b>. Bovendien moet u de certificaten configureren die de\n"
+"<b>TLS inschakelen</b>. Bovendien moet u de certificaten configureren die "
+"de\n"
"server moet gebruiken.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:321
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the server\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Enable LDAP over SSL (ldaps) interface</b>, to enable the "
+"server\n"
"to accept LDAPS connections on port 636. If not checked, OpenLDAP will only\n"
-"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</p>\n"
+"support TLS encrypted connections through the StartTLS extended operation.</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Activeer <b>LDAP over SSL-interface (ldaps) ingeschakeld</b> om de server\n"
-"LDAPS-verbindingen op poort 636 te laten accepteren. OpenLDAP zal, indien niet\n"
-"geactiveerd, alleen versleutelde TLS-verbindingen via StartTLS ondersteunen.</p>\n"
+"<p>Activeer <b>LDAP over SSL-interface (ldaps) ingeschakeld</b> om de "
+"server\n"
+"LDAPS-verbindingen op poort 636 te laten accepteren. OpenLDAP zal, indien "
+"niet\n"
+"geactiveerd, alleen versleutelde TLS-verbindingen via StartTLS ondersteunen."
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:326
msgid ""
"<p>If you already have a common server certificate installed using the\n"
-"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so that\n"
+"corresponding YaST Module, check <b>Use common Server Certificate</b> so "
+"that\n"
"the OpenLDAP server uses this certificate.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als u reeds een algemeen servercertificaat hebt geïnstalleerd met de\n"
@@ -1304,8 +1517,10 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:332
msgid ""
"<p>If you have no common server certificate or you want OpenLDAP to use a\n"
-"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</b>,\n"
-"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the corresponding\n"
+"different certificate, enter the file names of the <b>CA Certificate File</"
+"b>,\n"
+"<b>Certificate File</b> and <b>Certificate Key File</b> into the "
+"corresponding\n"
"textfields.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als u geen algemeen servercertificaat hebt of u wilt dat OpenLDAP een\n"
@@ -1329,18 +1544,24 @@
#. Tree Item Dialog "schema" 1/
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:346
msgid ""
-"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog in which to choose\n"
-"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not support the removal of \n"
+"<p>Add schema files in this dialog. Press <b>Add</b> to open a file dialog "
+"in which to choose\n"
+"a new schema. Note: OpenLDAP (when used with back-config) does currently not "
+"support the removal of \n"
"Schema Data</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voeg schemabestanden toe in dit dialoogvenster. Druk op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een\n"
-"bestandsselectievenster te openen om een nieuw schema te selecteren. Let op: OpenLDAP\n"
-"(bij gebruik van back-config) ondersteunt nu niet het verwijderen van schemagegevens</p>"
+"<p>Voeg schemabestanden toe in dit dialoogvenster. Druk op <b>Toevoegen</b> "
+"om een\n"
+"bestandsselectievenster te openen om een nieuw schema te selecteren. Let op: "
+"OpenLDAP\n"
+"(bij gebruik van back-config) ondersteunt nu niet het verwijderen van "
+"schemagegevens</p>"
#. Tree Item Dialog "loglevel"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:352
msgid ""
-"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and statistics\n"
+"<p>Select the subsystems that should log debugging statements and "
+"statistics\n"
"to syslog.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer het subsysteem waarmee debugging statements en\n"
@@ -1348,8 +1569,12 @@
#. Tree Item Dialog "allow" 1/1
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:356
-msgid "<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or disallow:</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Selecteer welke speciale eigenschappen de OpenLDAP-server zou moeten toestaan of verbieden:</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select which special features the OpenLDAP Server should allow or "
+"disallow:</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer welke speciale eigenschappen de OpenLDAP-server zou moeten "
+"toestaan of verbieden:</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:359
msgid "<h3>Select Allow Flags</h3>"
@@ -1357,7 +1582,8 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:360
msgid ""
-"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind requests.\n"
+"<p><b>LDAPv2 Bind Requests</b>: To let the server accept LDAPv2 bind "
+"requests.\n"
"Note that OpenLDAP does not truly implement LDAPv2.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>LDAPv2 verbindingsverzoeken</b>: Om de server LDAPv2\n"
@@ -1366,23 +1592,29 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:363
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind when \n"
-"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not present) </p>"
+"<p><b>Anonymous Bind when credentials not empty</b>: To allow anonymous bind "
+"when \n"
+"credentials are not empty (i.e. password is present but bind DN is not "
+"present) </p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Anonieme binding waar credentials niet leeg zijn</b>: Om anonieme binding als \n"
-"de credentials niet leeg zijn toe te staan (d.w.z. wachtwoord is aanwezig maar bindings-DN niet) </p>"
+"<p><b>Anonieme binding waar credentials niet leeg zijn</b>: Om anonieme "
+"binding als \n"
+"de credentials niet leeg zijn toe te staan (d.w.z. wachtwoord is aanwezig "
+"maar bindings-DN niet) </p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:366
msgid ""
"<p><b>Unauthenticated Bind when DN not empty</b>: To allow unauthenticated \n"
"(anonymous) binds when DN is not empty</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Niet geauthenticeerde binding als DN niet leeg is</b>: Om niet geauthenticeerde \n"
+"<p><b>Niet geauthenticeerde binding als DN niet leeg is</b>: Om niet "
+"geauthenticeerde \n"
"(anonieme) bindingen toe te staan als de DN niet leeg is</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:369
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow unauthenticated\n"
+"<p><b>Unauthenticated Update Operations to process</b>: To allow "
+"unauthenticated\n"
"(anonymous) update operations to be processed. They are still subject to\n"
"access controls and other administrative limits.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1401,26 +1633,34 @@
"not accept anonymous bind requests. Note that this does not generally\n"
"prohibit anonymous directory access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Schakel acceptatie van anonieme verbindingsverzoeken uit</b>: De server\n"
-"zal niet langer anonieme verbindingsverzoeken accepteren. Merk op, dat dit in het algemeen geen anonieme toegang tot de directory voorkomt.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Schakel acceptatie van anonieme verbindingsverzoeken uit</b>: De "
+"server\n"
+"zal niet langer anonieme verbindingsverzoeken accepteren. Merk op, dat dit "
+"in het algemeen geen anonieme toegang tot de directory voorkomt.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:380
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple Bind\n"
+"<p><b>Disable Simple Bind authentication</b>: Completely disable Simple "
+"Bind\n"
"authentication</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Schakel eenvoudige bindingsauthenticatie uit</b>: schakelt volledig de eenvoudige\n"
+"<p><b>Schakel eenvoudige bindingsauthenticatie uit</b>: schakelt volledig de "
+"eenvoudige\n"
"bindingsauthenticatie uit</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:383
msgid ""
"<p><b>Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation\n"
-"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection back\n"
+"receipt</b>: The server will no longer force an authenticated connection "
+"back\n"
"to the anonymous state when receiving the StartTLS operation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij ontvangst\n"
-"van de StartTLS-operatie</b>: de server zal niet langer een geauthenticeerde verbinding\n"
-"terugbrengen in de anonieme status bij het ontvangen van de StartTLS-operation.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij "
+"ontvangst\n"
+"van de StartTLS-operatie</b>: de server zal niet langer een geauthenticeerde "
+"verbinding\n"
+"terugbrengen in de anonieme status bij het ontvangen van de StartTLS-"
+"operation.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:388
msgid ""
@@ -1429,100 +1669,151 @@
"connections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sta geen StartTLS operatie toe indien reeds geauthenticeerd</b>:\n"
-"De server staat niet toe dat de StartTLS-operatie plaatsvindt op reeds geauthenticeerde\n"
+"De server staat niet toe dat de StartTLS-operatie plaatsvindt op reeds "
+"geauthenticeerde\n"
"verbindingen.</p>\n"
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:394
msgid ""
"<p>This lists shows all configured databases. The databases with the type\n"
-"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The \"Frontend\"\n"
-"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and overlays\n"
-"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration of\n"
+"\"frontend\" and \"config\" represent special internal databases. The "
+"\"Frontend\"\n"
+"database is use to configure global access control restrictions and "
+"overlays\n"
+"that apply to all databases. The \"Config\" database holds the configuration "
+"of\n"
"the LDAP server itself.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Deze lijst toont alle geconfigureerde databases. De databases met het type\n"
-"\"frontend\" en \"config\" representeren speciale interne databases. De \"Frontend\"-database\n"
-"wordt gebruikt om globale toegangscontrole beperkingen te configureren en overlays\n"
-"die van toepassing zijn op alle databases. De \"Config\"-database bevat de configuratie\n"
+"<p>Deze lijst toont alle geconfigureerde databases. De databases met het "
+"type\n"
+"\"frontend\" en \"config\" representeren speciale interne databases. De "
+"\"Frontend\"-database\n"
+"wordt gebruikt om globale toegangscontrole beperkingen te configureren en "
+"overlays\n"
+"die van toepassing zijn op alle databases. De \"Config\"-database bevat de "
+"configuratie\n"
"van de LDAP-server zelf.</p>\n"
#. Tree Item Dialog "databases" 2/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:402
msgid "<p>To add a new database, press <b>Add Database...</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Database toevoegen...</b> om een database toe te voegen.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Klik op <b>Database toevoegen...</b> om een database toe te voegen.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:403
msgid ""
-"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete Database...</b>.\n"
+"<p>To delete a database, select a database from the list and press <b>Delete "
+"Database...</b>.\n"
"You cannot delete the \"config\" and \"frontend\" databases.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een database te verwijderen, selecteer een database uit de lijst en druk op <b>Database verwijderen...</b>.\n"
+"<p>Om een database te verwijderen, selecteer een database uit de lijst en "
+"druk op <b>Database verwijderen...</b>.\n"
"U kunt geen \"config\" en \"frontend\"-databases verwijderen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:406
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") here. This is required to make\n"
+"<p>Enter a password for the configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\") "
+"here. This is required to make\n"
"the configuration database accessible remotely.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voer hier een wachtwoord in voor de configuratie-database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\"). Dit is vereist om\n"
+"<p>Voer hier een wachtwoord in voor de configuratie-database "
+"(\"<i>cn=config</i>\"). Dit is vereist om\n"
"de configuratie-database van afstand toegankelijk te maken.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:409
msgid ""
-"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
-"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
+"<p>If the server is supposed to participate in a MirrorMode setup, select "
+"the \"<b>Prepare for MirrorMode replication</b>\"\n"
+"checkbox. This will ensure that the serverId attribute is generated as "
+"needed for MirrorMode replication.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Als de server verondersteld wordt om te participeren in een MirrorMode opstelling, activeer dan het keuzevak <b>Voor MirrorMode-replicatie voorbereiden</b>.\n"
-"Dit zorgt ervoor dat het attribuut serverId gegenereerd wordt zoals nodig is voor MirrorMode-replicatie.</p>\n"
+"<p>Als de server verondersteld wordt om te participeren in een MirrorMode "
+"opstelling, activeer dan het keuzevak <b>Voor MirrorMode-replicatie "
+"voorbereiden</b>.\n"
+"Dit zorgt ervoor dat het attribuut serverId gegenereerd wordt zoals nodig is "
+"voor MirrorMode-replicatie.</p>\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:412
msgid ""
-"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master server. Please enter the master\n"
-"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or \"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
+"<p>To setup a slave server some details need to be queried from the master "
+"server. Please enter the master\n"
+"server's hostname, adjust the protocol (either \"<i>ldap</i>\" or "
+"\"<i>ldaps</i>\") and port number as needed and enter the password\n"
"for the master's configuration database (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een slave-server in te stellen zijn enige details nodig die opgevraagd worden van de master-server. Voer de naam van de host van de\n"
-"master-server in, pas het protocol aan (ofwel \"<i>ldap</i>\" of \"<i>ldaps</i>\") en het noodzakelijke poortnummer en voer het wachtwoord\n"
+"<p>Om een slave-server in te stellen zijn enige details nodig die opgevraagd "
+"worden van de master-server. Voer de naam van de host van de\n"
+"master-server in, pas het protocol aan (ofwel \"<i>ldap</i>\" of \"<i>ldaps</"
+"i>\") en het noodzakelijke poortnummer en voer het wachtwoord\n"
"van de configuratie-database van de master in (\"<i>cn=config</i>\").</p>"
#. ########## kerberos
#. Help text: basic settings 1/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:419
-msgid "<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your Kerberos server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Specificeer de <big>Realm</big> en het <big>hoofdwachtwoord</big> voor uw Kerberos-server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Specify the <big>Realm</big> and the <big>Master Password</big> for your "
+"Kerberos server.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Specificeer de <big>Realm</big> en het <big>hoofdwachtwoord</big> voor uw "
+"Kerberos-server.</p>"
#. Help text: basic settings 2/2
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:423
-msgid "<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Although your Kerberos realm can be any ASCII string, the convention is "
+"to use upper-case letters as in your domain name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Hoewel u aan uw Kerberos-gebied elke ASCII-tekenreeks mag geven is de conventie\n"
+"<p>Hoewel u aan uw Kerberos-gebied elke ASCII-tekenreeks mag geven is de "
+"conventie\n"
"deze gelijk te maken aan uw domeinnaam in hoofdletters.</p>\n"
#. advanced item help: database_name
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:427
-msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks bepaalt de locatie van de Kerberos-database voor dit gebied.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This string specifies the location of the Kerberos database for this "
+"realm.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Deze tekenreeks bepaalt de locatie van de Kerberos-database voor dit "
+"gebied.</p>"
#. advanced item help: acl_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:431
-msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het bestand met de toegangscontrolelijst (ACL) die kadmin gebruikt voor het bepalen welke autoriteiten toegang hebben tot de database.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This string specifies the location of the access control list (ACL) file "
+"that kadmin uses to determine the principals' permissions on the database.</"
+"p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het bestand met de "
+"toegangscontrolelijst (ACL) die kadmin gebruikt voor het bepalen welke "
+"autoriteiten toegang hebben tot de database.</p>"
#. advanced item help: admin_keytab
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:435
-msgid "<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to authenticate to the database.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het keytab-bestand dat kadmin gebruikt voor de authenticatie tot de database.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This string specifies the location of the keytab file that kadmin uses to "
+"authenticate to the database.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie van het keytab-bestand dat kadmin "
+"gebruikt voor de authenticatie tot de database.</p>"
#. advanced item help: default_principal_expiration
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:439
-msgid "<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals created in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Dit absolute tijdstip specificeert de standaard verloopdatum van de autoriteiten aangemaakt in dit gebied.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This absolute time specifies the default expiration date of principals "
+"created in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Dit absolute tijdstip specificeert de standaard verloopdatum van de "
+"autoriteiten aangemaakt in dit gebied.</p>"
#. advanced item help principal_flags 1/13
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:443
-msgid "<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Deze vlaggen specificeren de standaard attributen van de autoriteiten aangemaakt in dit gebied.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>These flags specify the default attributes of the principal created in "
+"this realm.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Deze vlaggen specificeren de standaard attributen van de autoriteiten "
+"aangemaakt in dit gebied.</p>"
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:446
msgid "Allow postdated"
@@ -1531,7 +1822,9 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 2/13 :Allow postdated
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:448
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain postdateable tickets."
-msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit postdateable tickets verkrijgt."
+msgstr ""
+"Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit postdateable tickets "
+"verkrijgt."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:451
msgid "Allow forwardable"
@@ -1540,7 +1833,9 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 3/13 :Allow forwardable
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:453
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain forwardable tickets."
-msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit door te sturen tickets verkrijgt."
+msgstr ""
+"Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit door te sturen tickets "
+"verkrijgt."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:456
msgid "Allow renewable"
@@ -1549,7 +1844,9 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 4/13 :Allow renewable
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:458
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain renewable tickets."
-msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit te vernieuwen tickets verkrijgt."
+msgstr ""
+"Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit te vernieuwen tickets "
+"verkrijgt."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
@@ -1560,7 +1857,8 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 5/13 :Allow proxiable
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:463
msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain proxy tickets."
-msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit proxy-tickets verkrijgt."
+msgstr ""
+"Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteit proxy-tickets verkrijgt."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:464
msgid "Enable user-to-user authentication"
@@ -1568,8 +1866,13 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 6/13 :Enable user-to-user authentication
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:466
-msgid "Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
-msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteiteen sessie-sleutel verkrijgt voor een andere gebruiker, waarmee gebruiker-gebruiker authenticatie wordt toegestaan voor deze autoriteit."
+msgid ""
+"Enabling this flag allows the principal to obtain a session key for another "
+"user, permitting user-to-user authentication for this principal."
+msgstr ""
+"Aanzetten van deze vlag staat toe dat de autoriteiteen sessie-sleutel "
+"verkrijgt voor een andere gebruiker, waarmee gebruiker-gebruiker "
+"authenticatie wordt toegestaan voor deze autoriteit."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:469
@@ -1578,8 +1881,18 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 7/13 :Requires preauth
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:471
-msgid "If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket set."
-msgstr "Als deze vlag is gezet bij een klant-autoriteit dan moet die autoriteit een voor-autheticatie doen bij de KDC alvorens tickets te verkrijgen. Deze vlag aanzetten bij een service-autoriteit betekent dat service-tickets voor deze autoriteit alleen afgegeven worden aan klanten met een TGT waarbij het voorgeauthenticeerde ticket is aangezet."
+msgid ""
+"If this flag is enabled on a client principal, that principal is required to "
+"preauthenticate to the KDC before receiving any tickets. If you enable this "
+"flag on a service principal, the service tickets for this principal will "
+"only be issued to clients with a TGT that has the preauthenticated ticket "
+"set."
+msgstr ""
+"Als deze vlag is gezet bij een klant-autoriteit dan moet die autoriteit een "
+"voor-autheticatie doen bij de KDC alvorens tickets te verkrijgen. Deze vlag "
+"aanzetten bij een service-autoriteit betekent dat service-tickets voor deze "
+"autoriteit alleen afgegeven worden aan klanten met een TGT waarbij het "
+"voorgeauthenticeerde ticket is aangezet."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:474
msgid "Requires hwauth"
@@ -1587,8 +1900,12 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 8/13 :Requires hwauth
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:476
-msgid "If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
-msgstr "Als deze vlag is aangezet dan moet de autoriteit voorauthenticeren met een hardware apparaat alvorens tickets te verkrijgen."
+msgid ""
+"If this flag is enabled, the principal is required to preauthenticate using "
+"a hardware device before receiving any tickets."
+msgstr ""
+"Als deze vlag is aangezet dan moet de autoriteit voorauthenticeren met een "
+"hardware apparaat alvorens tickets te verkrijgen."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:479
msgid "Allow service"
@@ -1596,8 +1913,12 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 9/13 :Allow service
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:481
-msgid "Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this principal."
-msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat de KDC toe service-tickets af te geven voor deze autoriteit."
+msgid ""
+"Enabling this flag allows the KDC to issue service tickets for this "
+"principal."
+msgstr ""
+"Aanzetten van deze vlag staat de KDC toe service-tickets af te geven voor "
+"deze autoriteit."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:484
msgid "Allow tgs request"
@@ -1605,8 +1926,14 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 10/13 :Allow tgs request
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:486
-msgid "Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was used to obtain the TGT."
-msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag staat een autoriteit toe tickets te verkrijgen op basis van een ticket-toestaan-ticket (TGT), anders dan het herhalen van het authenticatoeprocess dat gebruikt is voor het TGT."
+msgid ""
+"Enabling this flag allows a principal to obtain tickets based on a ticket-"
+"granting-ticket, rather than repeating the authentication process that was "
+"used to obtain the TGT."
+msgstr ""
+"Aanzetten van deze vlag staat een autoriteit toe tickets te verkrijgen op "
+"basis van een ticket-toestaan-ticket (TGT), anders dan het herhalen van het "
+"authenticatoeprocess dat gebruikt is voor het TGT."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:489
msgid "Allow tickets"
@@ -1614,8 +1941,13 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 11/13 :Allow tickets
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:491
-msgid "Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within this realm."
-msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag betekent dat de KDC tickets voor deze autoriteit uitgeeft. Uitzetten van deze vlag schakelt de autoriteit uit in dit gebied."
+msgid ""
+"Enabling this flag means that the KDC will issue tickets for this "
+"principal. Disabling this flag essentially deactivates the principal within "
+"this realm."
+msgstr ""
+"Aanzetten van deze vlag betekent dat de KDC tickets voor deze autoriteit "
+"uitgeeft. Uitzetten van deze vlag schakelt de autoriteit uit in dit gebied."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:494
msgid "Need change"
@@ -1624,7 +1956,9 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 12/13 :Needchange
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:496
msgid "Enabling this flag forces a password change for this principal."
-msgstr "Aanzetten van deze vlag forceert het wijzigen van het wachtwoord voor deze autoriteit."
+msgstr ""
+"Aanzetten van deze vlag forceert het wijzigen van het wachtwoord voor deze "
+"autoriteit."
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:497
msgid "Password changing service"
@@ -1632,94 +1966,182 @@
#. advanced item help principal_flags 13/13 :Password changing service
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:499
-msgid "If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password authentication."
-msgstr "Als deze vlag aan staat dan is deze autoriteit gemarkeerd als een service voor wijziging van een wachtwoord. Dit zou alleen gebruikt moeten worden in bepaalde gevallen, bijvoorbeeld als het wachtwoord van een gebruiker is vervallen, maar de gebruiker moet tickets voor deze autoriteit verkrijgen om het te wijzigen zonder de normale wachtwoordauthenticatie."
+msgid ""
+"If this flag is enabled, it marks this principal as a password change "
+"service. This should only be used in special cases, for example, if a "
+"user's password has expired, the user has to get tickets for that "
+"principal to be able to change it without going through the normal password "
+"authentication."
+msgstr ""
+"Als deze vlag aan staat dan is deze autoriteit gemarkeerd als een service "
+"voor wijziging van een wachtwoord. Dit zou alleen gebruikt moeten worden in "
+"bepaalde gevallen, bijvoorbeeld als het wachtwoord van een gebruiker is "
+"vervallen, maar de gebruiker moet tickets voor deze autoriteit verkrijgen om "
+"het te wijzigen zonder de normale wachtwoordauthenticatie."
#. advanced item help : dict_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:503
-msgid "<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks bevat de locatie van het woordenboekbestand dat tekenreeksen bevat die niet zijn toegestaan als wachtwoorden. Als deze tag niet is ingesteld of als er geen beleid is toegekend aan de autoriteit dan wordt er niet gecontroleerd.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The string location of the dictionary file containing strings that are "
+"not allowed as passwords. If this tag is not set or if there is no policy "
+"assigned to the principal, no check will be done.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Deze tekenreeks bevat de locatie van het woordenboekbestand dat "
+"tekenreeksen bevat die niet zijn toegestaan als wachtwoorden. Als deze tag "
+"niet is ingesteld of als er geen beleid is toegekend aan de autoriteit dan "
+"wordt er niet gecontroleerd.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kadmind_port
#. advanced item help : kpasswd_port
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:507 src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:511
-msgid "<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Dit poortnummer specificeert de poort waarop de kadmind-deamon moet luisteren voor dit gebied.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This port number specifies the port on which the kadmind daemon listens "
+"for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Dit poortnummer specificeert de poort waarop de kadmind-deamon moet "
+"luisteren voor dit gebied.</p>"
#. advanced item help : key_stash_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:515
-msgid "<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored with kdb5_stash.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie waar de hoofdsleutel is opgeslagen bij kdb5_stash.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This string specifies the location where the master key has been stored "
+"with kdb5_stash.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de locatie waar de hoofdsleutel is "
+"opgeslagen bij kdb5_stash.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdc_ports
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:519
-msgid "<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de lijst van poorten waarnaar KDC moet luisteren voor dit gebied.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This string specifies the list of ports that the KDC listens to for this "
+"realm.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de lijst van poorten waarnaar KDC moet "
+"luisteren voor dit gebied.</p>"
#. advanced item help : master_key_name
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:523
-msgid "<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de naam van de autoriteit die verbonden is met hoofdsleutel. De standaard waarde is K/M.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This string specifies the name of the principal associated with the "
+"master key. The default value is K/M.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Deze tekenreeks specificeert de naam van de autoriteit die verbonden is "
+"met hoofdsleutel. De standaard waarde is K/M.</p>"
#. advanced item help : master_key_type
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:527
msgid "<p>This key type string represents the master keys key type.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Deze tekenreeks met sleuteltype toont het sleuteltype van de hoofdsleutel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Deze tekenreeks met sleuteltype toont het sleuteltype van de hoofdsleutel."
+"</p>"
#. advanced item help : max_life
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:531
-msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be valid for in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur gedurende welke een ticket geldig is in dit gebied.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be "
+"valid for in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur gedurende welke een "
+"ticket geldig is in dit gebied.</p>"
#. advanced item help : max_renew_life
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:535
-msgid "<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be renewed for in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur waarbinnen een ticket vernieuwd mag worden in dit gebied.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This delta time specifies the maximum time period that a ticket may be "
+"renewed for in this realm.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Deze tijdspanne specificeert de maximum tijdsduur waarbinnen een ticket "
+"vernieuwd mag worden in dit gebied.</p>"
#. advanced item help : supported_enctypes
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:539
-msgid "<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Een lijst van key/salt-tekenreeksen die de standaard key/salt combinaties specificeert van autoriteiten voor dit gebied.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>A list of key/salt strings that specifies the default key/salt "
+"combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Een lijst van key/salt-tekenreeksen die de standaard key/salt combinaties "
+"specificeert van autoriteiten voor dit gebied.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdc_supported_enctypes
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:543
-msgid "<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Specificeert de toegestane key/salt-combinaties van autoriteiten voor dit gebied.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Specifies the permitted key/salt combinations of principals for this "
+"realm.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Specificeert de toegestane key/salt-combinaties van autoriteiten voor dit "
+"gebied.</p>"
#. advanced item help : reject_bad_transit
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:547
-msgid "<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Specificeert of de lijst met doorlopen gebieden voor kruis-gebied-tickets wel of niet gecontroleerd moet worden tegen het doorlooppad berekend uit de gebiedsnamen en de [capaths]-sectie van zijn krb5.conf bestand</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Specifies whether or not the list of transited realms for cross-realm "
+"tickets should be checked against the transit path computed from the realm "
+"names and the [capaths] section of its krb5.conf file</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Specificeert of de lijst met doorlopen gebieden voor kruis-gebied-tickets "
+"wel of niet gecontroleerd moet worden tegen het doorlooppad berekend uit de "
+"gebiedsnamen en de [capaths]-sectie van zijn krb5.conf bestand</p>"
#. advanced item help : ldap_conns_per_server
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:551
-msgid "<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Deze LDAP-specifieke tag geeft het aantal verbindingen aan dat via de LDAP-server onderhouden wordt.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This LDAP specific tag indicates the number of connections to be "
+"maintained via the LDAP server.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Deze LDAP-specifieke tag geeft het aantal verbindingen aan dat via de "
+"LDAP-server onderhouden wordt.</p>"
#. advanced item help : ldap_service_password_file
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:555
-msgid "<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Deze LDAP-specifieke tag duidt het bestand aan dat de opgeborgen wachtwoorden bevat voor de objecten die gebruikt worden voor het starten van de Kerberos-servers.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This LDAP-specific tag indicates the file containing the stashed "
+"passwords for the objects used for starting the Kerberos servers.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Deze LDAP-specifieke tag duidt het bestand aan dat de opgeborgen "
+"wachtwoorden bevat voor de objecten die gebruikt worden voor het starten van "
+"de Kerberos-servers.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_subtrees
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:559
-msgid "<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under the subtree.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Specificeert de lijst van DN's dieper in de boomstructuur die de autoriteiten van een gebied bevatten. Deze lijst van DN's van objects dieper in de boomstructuur wordt gescheiden door dubbele punten(:).</p><p>Het zoekgebied specificeert het gebied voor het zoeken van de autoriteiten dieper in de boomstructuur.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Specifies the list of subtrees containing the principals of a realm. The "
+"list contains the DNs of the subtree objects separated by colon(:).</"
+"p><p>The search scope specifies the scope for searching the principals under "
+"the subtree.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Specificeert de lijst van DN's dieper in de boomstructuur die de "
+"autoriteiten van een gebied bevatten. Deze lijst van DN's van objects dieper "
+"in de boomstructuur wordt gescheiden door dubbele punten(:).</p><p>Het "
+"zoekgebied specificeert het gebied voor het zoeken van de autoriteiten "
+"dieper in de boomstructuur.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_containerref
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:563
-msgid "<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Specificeert de DN van het container-object waarin de autoriteiten van een gebied aangemaakt zullen worden. Als de container-referentie niet is geconfigureerd voor een gebied dan worden de autoriteiten aangemaakt in de container van het gebied.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Specifies the DN of the container object in which the principals of a "
+"realm will be created. If the container reference is not configured for a "
+"realm, the principals will be created in the realm container.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Specificeert de DN van het container-object waarin de autoriteiten van "
+"een gebied aangemaakt zullen worden. Als de container-referentie niet is "
+"geconfigureerd voor een gebied dan worden de autoriteiten aangemaakt in de "
+"container van het gebied.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxtktlife
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:567
msgid "<p>Specifies maximum ticket life for principals in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Specificeert de maximum levensduur van een ticket voor autoriteiten in dit gebied.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Specificeert de maximum levensduur van een ticket voor autoriteiten in "
+"dit gebied.</p>"
#. advanced item help : kdb_maxrenewlife
#: src/include/auth-server/helps.rb:571
-msgid "<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Specificeert de maximum vernieuwbare levensduur van tickets voor autoriteiten in dit gebied.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Specifies maximum renewable life of tickets for principals in this realm."
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Specificeert de maximum vernieuwbare levensduur van tickets voor "
+"autoriteiten in dit gebied.</p>"
#. #################################################################################
#. #################################################################################
@@ -2051,16 +2473,23 @@
msgstr "Server-URI"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:50
-msgid "This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard."
-msgstr "Deze server is niet opgezet als een MirrorMode-node. Klik op \"Volgende\" om de standaard assistent voor configuratie van OpenLDAP te starten."
+msgid ""
+"This server is not setup as a MirrorMode Node. Click \"Next\" to launch the "
+"standard OpenLDAP configuration wizard."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze server is niet opgezet als een MirrorMode-node. Klik op \"Volgende\" om "
+"de standaard assistent voor configuratie van OpenLDAP te starten."
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:85
msgid "OpenLDAP MirrorMode Overview"
msgstr "Overzicht OpenLDAP-mirrormodus"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:127
-msgid "Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n"
-msgstr "De host verwijderen waarop u deze YaST-module hebt gestart is niet mogelijk.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Deleting the host on which you started this YaST Module is not possible.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"De host verwijderen waarop u deze YaST-module hebt gestart is niet "
+"mogelijk.\n"
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:130
msgid "Start yast2 openldap-mirrormode on a different MirrorMode server."
@@ -2384,16 +2813,23 @@
msgstr "Selecteer &Verbodsvlaggen:"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:197
-msgid "Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous directory access)"
-msgstr "Schakel acceptatie van anonieme bindingsverzoeken uit (voorkomt geen anonieme toegang tot de directory)"
+msgid ""
+"Disable acceptance of anonymous Bind Requests (does not prohibit anonymous "
+"directory access)"
+msgstr ""
+"Schakel acceptatie van anonieme bindingsverzoeken uit (voorkomt geen "
+"anonieme toegang tot de directory)"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:201
msgid "Disable Simple Bind authentication"
msgstr "Eenvoudige bind-authenticatie uitzetten"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:204
-msgid "Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
-msgstr "Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij ontvangst van de StartTLS-operatie"
+msgid ""
+"Disable forcing session to anonymous status upon StartTLS operation receipt"
+msgstr ""
+"Schakel het forceren van een sessie tot een anonieme status uit bij "
+"ontvangst van de StartTLS-operatie"
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:210
msgid "Disallow the StartTLS operation if authenticated"
@@ -2467,7 +2903,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr "Indexcache (IDL-cache)"
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr "Checkpoint-instellingen"
@@ -2485,7 +2921,8 @@
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:359
msgid "Allow Plaintext Authentication (Simple Bind) for this Database. "
-msgstr "Sta authenticatie via gewone tekst (Simple Bind) toe voor deze database. "
+msgstr ""
+"Sta authenticatie via gewone tekst (Simple Bind) toe voor deze database. "
#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:362
msgid "(Remote Connection needs to be encrypted)"
@@ -2539,7 +2976,7 @@
msgstr "Index toevoegen"
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr "Instellingen van wachtwoordbeleid"
@@ -2681,7 +3118,8 @@
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:399
msgid "Root DN must be set if a password is given."
-msgstr "Root DN moet zijn ingesteld als er een wachtwoord is opgegeven.opgegeven."
+msgstr ""
+"Root DN moet zijn ingesteld als er een wachtwoord is opgegeven.opgegeven."
#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:405
msgid "Password validation failed."
@@ -2704,239 +3142,244 @@
msgstr "De map bestaat niet. Aanmaken?"
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr "Authenticatie is mislukt. Het wachtwoord is waarschijnlijk onjuist.\n"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr "De foutmelding is: '"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Opnieuw proberen?"
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr "Beschikbare attribuuttypen"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr "Selecteer attribuuttypen"
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr "Waarop is deze regel van toepassing"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr "Item DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr "Selecteren"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr "Definieer het niveau van toegang"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr "Evaluation van toegangscontrole hier stoppen (standaard)"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr "Doorgaan met de volgende regel voor toegangscontrole (\"break\")"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr "Doorgaan met evaluatie van deze regel (\"continue\")"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr "Gaarne een DN in het tekstveld invoeren"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr "DN van lager niveau"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr "Groeps-DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr "Bewerk toegangscontroleregel"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr "Doelobjecten"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr "Komt overeen met het filter:"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr "LDAP-filter"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr "Pas deze regel alleen toe op het getoonde attribuut"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr "Attributen"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Bewerk"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr "Toegangsniveau"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr "Wie"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr "DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr "Flow-controle"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr "Omhoog"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr "Omlaag"
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
-msgstr "Een lijst van geldige attributen invoeren in het tekstveld <b>Attributen</b>"
+msgstr ""
+"Een lijst van geldige attributen invoeren in het tekstveld <b>Attributen</b>"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr "Een geldig LDAP-filter in het tekstveld invoeren"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr "U moet tenminste een item toevoegen aan de \"Toegangsniveau\"-lijst."
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr "Doel"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr "Filter"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-"De geselecteerde database bevat toegangscontroleregels die nu niet ondersteund worden\n"
+"De geselecteerde database bevat toegangscontroleregels die nu niet "
+"ondersteund worden\n"
"door YaST. De dialoog voor toegangscontrole zal uitgeschakeld worden.\n"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr "Deze database is een replicatie-gebruiker."
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr "Providernaam"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr "Poort"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr "Type replicatie"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr "Interval voor replicatie"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr "Dagen"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr "Uren"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr "Minuten"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Seconden"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr "Authenticatie-DN"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr "Verwijzing naar aangepaste update"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr "Doelhost"
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr "Ongeldig replicatie-interval gespecificeerd"
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr "Controleren van LDAP-verbinding naar de leverancier is mislukt."
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr "Wilt u doorgaan?"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr "Controleren van LDAPsync-mogelijkheden van de leverancier is mislukt."
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
-msgid "Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
-msgstr "Gaarne verifiëren dat de doelserver is ingeschakeld als een LDAPsync-leverancier"
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+msgid ""
+"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
+msgstr ""
+"Gaarne verifiëren dat de doelserver is ingeschakeld als een LDAPsync-"
+"leverancier"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr "Schakel ldapsync-leverancier in voor deze database"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr "Operaties"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr "Sessielog"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr "Sessie-log inschakelen"
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr "Instellingen voor replicatie"
@@ -3086,7 +3529,9 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1624
msgid "Enabling the LDAPI Protocol listener failed."
-msgstr "Inschakelen van het programma dat luistert naar het LDAPI-protocol is mislukt."
+msgstr ""
+"Inschakelen van het programma dat luistert naar het LDAPI-protocol is "
+"mislukt."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1648
msgid "Config Directory cleanup failed."
@@ -3154,8 +3599,12 @@
msgstr "Opwaarderen van standaard wachtwoordbeleid objecten"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1830
-msgid "Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take some minutes)"
-msgstr "Wacht op het gereedkomen van de openLDAP-achtergrondtaak voor het indexeren (dit kan enige minuten duren)"
+msgid ""
+"Waiting for OpenLDAP background indexing tasks to complete (this might take "
+"some minutes)"
+msgstr ""
+"Wacht op het gereedkomen van de openLDAP-achtergrondtaak voor het indexeren "
+"(dit kan enige minuten duren)"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1831
@@ -3175,8 +3624,12 @@
msgstr "Aanmaken van wachtwoordbeleid objecten is mislukt."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1953
-msgid "An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to finish.\n"
-msgstr "Er deed zich een fout voor bij het wachten op het eindigen van de indexering van de OpenLDAP database.\n"
+msgid ""
+"An error occurred while waiting for the OpenLDAP database indexer to "
+"finish.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Er deed zich een fout voor bij het wachten op het eindigen van de indexering "
+"van de OpenLDAP database.\n"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:1954
msgid "Restart OpenLDAP manually."
@@ -3237,7 +3690,8 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2547
msgid "Switching startup configuration to use config database"
-msgstr "Omschakelen van de opstartconfiguratie om the config-database te gebruiken"
+msgstr ""
+"Omschakelen van de opstartconfiguratie om the config-database te gebruiken"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2548
@@ -3263,7 +3717,8 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2709
msgid "Common server certificate not available. StartTLS is disabled."
-msgstr "Algemeen server-certificaat is niet beschikbaar. StartTLS is uitgeschakeld."
+msgstr ""
+"Algemeen server-certificaat is niet beschikbaar. StartTLS is uitgeschakeld."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2803
msgid "Could not create database directory."
@@ -3281,8 +3736,12 @@
"."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:2860
-msgid "A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its own fully qualified hostname."
-msgstr "Een hoofdserver voor replicatie kan niet correct werken zonder zonder te weten wat zijn eigen volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam is."
+msgid ""
+"A master server for replication cannot work correctly without knowing its "
+"own fully qualified hostname."
+msgstr ""
+"Een hoofdserver voor replicatie kan niet correct werken zonder zonder te "
+"weten wat zijn eigen volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam is."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3376 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3389
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3402 src/modules/AuthServer.pm:3415
@@ -3312,8 +3771,12 @@
msgstr "Ongeldige LDAP DN: \"%s\", kan geen RDN waarden extraheren"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4033
-msgid "The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-letter code."
-msgstr "De waarde van het \"c\"-attribuut moet een geldige ISO-3166 landencode van twee letters bevatten."
+msgid ""
+"The value of the \"c\" attribute must contain a valid ISO-3166 country 2-"
+"letter code."
+msgstr ""
+"De waarde van het \"c\"-attribuut moet een geldige ISO-3166 landencode van "
+"twee letters bevatten."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4040 src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:373
@@ -3328,7 +3791,8 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4057
#, perl-format
msgid "Base DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
-msgstr "Base DN \"%s\" heeft RDN's met meerdere waarden (niet ondersteund door YaST)."
+msgstr ""
+"Base DN \"%s\" heeft RDN's met meerdere waarden (niet ondersteund door YaST)."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4066
#, perl-format
@@ -3338,7 +3802,8 @@
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4071
#, perl-format
msgid "Root DN \"%s\" has multivalued RDNs (not supported by YaST)."
-msgstr "Root DN \"%s\" heeft RDN's met meerdere waarden (niet ondersteund door YaST)."
+msgstr ""
+"Root DN \"%s\" heeft RDN's met meerdere waarden (niet ondersteund door YaST)."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4078
msgid "The Root DN must be a child object of the Base DN."
@@ -3354,8 +3819,11 @@
msgstr "CA certificaatbestand: \"%s\" bestaat niet."
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4887
-msgid "Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
-msgstr "Fout bij het proberen het certificaat van de server van de provider te verifiëren.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Error while trying to verify the server certificate of the provider server.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Fout bij het proberen het certificaat van de server van de provider te "
+"verifiëren.\n"
#: src/modules/AuthServer.pm:4888
#, perl-format
@@ -3388,7 +3856,9 @@
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:301
#, perl-format
msgid "Database type '%s' is not supported. Allowed are 'bdb' and 'hdb'."
-msgstr "Database type '%s' word niet ondersteund. Alleen 'bdb' en 'hdb' zijn toegestaan."
+msgstr ""
+"Database type '%s' word niet ondersteund. Alleen 'bdb' en 'hdb' zijn "
+"toegestaan."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:347
@@ -3408,7 +3878,8 @@
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:415
msgid "To set a password, you must define 'rootdn'."
-msgstr "Om een wachtwoord in te stellen dient u een 'rootdn' te hebben gedefinieerd."
+msgstr ""
+"Om een wachtwoord in te stellen dient u een 'rootdn' te hebben gedefinieerd."
#. parameter check failed
#: src/modules/YaPI/LdapServer.pm:422
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/autoinst.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: autoinst.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:17+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -30,7 +30,9 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts1_finish.rb:47
#: src/clients/autoinst_scripts2_finish.rb:45
msgid "Executing autoinstall scripts in the installation environment..."
-msgstr "Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving uitgevoerd..."
+msgstr ""
+"Automatische installatiescripts worden in de installatieomgeving "
+"uitgevoerd..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -42,7 +44,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr "Dit kan enige tijd duren"
@@ -63,12 +65,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -137,8 +139,11 @@
#. if we get no argument or map of options we are not in command line
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:66
-msgid "Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
-msgstr "Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende systeem"
+msgid ""
+"Client for creating an AutoYaST profile based on the currently running system"
+msgstr ""
+"Cliënt voor het aanmaken van AutoYast-profiel op het huidige draaiende "
+"systeem"
#: src/clients/clone_system.rb:76
msgid "known modules: %1"
@@ -170,22 +175,30 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>Using this dialog, copy the contents of the file and specify the final\n"
-"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified location.</p>"
+"path on the installed system. YaST will copy this file to the specified "
+"location.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op het geïnstalleerde\n"
-"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren.</p>"
+"<p>Kopieer de inhoud van het bestand en specificeer het definitieve pad op "
+"het geïnstalleerde\n"
+"systeem met behulp van deze dialoog. YaST zal dit bestand naar de "
+"gespecificeerde locatie kopiëren.</p>"
#. help 2/2
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>To protect copied files, set the owner and the permissions of the files.\n"
-"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a symbolic\n"
-"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit pattern for the\n"
+"Set the owner using the syntax <i>userid:groupid</i>. Permissions can be a "
+"symbolic\n"
+"representation of changes to make or an octal number representing the bit "
+"pattern for the\n"
"new permissions.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de permissies van de\n"
-"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis <i>userid:groupid</i> in te stellen.\n"
-"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n"
+"<p>Om gekopieerde bestanden te beveiligen moeten de eigenaar en de "
+"permissies van de\n"
+"bestanden worden ingesteld. De eigenaar is met de syntaxis <i>userid:"
+"groupid</i> in te stellen.\n"
+"Permissies kunnen een symbolische representatie zijn van de te maken "
+"wijzigingen of bestaan uit\n"
"een octaal nummer dat het bitpatroon van de nieuwe permissies weergeeft.</p>"
# bedoelt men hier:
@@ -264,13 +277,18 @@
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:321
msgid ""
"<p>For many applications and services, you might have prepared\n"
-"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location in the\n"
-"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web server\n"
+"a configuration file that should be copied in a complete form to a location "
+"in the\n"
+"installed system. For example, this is the case if you are installing a web "
+"server\n"
"and have an httpd.conf configuration file prepared.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n"
-"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het geïnstalleerde\n"
-"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren en u een\n"
+"<p>Voor veel applicaties en diensten heeft u misschien een "
+"configuratiebestand voorbereid,\n"
+"welke in zijn geheel moet worden gekopieerd naar een bepaalde locatie in het "
+"geïnstalleerde\n"
+"systeem. Dit bijvoorbeeld in het geval u een webserver wilt gaan installeren "
+"en u een\n"
"httpd.conf-configuratiebestand heeft voorbereid.</p>"
#: src/clients/files_auto.rb:332
@@ -297,7 +315,9 @@
#. Dialog title for autoyast dialog
#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:69
msgid "Configuring System according to auto-install settings"
-msgstr "Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-instellingen"
+msgstr ""
+"Het systeem wordt geconfigureerd volgens de automatische installatie-"
+"instellingen"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %s is replaced by newline-separated
#. list of unsupported sections of the profile
@@ -325,13 +345,16 @@
"\n"
"%s\n"
"\n"
-"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed YaST packages in <software/> section."
+"Maybe they were misspelled or your profile does not contain all the needed "
+"YaST packages in <software/> section."
msgstr ""
-"Deze secties van het AutoYaST-profiel kan op dit systeem niet verwerkt worden:\n"
+"Deze secties van het AutoYaST-profiel kan op dit systeem niet verwerkt "
+"worden:\n"
"\n"
"%s\n"
"\n"
-"Misschien zijn ze fout gespeld of uw profiel bevat niet alle benodigde YaST-pakketten in de sectie <software/>."
+"Misschien zijn ze fout gespeld of uw profiel bevat niet alle benodigde YaST-"
+"pakketten in de sectie <software/>."
#. determine name of client, if not use default name
#. Call::Function(module_auto, ["Import", eval(Profile::current[resource]:$[]) ]);
@@ -352,23 +375,21 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr "De postinstallatiescripts worden uitgevoerd"
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr "Alle actieve services worden herstart"
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr "Standaard target van systemd wordt geactiveerd"
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr "De configuratie wordt afgerond"
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr "Verwerken van bron %1"
@@ -445,7 +466,8 @@
"Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie.</p>\n"
+"Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische "
+"installatie.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:41
msgid "Probe hardware"
@@ -547,117 +569,107 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Even geduld a.u.b. Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische "
+"installatie.</P>"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr "Gebruikersscripts voor pre-installatie uitvoeren"
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
# -ke-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr "Algemene instellingen instellen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:99
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr "Taal instellen"
# < fuzzy
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr "Schijfindeling aanmaken"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr "Bootloader instellen"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
msgid "Registration"
msgstr "Registratie"
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
# -ke-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr "Softwareselecties instellen"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr "Standaard target van systemd instellen"
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr "Gebruikers en groepen instellingen"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr "De gebruikersscripts voor pre-installatie worden gestart..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr "De algemene instellingen worden geconfigureerd..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:99
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr "Taal instellen..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr "Schijfindeling wordt aangemaakt..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_ask_config.ycp:100
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr "De bootloader wordt geconfigureerd..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:79
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr "Bezig het systeem te registreren..."
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
# -ke-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr "De softwareselecties worden geconfigureerd..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr "Bezig met instellen van standaard target van systemd..."
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr "Configuratie van gebruikers en groepen importeren..."
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr "Het systeem wordt voorbereid op de automatische installatie"
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr "Behandeling van add-on producten..."
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr "De taal wordt geconfigureerd..."
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
# -ke-
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -668,7 +680,7 @@
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
# -ke-
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -728,10 +740,12 @@
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:217
msgid ""
-"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-out)\n"
+"<p>Depending on your experience, you can skip, log, and show (with time-"
+"out)\n"
"installation messages.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, loggen\n"
+"<p>Afhankelijk van uw ervaring, kunt u installatiemeldingen overslaan, "
+"loggen\n"
"en/of bekijken (met tijdslimiet).</p> \n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:223
@@ -739,8 +753,10 @@
"<p>It is recommended to show all <b>messages</b> with time-out.\n"
"Warnings can be skipped in some places, but should not be ignored.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het wordt aanbevolen alle <b>meldingen</b> te bekijken met een tijdslimiet.\n"
-"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen niet genegeerd worden.</p>\n"
+"<p>Het wordt aanbevolen alle <b>meldingen</b> te bekijken met een "
+"tijdslimiet.\n"
+"Waarschuwingen kunnen in sommige gevallen worden overgeslagen maar mogen "
+"niet genegeerd worden.</p>\n"
#: src/clients/report_auto.rb:230
msgid "Messages and Logging"
@@ -757,12 +773,14 @@
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:88
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> to add\n"
+"Select one of the following <b>base</b> selections and click <i>Detailed<i> "
+"to add\n"
"more <b>add-on</b> selections and packages.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Kies één van de volgende <b>basis</b>selecties en klik op <i>gedetailleerd</i> om\n"
+"Kies één van de volgende <b>basis</b>selecties en klik op <i>gedetailleerd</"
+"i> om\n"
"<b>uitgebreide</b> selecties en pakketten toe te voegen.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -774,8 +792,10 @@
msgstr "Locatie van de installatiebron (zoals http://myhost/11.3/DVD1/)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:128
-msgid "The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
-msgstr "De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)"
+msgid ""
+"The inst-source of this system (you can't create images if you choose this)"
+msgstr ""
+"De inst-bron van dit systeem (u kunt geen images aanmaken als u dit kiest)"
#: src/clients/software_auto.rb:164
msgid "using that installation source failed"
@@ -790,31 +810,41 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n"
"\tNormally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
-"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n"
-"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n"
-"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n"
+"\tby the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system "
+"to mount\n"
+"\tis found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems "
+"can be\n"
+"\tmounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not "
+"possible.\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:</b>\n"
-"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n"
-"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan\n"
-"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een UUID\n"
-"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden via een\n"
-"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit onmogelijk.\n"
+"\tNormaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door "
+"de\n"
+"\tapparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat "
+"het aan\n"
+"\tte koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken naar een "
+"UUID\n"
+"\tof een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld worden "
+"via een\n"
+"\tUUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit "
+"onmogelijk.\n"
"\t"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/autoinstall/AdvancedPartitionDialog.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
+"\t The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
+"makes sense only \n"
"\t when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"\t A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
"\t "
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Volumelabel:</b>\n"
"\t De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft\n"
-"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n"
+"\t normaal alleen zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel "
+"activeert.\n"
"\t Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n"
"\t "
@@ -915,7 +945,8 @@
"You selected to create the partition, but you did not select a valid file\n"
"system. Select a valid filesystem to continue.\n"
msgstr ""
-"U het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig bestandssysteem\n"
+"U het maken van een partitie geselecteerd, maar u hebt geen geldig "
+"bestandssysteem\n"
"geselecteerd. Gaarne een geldig bestandssysteem selecteren om door te gaan.\n"
#. We don't use the return value of the check, because we
@@ -984,8 +1015,11 @@
#. user selected this partition to be part of volgroup
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:592
-msgid "Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
-msgstr "Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap\" is geselecteerd."
+msgid ""
+"Size \"auto\" is only valid if mount point \"/boot\" or \"swap\" is selected."
+msgstr ""
+"Grootte \"auto\" is alleen geldig als het aankoppelpunt \"/boot\" of \"swap"
+"\" is geselecteerd."
#: src/include/autoinstall/PartitionDialog.rb:600
msgid "Size \"auto\" is invalid for physical volumes."
@@ -1051,10 +1085,13 @@
"<p>\n"
"Voor deze machine kon geen profiel worden gevonden of opgehaald.\n"
"Controleer of u de juiste locatie op de commandoregel heeft opgegeven\n"
-"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres naar het\n"
+"en probeer het nog eens. Door deze foutmelding kunt u alleen een URL-adres "
+"naar het\n"
"profiel opgeven, geen map. Wanneer u gebruik maakt van op regels- of op\n"
-"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces opnieuw\n"
-"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk zijn.</p>\n"
+"hostnaam gebaseerde besturingsbestanden, dan dient u het installatieproces "
+"opnieuw\n"
+"te starten en u er van te verzekeren dat de besturingsbestanden toegankelijk "
+"zijn.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/autoinst_dialogs.rb:30
msgid "System Profile Location"
@@ -1089,7 +1126,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn gedetecteerd.\n"
+"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch op uw systeem zijn "
+"gedetecteerd.\n"
"Selecteer de harde schijf waarop u &product; wilt installeren.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1163,14 +1201,17 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:200
msgid "<p>Use this interface to define classes of control files. </p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor besturingsbestanden. </p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Gebruik deze interface voor het definiëren van categorieën voor "
+"besturingsbestanden. </p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p>For example, you can define a class of configurations for\n"
"a specific department, group, or site in your company environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een specifieke\n"
+"<p>U kunt bijvoorbeeld een categorie van configuraties definiëren voor een "
+"specifieke\n"
"afdeling, groep of terrein in uw bedrijfsomgeving.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/classes.rb:213
@@ -1179,7 +1220,8 @@
"and when it is merged when creating a control file.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en wanneer\n"
+"<p>De volgorde (prioriteit) definieert de hiërarchie van een categorie en "
+"wanneer\n"
"het wordt samengevoegd bij het aanmaken van een besturingsbestand.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1248,7 +1290,8 @@
"creating the classes.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Wanneer u <b>categorieën</b> gedefinieerd en aangemaakt heeft,\n"
-"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw <i>profiel</i>.\n"
+"kunt u ze met behulp van deze interface samenvoegen tot een nieuw "
+"<i>profiel</i>.\n"
"Dit profiel bevat dan informatie van iedere categorie afhankelijk\n"
"van de prioriteit (volgorde) die is ingesteld bij het aanmaken van\n"
"de categorieën.</P>\n"
@@ -1455,8 +1498,12 @@
#. Some configuration modules removes/exchange the menu bar.
#. So we have to reset. (bnc#872711)
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:569
-msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current system?"
-msgstr "Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module %1 worden toegepast op uw huidige systeem?"
+msgid ""
+"Do you really want to apply the settings of the module '%1' to your current "
+"system?"
+msgstr ""
+"Wilt u echt dat de instellingen van de module %1 worden toegepast op uw "
+"huidige systeem?"
#. opening/parsing the xml file failed
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:644
@@ -1470,8 +1517,12 @@
#. FIXME: sucks sucks sucks sucks sucks
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:749
-msgid "Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current system?"
-msgstr "Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw huidige system?"
+msgid ""
+"Do you really want to apply the settings of the profile to your current "
+"system?"
+msgstr ""
+"Weet u zeker dat u de instellingen van het profiel wilt toepassen op uw "
+"huidige system?"
#. EXIT
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:790
@@ -1507,7 +1558,8 @@
"the <b>Repository</b> field.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Geef in het <b>depot</b>veld de map op, waarin u alle <em>besturingsbestanden</em>\n"
+"Geef in het <b>depot</b>veld de map op, waarin u alle "
+"<em>besturingsbestanden</em>\n"
"wilt opslaan.</P>"
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:71
@@ -1611,7 +1663,8 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:348
msgid ""
"Kickstart file was imported.\n"
-"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and partitioning\n"
+"Check the imported syntax and make sure the package selection and "
+"partitioning\n"
"were imported correctly."
msgstr ""
"Het 'kickstart'-bestand is geïmporteerd.\n"
@@ -1650,7 +1703,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr "XML wordt met RNG-validatie gecontroleerd..."
@@ -1660,7 +1713,7 @@
msgstr "Sectie %1: "
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr "XML wordt met RNC-validatie gecontroleerd..."
@@ -1699,7 +1752,7 @@
msgstr "Start de computer na de tweede stap"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr "Ondertekeningafhandeling"
@@ -1745,25 +1798,31 @@
"The installation confirmation option is selected by default\n"
"to avoid unwanted installation. It stops the system\n"
"during installation and shows a summary of requested operations in the\n"
-"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without interruption.\n"
+"usual proposal screen. Uncheck this option to install automatically without "
+"interruption.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een ongewenste installatie\n"
-"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een overzicht zien van de\n"
-"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie automatisch en\n"
+"De optie 'Installatie bevestigen' is standaard geselecteerd om een "
+"ongewenste installatie\n"
+"te voorkomen. Het stopt het systeem tijdens de installatie en laat een "
+"overzicht zien van de\n"
+"gewenste handelingen in het gebruikelijke voorstelvenster. Om de installatie "
+"automatisch en\n"
"zonder onderbreking uit te voeren dient u deze optie te deselecteren.\n"
"</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:155
msgid ""
"<P>\n"
-"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in manual mode\n"
+"If you turn off the second stage of AutoYaST, the installation continues in "
+"manual mode\n"
"after the first reboot (after package installation).\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n"
+"Als u het tweede stadium van AutoYaST uitschakelt, wordt de installatie "
+"voortgezet in de handmatige modus\n"
" na de eerste keer opnieuw opstarten (na de installatie van het pakket).\n"
" </P>\n"
@@ -1774,7 +1833,8 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van AutoYast.\n"
+"Voor de afhandeling van de ondertekeningen, lees de handleiding van "
+"AutoYast.\n"
"</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:172
@@ -1800,7 +1860,8 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:333
msgid "Pathlist for answers (multiple paths are separated by space)"
-msgstr "Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)"
+msgstr ""
+"Padlijst voor antwoorden (meer paden worden gescheiden door een spatie)"
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:341
msgid "Store answer in this file"
@@ -1906,13 +1967,17 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:17
msgid ""
-"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD and\n"
+"<p>This tool uses <em>xmllint</em> to validate the profile against the DTD "
+"and\n"
"it checks for missing data. Some missing data might be intentional and any\n"
"reported errors can be ignored, for example, when creating classes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt <em>xmllint</em> om het profiel te valideren aan de hand van DTD en het\n"
-"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n"
-"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.</p>\n"
+"<p>Dit hulpmiddel gebruikt <em>xmllint</em> om het profiel te valideren aan "
+"de hand van DTD en het\n"
+"controleert op ontbrekende gegevens. Bepaalde gegevens kunnen opzettelijk "
+"weggelaten zijn en de hierdoor\n"
+"veroorzaakte foutmeldingen kunnen in dat geval genegeerd worden, "
+"bijvoorbeeld tijdens de aanmaak van categorieën.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:22
msgid ""
@@ -1932,19 +1997,25 @@
"The imported data is loaded into the configuration management system \n"
"to add more configuration options available with SUSE.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het configuratiebestand\n"
-"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor configuratiebeheer worden \n"
+"<p>Om een 'Kickstart'-bestand te importeren moet u het pad van het "
+"configuratiebestand\n"
+"opgeven. De geïmporteerde gegevens zullen in het systeem voor "
+"configuratiebeheer worden \n"
"geladen om zo meer configuratie-opties aan SUSE toe te voegen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:31
msgid ""
"<p>This tool creates a reference profile by reading\n"
"information from this system. Select the resources to read from this system\n"
-"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package selections.</p>\n"
+"in addition to the default resources, like partitioning and package "
+"selections.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit systeem\n"
-"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op de\n"
-"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties.</p>\n"
+"<p>Dit hulpmiddel maakt een referentieprofiel aan door informatie van dit "
+"systeem\n"
+"te lezen. Selecteer de van dit systeem te lezen bronnen als aanvulling op "
+"de\n"
+"standaardbronnen, zoals bijvoorbeeld de schijfindeling en de pakketselecties."
+"</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:36
msgid "<p> Partition your hard disks... </p>"
@@ -1952,10 +2023,12 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:37
msgid ""
-"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target system.\n"
+"<p>The table to the right shows the partitions to create on the target "
+"system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt zullen worden.\n"
+"<p>In de tabel rechts ziet u de partities die op het doelsysteem aangemaakt "
+"zullen worden.\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:40
@@ -1994,10 +2067,12 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"If no partitions are defined and the specified drive is also\n"
-"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions are\n"
+"the drive where the root partition should reside, the following partitions "
+"are\n"
"created automatically:"
msgstr ""
-"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station tevens\n"
+"Wanneer er geen partities zijn gedefinieerd en het gespecificeerde station "
+"tevens\n"
"het station is waar de hoofdpartitie op moet komen, dan zullen de\n"
"volgende partities automatisch worden aangemaakt:"
@@ -2006,7 +2081,8 @@
" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt>, and a root partition <tt>/</tt>.\n"
"Sizes are calculated automatically.\n"
msgstr ""
-" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een hoofdpartitie <tt>/</tt>.\n"
+" <tt>/boot</tt>, <tt>swap</tt> (voor het wisselgeheugen) en een "
+"hoofdpartitie <tt>/</tt>.\n"
"De groottes worden automatisch berekend.\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:61
@@ -2014,27 +2090,41 @@
msgstr "<p><b>Geavanceerde opties</b></p>"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:62
-msgid "By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
-msgstr "AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe partities als logische partities toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes."
+msgid ""
+"By default, AutoYaST will create an extended partition and adds all new "
+"partitions as logical devices. It is possible, however, to instruct AutoYaST "
+"to create a certain partition as a primary partition or as extended "
+"partition. Additionally, it is possible to specify the size of a partition "
+"using sectors rather than size in MBytes."
+msgstr ""
+"AutoYaST zal standaard een uitgebreide partitie aanmaken en zal alle nieuwe "
+"partities als logische partities toevoegen. Het is echter mogelijk AutoYaST2 "
+"de opdracht te geven een bepaalde partitie aan te maken als primaire- of "
+"uitgebreide partitie. Ook is het mogelijk de grootte van een partitie te "
+"specificeren in sectoren in plaats van in MBytes."
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"These options and other advanced options cannot be configured using this\n"
"interface. Instead, add them manually to the control file.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met behulp van deze\n"
-"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand toe te voegen.\n"
+"Deze en andere geavanceerde opties kunnen niet worden geconfigureerd met "
+"behulp van deze\n"
+"interface. In plaats daarvan dient u ze handmatig aan het besturingsbestand "
+"toe te voegen.\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For LVM and RAID setup, consult the documentation and add the configuration\n"
-"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID partitions as\n"
+"to an existing control file. You can only create unformatted LVM and RAID "
+"partitions as\n"
"a preparation.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de configuratie\n"
+"Raadpleeg de documentatie voor LVM- en RAID-instellingen en voeg de "
+"configuratie\n"
"aan een bestaand besturingsbestand toe. U kunt als voorbereiding alleen\n"
"niet-geformatteerde LVM- en RAID-partities aanmaken.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2042,12 +2132,15 @@
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:123
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code %2."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol HTTP(S). De server antwoordde met code "
+"%2."
#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:143
msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
-msgstr "Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan URL '%1' niet vinden via protocol FTP. De server antwoordde met code %2."
#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
#: src/include/autoinstall/io.rb:159
@@ -2127,20 +2220,23 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<h3>Pre-installatiescripts</h3>\n"
-"<P>Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de installatie begint. </P>\n"
+"<P>Voeg de commando's toe die uitgevoerd moeten worden voordat de "
+"installatie begint. </P>\n"
#. help 2/6
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:72
msgid ""
"\n"
"<h3>Postinstallation Scripts</h3>\n"
-"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the installation\n"
+"<P>You can also add commands to execute on the system after the "
+"installation\n"
"is completed. These scripts are run outside the chroot environment.\n"
"</P>"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<h3>Post-installatie scripts</h3>\n"
-"<P>Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat de installatie is voltooid.\n"
+"<P>Voeg de commando's toe die op het systeem uitgevoerd moeten worden nadat "
+"de installatie is voltooid.\n"
"Deze scripts draaien buiten de 'chroot'-omgeving.\n"
"</P>"
@@ -2152,16 +2248,21 @@
"<P>For your postinstallation script to run inside the chroot\n"
"environment, choose the <i>chroot scripts</i> options. Those scripts are\n"
"run before the system reboots for the first time. By default, the chroot \n"
-"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the installed \n"
+"scripts are run in the installation system. To access files in the "
+"installed \n"
"system, always use the mount point \"/mnt\" in your scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>'Chroot'-scripts</H3>\n"
-"<P>Kies de opties voor <i>'chroot'-scripts</i> om uw post-installatie-script binnen de\n"
-"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd voorafgaand\n"
-"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts op het\n"
-"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te benaderen,\n"
+"<P>Kies de opties voor <i>'chroot'-scripts</i> om uw post-installatie-script "
+"binnen de\n"
+"'chroot'-omgeving te laten draaien. Deze scripts worden uitgevoerd "
+"voorafgaand\n"
+"aan de eerste herstart van het systeem. Standaard worden de 'chroot'-scripts "
+"op het\n"
+"installatiesysteem opgestart. Om bestanden op het geïnstalleerde systeem te "
+"benaderen,\n"
"moet u altijd het koppelpunt \"/mnt\" in uw scripts gebruiken.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2170,13 +2271,16 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>It is possible to run chroot scripts in a later stage after\n"
-"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted\".\n"
+"the boot loader has been configured using the special boolean tag \"chrooted"
+"\".\n"
"This runs the scripts in the installed system. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p>Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de bootloader-\n"
-"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label \"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n"
+"<p>Het is mogelijk om 'chroot'-scripts in een later stadium, na de "
+"bootloader-\n"
+"configuratie, te draaien. Hiervoor gebruikt u het speciale booleaanse label "
+"\"chrooted\". Dit start de scripts in het geïnstalleerde systeem.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help 5/6
@@ -2205,13 +2309,15 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> or \n"
+"<P>Preinstallation scripts can only be shell scripts. Do not use <i>Perl</i> "
+"or \n"
"<i>Python</i> for preinstallation scripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Interpreter:</H3>\n"
-"<P>Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen <i>Perl</i> of \n"
+"<P>Pre-installatiescripts kunnen alleen shellscripts zijn. Gebruik geen "
+"<i>Perl</i> of \n"
"<i>Python</i> als pre-installatiescripts.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -2221,32 +2327,44 @@
"<H3>Network Access:</H3>\n"
"<P>While executing postinstallation scripts, the network is disabled and\n"
"requires initialization in the scripts to make the network accessible. An\n"
-"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, which\n"
-"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an installation\n"
-"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, too.\n"
+"alternative for postinstallation scripts with network is using init scripts, "
+"which\n"
+"guarantee a fully configured system when running the scripts. If you did an "
+"installation\n"
+"over a network, you can use the <b>Network</b> option for the postscript, "
+"too.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Netwerktoegang:</H3>\n"
-" <P>Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk uitgeschakeld en\n"
-" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te maken. Een\n"
-" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van init-scripts, die\n"
-" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n"
-" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie <b>Netwerk</b> ook voor het script na installatie gebruiken.\n"
+" <P>Tijdens het uitvoeren van scripts na de installatie is het netwerk "
+"uitgeschakeld en\n"
+" is initialisatie in de scripts vereist om het netwerk toegankelijk te "
+"maken. Een\n"
+" alternatief voor post-installatiescripts met een netwerk is het gebruik van "
+"init-scripts, die\n"
+" een volledig geconfigureerd systeem waarborgen wanneer de scripts worden "
+"uitgevoerd. Als u een installatie hebt uitgevoerd\n"
+" via een netwerk, kunt u de optie <b>Netwerk</b> ook voor het script na "
+"installatie gebruiken.\n"
" </P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:146
msgid ""
"\n"
"<H3>Feedback and Debug:</H3>\n"
-"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up box as feedback.\n"
-"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that might help\n"
+"<P>All scripts except the init scripts can show STDOUT+STDERR in a pop-up "
+"box as feedback.\n"
+"If you turn on debugging, you get more output in the feedback dialog that "
+"might help\n"
"you to debug your script.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<H3>Feedback en foutopsporing:</H3>\n"
-" <P>Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n"
-" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n"
+" <P>Bij alle scripts behalve de init-scripts kunnen STDOUT+STDERR in een pop-"
+"upvak worden weergegeven als feedback.\n"
+" Als u foutopsporing inschakelt, ontvangt u meer uitvoer in het "
+"feedbackvenster, die u mogelijk kan helpen\n"
" bij het opsporen van fouten in uw script.</P>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:155
@@ -2334,12 +2452,15 @@
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:474
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the installation for\n"
+"By adding scripts to the autoinstallation process, customize the "
+"installation for\n"
"your needs and take control in different stages of the installation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt u de installatie naar behoefte\n"
-"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie overnemen.</p>\n"
+"Door het toevoegen van scripts aan het automatische installatieproces, kunt "
+"u de installatie naar behoefte\n"
+"aanpassen en de controle bij de verschillende stappen van de installatie "
+"overnemen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/autoinstall/script_dialogs.rb:480
msgid "User Script Management"
@@ -2365,9 +2486,13 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
-msgid "The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error message is:\n"
-msgstr "De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n"
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
+msgid ""
+"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The "
+"error message is:\n"
+msgstr ""
+"De XML-ontleder rapporteerde een fout tijdens het ontleden van het autoyast-"
+"profiel. Het foutbericht is:\n"
#. backdoor for merging problems.
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1054
@@ -2380,51 +2505,53 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"De gebruiker-gedefinieerde categorieën konden niet opgehaald worden.\n"
-"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, via netwerk\n"
-"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het originele besturingsbestand \n"
+"Zorg er voor dat alle categorieën correct gedefinieerd en voor dit systeem, "
+"via netwerk\n"
+"of lokaal, beschikbaar zijn. Het systeem kan niet met behulp van het "
+"originele besturingsbestand \n"
"geïnstalleerd worden zonder daarbij van categorieën gebruik te maken.\n"
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr "Profiel kiezen"
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van diskette opgehaald."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van TFTP-server %2 opgehaald."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van NFS-server %2 opgehaald."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van HTTP-server %2 opgehaald."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr "Besturingsbestand (%1) wordt van FTP-server %2 opgehaald."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van bestand %1 gekopieerd."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van apparaat /dev/%1 gekopieerd."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr "Besturingsbestand wordt van de standaardlocatie gekopieerd."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr "Bron onbekend."
@@ -2434,7 +2561,7 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
@@ -2444,29 +2571,37 @@
"<p>Bijna alle bronnen van het besturingsbestand kunnen met\n"
"behulp van het configuratiebeheersysteem ingesteld worden.</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
-"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those available\n"
-"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the data\n"
+"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to "
+"those available\n"
+"through the YaST Control Center. Instead of configuring this system, the "
+"data\n"
"entered is collected and exported to the control file that can be used to\n"
"install another system using AutoYaST.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, zijn identiek aan\n"
-"die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van het instellen van\n"
-"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het besturingsbestand\n"
-"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te zetten.\n"
+"<p>De meeste modules, die gebruikt zijn om de configuratie op te zetten, "
+"zijn identiek aan\n"
+"die welke via het YaST Configuratiecentrum beschikbaar zijn. In plaats van "
+"het instellen van\n"
+"dit systeem, worden de opgegeven data verzameld en geëxporteerd naar het "
+"besturingsbestand\n"
+"dat gebruikt kan worden om een ander systeem met behulp van AutoYaST op te "
+"zetten.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
-"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
+"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, "
+"including\n"
"partitioning, general options, and software.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als aanvulling op bestaande en bekende modules zijn er nieuwe\n"
"interfaces voor speciale en complexe configuraties gemaakt, zoals\n"
-"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.</p>\n"
+"bijvoorbeeld voor de schijfindeling, de algemene opties en voor software.</"
+"p>\n"
#. Construct node name for display in tree.
#.
@@ -2492,97 +2627,79 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr "Installatie bevestigen?"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nee"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr "Tweede stadium van AutoYaST"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr "Computer wordt afgesloten na eerste stap"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr "Computer wordt afgesloten na tweede stap"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr "Herstart de machine na de tweede stap"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "Niet-ondertekende bestanden accepteren"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr "Niet-ondertekende bestanden niet accepteren"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "Bestanden accepteren zonder een controlesom"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr "Bestanden niet accepteren zonder een controlesom"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "Mislukte verificaties accepteren"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr "Mislukte verificaties niet accepteren"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr "Onbekende GPG-sleutels accepteren"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr "Onbekende GPG-sleutels niet accepteren"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr "Nieuwe GPG-sleutels importeren"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr "Nieuwe GPG-sleutels niet importeren"
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr "Synchroniseren van de tijd..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr "Tijd synchroniseren met %s."
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr "Tijd synchroniseren is mislukt."
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr "Kan de systeemtijd niet bijwerken."
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr "Kan volumegroep %1 niet hergebruiken. Deze volumegroep bestaat niet."
@@ -2590,7 +2707,8 @@
#. the next instructions taints result
#: src/modules/AutoinstPartPlan.rb:282
msgid "Volume group '%1' must have at least one physical volume. Provide one."
-msgstr "Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze ingeven."
+msgstr ""
+"Volumegroep '%1' moet tenminste een fysieke volume hebben. Deze ingeven."
#. PUBLIC INTERFACE
#. INTER FACE TO CONF TREE
@@ -2664,7 +2782,7 @@
msgstr "Onbekend"
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2674,48 +2792,60 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr "Toevoegen van bron %1 is mislukt"
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
-msgid "Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren"
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image."
+"log"
+msgstr ""
+"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met patroon. Gaarne /tmp/"
+"ay_image.log controleren"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr "Image aanmaken - pakketten installeren"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
-msgid "Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr "Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren"
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
+msgid ""
+"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image."
+"log"
+msgstr ""
+"Aanmaken van image is mislukt tijdens installatie met pakketten. Gaarne /tmp/"
+"ay_image.log controleren"
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr "Image opslaan naar..."
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
-"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed anymore."
+"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be "
+"changed anymore."
msgstr ""
"U kunt nu wijzigingen in de image aanbrengen in %1/\n"
-"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer te wijzigen."
+"Als u op de OK-knop drukt zal de image gecomprimeerd worden en is niet meer "
+"te wijzigen."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
-msgstr "Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log controleren"
+msgstr ""
+"Comprimeren van de image is mislukt in '%1'. Gaarne /tmp/ay_image.log "
+"controleren"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr "Image met succes aangemaakt"
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
@@ -2724,83 +2854,93 @@
"U kunt dat bestand aanmaken met 'ls -F > directory.yast' als het ontbreekt."
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr "kan '%1' niet lezen. Opnieuw proberen?"
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr "kan '%1' niet lezen. Aanmaken van ISO is mislukt"
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr "Voorbereiden van ISO-bestandsstructuur ..."
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr "boot-config voor de DVD"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
msgstr "OK"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
-"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different AutoYaST XML file.\n"
+"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different "
+"AutoYaST XML file.\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the iso will be created."
msgstr ""
-"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n"
+"U kunt nu wijzigingen aanbrengen aan de ISO in %1, zoals een compleet ander "
+"AutoYaST XML-bestand toevoegen.\n"
"Als u op de OK-knop drukt wordt de iso aangemaakt."
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr "ISO-image opslaan op ..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr "ISO-bestand aanmaken ..."
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr "ISO met succes aangemaakt op %1"
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr "Geselecteerde patronen"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr "Individueel geselecteerde pakketten"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr "Te verwijderen pakketten"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr "Kernelpakket forceren"
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr "Kon patronen niet instellen: %1."
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
-msgid "The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the autoyast profile."
-msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel."
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
+msgid ""
+"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the "
+"autoyast profile."
+msgstr ""
+"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de "
+"softwaresectie in het autoyast-profiel."
#. 1 cyl buffer per partition
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:494
-msgid "The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard disk. %1MB missing"
-msgstr "De partitie-indeling die is geconfigureerd in uw XML-profiel past niet op de harde schijf. %1MB ontbreekt"
+msgid ""
+"The partition plan configured in your XML profile does not fit on the hard "
+"disk. %1MB missing"
+msgstr ""
+"De partitie-indeling die is geconfigureerd in uw XML-profiel past niet op de "
+"harde schijf. %1MB ontbreekt"
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:917
msgid "Total of %1 drive"
@@ -2829,7 +2969,8 @@
"which root partition should be used. Automatic installation not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
"Meerdere hoofdpartities gevonden. U heeft echter niet aangegeven welke\n"
-"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet mogelijk.\n"
+"hoofdpartitie gebruikt moet worden. Automatische installatie is niet "
+"mogelijk.\n"
#. return list of available devices
#: src/modules/AutoinstStorage.rb:1122
@@ -2841,14 +2982,14 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr "De configuratiegegevens worden verzameld..."
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr "Versleuteld AutoYaST-profiel. Geef het wachtwoord twee keer."
@@ -2856,14 +2997,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr "Kan de sectie %1 niet naar bestand %2 schrijven."
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr "Versleuteld AutoYaST-profiel. Geef het juiste wachtwoord."
@@ -2883,6 +3024,24 @@
msgid "&OK"
msgstr "&OK"
+#~ msgid "Configure users and groups"
+#~ msgstr "Gebruikers en groepen instellingen"
+
+#~ msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
+#~ msgstr "Configuratie van gebruikers en groepen importeren..."
+
+#~ msgid "Syncing time..."
+#~ msgstr "Synchroniseren van de tijd..."
+
+#~ msgid "Syncing time with %s."
+#~ msgstr "Tijd synchroniseren met %s."
+
+#~ msgid "Time syncing failed."
+#~ msgstr "Tijd synchroniseren is mislukt."
+
+#~ msgid "Cannot update system time."
+#~ msgstr "Kan de systeemtijd niet bijwerken."
+
#~ msgid "Configure runlevel"
#~ msgstr "Runlevel instellen"
@@ -2904,18 +3063,28 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>Enter the partition information according to your\n"
-#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and no size.</P>\n"
+#~ "needs. To reuse an existing partition, enter the partition number of the "
+#~ "existing partition to reuse (counting starts with partition number 1) and "
+#~ "no size.</P>\n"
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with AutoYaST.\n"
+#~ "For partitions that are part of a volume group (not the logical "
+#~ "partitions inside a volume group), set the partition ID to 0x8e then "
+#~ "choose the volume group. The volume group must already be set up with "
+#~ "AutoYaST.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ "<P>For more information, refer to the online documentation.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>Geef de partitie-informatie op overeenkomstig uw\n"
-#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.</P>\n"
+#~ " behoeften. Als u een bestaande partitie opnieuw wilt gebruiken, geeft u "
+#~ "het partitienummer van deze bestaande partitie op (telling begint met "
+#~ "partitienummer 1) en geen grootte.</P>\n"
#~ " <p>\n"
-#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld met AutoYaST.\n"
+#~ " Voor partities die deel uitmaken van een volumegroep (niet de logische "
+#~ "partities binnen een volumegroep), stelt u de partitie-ID in op 0x8e en "
+#~ "kiest u vervolgens de volumegroep. De volumegroep moet al zijn ingesteld "
+#~ "met AutoYaST.\n"
#~ " </p>\n"
#~ " <P>Raadpleeg de online documentatie voor meer informatie.\n"
#~ " </P>\n"
@@ -2974,12 +3143,16 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>\n"
-#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n"
+#~ "Create and edit your volume groups here. After that, assign physical "
+#~ "partitions to this volume group in the partition dialog of a physical "
+#~ "hard disk. Set the partition ID to 0x8e for those partitions.\n"
#~ "</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "<P>\n"
-#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n"
+#~ " Maak en bewerk uw volumegroepen hier. Wijs daarna fysieke partities toe "
+#~ "aan deze volumegroep in het partitiedialoogvenster van een fysieke vaste "
+#~ "schijf. Stel de partitie-ID in op 0x8e voor die partities.\n"
#~ " </P>\n"
#~ msgid "&Volume Group"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/base.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -10,13 +10,13 @@
# Arthur & Ettie Kerkmeester <a.s.kerkmeester(a)hccnet.nl>, 1999-2005.
# Rinse de Vries <rinsedevries(a)kde.nl>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008.
# Marout Yasuo Borms <beijnes(a)xs4all.nl>, 2006.
-# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015.
+# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: base.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 12:08+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-07 09:52+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: nl\n"
@@ -87,7 +87,8 @@
#. string: command line interface is not supported
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:144
msgid "This YaST2 module does not support the command line interface."
-msgstr "Deze YaST2-module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface."
+msgstr ""
+"Deze YaST2-module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface."
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:324
@@ -97,7 +98,8 @@
#. translators: default error message for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:329
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 help' for a complete list of available commands."
-msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's."
+msgstr ""
+"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare commando's."
#. translators: error message in command line interface
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:367
@@ -143,7 +145,8 @@
#. %1 is the module name, %2 is the action name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:551
msgid "Use 'yast2 %1 %2 help' for a complete list of available options."
-msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties."
+msgstr ""
+"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 %2 help' voor de volledige lijst met beschikbare opties."
#. translators: command line interface header, %1 is identification of the module
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:569
@@ -177,7 +180,8 @@
" Options of the [string] type must be written in the form 'option=value'."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-" Opties van het type [string] dienen te worden geschreven in de vorm 'optie=waarde'."
+" Opties van het type [string] dienen te worden geschreven in de vorm "
+"'optie=waarde'."
#. translators: example title for command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:713
@@ -240,17 +244,26 @@
#. translators: module command line help, %1 is the module name
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:874
msgid "Run 'yast2 %1 <command> help' for a list of available options."
-msgstr "Gebruik 'yast2 %1 <commando> help' voor de lijst met beschikbare opties."
+msgstr ""
+"Gebruik 'yast2 %1 <commando> help' voor de lijst met beschikbare opties."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:938
-msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
+msgid ""
+"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is missing. Use "
+"xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
+msgstr ""
+"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') ontbreekt. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie "
+"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
#. error message - command line option xmlfile is missing
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:950
-msgid "Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> command line option."
-msgstr "Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') is leeg. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
+msgid ""
+"Target file name ('xmlfile' option) is empty. Use xmlfile=<target_XML_file> "
+"command line option."
+msgstr ""
+"Naam doelbestand (optie 'xmlfile') is leeg. Gebruik de commandoregeloptie "
+"xmlfile=<XML-doelbestand>."
#. translators: fallback name for a module at command line
#: library/commandline/src/modules/CommandLine.rb:1087
@@ -401,7 +414,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr "http://nl.opensuse.org/openSUSE:Bugreport_YaST"
@@ -437,7 +450,7 @@
msgstr "Pakket '%s' uit geheugen verwijderen"
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr "Voor deze installatiemodus is geen werkstroom gedefinieerd."
@@ -449,14 +462,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr "&Doorgaan met installeren"
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr "Installatie &afbreken"
@@ -485,7 +498,8 @@
"\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-"Het profiel staat u niet toe you om de producten op dit systeem uit te voeren.\n"
+"Het profiel staat u niet toe you om de producten op dit systeem uit te "
+"voeren.\n"
"Doorgaan met deze installatie laat u achter in een niet ondersteunde status\n"
"en kan van invloed zijn op vereisten voor compliance.\n"
" \n"
@@ -499,11 +513,13 @@
#. bugzilla #332436
#: library/control/src/modules/WorkflowManager.rb:1315
msgid "An internal error occurred when integrating additional workflow."
-msgstr "Er is een interne fout opgetreden tijdens het integreren van aanvullende werkprocedures."
+msgstr ""
+"Er is een interne fout opgetreden tijdens het integreren van aanvullende "
+"werkprocedures."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr "De waarde van %1 is ongeldig."
@@ -807,8 +823,10 @@
"containing the key and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Een bestaande TSIG-sleutel toevoegen</b></big><br>\n"
-"Selecteer, om een reeds aangemaakte TSIG-sleutel toe te voegen, de <b>naam</b>\n"
-"van het bestand dat de sleutel bevat en klik vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>\n"
+"Selecteer, om een reeds aangemaakte TSIG-sleutel toe te voegen, de <b>naam</"
+"b>\n"
+"van het bestand dat de sleutel bevat en klik vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b>."
+"</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 3/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:575
@@ -820,8 +838,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel aanmaken</b></big><br>\n"
"Om een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel te maken moet u de <b>bestandsnaam</b> van het\n"
-"bestand waar de sleutel in aangemaakt moet worden en de <b>sleutel-ID</b> om\n"
-"de sleutel te identificeren instellen, en vervolgens op <b>Genereren</b> klikken.</p>\n"
+"bestand waar de sleutel in aangemaakt moet worden en de <b>sleutel-ID</b> "
+"om\n"
+"de sleutel te identificeren instellen, en vervolgens op <b>Genereren</b> "
+"klikken.</p>\n"
#. tsig keys management dialog help 4/4
#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWMTsigKeys.rb:582
@@ -934,7 +954,8 @@
"<p>To add a new option, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Om een optie te\n"
+"<p>Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe optie toe te voegen. Om een optie "
+"te\n"
"verwijderen selecteert u deze en klikt u daarna op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>"
#. help 3/4, optional
@@ -1012,15 +1033,26 @@
"Some elements use arrow keys (e.g., to scroll in lists).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>1) <i>Algemeen</i><br>\n"
-"U kunt met uw toetsenbord navigeren door de verschillende elementen van de dialoog.\n"
-"Gebruik [TAB] om naar het volgende element te gaan en [SHIFT] (of [ALT]) + [TAB] om terug te gaan\n"
+"U kunt met uw toetsenbord navigeren door de verschillende elementen van de "
+"dialoog.\n"
+"Gebruik [TAB] om naar het volgende element te gaan en [SHIFT] (of [ALT]) + "
+"[TAB] om terug te gaan\n"
"Selecteer of activeer elementen met [SPATIE] of [ENTER].\n"
-"Sommige elementen kunt u besturen met de pijltoetsen (bijv. om te schuiven schuiven in lijsten).</p>"
+"Sommige elementen kunt u besturen met de pijltoetsen (bijv. om te schuiven "
+"schuiven in lijsten).</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 2/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:331
-msgid "<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use [SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog on the right.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Navigatie in de boomstructuur wordt ook gedaan met pijltjestoetsen. Om een tak te openen gebruik [SPATIE]. Voor modules met een boomstructuur (kan er uit zien als een ljist) van items voot instellingen aan de linkerkant gebruik [ENTER] om de bijbehorende dialoog rechts te krijgen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Tree navigation is also done by arrow keys. To open or close a branch use "
+"[SPACE]. For modules showing a tree (might look like a list) of "
+"configuration items on the left side use [ENTER] to get corresponding dialog "
+"on the right.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Navigatie in de boomstructuur wordt ook gedaan met pijltjestoetsen. Om "
+"een tak te openen gebruik [SPATIE]. Voor modules met een boomstructuur (kan "
+"er uit zien als een ljist) van items voot instellingen aan de linkerkant "
+"gebruik [ENTER] om de bijbehorende dialoog rechts te krijgen.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 3/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:338
@@ -1050,9 +1082,11 @@
"move focus forward with [CTRL] + [F] and backward with [CTRL] + [B].</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>2) <i>Vervanging van toetsaanslagen</i><br>\n"
-"<p>Omdat de omgeving van invloed kan zijn op de werking van het toetsenbord,\n"
+"<p>Omdat de omgeving van invloed kan zijn op de werking van het "
+"toetsenbord,\n"
"zijn er meerdere manieren om door de pagina's van de dialoog te navigeren.\n"
-"Wanneer [TAB] en [SHIFT] of [ALT] + [TAB] niet werken, dan kunt u de focus met\n"
+"Wanneer [TAB] en [SHIFT] of [ALT] + [TAB] niet werken, dan kunt u de focus "
+"met\n"
"[CTRL] + [F] vooruit en met [CTRL] + [B] achteruit verplaatsen.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 6/10
@@ -1063,17 +1097,20 @@
"[ESC] + [TAB] is also a substitute for [ALT] + [TAB].</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als [ALT]+[letter] niet werkt,\n"
-"probeer dan eens [ESC] + [letter]. Voorbeeld: [ESC] + [H] i.p.v. [ALT] + [H].\n"
+"probeer dan eens [ESC] + [letter]. Voorbeeld: [ESC] + [H] i.p.v. [ALT] + "
+"[H].\n"
"[ESC] + [TAB] is tevens een vervanging voor [ALT] + [TAB].</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 7/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:360
msgid ""
"<p>3) <i>Function Keys</i><br>\n"
-"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
+"F keys provide a quick access to main functions. The function key bindings "
+"for the current dialog are shown in the bottom line.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>3) <i>Functietoetsen</i><br>\n"
-"F-toetsen bieden een snelle toegang tot de hoofdfuncties. Een overzicht van de functietoetsen voor de huidige dialoog wordt onderaan getoond.</p>"
+"F-toetsen bieden een snelle toegang tot de hoofdfuncties. Een overzicht van "
+"de functietoetsen voor de huidige dialoog wordt onderaan getoond.</p>"
#. NCurses Control Center help 8/10
#: library/desktop/src/clients/menu.rb:367
@@ -1114,6 +1151,107 @@
"<p>In sommige omgevingen zijn geen \n"
"of slechts enkele [F]-toetsen beschikbaar.</p>"
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+#| msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "Opnieuw starten na opslaan van instellingen"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr "Na opslaan van instellingen herladen"
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr "Servicestatus"
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the "
+#| "same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start "
+#| "service during boot'.</p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running "
+#| "service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' "
+#| "buttons).</p>\n"
+#| "<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+#| "Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to "
+#| "disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the "
+#| "service in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same "
+"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service "
+"during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running "
+"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the "
+"dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to "
+"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service "
+"in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Huidige status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Toont de huidige status van de service. De status zal hetzelfde blijven na "
+"opslaan van de instellingen, onafhankelijk van de waarde van 'start service "
+"bij opstarten van het systeem'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Herladen na opslaan van instellingen</big></b><br>\n"
+"Alleen van toepassing als de service nu actief is. Verzekert dat de actieve "
+"service de nieuwe configuratie na opslaan zal herladen (via knoppen 'ok' of "
+"'opslaan').</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Starten bij opstarten van systeem</big></b><br>\n"
+"Activeer dit veld om de service in te schakelen bij opstarten van het "
+"systeem. Deactiveer het om de service uit te schakelen. Dit heeft geen "
+"invloed op de huidige status van de service in het al actieve systeem.</p>\n"
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr "Huidige status:"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_ask_config.ycp:100
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van het systeem starten"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+msgid "running"
+msgstr "actief"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr "Nu stoppen"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr "gestopt"
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr "Nu starten"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1319,7 +1457,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr "&Overslaan"
@@ -1342,7 +1480,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Wachtwoord"
@@ -1567,27 +1705,27 @@
msgstr "Uitgavebestand %{file} niet gevonden"
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr "Wilt u de installatie afbreken?"
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr "Wilt u YaST-systeemreparatie stoppen?"
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr "Systeemreparatie afbreken"
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr "Met &systeemreparatie voortzetten"
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1600,7 +1738,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1614,7 +1752,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1625,18 +1763,18 @@
"U zult een herinstallatie moeten uitvoeren."
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr "Echt stoppen?"
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr "Alle wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan!"
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr "&Details..."
@@ -1874,12 +2012,14 @@
#: library/gpg/src/modules/GPGWidgets.rb:285
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Create a new GPG key</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more information.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> is started, see <tt>gpg</tt> manual pager for more "
+"information.\n"
"Press Ctrl+C to cancel.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Een nieuwe GPG-sleutel maken</b></big><br>\n"
-"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> wordt gestart. Zie <tt>gpg</tt>-handleiding-pager voor meer informatie.\n"
+"<tt>gpg --gen-key</tt> wordt gestart. Zie <tt>gpg</tt>-handleiding-pager "
+"voor meer informatie.\n"
" Druk op Ctrl+C om te annuleren.\n"
" </p>"
@@ -1942,7 +2082,8 @@
"and select the action to process.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om geavanceerde acties uit te voeren of om het log in een bestand op te slaan,\n"
+"Om geavanceerde acties uit te voeren of om het log in een bestand op te "
+"slaan,\n"
"kik op <b>%1</b> en selecteer vervolgens de uit te voeren actie.</p>"
#. help for the log widget, part 2, alt. 2, %1 is a menu button label
@@ -1964,7 +2105,8 @@
"to which to save the log.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>\n"
-"Om het log in een bestand op te slaan, klik op <B>Log opslaan</B> en selecteer\n"
+"Om het log in een bestand op te slaan, klik op <B>Log opslaan</B> en "
+"selecteer\n"
"vervolgens het bestand waarin u het log wilt opslaan.</P>\n"
#. menu button
@@ -2013,7 +2155,8 @@
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:109
msgid "Firewall cannot be adjusted during first stage installation."
-msgstr "De firewall kan niet worden aangepast in de eerste fase van de installatie."
+msgstr ""
+"De firewall kan niet worden aangepast in de eerste fase van de installatie."
#. label
#: library/network/src/modules/CWMFirewallInterfaces.rb:114
@@ -2062,7 +2205,8 @@
"These network interfaces assigned to internal network cannot be deselected:\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-"Deze netwerkinterfaces voor het interne netwerk kunnen niet gedeselecteerd worden:\n"
+"Deze netwerkinterfaces voor het interne netwerk kunnen niet gedeselecteerd "
+"worden:\n"
"%1\n"
#. question popup
@@ -2675,7 +2819,8 @@
"Really continue?"
msgstr ""
"Al uw netwerkinterfaces worden momenteel beheerd door NetworkManager,\n"
-"maar de in te stellen service werkt mogelijk niet goed samen met dit programma.\n"
+"maar de in te stellen service werkt mogelijk niet goed samen met dit "
+"programma.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u toch doorgaan?"
@@ -2711,52 +2856,53 @@
"A port number may be a number from 0 to 65535.\n"
"No spaces are allowed.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Een poortnaam mag bestaan uit de lettertekens 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', en '*+._-'.\n"
+"Een poortnaam mag bestaan uit de lettertekens 'a-z', 'A-Z', '0-9', en '*+."
+"_-'.\n"
"Een poortnummer mag een getal zijn tussen de 0 en 65535.\n"
"Spaties zijn niet toegestaan.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr "Externe zone"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr "Interne zone"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr "Gedemilitariseerde zone"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
msgid "TCP"
msgstr "TCP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr "UDP"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr "RPC"
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr "Onbekende zone"
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2772,8 +2918,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
@@ -2783,12 +2929,12 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Firewall-configuratie initialiseren"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr "Netwerkapparaten controleren"
@@ -2796,17 +2942,17 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr "Huidige configuratie lezen"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr "Mogelijk strijdige services nalopen"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr "Netwerkapparaten worden gecontroleerd..."
@@ -2814,17 +2960,17 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr "Huidige configuratie wordt gelezen..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr "Er wordt op mogelijke strijdige services gecontroleerd..."
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Firewall-configuratie opslaan"
@@ -2833,7 +2979,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Firewall-instellingen opslaan"
@@ -2842,101 +2988,139 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr "Firewall-service aanpassen"
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Firewall-instellingen worden opgeslagen..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr "De firewall-service wordt aangepast..."
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr "Het opslaan van de instellingen is mislukt"
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr "Onbekend protocol (%1)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:167
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an internal firewall interface"
-msgstr "Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden en toegevoegd als een interne firewall-interface"
+msgstr ""
+"Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden en toegevoegd als een interne firewall-"
+"interface"
#. TRANSLATORS: Warning in installation proposal, %1 is a device name (eth0, sl0, ...)
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:178
msgid "New network device '%1' found; added as an external firewall interface"
-msgstr "Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden; toegevoegd als een externe firewall-interface"
+msgstr ""
+"Nieuw '%1' netwerkapparaat gevonden; toegevoegd als een externe firewall-"
+"interface"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:547
msgid "SuSEfirewall2 package is not installed, firewall will be disabled."
-msgstr "Het pakket SuSEfirewall2 is niet geïnstalleerd. De firewall zal worden uitgeschakeld."
+msgstr ""
+"Het pakket SuSEfirewall2 is niet geïnstalleerd. De firewall zal worden "
+"uitgeschakeld."
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is enabled (disable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:565
-msgid "Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-msgstr "Firewall is geactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Firewall is enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal"
+"\">disable</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Firewall is geactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal"
+"\">uitschakelen</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Proposal informative text "Firewall is disabled (enable)" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:571
-msgid "Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
-msgstr "Firewall is gedeactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Firewall is disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal"
+"\">enable</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Firewall is gedeactiveerd (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal"
+"\">inschakelen</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:606
-msgid "SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH-poort is geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"SSH-poort is geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</"
+"a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:612
-msgid "SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "SSH-poort is gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">openen</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"SSH port is blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"SSH-poort is gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_ssh_in_proposal\">openen</"
+"a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:633
msgid ""
-"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), but\n"
+"SSH port is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">close</a>), "
+"but\n"
"there are no network interfaces configured"
msgstr ""
-"SSH-poort is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>), maar\n"
+"SSH-poort is open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_ssh_in_proposal\">sluiten</"
+"a>), maar\n"
"er zijn nog geen netwerkinterfaces ingesteld"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over SSH without SSH allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:648
-msgid "You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port on the firewall."
-msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren over SSH, maar u heeft de SSH-poort niet geopend op de firewall."
+msgid ""
+"You are installing a system over SSH, but you have not opened the SSH port "
+"on the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+"U bent een systeem aan het installeren over SSH, maar u heeft de SSH-poort "
+"niet geopend op de firewall."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is enabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:690
-msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
-msgstr "Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn geopend (<a href=\"firewall--disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are open (<a href=\"firewall--"
+"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">close</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn geopend (<a href=\"firewall--"
+"disable_vnc_in_proposal\">sluiten</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text "Remote Administration (VNC) is disabled" with link around
#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:696
-msgid "Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
-msgstr "Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--enable_vnc_in_proposal\">openen</a>)"
+msgid ""
+"Remote Administration (VNC) ports are blocked (<a href=\"firewall--"
+"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">open</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Poorten voor 'beheer op afstand' (VNC) zijn gesloten (<a href=\"firewall--"
+"enable_vnc_in_proposal\">openen</a>)"
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation over VNC without VNC allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:707
-msgid "You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
-msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren door middel van 'beheer op afstand' (VNC), maar u heeft de VNC-poorten niet geopend op de firewall."
+msgid ""
+"You are installing a system using remote administration (VNC), but you have "
+"not opened the VNC ports on the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+"U bent een systeem aan het installeren door middel van 'beheer op "
+"afstand' (VNC), maar u heeft de VNC-poorten niet geopend op de firewall."
#. TRANSLATORS: Network proposal informative text
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:725
@@ -2950,55 +3134,60 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: This is a warning message. Installation to iSCSI without iSCSI allowed on firewall
#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallProposal.rb:737
-msgid "You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the needed ports on the firewall."
-msgstr "U bent een systeem aan het installeren met een iSCSI-doel, maar u hebt de noodzakelijke poorten in de firewall niet geopend."
+msgid ""
+"You are installing a system using iSCSI Target, but you have not opened the "
+"needed ports on the firewall."
+msgstr ""
+"U bent een systeem aan het installeren met een iSCSI-doel, maar u hebt de "
+"noodzakelijke poorten in de firewall niet geopend."
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr "Service met naam '%{service_name}' bestaat niet"
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr "Service: %{filename}"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr "Onbekende service '%1'"
@@ -3022,35 +3211,76 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr "&Uninstall (verwijderen)"
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+#| msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr "Er wordt op mogelijke conflicten gecontroleerd..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Zoeken naar conflicten tussen bestanden is bezig.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "%1 (%2) wordt gedownload..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr "Pakket wordt gedownload"
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr "Pakket %1 is beschadigd. Integriteitscontrole is mislukt."
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr "Instalatie van het pakket opnieuw proberen?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr "Wilt u de installatie afbreken?"
@@ -3059,96 +3289,102 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr "Fout: %1:"
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Negeren van een fout bij het downloaden kan leiden tot een gebroken systeem.\n"
+"Negeren van een fout bij het downloaden kan leiden tot een gebroken "
+"systeem.\n"
"Verifieer het systeem later door de Softwarebeheer-module te draaien.\n"
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "%1 (%2) wordt verwijdert..."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "%1 (%2) wordt geïnstaleerd"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr "Pakket verwijderen."
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr "Pakketten installeren"
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr "Verwijderen van pakket %1 is mislukt."
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr "De installatie van pakket %1 is mislukt."
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
-"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management module."
+"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management "
+"module."
msgstr ""
"Geen aandacht geven aan een pakketfout kan leiden tot een gebroken systeem.\n"
-"Het systeem moet later geverifieerd worden door de Softwarebeheer-module te draaien."
+"Het systeem moet later geverifieerd worden door de Softwarebeheer-module te "
+"draaien."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
-"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has changed. To \n"
-"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> from \n"
+"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has "
+"changed. To \n"
+"continue using this repository, start <b>Installation Repositories</b> "
+"from \n"
"the YaST control center and refresh the repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>De bron op de opgegeven URL geeft nu een ander media-ID.\n"
-"Als de URL correct is, dan geeft dit aan dat de inhoud van de bron is veranderd.\n"
+"Als de URL correct is, dan geeft dit aan dat de inhoud van de bron is "
+"veranderd.\n"
"Om deze bron te blijven gebruiken, open <i>Installatiebronnen</i> in \n"
"YaST Configuratiecentrum en vernieuw de installatiebron.</p>\n"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr "Kant A"
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr "Kant B"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Schijf %2)"
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr "%1 (Medium %2)"
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
@@ -3157,7 +3393,7 @@
"'%1'"
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3170,7 +3406,7 @@
"Controleer of de map wel toegankelijk is."
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -3184,83 +3420,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr "Automatisch verversen overslaan"
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr "&Eject"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "Werp CD/DVD-medium a&utomatisch uit"
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr "Wilt u de installatie opnieuw proberen?"
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr "Medium overslaan?"
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr "Negeer het slechte medium..."
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr "Bron %1 wordt aangemaakt"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr "Er was een fout bij het aanmaken van de installatiebron."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr "Kan de beschrijving van de externe bron niet ophalen."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het ophalen van nieuwe metadata."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr "De bron is ongeldig."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "De metadata van de bron is ongeldig."
@@ -3268,93 +3504,93 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr "Opnieuw?"
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr "Bron %1 wordt getest"
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr "Fout tijdens het testen van de bron."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr "Details van brontest."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr "De metadata van de bron is ongeldig."
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr "Bron %1"
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket %1 (%2) wordt gedownload..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket wordt gedownload"
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket %1 wordt toegepast..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr "Delta-RPM-pakket wordt toegepast"
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
msgstr "Pakket:"
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr "Script %1 wordt gestart (patch %2)..."
# running = uitvoeren
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr "Scripts worden uitgevoerd"
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr "Patch: "
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr "Script: "
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr "Uitvoer van script"
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3363,7 +3599,7 @@
"\n"
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3378,36 +3614,37 @@
"kunnen sommige pakketten ontbreken of verouderd zijn."
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr "Verversen over&slaan"
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr "Downloaden"
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr "Downloaden: %1"
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr "Pakketdatabase wordt gecontroleerd"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
-msgstr "Pakketdatabase wordt opnieuw opgebouwd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten."
+msgstr ""
+"Pakketdatabase wordt opnieuw opgebouwd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten."
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3416,17 +3653,17 @@
"%1"
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr "Pakketdatabase wordt geconverteerd. Dit proces kan enige tijd kosten."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
@@ -3435,12 +3672,12 @@
"%1"
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr "De RPM-database wordt gelezen..."
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten lezen"
@@ -3451,27 +3688,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr "RPM-database wordt doorzocht..."
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr "De initialisatie van het doel is mislukt."
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr "Lezen in RPM-database"
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr "Gebruiker verificatie"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3484,20 +3721,20 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam"
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr "&Details tonen"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr "Grootte:"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr "Overgebleven tijd tot het automatisch herhaalpoging: %1"
@@ -3574,12 +3811,12 @@
"opgelost moeten worden in de softwarebeheerder."
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "De installatie van de benodigde pakketten is mislukt."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3590,12 +3827,12 @@
"dan zal YaST mogelijk niet goed kunnen functioneren.\n"
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr "Kan niet doorgaan zonder de benodigde pakketten te installeren."
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
@@ -3604,27 +3841,28 @@
"zal YaST mogelijk niet goed kunnen functioneren.\n"
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr "Deze pakketlicentie bevestigen: %1"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr "Ik ga &akkoord"
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr "Ik ga niet &akkoord"
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
"of acceptance of its license.\n"
-"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be installed.\n"
+"If you reject the license of the package, the package will not be "
+"installed.\n"
"<br>\n"
"To accept the license of the package, click <b>I Agree</b>.\n"
"To reject the license of the package, click <b>I Disagree</b></p>."
@@ -3632,29 +3870,34 @@
"<p><b><big>Licentiebevestiging</big></b><br>\n"
"Het pakket in de kop van de dialoog heeft een expliciete bevestiging\n"
"nodig ten behoeve van de acceptatie van zijn licentie.\n"
-"Wanneer u niet met de pakketlicentie akkoord gaat, zal het pakket niet geïnstalleerd worden.\n"
+"Wanneer u niet met de pakketlicentie akkoord gaat, zal het pakket niet "
+"geïnstalleerd worden.\n"
"<br>\n"
"Klik op <b>Ik ga akkoord</b> als u de pakketlicentie accepteert.\n"
"Klik op <b>Ik ga niet akkoord</b> als u de pakketlicentie afwijst.</p>"
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software to install.\n"
-"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in the left\n"
+"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software "
+"to install.\n"
+"\t\t Available tasks and software for this system are shown by category in "
+"the left\n"
"\t\t column. To view a description for an item, select it in the list.\n"
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\tIn dit dialoog kunt u de taken van dit systeem definiëren en welke software er geïnstalleerd dient te worden.\n"
-"\t\tBeschikbare taken en software voor dit systeem worden op categorie getoond\n"
+"\t\tIn dit dialoog kunt u de taken van dit systeem definiëren en welke "
+"software er geïnstalleerd dient te worden.\n"
+"\t\tBeschikbare taken en software voor dit systeem worden op categorie "
+"getoond\n"
"in de linker\n"
"\t\tkolom. Om een beschrijving van een item te bekijken, selecteer\n"
"het item in de lijst.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3668,7 +3911,7 @@
"\t\tIn het contextmenu kunt u ook de status van alle items wijzigen.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3680,10 +3923,11 @@
"\t\twaar u individuele softwarepakketten kunt bekijken en selecteren.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining disk space\n"
+"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining "
+"disk space\n"
"\t\t after all requested changes will have been performed.\n"
"\t\t Hard disk partitions that are full or nearly full can degrade\n"
"\t\t system performance and in some cases even cause serious problems.\n"
@@ -3691,136 +3935,142 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"\t\tRechtsonder toont de schijfgebruikweergave hoeveel schijfruimte er over blijft\n"
+"\t\tRechtsonder toont de schijfgebruikweergave hoeveel schijfruimte er over "
+"blijft\n"
"\t\tnadat alle verzochte wijzigingen zijn uitgevoerd.\n"
"\t\tPartities die vol of bijna vol zijn kunnen de systeemprestaties nadelig\n"
"\t\tbeïnvloeden en in sommige gevallen zelfs leiden tot serieuze problemen.\n"
-"\t\tHet systeem heeft enige vrije schijfruimte nodig om correct te kunnen werken.\n"
+"\t\tHet systeem heeft enige vrije schijfruimte nodig om correct te kunnen "
+"werken.\n"
"\t\t</p>"
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
# -ke-
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr "Softwareselectie en systeemtaken"
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr "(meer)"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr "Installatie is succesvol voltooid"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr "Installatie van pakketten is mislukt"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr "Foutmelding: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Mislukte pakketten: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr "Bijgewerkte pakketten: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Verwijderde pakketten : %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr "Niet geïnstalleerde pakketten: %1"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr "Pakketten"
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr "Verstreken tijd: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr "Totale installatiegrootte: %1"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr "Totale downloadgrootte: %1"
# ../../db/printers.ycp.noloc:345 ../../db/printers.ycp.noloc:411
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr "Statistieken"
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr "Installatielog"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Details"
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr "Na installeren van pakketten"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr "Dit rapport tonen"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "Voltooien"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr "Doorgaan in softwarebeheer"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
-msgid "<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed or removed packages.</P>"
-msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Installatierapport</B></BIG><BR>Hier is een samenvatting van de geïnstalleerde en verwijderde pakketten.</P>"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed "
+"or removed packages.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Installatierapport</B></BIG><BR>Hier is een samenvatting van de "
+"geïnstalleerde en verwijderde pakketten.</P>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr "Installatierapport"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr "Bijgewerkte pakketten"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr "Verwijderde pakketten"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr "Overgebleven pakketten"
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3850,7 +4100,8 @@
"Het pakket %1 uit de installatiebron %2\n"
"%3\n"
"is niet digitaal ondertekend. Dit betekent dat de oorsprong\n"
-"en integriteit van het pakket niet kan worden geverifieerd. Het installeren van\n"
+"en integriteit van het pakket niet kan worden geverifieerd. Het installeren "
+"van\n"
"het pakket kan de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar brengen.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het toch installeren?"
@@ -3907,14 +4158,16 @@
msgid ""
"No checksum for file %1 was found in the repository.\n"
"This means that the file is part of the signed repository,\n"
-"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. Using the file\n"
+"but the list of checksums in this repository does not mention this file. "
+"Using the file\n"
"may put the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?"
msgstr ""
"Geen controlesom voor bestand %1 gevonden in de installatiebron.\n"
"Dit betekent dat het bestand onderdeel is van de ondertekende bron,\n"
-"maar de lijst van controlesommen in deze bron vermeldt dit bestand niet. Het gebruiken\n"
+"maar de lijst van controlesommen in deze bron vermeldt dit bestand niet. Het "
+"gebruiken\n"
"van het bestand kan de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar brengen.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het toch gebruiken?"
@@ -3989,10 +4242,13 @@
msgstr ""
"Pakket %1 uit installatiebron %2\n"
"%3\n"
-"is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole is mislukt: %4\n"
+"is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole "
+"is mislukt: %4\n"
"\n"
-"Het pakket is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, gewijzigd, ofwel per ongeluk of\n"
-"door een aanvaller. Het installeren ervan brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit\n"
+"Het pakket is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, gewijzigd, ofwel per "
+"ongeluk of\n"
+"door een aanvaller. Het installeren ervan brengt een groot risico voor de "
+"integriteit\n"
"en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het toch installeren?\n"
@@ -4012,9 +4268,11 @@
msgstr ""
"Bestand %1 uit installatiebron %2\n"
"%3\n"
-" is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole is mislukt: %4\n"
+" is ondertekend met de volgende GnuGPG-sleutel, maar de integriteitscontrole "
+"is mislukt: %4\n"
"\n"
-"Het bestand is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk of\n"
+"Het bestand is, nadat het door de maker is ondertekend, ofwel per ongeluk "
+"of\n"
"door een aanvaller gewijzigd. Het gebruiken ervan brengt een groot\n"
"risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n"
"\n"
@@ -4139,7 +4397,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>De eigenaar van de sleutel kan opwaarderingen,\n"
"pakketten en pakketbronnen aanleveren die uw systeem zal vertrouwen\n"
-"en voor installatie en opwaardering zal aanbieden zonder verdere waarschuwing.\n"
+"en voor installatie en opwaardering zal aanbieden zonder verdere "
+"waarschuwing.\n"
"Op die manier zal het importeren van de sleutel naar uw sleutelring met\n"
"vertrouwde sleutels de sleuteleigenaar toestaan om enige controle te hebben\n"
"over de software op uw systeem.</p>"
@@ -4149,7 +4408,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>A warning dialog opens for every package that\n"
"is not signed by a trusted (imported) key. If you do not trust the key,\n"
-"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be used.</p>"
+"the packages or repositories created by the owner of the key will not be "
+"used.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Er zal een waarschuwingsvenster worden geopend voor elk\n"
"pakket dat niet is ondertekend door een vertrouwde (geïmporteerde) sleutel.\n"
@@ -4217,7 +4477,8 @@
"\n"
"Het bestand is, ofwel per ongeluk of door een aanvaller, nadat het in\n"
"de installatiebron is gezet en ondertekent, gewijzigd. Het gebruiken ervan\n"
-"brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met zich mee.\n"
+"brengt een groot risico voor de integriteit en veiligheid van uw systeem met "
+"zich mee.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n"
@@ -4234,7 +4495,8 @@
"but the expected checksum is not known.\n"
"\n"
"This means that the origin and integrity of the file\n"
-"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at risk.\n"
+"cannot be verified. Using the file puts the integrity of your system at "
+"risk.\n"
"\n"
"Use it anyway?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -4242,8 +4504,10 @@
"is %2,\n"
"maar de verwachte controlesom is niet bekend.\n"
"\n"
-"Dit betekent dat de oorsprong en integriteit van het bestand niet kan worden\n"
-"geverifieerd. Het gebruik van het bestand brengt de integriteit van uw systeem in gevaar.\n"
+"Dit betekent dat de oorsprong en integriteit van het bestand niet kan "
+"worden\n"
+"geverifieerd. Het gebruik van het bestand brengt de integriteit van uw "
+"systeem in gevaar.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u het toch gebruiken?\n"
@@ -4258,76 +4522,84 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr "Installeren..."
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr "Medium"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr "Overgebleven"
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr "Tijd"
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr "Uitgevoerde acties:"
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>De pakketten worden geïnstalleerd.</p>"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
-msgid "<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not installed.</P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>Afbreken van de installatie</B> Pakketinstallatie kan worden afgebroken met de <B>Afbreken</B>-knop. Het systeem kan dan echter in een inconsistente of onbruikbare status zijn of het zou niet opgestart kunnen worden als de basissysteemcomponent niet is geïnstalleerd.</P>"
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
+msgid ""
+"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using "
+"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent "
+"or unusable state or it may not boot if the basic system component is not "
+"installed.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><B>Afbreken van de installatie</B> Pakketinstallatie kan worden "
+"afgebroken met de <B>Afbreken</B>-knop. Het systeem kan dan echter in een "
+"inconsistente of onbruikbare status zijn of het zou niet opgestart kunnen "
+"worden als de basissysteemcomponent niet is geïnstalleerd.</P>"
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr "%s Uitgavenotities"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr "Diasho&w"
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr "&Details"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr "Opwaardering wordt uitgevoerd"
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr "Bezig met installatie uitvoeren"
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr "Pakketinstallatie"
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
@@ -4336,7 +4608,7 @@
"met de installatie?"
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr "Afgebroken"
@@ -4938,6 +5210,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr "Bluetooth-apparaat"
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
@@ -5019,18 +5301,21 @@
"van elkaar gescheiden door komma's."
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
"start or end a component and the last component may not begin with a digit."
msgstr ""
-"Een geldige domeinnaam bestaat uit componenten die door punten worden gescheiden.\n"
-"Elk component bestaat uit letters, cijfers en koppeltekens. Een koppelteken mag niet aan het begin\n"
-"of einde van een component staan en het laatste component mag niet met een cijfer beginnen."
+"Een geldige domeinnaam bestaat uit componenten die door punten worden "
+"gescheiden.\n"
+"Elk component bestaat uit letters, cijfers en koppeltekens. Een koppelteken "
+"mag niet aan het begin\n"
+"of einde van een component staan en het laatste component mag niet met een "
+"cijfer beginnen."
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5075,7 +5360,8 @@
"Voorbeelden:\n"
"IP: 192.168.0.1 of 2001:db8:0::1\n"
"IP/netwerkmasker: 192.168.0.0/255.255.255.0 of 2001:db8:0::1/56\n"
-"IP/netwerkmasker_bits: 192.168.0.0/24 of 192.168.0.1/32 of 2001:db8:0::1/ffff::0\n"
+"IP/netwerkmasker_bits: 192.168.0.0/24 of 192.168.0.1/32 of 2001:db8:0::1/"
+"ffff::0\n"
#. Byte abbreviated
#: library/types/src/modules/String.rb:127
@@ -5153,7 +5439,8 @@
"and it is unlikely that settings can be written.\n"
msgstr ""
"Deze module moet als root draaien.\n"
-"Als u nu verder gaat is het mogelijk dat de module niet goed zal functioneren.\n"
+"Als u nu verder gaat is het mogelijk dat de module niet goed zal "
+"functioneren.\n"
"Bepaalde instellingen zullen bijvoorbeeld niet juist ingelezen kunnen\n"
"worden en waarschijnlijk kunnen de instellingen niet opgeslagen worden.\n"
@@ -5801,7 +6088,9 @@
#. Popup error message, wrong FQDN format
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:250
msgid "The hostname must be in the fully qualified domain name format."
-msgstr "De hostnaam moet de opmaak van een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam hebben."
+msgstr ""
+"De hostnaam moet de opmaak van een volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam "
+"hebben."
#. Popup error message, FQDN hostname must finish with a dot
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:256
@@ -5852,12 +6141,14 @@
"\n"
"A valid reverse IPv4 consists of four integers in the range 0-255\n"
"separated by a dot then followed by the string '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
-"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address '192.168.32.1'.\n"
+"For example, '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' for the IPv4 address "
+"'192.168.32.1'.\n"
msgstr ""
"Het omgekeerde IPv4-adres %1 is ongeldig.\n"
"\n"
"Een geldige omgekeerde IPv4 bestaat uit vier getallen tussen 0 en 255,\n"
-"onderling gescheiden door een punt en gevolgd door de tekenreeks '.in-addr.arpa.'.\n"
+"onderling gescheiden door een punt en gevolgd door de tekenreeks '.in-addr."
+"arpa.'.\n"
"Voorbeeld: '1.32.168.192.in-addr.arpa.' voor het IPv4-adres '192.168.32.1'.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, user can't use hostname %1 because it doesn't make
@@ -5869,7 +6160,8 @@
"such as 'host.example.org.'.\n"
msgstr ""
"De relatieve hostnaam %1 kan niet samen met zone %2 gebruikt worden.\n"
-"Gebruik hiervoor in de plaats een gekwalificeerde hostnaam welke op een punt eindigt,\n"
+"Gebruik hiervoor in de plaats een gekwalificeerde hostnaam welke op een punt "
+"eindigt,\n"
"zoals bijvoorbeeld: 'host.example.org.'.\n"
#. Popup error message, Checking MX (Mail eXchange) record format
@@ -5906,7 +6198,8 @@
"Ongeldig SOA-record.\n"
"%1 moet een BIND tijdstype zijn.\n"
"Een BIND tijdstype bestaat uit getallen en uit de hoofdletterongevoelige\n"
-"achtervoegsels W, D, H, M en S. De tijd in seconden is zonder achtervoegsel toegestaan.\n"
+"achtervoegsels W, D, H, M en S. De tijd in seconden is zonder achtervoegsel "
+"toegestaan.\n"
"Geef waarden op zoals bijvoorbeeld 12H15m, 86400 of 1W30M.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, Checking SOA record,
@@ -5922,7 +6215,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, 'filename' is needed parameter
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1020
msgid "The filename must be defined when logging to a file."
-msgstr "Als er naar een bestand gelogd wordt moet de bestandsnaam gedefinieerd zijn."
+msgstr ""
+"Als er naar een bestand gelogd wordt moet de bestandsnaam gedefinieerd zijn."
#. TRANSLATORS: Popup error message, parameters validation, wrongly set file size
#: library/network/src/modules/DnsServerAPI.pm:1028
@@ -5984,61 +6278,6 @@
"Er wordt door uw DNS-server geen omgekeerde zone voor %1 beheerd.\n"
"Hostnaam %2 kan niet worden toegevoegd."
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr "Servicestatus"
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during boot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running service reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons).</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the already running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Huidige status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Toont de huidige status van de service. De status zal hetzelfde blijven na opslaan van de instellingen, onafhankelijk van de waarde van 'start service bij opstarten van het systeem'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Herladen na opslaan van instellingen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Alleen van toepassing als de service nu actief is. Verzekert dat de actieve service de nieuwe configuratie na opslaan zal herladen (via knoppen 'ok' of 'opslaan').</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Starten bij opstarten van systeem</big></b><br>\n"
-"Activeer dit veld om de service in te schakelen bij opstarten van het systeem. Deactiveer het om de service uit te schakelen. Dit heeft geen invloed op de huidige status van de service in het al actieve systeem.</p>\n"
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr "Huidige status:"
-
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_ask_config.ycp:100
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van het systeem starten"
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr "Na opslaan van instellingen herladen"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-msgid "running"
-msgstr "actief"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr "Nu stoppen"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr "gestopt"
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr "Nu starten"
-
#~ msgid "The correct repository medium could not be mounted."
#~ msgstr "Kon het correcte bronmedium niet aankoppelen."
@@ -6069,7 +6308,9 @@
#~ "sommige pakketten hebben niet opgeloste afhankelijkheden."
#~ msgid "Automatic resolving failed, manual dependency resolving is needed."
-#~ msgstr "Automatisch oplossen is mislukt, handmatig oplossen van afhankelijkheden is noodzakelijk."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Automatisch oplossen is mislukt, handmatig oplossen van afhankelijkheden "
+#~ "is noodzakelijk."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Yast has automatically added or removed some packages,\n"
@@ -6085,7 +6326,8 @@
#~ "or skip fixing and install the already confirmed packages only?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "De softwarebeheerder starten en de problemen repareren\n"
-#~ "of het repareren overslaan en alleen de reeds geconfigureerde pakketten installeren?"
+#~ "of het repareren overslaan en alleen de reeds geconfigureerde pakketten "
+#~ "installeren?"
#~ msgid "Installed Size"
#~ msgstr "Installatiegrootte"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/bootloader.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -10,13 +10,13 @@
# Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000, 2005.
# Rinse de Vries <rinsedevries(a)kde.nl>, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008.
# Marout Yasuo Borms <beijnes(a)xs4all.nl>, 2006.
-# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015.
+# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2011, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: bootloader.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-07 09:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: nl\n"
@@ -38,49 +38,161 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option"
-msgstr "Een globale optie verwijderen"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "Optie of globale optie van een sectie verwijderen"
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
-msgstr "Stel een globale optie in"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
+msgstr "Optie of globale optie van een sectie instellen"
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr "Voeg een nieuwe sectie toe - gaarne de interactieve modus gebruiken"
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr "Waarde van opgegeven optie afdrukken"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr "De naam van de sectie"
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr "De sleutel van de optie"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr "De waarde van de optie"
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr "Sectie %1 is niet gevonden."
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr "Waarde was niet gespecificeerd."
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+"De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve "
+"commandoregelmodus"
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
+msgstr "Sectienaam moet gespecificeerd zijn."
+
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr "Optie was niet gespecificeerd."
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-msgid "Value: %s"
-msgstr "Waarde: %s"
-
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr "De gespecificeerde optie bestaat niet."
+#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
+#| msgid "Value: %s"
+msgid "Value: %1"
+msgstr "Waarde: %1"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr "De bootloaderconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"Uw systeem zal zich nu afsluiten.%1\n"
+"Voor details, lees het overeenkomstige hoofdstuk \n"
+"in de documentatie. \n"
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr "Het systeem zal nu opnieuw worden opgestart..."
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid ""
+"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be "
+"bootable."
+msgstr ""
+"Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien "
+"niet opstartbaar."
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid ""
+"Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr ""
+"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd"
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr "Opstarten"
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr "&Opstarten"
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr "Schijfvolgorde"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr "Instellingen voor de volgorde van schijven"
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr "Opstartmenu"
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr "Bootloader-opties"
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -102,13 +214,17 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b><br>\n"
-"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR code will then\n"
-"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active even\n"
+"To activate the partition which contains the boot loader. The generic MBR "
+"code will then\n"
+"boot the active partition. Older BIOSes require one partition to be active "
+"even\n"
"if the boot loader is installed in the MBR.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie</b><br>\n"
-"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start vervolgens\n"
-"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, zelfs\n"
+"Activeert de partitie die de bootloader bevat. De algemene MBR-code start "
+"vervolgens\n"
+"de actieve partitie op. Bij een ouder BIOS moet één partitie actief zijn, "
+"zelfs\n"
"als de bootloader is geïnstalleerd in de MBR.</p>"
#. encoding: utf-8
@@ -129,10 +245,12 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:23
msgid ""
"<p><b>Timeout in Seconds</b><br>\n"
-"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is loaded.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the time the bootloader will wait until the default kernel is "
+"loaded.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Wachttijd in seconden</b><br>\n"
-"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.</p>\n"
+"De tijd die de bootloader wacht alvorens de standaard-kernel wordt geladen.</"
+"p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:33
msgid ""
@@ -143,113 +261,195 @@
"boot. The order of the sections in the boot loader menu can be changed\n"
"using the <b>Up</b> and <b>Down</b> buttons.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p> Door op <b>Instellen als standaard</b> te klikken markeert u de geselecteerde \n"
-"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een opstartmenu\n"
-"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een ander \n"
-"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt\n"
-"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem opgestart.\n"
-"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden gewijzigd met de toetsen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p> Door op <b>Instellen als standaard</b> te klikken markeert u de "
+"geselecteerde \n"
+"sectie als standaard. Tijdens het opstarten geeft de bootloader een "
+"opstartmenu\n"
+"weer en wacht vervolgens of de gebruiker een kernel selecteert of een "
+"ander \n"
+"besturingssysteem om op te starten. Als voor de wachttijd niet op een toets "
+"wordt\n"
+"gedrukt, wordt de standaard kernel of het standaard besturingssysteem "
+"opgestart.\n"
+"De volgorde van de secties in het menu van de bootloader kan worden "
+"gewijzigd met de toetsen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
+"<p><b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b> replace the master boot record of "
+"your disk with generic code (OS independent code which\n"
"boots the active partition).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR</b> Vervang de MBR van uw schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n"
+"<p><b>Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR</b> Vervang de MBR van uw "
+"schijf door generieke code (besturingssysteem-onafhankelijke code die\n"
"de actieve partitie opstart).</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:44
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the other is\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Boot Partition</b> is one of the recommended options, the "
+"other is\n"
"<b>Boot from Root Partition</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Opstarten van opstartpartitie</b> is een van de aanbevolen opties, de andere is \n"
+"<p><b>Opstarten van opstartpartitie</b> is een van de aanbevolen opties, de "
+"andere is \n"
"<b>Opstarten van hoofdpartitie</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another operating system\n"
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option "
+"<i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Gebruik de vertrouwde grub</b> betekent installeer de vertrouwde grub "
+"en gebruik deze. De optie <i>Grafisch menubestand</i> wordt genegeerd.\n"
+"Het is aanbevolen grub in de MBR te installeren</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have "
+"another operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR)</b> wordt afgeraden als u een ander\n"
+"<p><b>Opstarten van het hoofdopstartrecord (MBR)</b> wordt afgeraden als u "
+"een ander\n"
"besturingssysteem hebt geïnstalleerd op de computer</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
-"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
-"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there "
+"is a suitable\n"
+"partition. Either select <b>Set active Flag in Partition Table for Boot "
+"Partition</b> and <b>Write generic Boot Code to MBR</b>\n"
+"in <b>Boot Loader Options</b> to update the master boot record if that is "
+"needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Opstarten van opstartpartitie</b> is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een geschikte partitie\n"
-"aanwezig is. Selecteer <b>Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie</b> en <b>Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR</b>\n"
-" in <b>Opties voor bootloader</b> om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n"
+"<p><b>Opstarten van opstartpartitie</b> is de aanbevolen optie wanneer een "
+"geschikte partitie\n"
+"aanwezig is. Selecteer <b>Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor "
+"opstartpartitie</b> en <b>Algemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR</b>\n"
+" in <b>Opties voor bootloader</b> om de MBR bij te werken als dat nodig is "
+"of uw andere opstartmanager in te stellen voor het \n"
"starten van deze sectie.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partition is on \n"
+"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root "
+"partition is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie</b> moet geselecteerd worden als uw root-partitie zich op \n"
+"<p><b>Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie</b> moet geselecteerd worden als uw "
+"root-partitie zich op \n"
"een logische partitie bevindt en de partitie /boot ontbreekt</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
-msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Aangepaste opstartpartitie</b> laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan wordt opgestart.</p>"
-
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Aangepaste opstartpartitie</b> laat u een partitie kiezen waarvan "
+"wordt opgestart.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. <b>Redundantie voor MD-array inschakelen</b>\n"
+"<p>MD-array is opgebouwd vanaf 2 schijven. <b>Redundantie voor MD-array "
+"inschakelen</b>\n"
"inschakelen om GRUB naar MBR van beide schijven te schrijven.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
+#| "for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info "
+#| "grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</code>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</"
+"code>) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Gebruik seriële console</b> definieert de te gebruiken parameters \n"
-"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub2</code>) voor details.</p>"
+"voor een seriële console. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie (<code>info grub</"
+"code>) voor details.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
+#| "Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. "
+#| "a serial console),\n"
+#| "you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</"
+#| "code> to the\n"
+#| "command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in "
+#| "which you\n"
+#| "press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a serial console),\n"
-"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code> to the\n"
-"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a "
+"serial console),\n"
+"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</"
+"code> to the\n"
+"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which "
+"you\n"
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Terminaldefinitie</b></p><br>\n"
-"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal (bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n"
-"geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de opdracht \n"
-"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal waarop u een \n"
+"Definieert het type terminal dat u gebruikt. Voor een seriële terminal "
+"(bijvoorbeeld een seriële console)\n"
+"geeft u <code>serial</code> op. U kunt tevens <code>console</code> aan de "
+"opdracht \n"
+"toevoegen: <code>serial console</code>. In dat geval wordt de terminal "
+"waarop u een \n"
"willekeurige toets indrukt, geselecteerd als GRUB-terminal.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section numbers\n"
+"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section "
+"numbers\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt</b> bevat een lijst met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n"
+"<p><b>Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt</b> bevat een lijst "
+"met sectienummers die worden gebruikt voor\n"
"het opstarten als de standaardsectie niet kan worden opgestart.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Menu verbergen bij opstarten</b> om het opstartmenu te verbergen</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Menu verbergen bij opstarten</b> om het opstartmenu te "
+"verbergen</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot "
+"menu.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Grafisch menubestand</b> definieert het voor het grafisch opstartmenu "
+"te gebruiken bestand.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Geluidssignalen</b> schakel geluidssignalen aan/uit.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
+#| "At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the "
+#| "password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then "
+#| "booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the "
+#| "password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the "
+#| "password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. If <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way GRUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will "
+"only accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bescherm de bootloader met een wachtwoord</b><br>\n"
-"Bij opstarten van het systeem een item wijzigen of zelfs opstarten via een item in de lijst vereist een wachtwoord. Als <b>Alleen wijziging van item beschermen</> is geactiveerd dan zal opstarten vanaf een item niet beperkt zijn maar wijzigen vereist een wachtwoord (wat de manier is waarop GRUB 1 zich gedroeg). YaST accepteert het wachtwoord uitsluitend als u het herhaalt in <b>Typ het wachtwoord opnieuw</b>.</p>"
+"Definieer het wachtwoord dat vereist zal zijn om toegang te krijgen tot het "
+"bootmenu. YaST zal het wachtwoord alleen accepteren als u het herhaalt\n"
+"in <b>Wachtwoord herhalen</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -258,165 +458,235 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Schijfvolgorde</b></big><br>\n"
-"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de BIOS,\n"
-"gebruik de knoppen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b> om de schijven op volgorde te zetten.\n"
-"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een schijf te verwijderen, druk op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>"
+"Om de volgorde van de schijven te specificeren volgens de volgorde in de "
+"BIOS,\n"
+"gebruik de knoppen <b>Omhoog</b> en <b>Omlaag</b> om de schijven op volgorde "
+"te zetten.\n"
+"Om een schijf toe te voegen, druk op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een schijf te "
+"verwijderen, druk op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr "Locaties van bootloader"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr "&Actieve vlag instellen in partitietabel voor opstartpartitie"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr "&Wachttijd in seconden"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:88
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr "Stan&daard opstartsectie"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr "Al&gemene opstartcode schrijven naar MBR"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr "Gebruik de ver&trouwde Grub"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr "Aangepaste opstartpartitie"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Opstarten van hoofdopstartrecord"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr "Opstarten van hoofdpartitie"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Opstarten van opstartpartitie"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr "Opstarten van uitgebreide partitie"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr "Seriële verbindings¶meters"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr "Terugvalsecties als standaardinstelling mislukt"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr "Menu &verbergen bij opstarten"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr "Grafisch &menubestand"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr "&Wachtwoord voor de menu-interface"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr "Foutopspor&ingsvlag"
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr "Kies het nieuwe grafische menubestand"
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr "Geluids&signalen inschakelen"
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr "Bootload&er beschermen met wachtwoord"
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr "Alleen wijziging van item &beschermen"
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Wachtwoord"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr "Wach&twoord herhalen"
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr "Gebruik &seriële console"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr "&Console-argumenten"
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr "&Apparaat"
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr "Apparaatmap moet minstens één apparaat bevatten"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr "Schij&ven"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr "&Omhoog"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr "&Omlaag"
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr "Opstarten van &hoofdpartitie"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr "Ops&tarten van opstartpartitie"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr "&Aangepaste opstartpartitie"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr "Locatie van bootloader"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr "Opstarten van hoofdopstartrecord (&MBR)"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr "Opstart&en van uitgebreide partitie"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr "&Aangepaste opstartpartitie"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr "Red&undantie voor MD-array inschakelen"
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr "&Details bootloaderinstallatie"
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr "Bootcode-opties"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr "Kernelparameters"
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr "Bootloader-opties"
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr "Bootloader-opties"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr "Secure Boot"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr "Ondersteuning van &secure boot inschakelen"
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr "&Locatie van bootloader"
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr "Partitie waar boot sequence is geïnstalleerd."
@@ -435,34 +705,80 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
-msgid "<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel</b>; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters.</p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional "
+"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Optionele parameter voor de kernel-opdrachtregel</b>; hiermee "
+"definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven parameters.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
-msgid "<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>VGA-modus</b> definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te stellen VGA-modus voor de <i>console</i>.</p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the "
+"<i>console</i> to when booting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>VGA-modus</b> definieert de bij het opstarten door de kernel in te "
+"stellen VGA-modus voor de <i>console</i>.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
-msgid "<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other foreign distribution </p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Vreemd OS detecteren</b> door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met andere vreemde distributie </p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe "
+"parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel</b>; hiermee "
+"definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters.</p>"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
-msgid "<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if you are not sure.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Protective MBR-vlag</b> is een instelling alleen voor experts, die alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other "
+"foreign distribution </p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Vreemd OS detecteren</b> door middel van os-prober voor multiboot met "
+"andere vreemde distributie </p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only "
+"on exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not "
+"touch if you are not sure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Protective MBR-vlag</b> is een instelling alleen voor experts, die "
+"alleen nodig is op exotische hardware. Voor details zie Protective MBR in "
+"GPT schijven. Niet aankomen als u niet zeker bent.</p>"
+
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create "
+"boot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Distributeur</b> specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de "
+"kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. </p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr "O&ptionele kernelparameter voor op de commandoregel"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr "D&istributeur"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr "&VGA-modus"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr "&Failsafe kernelparameter voor de commandoregel"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr "Vreemd OS detecteren"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr "Protective MBR-vlag"
@@ -471,20 +787,30 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr "%1x%2, %3 bits (modus %4)"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr "Standaard 8-pixel lettertypemodus."
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr "Tekstmodus"
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr "Niet gespecificeerd"
@@ -505,71 +831,229 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr "Automatisch gedetecteerde door grub2"
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr "Nieuw grafische themabestand kiezen"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr "&Grafisch console gebruiken"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr "Resolutie van &console"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr "Thema van &console"
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr "Gebruik &seriële console"
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr "&Console-argumenten"
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
-msgstr "Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig aan."
+msgstr ""
+"Niet ondersteunde bootloader '%s'. Pas uw AutoYaST-profiel overeenkomstig "
+"aan."
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
msgid "Select File"
msgstr "Bestand selecteren"
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
-msgstr "De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden geïnstalleerd."
+msgstr ""
+"De boot-partitie is van het type NFS. De bootloader niet worden "
+"geïnstalleerd."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen"
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr "Er zijn geen opties om voor de huidige bootloader in te stellen."
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr "Kernel-sectie"
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr "Sectie-instellingen"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen: sectiebeheer"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr "XEN-sectie"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr "Menusectie"
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr "Dumpsectie"
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr "Andere systeemsectie"
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr "&Bestandsnaam"
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr "Bestandsnaam: %1"
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr "Be&standsinhoud"
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr "Handmatige geavanceerde configuratie"
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr "Overig"
+
+# ../../db/printers.ycp.noloc:1400
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr "Image"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr "Xen"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr "Diskette"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr "Menu"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr "Dump"
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr "Def."
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr "Label"
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr "Type"
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr "Image / apparaat"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr "Instellen als stan&daard"
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr "&Bootloader"
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -583,69 +1067,119 @@
"\n"
"Doorgaan?\n"
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
-msgstr "Configuratiebestan&den wijzigen"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"U wilt uw bootloader gaan wijzigen. Bij het converteren \n"
+"van de configuratie kunnen sommige instellingen verloren gaan.\n"
+"\n"
+"De huidige configuratie zal worden opgeslagen en u kunt deze\n"
+"terugzetten wanneer u besluit terug te gaan naar de huidige bootloader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Selecteer de actie die u wilt uitvoeren:\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr "Nieuwe configuratie &voorstellen"
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr "Huidige configuratie co&nverteren"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr "Volledig nieuwe configuratie &starten"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr "Opgeslagen configuratie van schijf &lezen"
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr "Configuratie die voor de conversie is opgeslagen he&rstellen"
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr "Selecteer de bootloader voordat u secties gaat bewerken."
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr "Configuratiebestan&den wijzigen"
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr "Nieuw&e configuratie"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr "Configuratie van schijf he&rlezen"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr "MBR van harde schijf terugzetten"
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr "Opstartcode bootloader naar schijf schrijven"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr "Overig"
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr "Het MBR is met succes teruggezet."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr "Het terugzetten van het MBR is mislukt."
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr "Het opslaan van de opstartinstellingen is mislukt."
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+msgid "&Section Management"
+msgstr "&Sectiebeheer"
+
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr "Bootloader&installatie"
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr "Boot&loaderopties"
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
-msgstr "&Details bootloaderinstallatie"
-
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:32
msgid ""
@@ -664,12 +1198,23 @@
"<P><B><BIG>Bootloaderconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>"
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+"Wanneer u meerdere Linux-systemen heeft geïnstalleerd, kan YaST\n"
+"deze proberen te vinden en hun menu's samenvoegen."
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
-"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
-"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
+"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the "
+"current \n"
+"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or "
+"reread\n"
"the configuration saved on your disk. %1</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>Via de knop <B>Overig</B>\n"
@@ -678,7 +1223,7 @@
"of de configuratie die op uw schijf is opgeslagen opnieuw inlezen. %1</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
@@ -687,7 +1232,7 @@
"configuratiebestanden van de bootloader handmatig te bewerken.</P>"
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
@@ -696,7 +1241,7 @@
"in het opstartmenu.</P>"
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
@@ -705,7 +1250,7 @@
"van de geselecteerde sectie te zien.</P>"
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -714,16 +1259,21 @@
"kernel or OS will be booted. The order of sections in the boot loader\n"
"menu can be changed using the <B>Up</B> and <B>Down</B> buttons.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P> Door op <b>Als standaard instellen</b> te klikken wordt de geselecteerde \n"
-"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader een \n"
-"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een ander besturingssysteem \n"
-"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of besturingssysteem) zal \n"
-"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt gedrukt.\n"
+"<P> Door op <b>Als standaard instellen</b> te klikken wordt de "
+"geselecteerde \n"
+"sectie als de standaard gemarkeerd. Tijdens het opstarten zal de bootloader "
+"een \n"
+"opstartmenu tonen en op de gebruiker wachten zodat deze een kernel of een "
+"ander besturingssysteem \n"
+"kan selecteren dat opgestart moet worden. De standaardkernel (of "
+"besturingssysteem) zal \n"
+"worden opgestart wanneer er binnen de wachttijd niet op een toets wordt "
+"gedrukt.\n"
"De sectievolgorde in het bootloadermenu kan worden gewijzigd met behulp van\n"
"de knoppen <B>Omhoog</B> en <B>Omlaag</B>.</P>"
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -734,7 +1284,7 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
@@ -743,7 +1293,7 @@
"De bootmanager (%1) kan op de volgende manieren worden geïnstalleerd:</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -754,27 +1304,47 @@
"de computer is geïnstalleerd.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
"partition. This is the recommended option whenever there is a suitable\n"
"partition. Either set <b>Activate Boot Loader Partition</b> and\n"
-"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b>\n"
+"<b>Replace MBR with Generic Code</b> in <b>Boot Loader Installation Details</"
+"b>\n"
"to update the master boot record\n"
"if it is needed or configure your other boot manager\n"
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"- In de <b>bootsector</b> van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> (hoofdpartitie). \n"
+"- In de <b>bootsector</b> van de partitie <tt>/boot</tt> of <tt>/</tt> "
+"(hoofdpartitie). \n"
"Dit is de aanbevolen optie als er een geschikte partitie aanwezig is.\n"
"Selecteer <b>Bootloaderpartitie activeren</b> of\n"
-"<b>MBR door generieke code vervangen</b> bij <b>Details bootloaderinstallatie</b>\n"
+"<b>MBR door generieke code vervangen</b> bij <b>Details "
+"bootloaderinstallatie</b>\n"
"om de master boot record bij te werken wanneer\n"
-"het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van &product;.</p>"
+"het nodig is of om uw bootloader in te stellen voor het starten van "
+"&product;.</p>"
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- Op een <b>Diskette</b>.\n"
+"Gebruik deze optie als u wilt voorkomen dat u een al bestaand\n"
+"opstartmechanisme verstoort. Activeer het opstarten vanaf een diskette\n"
+"in de BIOS van uw computer om deze optie te kunnen gebruiken.</p>"
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -785,7 +1355,7 @@
"van uw systeem als u deze optie selecteert.</p>"
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -793,11 +1363,13 @@
"you may or may not be able to boot from a logical partition.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bijvoorbeeld, de meeste PC's hebben een BIOS-limiet\n"
-"dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de 1024.\n"
-"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om vanaf een logische partitie op te starten.</p>"
+"dat het opstarten naar de harde schijf beperkt tot cilinders beneden de "
+"1024.\n"
+"Afhankelijk van de bootmanager die u gebruikt bent u wel of niet in staat om "
+"vanaf een logische partitie op te starten.</p>"
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -808,7 +1380,7 @@
" of <tt>/dev/sdb</tt>) in het invoerveld.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -816,10 +1388,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Details bootloaderinstallatie</b><br>\n"
"Om de geavanceerde opties van de bootloaderinstallatie aan te passen\n"
-" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op <b>Details bootloaderinstallatie</b>.</p>"
+" (bijvoorbeeld de apparaatindeling), klik op <b>Details "
+"bootloaderinstallatie</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -830,7 +1403,7 @@
"selecteer <b>Bootloader</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -841,7 +1414,7 @@
"<b>Opties bootloader</b>.</p>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -849,13 +1422,15 @@
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Handmatige configuratie</B><BR>\n"
"Hier kunt u de bootloaderconfiguratie handmatig wijzigen.</P>\n"
-"<P>Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong hebben.</P>"
+"<P>Opmerking: het definitieve configuratiebestand kan een andere insprong "
+"hebben.</P>"
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
+"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The "
+"section\n"
"name must be unique.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Sectienaam</b><br>\n"
@@ -863,7 +1438,7 @@
"De sectienaam dient uniek te zijn.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
@@ -872,90 +1447,107 @@
"Selecteer het type van de nieuwe sectie die u wilt aanmaken.</p>"
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
"selected section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Geselecteerde sectie klonen</b> om de momenteel geselecteerde\n"
-"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in de\n"
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Geselecteerde sectie klonen</b> om de momenteel "
+"geselecteerde\n"
+"sectie te klonen. Verander daarna de opties die anders moeten zijn dan in "
+"de\n"
"geselecteerde sectie.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Image-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image toe te voegen\n"
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Image-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of andere image "
+"toe te voegen\n"
"om te laden en te starten.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Xen-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n"
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Xen-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe "
+"te voegen, \n"
"maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer <b>Ander systeem (Chainloader)</b> om een sectie toe te voegen\n"
-"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt gebruikt\n"
+"die een bootsector van een partitie van de schijf laadt en start. Dit wordt "
+"gebruikt\n"
"voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen.</p>"
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
-"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
+"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the "
+"disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer <b>Menu-sectie</b> om een sectie toe te voegen \n"
-"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n"
+"die configuratiebestand laadt (de lijst met boot-secties) van een partitie "
+"van de schijf. Dit wordt gebruikt\n"
"voor het opstarten van andere besturingssystemen.</p>"
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr "Volgorde van harde schijven: %1"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr "Installeer geen enkele bootloader"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr "Geen enkele bootloader installeren"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr "Installeer de standaardbootloader"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr "Standaardbootloader installeren"
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr "Bootloader"
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr "Bootloader"
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr "Bootsector %1 is naar de diskette geschreven"
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr "Laat de diskette in het station."
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -974,13 +1566,18 @@
"Wilt u de bootloaderconfiguratie afsluiten zonder deze op te slaan?\n"
"Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan.\n"
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr "Wilt u sectie %1 verwijderen?"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr "Het wachtwoord mag niet leeg zijn."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
@@ -988,15 +1585,81 @@
"De velden 'Wachtwoord' en 'Wachtwoord herhalen''\n"
"komen niet overeen. Voer het wachtwoord opnieuw in."
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"De schijfinstellingen zijn gewijzigd.\n"
+"Controleer de instellingen van sectie %1.\n"
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"De schijfinstellingen zijn gewijzigd en u heeft de configuratiebestanden\n"
+"van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de bootloaderinstellingen.\n"
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
msgid "%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr "%1Standaard bootloaderlocatie instellen?\n"
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr "Geen bestandssysteem aanmaken"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr "Ext2-bestandssysteem aanmaken"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr "FAT-bestandssysteem aanmaken"
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"De bootsector zal naar een diskette worden\n"
+"geschreven. Plaats een geformatteerde diskette\n"
+"en bevestig met 'OK'.\n"
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr "&Low level formatteren"
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr "Bestandssysteem &aanmaken"
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr "Low level formatteren is mislukt. Wilt u het opnieuw proberen?"
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr "De aanmaak van het bestandssysteem is mislukt."
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
@@ -1005,7 +1668,7 @@
"Gebruik een andere naam\n"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
@@ -1013,9 +1676,14 @@
"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de installatie van de bootloader.\n"
"Bootloaderconfiguratie opnieuw proberen?\n"
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr "Kon de bootloader niet installeren."
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -1038,767 +1706,670 @@
"Doorgaan?\n"
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr "&Ja, herschrijven"
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
-msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Image-sectie</b></p>"
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
-msgstr "Apparaatmap moet minstens één apparaat bevatten"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name "
+"directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Kernel-image</b> definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam "
+"rechtstreeks in of kies via <b>Bladeren</b></p>"
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
-msgstr "Instellingen voor de volgorde van schijven"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</"
+"p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Hoofdapparaat</b> stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet worden "
+"doorgegeven als opstartapparaat.</p>"
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
-msgstr "Schij&ven"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to "
+"use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Allereerste RAM-schijf</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk "
+"te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n"
+"rechtstreeks in of kies door te <b>Bladeren</b>.</p>\n"
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
-msgstr "&Apparaat"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for "
+"booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Chainloader-sectie</b> als u een sectie wilt definiëren voor "
+"het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
-msgstr "Geselecteerde eigen bootloaderpartitie %s is niet meer beschikbaar."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid ""
+"<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select "
+"this section.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Schakel <b>Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken</p> in om het selecteren van "
+"deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen.</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
-msgstr "Geselecteerde bootloaderlocatie %{path} is niet meer op %{device}."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems "
+"found on your computer.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Met <b>Ander systeem</b> kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd "
+"niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen.</p>"
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
-msgstr "De bootloaderconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS "
+"needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor opstarten</"
+"b> als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de partitie te kunnen "
+"opstarten</p>"
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks "
+"to boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the "
+"grub documentation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"\n"
-"Uw systeem zal zich nu afsluiten.%1\n"
-"Voor details, lees het overeenkomstige hoofdstuk \n"
-"in de documentatie. \n"
+"<p>Met <b>Blok-offset voor chainloading</b> geeft u de lijst op te starten "
+"blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n"
+"geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer "
+"bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.</p>\n"
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
-msgstr "Het systeem zal nu opnieuw worden opgestart..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other "
+"image \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer <b>XEN-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe "
+"te voegen, \n"
+"maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving.</p>\n"
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
-msgstr "Opstarten"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specificeert de te gebruiken Hypervisor.</p>"
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
-msgstr "&Opstarten"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional "
+"parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor</b>; hiermee definieert u "
+"aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters.</p>"
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
-msgid "No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable."
-msgstr "Er is geen te installeren bootloader geselecteerd. Uw systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Menusectie</b></p>"
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
-msgstr "Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
+msgstr "<p><b>Partitie van menubestand</b></p>"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is "
+"loaded menu file.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu</b> specificeert het pad op het root-"
+"apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need "
+"to be on the first disk.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap</b> Windows "
+"moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is "
+"possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is "
+"possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan</b>\n"
+"Wordt meestal opgegeven in de algemene sectie</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld</"
+"b><br>\n"
+"Wordt meestal opgegeven in de algemene sectie</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Dumpsectie</b> om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt "
+"opgegeven hoe\n"
+"een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of "
+"tapeapparaat of om een\n"
+" bestand toe te voegen aan een SCSI-schijfpartitie.</p>"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Menusectie</b> om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de "
+"configuratie.\n"
+"Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden "
+"gegroepeerd</p>\n"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to "
+"enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer <b>SELinux inschakelen</b> om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-"
+"parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te "
+"schakelen. \n"
+"Let erop dat dit ook AppArmor zal uitschakelen.</p>"
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr "Image-sectie"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr "&Kernel-image"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr "&Hoofdapparaat"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr "Eerste ramd&isk"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr "Chainloader-sectie"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr "Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr "&Ander systeem"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr "Bestandssysteem niet &controleren voor opstarten"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr "Deze partitie &activeren indien geselecteerd voor opstarten"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr "B&lok-offset voor Chainloading"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr "&Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr "&Hypervisor"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr "&Aanvullende Xen-hypervisorparameters"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr "&Partitie van menubestand"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr "Bestand met &menubeschrijving"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr "&Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr "Poging tot ve&rplaatsing toestaan"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:92
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr "&Doelmap voor sectie"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr "Bestand voor op&tionele parameters"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr "Dumpsectie (verouderd)"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr "&Dump-apparaat"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr "&SCSI-dumpapparaat"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr "&Lijst met menu-items"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr "&Nummer van standaarditem"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr "&Wachttijd in seconden"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr "Op&startmenu weergeven"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Image k&opiëren naar bootpartitie"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr "Sectie zachtjes over&slaan bij fouten"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr "&Partitie van ander systeem opstarten"
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr "De image-sectie moet de gespecificeerde kernel-image bevatten"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr "Het image bestand bestaat nu niet. Wilt u het echt gebruikenven?"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr "Het initrd-bestand nu niet Wilt u het echt gebruiken?"
+
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr "&SELinux activeren"
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr "De naam bevat niet toegestane tekens"
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr "Vraag voor oplossen bij opstarten."
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr "Geselecteerde sectie klonen"
+
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr "Ander systeem (Chainloader)"
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr "Sectietype"
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr "Sectie&naam"
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr ""
+"Vanwege de partitionering kan de bootloader niet goed worden geïnstalleerd."
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
-msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</a>"
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+msgid ""
+"Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bootcode installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">niet installeren</"
+"a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installeren</a>"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
+msgid ""
+"Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bootcode niet installeren in MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">installeren</"
+"a>"
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
-msgid "Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet installeren</a>"
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
+msgid ""
+"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not "
+"install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bootcode in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">niet "
+"installeren</a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
+msgid ""
+"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot"
+"\">install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bootcode niet in /boot-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot"
+"\">installeren</a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
-msgid "Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not install</a>)"
-msgstr "Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet installeren</a>"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
+msgid ""
+"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not "
+"install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bootcode in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">niet "
+"installeren</a>"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
-msgid "Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install</a>)"
-msgstr "Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">installeren</a>"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
+msgid ""
+"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root"
+"\">install</a>)"
+msgstr ""
+"Bootcode niet in \"/\"-partitie installeren (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot"
+"\">installeren</a>"
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid "Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you are doing please select above location."
-msgstr "Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie."
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr "Wijzig locatie: %s"
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr "Type bootloader: %1"
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr " (\"/boot\")"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr " (extended)"
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr " (\"/\")"
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr " (MBR)"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr "Status locatie: %1"
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr " (standaard)"
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr "Secties:<br>%1"
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken"
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr "Voorstellen en &samenvoegen met bestaande GRUB-menu's"
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid ""
+"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you "
+"are doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+"Waarschuwing: geen locatie voor bootloader stage1 geselecteerd. Tenzij u "
+"weet wat u doet, selecteer de bovenstaande locatie."
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr "Secure boot inschakelen: %1"
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr "Onbekende bootloader: %1"
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr "Niet ondersteunde combinatie van hardwareplatvorm %1 en bootloader %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
-msgid "Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install stage 1 to MBR."
-msgstr "Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR."
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
+msgid ""
+"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk "
+"label without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub "
+"partition or use any ext filesystem for boot partition or do not install "
+"stage 1 to MBR."
+msgstr ""
+"Opstarten vanaf MBR werkt niet samen met bestandssysteem btrfs en GPT "
+"schijflabel zonder bios_grub partitie. Om dit probleem te repareren, maak de "
+"bios_grub partitie of gebruik een van de ext-bestandssystemen als boot-"
+"partitie of installeer geen stage 1 op MBR."
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
-msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten."
+msgstr ""
+"Het opstartapparaat is op een RAID-type: %1. Systeem zal niet opstarten."
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
-msgid "The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. Master Boot Record"
-msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record"
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
+msgid ""
+"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. "
+"Master Boot Record"
+msgstr ""
+"Het opstartapparaat is op een software RAID1. Selecteer een andere locatie "
+"voor de bootloader, bijv. Master Boot Record"
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
+msgid ""
+"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device "
+"map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader "
+"Installation Details\""
+msgstr ""
+"YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten (booten) "
+"voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze zo nodig "
+"aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\""
+
#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
-msgstr "Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren."
+msgstr ""
+"Partitie met ext voor booting ontbreekt. Kan boot-code niet installeren."
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
-msgid "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes could refuse to boot."
-msgstr "Activeringsvlag is niet gezet door het installatieprogramma. Als het helemaal niet is gezet, kunnen somige BIOSen weigeren om te booten."
-
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
-msgstr "Het installatieprogramma zal de MBR van de schijf niet wijzigen. Tenzij het al bootcode bevat, zal de BIOS niet in staat om van de schijf te booten."
-
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr "Bootloader controleren"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr "Partitionering lezen"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen laden"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr "Bootloader wordt gecontroleerd..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr "De partitionering wordt gelezen..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen worden geladen..."
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie initialiseren"
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr "Toegevoegde kernelparameters: %1"
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr "Initrd aanmaken"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr "Configuratiebestanden van bootloader opslaan"
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr "Bootloader installeren"
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr "Initrd wordt aangemaakt..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr "De configuratiebestanden van de bootloader worden opgeslagen..."
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr "De bootloader wordt geïnstalleerd..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr "Bootloaderconfiguratie opslaan"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create boot entry name. </p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Distributeur</b> specificeert de naam van de distributeur van de kernel gebruikt om de naam van het boot-item aan te maken. </p>"
+#~ msgid "Delete a global option"
+#~ msgstr "Een globale optie verwijderen"
-#~ msgid "D&istributor"
-#~ msgstr "D&istributeur"
+#~ msgid "Set a global option"
+#~ msgstr "Stel een globale optie in"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe parameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Parameter voor de failsafe kernel-opdrachtregel</b>; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de kernel door te geven failsafe parameters.</p>"
+#~ msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
+#~ msgstr "Alleen wijziging van item &beschermen"
-#~ msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
-#~ msgstr "&Failsafe kernelparameter voor de commandoregel"
+#~ msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+#~ msgstr "Geselecteerde eigen bootloaderpartitie %s is niet meer beschikbaar."
-#~ msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
-#~ msgstr "Optie of globale optie van een sectie verwijderen"
+#~ msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#~ msgstr "Geselecteerde bootloaderlocatie %{path} is niet meer op %{device}."
-#~ msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
-#~ msgstr "Optie of globale optie van een sectie instellen"
-
-#~ msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr "Voeg een nieuwe sectie toe - gaarne de interactieve modus gebruiken"
-
-#~ msgid "The name of the section"
-#~ msgstr "De naam van de sectie"
-
-#~ msgid "Section %1 not found."
-#~ msgstr "Sectie %1 is niet gevonden."
-
-#~ msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
-#~ msgstr "De optie toevoegen is alleen beschikbaar in de interactieve commandoregelmodus"
-
-#~ msgid "Section name must be specified."
-#~ msgstr "Sectienaam moet gespecificeerd zijn."
-
-#~ msgid "Disk Order"
-#~ msgstr "Schijfvolgorde"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Menu"
-#~ msgstr "Opstartmenu"
-
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Graphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
-#~ "It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+#~ "Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some "
+#~ "BIOSes could refuse to boot."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Gebruik de vertrouwde grub</b> betekent installeer de vertrouwde grub en gebruik deze. De optie <i>Grafisch menubestand</i> wordt genegeerd.\n"
-#~ "Het is aanbevolen grub in de MBR te installeren</p>"
+#~ "Activeringsvlag is niet gezet door het installatieprogramma. Als het "
+#~ "helemaal niet is gezet, kunnen somige BIOSen weigeren om te booten."
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot menu.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Grafisch menubestand</b> definieert het voor het grafisch opstartmenu te gebruiken bestand.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Geluidssignalen</b> schakel geluidssignalen aan/uit.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
-#~ msgstr "Gebruik de ver&trouwde Grub"
-
-#~ msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "Grafisch &menubestand"
-
-#~ msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
-#~ msgstr "Kies het nieuwe grafische menubestand"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
-#~ msgstr "Geluids&signalen inschakelen"
-
-#~ msgid "&Up"
-#~ msgstr "&Omhoog"
-
-#~ msgid "&Down"
-#~ msgstr "&Omlaag"
-
-#~ msgid "Kernel Section"
-#~ msgstr "Kernel-sectie"
-
-#~ msgid "Section Settings"
-#~ msgstr "Sectie-instellingen"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "Bootloaderinstellingen: sectiebeheer"
-
-#~ msgid "Xen Section"
-#~ msgstr "XEN-sectie"
-
-#~ msgid "Menu Section"
-#~ msgstr "Menusectie"
-
-#~ msgid "Dump Section"
-#~ msgstr "Dumpsectie"
-
-#~ msgid "Other System Section"
-#~ msgstr "Andere systeemsectie"
-
-#~ msgid "&Filename"
-#~ msgstr "&Bestandsnaam"
-
-#~ msgid "Filename: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Bestandsnaam: %1"
-
-#~ msgid "Fi&le Contents"
-#~ msgstr "Be&standsinhoud"
-
-#~ msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Handmatige geavanceerde configuratie"
-
-# ../../db/printers.ycp.noloc:1400
-#~ msgid "Image"
-#~ msgstr "Image"
-
-#~ msgid "Xen"
-#~ msgstr "Xen"
-
-#~ msgid "Floppy"
-#~ msgstr "Diskette"
-
-#~ msgid "Menu"
-#~ msgstr "Menu"
-
-#~ msgid "Dump"
-#~ msgstr "Dump"
-
-#~ msgid "Def."
-#~ msgstr "Def."
-
-#~ msgid "Label"
-#~ msgstr "Label"
-
-#~ msgid "Type"
-#~ msgstr "Type"
-
-#~ msgid "Image / Device"
-#~ msgstr "Image / apparaat"
-
-#~ msgid "Set as De&fault"
-#~ msgstr "Instellen als stan&daard"
-
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
-#~ "the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
-#~ "restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Select a course of action:\n"
+#~ "The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already "
+#~ "contains boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "U wilt uw bootloader gaan wijzigen. Bij het converteren \n"
-#~ "van de configuratie kunnen sommige instellingen verloren gaan.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "De huidige configuratie zal worden opgeslagen en u kunt deze\n"
-#~ "terugzetten wanneer u besluit terug te gaan naar de huidige bootloader.\n"
-#~ "\n"
-#~ "Selecteer de actie die u wilt uitvoeren:\n"
+#~ "Het installatieprogramma zal de MBR van de schijf niet wijzigen. Tenzij "
+#~ "het al bootcode bevat, zal de BIOS niet in staat om van de schijf te "
+#~ "booten."
-#~ msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
-#~ msgstr "Huidige configuratie co&nverteren"
-
-#~ msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
-#~ msgstr "Volledig nieuwe configuratie &starten"
-
-#~ msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
-#~ msgstr "Opgeslagen configuratie van schijf &lezen"
-
-#~ msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
-#~ msgstr "Configuratie die voor de conversie is opgeslagen he&rstellen"
-
-#~ msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
-#~ msgstr "Selecteer de bootloader voordat u secties gaat bewerken."
-
-#~ msgid "&Section Management"
-#~ msgstr "&Sectiebeheer"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
-#~ msgstr "Bootloader&installatie"
-
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
-#~ "YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+#~ "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Wanneer u meerdere Linux-systemen heeft geïnstalleerd, kan YaST\n"
-#~ "deze proberen te vinden en hun menu's samenvoegen."
+#~ "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-"
+#~ "partitietabel"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
-#~ "Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
-#~ "boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
-#~ "the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "- Op een <b>Diskette</b>.\n"
-#~ "Gebruik deze optie als u wilt voorkomen dat u een al bestaand\n"
-#~ "opstartmechanisme verstoort. Activeer het opstarten vanaf een diskette\n"
-#~ "in de BIOS van uw computer om deze optie te kunnen gebruiken.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
-#~ msgstr "Bootsector %1 is naar de diskette geschreven"
-
-#~ msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
-#~ msgstr "Laat de diskette in het station."
-
-#~ msgid "Really delete section %1?"
-#~ msgstr "Wilt u sectie %1 verwijderen?"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The disk settings have changed.\n"
-#~ "Check section %1 settings.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De schijfinstellingen zijn gewijzigd.\n"
-#~ "Controleer de instellingen van sectie %1.\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
-#~ "configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De schijfinstellingen zijn gewijzigd en u heeft de configuratiebestanden\n"
-#~ "van de bootloader handmatig bewerkt. Controleer de bootloaderinstellingen.\n"
-
-#~ msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
-#~ msgstr "Geen bestandssysteem aanmaken"
-
-#~ msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
-#~ msgstr "Ext2-bestandssysteem aanmaken"
-
-#~ msgid "Create a FAT File System"
-#~ msgstr "FAT-bestandssysteem aanmaken"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
-#~ "to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
-#~ "and confirm with OK.\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De bootsector zal naar een diskette worden\n"
-#~ "geschreven. Plaats een geformatteerde diskette\n"
-#~ "en bevestig met 'OK'.\n"
-
-#~ msgid "&Low Level Format"
-#~ msgstr "&Low level formatteren"
-
-#~ msgid "&Create File System"
-#~ msgstr "Bestandssysteem &aanmaken"
-
-#~ msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
-#~ msgstr "Low level formatteren is mislukt. Wilt u het opnieuw proberen?"
-
-#~ msgid "Creating file system failed."
-#~ msgstr "De aanmaak van het bestandssysteem is mislukt."
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
-#~ msgstr "Kon de bootloader niet installeren."
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Image-sectie</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name directly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Kernel-image</b> definieert de op te starten kernel. Voer de naam rechtstreeks in of kies via <b>Bladeren</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Hoofdapparaat</b> stelt het apparaat in dat aan de kernel moet worden doorgegeven als opstartapparaat.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name\n"
-#~ "directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Allereerste RAM-schijf</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam \n"
-#~ "rechtstreeks in of kies door te <b>Bladeren</b>.</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booting an OS other than Linux.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Chainloader-sectie</b> als u een sectie wilt definiëren voor het opstarten van een ander besturingssysteem dan Linux.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select this section.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken</p> in om het selecteren van deze sectie met een wachtwoord te beveiligen.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems found on your computer.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Met <b>Ander systeem</b> kunt u een ander op de computer geïnstalleerd niet-Linux besturingssysteem kiezen.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS needs this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Deze partitie activeren indien geselecteerd voor opstarten</b> als de BIOS verlangt dat deze vlag is ingesteld om de partitie te kunnen opstarten</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to boot. In most cases you want\n"
-#~ "to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the grub documentation.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Met <b>Blok-offset voor chainloading</b> geeft u de lijst op te starten blokken op. In de meeste gevallen \n"
-#~ "geeft u hier <code>+1</code> op. Raadpleeg de grub-documentatie voor meer bijzonderheden over de notatie voor de blokkenlijst.</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other image \n"
-#~ "and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>XEN-sectie</b> om een nieuwe Linux-kernel of ander image toe te voegen, \n"
-#~ "maar die te starten in een XEN-omgeving.</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specificeert de te gebruiken Hypervisor.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional parameters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Extra parameters voor de Xen Hypervisor</b>; hiermee definieert u aanvullende aan de xen hypervisor door te geven parameters.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Menusectie</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Partitie van menubestand</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is loaded menu file.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Beschrijvingsbestand van het menu</b> specificeert het pad op het root-apparaat waar vanaf het menubestand wordt geladen.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need to be on the first disk.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap</b> Windows moet gewoonlijk op de eerste schijf staan.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
-#~ "<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
-#~ "<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
-#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan</b>\n"
-#~ "Wordt meestal opgegeven in de algemene sectie</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Usually specified in global section</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Wordt meestal opgegeven in de algemene sectie</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
-#~ "create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
-#~ "file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Dumpsectie</b> om een sectie toe te voegen waarin wordt opgegeven hoe\n"
-#~ "een systeemdump moet worden gemaakt op een DASD-schijfpartitie of tapeapparaat of om een\n"
-#~ " bestand toe te voegen aan een SCSI-schijfpartitie.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
-#~ "Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Menusectie</b> om een nieuw menu toe te voegen aan de configuratie.\n"
-#~ "Menusecties vertegenwoordigen een lijst met taken die samen worden gegroepeerd</p>\n"
-
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to enable the SELinux security framework. \n"
-#~ "Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>SELinux inschakelen</b> om de noodzakelijke kernel-boot-parameters toe te voegen om het SELinux beveiligingsframework in te schakelen. \n"
-#~ "Let erop dat dit ook AppArmor zal uitschakelen.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Image Section"
-#~ msgstr "Image-sectie"
-
-#~ msgid "&Kernel Image"
-#~ msgstr "&Kernel-image"
-
-#~ msgid "&Root Device"
-#~ msgstr "&Hoofdapparaat"
-
-#~ msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
-#~ msgstr "Eerste ramd&isk"
-
-#~ msgid "Chainloader Section"
-#~ msgstr "Chainloader-sectie"
-
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
-#~ msgid "Use Password Protection"
-#~ msgstr "Wachtwoordbeveiliging gebruiken"
-
-#~ msgid "&Other System"
-#~ msgstr "&Ander systeem"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
-#~ msgstr "Bestandssysteem niet &controleren voor opstarten"
-
-#~ msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
-#~ msgstr "Deze partitie &activeren indien geselecteerd voor opstarten"
-
-#~ msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
-#~ msgstr "B&lok-offset voor Chainloading"
-
-#~ msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
-#~ msgstr "&Verwijs de Sectie naar de eerste schijf in de apparaatmap"
-
-#~ msgid "&Hypervisor"
-#~ msgstr "&Hypervisor"
-
-#~ msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
-#~ msgstr "&Aanvullende Xen-hypervisorparameters"
-
-#~ msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
-#~ msgstr "&Partitie van menubestand"
-
-#~ msgid "&Menu Description File"
-#~ msgstr "Bestand met &menubeschrijving"
-
-#~ msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
-#~ msgstr "&Forceren dat hoofdbestandssysteem als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld"
-
-#~ msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
-#~ msgstr "Poging tot ve&rplaatsing toestaan"
-
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:92
-#~ msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
-#~ msgstr "&Doelmap voor sectie"
-
-#~ msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
-#~ msgstr "Bestand voor op&tionele parameters"
-
-#~ msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
-#~ msgstr "Dumpsectie (verouderd)"
-
-#~ msgid "&Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "&Dump-apparaat"
-
-#~ msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
-#~ msgstr "&SCSI-dumpapparaat"
-
-#~ msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
-#~ msgstr "&Lijst met menu-items"
-
-#~ msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
-#~ msgstr "&Nummer van standaarditem"
-
-#~ msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
-#~ msgstr "&Wachttijd in seconden"
-
-#~ msgid "&Show boot menu"
-#~ msgstr "Op&startmenu weergeven"
-
-#~ msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
-#~ msgstr "Image k&opiëren naar bootpartitie"
-
-#~ msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
-#~ msgstr "Sectie zachtjes over&slaan bij fouten"
-
-#~ msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
-#~ msgstr "&Partitie van ander systeem opstarten"
-
-#~ msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
-#~ msgstr "De image-sectie moet de gespecificeerde kernel-image bevatten"
-
-#~ msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-#~ msgstr "Het image bestand bestaat nu niet. Wilt u het echt gebruikenven?"
-
-#~ msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
-#~ msgstr "Het initrd-bestand nu niet Wilt u het echt gebruiken?"
-
-#~ msgid "Enable &SELinux"
-#~ msgstr "&SELinux activeren"
-
-#~ msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
-#~ msgstr "De naam bevat niet toegestane tekens"
-
-#~ msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
-#~ msgstr "Vraag voor oplossen bij opstarten."
-
-#~ msgid "Clone Selected Section"
-#~ msgstr "Geselecteerde sectie klonen"
-
-#~ msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
-#~ msgstr "Ander systeem (Chainloader)"
-
-#~ msgid "Section Type"
-#~ msgstr "Sectietype"
-
-#~ msgid "Section &Name"
-#~ msgstr "Sectie&naam"
-
-#~ msgid " (\"/boot\")"
-#~ msgstr " (\"/boot\")"
-
-#~ msgid " (\"/\")"
-#~ msgstr " (\"/\")"
-
-#~ msgid " (default)"
-#~ msgstr " (standaard)"
-
-#~ msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
-#~ msgstr "Secties:<br>%1"
-
-#~ msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
-#~ msgstr "Bootloader niet installeren, alleen de configuratiebestanden aanmaken"
-
-#~ msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
-#~ msgstr "Voorstellen en &samenvoegen met bestaande GRUB-menu's"
-
-#~ msgid "Partition number > 3 is being used for booting with GPT partition table"
-#~ msgstr "Partitienummer > 3 wordt gebruikt voor het opstarten met de GPT-partitietabel"
-
-#~ msgid "YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device map. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Installation Details\""
-#~ msgstr "YaST kon niet de exacte volgorde van de schijven voor het opstarten (booten) voor de apparaatindeling bepalen. Bekijk de volgorde en pas deze zo nodig aan in \"Details bootloaderinstallatie\""
-
-#~ msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
-#~ msgstr "Toegevoegde kernelparameters: %1"
-
#~ msgid "Linux"
#~ msgstr "Linux"
@@ -1845,39 +2416,64 @@
#~ msgstr "Diagnostiek leverancier"
#~ msgid "The boot device is on iSCSI disk: %1. System may not boot."
-#~ msgstr "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het opstartapparaat is op een iSCSI-schijf: %1. Systeem zou niet kunnen "
+#~ "opstarten."
-#~ msgid "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result is error 18 during install grub MBR)."
-#~ msgstr "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The bootloader is installed on a partition that does not lie entirely "
+#~ "below %1 GB. The system might not boot if BIOS support only lba24 (result "
+#~ "is error 18 during install grub MBR)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De bootloader is geïnstalleerd in een partitie die niet geheel onder %1 "
+#~ "GB ligt. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten als de BIOS alleen lba24 "
+#~ "ondersteund (resultaat is fout 18 bij installatie van MBR van grub)."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br/>\n"
-#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of range.\n"
-#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader configuration)"
+#~ "The device map includes more than 8 devices and the boot device is out of "
+#~ "range.\n"
+#~ "The range is limited by BIOS to the first 8 devices. Adjust BIOS boot "
+#~ "order ( or if it already set, then correct order in bootloader "
+#~ "configuration)"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br/>\n"
-#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten bereik.\n"
-#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on de configuratie van de bootloader)."
+#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br/"
+#~ ">\n"
+#~ "De apparaatmap bevat meer dan 8 apparaten en het bootapparaat is buiten "
+#~ "bereik.\n"
+#~ "Het bereik is gelimiteerd door de BIOS tot de eerste 8 apparaten Pas de "
+#~ "BIOS boot-volgorde aan ( of als deze al is ingesteld, corrigeer deze on "
+#~ "de configuratie van de bootloader)."
#~ msgid "The LILO is not supported now."
#~ msgstr "De LILO is nu niet ondersteund."
-#~ msgid "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your system may not be bootable."
-#~ msgstr "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The selected boot path will not be activated for your installation. Your "
+#~ "system may not be bootable."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het opgegeven opstartpad zal niet worden geactiveerd voor uw installatie. "
+#~ "U systeem is misschien niet opstartbaar."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
-#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a small primary Apple HFS partition."
+#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a "
+#~ "small primary Apple HFS partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br>\n"
-#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt."
+#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat."
+#~ "<br>\n"
+#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een kleine "
+#~ "primaire Apple HFS-partitie aanmaakt."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Configure a valid boot loader location before continuing.<br>\n"
-#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a PReP Boot partition."
+#~ "In case that no selection can be made it may be necessary to create a "
+#~ "PReP Boot partition."
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat.<br>\n"
-#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-Boot-partitie aanmaakt."
+#~ "Stel een geldige locatie in voor de bootloader voordat u verder gaat."
+#~ "<br>\n"
+#~ "Als u geen selectie kunt maken kan het noodzakelijk zijn dat u een PreP-"
+#~ "Boot-partitie aanmaakt."
#~ msgid "Stay &LILO"
#~ msgstr "Bij &LILO blijven"
@@ -1885,8 +2481,12 @@
#~ msgid "Convert Settings and Install &GRUB"
#~ msgstr "Instellingen converteren en &GRUB installeren"
-#~ msgid "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to GRUB"
-#~ msgstr "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van LILO naar GRUB te selecteren"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "LILO is not supported. The recommended option is select convert LILO to "
+#~ "GRUB"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "LILO wordt niet ondersteund. De aanbevolen optie is om converteren van "
+#~ "LILO naar GRUB te selecteren"
#~ msgid "&ELILO Global Options"
#~ msgstr "&ELILO Algemene opties"
@@ -1919,53 +2519,70 @@
#~ "<p><b>Set level of verbosity [0-5]</b><br> Increase verbosity of ELILO\n"
#~ "in case of boot problems.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Uitgebreidheid [0-5]</b><br> Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-meldingen zijn \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Uitgebreidheid [0-5]</b><br> Geef aan hoe uitgebreid de ELILO-"
+#~ "meldingen zijn \n"
#~ "wanneer zich problemen voordoen bij het opstarten.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Append string for.global options to pass to kernel command line</"
+#~ "b><br>\n"
+#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These "
+#~ "are\n"
#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-opdrachtregel</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n"
-#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op kernel-"
+#~ "opdrachtregel</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan "
+#~ "de kernel.\n"
+#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</"
+#~ "p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
-#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Name of the default initrd file</b>, if not empty, defines the "
+#~ "initial\n"
+#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
+#~ "using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n"
-#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, "
+#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n"
+#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in "
+#~ "of kies door te\n"
#~ "<b>Bladeren</b></p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name of default image file</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n"
-#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
+#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
+#~ "using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Naam van het imagebestand</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert het te gebruiken\n"
-#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Naam van het imagebestand</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert het te "
+#~ "gebruiken\n"
+#~ "imagebestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies "
+#~ "door te\n"
#~ "<b>Bladeren</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')</b><br>\n"
#~ "Beware: 'textmenu' has occasionally caused problems on some machines.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')</b><br>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of "
+#~ "'tekstmenu')</b><br>\n"
#~ "Let op: 'tekstmenu' heeft op sommige machines problemen veroorzaakt.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Prevent EDD30 mode</b><br>\n"
-#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to TRUE.\n"
+#~ "By default, if EDD30 is off, ELILO will try and set the variable to "
+#~ "TRUE.\n"
#~ "However, some controllers do not support EDD30 and forcing the variable\n"
#~ "may cause problems. Therefore, as of elilo-3.2, there is an option to \n"
#~ "avoid forcing the variable.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>EDD30-modus blokkeren</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te stellen op TRUE.\n"
-#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de variabele\n"
+#~ "Als EDD30 is uitgeschakeld, probeert ELILO standaard de variabele in te "
+#~ "stellen op TRUE.\n"
+#~ "Sommige controllers ondersteunen EDD30 echter niet en het forceren van de "
+#~ "variabele\n"
#~ "kan dan problemen veroorzaken. Daarom hebt u vanaf ELILO-3.2 de optie \n"
#~ "het forceren van de variabele te blokkeren.</p>\n"
@@ -1976,8 +2593,10 @@
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het aanvankelijk laden van de \n"
-#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n"
+#~ "Als een fout optreedt bij het toewijzen van geheugen tijdens het "
+#~ "aanvankelijk laden van de \n"
+#~ " kernel, is een poging tot verplaatsing toegestaan (waarbij wordt "
+#~ "verondersteld dat de kernel kan worden verplaatst).\n"
#~ " </p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -1999,7 +2618,8 @@
#~ "Specify kernel chooser to use: \"simple\" or \"textmenu\"</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Stel het gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO</b>\n"
-#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\"</p>"
+#~ "Specificeer het te gebruiken kernelkeuzesysteem: \"eenvoudig\" of "
+#~ "\"tekstmenu\"</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Display the Content of a File by Function Keys</b>\n"
@@ -2021,7 +2641,8 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA</b>\n"
#~ "Specificeer de bestandsnaam voor een specifieke te laden FPSWA.\n"
-#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd worden.</p>"
+#~ "Als deze optie wordt gebruikt dan zal geen ander bestand geprobeerd "
+#~ "worden.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Message Printed on Main Screen (If Supported)</b>\n"
@@ -2029,7 +2650,8 @@
#~ "the chooser.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Bericht getoond op het hoofdscherm (Indien ondersteund)</b>\n"
-#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund wordt\n"
+#~ "Een bericht dat getoond wordt op het hoofdscherm als dat ondersteund "
+#~ "wordt\n"
#~ "door het keuzeprogramma.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2038,7 +2660,8 @@
#~ "auto booting when not in interactive mode.\n"
#~ "Default is 0</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten</b>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch "
+#~ "opstarten</b>\n"
#~ "Het aantal tienden van seconden dat moet worden gewacht alvorens\n"
#~ "automatisch op te starten in niet-interactieve modus.\n"
#~ "Standaard is 0</p>"
@@ -2046,8 +2669,12 @@
#~ msgid "Boot Image Location"
#~ msgstr "Locatie opstart-image"
-#~ msgid "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive mode)"
-#~ msgstr "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Delay to wait before auto booting in seconds (used if not in interactive "
+#~ "mode)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch "
+#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt wanneer niet in interactieve modus)"
#~ msgid "Force interactive mode"
#~ msgstr "Interactieve modus forceren"
@@ -2071,7 +2698,8 @@
#~ msgstr "Naam van standaard image-bestand"
#~ msgid "Specify user interface for ELILO ('simple' or 'textmenu')"
-#~ msgstr "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Geef de gebruikersinterface op voor ELILO ('eenvoudig' of 'tekstmenu')"
#~ msgid "Message printed on main screen (if supported)"
#~ msgstr "Bericht dat verschijnt op hoofdscherm (indien ondersteund)"
@@ -2084,13 +2712,15 @@
#~ msgstr "EDD30-modus blokkeren"
#~ msgid "Specify the filename for a specific FPSWA to load"
-#~ msgstr "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De bestandsnaam opgeven voor een specifieke FPSWA die moet worden geladen"
#~ msgid "Allow attempt to relocate"
#~ msgstr "Poging tot verplaatsing toestaan"
#~ msgid "Global Append &String of Options to Kernel Command Line"
-#~ msgstr "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Algemene tekenreek&s met opties toe te voegen aan de kernel-opdrachtregel"
#~ msgid "&Name of Default Image File"
#~ msgstr "&Naam van standaard image-bestand"
@@ -2112,10 +2742,16 @@
#~ msgstr "Forceren dat rootfs als alleen-lezen wordt gekoppeld"
#~ msgid "&Set the User Interface for ELILO (\"simple\" or \"textmenu\")"
-#~ msgstr "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu\")"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "&Stel de gebruikersinterface in voor ELILO (\"eenvoudig\" of \"tekstmenu"
+#~ "\")"
-#~ msgid "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive Mode)"
-#~ msgstr "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "&Delay to Wait before Auto Booting in Seconds (Used if not in Interactive "
+#~ "Mode)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "&Vertraging in seconden die moet worden gewacht vóór het automatisch "
+#~ "opstarten (wordt gebruikt in niet-interactieve modus)"
#~ msgid "Display the Content of a File by Function &Keys"
#~ msgstr "De inhoud van een bestand weergeven door functie&toetsen"
@@ -2170,7 +2806,8 @@
#~ "Dit is het partitienummer van uw opstartpartitie. Op een\n"
#~ "PowerMac moet het in HFS-formaat zijn omdat we de hfsutils gebruiken om\n"
#~ "de bestanden naar die partitie te kopiëren. Op CHRP hebt u een 41 PReP\n"
-#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar opgeslagen.</p>"
+#~ "opstartpartitie nodig, /boot/second uit het quik-pakket is daar "
+#~ "opgeslagen.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Boot Folder Path</b>\n"
@@ -2182,30 +2819,42 @@
#~ "map wordt gemarkeerd als op te starten.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These are\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Append String for Global Options to Pass to Kernel Command Line</"
+#~ "b><br>\n"
+#~ "Lets you define additional global parameters to pass to the kernel. These "
+#~ "are\n"
#~ "used if no 'append' appears in a given section.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-opdrachtregel</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan de kernel.\n"
-#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Voeg een tekenreeks toe aan de algemene opties op de kernel-"
+#~ "opdrachtregel</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Geeft u de mogelijkheid globale, aanvullende parameters door te geven aan "
+#~ "de kernel.\n"
+#~ "Deze worden gebruikt als in een gegeven sectie geen 'append' voorkomt.</"
+#~ "p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the initial\n"
-#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Name of the Default Initrd File</b>, if not empty, defines the "
+#~ "initial\n"
+#~ "ramdisk to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
+#~ "using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert de aanvankelijk\n"
-#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard initrd-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, "
+#~ "definieert de aanvankelijk\n"
+#~ "te gebruiken RAM-schijf. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in "
+#~ "of kies door te\n"
#~ "<b>Bladeren</b></p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name of Default Image File</b>, if not empty, defines the image\n"
-#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by using\n"
+#~ "file to use. Either enter the path and file name directly or choose by "
+#~ "using\n"
#~ "<b>Browse</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard image-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, definieert het aanvankelijk \n"
-#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of kies door te\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Naam van het standaard image-bestand</b>, mits niet leeg, "
+#~ "definieert het aanvankelijk \n"
+#~ "te gebruiken bestand. Voer het pad en de bestandsnaam rechtstreeks in of "
+#~ "kies door te\n"
#~ "<b>Bladeren</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -2219,65 +2868,84 @@
#~ "<p><b>Partition for Boot Loader Duplication</b>\n"
#~ "specifies other Linux device nodes where the bootinfo should be stored.\n"
#~ "If this option is given, the boot partition will be converted to FAT. \n"
-#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a RAID1 or RAID5 system.</p>"
+#~ "The intend of this option is to write the boot files to all members of a "
+#~ "RAID1 or RAID5 system.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Partitie voor bootloaderduplicatie</b>\n"
-#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen zou moeten worden.\n"
+#~ "specificeert andere Linux apparaatnodes waar de bootinformatie opgeslagen "
+#~ "zou moeten worden.\n"
#~ "Met deze optie wordt de bootpartitie geconverteerd naar FAT. \n"
-#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven.</p>"
+#~ "De bedoeling van deze optie is om bootbestanden naar alle leden van een "
+#~ "RAID1- of RAID5-systeem te schrijven.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Change Boot Device in NV-RAM</b>\n"
#~ "this option will tell lilo to update the OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n"
-#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified in\n"
+#~ "variable with the full OpenFirmware path pointing to the device specified "
+#~ "in\n"
#~ "\"boot=\". If this option is missing, the system may not boot.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Opstartapparaat veranderen in NV-RAM</b>\n"
#~ "deze optie vertelt lilo om de OpenFirmware \"boot-device\" \n"
-#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n"
-#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen opstarten.</p>"
+#~ "variabele bij te werken met het volledige OpenFirmware-pad dat wijst naar "
+#~ "het apparaat gespecificeerd in\n"
+#~ "\"boot=\". Als deze optie ontbreekt, dan zou het systeem niet kunnen "
+#~ "opstarten.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Do not Use OS-chooser</b>\n"
-#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script named \"os-chooser\". \n"
-#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple G5 systems \n"
+#~ " will tell lilo to use yaboot as boot file instead of a Forth script "
+#~ "named \"os-chooser\". \n"
+#~ "The OpenFirmware driver in the nVidia graphics card as shipped with Apple "
+#~ "G5 systems \n"
#~ "will crash if there is no monitor attached.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Geen besturingssysteemkiezer gebruiken</b>\n"
-#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n"
-#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met Apple G5 systemen \n"
+#~ " vertelt lilo om yaboot te gebruiken als opstartbestand in plaats van een "
+#~ "Forth-script genaamd \"os-chooser\". \n"
+#~ "De OpenFirmware-driver in de nVidia grafische kaart zoals meegeleverd met "
+#~ "Apple G5 systemen \n"
#~ "breekt af als er geen monitor is aagekoppeld.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Timeout in Seconds for MacOS/Linux</b>\n"
-#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots automatically \n"
+#~ "It contains the timeout between MacOS/Linux in seconds until Linux boots "
+#~ "automatically \n"
#~ "if no key is pressed to boot MacOS</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Wachttijd in seconden voor MacOS/Linux</b>\n"
-#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux automatisch opstart \n"
+#~ "Bevat de vertaging tussen MacOS/Linux in seconden totdat Linux "
+#~ "automatisch opstart \n"
#~ "als er geen toets wordt ingedrukt om MacOS op te starten</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Always Boot from FAT Partition</b>\n"
-#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition format\n"
-#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for more\n"
+#~ "Normally the lilo script would automatically select the boot partition "
+#~ "format\n"
+#~ "to either be a PReP boot partition or a FAT formatted file system for "
+#~ "more\n"
#~ "complex setups. This option forces the lilo script to use\n"
#~ "the FAT formatted file system</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Altijd vanaf FAT-partitie opstarten</b>\n"
-#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat selecteren\n"
-#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem voor meer\n"
+#~ "Normaal zal het lilo-script automagisch het boot-partitieformaat "
+#~ "selecteren\n"
+#~ "als ofwel een PReP-bootpartitie of een FAT geformatteerd bestandssysteem "
+#~ "voor meer\n"
#~ "complexe instellingen. Deze optie forceert het lilo-script om het\n"
#~ "FAT geformatteerde bestandssysteem te gebruiken</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Install Boot Loader Even on Errors</b>\n"
#~ "Install the bootloader even if it is unsure whether your firmware is\n"
-#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</p>"
+#~ "buggy so that next boot will fail. This results in an unsupported setup.</"
+#~ "p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Bootloader zelfs bij foutmeldingen installeren</b>\n"
-#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy is\n"
-#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet ondersteunde setup.</p>"
+#~ "Installeer de bootloader zelfs als het onzeker is of de firmware buggy "
+#~ "is\n"
+#~ "zodat de volgend boot zal mislukken. Dit resulteert in een niet "
+#~ "ondersteunde setup.</p>"
#~ msgid "PPC Boot Loader Location"
#~ msgstr "Locatie PPC-bootloader"
@@ -2485,10 +3153,13 @@
#~ msgstr "De LILO opstartlader is niet ondersteund"
#~ msgid "The /boot directory is on an XFS filesystem. System may not boot."
-#~ msgstr "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen opstarten."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De /boot-map is op een XFS-bestandssysteem. Het systeem zou niet kunnen "
+#~ "opstarten."
#~ msgid "Copying hardware configuration template failed."
-#~ msgstr "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het kopiëren van de sjabloon voor de hardwareconfiguratie is mislukt."
#~ msgid "Install S390 Boot Loader"
#~ msgstr "S390-bootloader installeren"
@@ -2545,11 +3216,13 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You chose to install the boot loader to the hard disk.\n"
-#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard disk.\n"
+#~ "The menu of the boot loader contains an entry to boot from the hard "
+#~ "disk.\n"
#~ "Replace it with an entry to boot from the floppy?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "U wilt de bootloader op de harddisk installeren.\n"
-#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen booten.\n"
+#~ "Het bootloader-menu bevat een opgave om van de harddisk te kunnen "
+#~ "booten.\n"
#~ "Wilt u deze vervangen zodat u van diskette kan booten?"
#~ msgid ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ca-management.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ca-management.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-05 00:23+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -99,15 +99,22 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:84
msgid "Password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
-msgstr "Wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)"
+msgstr ""
+"Wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een "
+"omgevingsvariabele)"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:93
msgid "CA password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
-msgstr "CA-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)"
+msgstr ""
+"CA-wachtwoord (beveiliging: dit dient te worden gegeven door een "
+"omgevingsvariabele)"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:100
-msgid "P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
-msgstr "P12-wachtwoord (veiligheid: dit dient te worden gegeven door een omgevingsvariabele)"
+msgid ""
+"P12 password (Security: This should be given by an environment variable)"
+msgstr ""
+"P12-wachtwoord (veiligheid: dit dient te worden gegeven door een "
+"omgevingsvariabele)"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm.rb:112
msgid "Path of the exported CA, certificate, or CRL"
@@ -123,15 +130,19 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and certificate\n"
+"YaST generates a default CA and certificate automatically. This CA and "
+"certificate\n"
"is used for communicating with the Apache server.\n"
-"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and certificate from a file.\n"
+"Here, change the settings of this CA and certificate or import a CA and "
+"certificate from a file.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard-CA en een certificaat aan. Deze CA en het\n"
+"YaST maakt automatisch een standaard-CA en een certificaat aan. Deze CA en "
+"het\n"
"certificaat worden gebruikt om met Apache-server te kunnen communiceren.\n"
-"Hier kunt u de instellingen voor deze CA en certificaat wijzigen of een CA en certificaat uit een bestand importeren.\n"
+"Hier kunt u de instellingen voor deze CA en certificaat wijzigen of een CA "
+"en certificaat uit een bestand importeren.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Initialization dialog contents
@@ -382,8 +393,12 @@
#.
#. Proposal function dispatcher for CA Management
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:107
-msgid "Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server Name and E-Mail."
-msgstr "Kan de naam van de lokale computer niet evalueren. Wijzig de waarden van de servernaam en e-mail."
+msgid ""
+"Cannot evaluate the name of the local machine. Change the values of Server "
+"Name and E-Mail."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan de naam van de lokale computer niet evalueren. Wijzig de waarden van de "
+"servernaam en e-mail."
#. new handling of force reset because of (#238754)
#. NO FORCE RESET
@@ -404,16 +419,21 @@
msgstr "De oude instellingen verwijderen?"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:296 src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:338
-msgid "Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue."
-msgstr "Kan het systeemwachtwoord van root niet achterhalen. Stel een CA-wachtwoord in om door te kunnen gaan."
+msgid ""
+"Unable to retrieve the system root password. Set a CA password to continue."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan het systeemwachtwoord van root niet achterhalen. Stel een CA-wachtwoord "
+"in om door te kunnen gaan."
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:325
msgid ""
"The password is too short to use for the certificates. \n"
-"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n"
+"Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate "
+"creation.\n"
msgstr ""
"Het wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken voor de certificaten.\n"
-"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken van certificaten uit.\n"
+"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken "
+"van certificaten uit.\n"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:351
msgid "Current default CA and certificate."
@@ -468,11 +488,15 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:406
msgid ""
-"The root password is too short for use as the password for the certificates.\n"
-" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate creation.\n"
+"The root password is too short for use as the password for the "
+"certificates.\n"
+" Enter a valid password for the certificates or disable certificate "
+"creation.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Het root-wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken als wachtwoord voor de certificaten.\n"
-"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken van certificaten uit.\n"
+"Het root-wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken als wachtwoord voor de "
+"certificaten.\n"
+"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten of schakel het aanmaken "
+"van certificaten uit.\n"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:413
msgid "Not creating a CA and certificate."
@@ -483,8 +507,12 @@
msgstr "CA en certificaat uit een bestand importeren"
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:427
-msgid "<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Is de standaardhostnaam <b>linux</b> echt uniek? Het certificaat is alleen geldig als de hostnaam correct is.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Is the default hostname <b>linux</b> really unique? The certificate is "
+"only valid if the hostname is correct.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Is de standaardhostnaam <b>linux</b> echt uniek? Het certificaat is "
+"alleen geldig als de hostnaam correct is.</p>"
#. menu title
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:468
@@ -522,24 +550,28 @@
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and <b>certificates</b>\n"
+"In this frame, select the desired installation method for <b>CAs</b> and "
+"<b>certificates</b>\n"
"while completing the installation.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Selecteer in dit venster, tijdens het afronden van de installatie, de gewenste installatie methode\n"
+"Selecteer in dit venster, tijdens het afronden van de installatie, de "
+"gewenste installatie methode\n"
"voor de <b>CA's</b> en de <b>certificaten</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in the installed system \n"
+"You also have the possibility of creating the default CA and certificate in "
+"the installed system \n"
"if you do not want to create or import it now.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"U hebt ook de mogelijkheid om de standaard-CA en -certificaat op het geïnstalleerde systeem aan te maken\n"
+"U hebt ook de mogelijkheid om de standaard-CA en -certificaat op het "
+"geïnstalleerde systeem aan te maken\n"
"als u deze niet nu wilt aanmaken of importeren.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -636,14 +668,17 @@
#: src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:388
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA and certificate\n"
+"YaST generates a <b>default CA and certificate</b> automatically. This CA "
+"and certificate\n"
"is used for communicating with the <b>Apache server</b>.\n"
"Here, change these <b>default settings</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"YaST maakt automatisch een <b>standaard CA en een certificaat</b> aan. De CA en het\n"
-"certificaat worden gebruikt om met <b>Apache server</b> te kunnen communiceren.\n"
+"YaST maakt automatisch een <b>standaard CA en een certificaat</b> aan. De CA "
+"en het\n"
+"certificaat worden gebruikt om met <b>Apache server</b> te kunnen "
+"communiceren.\n"
"De <b>standaard instellingen</b> kunnen hier worden gewijzigd.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -668,38 +703,67 @@
#. help text 1/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:77
-msgid "<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted network connections.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Een server-certificaat wordt gebruikt door services die SSL/TLS-versleutelde netwerkverbindingen leveren.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>A Server Certificate is used by services which provide SSL/TLS encrypted "
+"network connections.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Een server-certificaat wordt gebruikt door services die SSL/TLS-"
+"versleutelde netwerkverbindingen leveren.</p>"
#. help text 2/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:84
-msgid "<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a certificate for several services running on this host. "
-msgstr "<p>Het doel van de <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is een certificaat voor verschillende services te leveren die draaien op deze host. "
+msgid ""
+"<p>The purpose of the <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is, to provide a "
+"certificate for several services running on this host. "
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Het doel van de <b>Common Server Certificate</b> is een certificaat voor "
+"verschillende services te leveren die draaien op deze host. "
#. help text 3/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:92
-msgid "Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during configuration of such a service.</p>"
-msgstr "Sommige YaST-modulen leveren de mogelijkheid dit certificaat te gebruiken tijdens de configuratie van zo'n service.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Some YaST modules provide the capability to use this certificate during "
+"configuration of such a service.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"Sommige YaST-modulen leveren de mogelijkheid dit certificaat te gebruiken "
+"tijdens de configuratie van zo'n service.</p>"
#. help text 4/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:100
-msgid "<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server certificate or replace the current one.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Met de knop <b>Importeren/Vervangen</b> kunt u een nieuw servercertificaat toevoegen of de huidige vervangen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With the <b>Import/Replace</b> button you can add a new server "
+"certificate or replace the current one.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Met de knop <b>Importeren/Vervangen</b> kunt u een nieuw "
+"servercertificaat toevoegen of de huidige vervangen.</p>"
#. help text 5/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:108
-msgid "<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>U kunt de certificaten verwijderen door op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken. Echter, wees absoluut zeker, dat het niet meer wordt gebruikt door andere services.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>You can remove the Certificates by clicking the <b>Remove</b> button. But "
+"make sure, that it is not used anymore by other services.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>U kunt de certificaten verwijderen door op de knop <b>Verwijderen</b> te "
+"klikken. Echter, wees absoluut zeker, dat het niet meer wordt gebruikt door "
+"andere services.</p>"
#. help text 6/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:116
-msgid "<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Met <b>Naar bestand exporteren</b> in de sectie <b>Certificaat</b> van de module <b>CA-beheer</b> kunt u certificaten naar een bestand opslaan.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Certificates can be written to a file using <b>Export to File</b> in "
+"section <b>Certificate</b> in the <b>CA Management</b> module.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Met <b>Naar bestand exporteren</b> in de sectie <b>Certificaat</b> van de "
+"module <b>CA-beheer</b> kunt u certificaten naar een bestand opslaan.</p>"
#. help text 7/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 format with CA chain</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Certificaten die vanaf een disk geïmporteerd moeten worden, dienen in het <b>PKCS12 formaat met CA chain</b> te zijn geschreven.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Certificates to import from disk must have been written in <b>PKCS12 "
+"format with CA chain</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Certificaten die vanaf een disk geïmporteerd moeten worden, dienen in het "
+"<b>PKCS12 formaat met CA chain</b> te zijn geschreven.</p>"
#. help text 8/8
#: src/clients/common_cert.rb:132
@@ -762,8 +826,12 @@
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/ca.rb:70
-msgid "<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Speciale informatie over het huidige CA wordt gegeven door <b>Certificaten</b>, <b>CRL</b> en <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Special information about the current CA is provided by <b>Certificates</"
+"b>, <b>CRL</b>, and <b>Advanced</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Speciale informatie over het huidige CA wordt gegeven door "
+"<b>Certificaten</b>, <b>CRL</b> en <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>"
#. getDescriptionCA - description of a CA
#. @param CA name
@@ -898,25 +966,38 @@
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:51
-msgid "<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some default values.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuw subCA of certificaat zal het systeem u enige standaard waarden voorstellen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>When creating a new subCA or certificate, the system suggests some "
+"default values.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuw subCA of certificaat zal het systeem u "
+"enige standaard waarden voorstellen.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:57
msgid "<p>With this workflow, change these default settings.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Met deze werkprocedure zijn de standaard instellingen aan te passen.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Met deze werkprocedure zijn de standaard instellingen aan te passen.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:62
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:153
-msgid "<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>De aangepaste instellingen worden echter alleen bij <b>nieuwe</B> opgaves gebruikt.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>However, the modified settings will be used for <b>new</B> entries only.</"
+"p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De aangepaste instellingen worden echter alleen bij <b>nieuwe</B> opgaves "
+"gebruikt.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:69
-msgid "<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>U kunt de standaard instellingen van de <b>subCA's</b>, de <b>cliënt certificaten</b> en de <b>server certificaten</b> aanpassen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>You can edit the default settings for <b>subCAs</b>, <b>client "
+"certificates</b>, and <b>server certificates</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>U kunt de standaard instellingen van de <b>subCA's</b>, de <b>cliënt "
+"certificaten</b> en de <b>server certificaten</b> aanpassen.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:88
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:79
@@ -939,8 +1020,12 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:136
-msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are saved.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Dit venster geeft van alle standaard instellingen een overzicht alvorens ze worden opgeslagen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This frame gives an overview of all default settings before they are "
+"saved.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Dit venster geeft van alle standaard instellingen een overzicht alvorens "
+"ze worden opgeslagen.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/certDefault.rb:142
@@ -1053,8 +1138,14 @@
#. help text 1/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:46
-msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare certificaten van deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van de certificaten inclusief email adres en de certificaat status (zoals: geldig of ingetrokken).</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>First, see a list view with all available certificates from this CA. The "
+"columns are the DN of the certificates including the e-mail address and the "
+"state of the certificate (such as valid or revoked).</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare certificaten van "
+"deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van de certificaten inclusief email "
+"adres en de certificaat status (zoals: geldig of ingetrokken).</p>"
#. help text 2/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:52
@@ -1063,23 +1154,37 @@
#. help text 3/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:57
-msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Overzicht</b> opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het complete certificaat.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete "
+"certificate.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Overzicht</b> opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het "
+"complete certificaat.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:64
-msgid "<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Bovendien kunt u een certificaat <b>Intrekken</b>, <b>Verwijderen</b> of <b>Exporteren</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Furthermore, you can <b>Revoke</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a "
+"certificate.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Bovendien kunt u een certificaat <b>Intrekken</b>, <b>Verwijderen</b> of "
+"<b>Exporteren</b>.</p>"
#. help text 5/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:71
msgid "<p>With <b>Add</b>, generate a new server or client certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Met <b>Toevoegen</b> kunt u een nieuwe server of cliënt certificaat genereren.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Met <b>Toevoegen</b> kunt u een nieuwe server of cliënt certificaat "
+"genereren.</p>"
#. help text 6/6
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:78
-msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het geselecteerde certificaat.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected "
+"certificate.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het "
+"geselecteerde certificaat.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71
#. popup window header
@@ -1089,7 +1194,8 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:145
msgid "You are only revoking the certificate. No new CRL will be created."
-msgstr "U trekt alleen het certificaat in. Er zal geen nieuwe CRL worden aangemaakt."
+msgstr ""
+"U trekt alleen het certificaat in. Er zal geen nieuwe CRL worden aangemaakt."
#: src/include/ca-management/certificate.rb:150
msgid "Reasons"
@@ -1372,7 +1478,8 @@
#. help text 4/4
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:69
msgid "<p>You can <b>Export</b> the CRL to a file or LDAP Directory.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>U kunt de CRL naar een bestand of naar een LDAP-map <b>Exporteren</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>U kunt de CRL naar een bestand of naar een LDAP-map <b>Exporteren</b>.</p>"
#. popup window header
#: src/include/ca-management/crl.rb:95
@@ -1431,8 +1538,11 @@
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:142
-msgid "<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuwe CRL zal het systeem u enige standaard waarden voorstellen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>When creating a new CRL, the system suggests some default values.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Tijdens de aanmaak van een nieuwe CRL zal het systeem u enige standaard "
+"waarden voorstellen.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/crlDefault.rb:148
@@ -1469,8 +1579,17 @@
#. Translators: long help text - security information
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:111
-msgid "Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be readable for the root user."
-msgstr "Waarschuwing!<br>Activeren van het automatisch aanmaken en exporteren van een CRL schrijft het CA-wachtwoord naar een configuratiebestand op schijf. Het wachtwoord wordt daar opgeslagen in leesbare tekst omdat dat nodig is voor het aanmaken van een CRL. Het bestand is alleen te lezen door de root gebruiker."
+msgid ""
+"Warning!<br>Activating the automatic creation and export of a CRL will write "
+"the CA password to a configuration file on disk. The password will be stored "
+"there in plain text as it is needed to create a CRL. The file will only be "
+"readable for the root user."
+msgstr ""
+"Waarschuwing!<br>Activeren van het automatisch aanmaken en exporteren van "
+"een CRL schrijft het CA-wachtwoord naar een configuratiebestand op schijf. "
+"Het wachtwoord wordt daar opgeslagen in leesbare tekst omdat dat nodig is "
+"voor het aanmaken van een CRL. Het bestand is alleen te lezen door de root "
+"gebruiker."
#. Editing CRL defaults of a selected CA
#. @param selected CA
@@ -1482,15 +1601,34 @@
#. this default can only be set inside this function
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:381
msgid "<p>Export the CRL of this CA once by selecting <b>Export once</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Exporteer de CRL van deze CA één keer door <b>Exporteer eenmalig</b> te selecteren.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Exporteer de CRL van deze CA één keer door <b>Exporteer eenmalig</b> te "
+"selecteren.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:384
-msgid "<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in <b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Om het herhaald aanmaken van de CRL te activeren selecteer <b>Herhaald aanmaken en exporteren</b>. In dat geval moet het interval voor het aanmaken in <b>Herhaalperiode</b> worden aangegeven. Als het interval op 24 uur gezet wordt dan kunt u ook het uur selecteren waarop het exporteren moet plaatsvinden. Verzeker u ervan dat u de <b>Beveiligingsinformatie</b> hebt gelezen en begrepen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>To set up a repeated recreation of the CRL, select <b>Repeated recreation "
+"and export</b>. In this case, set the interval for the recreation in "
+"<b>Periodic interval</b>. If you set the interval to 24 hours, you can "
+"additionally select the hour for the export. Make sure you read and "
+"understand the <b>Security Information</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Om het herhaald aanmaken van de CRL te activeren selecteer <b>Herhaald "
+"aanmaken en exporteren</b>. In dat geval moet het interval voor het aanmaken "
+"in <b>Herhaalperiode</b> worden aangegeven. Als het interval op 24 uur gezet "
+"wordt dan kunt u ook het uur selecteren waarop het exporteren moet "
+"plaatsvinden. Verzeker u ervan dat u de <b>Beveiligingsinformatie</b> hebt "
+"gelezen en begrepen.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:387
-msgid "<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>U kunt het exporteren van de CRL naar een lokaal bestand of naar een LDAP-server of beide activeren. Configureer de respectivelijke parameters in <b>Exporteer naar een lokaal bestand</b> en <b>Exporteer naar LDAP</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>You can activate an export of the CRL to a local file or to an LDAP "
+"server or both. Set up the respective parameters in <b>Export to local file</"
+"b> and <b>Export to LDAP</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>U kunt het exporteren van de CRL naar een lokaal bestand of naar een LDAP-"
+"server of beide activeren. Configureer de respectivelijke parameters in "
+"<b>Exporteer naar een lokaal bestand</b> en <b>Exporteer naar LDAP</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/crlExport.rb:401
msgid "Export once"
@@ -1644,20 +1782,26 @@
#. help text 1/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:89
msgid "<p>To generate a new CA, some entries are needed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuwe CA te kunnen genereren.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuwe CA te kunnen genereren.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:91
msgid "<p>To generate a new certificate, some entries are needed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw certificaat te kunnen genereren.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw certificaat te kunnen genereren."
+"</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:96
msgid "<p>To generate a new request, some entries are needed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw verzoek te kunnen genereren.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Er zijn enkele opgaves nodig om een nieuw verzoek te kunnen genereren.</p>"
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:106
msgid "<p>It depends on the policy defined in the configuration file.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Dit is afhankelijk van de policy welke in het configuratie bestand gedefinieerd is.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Dit is afhankelijk van de policy welke in het configuratie bestand "
+"gedefinieerd is.</p>"
#. help text 4/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:111
@@ -1666,30 +1810,49 @@
#. help text 5/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:117
-msgid "<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>CA Name</b> is de naam van een CA certificaat. Gebruik alleen de tekens \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" en \"_\".</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>CA Name</b> is the name of a CA certificate. Use only the characters, "
+"\"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\", and \"_\".</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>CA Name</b> is de naam van een CA certificaat. Gebruik alleen de "
+"tekens \"a-z\", \"A-Z\", \"-\" en \"_\".</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:123
msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the CA.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Common Name</b> is de naam van het CA.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:129
-msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Common Name</b> is de naam van de gebruiker waarvoor het certificaat wordt aangemaakt.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the name of the user for whom to create the "
+"certificate.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Common Name</b> is de naam van de gebruiker waarvoor het certificaat "
+"wordt aangemaakt.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Common Name</b> is de volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam van de server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Common Name</b> is the fully qualified domain name of the server.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Common Name</b> is de volledig gekwalificeerde domeinnaam van de "
+"server.</p>"
#. help text 6/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:145
-msgid "<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server administrator.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> zijn geldige email adressen van de gebruiker of de serverbeheerder.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> are valid e-mail addresses of the user or server "
+"administrator.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>E-Mail Addresses</b> zijn geldige email adressen van de gebruiker of "
+"de serverbeheerder.</p>"
#. help text 7/7
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:152
-msgid "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and <b>State</b> are often optional.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Plaats</b>, en <b>Staat</b> zijn meestal optioneel.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Locality</b>, and "
+"<b>State</b> are often optional.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Organization</b>, <b>Organizational Unit</b>, <b>Plaats</b>, en "
+"<b>Staat</b> zijn meestal optioneel.</p>"
#. To translators: pushbutton label
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:173
@@ -1720,18 +1883,32 @@
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:469
-msgid "<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>De privé sleutel van de CA heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave in het volgende veld.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The private key of the CA needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length "
+"of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</"
+"p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De privé sleutel van de CA heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met een "
+"minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave "
+"in het volgende veld.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:476
-msgid "<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Elke CA heeft z'n eigen <b>Sleutel lengte</b>. Sommige programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Each CA has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use "
+"certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Elke CA heeft z'n eigen <b>Sleutel lengte</b>. Sommige programma's, die "
+"van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:484
-msgid "<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>De CA is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (<b>Geldige periode</b>). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The CA is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the "
+"time frame in days.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De CA is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (<b>Geldige "
+"periode</b>). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
#. help text 4/4
@@ -1739,33 +1916,65 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:492
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:521
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:543
-msgid "<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work correctly.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>De <b>Geavanceerde opties</b> zijn zeer speciaal. Als u deze opties wijzigt, is het voor SUSE niet langer meer mogelijk om een correcte werking van het aangemaakte certificaat nog te kunnen garanderen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Advanced Options</b> are very special options. If you change these "
+"options, SUSE cannot guarantee that the generated certificate will work "
+"correctly.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De <b>Geavanceerde opties</b> zijn zeer speciaal. Als u deze opties "
+"wijzigt, is het voor SUSE niet langer meer mogelijk om een correcte werking "
+"van het aangemaakte certificaat nog te kunnen garanderen.</p>"
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:498
-msgid "<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>De privé sleutel van het certificaat heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave in het volgende veld.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The private key of the certificate needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum "
+"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next "
+"field.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De privé sleutel van het certificaat heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig "
+"met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen "
+"de opgave in het volgende veld.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:505
-msgid "<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Elk certificaat heeft z'n eigen <b>Sleutel lengte</b>. Sommige programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Each certificate has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that "
+"use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Elk certificaat heeft z'n eigen <b>Sleutel lengte</b>. Sommige "
+"programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel "
+"lengtes nodig.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:513
-msgid "<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). Enter the time frame in days.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Het certificaat is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode (<b>Geldige periode</b>). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The certificate is valid for only specific period (<b>Valid Period</b>). "
+"Enter the time frame in days.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Het certificaat is alleen geldig gedurende een bepaalde periode "
+"(<b>Geldige periode</b>). Geef het tijdskader in dagen op.</p>"
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:528
-msgid "<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>De privésleutel van het verzoek heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met een minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave in het volgende veld.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The private key of the request needs a <B>Password</B> with a minimum "
+"length of five characters. For verification reasons, reenter it in the next "
+"field.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De privésleutel van het verzoek heeft een <B>Wachtwoord</B> nodig met een "
+"minimale lengte van vijf karakters. Herhaal om verificatie redenen de opgave "
+"in het volgende veld.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:535
-msgid "<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Elk verzoek heeft z'n eigen <b>Sleutel lengte</b>. Sommige programma's, die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Each request has its own <b>Key Length</b>. Some applications that use "
+"certificates need special key lengths.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Elk verzoek heeft z'n eigen <b>Sleutel lengte</b>. Sommige programma's, "
+"die van certificaten gebruik maken, hebben speciale sleutel lengtes nodig.</"
+"p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:561
msgid "&Use CA Password as Certificate Password"
@@ -1799,8 +2008,12 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:700
-msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be created.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te maken CA.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the CA that will be "
+"created.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te "
+"maken CA.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:706
@@ -1809,8 +2022,12 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:710
-msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that will be created.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te maken certificaat.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the certificate that "
+"will be created.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het aan te "
+"maken certificaat.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:716
@@ -1819,8 +2036,12 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:721
-msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be created.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het verzoek dat aangemaakt zal worden.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be "
+"created.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het verzoek dat "
+"aangemaakt zal worden.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:727
@@ -1934,8 +2155,16 @@
#.
#. Creating a new CA/Certificate
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:55
-msgid "<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Dit venster laat de overige kenmerken en OpenSSL X509v3 extensies zien die kunnen worden ingesteld. Als u met deze extensies niet vertrouwd bent, bekijkt u dan eens het /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc) bestand.</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<P>This frame shows further attributes and OpenSSL X509v3 extensions that "
+"can be set. If you are not familiar with these extensions, refer to the "
+"file /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt (package openssl-doc).</"
+"P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Dit venster laat de overige kenmerken en OpenSSL X509v3 extensies zien "
+"die kunnen worden ingesteld. Als u met deze extensies niet vertrouwd bent, "
+"bekijkt u dan eens het /usr/share/doc/packages/openssl-doc/openssl.txt "
+"(package openssl-doc) bestand.</P>"
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_items.rb:61
msgid "<P>Wrong entries can make the certificate unusable.</P>"
@@ -1958,14 +2187,14 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr "Certificaat wordt aangemaakt..."
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
@@ -1974,35 +2203,38 @@
"in de module CA-beheer.\n"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr "Voltooien"
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr "Wilt u de configuratie opslaan?"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr "Stoppen"
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr "Wilt u de configuratie afbreken zonder deze op te slaan?"
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr "Details"
#. help text 1/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:47
-msgid "<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare verzoeken van deze CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van het verzoek inclusief email adres.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>First, see a list view with all available requests of this CA. The "
+"columns are the DN of the request including the e-mail address.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Bekijk als eerste het overzicht met alle beschikbare verzoeken van deze "
+"CA. De kolommen bevatten de DN van het verzoek inclusief email adres.</p>"
#. help text 2/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:53
@@ -2011,23 +2243,38 @@
#. help text 3/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:58
-msgid "<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete request.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Overzicht</b> opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het complete verzoek.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>View</b> opens a window with a text representation of the complete "
+"request.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Overzicht</b> opent een venster met een tekstuele voorstelling van het "
+"complete verzoek.</p>"
#. help text 4/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:65
-msgid "<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>U kunt bovendien een verzoek <b>Ondertekenen</b>, <b>Verwijderen</b> of exporteren.<b>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>You can also <b>Sign</b>, <b>Delete</b>, or <b>Export</b> a request.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>U kunt bovendien een verzoek <b>Ondertekenen</b>, <b>Verwijderen</b> of "
+"exporteren.<b>"
#. help text 5/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:72
-msgid "<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new request.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Met <b>Importeren</b> kan een nieuw verzoek worden ingelezen. Met <b>Toevoegen</b> kan een nieuw verzoek worden aangemaakt.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Import</b>, read a new request. With <b>Add</b>, generate a new "
+"request.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Met <b>Importeren</b> kan een nieuw verzoek worden ingelezen. Met "
+"<b>Toevoegen</b> kan een nieuw verzoek worden aangemaakt.</p>"
#. help text 6/6
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:79
-msgid "<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het geselecteerde verzoek.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>In the area below, see the most important values of the selected request."
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>In het onderstaande gebied ziet u de meest belangrijke waarden van het "
+"geselecteerde verzoek.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/request.rb:326
msgid "Generate Time"
@@ -2124,13 +2371,18 @@
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:708
-msgid "<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Het verzoek heeft speciale verzoek-extensies die u kunt accepteren.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The request has special request extensions, which you can accept.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Het verzoek heeft speciale verzoek-extensies die u kunt accepteren.</p>"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:715
-msgid "<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Als u deze extensies verwerpt zullen de standaardwaarden er voor in de plaats worden gebruikt.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you reject these extensions, the default values are taken instead.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Als u deze extensies verwerpt zullen de standaardwaarden er voor in de "
+"plaats worden gebruikt.</p>"
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:731
msgid "Requested Extensions"
@@ -2142,8 +2394,12 @@
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:777
-msgid "<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be signed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het te ondertekenen verzoek.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This frame gives an overview of all settings for the request that will be "
+"signed.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Dit venster geeft een overzicht van alle instellingen van het te "
+"ondertekenen verzoek.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ca-management/signRequest.rb:783
@@ -2198,12 +2454,16 @@
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:149
-msgid "<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Root CA aanmaken</b> genereert een nieuwe root certificaat autoriteit.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Create Root CA</b> generates a new root certificate authority.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Root CA aanmaken</b> genereert een nieuwe root certificaat autoriteit."
+"</p>"
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/startup.rb:156
-msgid "<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>For more information about CA Management, please read the manual.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Voor meer informatie over CA-beheer, lees de handleiding.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:70
@@ -2264,7 +2524,8 @@
"The new password is too short to use it for the certificates.\n"
"Enter a valid password for the certificates.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Het nieuwe wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken voor de certificaten.\n"
+"Het nieuwe wachtwoord is te kort om te kunnen gebruiken voor de "
+"certificaten.\n"
"Voer een geldig wachtwoord in voor de certificaten.\n"
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:245
@@ -2420,15 +2681,22 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1216
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Importing Common Server Certificate (PKCS12 + CA Chain Format)\n"
-" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue.</p>\n"
+" from Disk:</big></b> Select one file name and press <b>Next</b> to continue."
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Common server certificaat (PKCS12 + CA chain formaat)\n"
-" importeren van disk:</big></b> Selecteer een bestandsnaam en klik op <b>Verder</b> om door te gaan.</p>\n"
+" importeren van disk:</big></b> Selecteer een bestandsnaam en klik op "
+"<b>Verder</b> om door te gaan.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1222
-msgid "Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate."
-msgstr "Importeer een server certificaat en de corresponderende CA en kopieer deze naar een plaats waar andere YaST modules zo'n common certificaat kunnen vinden."
+msgid ""
+"Import a server certificate and corresponding CA and copy them to a place "
+"where other YaST modules look for such a common certificate."
+msgstr ""
+"Importeer een server certificaat en de corresponderende CA en kopieer deze "
+"naar een plaats waar andere YaST modules zo'n common certificaat kunnen "
+"vinden."
#. help text 3/3
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1230
@@ -2470,10 +2738,12 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1369
msgid ""
"The hostname of this server (command: hostname --long) have to match \n"
-"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in subject alternative names."
+"either the common name of the certificate (CN) or on of the values in "
+"subject alternative names."
msgstr ""
"De hostnaam van deze server (commando: hostname --long) moet overeenkomen \n"
-"met ofwel de common-naam van het certificaat (CN) of een van de waarden in het subject alternatieve namen."
+"met ofwel de common-naam van het certificaat (CN) of een van de waarden in "
+"het subject alternatieve namen."
#. popup window header
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1383
@@ -2541,10 +2811,12 @@
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1658
msgid ""
"Key Password is required. \n"
-"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not encrypted key."
+"It must be the password for the encrypted key or a new one in case of a not "
+"encrypted key."
msgstr ""
"Sleutelwachtwoord is vereist.\n"
-"Het moet het wachtwoord zijn voor de versleutelde sleutel of een nieuwe in het geval van een niet versleutelde sleutel."
+"Het moet het wachtwoord zijn voor de versleutelde sleutel of een nieuwe in "
+"het geval van een niet versleutelde sleutel."
#. Error popup
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1693
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/cio.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-04 11:02+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -46,13 +46,13 @@
msgstr "Gebruikt"
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
+msgid "no"
+msgstr "nee"
+
+#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
msgid "yes"
msgstr "ja"
-#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
-msgstr "nee"
-
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:160
msgid "Filter channels"
@@ -81,7 +81,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for the smallest snippet inside which we detect syntax error
#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:80
msgid "Specified range is invalid. Wrong value is inside snippet '%s'"
-msgstr "Gespecificeerde reeks is ongeldig. Verkeerde waarde bevindt zich in fragment '%s'"
+msgstr ""
+"Gespecificeerde reeks is ongeldig. Verkeerde waarde bevindt zich in fragment "
+"'%s'"
#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:101
msgid "Unban Input/Output Channels"
@@ -90,11 +92,13 @@
#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:106
msgid ""
"List of ranges of channels to unban separated by comma.\n"
-"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range specified with dash.\n"
+"Range can be channel, part of channel which will be filled to zero or range "
+"specified with dash.\n"
"Example value: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
msgstr ""
"Lijst met reeksen kanalen gescheiden door en komma uit verbanning halen.\n"
-"Reeks kan een kanaal, deel van kanaal zijn die gevuld zal worden tot nul of reeks gespecificeerd door minteken.\n"
+"Reeks kan een kanaal, deel van kanaal zijn die gevuld zal worden tot nul of "
+"reeks gespecificeerd door minteken.\n"
"Voorbeeld waarde: 0.0.0001, AA00, 0.1.0100-200"
#: src/lib/iochannel/unban_dialog.rb:110
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/cluster.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 12:18+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -134,11 +134,14 @@
#. BNC#880242, expected_votes must have value when "udp"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:222
-msgid "The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
-msgstr "De verwachte stemmen moeten volledig zijn wanneer multicast-transport is ingesteld"
+msgid ""
+"The Expected Votes has to be fulfilled when multicast transport is configured"
+msgstr ""
+"De verwachte stemmen moeten volledig zijn wanneer multicast-transport is "
+"ingesteld"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr "Het multicast-adres moet volledig zijn"
@@ -147,8 +150,12 @@
msgstr "De multicast-poort moet moet een positief geheel getal zijn"
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:272
-msgid "Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to passive."
-msgstr "Alleen passive of active kan gekozen worden bij meerdere gebruikte interfaces. Stel in op passief."
+msgid ""
+"Only passive or active can be chosen if multiple interface used. Set to "
+"passive."
+msgstr ""
+"Alleen passive of active kan gekozen worden bij meerdere gebruikte "
+"interfaces. Stel in op passief."
#. BNC#871970, change member address struct to memberaddr
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:441
@@ -166,7 +173,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr "Multicast adres:"
@@ -218,124 +225,132 @@
" Stel de memberlijst in en bevestig alle andere instellingen."
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr "Authenticatie van beveiliging inschakelen"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
-msgid "For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/authkey."
-msgstr "Voor een nieuw aangemaakt cluster, druk op de onderstaande knop om /etc/corosync/authkey te genereren ."
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid ""
+"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/"
+"authkey."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor een nieuw aangemaakt cluster, druk op de onderstaande knop om /etc/"
+"corosync/authkey te genereren ."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
-msgid "To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other nodes manually."
-msgstr "Om vast te koppelen aan een bestaand cluster, kopieer handmatig /etc/corosync/authkey van andere nodes."
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
+msgid ""
+"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other "
+"nodes manually."
+msgstr ""
+"Om vast te koppelen aan een bestaand cluster, kopieer handmatig /etc/"
+"corosync/authkey van andere nodes."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr "Aanmaken van /etc/corosync/authkey is mislukt"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr "Aanmaken van /etc/corosync/authkey is gelukt"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr "Functioneert"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr "Functioneert niet"
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr "Opstarten"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr "Aan -- Start pacemaker tijdens het booten"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr "Uit -- Start pacemaker handmatig"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr "Aan of uit zetten"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr "Huidige status: "
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Start pacemaker nu"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr "Stop pacemaker nu"
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr "Host synchroniseren"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Toevoegen"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr "Verwijderen"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Bewerk"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr "Bestand synchroniseren"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr "Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr "Vooraf gedeelde sleutels genereren"
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr "Status van Csync2 onbekend"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr "Csync2 aan zetten"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr "Csync2 uit zetten"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr "Een hostnaam invoeren"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr "Hostnaam bewerken"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr "Een te synchroniseren bestandsnaam invoeren"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr "De bestandsnaam bewerken"
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
@@ -344,123 +359,261 @@
"Wilt u het overschrijven?"
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr "Sleutelbestand %1 verwijderen is mislukt."
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
"Sleutelbestand %1 is gegenereerd.\n"
-"Op de knop \"Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen\" klikken voegt ze toe aan de sync-lijst."
+"Op de knop \"Voorgestelde bestanden toevoegen\" klikken voegt ze toe aan de "
+"sync-lijst."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr "Generatie van sleutel is mislukt."
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
-"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluster nodes.\n"
+"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between "
+"cluster nodes.\n"
"YaST can help to configure some basic aspects of conntrackd.\n"
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-"Conntrackd is een daemon die helpt om de status van firewalls tussen clusternodes te dupliceren.\n"
+"Conntrackd is een daemon die helpt om de status van firewalls tussen "
+"clusternodes te dupliceren.\n"
"YaST kan helpen bij het instellen van enige basis aspecten van conntrackd.\n"
"U moet het starten met de ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr "Dedicated interface:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr "IP:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr "Groepsnummer:"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr "Genereer /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr "Het groepsnummer moet een positief geheel getal zijn."
#. All helps are here
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address.<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must be specified.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should not be used.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bind Network Address</big></b><br>This specifies the address "
+"which the openais executive should bind. This address should always end in "
+"zero. If the totem traffic should be routed over 192.168.5.92, set "
+"bindnetaddr to 192.168.5.0.<br>This may also be an IPV6 address, in which "
+"case IPV6 networking will be used. In this case, the full address must be "
+"specified and there is no automatic selection of the network interface "
+"within a specific subnet as with IPv4. If IPv6 networking is used, the "
+"nodeid field must be specified.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>This is the multicast address used "
+"by openais executive. The default should work for most networks, but "
+"the network administrator should be queried about a multicast address "
+"to use. Avoid 224.x.x.x because this is a \"config\" multicast address."
+"<br>This may also be an IPV6 multicast address, in which case IPV6 "
+"networking will be used. If IPv6 networking is used, the nodeid field must "
+"be specified.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Port</big></b><br>This specifies the UDP port number. It is "
+"possible to use the same multicast address on a network with the openais "
+"services configured for different UDP ports.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Member Address</big></b><br>This list specifies all the nodes in "
+"the cluster by IP address. This could be configurable when using "
+"udpu(Unicast). <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node ID</big></b><br>This configuration option is optional "
+"when using IPv4 and required when using IPv6. This is a 32 bit value "
+"specifying the node identifier delivered to the cluster membership service. "
+"If this is not specified with IPv4, the node id will be determined from "
+"the 32 bit IP address the system to which the system is bound with ring "
+"identifier of 0. The node identifier value of zero is reserved and should "
+"not be used.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>This specifies the mode of redundant ring, "
+"which may be none, active, or passive. Active replication offers "
+"slightly lower latency from transmit to delivery in faulty network "
+"environments but with less performance. Passive replication may nearly "
+"double the speed of the totem protocol if the protocol doesn't become "
+"cpu bound. The final option is none, in which case only one network "
+"interface will be used to operate the totem protocol. If only one "
+"interface directive is specified, none is automatically chosen. If multiple "
+"interface directives are specified, only active or passive may be chosen."
+"<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Expected votes</big></b><br>Expect vote number for voting "
+"quorum. Will be automatically calculated when the nodelist {} section is "
+"present in corosync.conf (the list will be generated when using unicast "
+"transport) or can be specified in the quorum {} section (Expect votes should "
+"use the total node numble of the cluster). If Expected votes presents in "
+"unicast transport, the value will override the one automatically calculated."
+"<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Auto Generate Node ID</big></b><br>Nodeid is required when using "
+"IPv6. Auto node ID enabled will generate nodeid automatically.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Bind-netwerkadres</big></b><br>Dit specificeert het adres waaraan het programma openais zich bindt. Dit adres zou altijd moeten eindigen op nul. Als het totem-verkeer gerouteerd moet worden over 192.168.5.92, stel bindnetaddr in op 192.168.5.0.<br>Dit kan ook een IPv6-adres zijn, in welk geval IPv6 zal worden gebruikt. In dit geval moet het volledige adres worden gespecificeerd en is er geen automatische selectie van het netwerkinterface binnen een specifiek subnet zoals met IPv4. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt moet het veld nodeid gespecificeerd worden.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Multicastadres</big></b><br>Dit is het door openais gebruikte multicastadres. De standaard zou in de meeste netwerken moeten werken, maar de netwerkbeheerder zou gevraagd moeten worden naar een te gebruiken multicastadres. Vermijdt 224.x.x.x omdat dit een \"config\"-multicastadres is.<br>Dit mag ook een IPv6 multicastadres zijn, in welk geval IPv6 zal worden gebruikt. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt, moet het veld node-id worden gespecificeerd.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Poort</big></b><br>Dit specificeert het UDP-poortnummer. Het is mogelijk om hetzelfde multicastadres in een netwerk met geconfigureerde openais services voor verschillende UDP-poorten.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Memberadres</big></b><br>Deze lijst specificeert alle nodes in het cluster per IP-adres. Dit is in te stellen met gebruik van udpu (Unicast) <br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node-ID</big></b><br>Deze configuratie-optie is optioneel bij gebruik van IPv4 en vereist bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit is een 32-bit waarde die de node-identifier levert aan het lidmaatschap van de clusterservice. Als dit niet is gespecificeerd met IPv4, zal de node-id worden bepaald uit het 32-bit IP-adres van het systeem waaraan het systeem is gebonden met ring-identifier 0. De waarde 0 van de node-identifier is gereserveerd en moet niet worden gebruikt.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Dit specificeert de modus van de redundante ring, die geen, actief of passief mag zijn. Actieve replicatie biedt een iets lagere latency van verzenden naar aflevering in onbetrouwbare netwerkomgevingen maar minder prestaties. Passieve replicatie kan de snelheid van het totem-protocol bijna verdubbelen als het protocol niet cpu-bound wordt. De laatste optie is geen, in welk geval slechts één netwerkinterface zal worden gebruikt om het totem-protocol te laten werken. Als er slechts één interface-directive is gespecificeerd, zal geen automatisch worden gekozen. Als meerdere interface-directives zijn gespecificeerd, mag alleen actief of passief worden gekozen.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Verwachte stemmen</big></b><br>Verwacht stemnummer voor het stemmenquorum. Zal automatisch berekend worden wanneer de sectie nodelijst {} aanwezig is in corosync.conf (de lijst zal gegenereerd bij gebruik van unicast transport) of gespecificeerd kan worden in de sectie quorum {} (Verwachte stemmen moeten het totale nodenummer van het cluster gebruiken). Als Verwachte stemmen aanwezig zijn in unicast transport, overschrijft de waarde de automatisch berekende.<br></p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Node-id automatisch genereren</big></b><br>Node-id is vereist bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit ingeschakeld zal de node-id automatisch genereren.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Bind-netwerkadres</big></b><br>Dit specificeert het adres waaraan "
+"het programma openais zich bindt. Dit adres zou altijd moeten eindigen op "
+"nul. Als het totem-verkeer gerouteerd moet worden over 192.168.5.92, stel "
+"bindnetaddr in op 192.168.5.0.<br>Dit kan ook een IPv6-adres zijn, in welk "
+"geval IPv6 zal worden gebruikt. In dit geval moet het volledige adres worden "
+"gespecificeerd en is er geen automatische selectie van het netwerkinterface "
+"binnen een specifiek subnet zoals met IPv4. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt moet het "
+"veld nodeid gespecificeerd worden.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Multicastadres</big></b><br>Dit is het door openais gebruikte "
+"multicastadres. De standaard zou in de meeste netwerken moeten werken, maar "
+"de netwerkbeheerder zou gevraagd moeten worden naar een te gebruiken "
+"multicastadres. Vermijdt 224.x.x.x omdat dit een \"config\"-multicastadres "
+"is.<br>Dit mag ook een IPv6 multicastadres zijn, in welk geval IPv6 zal "
+"worden gebruikt. Als IPv6 wordt gebruikt, moet het veld node-id worden "
+"gespecificeerd.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Poort</big></b><br>Dit specificeert het UDP-poortnummer. Het is "
+"mogelijk om hetzelfde multicastadres in een netwerk met geconfigureerde "
+"openais services voor verschillende UDP-poorten.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Memberadres</big></b><br>Deze lijst specificeert alle nodes in "
+"het cluster per IP-adres. Dit is in te stellen met gebruik van udpu "
+"(Unicast) <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node-ID</big></b><br>Deze configuratie-optie is optioneel bij "
+"gebruik van IPv4 en vereist bij gebruik van IPv6. Dit is een 32-bit waarde "
+"die de node-identifier levert aan het lidmaatschap van de clusterservice. "
+"Als dit niet is gespecificeerd met IPv4, zal de node-id worden bepaald uit "
+"het 32-bit IP-adres van het systeem waaraan het systeem is gebonden met ring-"
+"identifier 0. De waarde 0 van de node-identifier is gereserveerd en moet "
+"niet worden gebruikt.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>rrp_mode</big></b><br>Dit specificeert de modus van de redundante "
+"ring, die geen, actief of passief mag zijn. Actieve replicatie biedt een "
+"iets lagere latency van verzenden naar aflevering in onbetrouwbare "
+"netwerkomgevingen maar minder prestaties. Passieve replicatie kan de "
+"snelheid van het totem-protocol bijna verdubbelen als het protocol niet cpu-"
+"bound wordt. De laatste optie is geen, in welk geval slechts één "
+"netwerkinterface zal worden gebruikt om het totem-protocol te laten werken. "
+"Als er slechts één interface-directive is gespecificeerd, zal geen "
+"automatisch worden gekozen. Als meerdere interface-directives zijn "
+"gespecificeerd, mag alleen actief of passief worden gekozen.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Verwachte stemmen</big></b><br>Verwacht stemnummer voor het "
+"stemmenquorum. Zal automatisch berekend worden wanneer de sectie nodelijst "
+"{} aanwezig is in corosync.conf (de lijst zal gegenereerd bij gebruik van "
+"unicast transport) of gespecificeerd kan worden in de sectie quorum {} "
+"(Verwachte stemmen moeten het totale nodenummer van het cluster gebruiken). "
+"Als Verwachte stemmen aanwezig zijn in unicast transport, overschrijft de "
+"waarde de automatisch berekende.<br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Node-id automatisch genereren</big></b><br>Node-id is vereist bij "
+"gebruik van IPv6. Dit ingeschakeld zal de node-id automatisch genereren."
+"<br></p>\n"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <b
r></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Enable Security Auth</big></b><br>This specifies that HMAC/SHA1 "
+"authentication should be used to authenticate all messages. It further "
+"specifies that all data should be encrypted with the sober128 "
+"encryption algorithm to protect data from eavesdropping. Enabling this "
+"option adds a 36 byte header to every message sent by totem which reduces "
+"total throughput. Encryption and authentication consume 75% of CPU cycles "
+"in aisexec as measured with gprof when enabled. For 100Mbit networks "
+"with 1500 MTU frame transmissions: A throughput of 9Mb/s is possible "
+"with 100% cpu utilization when this option is enabled on 3GHz cpus. A "
+"throughput of 10Mb/s is possible wth 20% cpu utilization when this option "
+"is disabled on 3GHz cpus. For gig-e networks with large frame "
+"transmissions: A throughput of 20Mb/s is possible when this option is "
+"enabled on 3GHz cpus. A throughput of 60Mb/s is possible when this "
+"option is disabled on 3GHz cpus. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b><big>Security Auth inschakelen</big></b><br>Dit specificeert dat HMAC/SHA1 authenticatie moet worden gebruikt om alle berichten te authenticeren. Het specificeert verder dat alle gegevens versleuteld moeten worden met het versleutelingsalgoritme sober128 om gegevens te beschermen tegen afluisteren. Deze optie inschakelen voegt een kop van 36 bytes toe aan elk door totem verzonden bericht wat de totale doorvoer vermindert. Versleuteling en authenticatie gebruiken 75% van de CPU-cycles in aisexec zoals gemeten met gprof indien ingeschakeld. Voor 100Mbps netwerken met verzenden van 1500 MTU frames: een doorvoer van 9Mb/s is mogelijk met 100% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 10Mb/s is mogelijk met 20% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Voor G-e netwerken met verzenden met grote frames: een doorvoer van 20Mb/sec is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 60Mb/s is mogelijk
wanneer deze optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Security Auth inschakelen</big></b><br>Dit specificeert dat HMAC/"
+"SHA1 authenticatie moet worden gebruikt om alle berichten te authenticeren. "
+"Het specificeert verder dat alle gegevens versleuteld moeten worden met het "
+"versleutelingsalgoritme sober128 om gegevens te beschermen tegen "
+"afluisteren. Deze optie inschakelen voegt een kop van 36 bytes toe aan elk "
+"door totem verzonden bericht wat de totale doorvoer vermindert. "
+"Versleuteling en authenticatie gebruiken 75% van de CPU-cycles in aisexec "
+"zoals gemeten met gprof indien ingeschakeld. Voor 100Mbps netwerken met "
+"verzenden van 1500 MTU frames: een doorvoer van 9Mb/s is mogelijk met 100% "
+"cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer "
+"van 10Mb/s is mogelijk met 20% cpu-gebruik wanneer deze optie is "
+"uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Voor G-e netwerken met verzenden met grote "
+"frames: een doorvoer van 20Mb/sec is mogelijk wanneer deze optie is "
+"ingeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. Een doorvoer van 60Mb/s is mogelijk wanneer deze "
+"optie is uitgeschakeld op 3GHz CPU's. The default is on. <br></p>\n"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot or not</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Starting corosync service during boot "
+"or not</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall Settings</big></b><br>Enable the port when "
+"Firewall is enabled</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Opstarten van de corosync service bij opstarten of niet</p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall-instellingen</big></b><br>Schakel de poort in wanneer de Firewall is ingeschakeld</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Booting</big></b><br>Opstarten van de corosync service bij "
+"opstarten of niet</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p><b><big>Firewall-instellingen</big></b><br>Schakel de poort in "
+"wanneer de Firewall is ingeschakeld</p>\n"
"\t\t\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:55
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be synced.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>The hostnames used here must be the "
+"local hostnames of the cluster nodes. That means you must use exactly the "
+"same string as printed out by the hostname command.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>The full absolute filename to be "
+"synced.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authentication is performed "
+"using the IP addresses and pre-shared-keys in Csync2. The key file is "
+"generated with csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. The file key_hagroup "
+"should be copied to all members of the cluster manually after it's created.</"
+"p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>De hier gebruikte hostnamen moeten de lokale hostnamen van de clusternodes zijn. Dat betekent dat u exac dezelfde tekst moet gebruiken zoals uitgevoerd door het commando hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>De volledige absolute bestandsnaam om te synchroniseren.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authenticatie wordt gedaan met de IP-adressen en pre-shared-keys in Csync2. Het sleutelbestand wordt gegenereerd met csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Het bestand key_hagroup moet handmatig gekopieerd worden naar alle members van het cluster nadat het is aangemaakt.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync Host</big></b><br>De hier gebruikte hostnamen moeten de "
+"lokale hostnamen van de clusternodes zijn. Dat betekent dat u exac dezelfde "
+"tekst moet gebruiken zoals uitgevoerd door het commando hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Sync File</big></b><br>De volledige absolute bestandsnaam om "
+"te synchroniseren.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Pre-Shared-Keys</big></b><br>Authenticatie wordt gedaan met "
+"de IP-adressen en pre-shared-keys in Csync2. Het sleutelbestand wordt "
+"gegenereerd met csync2 -k /etc/csync2/key_hagroup. Het bestand key_hagroup "
+"moet handmatig gekopieerd worden naar alle members van het cluster nadat het "
+"is aangemaakt.</p>\n"
"\t"
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be used for syncing.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated Interface</big></b><br>A dedicated network "
+"interface for syncing. The interface must support multicast, and is UP for "
+"using. You may have to have it pre-configured. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>The IPv4 address assigned to the dedicated "
+"network interface. This is detected automatically.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast Address</big></b><br>The multicast address to be "
+"used for syncing.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Group Number</big></b><br>A numeric ID indicate the group for "
+"syncing.</p>\n"
"\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated interface</big></b><br>Een dedicated netwerkinterface voor synchronisatie. Het interface moet multicast ondersteunen en is OP bij gebruik. U moet het mogelijk vooraf instellen. </p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>Het IPv4 adres toegekend aan het dedicated netwerkinterface. Dit wordt automatisch gedetecteerd.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast adres</big></b><br>Het voor synchroniseren te gebruiken multicast adres.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b><big>Groepsnummer</big></b><br>Een numeriek ID aangevend de groep voor synchronisatie.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Dedicated interface</big></b><br>Een dedicated "
+"netwerkinterface voor synchronisatie. Het interface moet multicast "
+"ondersteunen en is OP bij gebruik. U moet het mogelijk vooraf instellen. </"
+"p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>IP</big></b><br>Het IPv4 adres toegekend aan het dedicated "
+"netwerkinterface. Dit wordt automatisch gedetecteerd.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Multicast adres</big></b><br>Het voor synchroniseren te "
+"gebruiken multicast adres.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b><big>Groepsnummer</big></b><br>Een numeriek ID aangevend de groep "
+"voor synchronisatie.</p>\n"
"\t"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
@@ -479,7 +632,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
+"te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/cluster/helps.rb:79
@@ -518,17 +672,17 @@
msgstr "Initialiseren..."
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Bezig clusterconfiguratie te initialiseren"
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr "Database inlezen"
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr "Vorige instellingen inlezen"
@@ -537,17 +691,17 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen lezen"
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr "Database wordt gelezen..."
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr "Vorige instellingen worden gelezen..."
@@ -556,70 +710,70 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen worden gelezen..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gereed"
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr "Kan het vereiste pakket niet installeren"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr "Kan bestaande configuratie niet laden"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr "Kan database1 niet lezen."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr "Kan database2 niet lezen."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr "Kan apparaten niet detecteren."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr "Bezig clusterconfiguratie op te slaan"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Instellingen opslaan"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr "Wijzigingen in SuSEFirewall opslaan"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr "Wijzigingen worden in SuSEFirewall opgeslagen..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/control.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -11,13 +11,13 @@
# Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000.
# Arthur & Ettie Kerkmeester <a.s.kerkmeester(a)hccnet.nl>, 1999-2004, 2005.
# Rinse de Vries <rinsedevries(a)kde.nl>, 2005, 2006, 2007.
-# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014.
+# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2010, 2012, 2013, 2014, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: control.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-30 21:05+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-07 09:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: nl\n"
@@ -27,294 +27,308 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=n != 1;\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+#| "Your system is ready for use.\n"
+#| "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| " "
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Gefeliciteerd!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>De installatie van openSUSE op uw computer is klaar.\n"
-"Nadat u op <b>Voltooien</b> hebt geklikt kunt u uzelf aanmelden op het systeem.</p>\n"
-"<p>Bezoek ons op %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Veel plezier!<br>Uw openSUSE-ontwikkelteam</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"De installatie is succesvol afgerond.\n"
+"Uw systeem is klaar voor gebruik.\n"
+"Klik op <b>Voltooien</b> om uzelf te kunnen aanmelden op het systeem.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Bezoek ons op http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
-msgstr ""
-"De bureaubladomgeving van uw computer levert een grafisch gebruikersinterface\n"
-"voor uw computer, evenals een scala van programma's voor e-mail, webbrowsing,\n"
-"kantoorproductiviteit, spellen en hulpmiddelen voor het beheer van uw computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE levert een keuze aan bureaubladomgevingen. De meest breed gebruikte\n"
-"bureaubladomgevingen zijn GNOME en KDE, die gelijkwaardig ondersteund worden onder\n"
-"openSUSE. Beide bureaubladomgevingen zijn gemakkelijk te gebruiken, hoog\n"
-"geïntegreerd en hebben een aantrekkelijke look-en-feel. Elke bureaubladomgeving\n"
-"heeft een bepaalde stijl, zodat persoonlijke smaak bepaalt welke voor u het meest\n"
-"geschikte bureaublad is."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+msgid "CIM Server"
+msgstr "CIM-server"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
-msgstr "GNOME-desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+msgid "Installation Settings"
+msgstr "Installatie-instellingen"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
-msgstr "KDE-desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
+msgstr "Overzicht"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
-msgstr "XFCE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+msgid "Expert"
+msgstr "Geavanceerd"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr "LXDE-desktop"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr "Minimale X-Window"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr "Bureaublad Enlightenment"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr "Minimale server keuzemogelijkheid (Tekst modus)"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr "Installatie-instellingen"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr "Live installatie-instellingen"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr "Instellingen voor bijwerken"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr "Hardwareconfiguratie"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr "Voorbereiding"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr "linuxrc-netwerkconfiguratie laden"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr "Automatische instelling van het netwerk"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr "Welkom"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr "Netwerk-activering"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Schijfactivering"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr "Systeemanalyses"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr "Addon-producten"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Schijf"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Tijdzone"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr "Online installatiebronnen"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr "Addon-producten"
-
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr "Desktopselectie"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr "Gebruiker-instellingen"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr "Installatie"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr "Installatie-overzicht"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr "Installatie uitvoeren"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr "Installatie"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr "Systeem voor bijwerken"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr "Bijwerken"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+msgid "Update Summary"
+msgstr "Overzicht voor bijwerken"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr "Bijwerken uitvoeren"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuratie"
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr "Basisinstallatie"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr "AutoYaST-instellingen"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr "Configuratie"
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The installation has completed successfully.\n"
-#~ "Your system is ready for use.\n"
-#~ "Click Finish to log in to the system.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ " "
+#~ "<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
+#~ "After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
+#~ " "
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "De installatie is succesvol afgerond.\n"
-#~ "Uw systeem is klaar voor gebruik.\n"
-#~ "Klik op Voltooien om uzelf te kunnen aanmelden op het systeem.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Bezoek ons op http://www.suse.com/.\n"
-#~ "</p>\n"
-#~ " "
+#~ "<p><b>Gefeliciteerd!</b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>De installatie van openSUSE op uw computer is klaar.\n"
+#~ "Nadat u op <b>Voltooien</b> hebt geklikt kunt u uzelf aanmelden op het "
+#~ "systeem.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Bezoek ons op %1.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Veel plezier!<br>Uw openSUSE-ontwikkelteam</p>\n"
+#~ " "
-#~ msgid "CIM Server"
-#~ msgstr "CIM-server"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
+#~ "interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
+#~ "email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
+#~ "manage your computer.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
+#~ "used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
+#~ "supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
+#~ "highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
+#~ "environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
+#~ "is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De bureaubladomgeving van uw computer levert een grafisch "
+#~ "gebruikersinterface\n"
+#~ "voor uw computer, evenals een scala van programma's voor e-mail, "
+#~ "webbrowsing,\n"
+#~ "kantoorproductiviteit, spellen en hulpmiddelen voor het beheer van uw "
+#~ "computer.\n"
+#~ "\n"
+#~ "openSUSE levert een keuze aan bureaubladomgevingen. De meest breed "
+#~ "gebruikte\n"
+#~ "bureaubladomgevingen zijn GNOME en KDE, die gelijkwaardig ondersteund "
+#~ "worden onder\n"
+#~ "openSUSE. Beide bureaubladomgevingen zijn gemakkelijk te gebruiken, hoog\n"
+#~ "geïntegreerd en hebben een aantrekkelijke look-en-feel. Elke "
+#~ "bureaubladomgeving\n"
+#~ "heeft een bepaalde stijl, zodat persoonlijke smaak bepaalt welke voor u "
+#~ "het meest\n"
+#~ "geschikte bureaublad is."
-#~ msgid "Overview"
-#~ msgstr "Overzicht"
+#~ msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "GNOME-desktop"
-#~ msgid "Expert"
-#~ msgstr "Geavanceerd"
+#~ msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "KDE-desktop"
+#~ msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "XFCE Desktop"
+
+#~ msgid "LXDE Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "LXDE-desktop"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal X Window"
+#~ msgstr "Minimale X-Window"
+
+#~ msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
+#~ msgstr "Bureaublad Enlightenment"
+
+#~ msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
+#~ msgstr "Minimale server keuzemogelijkheid (Tekst modus)"
+
+#~ msgid "Online Repositories"
+#~ msgstr "Online installatiebronnen"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
+#~ msgid "Desktop Selection"
+#~ msgstr "Desktopselectie"
+
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#~ msgid "Network Services Configuration"
#~ msgstr "Netwerk-services-configuratie"
@@ -322,9 +336,6 @@
#~ msgid "Installation Summary"
#~ msgstr "Installatieoverzicht"
-#~ msgid "Update Summary"
-#~ msgstr "Overzicht voor bijwerken"
-
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "Installatie van addon-product"
@@ -430,7 +441,8 @@
#~ msgstr "Virtuele machine (Voor geparavirtualiseerde omgevingen zoals Xen)"
#~ msgid "Xen Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-#~ msgstr "Xen virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Xen virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)"
#~ msgid "Server Scenario"
#~ msgstr "Scenario van server"
@@ -440,7 +452,8 @@
#~ msgstr "Service"
#~ msgid "KVM Virtualization Host (Local X11 Not Configured by Default)"
-#~ msgstr "KVM virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "KVM virtualisatie host (Lokale X11 is standaard niet geconfigureerd)"
#~ msgid "Root Password"
#~ msgstr "Root-wachtwoord"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/country.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: country.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-28 23:51+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -59,8 +59,11 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard.rb:184
-msgid "Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
-msgstr "De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken."
+msgid ""
+"Keyboard layout '%1' is invalid. Use a 'list' command to see possible values."
+msgstr ""
+"De toetsenbordindeling '%1' is ongeldig. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de "
+"mogelijke waarden te bekijken."
#. summary item
#: keyboard/src/clients/keyboard_proposal.rb:91
@@ -86,15 +89,22 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule verfijnen.\n"
-"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/keyboard</tt>.\n"
+"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen van de toetsenbordmodule "
+"verfijnen.\n"
+"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/"
+"keyboard</tt>.\n"
"Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n"
"</p>"
#. help text for keyboard expert screen cont.
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:60
-msgid "<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>De instellingen hier hebben alleen betrekking op het console-toetsenbord. Voor het instellen van het toetsenbord voor de grafische gebruikersinterface heeft u een ander programma nodig.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Settings made here apply only to the console keyboard. Configure the "
+"keyboard for the graphical user interface with another tool.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De instellingen hier hebben alleen betrekking op het console-toetsenbord. "
+"Voor het instellen van het toetsenbord voor de grafische gebruikersinterface "
+"heeft u een ander programma nodig.</p>\n"
#. heading text
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:78
@@ -176,14 +186,16 @@
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use for\n"
"installation and in the installed system. \n"
"Test the layout in <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
+"Settings</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Kies de <b>toetsenbordindeling</b> die u wilt gebruiken\n"
"voor de installatie en het geïnstalleerde systeem. \n"
"Test de indeling in <b>Test</b>.\n"
-"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer <b>Geavanceerd</b>.\n"
+"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer "
+"<b>Geavanceerd</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
@@ -202,13 +214,17 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Keyboard Layout</b> to use in the system.\n"
-"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert Settings</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of your desktop environment.</p>\n"
+"For advanced options, such as repeat rate and delay, select <b>Expert "
+"Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Find more options as well as more layouts in the keyboard layout tool of "
+"your desktop environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Kies de <b>toetsenbordindeling</b> die u in het systeem wilt gebruiken.\n"
-"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw bureaubladomgeving.</p>\n"
+"Voor geavanceerde opties, zoals herhaalsnelheid en vertraging, selecteer "
+"<b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Zoek naar meer opties evenals meer toetsenbordindelingen van uw "
+"bureaubladomgeving.</p>\n"
#. Screen title for keyboard screen
#: keyboard/src/include/keyboard/dialogs.rb:259
@@ -334,7 +350,8 @@
#. help for write dialog
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:233
msgid "<p><b>Saving Configuration</b><br>Please wait...</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>De configuratie wordt opgeslagen</b><br>Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>De configuratie wordt opgeslagen</b><br>Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>"
#. summary label
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:252
@@ -350,8 +367,11 @@
#. error message (%1 is given layout); do not translate 'list'
#: language/src/clients/language.rb:301
-msgid "%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
-msgstr "'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke waarden te bekijken."
+msgid ""
+"%1 is not a valid language. Use the list command to see possible values."
+msgstr ""
+"'%1' is geen geldige taal. Gebruik het commando 'list' om de mogelijke "
+"waarden te bekijken."
#. label text
#. heading text
@@ -397,11 +417,14 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
+"Additional packages with support for the selected primary and secondary "
+"languages will be installed. Packages no longer needed will be removed.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n"
+"De extra pakketten met ondersteuning voor de geselecteerde primaire en "
+"secundaire talen zullen geïnstalleerd worden. Pakketten die niet langer meer "
+"nodig zijn zullen worden verwijderd.\n"
"</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112
@@ -485,13 +508,20 @@
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:300
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the primary language.\n"
-"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Keyboard Layout</b> to change the keyboard layout to the "
+"primary language.\n"
+"Check <b>Adapt Time Zone</b> to change the current time zone according to "
+"the primary language. If the keyboard layout or time zone is already adapted "
+"to the default language setting, the respective option is disabled.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Selecteer de optie <b>Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen</b> om de toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n"
-"Selecteer de optie <b>Tijdzone aanpassen</b> om de huidige tijdszone aan te passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk uitgeschakeld.\n"
+"Selecteer de optie <b>Toetsenbordindeling aanpassen</b> om de "
+"toetsenbordindeling aan te passen aan de primaire taal.\n"
+"Selecteer de optie <b>Tijdzone aanpassen</b> om de huidige tijdszone aan te "
+"passen aan de primaire taal. Als de toetsenbordindeling of de tijdzone al "
+"zijn aangepast aan de standaard taalinstelling dan zijn deze respectievelijk "
+"uitgeschakeld.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text when "multiple languages" are suported 2/2
@@ -504,7 +534,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Secundaire talen</b><br>\n"
-"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt gaan gebruiken.\n"
+"Specificeer in het selectie venster de extra talen die u op uw systeem wilt "
+"gaan gebruiken.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. error message - package solver failed
@@ -518,7 +549,8 @@
"There is not enough space to install all additional packages.\n"
"Remove some languages from the selection."
msgstr ""
-"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen installeren.\n"
+"Er is niet genoeg ruimte om alle aanvullende pakketten te kunnen "
+"installeren.\n"
"Verwijder enkele talen uit de selectie."
#. help text for langauge expert screen
@@ -532,7 +564,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Hier kunt u de verschillende instellingen voor de taal verfijnen.\n"
-"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/language</tt>.\n"
+"Deze instellingen worden opgeslagen in het bestand <tt>/etc/sysconfig/"
+"language</tt>.\n"
"Indien onzeker, gebruik de reeds geselecteerde standaardwaarden.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -545,27 +578,38 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Regio-instellingen voor gebruiker 'root'</b>\n"
-"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn ingesteld.</p>"
+"bepaalt hoe de lokaliteitsvariabelen (LC_*) voor de root-gebruiker zijn "
+"ingesteld.</p>"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:592
msgid ""
-"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other values\n"
+"<p><b>ctype Only</b>: root has the same LC_CTYPE as a normal user. Other "
+"values\n"
"are unset.<br>\n"
"<b>Yes</b>: root has the same locale settings as normal user.<br>\n"
"<b>No</b>: root has all locale variables unset.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Alleen ctype:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een normale gebruiker.\n"
+"<p><b>Alleen ctype:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft hetzelfde LC_CTYPE als een "
+"normale gebruiker.\n"
"Andere waarden zijn niet ingesteld.<br>\n"
-"<b>Ja:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een normale gebruiker.<br>\n"
-"<b>Nee:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen ingesteld.\n"
+"<b>Ja:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft dezelfde lokale instellingen als een "
+"normale gebruiker.<br>\n"
+"<b>Nee:</b> de root-gebruiker heeft geen van de lokale variabelen "
+"ingesteld.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text for langauge expert screen
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:601
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Gedetailleerde instellingen</b> om een lokaliteit voor de primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Detailed Locale Setting</b> to set a locale for the primary "
+"language that is not offered in the list in the main dialog. Translation may "
+"not be available for the selected locale.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Gebruik <b>Gedetailleerde instellingen</b> om een lokaliteit voor de "
+"primaire taal in te stellen die niet voorkomt in de hoofddialoog. De "
+"vertaling is mogelijk niet beschikbaar voor de gekozen lokaliteit.</p>"
#. heading text
#: language/src/clients/select_language.rb:634
@@ -637,11 +681,14 @@
#: language/src/modules/Language.rb:1287
msgid ""
"Only minimal support for the selected language is included on this media.\n"
-"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the appropriate support\n"
+"Add the Language add-on CD as an additional repository in order to get the "
+"appropriate support\n"
"for this language.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar op dit medium.\n"
-"Voeg de <b>Language Add-On-CD</b> als extra installatiebron toe voor de juiste ondersteuning\n"
+"Er is slechts minimale ondersteuning voor de gekozen taal beschikbaar op dit "
+"medium.\n"
+"Voeg de <b>Language Add-On-CD</b> als extra installatiebron toe voor de "
+"juiste ondersteuning\n"
"voor deze taal.\n"
#. popup message (user selected CJK language in text mode)
@@ -650,8 +697,10 @@
"The selected language cannot be used in text mode. English is used for\n"
"installation, but the selected language will be used for the new system."
msgstr ""
-"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal zal worden\n"
-"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het nieuwe systeem."
+"De gekozen taal kan niet in de teksmodus worden gebruikt. De Engelse taal "
+"zal worden\n"
+"gebruikt voor de installatie, en de gekozen taal zal worden gebruikt in het "
+"nieuwe systeem."
#. translators: command line help text for timezone module
#: timezone/src/clients/timezone.rb:52
@@ -739,21 +788,27 @@
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware Clock Set To</b>.\n"
-"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as Microsoft\n"
+"Specify whether your machine is set to local time or UTC in <b>Hardware "
+"Clock Set To</b>.\n"
+"Most PCs that also have other operating systems installed (such as "
+"Microsoft\n"
"Windows) use local time.\n"
"Machines that have only Linux installed are usually\n"
"set to Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
-"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard time\n"
+"If the hardware clock is set to UTC, your system can switch from standard "
+"time\n"
"to daylight saving time and back automatically.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij <b>Hardwareklok ingesteld op</b>.\n"
-"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben (zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n"
+"Geef aan of uw computer is ingesteld op de lokale tijd of UTC bij "
+"<b>Hardwareklok ingesteld op</b>.\n"
+"De meeste computers die nog een ander besturingssysteem geïnstalleerd hebben "
+"(zoals Microsoft Windows) gebruiken de lokale tijd.\n"
"Computers met alleen Linux worden normaliter\n"
"ingesteld op Universal Time Coordinated (UTC).\n"
-"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n"
+"Als de hardwareklok op UTC is ingesteld kan uw systeem automatisch schakelen "
+"van zomertijd naar wintertijd en vice versa.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text: extra note about localtime
@@ -769,19 +824,24 @@
"<p>\n"
"Opmerking: De interne systeemklok zoals gebruikt door de Linux-kernel moet\n"
"altijd in UTC zijn, omdat dit de referentie is voor de juiste lokale tijd\n"
-"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, kijk\n"
-"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over neveneffecten.\n"
+"in de gebruikersruimte. Als u de lokale tijd voor de CMOS-klok gebruikt, "
+"kijk\n"
+"dan in de gebruikershandleiding voor achtergrondinformatie over "
+"neveneffecten.\n"
"</p>"
#. warning popup, in case local time is selected (bnc#732769)
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:131
msgid ""
"\n"
-"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your system.\n"
+"You selected local time, but only Linux seems to be installed on your "
+"system.\n"
"In such case, it is strongly recommended to use UTC, and to click Cancel.\n"
"\n"
-"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the year\n"
-"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, backups may fail,\n"
+"If you want to keep local time, you must adjust the CMOS clock twice the "
+"year\n"
+"because of Day Light Saving switches. If you miss to adjust the clock, "
+"backups may fail,\n"
"your mail system may drop mail messages, etc.\n"
"\n"
"If you use UTC, Linux will adjust the time automatically.\n"
@@ -789,12 +849,17 @@
"Do you want to continue with your selection (local time)?"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te zijn geïnstalleerd.\n"
-"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op Annuleren te klikken.\n"
+"U hebt lokale tijd geselecteerd, maar alleen Linux lijkt op uw systeem te "
+"zijn geïnstalleerd.\n"
+"In dat geval is het ten zeerste aanbevolen om UTC te gebruiken en op "
+"Annuleren te klikken.\n"
"\n"
-"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per jaar aanpassen\n"
-"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet omschakelt, kunnen\n"
-"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, etc.\n"
+"Als u de lokale tijd wilt behouden, dan moet u de CMOS-klok twee keer per "
+"jaar aanpassen\n"
+"vanwege het omschakelen voor zomer- en wintertijd. Als u de klok niet "
+"omschakelt, kunnen\n"
+"reservekopieën mis gaan, uw e-mailsysteem kan e-mailberichten laten vallen, "
+"etc.\n"
"\n"
"Als u UTC gebruikt zal Linux de tijd automatisch aanpassen.\n"
"\n"
@@ -802,8 +867,12 @@
#. help text for set time dialog
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:187
-msgid "<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The current system time and date are displayed. If required, change them "
+"to the correct values manually or use Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De huidige systeemdatum en -tijd worden getoond. Pas deze handmatig aan "
+"op de juiste waarden of gebruik het Network Time Protocol (NTP).</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:191
@@ -869,49 +938,49 @@
"Onjuiste datum (DD-MM-JJJJ) %1\n"
"Geef de juiste datum op.\n"
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr "Overige in&stellingen..."
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr "Datum en tijd (NTP is ingesteld)"
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr "Datum en tijd"
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr "&Hardwareklok instellen op UTC"
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr "&Regio"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr "&Tijdzone"
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr "Datum en tijd:"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
@@ -920,37 +989,41 @@
"<p><b><big>Tijdzone- en klokinstellingen</big></b></p>"
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</b>.\n"
+"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</"
+"b>.\n"
"In <b>Time Zone</b>, then select the appropriate time zone, country, or \n"
"region from those available.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om de tijdzone die u op uw systeem wilt gebruiken te kiezen, selecteer eerst de <b>regio</b>.\n"
-"Selecteer vervolgens bij <b>Tijdzone</b> de juiste tijdzone, land of regio uit de lijst.\n"
+"Om de tijdzone die u op uw systeem wilt gebruiken te kiezen, selecteer eerst "
+"de <b>regio</b>.\n"
+"Selecteer vervolgens bij <b>Tijdzone</b> de juiste tijdzone, land of regio "
+"uit de lijst.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op <b>Wijzigen</b> om dit aan te passen.\n"
+"Als de huidige tijd niet correct is, klik dan op <b>Wijzigen</b> om dit aan "
+"te passen.\n"
"</p>"
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr "Configuratie van klok en tijdzone"
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr "Selecteer een geldige tijdzone."
@@ -1219,11 +1292,14 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n"
+#~ "For <b>Devices for Lock</b>, enter a space-separated list of devices to "
+#~ "which to apply the Scroll Lock, Num Lock, and Caps Lock settings.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Voor de te <b>vergrendelen apparaten</b>, voer een door spaties gescheiden lijst van apparaten in waarop u de instellingen voor Scroll Lock, Num Lock en Caps Lock wilt toepassen.\n"
+#~ "Voor de te <b>vergrendelen apparaten</b>, voer een door spaties "
+#~ "gescheiden lijst van apparaten in waarop u de instellingen voor Scroll "
+#~ "Lock, Num Lock en Caps Lock wilt toepassen.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid "Ca&ps Lock On"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/crowbar.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -8,13 +8,13 @@
# Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999, 2000.
# Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000.
# peter(a)sybex.nl, 2000.
-# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2012, 2014, 2015.
+# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2012, 2014, 2015, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:19+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-07 10:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: nl\n"
@@ -29,20 +29,11 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr "Configuratie van crowbar"
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr "Gemeenschappelijk voor allen"
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr "SLES 11 SP3"
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
-msgstr "SLES 12"
+#| msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
+msgstr "SLES 12 SP1"
#. combobox label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:106
@@ -50,27 +41,55 @@
msgstr "&Locatie van installatiebronnen"
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:109
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</"
+#| "p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's "
+#| "enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+#| " to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also "
+#| "possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look "
+#| "like:\n"
+#| "</p><p>\n"
+#| "<ul>\n"
+#| "<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</"
+#| "i> for SMT server\n"
+#| "<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-"
+#| "x86_64/sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+#| "</p><p>\n"
+#| "For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
+#| "</p>"
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
-" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough "
+"to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also "
+"possible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for SMT server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/"
+"product</i> for SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/"
+"sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"For detailed description, check the Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u de locatie van uw <b>Installatiebronnen voor bijwerken</b> bewerken.</p>\n"
+"<p>Hier kunt u de locatie van uw <b>Installatiebronnen voor bijwerken</b> "
+"bewerken.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Als installatiebronnen opgeslagen zijn op de SMT-server of SUSE Manager-server, is het genoeg om de URL van de server in te voeren en de paden\n"
-" naar de installatiebronnen zullen automatisch ingevuld worden.</p>Het is ook mogelijkeigen paden te gebruiken. Enige voorbeelden van hoe de URL er uit zou kunnen zien:\n"
+"Als installatiebronnen opgeslagen zijn op de SMT-server of SUSE Manager-"
+"server, is het genoeg om de URL van de server in te voeren en de paden\n"
+" naar de installatiebronnen zullen automatisch ingevuld worden."
+"</p>Het is ook mogelijkeigen paden te gebruiken. Enige voorbeelden van hoe "
+"de URL er uit zou kunnen zien:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> voor SMT-server\n"
-"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sles11-…</i> voor SUSE Manager Server.\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/"
+"product</i> voor SMT-server\n"
+"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/"
+"sles11-sp3-x86_64/</i> voor SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"Voor een gedetailleerde beschrijving, kijk in de Deployment Guide.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -94,11 +113,15 @@
#. help text for the Network mode tab (do not translate bastion)
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:196
msgid ""
-"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as space-separated list.</p>"
+"<p>Here, define a <b>Network Mode</b> with relevant <b>Bonding Policy</b>.</"
+"p>\n"
+"<p>You can also specify interface names for the bastion network conduits as "
+"space-separated list.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Definieer hier een <b>Netwerkmodus</b> met relevant <b>beleid voor bonding</b>.</p>\n"
-"<p>U kunt ook interfacenamen specificeren voor het bastion-netwerk-conduits als spatie-gescheiden lijst.</p>"
+"<p>Definieer hier een <b>Netwerkmodus</b> met relevant <b>beleid voor "
+"bonding</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>U kunt ook interfacenamen specificeren voor het bastion-netwerk-conduits "
+"als spatie-gescheiden lijst.</p>"
#. textentry label
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:206
@@ -197,28 +220,31 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Naam"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr "Bij fout vragen"
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr "Doel-platform"
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr "Architectuur"
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
@@ -227,74 +253,80 @@
"Kies een andere naam."
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr "Server-&URL"
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr "Naam van installatiebron"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr "Bij fout &vragen"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr "&URL van installatiebron"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr "Lege URL betekent dat de standaard waarde zal worden gebruikt."
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr "Installatiebron &toevoegen"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+#| msgid "Remote SMT Server"
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr "Lokale SMT-server"
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr "SMT-server op afstand"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr "SUSE Manager-server"
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr "Aangepast"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr "Gebruikersnaam"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Wachtwoord"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr "Het wachtwoord herhalen"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr "Gebruikersnaam mag niet leeg zijn."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -303,7 +335,7 @@
"Probeer opnieuw."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
@@ -313,17 +345,17 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr "Het format van het interface '%1' is ongeldig."
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "uitgeschakeld"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -334,7 +366,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -344,7 +376,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -353,17 +385,17 @@
"%2"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Het routeradres '%1' is geen onderdeel van het netwerk '%2'."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Het IP-adres '%1' geen deel van het netwerk '%2'."
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
@@ -373,62 +405,65 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr "Laagste IP-adres"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr "Hoogste IP-adres"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr "Het adres '%1' geen deel van het netwerk '%2'."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "Het laagste adres moet lager zijn dan het hoogste."
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr "Reeksen '%1' en '%2' overlappen elkaar."
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr "Gebr&uiker-instellingen"
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
-msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
-msgstr "Als er geen gebruiker aanwezig is, zal gebruiker 'crowbar' met het standaard wachtwoord worden gebruikt."
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
+msgid ""
+"If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
+msgstr ""
+"Als er geen gebruiker aanwezig is, zal gebruiker 'crowbar' met het standaard "
+"wachtwoord worden gebruikt."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr "N&etwerkmodus"
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr "Bastion-netwerk"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr "Net&werken"
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr "&Installatiebronnen"
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -442,7 +477,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr "Overzicht van Crowbar-configuratie"
@@ -499,12 +534,12 @@
msgstr "Initialiseren..."
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Crowbar-configuratie initialiseren"
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr "De configuratie lezen"
@@ -512,33 +547,39 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "De configuratie wordt gelezen..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gereed"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr "Crowbar-configuratie opslaan"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Instellingen opslaan"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..."
+#~ msgid "Common for All"
+#~ msgstr "Gemeenschappelijk voor allen"
+
+#~ msgid "SLES 12"
+#~ msgstr "SLES 12"
+
#~ msgid "Password for Crowbar Administrator"
#~ msgstr "Wachtwoord voor Crowbar-beheerder"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/dhcp-server.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -14,13 +14,13 @@
# Arthur & Ettie Kerkmeester <a.s.kerkmeester(a)hccnet.nl>, 1999-2004, 2005.
# Rinse de Vries <rinsedevries(a)kde.nl>, 2005, 2007, 2008.
# Daniël Huisman <d.d.huisman(a)gmail.com>, 2005.
-# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2014.
+# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2012, 2014, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dhcp-server.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-08-19 14:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-07 10:01+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: nl\n"
@@ -74,9 +74,7 @@
msgstr "DHCP subnet opties beheren"
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr "Laat alle gedefinieërde hosts met een vast adres zien"
@@ -118,238 +116,246 @@
# there are length limits
# 2000-03-08 17:43:39 CET -ke-
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr "Selecteer de te gebruiken netwerk interface"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
-msgstr "Print de huidige gebruikte interface en laat de andere beschikbare interfaces zien"
+msgstr ""
+"Print de huidige gebruikte interface en laat de andere beschikbare "
+"interfaces zien"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr "Print de huidige opties"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr "Stel een globale optie in"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr "Optie sleutel (bijv: ntp-servers)"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:220
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr "Optie waarde (bijv: IP adres)"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "Laagste IP adres van het dynamische adres toewijzingsbereik"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr "Hoogste IP adres van het dynamische adres toewijzingsbereik"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr "Standaard lease tijd in seconden"
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr "Maximum lease tijd in seconden"
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr "DHCP service is ingeschakeld."
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr "DHCP service is uitgeschakeld."
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr "Host: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr "Hardware: %1"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr "IP-adres: %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr "Hostnaam is niet gespecificeerd."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr "De gespecificeerde host bestaat niet."
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr "Geen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "Geselecteerde interfaces: %1"
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr "Andere interfaces: %1"
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr "De gespecificeerde interface bestaat niet."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr "De operatie met de interface is niet gespecificeerd."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr "De optie sleutel moet ingesteld zijn."
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr "De waarde moet ingesteld zijn."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:220
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr "Adres bereik: %1 - %2"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "Standaard lease tijd: %1"
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr "Maximum lease tijd: %1"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr "Het opslaan van de configuratie is mislukt. Instellingen wijzigen?"
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+#| msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr "Het opslaan van de configuratie is mislukt."
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "DHCP-server configuratie"
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr "Globale opties"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:58
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr "Subnet configuratie"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr "Host met vast adres"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr "Gedeeld Netwerk"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "Adressen Pool"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr "Groep gespecificeerde opties"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr "Categorie"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:86
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr "&Subnet"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr "&Host"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr "Gedeeld &netwerk"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "&Groep"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr "&Adressen Pool"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr "&Categorie"
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr "Declaratie types"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr "Declaratie type"
@@ -358,15 +364,15 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr "Interfaceconfiguratie"
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr "TSIG sleutelbeheer"
@@ -391,63 +397,63 @@
msgstr "Seconden"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr "DHCP-server: opstarten"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Opstarten"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr "DHCP-server: kaartselectie"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr "Kaart selectie"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr "DHCP-server: globale instellingen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr "Globale instellingen"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "DHCP-server: dynamische DHCP"
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr "Dynamische DHCP"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr "DHCP-server: hostbeheer"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr "Host beheer"
@@ -456,204 +462,164 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr "DHCP-server: geavanceerde instellingen"
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen"
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Tijdens &opstarten"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "Hand&matig"
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Handmatig"
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr "DHCP-server draait"
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr "DHCP-server draait niet"
-
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "DHCP-server nu &starten"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "DHCP-server nu s&toppen"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en DHCP-server &nu herstarten"
-
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "DHCP-server nu starten"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "DHCP-server nu stoppen"
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en DHCP-server nu herstarten"
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr "Opstartargumenten voor DHCP-server"
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr "Netwerkkaarten voor DHCP-server"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr "Geselecteerd"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr "Naam van interface"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr "Apparaat naam"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr "IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr "&Selecteren"
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr "&Deselecteren"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr "DHCP-adres"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr "Er moet minstens één netwerkinterface geselecteerd zijn."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
-"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP address \n"
+"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP "
+"address \n"
"and netmask)."
msgstr ""
-"Een of meer geselecteerde netwerkinterfaces zijn niet geconfigureerd (geen IP-adres \n"
+"Een of meer geselecteerde netwerkinterfaces zijn niet geconfigureerd (geen "
+"IP-adres \n"
"en netwerkmasker)."
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr "&LDAP-ondersteuning"
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr "&Naam van DHCP-server (optioneel)"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:87
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:87
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr "&Domeinnaam"
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr "&Primaire naamserver IP"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr "&Secundaire naamserver IP"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:88
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr "Standaard &gateway (router) "
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr "NTP &tijdserver"
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr "&Printserver"
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr "&WINS-server"
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr "Standaard &lease tijd"
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr "&Units"
@@ -661,39 +627,39 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr "De gespecificeerde waarde is geen geldige hostnaam of IP-adres."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:58
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr "Subnetinformatie"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr "Huidig &netwerk"
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr "Huidig netwerk&masker"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:86
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr "Netmaskerbi&ts"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr "M&inimaal IP-adres"
@@ -701,13 +667,13 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr "Ma&ximaal IP-adres"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr "IP-adres bereik"
@@ -716,10 +682,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr "&Eerste IP-adres:"
@@ -728,62 +694,62 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr "&Laatste IP-adres:"
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr "Dynamische &BOOTP toestaan"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr "Lease tijd"
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr "&Standaard"
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr "&Maximum"
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr "Uni&ts"
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Nieuwe DNS-zone vanaf begin aanmaken"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr "Huidige DNS-zone bewerken"
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr "Huidige zone-informatie ophalen"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr "DNS-server &synchroniseren..."
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -793,8 +759,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr "Vul een waarde in voor beide eindes van het ip-adres bereik."
@@ -802,139 +768,141 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
-"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP server.\n"
+"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP "
+"server.\n"
"IP %1 does not match the network %2/%3."
msgstr ""
-"Het dynamische DHCP-adresbereik is nodig om overeen te komen met hetzelfde netwerk als de DHCP-server draait.\n"
+"Het dynamische DHCP-adresbereik is nodig om overeen te komen met hetzelfde "
+"netwerk als de DHCP-server draait.\n"
"IP-adres %1 komt niet overeen met netwerk '%2/%3'."
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr "Geregistreerde host"
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Naam"
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr "Hardware adres"
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr "Lijst instelling"
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr "&Naam"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP-adressen"
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr "&Hardware adres"
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr "&Ethernet"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr "&Token-Ring"
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr "In lijst &wijzigen"
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr "Uit lijst &verwijderen"
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr "Ethernet"
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr "Token-Ring"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr "Het hardware-adres is ongeldig.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr "Het hardware adres moet uniek zijn."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr "De hostnaam mag niet leeg zijn."
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr "De host genaamd '%1' bestaat al."
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr "Geef een ip host"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr "De hardware adres moet gedefinieerd zijn."
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr "U moet eerst een host selecteren."
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr "De invoerwaarde moet gedefinieerd zijn."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -949,24 +917,26 @@
"naar dit dialoog terugkeren. Om dit dialoog weer te geven moet u de\n"
"wijzigingen eerst opslaan en de module daarna opnieuw starten.\n"
"Als een te complexe configuratie is ingesteld zal bij het starten van\n"
-"de DHCP-server module de dialoog met geavanceerde instellingen worden weergegeven.\n"
+"de DHCP-server module de dialoog met geavanceerde instellingen worden "
+"weergegeven.\n"
"\n"
"Doorgaan?"
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr "\"-%1\" is geen geldige commandoregeloptie voor de DHCP-server"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr "De commandoregeloptie \"-%1\" vereiste een argument"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
-"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and write\n"
+"YaST does not supported this. The DHCP server module can only read and "
+"write\n"
"/etc/dhcpd.conf. The new configuration from %1 will not be imported. All\n"
"changes will be saved to the default configuration file.\n"
" \n"
@@ -974,14 +944,16 @@
msgstr ""
"U hebt een alternatief configuratiebestand voor de DHCP-server opgegeven.\n"
"\n"
-"YaST ondersteunt dit niet. De DHCP-servermodule kan alleen /etc/dhcpd.conf lezen\n"
-"en schrijven. De nieuwe configuratie van %1 zal niet worden geïmporteerd. Alle\n"
+"YaST ondersteunt dit niet. De DHCP-servermodule kan alleen /etc/dhcpd.conf "
+"lezen\n"
+"en schrijven. De nieuwe configuratie van %1 zal niet worden geïmporteerd. "
+"Alle\n"
"wijzigingen zullen worden opgeslagen in het standaard-configuratiebestand.\n"
" \n"
"Wilt u doorgaan?\n"
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr "DHCP-serverassistent (%1/4)"
@@ -994,7 +966,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Adding a New Range of DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"<b>First IP Address</b> defines\n"
"the starting address of the range and <b>Last IP Address</b> defines\n"
-"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how hostnames\n"
+"the last one. <b>Hostname Base</b> is a string that determines how "
+"hostnames\n"
"are created (such as <tt>dhcp-%i</tt> or <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n"
"<tt>%i</tt> is replaced with the number of the host in the range.\n"
"If no <tt>%i</tt> is defined, the number is added at the end of the\n"
@@ -1009,9 +982,12 @@
"hostnamen worden aangemaakt (bijv. <tt>dhcp%i</tt> of <tt>e25-%i-a</tt>).\n"
"<tt>%i</tt> zal worden vervangen door het nummer van de host in het bereik.\n"
"Als er geen <tt>%i</tt> is gedefinieerd, dan wordt het nummer toegevoegd\n"
-"aan het einde van de tekenreeks. <tt>%i</tt> kan slechts eenmaal worden gebruikt\n"
-"in <b>Hostnaambasis</b>. <b>Start</b> definieert het eerste getal dat gebruikt\n"
-"wordt voor de eerste hostnaam. Hostnamen worden incrementeel aangemaakt.</p>\n"
+"aan het einde van de tekenreeks. <tt>%i</tt> kan slechts eenmaal worden "
+"gebruikt\n"
+"in <b>Hostnaambasis</b>. <b>Start</b> definieert het eerste getal dat "
+"gebruikt\n"
+"wordt voor de eerste hostnaam. Hostnamen worden incrementeel aangemaakt.</"
+"p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 1 (part 1)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:33
@@ -1035,7 +1011,8 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:42
msgid ""
"<p><b>New Zone Name</b> or <b>Reverse Zone Name</b>\n"
-"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be changed.</p>\n"
+"are taken from your current DHCP server and network settings and cannot be "
+"changed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>U kunt zowel <b>Naam nieuwe zone</b> als <b>Naam omgekeerde zone</b>\n"
"niet wijzigen omdat beide afkomstig zijn uit de huidige instellingen\n"
@@ -1048,7 +1025,8 @@
"to contain reverse entries of the main DNS zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer het keuzevakje <b>Ook omgekeerde zone aanmaken</b> als u \n"
-"een zone wilt aanmaken die omgekeerde items van de hoofd-DNS-zone bevat.</p>\n"
+"een zone wilt aanmaken die omgekeerde items van de hoofd-DNS-zone bevat.</"
+"p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - step 2 (part 1)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:50
@@ -1086,7 +1064,8 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>To add a <b>New Name Server</b>, click <b>Add</b>, complete the form,\n"
-"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the current\n"
+"then click <b>Ok</b>. If the new name server name is included in the "
+"current\n"
"DNS zone, also enter its IP address. This is mandatory because it is used\n"
"during the zone creation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1113,7 +1092,8 @@
"<p><b><big>DNS Records</big></b><br />\n"
"Define DNS hostnames for all DHCP clients. You do not need to define\n"
"all hostnames one by one. Set simple rules for how\n"
-"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to use\n"
+"the hostnames are created. These rules define the ranges of IP addresses to "
+"use\n"
"and the string from which hostnames are generated for a range.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>DNS-records</big></b><br />\n"
@@ -1142,7 +1122,8 @@
"<p>To add a new range of DNS records, click <b>Add</b>,\n"
"complete the form, then click <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een nieuw bereik van DNS-records toe te voegen, klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>,\n"
+"<p>Om een nieuw bereik van DNS-records toe te voegen, klik op <b>Toevoegen</"
+"b>,\n"
"vul het formulier in en klik op <b>Ok</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS Wizard - summary (part 1)
@@ -1179,7 +1160,8 @@
"<p><b><big>DNS-synchronisatie</big></b><br />\n"
"Dit is een geavanceerd hulpmiddel voor het bewerken van\n"
"DNS-serverinstellingen zodat die overeen komen met uw DHCP-instellingen.\n"
-"Alleen 'A'-records--DNS-records die hostnamen converteren naar IP-adressen--\n"
+"Alleen 'A'-records--DNS-records die hostnamen converteren naar IP-"
+"adressen--\n"
"worden hier onderhouden.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 2)
@@ -1203,7 +1185,8 @@
"from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om van voren af aan een DNS-zone aan te maken, kies menuoptie <b>speciale taken</b> -> <b>Assistent starten</b>.</p>\n"
+"Om van voren af aan een DNS-zone aan te maken, kies menuoptie <b>speciale "
+"taken</b> -> <b>Assistent starten</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: DNS for Experts (editing current settings) (part 4)
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-helps.rb:139
@@ -1211,10 +1194,13 @@
"<p>\n"
" To create or remove a single DNS record,\n"
"click <b>Add</b> or <b>Delete</b>.\n"
-"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the corresponding\n"
+"To synchronize the DNS entries with their reverse forms in the "
+"corresponding\n"
"reverse zone, select <b>Synchronize with Reverse Zone</b>.\n"
"Use <b>Remove DNS Records Matching Range</b> \n"
-"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, select\n"
+"from <b>Special Tasks</b> to delete any information relating to this range "
+"of IP addresses from the DNS server. To create a new range of DNS records, "
+"select\n"
"<b>Add New Range of DNS Records</b> from <b>Special Tasks</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1224,7 +1210,8 @@
"omgekeerde zone te synchroniseren, selecteer \n"
"<b>Synchroniseren met omgekeerde zone</b>.\n"
"Gebruik <b>Bereik van overeenkomende DNS-records verwijderen</b>\n"
-"uit <b>Speciale taken</b> om alle informatie met betrekking tot dit bereik van IP-adressen uit de DNS-server te verwijderen. Om een nieuw bereik\n"
+"uit <b>Speciale taken</b> om alle informatie met betrekking tot dit bereik "
+"van IP-adressen uit de DNS-server te verwijderen. Om een nieuw bereik\n"
"van DNS-records aan te maken, selecteer\n"
"<b>Nieuw bereik van DNS-records aanmaken</b> uit <b>Speciale tekan</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -1280,7 +1267,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr "Het laatste IP-adres dient hoger te zijn dan het eerste."
@@ -1307,7 +1294,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Ongeldige hostnaam."
@@ -1319,9 +1306,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr "Ongeldig IP-adres."
@@ -1339,12 +1326,12 @@
"toegestane IP-adressen (%2 - %3) gedefinieerd in de DHCP-server.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr "DNS-zone-items worden gegenereerd..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr "Nieuw DNS-record toevoegen"
@@ -1352,33 +1339,33 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr "&Hostnaam"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr "DHCP-bereik %1 - %2 wordt toegevoegd aan de DNS-server..."
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr "Bereik van DNS-records verwijderen"
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr "Records in het bereik %1 - %2 worden uit de DNS-server verwijderd..."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
@@ -1387,7 +1374,7 @@
"De DNS-server kan er geen records naar toe schrijven.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1397,18 +1384,18 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr "Kan zone %1 niet aanmaken."
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr "DNS-omgekeerde records worden gesynchroniseerd..."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
@@ -1417,39 +1404,39 @@
"Wilt u deze operatie toch annulleren?\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr "&Domein"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr "&Netwerk"
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr "Net&masker"
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr "DNS-zone-records"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr "Hostnaam"
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr "Toegewezen IP"
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr "Toe&voegen..."
@@ -1458,27 +1445,27 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr "&Speciale taken"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr "Nieuw bereik van DNS-records toevoegen"
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr "Assistent starten om de DNS-zone vanaf het begin te herschrijven"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr "Synchroniseren met omgekeerde zone %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr "DHCP-server: DNS-serversynchronisatie"
@@ -1515,7 +1502,8 @@
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:234
msgid ""
"No IP address has been provided for a name server in the current DNS zone.\n"
-"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server defined. \n"
+"This may not work because each zone needs the name and IP of its name server "
+"defined. \n"
"Really use the current settings?\n"
msgstr ""
"Er wordt geen IP-adres geleverd voor een naamserver in de huidige DNS-zone.\n"
@@ -1783,8 +1771,7 @@
"Even geduld a.u.b....<br></p>"
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1811,32 +1798,22 @@
"toegankelijk wordt.<br>\n"
"Deze optie is alleen bij een geactiveerde firewall beschikbaar.</p>"
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP-server</big></b><br>\n"
-"Stel <b>Start DHCP-server</b> in om de DHCP-server bij elke\n"
-"start van uw computer automatisch op te laten starten.</p>"
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om de DHCP-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u <b>Start DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>\n"
+"Om de DHCP-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u <b>Start DHCP "
+"Server in Chroot Jail</b>\n"
"in te stellen. Het opstarten van een willekeurige daemon in een Chroot Jail\n"
"is veiliger en wordt dan ook sterk aanbevolen.</p>"
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1847,7 +1824,7 @@
"LDAP activeer <b>LDAP-ondersteuning</b>.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1856,13 +1833,16 @@
"To delete a declaration, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Geconfigureerde declaraties</b><br>\n"
-"Om een bestaande declaratie aan te passen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Wijzigen</b>\n"
-"te klikken. Om een nieuwe declaratie toe te voegen, selecteert u eerst een declaratie die de nieuwe\n"
+"Om een bestaande declaratie aan te passen dient u deze eerst te selecteren "
+"en vervolgens op <b>Wijzigen</b>\n"
+"te klikken. Om een nieuwe declaratie toe te voegen, selecteert u eerst een "
+"declaratie die de nieuwe\n"
"declaratie moet gaan bevatten en klikt u vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
-"Een declaratie kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en dan op <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
+"Een declaratie kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en dan op "
+"<b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1877,16 +1857,17 @@
"verificatie van de Dynamische DNS-bijwerkingen gebruikt kunnen worden.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Netwerkadres en masker</big></b><br>\n"
-"Stel het <b>Netwerkadres</b> en het <b>Netwerkmasker</b> van het subnet in.</p>"
+"Stel het <b>Netwerkadres</b> en het <b>Netwerkmasker</b> van het subnet in.</"
+"p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1897,7 +1878,7 @@
"speciale opties van ingesteld moeten worden.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1910,7 +1891,7 @@
"De naam is niet van invloed op het gedrag van de DHCP-server.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1923,7 +1904,7 @@
"De naam is niet van invloed op het gedrag van de DHCP-server.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1936,7 +1917,7 @@
"Deze naam heeft geen effect op het gedrag van de DHCP-server.</p>"
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
@@ -1945,7 +1926,7 @@
"Vul bij <b>Klasse naam</b> de klasse van de host in.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1961,16 +1942,17 @@
"het en druk op <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te verwijderen.</p>"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Dynamische DNS</b> om de dynamische hosts van dit subnet aan te passen.</p>"
+"Gebruik <b>Dynamische DNS</b> om de dynamische hosts van dit subnet aan te "
+"passen.</p>"
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1981,7 +1963,7 @@
"om de dynamische DNS-bijwerkingen voor dit subnet te activeren.</p>"
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1990,13 +1972,16 @@
"and reverse zone.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG sleutel</big></b><br>\n"
-"Om dynamische DNS-bijwerkingen uit te kunnen voeren dient de verificatie sleutel opgegeven te zijn.\n"
-"Gebruik <b>TSIG sleutel</b> om de voor de verificatie te gebruiken sleutel te selecteren. De sleutel\n"
-"moet voor de DHCP en de DNS-servers dezelfde zijn. Specificeer de sleutel voor zowel de voorwaartse\n"
+"Om dynamische DNS-bijwerkingen uit te kunnen voeren dient de verificatie "
+"sleutel opgegeven te zijn.\n"
+"Gebruik <b>TSIG sleutel</b> om de voor de verificatie te gebruiken sleutel "
+"te selecteren. De sleutel\n"
+"moet voor de DHCP en de DNS-servers dezelfde zijn. Specificeer de sleutel "
+"voor zowel de voorwaartse\n"
"als de omgekeerde zone.</p>"
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -2004,47 +1989,58 @@
"<b>Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Globale DHCP-server instellingen</big></b><br>\n"
-"De globale instellingen van een DHCP-server moeten bijgewerkt zijn om de dynamische\n"
+"De globale instellingen van een DHCP-server moeten bijgewerkt zijn om de "
+"dynamische\n"
"DNS optimaal te kunnen laten werken. U kunt dit automatisch laten doen door\n"
"<b>Globale dynamische DNS-instellingen bijwerken</b> te activeren.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
-"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the DHCP\n"
+"their primary name server. If the name server runs on the same host as the "
+"DHCP\n"
"server, you can leave the fields empty.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Bij te werken zones</big></b><br>\n"
-"Specificeer de bij te werken voorwaartse en omgekeerde zones. U dient voor beide ook hun \n"
-"primaire naamserver te specificeren. Wanneer de naamserver op dezelfde host draait als de DHCP\n"
+"Specificeer de bij te werken voorwaartse en omgekeerde zones. U dient voor "
+"beide ook hun \n"
+"primaire naamserver te specificeren. Wanneer de naamserver op dezelfde host "
+"draait als de DHCP\n"
"server, dan kunt u de velden leeg laten.</p>"
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
-"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started with \n"
-"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible options,\n"
+"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started "
+"with \n"
+"(e.g. \"-p 1234\") for a non-standard port to listen on). For all possible "
+"options,\n"
"consult dhcpd manual page. If left blank, default values will be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Opstartargumenten voor DHCP-server</big></b><br>\n"
-"Hier kunt u de parameters opgeven waarmee u de DHCP-server wilt laten opstarten\n"
-"(bijv. \"-p 1234\") voor een niet-standaard poort om naar te luisteren). Voor\n"
-"alle mogelijke opties, lees de man-pagina van dhcpd. Indien leeg gelaten zullen de standaardwaarden worden gebruikt.</p>"
+"Hier kunt u de parameters opgeven waarmee u de DHCP-server wilt laten "
+"opstarten\n"
+"(bijv. \"-p 1234\") voor een niet-standaard poort om naar te luisteren). "
+"Voor\n"
+"alle mogelijke opties, lees de man-pagina van dhcpd. Indien leeg gelaten "
+"zullen de standaardwaarden worden gebruikt.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</p>\n"
+"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Netwerkkaartselectie</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer één of meer netwerkaarten uit de lijst om te gebruiken met de DHCP-server.</p>\n"
+"Selecteer één of meer netwerkaarten uit de lijst om te gebruiken met de DHCP-"
+"server.</p>\n"
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
@@ -2053,7 +2049,7 @@
"dhcpServer LDAP-object) specificeren, als deze anders is dan uw hostnaam.\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -2063,7 +2059,7 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
@@ -2072,7 +2068,7 @@
"IP's aan clients leased.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -2083,7 +2079,7 @@
"De waarden dienen IP-adressen te zijn.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
@@ -2092,7 +2088,7 @@
"deze waarde als de standaard route in.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
@@ -2101,12 +2097,14 @@
"voor de tijdssynchronisaties te gaan gebruiken.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
-msgid "<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Printserver</b> biedt deze server als de standaard printserver aan.</p>"
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Printserver</b> biedt deze server als de standaard printserver aan.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
@@ -2115,16 +2113,17 @@
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP expires\n"
+"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP "
+"expires\n"
"and the client must ask for an IP again.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Standaard lease tijd</b> stelt de tijd in waarna het geleasde IP\n"
"zal verlopen en wanneer de client weer om een IP moet gaan vragen.</p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -2132,41 +2131,47 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Subnetinformatie</big></b></br>\n"
-"Bekijk de informatie over het huidige subnet, zoals het adres, netwerkmasker\n"
+"Bekijk de informatie over het huidige subnet, zoals het adres, "
+"netwerkmasker\n"
"en minimum en maximum IP-adressen die voor de clients beschikbaar zijn.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
-"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the same netmask.\n"
+"of the address range to be leased to clients. These addresses must have the "
+"same netmask.\n"
"For instance, <tt>192.168.1.1</tt> and <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>. Check the <b>\n"
"Allow Dynamic BOOTP</b> flag if the specified range may be dynamically\n"
"assigned to BOOTP clients as well as DHCP clients</p>.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IP-adresbereik</big></b><br>\n"
"Stel het <b>Eerste IP-adres</b> en <b>Laatste IP-adres</b> in\n"
-"van de adresreeks waaruit de clients een lease krijgen. Deze adressen moeten\n"
+"van de adresreeks waaruit de clients een lease krijgen. Deze adressen "
+"moeten\n"
"hetzelfde netmasker hebben. Voorbeeld: <tt>192.168.1.1</tt>\n"
"en <tt>192.168.1.64</tt>.\n"
-"Selecteer <b>Dynamische BOOTP toestaan</b> als het opgegeven bereik dynamisch\n"
+"Selecteer <b>Dynamische BOOTP toestaan</b> als het opgegeven bereik "
+"dynamisch\n"
"mag worden toegewezen aan BOOTP- en DHCP-clients</p>.\n"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
"which sets the optimal IP refreshing time for clients.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Lease-tijd</big></b><br>\n"
-"Hier kunt u de <b>standaard</b> lease-tijd voor het huidige IP-adressenbereik\n"
-"instellen, welke de optimale IP-vernieuwingstijd voor de clients instelt.<br></p>"
+"Hier kunt u de <b>standaard</b> lease-tijd voor het huidige IP-"
+"adressenbereik\n"
+"instellen, welke de optimale IP-vernieuwingstijd voor de clients instelt."
+"<br></p>"
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
@@ -2175,7 +2180,7 @@
"waarbij dit IP geblokkeerd zal zijn voor de client op de DHCP-server .</p>"
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -2186,7 +2191,7 @@
"configuratie van de DHCP-server in te voeren.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
@@ -2195,7 +2200,7 @@
"Gebruik dit dialoog om hosts met een statische adres binding te wijzigen.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -2206,21 +2211,25 @@
"<p>Om een nieuwe host toe te voegen, moet u z'n <b>Naam</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware adres</b> en <b>IP-adres</b> instellen en\n"
"vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b> klikken.</p>\n"
-"<p>Om een geconfigureerde host te modificeren dient u deze eerst in de tabel te selecteren,\n"
-"de gewenste waarden te wijzigen en vervolgens op <b>In lijst wijzigen</b> te klikken.</p>"
+"<p>Om een geconfigureerde host te modificeren dient u deze eerst in de tabel "
+"te selecteren,\n"
+"de gewenste waarden te wijzigen en vervolgens op <b>In lijst wijzigen</b> te "
+"klikken.</p>"
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Om een host te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op <b>Uit lijst verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Om een host te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op "
+"<b>Uit lijst verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Selecteer het toe te voegen declaratie type.</p>"
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
@@ -2229,7 +2238,7 @@
"declaratie toe te voegen.</p>"
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
@@ -2238,7 +2247,7 @@
"(meestal met een vast adres) nodig heeft toe te voegen.</p>"
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
@@ -2247,7 +2256,7 @@
"(fysiek netwerk met meerdere logische netwerken) toe te voegen.</p>"
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
@@ -2256,7 +2265,7 @@
"(gewoonlijk als deze enkele instellingen moeten delen) toe te voegen.</p>"
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -2267,7 +2276,7 @@
"ondanks dat ze in hetzelfde subnet zitten.</p>"
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -2281,24 +2290,24 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr "A&dressen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr "Het opgegeven adres is onjuist."
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr "Er dient minstens één adres gespecificeerd te zijn."
@@ -2308,109 +2317,110 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr "&Waarden"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr "De opgegeven adressen zijn onjuist."
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr "Er moet minstens één adressen paar gespecificeerd te zijn."
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr "Aan"
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr "Uit"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr "De waarde moet gespecificeerd zijn."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:106
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr "&Nieuw adres"
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr "&Nieuwe waarde"
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr "Scheid adressen door spaties"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr "Adressen paar &toevoegen"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr "Het laagste adres moet lager zijn dan het hoogste."
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr "Als u dit aanpast moet u tevens de syslog configuratie bijwerken."
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr "&Hardware type"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr "&MAC adres"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr "&Laagste IP-adres"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr "&Hoogste IP-adres"
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
-"Weet u zeker dat u de DHCP-server configuratie wilt verlaten zonder deze eerst op te slaan?\n"
+"Weet u zeker dat u de DHCP-server configuratie wilt verlaten zonder deze "
+"eerst op te slaan?\n"
"Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2421,18 +2431,19 @@
"Doorgaan?"
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign them to a zone."
msgstr ""
-"De hieronder weergegeven interfaces komen in geen enkele firewall-zone voor.\n"
+"De hieronder weergegeven interfaces komen in geen enkele firewall-zone "
+"voor.\n"
"%1\n"
"Start YaST2 Firewallconfiguratie om ze toe te wijzen aan een zone."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2442,8 +2453,8 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
@@ -2451,68 +2462,55 @@
"Deze functie is niet beschikbaar tijdens\n"
"de automatische-installatie preparatie."
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "Herstart DHCP-server"
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en DHCP-server herstarten"
-
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
# -ke-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr "&Geconfigureerde declaraties"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr "&Dynamische DNS"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "Voorwaartse zone TSIG &sleutel"
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr "Omgekeerde zone TSIG &sleutel"
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr "Selecteer bestand met verificatie sleutel"
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
-msgstr "&Start DHCP-server"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
+msgstr "Wijzigingen toepassen"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr "&Start DHCP-server in Chroot Jail"
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr "&Geavanceerd"
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr "&Log weergeven"
@@ -2520,58 +2518,58 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr "&Interfaceconfiguratie"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:106
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr "&Netwerkadres"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr "Netwerk&masker"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr "&Groepsnaam"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr "Pool &naam"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr "&Naam van gedeelde netwerk"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr "Categorie &naam"
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr "Beschikbare interfaces"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr "&Firewall voor de geselecteerde interfaces openen"
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr "&Dynamisch DNS voor dit subnet activeren"
@@ -2580,42 +2578,42 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr "Globale d&ynamische DNS-instellingen bijwerken"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr "&Zone"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr "&Primaire DNS-server"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr "&Omgekeerde zone"
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr "Pr&imaire DNS-server"
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr "Geavanc&eerd..."
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "DHCP-serverconfiguratie initialiseren"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr "Werkomgeving controleren"
@@ -2624,22 +2622,22 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Firewallinstellingen lezen"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr "DHCP-serverinstellingen lezen"
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen lezen"
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr "Werkomgeving wordt gecontroleerd..."
@@ -2648,7 +2646,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "Firewallinstellingen worden gelezen..."
@@ -2656,7 +2654,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "DHCP-serverinstellingen worden gelezen..."
@@ -2664,17 +2662,17 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen worden gelezen..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gereed"
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2690,8 +2688,8 @@
"\n"
"YaST zal nu stoppen."
-#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#. error report
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
@@ -2700,7 +2698,7 @@
"van de DHCP-server zal niet beschikbaar zijn."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
@@ -2710,7 +2708,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr "De DHCP-server configuratie wordt opgeslagen"
@@ -2719,7 +2717,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr "DHCP-server instellingen opslaan"
@@ -2728,13 +2726,13 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Firewallinstellingen opslaan"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr "Herstart DHCP-server"
@@ -2743,70 +2741,70 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen opslaan"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr "De DHCP-server instellingen worden opgeslagen..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Firewall configuratie wordt opgeslagen..."
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr "De DHCP-server wordt opnieuw gestart..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr "DNS-serverinstellingen worden opgeslagen..."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het herstarten van de DHCP daemon."
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr "De DHCP-server is tijdens het opstarten van de pc gestart"
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr "De DHCP-server is tijdens het opstarten van de pc niet gestart"
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr "Luisteren naar:%1"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:220
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr "Dynamisch adres bereik: %1"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr "Ongeldige LDAP-configuratie. Kan LDAP niet gebruiken."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr "De ondersteuning voor meerdere dhcpServiceDN is niet geïmplementeerd."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr "De DHCP service DN is niet gedefinieerd."
@@ -2814,27 +2812,73 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van %1."
-#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het bijwerken van %1."
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het opslaan van /etc/dhcpd.conf."
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is running"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP-server draait"
+
+#~ msgid "DHCP server is not running"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP-server draait niet"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP-server nu &starten"
+
+#~ msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP-server nu s&toppen"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
+#~ msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en DHCP-server &nu herstarten"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
+#~ msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP-server nu starten"
+
+#~ msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "DHCP-server nu stoppen"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
+#~ msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en DHCP-server nu herstarten"
+
#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
+#~ "<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
+#~ "<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b><big>DHCP-server</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "Stel <b>Start DHCP-server</b> in om de DHCP-server bij elke\n"
+#~ "start van uw computer automatisch op te laten starten.</p>"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
+#~ msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "Herstart DHCP-server"
+
+#~ msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "Instellingen opslaan en DHCP-server herstarten"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
+#~ msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#~ msgstr "&Start DHCP-server"
+
+#~ msgid ""
#~ "IP address %1 does not match\n"
#~ "the current network %2/%3\n"
#~ msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/dns-server.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: dns-server.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-26 15:49+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -174,13 +174,19 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:294
-msgid "Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr "Naamserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt of een relatieve naam)"
+msgid ""
+"Name server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr ""
+"Naamserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt "
+"of een relatieve naam)"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:301
-msgid "Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
-msgstr "Mailserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt of een relatieve naam)"
+msgid ""
+"Mail server (in fully qualified format finished with a dot or relative name)"
+msgstr ""
+"Mailserver (in een volledig gekwalificeerd formaat en eindigend met een punt "
+"of een relatieve naam)"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:308
@@ -229,8 +235,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:371
-msgid "DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
-msgstr "Recordwaarde DNS-bron, zoals bijvoorbeeld 192.0.34.166 voor example.org's A-record"
+msgid ""
+"DNS resource record value, such as 192.0.34.166 for example.org's A record"
+msgstr ""
+"Recordwaarde DNS-bron, zoals bijvoorbeeld 192.0.34.166 voor example.org's A-"
+"record"
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline short help for command
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:378
@@ -438,8 +447,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr "Forwarders"
@@ -583,8 +592,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr "DNS-zones"
@@ -607,7 +616,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr "&LDAP-ondersteuning inschakelen"
@@ -632,33 +641,33 @@
msgstr "Geavanc&eerde DNS-serverconfiguratie..."
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr "DNS-server"
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr "Wijzigen toepassen"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr "Opstart"
# ../../db/printers.ycp.noloc:345 ../../db/printers.ycp.noloc:411
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr "Basis opties"
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr "Loggen"
@@ -666,8 +675,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -675,8 +684,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr "TSIG sleutels"
@@ -765,7 +774,8 @@
"IP address %1 is currently used by this server, so it has\n"
"been changed to its local equivalent %2."
msgstr ""
-"Doorsturen van een een DNS verzoek naar zichzelf zou een oneindige loop veroorzaken.\n"
+"Doorsturen van een een DNS verzoek naar zichzelf zou een oneindige loop "
+"veroorzaken.\n"
"IP-adres %1 wordt nu door deze server gebruikt, dus moet het\n"
"worden gewijzigd naar zijn lokale equivalent %2."
@@ -1356,7 +1366,8 @@
#. %{type} replaced with record type (TXT or SPF)
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1916
msgid ""
-"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII characters excluding '='\n"
+"Invalid %{type} record key. It should consist of printable US-ASCII "
+"characters excluding '='\n"
"and must be at least one character long."
msgstr ""
"Ongeldig %{txt}-record. Het moet bestaan uit te printen US-ASCII tekens met\n"
@@ -1452,10 +1463,13 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2612
msgid ""
"Current zone records are automatically generated from %1 zone.\n"
-"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From feature."
+"To change records manually disable the Automatically Generate Records From "
+"feature."
msgstr ""
-"De records voor de huidige zone zijn automatisch gegenereerd uit de %1 zone.\n"
-"Om records handmatig te wijzigen moet u het item \"Automatisch gegenereerde records uit\" uitschakelen."
+"De records voor de huidige zone zijn automatisch gegenereerd uit de %1 "
+"zone.\n"
+"Om records handmatig te wijzigen moet u het item \"Automatisch gegenereerde "
+"records uit\" uitschakelen."
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2717
@@ -1546,7 +1560,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialiseren afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afsluiten door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afsluiten door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
+"te klikken.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:28
@@ -1589,7 +1604,8 @@
"is more secure and strongly recommended.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Chroot Jail</big></b><br>\n"
-"Om de DNS-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u <b>Start DNS-server in Chroot Jail</b>\n"
+"Om de DNS-server in Chroot Jail te laten draaien, dient u <b>Start DNS-"
+"server in Chroot Jail</b>\n"
"in te stellen. Het opstarten van welke daemon dan ook in een Chroot Jail\n"
"is veiliger en wordt dan ook dringend aangeraden.</p>"
@@ -1649,8 +1665,10 @@
"<p><b><big>Dynamische DNS-zone bijwerken</big></b><br>\n"
"De zone kan automatisch worden bijgewerkt, meestal omdat de IP-adressen\n"
"dynamisch door de DHCP-server worden toegewezen. Om DDNS-updates toe te\n"
-"staan, dient <b>Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan</b> te worden ingesteld als ook\n"
-"de <b>TSIG-sleutel</b> die voor de verificatie gebruikt moet worden. Voor zowel\n"
+"staan, dient <b>Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan</b> te worden ingesteld als "
+"ook\n"
+"de <b>TSIG-sleutel</b> die voor de verificatie gebruikt moet worden. Voor "
+"zowel\n"
"de DHCP- als de DNS-servers moet u dezelfde sleutel gaan gebruiken.</p>"
#. help 3/5, only for alt. 1
@@ -1661,7 +1679,8 @@
"entry of the table then click <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Een DNS-zone wijzigen:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Voor het wijzigen van de zone instellingen dient u eerst het betreffende item\n"
+"Voor het wijzigen van de zone instellingen dient u eerst het betreffende "
+"item\n"
"in de tabel te selecteren en daarna op <b>Bewerken</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. help 4/5, only for alt. 1
@@ -1670,8 +1689,10 @@
"<p>To add a new record to the zone, click <b>Add</b>. To remove\n"
"a record, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om een nieuw record aan de zone toe te voegen. Voor het verwijderen\n"
-"van een record dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op <B>Verwijderen</B> te klikken.</p>"
+"<p>Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om een nieuw record aan de zone toe te voegen. "
+"Voor het verwijderen\n"
+"van een record dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op <B>Verwijderen</"
+"B> te klikken.</p>"
#. help 5/5, only for alt. 1
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:93
@@ -1688,13 +1709,17 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Master Servers</big></b><br>\n"
-"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</b>\n"
-"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click <b>Delete</b>\n"
+"Set the IP addresses of the master name servers for this zone. Use <b>Add</"
+"b>\n"
+"to add a new master name server. Select an existing one then click "
+"<b>Delete</b>\n"
"to remove an existing one.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Master servers</big></b><br>\n"
-"Stel de IP-adressen van de master naamservers voor deze zone in. Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b>\n"
-"om een nieuwe master naamserver toe te voegen. Selecteer een bestaande server en\n"
+"Stel de IP-adressen van de master naamservers voor deze zone in. Gebruik "
+"<b>Toevoegen</b>\n"
+"om een nieuwe master naamserver toe te voegen. Selecteer een bestaande "
+"server en\n"
"Klik op <b>Verwijderen</b> om deze te verwijderen.</p>"
#. help 1/2
@@ -1702,13 +1727,15 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Type</big></b><br>\n"
"To make this name server the primary source of the data of the zone,\n"
-"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</b>\n"
+"select <b>Master</b>. To make it the secondary name server, select <b>Slave</"
+"b>\n"
"or <b>Stub</b>, so the data of the zone will be mirrored from the master\n"
"server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Zone type</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecteer <b>Master</b> om deze naamserver als primaire databron van\n"
-"de zone in te stellen. Om het als secondaire naamserver in te stellen, dient u\n"
+"de zone in te stellen. Om het als secondaire naamserver in te stellen, dient "
+"u\n"
"<b>Slave</b> of <b>Stub</b> te selecteren: de zone data zal dan van\n"
"de master server worden gespiegeld.</p>"
@@ -1716,7 +1743,8 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:114
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zone Direction</big></b><br>\n"
-"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and back.\n"
+"DNS is used both for translating from domain names to IP addresses and "
+"back.\n"
"Select if this zone will be used to translate from domain names to IP\n"
"addresses (<b>Forward</b>) or from IP addresses to domain names\n"
"(<b>Reverse</b>).</p>\n"
@@ -1736,8 +1764,10 @@
"interface classes are defined in the firewall configuration component.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Interface categorieën</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer welke categorieën interfaces toegang moeten hebben tot de DNS-server.\n"
-"De categorieën interfaces zijn bij het onderdeel firewallconfiguratie reeds gedefinieerd.</p>\n"
+"Selecteer welke categorieën interfaces toegang moeten hebben tot de DNS-"
+"server.\n"
+"De categorieën interfaces zijn bij het onderdeel firewallconfiguratie reeds "
+"gedefinieerd.</p>\n"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:129
@@ -1794,11 +1824,13 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:153
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> number is used for determining if the zone has changed on\n"
-"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
+"the master servers (so that slave servers do not always need to synchronize "
+"the\n"
"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Serie</b>nummer wordt gebruikt om te bepalen of de zone op de master\n"
-"servers is gewijzigd (de slave servers hoeven dan niet steeds de gehele zone\n"
+"servers is gewijzigd (de slave servers hoeven dan niet steeds de gehele "
+"zone\n"
"te synchroniseren).</p>\n"
#. help text 6/9 - Refresh
@@ -1818,8 +1850,10 @@
"<p><b>Retry</b> sets how often slave servers try to synchronize\n"
"the zone from the master server if synchronization fails.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Herhalen</b> bepaalt hoe vaak de slave servers zullen proberen om, na een\n"
-"mislukte synchronisatie, met de zone van de master server te synchroniseren.</p>"
+"<p><b>Herhalen</b> bepaalt hoe vaak de slave servers zullen proberen om, na "
+"een\n"
+"mislukte synchronisatie, met de zone van de master server te synchroniseren."
+"</p>"
#. help text 8/9 - Expiry
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:167
@@ -1828,8 +1862,10 @@
"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vervaltijd</b> betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave servers vervalt\n"
-"en waarna slave servers stoppen met het beantwoorden: dit totdat deze weer gesynchroniseerd is.\n"
+"<p><b>Vervaltijd</b> betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave servers "
+"vervalt\n"
+"en waarna slave servers stoppen met het beantwoorden: dit totdat deze weer "
+"gesynchroniseerd is.\n"
"</p>"
#. help text 9/9 - Minimum
@@ -1849,14 +1885,19 @@
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Define TSIG keys used for dynamic zone updates.\n"
"To add a new TSIG key, use the \n"
-"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</b>.\n"
+"<b>File Name</b> text field or the <b>Browse</b> button then click <b>Add</"
+"b>.\n"
+"To delete an existing TSIG key, select it in the list and click <b>Delete</"
+"b>.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG-sleutelbeheer</big></b><br>\n"
-"Definieer de te gebruiken TSIG-sleutels voor de dynamische zonebijwerkingen. Gebruik voor het\n"
-"toevoegen van een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel het tekstveld <b>Bestandsnaam</b> of de kknop <b>Bladeren</b>\n"
-"en klik vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een bestaande TSIG-sleutel te verwijderen,\n"
+"Definieer de te gebruiken TSIG-sleutels voor de dynamische zonebijwerkingen. "
+"Gebruik voor het\n"
+"toevoegen van een nieuwe TSIG-sleutel het tekstveld <b>Bestandsnaam</b> of "
+"de kknop <b>Bladeren</b>\n"
+"en klik vervolgens op <b>Toevoegen</b>. Om een bestaande TSIG-sleutel te "
+"verwijderen,\n"
"selecteer deze in de lijst en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1918,8 +1959,10 @@
"<p>To add a new forwarder, set its <b>IP Address</b> and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To delete a configured forwarder, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Geef om een nieuwe forwarder toe te voegen z'n <b>IP-adres</b> op en klik daarna op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
-"Om een geconfigureerde forwarder te verwijderen moet u deze eerst selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Verwijderen</b> klikken.</p>"
+"<p>Geef om een nieuwe forwarder toe te voegen z'n <b>IP-adres</b> op en klik "
+"daarna op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
+"Om een geconfigureerde forwarder te verwijderen moet u deze eerst selecteren "
+"en vervolgens op <b>Verwijderen</b> klikken.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 1/2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:225
@@ -1941,12 +1984,15 @@
"<p>Om nieuwe opties toe te voegen moet u de <b>Optie</b> selecteren,\n"
"z'n <b>Waarde</b> opgeven en op <b>Toevoegen</b> klikken.</p>\n"
"<p>Om een geconfigureerde optie aan te passen moet u deze in de tabel\n"
-"selecteren, de <b>Waarde</b> er van wijzigen en op <b>Wijzigen</b> klikken.</p>\n"
+"selecteren, de <b>Waarde</b> er van wijzigen en op <b>Wijzigen</b> klikken.</"
+"p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Basic Options 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:236
msgid "<p>To remove an option, select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Om een optie te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Om een optie te verwijderen dient u deze eerst te selecteren en daarna op "
+"<b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:238
@@ -1955,24 +2001,33 @@
"Use this dialog to define various options of the DNS server logging.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Loggen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Gebruik dit dialoog om verschillende opties van het DNS-server loggen te definiëren.</p>"
+"Gebruik dit dialoog om verschillende opties van het DNS-server loggen te "
+"definiëren.</p>"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 2/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:242
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the system log. \n"
+"Select <b>Log to System Log</b> to save DNS server log messages to the "
+"system log. \n"
"To save the DNS server log messages to a separate file, select \n"
-"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log and \n"
+"<b>Log to File</b> and set the <b>Filename</b> to which to save the log "
+"and \n"
"the <b>Maximum Size</b> of the log file.\n"
-"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</b>\n"
+"The DNS server automatically rotates the log files. Use <b>Maximum Versions</"
+"b>\n"
"to specify how many log files should be saved.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Selecteer <b>Naar systeemlog loggen </b> om logberichten van de DNS-server in het systeemlog op te slaan. De DNS-server logberichten kunnen in een apart bestand worden opgeslagen,\n"
-"selecteer hiervoor <b>Naar bestand loggen</b> en geef de <b>Bestandsnaam</b> op waarin\n"
-"het log moet worden opgeslagen en de <b>Maximum grootte</b> van het logbestand.\n"
-"De DNS-server zal de logbestanden automatisch roteren. Gebruik <b>Maximum versies</b> om\n"
+"Selecteer <b>Naar systeemlog loggen </b> om logberichten van de DNS-server "
+"in het systeemlog op te slaan. De DNS-server logberichten kunnen in een "
+"apart bestand worden opgeslagen,\n"
+"selecteer hiervoor <b>Naar bestand loggen</b> en geef de <b>Bestandsnaam</b> "
+"op waarin\n"
+"het log moet worden opgeslagen en de <b>Maximum grootte</b> van het "
+"logbestand.\n"
+"De DNS-server zal de logbestanden automatisch roteren. Gebruik <b>Maximum "
+"versies</b> om\n"
"te specificeren hoeveel logbestanden er opgeslagen mogen worden.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Logging 3/3
@@ -1988,9 +2043,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Extra loggen</b>:\n"
"selecteer de acties die u wilt laten loggen. Algemene acties worden\n"
-"altijd gelogd. <b>Alle DNS-queries loggen</b> logt alle queries van clients aan de DNS-server.\n"
+"altijd gelogd. <b>Alle DNS-queries loggen</b> logt alle queries van clients "
+"aan de DNS-server.\n"
"<b>Alle zone-bijwerkingen loggen</b> logt wanneer DNS is bijgewerkt.\n"
-"<b>Zone-overdrachten loggen</b> logt wanneer een zone compleet is overgedragen naar\n"
+"<b>Zone-overdrachten loggen</b> logt wanneer een zone compleet is "
+"overgedragen naar\n"
"de secondaire\n"
"nameserver.</p>\n"
@@ -2035,12 +2092,17 @@
"<p>To add an already created key, set the <b>Filename</b>\n"
"(or use the <b>Browse</b> button to select it) and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
"To generate a new key, enter the <b>Filename</b> and the <b>Key ID</b>\n"
-"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</p>\n"
+"then click <b>Generate</b>. The new key will be generated and also added.</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een reeds aangemaakte sleutel te verwijderen, geef de <b>bestandsnaam</b> op\n"
-"(of gebruik de knop <b>Bladeren</b> om het bestand te selecteren) en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
-"Om een nieuwe sleutel te genereren, voer de <b>bestandsnaam</b> en <b>Sleutel-ID</b> in en klik\n"
-"op <b>Genereren</b>. De nieuwe sleutel zal dan worden gegenereerd en toegevoegd.</p>\n"
+"<p>Om een reeds aangemaakte sleutel te verwijderen, geef de <b>bestandsnaam</"
+"b> op\n"
+"(of gebruik de knop <b>Bladeren</b> om het bestand te selecteren) en klik op "
+"<b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
+"Om een nieuwe sleutel te genereren, voer de <b>bestandsnaam</b> en "
+"<b>Sleutel-ID</b> in en klik\n"
+"op <b>Genereren</b>. De nieuwe sleutel zal dan worden gegenereerd en "
+"toegevoegd.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Keys 3/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:288
@@ -2063,22 +2125,28 @@
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #2
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:298
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</b>,\n"
+"<p>To add a new zone, enter its <b>Zone Name</b>, select the <b>Zone Type</"
+"b>,\n"
"and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een nieuwe zone toe te voegen, geef de <b>Zonenaam</b>, selecteer het <b>Zonetype</b>\n"
+"<p>Om een nieuwe zone toe te voegen, geef de <b>Zonenaam</b>, selecteer het "
+"<b>Zonetype</b>\n"
"en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Expert Mode Configuration - Zones #3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address followed by\n"
+"<p>To add a new IPv4 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv4 address "
+"followed by\n"
"<tt>.in-addr.arpa</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b> (for example, zone name\n"
-"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), select\n"
+"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> for network <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt>), "
+"select\n"
"the <b>Zone Type</b>, and click <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een nieuwe IPv4 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van het omgekeerde\n"
-"IPv4-adres in gevolgd door <tt>.in-addr.arpa<tti> als <b>Zonenaam</b> (bijvoorbeeld zonenaam\n"
+"<p>Om een nieuwe IPv4 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van "
+"het omgekeerde\n"
+"IPv4-adres in gevolgd door <tt>.in-addr.arpa<tti> als <b>Zonenaam</b> "
+"(bijvoorbeeld zonenaam\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa</tt> voor het <tt>192.168.0.0/24</tt> netwerk),\n"
"selecteer vervolgens het <b>Zonetype</b> en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2086,16 +2154,20 @@
#. %1, %2, %3, and %4 are replaced with examples
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:311
msgid ""
-"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address followed by\n"
-"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone name are\n"
+"<p>To add a new IPv6 reverse zone, enter a part of the reverse IPv6 address "
+"followed by\n"
+"<tt>%1</tt> as its <b>Zone Name</b>. Several formats for entering the zone "
+"name are\n"
"supported: Standard form: <tt>%2</tt>;\n"
"Forward form: <tt>%3</tt>;\n"
"Forward form without netmask bits: <tt>%4</tt>\n"
"(by default <tt>64</tt> netmask bits are used).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een nieuw IPv6 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van het\n"
+"<p>Om een nieuw IPv6 omgekeerde zone toe te voegen, voer een gedeelte van "
+"het\n"
"omgekeerde IPv6-adres in gevolgd door <tt>%1</tt> als <b>Zonenaam</b>.\n"
-"Verschillende formaten voor het invoeren van de zonenaam worden ondersteund: De\n"
+"Verschillende formaten voor het invoeren van de zonenaam worden ondersteund: "
+"De\n"
"standaard vorm: <tt>%2</tt>;\n"
"de voorwaardse vorm: <tt>%3</tt>;\n"
"de voorwaardse vorm zonder netmaskbits: <tt>%4</tt>\n"
@@ -2110,13 +2182,15 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Om de instellingen te wijzigen voor een zone, zoals zonetransport\n"
"en naam- en e-mailservers, selecteer deze en klik op <b>Bewerken</b>.\n"
-"Om een geconfigureerde zone te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
+"Om een geconfigureerde zone te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op "
+"<b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 1/3
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:334
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DDNS and Zone Transport</big></b><br>\n"
-"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control access\n"
+"Use this dialog to change dynamic DNS settings of the zone and control "
+"access\n"
"to the zone.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>DDNS en zonetransport</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -2132,8 +2206,10 @@
"before the zone can be updated dynamically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Om dynamisch bijwerken van de zone toe te staan, selecteer <b>Dynamisch bijwerken toestaan</b>\n"
-"en selecteer de <b>TSIG-sleutel</b>. U dient minstens één TSIG-sleutel te definiëren\n"
+"Om dynamisch bijwerken van de zone toe te staan, selecteer <b>Dynamisch "
+"bijwerken toestaan</b>\n"
+"en selecteer de <b>TSIG-sleutel</b>. U dient minstens één TSIG-sleutel te "
+"definiëren\n"
"voordat de zone dynamisch kan worden bijgewerkt.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Basics 3/3
@@ -2160,7 +2236,8 @@
"check-box and choose the zone to generate the records from.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Omgekeerde zonerecords kunnen gegenereerd worden vanuit een andere master-zone.\n"
+"Omgekeerde zonerecords kunnen gegenereerd worden vanuit een andere master-"
+"zone.\n"
"Selecteer het selectievak <b>Automatisch genereren van records uit</b>\n"
"en kies de zone waaruit de records gegenereerd moeten worden.</p>\n"
@@ -2172,20 +2249,24 @@
"from the current on in the <b>Connected Reverse Zones</b> field.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Als dit geen omgekeerde zone is dan kunt u zien welke zones zijn gegenereerd\n"
+"Als dit geen omgekeerde zone is dan kunt u zien welke zones zijn "
+"gegenereerd\n"
"vanuit de huidige in het <b>Verbonden omgekeerde zones</b> veld.</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Name Servers
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:371
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>NS Records</big></b><br>\n"
-"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To add a new name server, enter the name server address and click <b>Add</"
+"b>.\n"
"To remove one of the listed name servers, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>NS-records</big></b><br>\n"
-"Om een nieuwe naamserver toe te voegen, voer het adres van de naamserver in en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
-"Om een van de naamservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik op\n"
+"Om een nieuwe naamserver toe te voegen, voer het adres van de naamserver in "
+"en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
+"Om een van de naamservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer het en klik "
+"op\n"
"<b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Mail Servers
@@ -2198,9 +2279,11 @@
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>MX-records</big></b><br>\n"
-"Om een nieuwe mailserver toe te voegen, voer het <b>adres</b> en de <b>prioriteit</b> in\n"
+"Om een nieuwe mailserver toe te voegen, voer het <b>adres</b> en de "
+"<b>prioriteit</b> in\n"
"en klik op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
-"Om een van de mailservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik\n"
+"Om een van de mailservers uit de lijst te verwijderen, selecteer deze en "
+"klik\n"
"op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 2/7
@@ -2208,12 +2291,15 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Serial</b> is the number used for determining if the zone has \n"
"changed on\n"
-"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize the\n"
+"the master servers (then slave servers do not always need to synchronize "
+"the\n"
"entire zone).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Serieel</b> is het nummer dat wordt gebruikt bij het bepalen of de zone\n"
+"<p><b>Serieel</b> is het nummer dat wordt gebruikt bij het bepalen of de "
+"zone\n"
"op de masterservers gewijzigd is\n"
-"(zodat slave-servers niet altijd de volledige zone hoeven te synchroniseren)\n"
+"(zodat slave-servers niet altijd de volledige zone hoeven te "
+"synchroniseren)\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Zone (SOA) 3/7
@@ -2232,8 +2318,10 @@
"servers and slave servers stop answering replies until it is synchronized.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Vervaltijd</b> betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave-servers vervalt\n"
-"en waarna slave-servers stoppen met beantwoorden totdat deze zijn gesynchroniseerd.\n"
+"<p><b>Vervaltijd</b> betekent de periode waarna de zone op slave-servers "
+"vervalt\n"
+"en waarna slave-servers stoppen met beantwoorden totdat deze zijn "
+"gesynchroniseerd.\n"
"</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 1/7 or 1/5
@@ -2245,8 +2333,10 @@
"click <b>Add</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Records</big></b><br>\n"
-"In dit dialoog kunt u de bronrecords van de zone wijzigen. Om nieuwe bronrecords\n"
-"toe te voegen, selecteer de <b>Recordsleutel</b>, <b>Type</b> en <b>Waarde</b>, en klik\n"
+"In dit dialoog kunt u de bronrecords van de zone wijzigen. Om nieuwe "
+"bronrecords\n"
+"toe te voegen, selecteer de <b>Recordsleutel</b>, <b>Type</b> en <b>Waarde</"
+"b>, en klik\n"
"daarna op <b>Toevoegen</b>.</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 2/7 or 2/5
@@ -2255,7 +2345,10 @@
"<p>To change an existing record, select it, modify the desired entries,\n"
"and click <b>Change</b>. To delete a record, select it and click\n"
"<b>Delete</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Om een bestaande record te wijzigen, selecteer deze, wijzig de gewenste onderdelen en klik op <b>Wijzigen</b>. Om een record te verwijderen, selecteer deze en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Om een bestaande record te wijzigen, selecteer deze, wijzig de gewenste "
+"onderdelen en klik op <b>Wijzigen</b>. Om een record te verwijderen, "
+"selecteer deze en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 3/7 or 3/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:432
@@ -2301,16 +2394,20 @@
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:452 src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:479
msgid ""
"<p><b>NS: Name Server</b>:\n"
-"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an absolute\n"
+"<b>Record Key</b> is a zone name relative to the current zone or an "
+"absolute\n"
"domain name followed by a dot.\n"
"<b>Value</b> is a hostname relative to the current zone or fully qualified\n"
"hostname followed by a dot. It must be represented by an A record.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>NS: Naamserver</b><br>\n"
-"<b>Recordsleutel</b> is een zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een absolute\n"
+"<b>Recordsleutel</b> is een zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een "
+"absolute\n"
"domeinnaam gevolgd door een punt.\n"
-"<b>Waarde</b> is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige gekwalificeerde\n"
-"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd te worden.</p>\n"
+"<b>Waarde</b> is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige "
+"gekwalificeerde\n"
+"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd "
+"te worden.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 7/7 (alt. 1)
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:460
@@ -2324,8 +2421,10 @@
"<p><b>MX: Mail relay</b><br>\n"
"<b>Recordsleutel</b> is een host- of zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone\n"
"of een absolute host- of zonenaam gevolgd door een punt.\n"
-"<b>Waarde</b> is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige gekwalificeerde\n"
-"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd te worden.</p>\n"
+"<b>Waarde</b> is een hostnaam relatief aan de huidige zone of een volledige "
+"gekwalificeerde\n"
+"hostnaam gevolgd door een punt. Het dient door een A-record gerepresenteerd "
+"te worden.</p>\n"
#. Zone Editor - Help for tab - Records 4/5 (alt. 2)
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:468
@@ -2333,7 +2432,8 @@
"<p><b>PTR: Reverse Translation</b>:\n"
"<b>Record Key</b> is a full reverse zone name (derived from the IP address)\n"
"followed by a dot\n"
-"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt>)\n"
+"(such as <tt>1.0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</"
+"tt>)\n"
" or a part of reverse zone name relative to the current zone\n"
"(such as <tt>1</tt> for IP address <tt>192.168.0.1</tt> in zone\n"
"<tt>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</tt>).\n"
@@ -2346,7 +2446,8 @@
" of een deel van de omgekeerde zonenaam relatief aan de huidige zone\n"
"(bijv: <i>1</i> voor IP-adres <i>192.168.0.1</i> in zone\n"
"<i>0.168.192.in-addr.arpa.</i>).\n"
-"<b>Waarde</b> is een volledige gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een punt.</p>\n"
+"<b>Waarde</b> is een volledige gekwalificeerde hostnaam gevolgd door een "
+"punt.</p>\n"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 1/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:487
@@ -2355,7 +2456,8 @@
"<p>Check the entered settings before finishing the configuration.</p> \n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuratie voltooien</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Controleer de opgegeven instellingen alvorens de configuratie af te ronden.</p> \n"
+"<p>Controleer de opgegeven instellingen alvorens de configuratie af te "
+"ronden.</p> \n"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 2/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:491
@@ -2364,7 +2466,8 @@
"SuSEfirewall2 settings to allow all connections to your DNS server.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer <b>Open poort in firewall</b> om de SuSEfirewall2 instellingen\n"
-"dusdanig aan te passen zodat alle verbindingen met uw DNS-server worden toegestaan.</p>"
+"dusdanig aan te passen zodat alle verbindingen met uw DNS-server worden "
+"toegestaan.</p>"
#. Final step of the installation wizard - 3/5
#: src/include/dns-server/helps.rb:495
@@ -2421,8 +2524,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Zonetransport</b></big><br>\n"
"Stel <b>Zonetransport inschakelen</b> in om zonetransporten toe te staan\n"
-"en selecteer de <b>ACL's</b> die gecontroleerd zullen worden als een externe host\n"
-"een zoneoverdracht probeert te bewerkstelligen. Minstens één ACL dient te zijn\n"
+"en selecteer de <b>ACL's</b> die gecontroleerd zullen worden als een externe "
+"host\n"
+"een zoneoverdracht probeert te bewerkstelligen. Minstens één ACL dient te "
+"zijn\n"
"gedefinieerd alvorens zonetransporten toegestaan kunnen worden.</p>"
#. forward zone help text 1/2
@@ -2756,7 +2861,9 @@
#. error report, %1 is ldap object
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2021
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=defaultDNS,%1. Not using LDAP."
-msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP wordt niet gebruikt."
+msgstr ""
+"Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van cn=defaultDNS,%1. LDAP wordt niet "
+"gebruikt."
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record DN
#: src/modules/DnsServer.pm:2047
@@ -2971,4 +3078,6 @@
#~ msgstr "DNS-server draait niet"
#~ msgid "Invalid TXT record key. It should be similar to a hostname."
-#~ msgstr "Ongeldig TXT-record-sleutel. Het zou met een hostnaam overeen moeten komen."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Ongeldig TXT-record-sleutel. Het zou met een hostnaam overeen moeten "
+#~ "komen."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/drbd.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -9,13 +9,13 @@
# Karl Eichwalder <ke(a)suse.de>, 1999, 2000.
# Martin Lohner <ml(a)suse.de>, 2000.
# peter(a)sybex.nl, 2000.
-# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2010, 2013, 2014, 2015.
+# Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>, 2008, 2010, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016.
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: drbd.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 13:01+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-07 10:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language: nl\n"
@@ -193,7 +193,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te drukken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
+"te drukken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:44
@@ -235,146 +236,319 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bezig met booten:</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t\t<p>activeren van \"Aan\" om de DRBD-server nu te starten en bij booten</p>\n"
+"\t\t\t<p>activeren van \"Aan\" om de DRBD-server nu te starten en bij "
+"booten</p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>activeren van \"Uit\", de DRBD-server start alleen handmatig</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Schakel Aan en Uit:</b></p>\n"
"\t\t\t<p>Nu starten of stoppen van DRBD-server</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Configuratie van hulpbron van DRBD</big></b></p>"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:69
msgid ""
-"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a resource</p>\n"
+"<p>Clicking \"Add\", \"Edit\", \"Delete\" button to add, edit or delete a "
+"resource</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Klik op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" om een hulpbron toe te voegen, te bewerken or te verwijderen</p>\n"
+"<p>Klik op de knop \"Toevoegen\", \"Bewerken\", \"Verwijderen\" om een "
+"hulpbron toe te voegen, te bewerken or te verwijderen</p>\n"
"\t\t"
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:75
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -"
+#| "n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
+#| "\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, "
+#| "which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to "
+#| "reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to "
+#| "connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+#| "\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource "
+#| "being described. You must use this device with your application (file "
+#| "system) and you must not use the low level block device which is "
+#| "specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, "
+#| "you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the "
+#| "name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
+#| "\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/"
+#| "dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+#| "\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and "
+#| "retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on "
+#| "top of it.</p>\n"
+#| "\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the "
+#| "backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+#| "\t\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to the node's partner device.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
-"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Name\" is mandatory and must match the Linux host name (uname -n) "
+"of one of the nodes. Should not include \".\" in hostname.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Address:Port\": A resource needs one IP address per device, which "
+"is used to wait for incoming connections from the partner device to reach "
+"the device. Each DRBD resource needs a TCP port which is used to connect to "
+"the node's partner device.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Device\": The name of the block device node of the resource being "
+"described. You must use this device with your application (file system) and "
+"you must not use the low level block device which is specified with the disk "
+"parameter,following its minor number. Otherwise, you may omit the name, or "
+"the word minor and its number. If you omit the name a default of /dev/"
+"drbd'minor number' will be used.\n"
+"\t\tLike: '/dev/drbd{service} minor {minor drbd number [0...255]}' or '/dev/"
+"drbd{minor drbd number [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Disk\": DRBD uses this block device to actually store and retrieve "
+"the data. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</"
+"p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the "
+"backing device is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated "
+"by yast automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different "
+"resources.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam (uname -n) van een van de nodes. Mag geen \".\" in de hostnaam bevatten</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Adres:poort\": een hulpbron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, die wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen vanaf het partner-apparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-hulpbron heeft een TCP-poort nodig die gebruikt wordt om te verbinden met de node van het partner-apparaat.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Apparaat\": De naam van de node van het blokapparaat van de hulpbron die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat met uw toepassing gebruiken (bestandssysteem) en u moet het blokapparaat op een lager niveau niet gebruiken wat is gespecificeerd met de schijfparameter, gevolgd door zijn minor-getal. Anders mag u de naam weg of het woord minor en zijn getal. Als u de naam weglaat dan zal de standaard /dev/drbdminor worden gebruikt.\n"
-"\t\tZoals: '/dev/drdb{service} minor {minor drdb-getal [0...255]}' of '/dev/drbd{minor drdb-getal [0...255]}'</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om echt de gegevens op te slaan en op te halen. Benader zo'n apparaat nooit terwijl DRBD erop actief is.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>\"Meta-schijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het reserve apparaat wordt gebruikt om de meta-gegevens op te slaan.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Naam\" is verplicht en moet overeenkomen met de Linux-hostnaam "
+"(uname -n) van een van de nodes. Mag geen \".\" in de hostnaam bevatten</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Adres:poort\": een hulpbron heeft één IP-adres per apparaat nodig, "
+"die wordt gebruikt om te wachten op inkomende verbindingen vanaf het partner-"
+"apparaat om het apparaat te bereiken. Elke DRBD-hulpbron heeft een TCP-poort "
+"nodig die gebruikt wordt om te verbinden met de node van het partner-"
+"apparaat.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Apparaat\": De naam van de node van het blokapparaat van de "
+"hulpbron die wordt beschreven. U moet dit apparaat met uw toepassing "
+"gebruiken (bestandssysteem) en u moet het blokapparaat op een lager niveau "
+"niet gebruiken wat is gespecificeerd met de schijfparameter, gevolgd door "
+"zijn minor-getal. Anders mag u de naam weg of het woord minor en zijn getal. "
+"Als u de naam weglaat dan zal de standaard /dev/drbdminor worden gebruikt.\n"
+"\t\tZoals: '/dev/drdb{service} minor {minor drdb-getal [0...255]}' of '/dev/"
+"drbd{minor drdb-getal [0...255]}'</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Schijf\": DRBD gebruikt dit blokapparaat om echt de gegevens op te "
+"slaan en op te halen. Benader zo'n apparaat nooit terwijl DRBD erop actief "
+"is.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Meta-schijf\": intern. Intern betekent dat het laatste deel van het "
+"reserve apparaat wordt gebruikt om de meta-gegevens op te slaan.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node-id is een interne waarde voor drbd, die door yast "
+"automatisch zal worden gegenereerd. Een host kan verschillende \"node-id\" in "
+"verschillende hulpbronnen hebben.</p>\n"
"\t\t"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both local and remote disk.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
+"local disk and local TCP send buffer.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached "
+"local disk and remote buffer cache.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: write IO is reported as completed, if it has reached both "
+"local and remote disk.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: Wait for connection timeout, if this node "
+"was a degraded cluster</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-error to the upper layers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: What to do when the lower level device reports io-"
+"error to the upper layers</p>\n"
"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: The size of the TCP socket send buffer</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: Maximum number of requests to be allocated by "
+"DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default unit is 100ms</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive packet</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: If the partner node fails to send an expected "
+"response packet within time 10ths of a second, the partner node is "
+"considered dead and therefore the TCP/IP connection is abandoned. This must "
+"be lower than connect-int and ping-int. The default value is 60 = 6 seconds, "
+"the unit 0.1 seconds.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-"
+"alive packet. In case the peer's reply is not received within this time "
+"period, it is considered as dead. The default value is 500ms, the default "
+"unit is 100ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: The time the peer has time to answer to a keep-alive "
+"packet</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two write barriers</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is KB/sec.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: The highest number of data blocks between two "
+"write barriers</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: the secondary node fails to complete a single write "
+"request for count times the timeout, it is expelled from the cluster. The "
+"default value is 0, which disables this feature.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: To ensure a smooth operation of the application on top "
+"of DRBD, it is possible to limit the bandwidth which may be used by "
+"background synchronizations. The default is 250 KB/sec, the default unit is "
+"KB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: parameter you control how big the hot area (= "
+"active set) can get. The default number of extents is 127. (Minimum: 7, "
+"Maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol A: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de locale schijf en de locale TCP verzendbuffer heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol B: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de locale schijf en de buffer-cache heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Protocol C: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het zowel de locale als de schijf op afstand heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol A: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de "
+"locale schijf en de locale TCP verzendbuffer heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol B: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het de "
+"locale schijf en de buffer-cache heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Protocol C: schrijf-IO wordt gerapporteerd als voltooid, als het "
+"zowel de locale als de schijf op afstand heeft bereikt.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
"\t\t<p><b>wfc-timeout</b>: wacht op timeout van de verbinding</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: wacht op de timeout van de verbinding, als deze node een gedegradeerde cluster is</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>degr-wfc-timeout</b>: wacht op de timeout van de verbinding, als "
+"deze node een gedegradeerde cluster is</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager niveau een io-fout rapporteert aan de hogere lagen</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-socket</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: maximum aantal verzoeken om te worden toegewezen door DRBD</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>on-io-error</b>: wat te doen wanneer het apparaat op een lager "
+"niveau een io-fout rapporteert aan de hogere lagen</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>sndbuf-size</b>: de grootte van de verzendbuffer van de TCP-"
+"socket</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-buffers</b>: maximum aantal verzoeken om te worden toegewezen "
+"door DRBD</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: als de partnernode een verwacht antwoordpakket niet kan verzenden binnen tijd van tienden van een seconde, de partnernode wordt daarom als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP verbinding wordt verlaten. Dit moet lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaard waarde is 60 = 6 seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op een keep-alive-pakket. In geval dat het antwoord van de tegenhanger niet binnen deze periode is ontvangen, wordt deze als dood beschouwd. De standaard waarde is 500 ms, de standaard eenheid is 100 ms</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op een keep-alive-pakket</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>timeout</b>: als de partnernode een verwacht antwoordpakket niet "
+"kan verzenden binnen tijd van tienden van een seconde, de partnernode wordt "
+"daarom als dood beschouwd en de TCP/IP verbinding wordt verlaten. Dit moet "
+"lager zijn dan connect-int en ping-int. De standaard waarde is 60 = 6 "
+"seconden, de eenheid 0,1 seconde.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>connect-int</b>: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden "
+"op een keep-alive-pakket. In geval dat het antwoord van de tegenhanger niet "
+"binnen deze periode is ontvangen, wordt deze als dood beschouwd. De "
+"standaard waarde is 500 ms, de standaard eenheid is 100 ms</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ping-int</b>: de tijd die de tegenhanger heeft om te antwoorden op "
+"een keep-alive-pakket</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: het hoogste aantal blokken met gegevens tussen twee schrijfgrenzen</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: het aantal keren maal de timeout dat de secondaire node niet in staat is een enkel schrijfverzoek uit te voeren, daarna wordt deze uit het cluster gestoten. De standaard waarde is 0, wat deze functie uitschakelt.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: om voor een geoliede werking van de toepassing bovenop DRBD te zorgen is het mogelijk de bandbreedte, die gebruikt mag worden door synchronisaties op de achtergrond, te beperken. De standaard is 250 kB/sec, de standaard eenheid is kB/sec.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: de parameter waarmee u bestuurt hoe groot de hot-area (= actieve set) mag worden. Het standaard aantal extents is 127. (minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>max-epoch-size</b>: het hoogste aantal blokken met gegevens tussen "
+"twee schrijfgrenzen</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>ko-count</b>: het aantal keren maal de timeout dat de secondaire "
+"node niet in staat is een enkel schrijfverzoek uit te voeren, daarna wordt "
+"deze uit het cluster gestoten. De standaard waarde is 0, wat deze functie "
+"uitschakelt.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>rate</b>: om voor een geoliede werking van de toepassing bovenop "
+"DRBD te zorgen is het mogelijk de bandbreedte, die gebruikt mag worden door "
+"synchronisaties op de achtergrond, te beperken. De standaard is 250 kB/sec, "
+"de standaard eenheid is kB/sec.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>al-extents</b>: de parameter waarmee u bestuurt hoe groot de hot-"
+"area (= actieve set) mag worden. Het standaard aantal extents is 127. "
+"(minimum: 7, maximum: 3843)</p>\n"
"\t\t"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>LVM-configuratie</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
+#| "\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in "
+#| "the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes."
+#| "</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the "
+#| "file layout.</p>\n"
+#| "\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
+#| "\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from "
+#| "the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, "
+#| "LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, "
+#| "rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t"
+#| "\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM "
+#| "filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, "
+#| "disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
+#| "\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These "
+#| "expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed "
+#| "with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For "
+#| "example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. "
+#| "Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "\t\t"
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file layout.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>To use LVM with DRBD, it is necessary to change some options in the "
+"LVM configuration file and to remove stale cache entries on the nodes.</p>\t"
+"\t<p>Refer to 'man lvm.conf' for further information including the file "
+"layout.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Device Filter</b>: This masks the underlying block device from the "
+"list of devices LVM scans for Physical Volume signatures. This way, LVM is "
+"instructed to read Physical Volume signatures from DRBD devices, rather than "
+"from the underlying backing block devices.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: "
+"According to the configuration of drbd, LVM filter will always be changed "
+"automatically. To change it manually, disable the checkbox of AutoFilter.</"
+"p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>The filter consists of an array of regular expressions. These "
+"expressions can be delimited by a character of your choice, and prefixed "
+"with either an 'a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, "
+"setting filter as [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disable cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. "
+"Should disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata "
+"and PV state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is "
+"done by the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be "
+"synchronized between nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster "
+"environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM-configuratiebestand /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Om LVM met DRBD te gebruiken is het nodig enige opties in het LVM-configuratiebestand te wijzigen en om ongebruikte cache-items op de nodes te verwijderen.</p>\t\t<p>Kijk in 'man lvm.conf' voor verdere informatie inclusief de indeling van het bestand.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Om LVM met DRBD te gebruiken is het nodig enige opties in het LVM-"
+"configuratiebestand te wijzigen en om ongebruikte cache-items op de nodes te "
+"verwijderen.</p>\t\t<p>Kijk in 'man lvm.conf' voor verdere informatie "
+"inclusief de indeling van het bestand.</p>\n"
"\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t\t \n"
-"\t\t<p><b>Apparaatfilter</b>: dit maskeert het onderliggende blokapparaat uit de lijst met apparaten gemaakt door LVM scans naar Fysieke Volume signatures. Op deze manier wordt LVM geïnstrueerd Fysieke Volume signatures te lezen uit DRBD-apparaten, in plaats van uit de onderliggende blokapparaten die het ondersteunen.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: volgens de configuratie van drbd zal LVM-filter altijd automatisch worden gewijzigd. Om het handmatig te wijzigen schakelt u het keuzevakje van AutoFilter uit.</p>\n"
-"\t\t<p>Het filter bestaat uit een array van reguliere expressies. Deze expressies kunnen omgeven worden door een teken naar eigen keuze, en een voorloopteken dat ofwel een 'a' (voor accepteren) of 'r' (voor afwijzen/reject) hebben.</p>\t\t<p>Bijvoorbeeld het filter instellen als [\"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>Apparaatfilter</b>: dit maskeert het onderliggende blokapparaat "
+"uit de lijst met apparaten gemaakt door LVM scans naar Fysieke Volume "
+"signatures. Op deze manier wordt LVM geïnstrueerd Fysieke Volume signatures "
+"te lezen uit DRBD-apparaten, in plaats van uit de onderliggende "
+"blokapparaten die het ondersteunen.</p>\t\t<p><b>AutoFilter</b>: volgens de "
+"configuratie van drbd zal LVM-filter altijd automatisch worden gewijzigd. Om "
+"het handmatig te wijzigen schakelt u het keuzevakje van AutoFilter uit.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>Het filter bestaat uit een array van reguliere expressies. Deze "
+"expressies kunnen omgeven worden door een teken naar eigen keuze, en een "
+"voorloopteken dat ofwel een 'a' (voor accepteren) of 'r' (voor afwijzen/"
+"reject) hebben.</p>\t\t<p>Bijvoorbeeld het filter instellen als [\"r|/dev/"
+"sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: schakel in/zet aan schrijven van de LVM-cache is standaard. Schakel cache uit voor opslag in het netwerk, zoals nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: schakel in/zet aan schrijven van de LVM-cache is "
+"standaard. Schakel cache uit voor opslag in het netwerk, zoals nfs. </p>\n"
"\n"
"\t\t"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b><big>Globale configuratie van DRBD</big></b></p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
-msgid "<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity check</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Activeer <b>\"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\"</b> om één van de drbdadm's fitheidtests uit te schakelen</p>"
-
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it waited so\n"
+"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's "
+"sanity check</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Activeer <b>\"IP-verificatie uitschakelen\"</b> om één van de drbdadm's "
+"fitheidtests uit te schakelen</p>"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it "
+"waited so\n"
" far. You might want to disable this if you have the console\n"
" of your server connected to a serial terminal server with\n"
" limited logging capacity.\n"
-" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' seconds,\n"
+" The Dialog will print the count each 'dialog-refresh' "
+"seconds,\n"
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Dialoog verversen:</b> De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden die tot\n"
-" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de console van uw\n"
-" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met beperkte\n"
+"<p><b>Dialoog verversen:</b> De gebruikersdialoog telt en toont de seconden "
+"die tot\n"
+" dan zijn verstreken. U zou dit uit kunnen zetten als de "
+"console van uw\n"
+" server is verbonden met een seriële terminalserver met "
+"beperkte\n"
" logcapaciteit.\n"
-" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-verversing' seconden,\n"
-" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. </p>"
+" De dialoog zal de telling tonen na iedere 'dialoog-"
+"verversing' seconden,\n"
+" instellen op 0 schakelt het opnieuw schrijven volledig uit. "
+"</p>"
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -389,7 +563,7 @@
" apparaten zoals in dit bestand is geconfigureerd.</p>"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
@@ -398,7 +572,7 @@
"Configureer DRBD hier.<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -407,11 +581,12 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Een DRBD toevoegen:</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecteer een DRBD uit de lijst met gedetecteerde DRBD's.\n"
-"Wanneer uw DRBD niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan <b>Overige (niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
+"Wanneer uw DRBD niet gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan <b>Overige (niet "
+"gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
"Klik daarna op <b>Configureren</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -422,7 +597,7 @@
"geopend waarin u de configuratie kunt gaan aanpassen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -433,7 +608,7 @@
"de configuraties ook bewerken.<br></p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
@@ -442,7 +617,7 @@
"Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een DRBD toe te voegen.</p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -450,10 +625,11 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Bewerken of verwijderen:</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen DRBD.\n"
-"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
+"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.</"
+"p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -465,7 +641,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -476,7 +652,7 @@
"</p>"
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -487,51 +663,111 @@
"<br></p>\n"
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr "LVM-filterconfiguratie van DRBD"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr "LVM apparaatfilter automatisch wijzigen"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr "Apparaatfilter"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr "De LVM-cache wegschrijven"
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr "LVM-cache inschakelen"
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr "Bronnaam"
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr "Nodes"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr "Toevoegen"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr "Bewerken"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr "Verwijderen"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr "Opslaan"
+
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocol"
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+msgid "OK"
+msgstr "OK"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr "Annuleren"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+#| msgid "Node names must be different."
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr "Naam van node mag niet leeg zijn."
+
#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
-msgstr "Namen van nodes moeten verschillen."
-
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
-msgstr "Namen van nodes mogen geen \".\" bevatten bij gebruik van de locale hostnaam."
+msgstr ""
+"Namen van nodes mogen geen \".\" bevatten bij gebruik van de locale hostnaam."
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr "Alle velden invullen."
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr "Configureer minstens twee nodes."
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr "Naam van node invoeren:"
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+#| msgid "Node names must be different."
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr "Namen van nodes moeten verschillen."
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -639,16 +875,16 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid "Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr "Samenvoegen van aparte DRDB-configuratiebestanden is mislukt\n"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr "Naar drbd.conf.YaST2prepare schrijven is mislukt"
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "De DRBD-configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd"
@@ -657,22 +893,22 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr "Globale instellingen lezen"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr "Bronnen lezen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr "De LVM-configuratie lezen"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr "Daemon-status lezen"
@@ -680,11 +916,11 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr "SuSEFirewall-instellingen lezen"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr "Globale instellingen worden gelezen..."
@@ -692,33 +928,33 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr "Bronnen worden gelezen..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr "LVM-configuraties worden gelezen..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr "Daemon-status wordt gelezen..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gereed"
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr "Maken van reservekopie van drdb.conf is mislukt "
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr "Opschonen van drdb.conf voor drdadm-test is mislukt "
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
@@ -726,12 +962,12 @@
"Ongeldige configuratie van hulpbron %1\n"
"%2"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr "Terugbrengen van drbd.conf is mislukt"
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr "DRBD-configuratie wordt opgeslagen"
@@ -740,50 +976,50 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr "Globale instellingen schrijven"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr "Bronnen opslaan"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr "LVM-configuraties wegschrijven"
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr "Stel daemon-status in"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr "De SuSEFirewall-instellingen wegschrijven"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr "Algemene instellingen opslaan..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr "Bronnen worden opgeslagen..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr "LVM-configuraties worden weggeschreven..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr "Daemon-status wordt ingesteld..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr "De SuSEFirewall-instellingen worden weggeschreven..."
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr "Maken van map /etc/drbd.d is mislukt"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/firstboot.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: firstboot.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-04 14:43+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -53,11 +53,15 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/firstboot_auto.rb:89
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on the first boot after configuration.</p>\n"
-"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information.</p>\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Enable Firstboot Sequence</b> to start YaST firstboot utility on "
+"the first boot after configuration.</p>\n"
+"<p>Check the documentation of yast2-firstboot module for further information."
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Activeer <b>Eerste-opstart-serie</b> aan om YaST het programma eerste-opstart te laten starten bij het eerste opstarten na configuratie.</p>\n"
-"<p>Controleer de documentatie van de module yast2-firstboot voor meer informatie.</p>\n"
+"<p>Activeer <b>Eerste-opstart-serie</b> aan om YaST het programma eerste-"
+"opstart te laten starten bij het eerste opstarten na configuratie.</p>\n"
+"<p>Controleer de documentatie van de module yast2-firstboot voor meer "
+"informatie.</p>\n"
#. encoding: utf-8
#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
@@ -129,16 +133,16 @@
msgid "Label"
msgstr "Label"
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754
+#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
+msgid "Status"
+msgstr "Status"
+
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:271
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
msgid "Module Name"
msgstr "Modulenaam"
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754
-#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
-msgstr "Status"
-
#. translators: dialog text
#: src/clients/firstboot_desktop.rb:90
msgid ""
@@ -189,7 +193,8 @@
"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>De installatie van &product; op uw computer is voltooid.\n"
-"Nadat u op <b>Voltooien</b> heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem gaan aanmelden.</p>\n"
+"Nadat u op <b>Voltooien</b> heeft geklikt, kunt u zich op het systeem gaan "
+"aanmelden.</p>\n"
#. congratulation text 3/4
#. Translators: If there exists a SuSE web-page for your language
@@ -233,14 +238,20 @@
#: src/clients/firstboot_finish.rb:128
msgid ""
"<p>If desired, experts can use the full range of SuSE's configuration\n"
-"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will start\n"
-"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button to\n"
+"modules at this time. Check <b>Start YaST Control Center</b> and it will "
+"start\n"
+"after <b>Finish</b>. Note: The Control Center does not have a back button "
+"to\n"
"return to this installation sequence.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Indien gewenst kunnen experts op dit moment van alle SuSE-configuratiemodules\n"
-"gebruik maken. Door <b>YaST Configuratiecentrum starten</b> te selecteren zal YaST direct\n"
-"na het <b>Voltooien</b> worden opgestart. Opmerking: Het configuratiecentrum\n"
-"heeft geen terugkeerknop om naar deze installatieomgeving terug te gaan.</p>\n"
+"<p>Indien gewenst kunnen experts op dit moment van alle SuSE-"
+"configuratiemodules\n"
+"gebruik maken. Door <b>YaST Configuratiecentrum starten</b> te selecteren "
+"zal YaST direct\n"
+"na het <b>Voltooien</b> worden opgestart. Opmerking: Het "
+"configuratiecentrum\n"
+"heeft geen terugkeerknop om naar deze installatieomgeving terug te gaan.</"
+"p>\n"
#. popup text
#: src/clients/firstboot_language.rb:123
@@ -253,7 +264,8 @@
"Uw taalinstellingen zijn gewijzigd.\n"
"\n"
"Indien nodig kunt u uw toetsenbordinstellingen aanpassen aan de nieuwe\n"
-"taal. Gebruik het configuratieprogramma voor de toetsenbordlayout nadat u zich heeft aangemeld."
+"taal. Gebruik het configuratieprogramma voor de toetsenbordlayout nadat u "
+"zich heeft aangemeld."
#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
#. Build dialog
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/fonts.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/fonts.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/fonts.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-22 09:31+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -23,61 +23,128 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr "Bitmap lettertypen"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
-msgid "Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
-msgstr "Anders dan 'outline fonts' (lettertypen wiskundig beschreven met krommen; gekozen in de rest van de profielen), 'bitmap fonts' representeren een groep lettertypen, die een bitmap voor elk schriftteken en grootte bevat. Dus bestaan slechts een aantal afmetingen voor elk lettertype. Ze zijn erg snel weer te geven, omdat er geen noodzaak is om de bitmap te berekenen en beschouwd worden als beter leesbaar speciaal op kleine groottes (zelfs, sommige 'outline fonts' bevatten zogenaamde 'embedded bitmaps', bitmapversies van zichzelf, voor kleine afmetingen). 'Bitmap fonts' worden zwart-wit weergegeven, niet uitgesmeerd."
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
+msgid ""
+"Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in "
+"the rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which "
+"contain bitmap for each glyph and size. Thus, only several sizes exist for "
+"each font. They are very fast to render, because there's no need to compute "
+"the bitmap and are considered more readable especially on small sizes (even, "
+"some outline fonts contains so called 'embedded bitmaps', bitmap versions of "
+"itself, for small sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not "
+"smoothed."
+msgstr ""
+"Anders dan 'outline fonts' (lettertypen wiskundig beschreven met krommen; "
+"gekozen in de rest van de profielen), 'bitmap fonts' representeren een groep "
+"lettertypen, die een bitmap voor elk schriftteken en grootte bevat. Dus "
+"bestaan slechts een aantal afmetingen voor elk lettertype. Ze zijn erg snel "
+"weer te geven, omdat er geen noodzaak is om de bitmap te berekenen en "
+"beschouwd worden als beter leesbaar speciaal op kleine groottes (zelfs, "
+"sommige 'outline fonts' bevatten zogenaamde 'embedded bitmaps', "
+"bitmapversies van zichzelf, voor kleine afmetingen). 'Bitmap fonts' worden "
+"zwart-wit weergegeven, niet uitgesmeerd."
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr "Zwart-wit weergave"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
-msgid "Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
-msgstr "Lettertypen weergegeven zonder antialiasing (grijze uitsmering), zwart-wit. In contrast tot uitgesmeerde lettertypen, zijn ze beter leesbaar zonder iets negatiefs van uitsmeren (vage of ongelijke stokjes etc.). In combinatie met goede 'hinted fonts' (bijv. Liberation 1 lettertypen) kan deze instelling lettertypen leveren van bitmap-kwaliteit en toch schaalbaarheid handhaven."
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
+msgid ""
+"Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. "
+"In contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any "
+"drawback of smoothing (fuzzy or uneven stems etc.). In connection with good "
+"hinted fonts (e. g. Liberation 1 fonts), this setting can give bitmap "
+"quality fonts while maintaining scalability."
+msgstr ""
+"Lettertypen weergegeven zonder antialiasing (grijze uitsmering), zwart-wit. "
+"In contrast tot uitgesmeerde lettertypen, zijn ze beter leesbaar zonder iets "
+"negatiefs van uitsmeren (vage of ongelijke stokjes etc.). In combinatie met "
+"goede 'hinted fonts' (bijv. Liberation 1 lettertypen) kan deze instelling "
+"lettertypen leveren van bitmap-kwaliteit en toch schaalbaarheid handhaven."
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr "Zwart-wit weergave voor lettertypes van gelijke breedte"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
-msgid "Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
-msgstr "Lettertypen met gelijke breedte worden niet uitgesmeerd, andere lettertypen (sans-serif, sans en niet-gespecificeerd) zullen de standaard instelling gebruiken. De standaard voorkeurslijst van de familie wordt gebruikt."
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
+msgid ""
+"Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and "
+"unspecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is "
+"used."
+msgstr ""
+"Lettertypen met gelijke breedte worden niet uitgesmeerd, andere lettertypen "
+"(sans-serif, sans en niet-gespecificeerd) zullen de standaard instelling "
+"gebruiken. De standaard voorkeurslijst van de familie wordt gebruikt."
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standaard"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
-msgid "Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
-msgstr "Lettertypen worden uitgesmeerd met anti-aliasing. Anders dan zwart-wit weergegeven lettertypen, kan deze instelling 'prachtige' lettertypen geven soms met verminderde leesbaarheid. TrueType lettertypen, die bekend staan om hun goede hinting-instructies worden weergegeven met de bytecode-interpreter, anders wordt FreeType autohinter gebruikt op het 'hintslight' hinting-niveau. Gebruik van eigen hinting-instructies van lettertypen produceert schrifttekens met dunnere stokken. De standaard voorkeurslijst van de familie wordt gebruikt (nu worden TrueType lettertypen met goede instructies hebben de voorkeur)."
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, "
+"this setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of "
+"readability. TrueType fonts, which are known to have good hinting "
+"instructions are rendered with bytecode interpreter, otherwise FreeType "
+"autohinter is used on the 'hintslight' hinting level. Using font native "
+"hinting instructions produces glyphs displayed with thiner stems. Default "
+"family preference list is used (nowdays TrueType fonts with good "
+"instructions are prefered)."
+msgstr ""
+"Lettertypen worden uitgesmeerd met anti-aliasing. Anders dan zwart-wit "
+"weergegeven lettertypen, kan deze instelling 'prachtige' lettertypen geven "
+"soms met verminderde leesbaarheid. TrueType lettertypen, die bekend staan om "
+"hun goede hinting-instructies worden weergegeven met de bytecode-"
+"interpreter, anders wordt FreeType autohinter gebruikt op het 'hintslight' "
+"hinting-niveau. Gebruik van eigen hinting-instructies van lettertypen "
+"produceert schrifttekens met dunnere stokken. De standaard voorkeurslijst "
+"van de familie wordt gebruikt (nu worden TrueType lettertypen met goede "
+"instructies hebben de voorkeur)."
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr "CFF-lettertypen"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
-msgid "Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
-msgstr "Gegeven de bijdrage van Adobe aan de FreeType bibliotheek, CFF-lettertypen kunnen beschouwd worden als een goed compromis tussen leesbaarheid en gladheid van weergegeven schriftteken."
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
+msgid ""
+"Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered "
+"good compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
+msgstr ""
+"Gegeven de bijdrage van Adobe aan de FreeType bibliotheek, CFF-lettertypen "
+"kunnen beschouwd worden als een goed compromis tussen leesbaarheid en "
+"gladheid van weergegeven schriftteken."
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr "Exclusieve Autohinter Rendering"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
-msgid "Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference list is used."
-msgstr "Anders dan in het standaard profiel, zelfs voor goede hinted lettertypen, wordt autohinter van FreeType gebruikt (op het 'hintslight' niveau). Dat geeft dikkere, maar soms vage (en dus minder leesbare), schrifttekens. De standaard voorkeurslijst van de familie wordt gebruikt."
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
+msgid ""
+"Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter "
+"is used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes "
+"fuzzier (and therefore less readable), glyphs. Default family preference "
+"list is used."
+msgstr ""
+"Anders dan in het standaard profiel, zelfs voor goede hinted lettertypen, "
+"wordt autohinter van FreeType gebruikt (op het 'hintslight' niveau). Dat "
+"geeft dikkere, maar soms vage (en dus minder leesbare), schrifttekens. De "
+"standaard voorkeurslijst van de familie wordt gebruikt."
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr "Weergave op subpixel"
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
-msgid "Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering enabled FreeType library."
-msgstr "Subpixel weergaveeigenschap van LCD-monitor gebruiken. Vereist FreeType bibliotheek met ingeschakelde subpixel weergave."
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
+msgid ""
+"Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel "
+"rendering enabled FreeType library."
+msgstr ""
+"Subpixel weergaveeigenschap van LCD-monitor gebruiken. Vereist FreeType "
+"bibliotheek met ingeschakelde subpixel weergave."
#. for testsuite
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:181
@@ -169,7 +236,8 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:547
msgid "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n"
-msgstr "Zie README.subpixel-patents uit het pakketdocumentatie van yast2-fonts.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Zie README.subpixel-patents uit het pakketdocumentatie van yast2-fonts.\n"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:560
msgid "Match for %s"
@@ -341,120 +409,210 @@
#. we are in user mode
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:999
-msgid "This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module."
-msgstr "Dit zal eerder met deze module gedane gebruikersinstellingen niet te herstellen verwijderen."
+msgid ""
+"This will irrecoverably remove user setting done previously with this module."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit zal eerder met deze module gedane gebruikersinstellingen niet te "
+"herstellen verwijderen."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1026
msgid "<h1>Font Configuraution Module</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Module voor instellen van lettertypen</h1>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1027
-msgid "<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering setting.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Module om weergave van lettertypen <b>systeembreed</b> of per <b>gebruiker</b> in te stellen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Module to control <b>system wide</b> or <b>user</b> font rendering "
+"setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Module om weergave van lettertypen <b>systeembreed</b> of per "
+"<b>gebruiker</b> in te stellen.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1028
-msgid "<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). "
-msgstr "<i>Standaard van de distributie</i> is de instelling van lettertypen meegeleverd op media en diegene is al jaren bijna hetzelfde (beslissingen van individuele bureaubladomgevingen niet meegeteld). "
+msgid ""
+"<i>Distribution default</i> is font setting shipped on media and it is that "
+"one almost same for years (not counting decisions of individual DE). "
+msgstr ""
+"<i>Standaard van de distributie</i> is de instelling van lettertypen "
+"meegeleverd op media en diegene is al jaren bijna hetzelfde (beslissingen "
+"van individuele bureaubladomgevingen niet meegeteld). "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1030
msgid "This setting can be changed:<ul>"
msgstr "Deze instelling kan gewijzigd worden:<ul>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1031
-msgid "<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create <i>system setting.</i> "
-msgstr "<li>systeembreed wanneer de module wordt uitgevoerd met <tt>root</tt> credentials om het systeem <i>systeeminstelling</i> te maken."
+msgid ""
+"<li>system wide when module is run with <tt>root</tt> credentials to create "
+"<i>system setting.</i> "
+msgstr ""
+"<li>systeembreed wanneer de module wordt uitgevoerd met <tt>root</tt> "
+"credentials om het systeem <i>systeeminstelling</i> te maken."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1033
-msgid "System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, uses distribution default.</li>"
-msgstr "Systeem waar de lettertypemodule nooit is uitgevoerd of de voorinstelling <b>Standaard</b> is gekozen, wordt de distributie standaard gebruikt.</li>"
+msgid ""
+"System, where font module never run or <b>Default</b> preset was chosen, "
+"uses distribution default.</li>"
+msgstr ""
+"Systeem waar de lettertypemodule nooit is uitgevoerd of de voorinstelling "
+"<b>Standaard</b> is gekozen, wordt de distributie standaard gebruikt.</li>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1035
msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. "
-msgstr "<li>voor <i>gebruikersinstelling</i> wanneer module wordt uitgevoerd als gewone gebruiker. "
+msgstr ""
+"<li>voor <i>gebruikersinstelling</i> wanneer module wordt uitgevoerd als "
+"gewone gebruiker. "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1036
-msgid "User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. "
-msgstr "Gebruiker, die deze module nooit uitvoert of <b>Gebruik systeeminstellingen</b> kiest, gebruikt systeeminstellingen. "
+msgid ""
+"User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, "
+"uses system settings. "
+msgstr ""
+"Gebruiker, die deze module nooit uitvoert of <b>Gebruik systeeminstellingen</"
+"b> kiest, gebruikt systeeminstellingen. "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1037
-msgid "User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></ul>"
-msgstr "Gebruiker, die <b>Standaard</b> voorinstellingen kiest, gebruikt standaard van distributie.</li></ul>"
+msgid ""
+"User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li></"
+"ul>"
+msgstr ""
+"Gebruiker, die <b>Standaard</b> voorinstellingen kiest, gebruikt standaard "
+"van distributie.</li></ul>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1038
msgid "<p><b>NOTE:</b> "
msgstr "<p><b>OPMERKING:</b> "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1039
-msgid "In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with other font setting. "
-msgstr "In het algemeen is het niet aan te bevelen om de lettertypemodule gebruikersmodus te combineren met andere instellingen voor lettertypen."
+msgid ""
+"In general, it is not recommended to combine font module user mode with "
+"other font setting. "
+msgstr ""
+"In het algemeen is het niet aan te bevelen om de lettertypemodule "
+"gebruikersmodus te combineren met andere instellingen voor lettertypen."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1040
-msgid "Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>"
-msgstr "Niettemin hebben instellingen in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> altijd voorrang hebben boven willekeurige instellingen in de lettertypenmodule.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Nevertheless, setting in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> should "
+"always have precendence before arbitrary font module setting.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"Niettemin hebben instellingen in <tt>~/.config/fontconfig/fonts.conf</tt> "
+"altijd voorrang hebben boven willekeurige instellingen in de "
+"lettertypenmodule.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1042
msgid "<p>Help for <i>Presets</i> button and for the current tab follows.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Hulp voor knop <i>Voorinstellingen</i> en voor het huidige tabblad volgt.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Hulp voor knop <i>Voorinstellingen</i> en voor het huidige tabblad volgt."
+"</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1043
-msgid "<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: <ul>"
-msgstr "<p>Knop <b>Voorkeursinstellingen</b> biedt een mogelijkheid om voorgedefinieerde profielen te kiezen: <ul>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Presets</b> button serves a possibility to choose predefined profiles: "
+"<ul>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Knop <b>Voorkeursinstellingen</b> biedt een mogelijkheid om "
+"voorgedefinieerde profielen te kiezen: <ul>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1045
msgid "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>"
msgstr "<li><b>%{name}: </b>%{help}</li>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1050
-msgid "Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>"
-msgstr "Elk enkel menu-item daar vult de van toepassing zijnde instelling in alle tabbladen. Die instelling kan later willekeurig aangepast worden in de respectievelijke individuele velden van de overeenkomstige tabbladen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Every single menu item there just fills appropriate setting in all tabs. "
+"That setting can be later arbitrarily customized in depth by respective "
+"individual fields of corresponding tabs.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"Elk enkel menu-item daar vult de van toepassing zijnde instelling in alle "
+"tabbladen. Die instelling kan later willekeurig aangepast worden in de "
+"respectievelijke individuele velden van de overeenkomstige tabbladen.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1056
msgid "<h2>Match Preview Tab</h2>"
msgstr "<h2>Tabblad Voorbeeld laten overeenkomen</h2>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1057
-msgid "<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>In deze paragraaf betekent <i>huidige instelling</i> instellingen van het systeem plus wijzigingen gemaakt in de nu actieve lettertypenmodule.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>In this paragraph, <i>current setting</i> means setting of the system "
+"plus changes made in currently running fonts module.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>In deze paragraaf betekent <i>huidige instelling</i> instellingen van het "
+"systeem plus wijzigingen gemaakt in de nu actieve lettertypenmodule.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1059
msgid "<p>Matches to system generic aliases can be seen in this initial tab. "
-msgstr "<p>Overeenkomsten met generieke aliassen van het systeem zijn te zien in dit initiële tabblad. "
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Overeenkomsten met generieke aliassen van het systeem zijn te zien in dit "
+"initiële tabblad. "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1060
-msgid "In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
-msgstr "Met andere woorden, voor elke alias (%s) kunt u de familienaam zien, die oplost in de gegeven alias volgens de <i>huidige instelling.</i></p>"
+msgid ""
+"In other words, for every alias (%s) you can see family name, which resolves "
+"to given alias according to <i>current setting.</i></p>"
+msgstr ""
+"Met andere woorden, voor elke alias (%s) kunt u de familienaam zien, die "
+"oplost in de gegeven alias volgens de <i>huidige instelling.</i></p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1063
-msgid "<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. "
-msgstr "<p>Hier bovenop staat grafische modus toe een voorbeeld van de weergave van het overeenkomende lettertype te tonen (opnieuw) met inachtneming van <i>huidige instelling</i>."
+msgid ""
+"<p>In adition to that, graphical mode allows to display font specimen of the "
+"matched font rendered (again) taking <i>current setting</i> into account. "
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Hier bovenop staat grafische modus toe een voorbeeld van de weergave van "
+"het overeenkomende lettertype te tonen (opnieuw) met inachtneming van "
+"<i>huidige instelling</i>."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1066
-msgid "In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
-msgstr "In het overeenkomende keuzevak, kan dekking van scripts van overeenkomende lettertypen worden gezien en wordt een voorbeeld tekenreeks voor het gegeven script worden gekozen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"In the corresponding combo box, script coverage of matched font can be seen "
+"and specimen string for given script can be chosen.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"In het overeenkomende keuzevak, kan dekking van scripts van overeenkomende "
+"lettertypen worden gezien en wordt een voorbeeld tekenreeks voor het gegeven "
+"script worden gekozen.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1068
-msgid "<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on the fly.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Onderaan zijn cruciële weergave-opties gedupliceert uit het tabblad Weergavedetails, die gebruikt kan worden om onmiddelijk de wijzigingen te zien in de weergave.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>At the bottom, there are crucial rendering options duplicated from "
+"Rendered Details Tab, which can be used to see changes in the rendering on "
+"the fly.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Onderaan zijn cruciële weergave-opties gedupliceert uit het tabblad "
+"Weergavedetails, die gebruikt kan worden om onmiddelijk de wijzigingen te "
+"zien in de weergave.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1074
msgid "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Rendering Details Tab</h2>"
msgstr "<h2 id=\"tab_help\">Tabblad Weergave details</h2>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1075
-msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Dit tabblad bestuurt <b>hoe</b> lettertypen worden weergegeven. Het biedt ook hoe toe te passen algorithmen voor lettertypenweergave aangepast kunnen worden en hun opties te wijzigen.</p> "
+msgid ""
+"<p>This tab controls <b>how</b> fonts are rendered. It allows you to amend "
+"font rendering algorithms to be used and change their options.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Dit tabblad bestuurt <b>hoe</b> lettertypen worden weergegeven. Het biedt "
+"ook hoe toe te passen algorithmen voor lettertypenweergave aangepast kunnen "
+"worden en hun opties te wijzigen.</p> "
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1078
msgid "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Antialiasing</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1079
-msgid "<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called <i>antialiasing.</i>"
-msgstr "<p>Standaard worden alle outline-lettertypen uitgesmeerd met de methode genaamd <i>antialiasing</i>."
+msgid ""
+"<p>By default, all outline fonts are smoothed by method called "
+"<i>antialiasing.</i>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Standaard worden alle outline-lettertypen uitgesmeerd met de methode "
+"genaamd <i>antialiasing</i>."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1081
-msgid " Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced only.</p>"
-msgstr " Zwart-wit weergave kan voor alle lettertypes worden afgedwongen of voor die van gelijke breedte alleen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+" Black and white rendering can be forced for all fonts or for monospaced "
+"only.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+" Zwart-wit weergave kan voor alle lettertypes worden afgedwongen of voor die "
+"van gelijke breedte alleen.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1083 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1097
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1118
@@ -466,48 +624,87 @@
msgstr "<h3>Hinting</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1088
-msgid "<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Instructie voor hinting helpen bij het rasterizeren om stokken aan schrifttekens te laten passen op het raster.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Hinting instructions helps rasterizer to fit glyphs stems to the grid.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Instructie voor hinting helpen bij het rasterizeren om stokken aan "
+"schrifttekens te laten passen op het raster.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1090
-msgid "<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>In de standaard instelling kan autohinter van FreeType gebruikt worden afhankelijk van het lettertype en de kwaliteit van eigen instructies. Gebruik van autohinter kan afgedwongen worden met de optie <b>Autohinting aan afdwingen</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>In the default setting, FreeType's autohinter can be used depending on "
+"font type and quality of own instructions. Use of autohinter can be forced "
+"by <b>Force Autohinting On</b> option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>In de standaard instelling kan autohinter van FreeType gebruikt worden "
+"afhankelijk van het lettertype en de kwaliteit van eigen instructies. "
+"Gebruik van autohinter kan afgedwongen worden met de optie <b>Autohinting "
+"aan afdwingen</b>.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1094
msgid "<p>For each hinting algorithm, hint style (hinting level) is chosen."
-msgstr "<p>Voor elk hinting-algoritme, wordt een hintstijl (hintingniveau) gekozen."
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Voor elk hinting-algoritme, wordt een hintstijl (hintingniveau) gekozen."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1095
-msgid " It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option.</p>"
-msgstr " Het is mogelijk om de hintstijl globaal in te stellen met de optie <b>Hintstijl afdwingen</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+" It is possible to set hint style globally by <b>Force Hint Style</b> option."
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+" Het is mogelijk om de hintstijl globaal in te stellen met de optie "
+"<b>Hintstijl afdwingen</b>.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1101
msgid "<h3>Embedded Bitmaps</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Ingebedde bitmaps</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1102
-msgid "<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every font."
-msgstr "<p>Enkele lettertypen met een omtrek bevatten zogenaamde bitmap-strikes, d.w.z. een bitmapversie van het gegeven lettertype voor bepaalde groottes. In deze sectie kan het geheel uitgezet worden, of alleen voor lettertypen die gespecificeerde talen dekken, of aan voor elk lettertype."
+msgid ""
+"<p>Some outline fonts contain so called bitmap strikes, i. e. bitmap version "
+"of given font for certain sizes. In this section it can be turned off "
+"entirely, on only for fonts which cover specified languages, or on for every "
+"font."
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Enkele lettertypen met een omtrek bevatten zogenaamde bitmap-strikes, d.w."
+"z. een bitmapversie van het gegeven lettertype voor bepaalde groottes. In "
+"deze sectie kan het geheel uitgezet worden, of alleen voor lettertypen die "
+"gespecificeerde talen dekken, of aan voor elk lettertype."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1109
msgid "<h3>Subpixel Rendering</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Subpixel weergave</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1110
-msgid "<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Subpixel weergave vermeerdert de resolutie in één richting door kleurprimaries (subpixels) van een LCD display te gebruiken.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Subpixel rendering multiples resolution in one direction by using colour "
+"primaries (subpixels) of an LCD display.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Subpixel weergave vermeerdert de resolutie in één richting door "
+"kleurprimaries (subpixels) van een LCD display te gebruiken.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1112
-msgid "<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Kies LCD-filter, dat gebruikt zou moeten worden en subpixel indeling overeenkomstig het display en zijn rotatie.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Choose LCD filter, which should be used, and subpixel layout "
+"corresponding to display and its rotation.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Kies LCD-filter, dat gebruikt zou moeten worden en subpixel indeling "
+"overeenkomstig het display en zijn rotatie.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1114
-msgid "<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned off by default."
-msgstr "<p>Merk op dat vanwege patenten, FreeType heeft subpixel weergave standaard uitgeschakeld."
+msgid ""
+"<p>Note, that due to patent reasons, FreeType has subpixel rendering turned "
+"off by default."
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Merk op dat vanwege patenten, FreeType heeft subpixel weergave standaard "
+"uitgeschakeld."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1116
-msgid " Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this section has no effect.</p>"
-msgstr "Zonder ondersteuning van subpixel weergave van FreeType meegenomen bij het compileren instellingen in deze sectie hebben geen effect.</p>"
+msgid ""
+" Without FreeType's subpixel rendering support compiled in, setting in this "
+"section has no effect.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"Zonder ondersteuning van subpixel weergave van FreeType meegenomen bij het "
+"compileren instellingen in deze sectie hebben geen effect.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1122
msgid "<h2>Prefered Families Tab</h2>"
@@ -515,63 +712,110 @@
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1123
msgid "<p>This tab controls <b>which</b> fonts are rendered.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Dit tabblad bestuurt <b>welke</b> lettertypen worden weergegeven.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Dit tabblad bestuurt <b>welke</b> lettertypen worden weergegeven.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1124
msgid "<h3>Preference Lists</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Lijsts met voorkeuren</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1125
-msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined."
-msgstr "<p>Hier kan de Family Preference Lists (FPL) voor generieke aliassen (%s) worden gedefinieerd."
+msgid ""
+"<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be "
+"defined."
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Hier kan de Family Preference Lists (FPL) voor generieke aliassen (%s) "
+"worden gedefinieerd."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1127
-msgid " These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first."
-msgstr " Dit zijn gesorteerde lijsten met familienamen, met de meest geprefereerde familie eerst."
+msgid ""
+" These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first."
+msgstr ""
+" Dit zijn gesorteerde lijsten met familienamen, met de meest geprefereerde "
+"familie eerst."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1129
msgid " There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias."
-msgstr " Er is een standaard (systeembrede) FPL zojuist gedefinieerd voor elke generieke alias."
+msgstr ""
+" Er is een standaard (systeembrede) FPL zojuist gedefinieerd voor elke "
+"generieke alias."
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1130
msgid " FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
-msgstr " In deze dialoog gedefinieerde FPL's zullen aan ze worden voorgevoegd.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+" In deze dialoog gedefinieerde FPL's zullen aan ze worden voorgevoegd.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1131
-msgid "<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p>Het systeem zal eerst zoeken naar de eerst <b>geïnstalleerde</b> familie in de lijst, waarbij natuurlijk met andere elementen in het zoeken rekening zal worden gehouden. Beschikbare pakketten met lettertypen voor de SUSE-distributies kunnen doorgebladerd worden en geïnstalleerd vanaf <b>fontinfo.opensuse.org.</b></p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>System will look for the first <b>installed</b> family in the list, other "
+"query elements taking into account of course. Available font packages for "
+"SUSE distributions can be browsed and installed from <b>fontinfo.opensuse."
+"org.</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Het systeem zal eerst zoeken naar de eerst <b>geïnstalleerde</b> familie "
+"in de lijst, waarbij natuurlijk met andere elementen in het zoeken rekening "
+"zal worden gehouden. Beschikbare pakketten met lettertypen voor de SUSE-"
+"distributies kunnen doorgebladerd worden en geïnstalleerd vanaf <b>fontinfo."
+"opensuse.org.</b></p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1138
msgid "<h3>Forcing Family Preferences</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Familie voorkeuren afdwingen</h3>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1139
-msgid "<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>In sommige omstandigheden wordt met FPL's in deze dialoog gedefinieerd geen rekening gehouden. De volgende twee opties versterken deze rol.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>In some circumstances, FPLs defined in this dialog are not taken into "
+"account. Following two options strenghten their role.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>In sommige omstandigheden wordt met FPL's in deze dialoog gedefinieerd "
+"geen rekening gehouden. De volgende twee opties versterken deze rol.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1142
msgid "<h4>Search Metric Compatible</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Metrisch compatibel zoeken</h4>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1143
-msgid "<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Twee lettertypen zijn metrisch compatibel, wanneer alle overeenkomstige letters dezelfde grootte hebben. Dit houdt in, dat tonen van het document met deze lettertypen ook dezelfde grootte en afbreking van regels etc. heeft.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Two fonts are metric compatible, when all corresponding letters are of "
+"the same size. That implies, document displayed using these fonts has the "
+"same same size too, same line wraps etc.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Twee lettertypen zijn metrisch compatibel, wanneer alle overeenkomstige "
+"letters dezelfde grootte hebben. Dit houdt in, dat tonen van het document "
+"met deze lettertypen ook dezelfde grootte en afbreking van regels etc. heeft."
+"</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1146
-msgid "<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Via standaard instellingen, substitueert het systeem bij voorkeur metrisch compatibele lettertypen en FPL's gedefinieerd in deze dialoog kunnen door deze regel omzeild worden.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Via default setting, system substitutes metric compatible fonts "
+"preferably, and FPLs defined in this dialog can be circumvented by this rule."
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Via standaard instellingen, substitueert het systeem bij voorkeur "
+"metrisch compatibele lettertypen en FPL's gedefinieerd in deze dialoog "
+"kunnen door deze regel omzeild worden.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1148
-msgid "<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Waar metrische compatibiliteit niet belangrijk is, wordt deze optie uitgeschakeld.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Where metric compatibility does not matter, this option can be unchecked."
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Waar metrische compatibiliteit niet belangrijk is, wordt deze optie "
+"uitgeschakeld.</p>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1149
msgid "<h4>Never use other fonts</h4>"
msgstr "<h4>Nooit andere lettertypen gebruiken</h4>"
#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:1150
-msgid "<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Indien geactiveerd zal deze optie een erg sterke positie voor hier gedefinieerde voorkeurslijsten introduceren. Het pusht families daar vanaf voor document of GUI-verzoeken, als ze de vereiste tekenset dekken.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>When checked, this option introduces very strong position for here "
+"defined preference lists. It pushes families from there before document or "
+"GUI requests, if they cover required charset.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Indien geactiveerd zal deze optie een erg sterke positie voor hier "
+"gedefinieerde voorkeurslijsten introduceren. Het pusht families daar vanaf "
+"voor document of GUI-verzoeken, als ze de vereiste tekenset dekken.</p>"
#. delete families, that are part of list for some alias
#: src/lib/fonts/fpl-add-dialog.rb:57
@@ -604,18 +848,39 @@
msgstr "Ta&len"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You have set LCD filter type (%s). This needs subpixel rendering capabality\n"
-#~ "compiled in FreeType library. Unfortunately, we can not ship it due patent reasons.\n"
+#~ "You have set LCD filter type (%s). This needs subpixel rendering "
+#~ "capabality\n"
+#~ "compiled in FreeType library. Unfortunately, we can not ship it due "
+#~ "patent reasons.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "See README.subpixel-patents from yast2-fonts package documentation.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "U hebt het LCD-filter type (%s) ingesteld. Dit heeft subpixel weergave\n"
-#~ "mogelijkheden gecompileerd in de FreeType bibliotheek. Helaas kunnen we het vanwege patenten niet leveren.\n"
+#~ "mogelijkheden gecompileerd in de FreeType bibliotheek. Helaas kunnen we "
+#~ "het vanwege patenten niet leveren.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Zie README.subpixel-patents uit pakketdocumentatie van yast2-fonts.\n"
-#~ msgid "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. User, which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, uses system settings. User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses distribution default.</li>"
-#~ msgstr "<li>voor <i>gebruikersinstelling</i> wanneer de module wordt uitgeveord als gewone gebruiker. Gebruiker, wanneer deze module nooit is uitgevoerd of <b>Systeeminstellingen</b> wordt gekozen, gebruikt systeeminstellingen. Gebruiker, die de voorinstelling <b>Standaard</b> kiest, gebruikt de distributie standaard.</li>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<li>for <i>user setting</i> when module is run as ordindary user. User, "
+#~ "which never run this module or chooses to <b>Use system settings</b>, "
+#~ "uses system settings. User, which chooses <b>Default</b> preset, uses "
+#~ "distribution default.</li>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<li>voor <i>gebruikersinstelling</i> wanneer de module wordt uitgeveord "
+#~ "als gewone gebruiker. Gebruiker, wanneer deze module nooit is uitgevoerd "
+#~ "of <b>Systeeminstellingen</b> wordt gekozen, gebruikt "
+#~ "systeeminstellingen. Gebruiker, die de voorinstelling <b>Standaard</b> "
+#~ "kiest, gebruikt de distributie standaard.</li>"
-#~ msgid "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be defined. These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered family first. There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each generic alias. FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Hier kunnen lijsten voor familievoorkeuren (FPL) voor generieke aliasen (%s) gedefinieerd. Dit zijn gesorteerde lijsten met familienamen, met meest geprefereerde familie eerst. Er is een standaard (systeembrede) FPL gedefineerd voor elke generieke alias. FPLs gedefineerd in deze dialoog voor deze gezet worden.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Here, Family Preference Lists (FPL) for generic aliases (%s) can be "
+#~ "defined. These are sorted lists of family names, with most prefered "
+#~ "family first. There is default (system-wide) FPL yet defined for each "
+#~ "generic alias. FPLs defined in this dialog will be prepended to them.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Hier kunnen lijsten voor familievoorkeuren (FPL) voor generieke "
+#~ "aliasen (%s) gedefinieerd. Dit zijn gesorteerde lijsten met familienamen, "
+#~ "met meest geprefereerde familie eerst. Er is een standaard (systeembrede) "
+#~ "FPL gedefineerd voor elke generieke alias. FPLs gedefineerd in deze "
+#~ "dialoog voor deze gezet worden.</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/geo-cluster.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-29 00:08+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -64,8 +64,8 @@
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
@@ -118,17 +118,17 @@
msgstr "arbitrator"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Toevoegen"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Bewerk"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Verwijderen"
@@ -137,24 +137,26 @@
msgstr "site"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr "ticket"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr "Authenticatie"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr "&Annuleren"
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr "OK"
@@ -163,177 +165,207 @@
msgstr "Authenticatie van beveiliging inschakelen"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr "Authenticatiebestand"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
-msgstr "Een relatief pad zal opgeslagen worden in /etc/booth of het absolute pad wordt direct gebruikt."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
+msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
-msgid "For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/booth/<key>."
-msgstr "Voor een nieuw aangemaakt geo-cluster, druk op de onderstaande knop om /etc/booth/<key> te genereren."
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
+msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
-msgid "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node manually."
-msgstr "Om met een bestaand geo-cluster mee te doen, kopieer /etc/booth/<key> uit de andere node handmatig."
+msgid ""
+"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/"
+"booth/<key>."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor een nieuw aangemaakt geo-cluster, druk op de onderstaande knop om /etc/"
+"booth/<key> te genereren."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other "
+#| "node manually."
+msgid ""
+"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other "
+"nodes manually."
+msgstr ""
+"Om met een bestaand geo-cluster mee te doen, kopieer /etc/booth/<key> uit de "
+"andere node handmatig."
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
msgstr "Authenticatie-key-bestand genereren"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr "Basis"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Annuleren"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr "Voer een geldig IP-adres in"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr "Ticket en tijdslimiet invoeren"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr "timeout"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr "nieuwe-pogingen"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr "gewicht"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr "tijdslimiet"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr "verkrijgen-na"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr "voor-verkrijgen-behandelaar"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr "tijdslimiet is niet geldig"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr "verloopmoment is niet geldig"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr "verkrijgen-na is niet geldig"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr "nieuwe-pogingen is niet geldig"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr "waarde van nieuwe-pogingen lager dan 3 mag niet"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr "gewicht is niet geldig"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr "ticket kan niet leeg zijn"
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr "Firewall-configuratie"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "Voer een IP-adres van uw arbitrator in"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr "IP-adres van uw arbitrator bewerken"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr "Voer een IP-adres van uw site in"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr "IP-adres van uw site bewerken"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr "Ticketnaam bestaat al!"
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr "Configuratienaam mag niet leeg zijn."
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr "Naam van configuratie kan geen duplicaat."
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr "poort is niet geldig!"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr "transport moet ingevuld zijn!"
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr "arbitrator moet ingevuld zijn!"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr "site moet ingevuld zijn!"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr "ticket moet ingevuld zijn!"
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr "Authenticatiebestand aanmaken is mislukt "
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
-msgstr "Authenticatiebestand aanmaken is gelukt "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file "
+msgstr "Authenticatiebestand"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr "Configuratie van GeoCluster geselecteerd"
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr "Configuratiebestand kiezen:"
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr "Authenticatie-configuratie"
#. Initialization dialog contents
@@ -481,6 +513,16 @@
msgid "Configuration summary ..."
msgstr "Configuratie-overzicht..."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path "
+#~ "directly."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Een relatief pad zal opgeslagen worden in /etc/booth of het absolute pad "
+#~ "wordt direct gebruikt."
+
+#~ msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#~ msgstr "Authenticatiebestand aanmaken is gelukt "
+
#~ msgid "site have to be filled"
#~ msgstr "site moet ingevuld zijn"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/inetd.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: inetd.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-03 17:21+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -113,12 +113,12 @@
msgstr "De 'id' optie kan niet met andere opties gecombineerd worden."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:756
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Service"
@@ -130,16 +130,16 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr "Prot."
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr "Wait"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:764
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr "Gebruiker"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr "Server"
@@ -154,12 +154,12 @@
msgstr "Uit"
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nee"
@@ -175,140 +175,145 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr "Pakket %1 zal tijdens het schrijfproces geïnstalleerd worden."
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr "Pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd. De service kan niet gewijzigd worden."
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr "Pakket %1 is met succes geïnstalleerd."
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr "&Activeer alle services"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr "&Deactiveer alle services"
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr "De&activeren"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr "Active&ren"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:799
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr "Huidige beschikbare services"
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr "Ch"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:758
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
msgstr "Type"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr "Protocol"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:764
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr "Server / Argumenten"
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr "&Toevoegen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:772
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Bewerken"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:770
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr "&Verwijderen"
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr "&Status omschakelen (Aan of uit)"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:99
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr "Status voor alle &services"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr "Netwerk service configuratie (xinetd)"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:1021
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr "Een nieuw service item toevoegen"
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr "U kunt de service niet verwijderen. Het is niet geïnstalleerd."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:912
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
-msgstr "Om een service te verwijderen dient u er één te selecteren in het hoofddialoog"
+msgstr ""
+"Om een service te verwijderen dient u er één te selecteren in het "
+"hoofddialoog"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:950
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
-msgstr "Om een service te activeren of te deactiveren moet u er eerst één in het hoofddialoog selecteren."
+msgstr ""
+"Om een service te activeren of te deactiveren moet u er eerst één in het "
+"hoofddialoog selecteren."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:1021
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr "Bewerk een service-item"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:1082
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
-msgstr "Om een service te wijzigen dient u er één te selecteren in het hoofddialoog"
+msgstr ""
+"Om een service te wijzigen dient u er één te selecteren in het hoofddialoog"
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
@@ -318,57 +323,57 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:169
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr "&Service"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr "RPC-versi&e"
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr "Service is &actief."
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr "Sockett&ype"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr "&Protocol"
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr "&Wait"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:181
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr "&Gebruiker"
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr "&Groep"
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr "S&erver"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:764
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr "Serverargumen&ten"
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr "Co&mmentaar"
@@ -382,14 +387,14 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr "--standaard--"
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
@@ -398,14 +403,15 @@
"Geef a.u.b. geldige waarden op.\n"
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr "Servicenaam bevat een niet toegestaan teken \"/\"."
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
-msgstr "De gebruiker %1 is alleen voor de interne server processen gereserveerd."
+msgstr ""
+"De gebruiker %1 is alleen voor de interne server processen gereserveerd."
#. Popup::Error
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:38
@@ -433,7 +439,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatieproces afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <B>Afbreken</B> te klikken.</P>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <B>Afbreken</B> "
+"te klikken.</P>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:54
@@ -465,7 +472,8 @@
"configuration. To stop the super-server, click <b>Disable</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Netwerkservice instellen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Activeren</b> om de netwerkservices, beheerd door een super-serverconfiguratie,\n"
+"Klik op <b>Activeren</b> om de netwerkservices, beheerd door een super-"
+"serverconfiguratie,\n"
"te activeren. Klik op <b>Deactiveren</b> om de super-server te stoppen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:70
@@ -475,7 +483,8 @@
"and will be changed in the system configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuratie servicestatus:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Alle met een <b>X</b> gemarkeerde services in kolom <b>Ch</b> zijn gewijzigd\n"
+"Alle met een <b>X</b> gemarkeerde services in kolom <b>Ch</b> zijn "
+"gewijzigd\n"
"en zullen in de systeem configuratie aangepast worden.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:75
@@ -483,20 +492,24 @@
"<p><b><big>Services Status:</big></b><br>\n"
"All services marked with <b>---</b> are inactive (locked).\n"
"All services marked with <b>On</b> are active (unlocked).\n"
-"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be configured.</p>"
+"All services marked with <b>NI</b> are not installed and cannot be "
+"configured.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Servicestatussen:</big></b><br>\n"
"Alle services gemarkeerd met <b>---</b> zijn niet actief (locked).\n"
"Alle services gemarkeerd met <b>Aan</b> zijn actief (unlocked).\n"
-"Alle services gemarkeerd met <b>NI</b> zijn niet geïnstalleerd en kunnen dus niet geconfigureerd worden.</p>"
+"Alle services gemarkeerd met <b>NI</b> zijn niet geïnstalleerd en kunnen dus "
+"niet geconfigureerd worden.</p>"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Changing Service Status:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or Off)</b>.</p>\n"
+"Select the service to enable or disable and press <b>Toggle Status (On or "
+"Off)</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>De servicestatus wordt gewijzigd:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer de service die u wilt activeren of deactiveren en klik op <b>Status omschakelen (Aan of Uit)</b>.</p>\n"
+"Selecteer de service die u wilt activeren of deactiveren en klik op "
+"<b>Status omschakelen (Aan of Uit)</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
@@ -504,7 +517,8 @@
"Select the service to edit and press <b>Edit</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Services wijzigen:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan wijzigen en klik op <b>Bewerken</b>.</p>\n"
+"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan wijzigen en klik op <b>Bewerken</b>.</"
+"p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
@@ -512,7 +526,8 @@
"Select the service to delete and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Services verwijderen:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan verwijderen en klik op <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
+"Selecteer de service die u wilt gaan verwijderen en klik op <b>Verwijderen</"
+"b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
@@ -526,11 +541,13 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Canceling Configuration:</big></b>\n"
"Leave the configuration untouched by pressing the <b>Cancel</b> button.\n"
-"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration will remain.</p>\n"
+"If you do so, all your changes will be lost and the original configuration "
+"will remain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuratie afbreken:</big></b>\n"
"U kunt de configuratie afbreken door op de knop <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.\n"
-"Wanneer u dit doet zullen alle wijzigingen verloren gaan en de originele configuratie zal ongewijzigd blijven.</p>\n"
+"Wanneer u dit doet zullen alle wijzigingen verloren gaan en de originele "
+"configuratie zal ongewijzigd blijven.</p>\n"
#. Help for the EditOrCreateServiceDlg () dialog.
#. @return The help text.
@@ -571,8 +588,12 @@
"</ul>"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:122
-msgid "<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Dit is een korte beschrijving. Zie <b>info xinetd.conf</b> voor de details.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p>This is a short description. For details, see <b>info xinetd.conf</b>.</"
+"p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Dit is een korte beschrijving. Zie <b>info xinetd.conf</b> voor de "
+"details.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
@@ -596,12 +617,15 @@
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/protocols.\n"
+"<p>The <b>protocol</b> must be a valid protocol as specified in /etc/"
+"protocols.\n"
"Examples include <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i>, and <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het <b>protocol</b> moet een geldig protocol zijn zoals dat gespecificeerd is in /etc/protocols.\n"
-"Voorbeelden inclusief <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i> en <i>rpc/udp</i>.\n"
+"<p>Het <b>protocol</b> moet een geldig protocol zijn zoals dat "
+"gespecificeerd is in /etc/protocols.\n"
+"Voorbeelden inclusief <i>tcp</i>,<i>udp</i>,<i>rpc/tcp</i> en <i>rpc/udp</"
+"i>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:139
@@ -622,14 +646,18 @@
"<p>De <b>wait/nowait</b> optie bepaalt of de service als\n"
"enkelvoudig of meervoudig behandeld zal worden en of xinetd of het\n"
"serverprogramma de verbinding zal accepteren. Als de waarde\n"
-"<b>ja</b> is, dan wordt de service als enkelvoudig behandelt. Dit betekent dat xinetd \n"
+"<b>ja</b> is, dan wordt de service als enkelvoudig behandelt. Dit betekent "
+"dat xinetd \n"
"de server opstart en stopt met het behandelen van verzoeken aan de service\n"
"totdat de server dood is en de serversoftware de verbinding accepteert.\n"
"Als de waarde <b>nee</b> is zal de service als\n"
-"meervoudig behandeld worden en zal xinetd doorgaan met het afhandelen van nieuwe\n"
+"meervoudig behandeld worden en zal xinetd doorgaan met het afhandelen van "
+"nieuwe\n"
"service verzoeken en zal het tevens de verbindingen accepteren. \n"
-"<i>udp/dgram</i> services gaat er normaliter van uit dat de waarde <b>ja</b> zal zijn,\n"
-"dit omdat udp niet op een verbinding georiënteerd is. <i>tcp/stream</i> servers\n"
+"<i>udp/dgram</i> services gaat er normaliter van uit dat de waarde <b>ja</b> "
+"zal zijn,\n"
+"dit omdat udp niet op een verbinding georiënteerd is. <i>tcp/stream</i> "
+"servers\n"
"verwachten normaal gesproken de waarde <b>nee</b>.</p>\n"
#: src/include/inetd/helps.rb:153
@@ -639,7 +667,8 @@
"less than root.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De server zal draaien met de permissies van de gebruiker die geselecteerd\n"
+"<p>De server zal draaien met de permissies van de gebruiker die "
+"geselecteerd\n"
"is bij <b>Gebruiker</b>. Het is handig om services te laten werken\n"
"met permissies die lager zijn dan die van root.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -653,8 +682,10 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Geef bij <b>Server</b> de padnaam op van het programma dat,\n"
-"na een binnenkomend verzoek op z'n socket, opgestart moet worden door de superserver.\n"
-"De parameters voor dit programma kunnen gespecificeerd worden bij <b>Serverargumenten</b>.\n"
+"na een binnenkomend verzoek op z'n socket, opgestart moet worden door de "
+"superserver.\n"
+"De parameters voor dit programma kunnen gespecificeerd worden bij "
+"<b>Serverargumenten</b>.\n"
"\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -684,63 +715,64 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr "De inetd configuratie wordt geïnitialiseerd"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr "Configuratie lezen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr "De configuratie wordt gelezen..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gereed"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr "De inetd configuratie wordt opgeslagen"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Instellingen opslaan"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "De instellingen worden opgeslagen..."
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan!"
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
-msgstr "<p><ul><i>Alle services zijn gemarkeerd als zijnde gestopt.</i></ul></p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><ul><i>Alle services zijn gemarkeerd als zijnde gestopt.</i></ul></p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:99
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr "Netwerk services"
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr "Netwerkservices worden beheerd via %1"
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr "Deze services zullen geactiveerd worden"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/installation.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: installation.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-16 22:49+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -47,7 +47,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiseren..."
@@ -115,7 +115,8 @@
msgstr ""
"De grafische interface kon niet gestart worden.\n"
"\n"
-"Ofwel de benodigde pakketten zijn niet geïnstalleerd (minimale installatie) \n"
+"Ofwel de benodigde pakketten zijn niet geïnstalleerd (minimale "
+"installatie) \n"
"of de grafische kaart wordt niet correct ondersteund.\n"
"\n"
"De tekstversie van YaST2 zal u nu verder door de\n"
@@ -200,8 +201,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Als u nu verder gaat zullen aan de hand van de instellingen in de "
"voorgaande dialogen\n"
-"<b>bestaande partities</b> op uw harde schijf <b>verwijderd </b> of <b>"
-"geformatteerd</b>\n"
+"<b>bestaande partities</b> op uw harde schijf <b>verwijderd </b> of "
+"<b>geformatteerd</b>\n"
"worden (waarbij de <b>bestaande gegevens</b> op deze partities verloren "
"zullen gaan).</p>"
@@ -219,7 +220,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Indien onzeker, ga terug en controleer de instellingen.</p>"
@@ -228,14 +229,14 @@
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr "Bijwerken bevestigen"
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Benodigde informatie om het bijwerken uit te voeren is nu gereed.</p>"
@@ -243,7 +244,7 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -256,7 +257,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr "&Bijwerken starten"
@@ -300,68 +301,7 @@
msgstr "Apparaten worden op de zwarte lijst gezet"
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr "Bezig met generatie van AutoYaST profiel indien nodig..."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST "
-"profile.\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
-"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
-"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>"
-"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik <b>Systeeminstellingen klonen</b> als u een Autoyast-profiel wilt "
-"aanmaken.\n"
-"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie "
-"uitvoeren zonder\n"
-"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het "
-"geïnstalleerde\n"
-"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een profiel "
-"van het huidige\n"
-"systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-"AutoYaST profiel aan het eind van de installatie wegschrijven naar "
-"/root/autoinst.xmlat?"
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie klonen"
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie &klonen"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">"
-"do not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Het AutoYaST profiel zal weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinst.xml (<a "
-"href=\"%1\">het niet wegschrijven</a>)."
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-"Het AutoYaST profiel zal niet weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinstxml (<"
-"a href=\"\">het wel wegschrijven</a>)."
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Kopiëren van bestanden naar geïnstalleerd systeem..."
@@ -422,8 +362,8 @@
"You have to configure the software selection first before you can create an "
"image here"
msgstr ""
-"U moet de software-selectie eerst configureren alvorens u hier een image kunt "
-"aanmaken"
+"U moet de software-selectie eerst configureren alvorens u hier een image "
+"kunt aanmaken"
#: src/lib/installation/clients/deploy_image_auto.rb:176
msgid ""
@@ -476,8 +416,8 @@
"dump an\n"
"image on the harddisk which is a lot faster and can be pre-configured "
"already.\n"
-"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal "
-"auto-installation.</p>"
+"Everything else than RPM installation is done like during a normal auto-"
+"installation.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aanmaken van eigen images</b> wordt gebruikt als u\n"
"de complete stap van RPM-installatie wilt overslaan. In plaats daarvan dumpt "
@@ -497,7 +437,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Note that when installing from images, the time stamps of all packages "
"originating from the images will\n"
-"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</p>"
+"not match the installation date but rather the date the image was created.</"
+"p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Merk op dat bij het installeren vanuit images, de tijdstempels van alle "
"pakketten uit de images komen\n"
@@ -591,7 +532,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Onbekend product"
@@ -620,53 +561,27 @@
"Selecteer of u nu online bijwerken wilt uitvoeren.\n"
"U kunt deze stap overslaan en later een online-opwaardering uitvoeren.\n"
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr "Taal, toetsenbord en licentieovereenkomst"
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
-msgstr "&Taal"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+msgstr "&Uitgavenotities..."
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "T&oetsenbordindeling"
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr "Ja, ik &accepteer de licentieovereenkomst."
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr "Test van to&etsenbord"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr "Licentieovereenkomst"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr "Ver&talingen van licenties..."
-
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:112
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -680,7 +595,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -695,7 +610,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -707,7 +622,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_language.ycp:126
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -720,7 +635,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -732,23 +647,49 @@
"op elk moment af te breken.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
-msgstr "&Uitgavenotities..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
+msgstr "Licentieovereenkomst"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr "&Taal"
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "T&oetsenbordindeling"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr "Ja, ik &accepteer de licentieovereenkomst."
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
"U moet de licentieovereenkomst accepteren om dit product te installeren"
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr "Test van to&etsenbord"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr "Ver&talingen van licenties..."
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -833,16 +774,16 @@
"interaction. AutoYaST\n"
"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this "
"option is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>"
-"/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
+"xml</tt>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Gebruik <b>Klonen</b> als u een Autoyast-profiel wilt aanmaken.\n"
"Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie "
"uitvoeren zonder\n"
"gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe het "
"geïnstalleerde\n"
-"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een profiel "
-"van het huidige\n"
+"systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een "
+"profiel van het huidige\n"
"systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
#. #187558
@@ -863,7 +804,7 @@
msgstr "Het pakket autoyast2 is niet geïnstalleerd. Klonen is uitgeschakeld."
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr "Het systeem zal nu opnieuw opstarten..."
@@ -874,8 +815,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
@@ -883,7 +824,7 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
@@ -892,7 +833,7 @@
"De installatie wordt afgebroken...\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of "
@@ -903,20 +844,20 @@
"pakketten te controleren."
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr "Downloaden van image met snelheid %1/s"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr "Downloaden van image %1 met snelheid %2/s"
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr "Gebruik van image..."
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr "Image %1 wordt gebruikt..."
@@ -938,43 +879,46 @@
"Select the disk, which the image will be deployed to. All data on the disk "
"will be lost and the disk will be partitioned as defined in the image."
msgstr ""
-"Selecteer de schijf waarnaar de image zal worden geschreven. Alle gegevens op "
-"de schijf zullen verloren gaan en de schijf zal gepartitioneerd worden zoals "
-"gedefinieerd in de image."
+"Selecteer de schijf waarnaar de image zal worden geschreven. Alle gegevens "
+"op de schijf zullen verloren gaan en de schijf zal gepartitioneerd worden "
+"zoals gedefinieerd in de image."
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disk_for_image.rb:100
msgid "Hard Disk for Image Deployment"
msgstr "Harde schijf waarnaar de image wordt geschreven"
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr "Beschikbare controllers detecteren"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr "Schijfactivering"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr "&DASD-schijven instellen"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr "&ZFCP-schijven instellen"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr "&FCoE-interfaces configureren"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr "&iSCSI-schijven instellen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Net&werkconfiguratie wijzigen"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -994,7 +938,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr "Initialiseren"
@@ -1036,54 +980,54 @@
msgstr "Aanmaken van een lijst van aan te roepen eindinstallatiescripts..."
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr "Bestanden naar het geïnstalleerde systeem kopiëren"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr "Configuratie opslaan"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr "Installatie-instellingen opslaan"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr "Bootloader installeren"
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr "Systeem voorbereiden op eerste start"
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr "Controleren van stap: %1..."
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr "Aanroepen van stap %1..."
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr " * %1"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gereed"
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr "Installatiefout"
@@ -1108,27 +1052,27 @@
msgstr "Eerste systeemconfiguratie wordt voorbereid..."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr "Installatie-opties"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr "Online inst&allatiebronnen toevoegen vóór de installatie"
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr "Addon-producten van aparte media in&sluiten"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr "<p><big><b>Installatie-opties</b></big></p>"
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -1141,7 +1085,7 @@
"installatie</b>.</p>"
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
@@ -1154,13 +1098,13 @@
"<b>Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid ""
-"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>"
-"http://drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
+"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://"
+"drivers.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de installatie, "
-"zie dan de <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>site.</p>"
+"<p>Als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig hebt voor de "
+"installatie, zie dan de <i>http://drivers.suse.com</i>site.</p>"
#. Error message
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_license.rb:128
@@ -1236,9 +1180,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text, part 1
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_new_desktop.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a number "
-"\n"
-"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major ones \n"
+"<p>At Linux <b>choice</b> is a top priority. <i>openSUSE</i> offers a "
+"number \n"
+"of different desktop environments. Below you see a list of the 2 major "
+"ones \n"
"<b>GNOME</b> and <b>KDE</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>In Linux is <b>keuze</b> een topprioriteit. <i>openSUSE</i> biedt een "
@@ -1252,8 +1197,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>You may select alternative desktop environments (or one of minimal "
"installation patterns)\n"
-"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in the "
-"software \n"
+"that could fit your needs better using the <b>Other</b> option . Later in "
+"the software \n"
"selection or after installation, you can change your selection or add "
"additional desktop \n"
"environments. This screen allows you to set the default.</p>"
@@ -1443,18 +1388,18 @@
"YaST tast nu de hardware van uw computer en geïnstalleerde systemen af."
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for "
"installation."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Raadpleeg 'drivers.suse.com' als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's nodig "
-"hebt voor de installatie."
+"Raadpleeg 'drivers.suse.com' als u specifieke hardware stuurprogramma's "
+"nodig hebt voor de installatie."
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
@@ -1464,7 +1409,7 @@
"Controleer uw hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1475,7 +1420,7 @@
"(speciaal op S/390 of iSCSI systemen)\n"
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1488,7 +1433,7 @@
"%1\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
@@ -1496,6 +1441,32 @@
"Kan de installatiebronnen niet initialiseren.\n"
"De installatie wordt afgebroken."
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1549,8 +1520,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr "&Wijzigen..."
@@ -1795,7 +1766,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..."
@@ -1929,34 +1900,22 @@
msgstr "PREP-partitie inkrimpen..."
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr "Wilt u alle instellingen terugzetten naar hun standaardwaarden?"
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr "Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan"
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr "Locatie van opgeslagen configuratie"
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr "Configuratie opslaan is mislukt. Details zijn te vinden in de log."
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr "De configuratie wordt op verzoek van de gebruiker overgeslagen"
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
@@ -1965,26 +1924,26 @@
"moet worden voordat we verder kunnen gaan.\n"
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
"Bezig met het aanpassen van het voorstel aan de huidige instellingen..."
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr "Uw systeem wordt onderzocht..."
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr "FOUT: Geen voorstel"
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1997,45 +1956,39 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr "Configuratie &overslaan"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr "De volgende configuratie gebr&uiken"
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr "Configuratie &exporteren"
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-"Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen of gebruik het menu \"Wijzigen...\" "
-"onderin het venster."
+"Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen of gebruik het menu \"Wijzigen..."
+"\" onderin het venster."
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr "Klik op een onderdeel om deze te wijzigen."
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr "Standaa&rdinstellingen terugzetten"
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr "&Bijwerken"
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr "&Installeren"
@@ -2070,7 +2023,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values "
@@ -2085,7 +2038,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -2098,7 +2051,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2110,7 +2063,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2122,7 +2075,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2133,12 +2086,12 @@
"</p>\n"
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr "<P><B>UML-installatievoorstel</B></P>"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -2149,7 +2102,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -2166,6 +2119,18 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr "Beheer van afstand wordt ingeschakeld..."
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Probing"
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr "Systeem onderzoeken"
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -2173,10 +2138,74 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr "Momentopname van het root-bestandssysteem maken..."
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid "Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid "Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Unknown Product"
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr "Onbekend product"
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
@@ -2212,8 +2241,67 @@
msgstr ""
"De installatie was niet in staat om pakketafhankelijkheden automatisch op te "
"lossen.\n"
-"De softwarebeheerder zal voor u geopend worden om deze handmatig op te lossen."
+"De softwarebeheerder zal voor u geopend worden om deze handmatig op te "
+"lossen."
+#~ msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
+#~ msgstr "Bezig met generatie van AutoYaST profiel indien nodig..."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST "
+#~ "profile.\n"
+#~ "AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user "
+#~ "interaction. AutoYaST\n"
+#~ "needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If "
+#~ "this option is\n"
+#~ "selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst."
+#~ "xml</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Gebruik <b>Systeeminstellingen klonen</b> als u een Autoyast-profiel "
+#~ "wilt aanmaken.\n"
+#~ "Met behulp van Autoyast kunt u een volledige openSUSE Linux-installatie "
+#~ "uitvoeren zonder\n"
+#~ "gebruikersinteractie. Voor Autoyast is een profiel nodig om te weten hoe "
+#~ "het geïnstalleerde\n"
+#~ "systeem eruit komt te zien. Als deze optie is geselecteerd, wordt een "
+#~ "profiel van het huidige\n"
+#~ "systeem opgeslagen in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml</tt>.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "AutoYaST profiel aan het eind van de installatie wegschrijven naar /root/"
+#~ "autoinst.xmlat?"
+
+#~ msgid "Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie klonen"
+
+#~ msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Systeemconfiguratie &klonen"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href="
+#~ "\"%1\">do not write it</a>)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het AutoYaST profiel zal weggeschreven worden onder /root/autoinst.xml "
+#~ "(<a href=\"%1\">het niet wegschrijven</a>)."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het AutoYaST profiel zal niet weggeschreven worden onder /root/"
+#~ "autoinstxml (<a href=\"\">het wel wegschrijven</a>)."
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
+#~ msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Locatie van opgeslagen configuratie"
+
+#~ msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
+#~ msgstr "Configuratie opslaan is mislukt. Details zijn te vinden in de log."
+
+#~ msgid "&Export Configuration"
+#~ msgstr "Configuratie &exporteren"
+
#~ msgid "ERROR: Missing Title"
#~ msgstr "FOUT: Titel ontbreekt"
@@ -2223,8 +2311,10 @@
#~ "locked proposal needs to be changed, ask your system administrator.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Enkele voorstellen kunnen\n"
-#~ "door de systeembeheerder geblokkeerd zijn en kunnen daarom niet gewijzigd worden.\n"
-#~ "Neem contact op met uw systeembeheerder als u toch een geblokkeerd voorstel wilt aanpassen.</p>\n"
+#~ "door de systeembeheerder geblokkeerd zijn en kunnen daarom niet gewijzigd "
+#~ "worden.\n"
+#~ "Neem contact op met uw systeembeheerder als u toch een geblokkeerd "
+#~ "voorstel wilt aanpassen.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Initializing the installation environment..."
#~ msgstr "Installatieomgeving wordt geïnitialiseerd..."
@@ -2343,8 +2433,11 @@
#~ msgid "Hardware Information of the Selected Network Card"
#~ msgstr "Hardware informatie over geselecteerde netwerkkaart"
-#~ msgid "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u uw netwerkkaarten instellen zodat ze onmiddellijk gebruikt kunnen worden.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Here you can configure your network cards to be used immediately.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Hier kunt u uw netwerkkaarten instellen zodat ze onmiddellijk gebruikt "
+#~ "kunnen worden.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you do not need a network connection now,\n"
@@ -2510,7 +2603,8 @@
#~ "Go back and change it?"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Omdat de test van de internet verbinding is mislukt, zou u\n"
-#~ "doorgestuurd moeten worden naar het vorige scherm om de configuratie te wijzigen\n"
+#~ "doorgestuurd moeten worden naar het vorige scherm om de configuratie te "
+#~ "wijzigen\n"
#~ "Wilt u terug gaan om de configuratie te veranderen?"
#~ msgid "Go Back"
@@ -2564,8 +2658,12 @@
#~ msgid "Writing Network Setup..."
#~ msgstr "De netwerk instellingen worden opgeslagen..."
-#~ msgid "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested...</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Wacht even terwijl de netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen en getest...</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Please, wait while network configuration is being written and tested..."
+#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Wacht even terwijl de netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen en getest..."
+#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Writing the network settings failed.\n"
@@ -2655,7 +2753,8 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n"
+#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on "
+#~ "your\n"
#~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n"
#~ "discarding all its configuration data.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -2681,21 +2780,25 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation program\n"
+#~ "Select <b>Use Automatic Configuration</b> to let the installation "
+#~ "program\n"
#~ "configure your network and hardware automatically. Otherwise you will\n"
#~ "be offered a configuration proposal with the possibility to tune all the\n"
#~ "settings manually. Inexperienced users are advised to use automatic\n"
#~ "configuration.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Selecteer <b>Gebruik automatische configuratie</b> om het installatieprogramma\n"
+#~ "Selecteer <b>Gebruik automatische configuratie</b> om het "
+#~ "installatieprogramma\n"
#~ "uw netwerk automatische te laten instellen. Anders krijgt u een\n"
-#~ "configuratievoorstel met de mogelijkheid alle instellingen handmatig aan te\n"
+#~ "configuratievoorstel met de mogelijkheid alle instellingen handmatig aan "
+#~ "te\n"
#~ "passen. Onervaren gebruikers kunnen beter de automatische configuratie\n"
#~ "gebruiken.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Update mode does not support automatic configuration.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>De bijwerkmodus ondersteunt de automatische configuratie niet.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>De bijwerkmodus ondersteunt de automatische configuratie niet.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The feature <b>Update</b> is only\n"
@@ -2822,10 +2925,14 @@
#~ msgstr "Onbekend chroot-pad. De debugger kan niet verder gaan."
#~ msgid "Connecting to the inst-sys failed. Debugger cannot continue."
-#~ msgstr "De verbinding met inst-sys is mislukt. De debugger kan niet verder gaan."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De verbinding met inst-sys is mislukt. De debugger kan niet verder gaan."
-#~ msgid "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Het pakket <b>%1</b> moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot het X11-systeem te kunnen krijgen.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To access the X11 system, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Het pakket <b>%1</b> moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot het X11-"
+#~ "systeem te kunnen krijgen.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Do you want to install it now?</p>"
#~ msgstr "oorbereidenet nu installeren?</p>"
@@ -2879,51 +2986,68 @@
#~ msgstr "Lettertypen worden geïnitialiseerd..."
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation up. \n"
-#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your selection \n"
-#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be installed from \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Installation from Images</b> is used to speed the installation "
+#~ "up. \n"
+#~ "Images contain compressed snapshots of installed system matching your "
+#~ "selection \n"
+#~ "of patterns. The rest of packages which are not in images will be "
+#~ "installed from \n"
#~ "packages the standard way.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Installatie vanuit images</b> wordt gebruikt om de installatie te versnellen.\n"
-#~ "Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem overeenkomstig uw keuze\n"
-#~ "van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten worden op de standaard manier\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Installatie vanuit images</b> wordt gebruikt om de installatie te "
+#~ "versnellen.\n"
+#~ "Images bevatten gecomprimeerde onderdelen van een geïnstalleerd systeem "
+#~ "overeenkomstig uw keuze\n"
+#~ "van patronen. De rest van de pakketten die niet in images zitten worden "
+#~ "op de standaard manier\n"
#~ "uit pakketten geïnstalleerd.</p>"
-#~ msgid "<p>Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please wait...</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>De installatie is bezig met het schrijven van de automatische configuratie. Even geduld...</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Installation is currently writing the automatic configuration. Please "
+#~ "wait...</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>De installatie is bezig met het schrijven van de automatische "
+#~ "configuratie. Even geduld...</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on your\n"
+#~ "Select <b>New Installation</b> if there is no existing Linux system on "
+#~ "your\n"
#~ "machine or if you want to replace an existing Linux system completely,\n"
#~ "abandoning all its configuration data.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Kies <b>Nieuwe installatie</b> in het geval er geen\n"
-#~ "Linux-systeem op uw computer is geïnstalleerd of als u een bestaand Linux-\n"
+#~ "Linux-systeem op uw computer is geïnstalleerd of als u een bestaand "
+#~ "Linux-\n"
#~ "systeem volledig wilt vervangen en geen instellingen wilt overnemen.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
+#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
+#~ "select\n"
#~ "<b>Include Add-On Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n"
+#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, "
+#~ "selecteer\n"
#~ "<b>Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten</b>.</p>"
#~ msgid "Please wait while the installation is probing the network cards..."
-#~ msgstr "Even geduld a.u.b terwijl de installatie de netwerkkaarten onderzoekt..."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Even geduld a.u.b terwijl de installatie de netwerkkaarten onderzoekt..."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely abort.\n"
+#~ "Your hard disk has not been modified in any way, so you can still safely "
+#~ "abort.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Uw harde schijf is op geen enkele wijze gewijzigd, dus u kunt nog steeds veilig afbreken.\n"
+#~ "Uw harde schijf is op geen enkele wijze gewijzigd, dus u kunt nog steeds "
+#~ "veilig afbreken.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Probe floppy disks devices"
@@ -2950,11 +3074,14 @@
#~ msgstr "Beschadigd systeem re&pareren"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux system on\n"
+#~ "<p>Select <b>Repair Installed System</b> if you have a damaged Linux "
+#~ "system on\n"
#~ "your hard disk. This option can try to fix problems automatically.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Kies <b>Geïnstalleerd systeem repareren</b> in het geval u een beschadigd Linux-systeem op uw\n"
-#~ "harde schijf heeft staan. Met deze optie wordt getracht de problemen automatisch op te lossen.\n"
+#~ "Kies <b>Geïnstalleerd systeem repareren</b> in het geval u een beschadigd "
+#~ "Linux-systeem op uw\n"
+#~ "harde schijf heeft staan. Met deze optie wordt getracht de problemen "
+#~ "automatisch op te lossen.\n"
#~ "</p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/instserver.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: instserver.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-04 15:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -74,25 +74,25 @@
msgstr "Media wijzigen"
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr "Plaats CD %1 en klik op doorgaan."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr "Selecteer ISO-image %1 en klik op doorgaan."
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr "Plaats CD %1 van %2."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr "Selecteer ISO-image %1 van %2."
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
@@ -101,12 +101,12 @@
"%1"
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr "%1 selecteren"
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -119,63 +119,63 @@
"Selecteer eerst het medium van het basisproduct."
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr "CD-inhoud naar lokale map kopiëren"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr "Dit kan enige tijd in beslag nemen..."
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr "Fout bij het verplaatsen van de inhoud van de bron."
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr "Installatiebronconfiguratie"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr "&CD of DVD media lezen"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr "Gegeven&sbron"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr "&ISO-images gebruiken"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr "&Map met CD-images:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr "&Map selecteren"
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr "Map selecteren"
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr "Naam van installatieserver ontbreekt."
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
@@ -184,7 +184,7 @@
"De CD's worden niet gekopieerd."
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
@@ -193,20 +193,20 @@
"pakket-CD, enz) aan de bron toevoegen?"
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr "Naam van i&nstallatiebron:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr "Als installatieservice aa&nkondigen met SLP"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr "Ongeldige bronnaam."
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
@@ -215,7 +215,7 @@
"Kies een andere naam."
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -228,7 +228,7 @@
"beschrijfbaar is en probeer het opnieuw.\n"
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -243,88 +243,88 @@
"Echt de oude inhoud verwijderen en een nieuwe vanaf nul aanmaken?"
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr "Initiële instellingen -- Initiële instellingen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:288
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr "Geen enkele net&werkservice instellen"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr "Map voo&r het opslaan van bronnen:"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr "Als HTTP-bron &instellen"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr "Als FTP-bron &instellen"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr "Als NFS-bron &instellen"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr "Het pad naar de map voor de installatieserver ontbreekt."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr "Installatieserver -- NFS"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "Jokerteken voor &host"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr "&Opties"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het instellen van NFS."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr "Installatieserver -- FTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr "Hoofdmap van &FTP-server:"
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr "&Mapalias:"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het instellen van FTP."
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr "Installatieserver -- HTTP"
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr "&Mapalias"
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr "Fout opgetreden tijdens het aanmaken van de HTTPD-configuratie."
@@ -343,7 +343,8 @@
"should be hosted on the local system.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer één van de serveropties en specificeer waar op het lokale systeem u alle\n"
+"<p>Selecteer één van de serveropties en specificeer waar op het lokale "
+"systeem u alle\n"
"bronnen wilt hosten.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -382,23 +383,30 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
"<p>If you need to restrict access to the exported directories to certain \n"
-"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use <em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n"
+"hosts, add a more restrictive wild card mask. For example, use "
+"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em>\n"
"to restrict access to the <em>192.168.1.0</em> subnet.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Wanneer u voor bepaalde hosts de toegang tot de geëxporteerde mappen wilt beperken,\n"
-"dan dient u een meer beperkend jokertekenmasker op te geven. Gebruik bijvoorbeeld\n"
-"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em> om de toegang tot het subnet <em>192.168.1.0</em> te beperken.\n"
+"<p>Wanneer u voor bepaalde hosts de toegang tot de geëxporteerde mappen wilt "
+"beperken,\n"
+"dan dient u een meer beperkend jokertekenmasker op te geven. Gebruik "
+"bijvoorbeeld\n"
+"<em>192.168.1.0/24</em> om de toegang tot het subnet <em>192.168.1.0</em> te "
+"beperken.\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
-"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the available\n"
+"<p>Additionally, set the export options. For more details about the "
+"available\n"
"options, see the manual page for <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Stel aanvullend de export-opties in. Voor meer details over de beschikbare\n"
-"opties kunt u de man-pagina raadplegen over <em>exports</em> (man exports(5))\n"
+"<p>Stel aanvullend de export-opties in. Voor meer details over de "
+"beschikbare\n"
+"opties kunt u de man-pagina raadplegen over <em>exports</em> (man "
+"exports(5))\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:50
@@ -433,18 +441,22 @@
"FTP server (using the <tt>--bind</tt> option of <tt>mount</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Als de gekozen map voor de installatiebron buiten de hiërarchie van de FTP-server\n"
+"<p>Als de gekozen map voor de installatiebron buiten de hiërarchie van de "
+"FTP-server\n"
"ligt, dan zal er een regel aan <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> toegevoegd worden.\n"
-"Die zorgt dat de map van de installatiebron toch via de FTP-server beschikbaar is\n"
+"Die zorgt dat de map van de installatiebron toch via de FTP-server "
+"beschikbaar is\n"
"(met behulp van de optie <tt>--bind</tt> van <tt>mount</tt>).\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
-"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following URL:\n"
+"<p>The installation server will be available to clients using the following "
+"URL:\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De installatieserver zal voor de clients beschikbaar zijn via de volgende URL:\n"
+"<p>De installatieserver zal voor de clients beschikbaar zijn via de volgende "
+"URL:\n"
"</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:69
@@ -476,10 +488,12 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p>Select a short and easy to remember alias. For example, if you select\n"
-"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown below:</p>\n"
+"<em>SUSE</em> as the alias, the repositories will be available as shown "
+"below:</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Kies een korte en gemakkelijk te onthouden alias. Als u bijvoorbeeld\n"
-"<em>SUSE</em> als alias kiest, dan zullen de bronnen als volgt beschikbaar zijn:</p>\n"
+"<em>SUSE</em> als alias kiest, dan zullen de bronnen als volgt beschikbaar "
+"zijn:</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
@@ -499,12 +513,15 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
-"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all product\n"
+"<p>The repository name is used to create a directory under which all "
+"product\n"
"CDs are copied and managed. The repository is accessed using the\n"
"configured protocol (NFS, FTP, or HTTP).</p> \n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De naam van de installatiebron word gebruikt om een map aan te maken waarin alle\n"
-"product-CD's worden gekopieerd en beheerd. De installatiebron wordt benaderd\n"
+"<p>De naam van de installatiebron word gebruikt om een map aan te maken "
+"waarin alle\n"
+"product-CD's worden gekopieerd en beheerd. De installatiebron wordt "
+"benaderd\n"
"met het ingestelde protocol (NFS, FTP of HTTP)</p> \n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:90
@@ -513,27 +530,37 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
-"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation server. \n"
+"<p>SLP (Service Location Protocol) facilitates finding an installation "
+"server. \n"
"If checked, the repository will be announced on the network using SLP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>SLP (Service Locatie Protocol) maakt het opzoeken van een installatieserver eenvoudiger. \n"
-"Wanneer ingeschakeld wordt de installatieserver op het netwerk met SLP aangekondigd.</p>\n"
+"<p>SLP (Service Locatie Protocol) maakt het opzoeken van een "
+"installatieserver eenvoudiger. \n"
+"Wanneer ingeschakeld wordt de installatieserver op het netwerk met SLP "
+"aangekondigd.</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:95
msgid ""
-"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base product, and press\n"
+"<p>Select a source drive from the list, insert the first medium of a base "
+"product, and press\n"
"<b>Next</b> to copy the content into the local repository.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kies een bronapparaat uit de lijst, leg het eerste medium van het basisproduct in het apparaat\n"
-"en klik op <b>Verder</b> om de inhoud naar de lokale schijf te kopiëren.</p>\n"
+"<p>Kies een bronapparaat uit de lijst, leg het eerste medium van het "
+"basisproduct in het apparaat\n"
+"en klik op <b>Verder</b> om de inhoud naar de lokale schijf te kopiëren.</"
+"p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
-"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add additional\n"
-"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</p>\n"
+"<p>When the base media are copied to the local repository, you can add "
+"additional\n"
+"CDs to the repository (for example, Service Pack CDs or any add-on CDs).</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Als de basismedia gekopieerd zijn naar de lokale installatiebron kunt u additionele\n"
-"CD's aan de installatiebron toevoegen (Service pack CD's of aanvullende CD's).</p>\n"
+"<p>Als de basismedia gekopieerd zijn naar de lokale installatiebron kunt u "
+"additionele\n"
+"CD's aan de installatiebron toevoegen (Service pack CD's of aanvullende "
+"CD's).</p>\n"
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:101
msgid "<p><b><big>ISO Images</big></b></p>"
@@ -541,10 +568,12 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:102
msgid ""
-"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</b>, you can\n"
+"<p>ISO images can be used instead of CD or DVD media. If you press <b>Next</"
+"b>, you can\n"
"select ISO image files.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>U kunt in plaats van CD's of DVD's ook ISO-images gebruiken. Als u op <b>Verder</b> klikt\n"
+"<p>U kunt in plaats van CD's of DVD's ook ISO-images gebruiken. Als u op "
+"<b>Verder</b> klikt\n"
"kunt u ISO-imagebestanden kiezen.</p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
@@ -563,7 +592,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
+"te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:114
@@ -600,14 +630,18 @@
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b>Adding a Repository:</b><br>\n"
-"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then made \n"
+"Unconfigured directories are detected in the repository directory and then "
+"made \n"
"available for configuration.\n"
-"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
+"To add a repository, select it from the list of unconfigured repositories "
+"and press <b>Configure</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Een installatiebron toevoegen:</b><br>\n"
-"Niet-geconfigureerde mappen worden opgezocht in de map voor installatiebronnen\n"
+"Niet-geconfigureerde mappen worden opgezocht in de map voor "
+"installatiebronnen\n"
"en beschikbaar gesteld voor configuratie.\n"
-"Om een bron toe te voegen, kies deze uit de lijst met niet-geconfigureerde bronnen en klik op <b>Instellen</b>.</p>\n"
+"Om een bron toe te voegen, kies deze uit de lijst met niet-geconfigureerde "
+"bronnen en klik op <b>Instellen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/instserver/helps.rb:136
@@ -649,15 +683,18 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bewerken of verwijderen:</b><br>\n"
"Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen bron en\n"
-"klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.</p>\n"
+"klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>.</"
+"p>\n"
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
-"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package\n"
+"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd "
+"package\n"
"will now be installed.\n"
msgstr ""
-"De FTP-installatieserver heeft een FTP-serverpakket nodig. Het vsftpd-pakket\n"
+"De FTP-installatieserver heeft een FTP-serverpakket nodig. Het vsftpd-"
+"pakket\n"
"wordt nu geïnstalleerd.\n"
#. Write Apache config
@@ -669,17 +706,19 @@
#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:458
msgid ""
-"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 package\n"
+"The HTTP installation server requires an HTTP server package. The apache2 "
+"package\n"
"will now be installed."
msgstr ""
-"De HTTP-installatieserver heeft een HTTP-serverpakket nodig. Het apache2-pakket\n"
+"De HTTP-installatieserver heeft een HTTP-serverpakket nodig. Het apache2-"
+"pakket\n"
"wordt nu geïnstalleerd."
#. Setup NFS Server
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
@@ -688,75 +727,75 @@
"NFS-exports onveranderd laten?\n"
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr "Configuratie initialiseren"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr "Configuratiebestand lezen"
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr "Zoeken naar een nieuwe installatiebron"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr "Het configuratiebestand wordt gelezen..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr "Nieuwe installatiebron wordt opgezocht..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gereed"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr "Kan de huidige instellingen niet lezen."
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr "Configuratie van installatieserver opslaan"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Instellingen opslaan"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr "SuSEconfig starten"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "De instellingen worden opgeslagen..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr "SuSEconfig wordt uitgevoerd..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan."
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr "Geconfigureerde installatiebronnen"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-client.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: iscsi-client.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-22 10:03+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -127,8 +127,8 @@
msgstr "Bewerk"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Disconnect"
-msgstr "Verbinding verbreken"
+msgid "Log Out"
+msgstr "Afmelden"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
msgid "Connected"
@@ -139,6 +139,9 @@
msgstr "Detectie"
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr "Aanmelden"
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr "Verbinden"
@@ -222,8 +225,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-initiator</h1>"
@@ -252,7 +255,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
+"te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:46
@@ -273,7 +277,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Opslaan afbreken</big></b><br>\n"
"Breek de opslagprocedure af door op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.\n"
-" In een aanvullend dialoogvenster wordt aangegeven of het veilig is om dit te doen.\n"
+" In een aanvullend dialoogvenster wordt aangegeven of het veilig is om dit "
+"te doen.\n"
" </p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
@@ -295,7 +300,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Een iSCSI-initiator toevoegen</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecteer een iSCSI-initiator in de lijst met gedetecteerde initiators.\n"
-" Als uw iSCSI-initiator niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u <b>Overig (niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
+" Als uw iSCSI-initiator niet is gedetecteerd, gebruikt u <b>Overig (niet "
+"gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
" Klik vervolgens op <b>Instellen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -306,7 +312,8 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Bewerken of verwijderen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster geopend\n"
+"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster "
+"geopend\n"
" waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
@@ -343,49 +350,98 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
-msgid "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Lijst met huidige sessies.</p><p>Gebruik de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> om extra doelen te krijgen. Een zoektocht wordt gestart om te nieuwe doelen te detecteren en de start-up-modus van reeds verbonden doelen blijven ongewijzigd.<br>Gebruik <b>Verbinding verbreken</b> om de verbinden te annuleren en daarmee het doel uit de lijst te verwijderen.<br>Om de start-up-status te wijzigen, druk op <b>Bewerken</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</"
+"b>.\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Lijst met huidige sessies Als u een nieuw doel wilt toevoegen, selecteer het "
+"en klikt op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
+"Als u een doel wilt verwijderen klikt op <b>Afmelden</b>.\n"
+"Als u de opstartstatus wilt wijzigen, klikt op <b>Omschakelen</b>.\n"
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Waarschuwing</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
-msgid "<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Zorg er voor dat bij <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>-toegang tot een iSCSI-apparaat deze toegang exclusief is. Anders bestaat er het risico dat er datacorruptie optreedt.</p>\n"
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that "
+"this access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data "
+"corruption.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Zorg er voor dat bij <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>-toegang tot een iSCSI-"
+"apparaat deze toegang exclusief is. Anders bestaat er het risico dat er "
+"datacorruptie optreedt.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname."
+#| "iscsi</tt>. \n"
+#| "In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are "
+#| "only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>. \n"
-"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</"
+"tt>. \n"
+"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only "
+"able to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Initiatornaam</b> is een waarde uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>.\n"
-"Als u werkt met iBFT, wordt de waarde daaruit toegevoegd en kunt u de waarde alleen wijzigen in de BIOS-instellingen.</p>"
+"<p><b>Initiatornaam</b> is een waarde uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname."
+"iscsi</tt>.\n"
+"Als u werkt met iBFT, wordt de waarde daaruit toegevoegd en kunt u de waarde "
+"alleen wijzigen in de BIOS-instellingen.</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
-"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
-"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should be 3205.\n"
+"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for "
+"discovering targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
+"fill in the IP address of the iSNS server and port. The default port should "
+"be 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Als u gebruik wilt maken van <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) voor het ontdekken van doelen in plaats van de standaard SendTargets-methode,\n"
-"vul het IP-adres en de poort van de iSNS-server in. De standaardpoort is 3205.\n"
+"Als u gebruik wilt maken van <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) "
+"voor het ontdekken van doelen in plaats van de standaard SendTargets-"
+"methode,\n"
+"vul het IP-adres en de poort van de iSNS-server in. De standaardpoort is "
+"3205.\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+#| "Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</"
+#| "b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+#| "select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
-"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
+"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> "
+"and <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
"Voer het <b>IP-adres</b> van de ISCSI-server in.\n"
-"Wijzig <b>Poort</b> alleen indien nodig. Voor verificatie, gebruik <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b>. Als u geen\n"
+"Wijzig <b>Poort</b> alleen indien nodig. Voor verificatie, gebruik "
+"<b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b>. Als u geen\n"
"verificatie nodig hebt, selecteer <b>Geen verificatie</b>.\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
-msgid "List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connect</b>. "
-msgstr "Lijst van knooppunten die door de iSCSI-doel worden aangeboden. Selecteer er een en klik op <b>Verbinden</b>. "
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
+msgid ""
+"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click "
+"<b>Connect</b>. "
+msgstr ""
+"Lijst van knooppunten die door de iSCSI-doel worden aangeboden. Selecteer er "
+"een en klik op <b>Verbinden</b>. "
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid ""
+"Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and "
+"<b>Password</b>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer het type verificatie en voer de <b>gebruikersnaam</b> en het "
+"<b>wachtwoord</b> in."
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Opstarten</h1>"
@@ -394,9 +450,11 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>manual</b> is for iSCSI targets which are not to be connected by\n"
"default, the user needs to connect them manually</p>\n"
-"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. when\n"
+"<p><b>onboot</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected during boot, i.e. "
+"when\n"
"root is on iSCSI. As such it will be evaluated by the initrd.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI service\n"
+"<p><b>automatic</b> is for iSCSI targets to be connected when the iSCSI "
+"service\n"
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>handmatig</b> is voor iSCSI-doelen waarmee niet standaard wordt\n"
@@ -407,20 +465,16 @@
"<p><b>automatisch</b> is voor iSCSI-doelen die bij het opstarten van de\n"
"iSCSI-service verbonden moeten worden.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr "<h1>Authenticatie</h1>"
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
-msgid "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>De standaard instelling hier is <i>Geen authenticatie</i>. Deactiveer het keuzevak als authenticatie nodig is vanwege beveiliging. Voer in <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b> voor 'Inkomende authenticatie', 'Uitgaande authenticatie' of voor beide.</p><p><b>Merk op:</b><br>'Inkomende authenticatie' correleert hier met 'Uitgaande authenticatie' aan de kant van de iSCSI-doelserver en omgekeerd.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> "
+"to any target."
+msgstr ""
+"Lijst met gevonden doelen. Start een nieuwe <b>Zoekopdracht</b> of klik op "
+"<b>Verbinden</b> om verbinding te maken met een doel."
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Dit scherm toont de lijst met ontdekte doelen.</p><p>Gebruik de knop <b>Ontdekken</b> om de beschikbare iSCSI-doelen uit een server gespecificeerd door het IP-adres.<br><b>Verbinden</b> met een doel om de verbinding te maken. Als aanmelden is gelukt toont de kolom <i>Verbonden</i> de status 'Waar' en het doel zal verschijnen op het scherm <i>Verbonden doelen</i>.<br>Om een doel te verwijderen gebruikt u de knop <b>Verwijderen</b>.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Verwijderen van doelen is alleen mogelijk als ze niet verbondenen zijn. Indien vereist, gebruik dan eerst <b>Verbinding verbreken</b> op <i>Verbonden doelen</i>.</p><p><b>Merk op:</b> Opnieuw starten van <b>Ontdekken</b> betekent opnieuw ontdekken van doelen wat mogelijk de start-up-modus van al verbonden doelen kan wijzigen (naar de standaard 'handmatig'). Schakel om naar het scherm <i>Verbonden doelen</i> en gebruik de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> als u nieuwe doelen zonder wijziging van de start-up-modus wilt toevoegen.</p>"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
@@ -453,7 +507,8 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:218
msgid "Error occurred while logging out from the selected target."
-msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het afmelden bij het geselecteerde doel."
+msgstr ""
+"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het afmelden bij het geselecteerde doel."
#. toggle all 3 possible values (bnc#457252)
#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:228
@@ -472,21 +527,26 @@
msgstr "Het poortveld mag niet leeg zijn"
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr "Onjuiste initiatornaam"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The correct syntax is\n"
+#| "iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
+#| "or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Example:\n"
+#| "iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"De juiste syntaxis is\n"
@@ -498,12 +558,12 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:219
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr "Geef het IP-adres op."
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr "Geef de poort op."
@@ -511,38 +571,42 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr "Waar"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr "Onwaar"
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
-msgid "The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
-msgstr "Het doel met deze doelnaam is al verbonden. Zorg dat de functie voor meerdere paden is ingeschakeld om beschadigde gegevens te voorkomen."
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
+msgid ""
+"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that "
+"multipathing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
+msgstr ""
+"Het doel met deze doelnaam is al verbonden. Zorg dat de functie voor "
+"meerdere paden is ingeschakeld om beschadigde gegevens te voorkomen."
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
# -ke-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr "Doorgaan"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Annuleren"
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr "Het doel is al verbonden."
@@ -560,8 +624,12 @@
#. don't check interactively for packages (bnc#367300)
#. skip it during second stage or when create AY profile
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:96
-msgid "<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Als u de iSCSI-initiator wilt instellen, moet het <b>%1</b>-pakket worden geïnstalleerd.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>To configure the iSCSI initiator, the <b>%1</b> package must be installed."
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Als u de iSCSI-initiator wilt instellen, moet het <b>%1</b>-pakket worden "
+"geïnstalleerd.</p>"
#: src/modules/IscsiClient.rb:99
msgid "<p>Install it now?</p>"
@@ -635,7 +703,7 @@
msgstr "alles"
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -644,36 +712,82 @@
msgstr ""
"Initiatornaam uit iBFT en die uit <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"zijn verschillend. De oude initiatornaam wordt vervangen door de waarde uit\n"
-"iBFT en er wordt een back-up gemaakt. Wijzig de initiatornaam in de BIOS als\n"
+"iBFT en er wordt een back-up gemaakt. Wijzig de initiatornaam in de BIOS "
+"als\n"
"u een andere naam wilt gebruiken.\n"
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr "Doel-connectie is mislukt.\n"
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Configuratie overzicht..."
-#~ msgid "Log Out"
-#~ msgstr "Afmelden"
+#~ msgid "Disconnect"
+#~ msgstr "Verbinding verbreken"
-#~ msgid "Log In"
-#~ msgstr "Aanmelden"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get "
+#~ "additional targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the "
+#~ "start-up mode of already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use "
+#~ "<b>Disconnect</b> to cancel the connection and with it remove the target "
+#~ "from the list.<br>To change the start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Lijst met huidige sessies.</p><p>Gebruik de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> om "
+#~ "extra doelen te krijgen. Een zoektocht wordt gestart om te nieuwe doelen "
+#~ "te detecteren en de start-up-modus van reeds verbonden doelen blijven "
+#~ "ongewijzigd.<br>Gebruik <b>Verbinding verbreken</b> om de verbinden te "
+#~ "annuleren en daarmee het doel uit de lijst te verwijderen.<br>Om de start-"
+#~ "up-status te wijzigen, druk op <b>Bewerken</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
+#~ msgstr "<h1>Authenticatie</h1>"
+
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>.\n"
-#~ "To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
-#~ "To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
+#~ "<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the "
+#~ "checkbox if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter "
+#~ "<b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', "
+#~ "'Outgoing Authentication' or for both.</p><p><b>Please note:</"
+#~ "b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates to 'Outgoing "
+#~ "Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way round.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Lijst met huidige sessies Als u een nieuw doel wilt toevoegen, selecteer het en klikt op <b>Toevoegen</b>.\n"
-#~ "Als u een doel wilt verwijderen klikt op <b>Afmelden</b>.\n"
-#~ "Als u de opstartstatus wilt wijzigen, klikt op <b>Omschakelen</b>.\n"
+#~ "<p>De standaard instelling hier is <i>Geen authenticatie</i>. Deactiveer "
+#~ "het keuzevak als authenticatie nodig is vanwege beveiliging. Voer in "
+#~ "<b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b> voor 'Inkomende "
+#~ "authenticatie', 'Uitgaande authenticatie' of voor beide.</p><p><b>Merk op:"
+#~ "</b><br>'Inkomende authenticatie' correleert hier met 'Uitgaande "
+#~ "authenticatie' aan de kant van de iSCSI-doelserver en omgekeerd.</p>"
-#~ msgid "Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-#~ msgstr "Selecteer het type verificatie en voer de <b>gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>wachtwoord</b> in."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the "
+#~ "<b>Discovery</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server "
+#~ "specified by IP address.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the "
+#~ "connection. If login was successful the column <i>Connected</i> shows "
+#~ "status 'True' and the target will appear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> "
+#~ "screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b>Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</"
+#~ "b> Removing of targets is only possible for not connected onces. If "
+#~ "required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i> first.</"
+#~ "p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means doing "
+#~ "a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of "
+#~ "already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected "
+#~ "Targets</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new "
+#~ "targets without changing the start-up mode.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Dit scherm toont de lijst met ontdekte doelen.</p><p>Gebruik de knop "
+#~ "<b>Ontdekken</b> om de beschikbare iSCSI-doelen uit een server "
+#~ "gespecificeerd door het IP-adres.<br><b>Verbinden</b> met een doel om de "
+#~ "verbinding te maken. Als aanmelden is gelukt toont de kolom <i>Verbonden</"
+#~ "i> de status 'Waar' en het doel zal verschijnen op het scherm "
+#~ "<i>Verbonden doelen</i>.<br>Om een doel te verwijderen gebruikt u de knop "
+#~ "<b>Verwijderen</b>.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Verwijderen van doelen is alleen "
+#~ "mogelijk als ze niet verbondenen zijn. Indien vereist, gebruik dan eerst "
+#~ "<b>Verbinding verbreken</b> op <i>Verbonden doelen</i>.</p><p><b>Merk op:"
+#~ "</b> Opnieuw starten van <b>Ontdekken</b> betekent opnieuw ontdekken van "
+#~ "doelen wat mogelijk de start-up-modus van al verbonden doelen kan "
+#~ "wijzigen (naar de standaard 'handmatig'). Schakel om naar het scherm "
+#~ "<i>Verbonden doelen</i> en gebruik de knop <b>Toevoegen</b> als u nieuwe "
+#~ "doelen zonder wijziging van de start-up-modus wilt toevoegen.</p>"
-#~ msgid "List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to any target."
-#~ msgstr "Lijst met gevonden doelen. Start een nieuwe <b>Zoekopdracht</b> of klik op <b>Verbinden</b> om verbinding te maken met een doel."
+#~ msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
+#~ msgstr "Onjuiste initiatornaam"
+
+#~ msgid "Target connection failed.\n"
+#~ msgstr "Doel-connectie is mislukt.\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/iscsi-lio-server.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-29 00:14+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr "Doelen"
@@ -71,7 +71,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr "Portal-groep"
@@ -109,155 +109,165 @@
msgstr "Pad"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
msgid "Add"
msgstr "Toevoegen"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr "Bewerk"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
msgid "Delete"
msgstr "Verwijderen"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
-msgstr "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
+msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Lun Mapping"
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr "Lun-mapping"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr "Auth"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr "LUN bewerken"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr "Auth bewerken"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr "Kopiëren"
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr "Geen verificatie"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr "Inkomende verificatie"
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr "Gebruikersnaam"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Wachtwoord"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr "Uitgaande verificatie"
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr "Tijdens &opstarten"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr "Hand&matig"
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr "Tijdens opstarten van systeem"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:82
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr "Handmatig"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Sleutel"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr "Waarde"
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr "Overzicht van iSCSI LIO-doel"
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>iSCSI-doel</h1>"
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr "iSCSI-doel toevoegen"
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
-msgstr "Instellingen van iSCSI-doelclient wijzigen"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
+msgstr "Instellingen van iSCSI-doel-LUN wijzigen"
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr "Instellingen van iSCSI-doel-LUN wijzigen"
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen van iSCSI-doel"
@@ -267,7 +277,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Initializing iSCSI LIO Target Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Please wait...<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuratie van iSCSI LIO-doel wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></"
+"b><br>\n"
"Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
@@ -277,7 +288,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
+"te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:47
@@ -340,7 +352,8 @@
"the configuration opens.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Bewerken of verwijderen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster geopend\n"
+"Als u klikt op <b>Bewerken</b>, wordt er een aanvullend dialoogvenster "
+"geopend\n"
" waarin u de configuratie kunt wijzigen.</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
@@ -411,92 +424,170 @@
#. discovery authentication
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:119
-msgid "Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of <b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>."
-msgstr "Selecteer het type verificatie. Gebruik <b>Geen verificatie</b> of een van de <b>Inkomende</b> en <b>Uitgaande</b> (kunnen beide samen gebruikt worden). Voer daarna de <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>Wachtwoord</b> in."
+msgid ""
+"Select the type of authentication. Use <b>No Authentication</b> or one of "
+"<b>Incoming</b> and <b>Outgoing</b> (can be both together). Then insert "
+"<b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer het type verificatie. Gebruik <b>Geen verificatie</b> of een van "
+"de <b>Inkomende</b> en <b>Uitgaande</b> (kunnen beide samen gebruikt "
+"worden). Voer daarna de <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>Wachtwoord</b> in."
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
-msgid "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een client toegang te geven tot een LUN geïmporteerd uit doel-portal-groep. Specificeer welke client is toegestaan om er toegang toe te hebben (de clientnaam is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' in de iscsi-initiator). <b>Verwijderen</b> zal de toegang van de client tot de LUN verwijderen.</p>"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target "
+#| "portal group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name "
+#| "is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi "
+#| "initiator). <b>Delete</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN "
+"imported from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use "
+"<i>InitiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> "
+"will remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een client toegang te geven tot een LUN "
+"geïmporteerd uit doel-portal-groep. Specificeer welke client is toegestaan "
+"om er toegang toe te hebben (de clientnaam is <i>InitiatorName</i> in '/etc/"
+"iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' in de iscsi-initiator). <b>Verwijderen</b> zal de "
+"toegang van de client tot de LUN verwijderen.</p>"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
-msgid "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Met <b>LUN bewerken</b> kunt u wijzigen tot welke LUN's de client toegang heeft. Merk op dat het doelnummer van de LUN uniek moet zijn.<br>Na indrukken van <b>Auth bewerken</b>, selecteert u het type authenticatie. Gebruik <b>Inkomend</b>, <b>Uitgaand</b> of beiden. Voer dan <b>Gebruiker</b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b>. Als <b>Authenticatie gebruiken</b> is uitgeschakeld in de vorige dialoog, <b>Auth bewerken</b> is hier uitgeschakeld.</p>"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that "
+#| "LUN target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, "
+#| "select the type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> "
+#| "or both together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use "
+#| "Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is "
+#| "disabled here.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN "
+"target number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the "
+"type of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both "
+"together. Then insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to "
+"set different values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</"
+"b> is disabled here.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Met <b>LUN bewerken</b> kunt u wijzigen tot welke LUN's de client toegang "
+"heeft. Merk op dat het doelnummer van de LUN uniek moet zijn.<br>Na "
+"indrukken van <b>Auth bewerken</b>, selecteert u het type authenticatie. "
+"Gebruik <b>Inkomend</b>, <b>Uitgaand</b> of beiden. Voer dan <b>Gebruiker</"
+"b> en <b>Wachtwoord</b>. Als <b>Authenticatie gebruiken</b> is uitgeschakeld "
+"in de vorige dialoog, <b>Auth bewerken</b> is hier uitgeschakeld.</p>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
-msgid "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to the LUN.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Kopiëren</b> biedt de mogelijkheid om een extra client toegang te geven tot de LUN.</p>"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access "
+#| "to the LUN.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access "
+"to the LUN.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Kopiëren</b> biedt de mogelijkheid om een extra client toegang te "
+"geven tot de LUN.</p>"
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
-"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</b>."
+"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by "
+"clicking <b>Add</b>.\n"
+"To delete or modify an item, select it and press <b>Edit</b> or <b>Delete</"
+"b>."
msgstr ""
-"Lijst van aangeboden doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel aan door op <b>Toevoegen</b> te klikken.\n"
-"Om ze te verwijderen of te wijzigen, selecteer ze en klik op <b>Bewerken</b> of <b>Verwijderen</b>."
+"Lijst van aangeboden doelen en doelportalgroepen. Maak een nieuw doel aan "
+"door op <b>Toevoegen</b> te klikken.\n"
+"Om ze te verwijderen of te wijzigen, selecteer ze en klik op <b>Bewerken</b> "
+"of <b>Verwijderen</b>."
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr "<h1>Instellingen van IP/poort en LUN van iSCSI-doel</h1>"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LUN</b>.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
+"<b>LUN</b>.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</"
+"b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te maken onder een <b>LUN</b>.\n"
+"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te "
+"maken onder een <b>LUN</b>.\n"
"U moet het <b>pad</b> naar ofwel het blokapparaat of bestand leveren. \n"
-"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een willekeurige naam om uniek de <b>LUN</b> aan te geven. \n"
-"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de gebruiker\n"
+"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een willekeurige naam om uniek de <b>LUN</b> aan te "
+"geven. \n"
+"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de "
+"gebruiker\n"
"geen naam voor de LUN levert, dan wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which address\n"
+"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which "
+"address\n"
"and port the service will be available. Default for port number is 3260.\n"
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-"<p>Onder <b>IP-adres</b> en <b>Portnummer</b> specificeert u onder welk adres\n"
-"en poort de service beschikbaar zal zijn. De standaard voor poortnummer is 3260.\n"
+"<p>Onder <b>IP-adres</b> en <b>Portnummer</b> specificeert u onder welk "
+"adres\n"
+"en poort de service beschikbaar zal zijn. De standaard voor poortnummer is "
+"3260.\n"
"Alleen IP-adressen toegekend aan een van de netwerkkaarten zijn mogelijk."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
-msgstr "Een nieuw doel aanmaken. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden."
+msgstr ""
+"Een nieuw doel aanmaken. Vervang de sjabloonwaarden door de juiste waarden."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
-"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
+"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a "
+"lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
-"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</b>. \n"
+"The <b>LUN name</b> is an arbitrary name to uniquely identify the <b>LUN</"
+"b>. \n"
"The name needs to be unique within the target portal group. If the user\n"
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te maken onder een LUN.\n"
+"Het is mogelijk om willekeurige blokapparaten of bestanden beschikbaar te "
+"maken onder een LUN.\n"
"U moet het <b>pad</b> naar ofwel het blokapparaat of bestand leveren. \n"
-"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een willekeurige naam om uniek de <b>LUN</b> aan te geven. \n"
-"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de gebruiker\n"
+"De <b>LUN-naam</b> is een willekeurige naam om uniek de <b>LUN</b> aan te "
+"geven. \n"
+"De naam moet uniek zijn binnen de portalgroep van het doel. Als de "
+"gebruiker\n"
"geen naam voor de LUN levert, dan wordt deze automatisch gegenereerd."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
-msgid "It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional configuration options."
-msgstr "U kunt aanvullende configuratie-opties <b>toevoegen</b>, <b>bewerken</b> of <b>verwijderen</b>."
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
+msgid ""
+"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional "
+"configuration options."
+msgstr ""
+"U kunt aanvullende configuratie-opties <b>toevoegen</b>, <b>bewerken</b> of "
+"<b>verwijderen</b>."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
-"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purposes).\n"
-"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and <b>Sectors</b> are optional."
+"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing "
+"purposes).\n"
+"If Type=fileio set <b>Path</b> to disk device or file.<b>SCSI ID</b> and "
+"<b>Sectors</b> are optional."
msgstr ""
-"Bewerk het <b>LUN</b>-nummer indien nodig, stel <b>Type</b> in (nullio is voor testdoeleinden).\n"
-"Als Type=fileio, zet <b>Pad</b> naar schijfstation of bestand. <b>SCSI-ID</b> en <b>Sectoren</b> zijn optioneel."
+"Bewerk het <b>LUN</b>-nummer indien nodig, stel <b>Type</b> in (nullio is "
+"voor testdoeleinden).\n"
+"Als Type=fileio, zet <b>Pad</b> naar schijfstation of bestand. <b>SCSI-ID</"
+"b> en <b>Sectoren</b> zijn optioneel."
#. save discovery authentication or authentication for given target
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:145
@@ -515,7 +606,9 @@
msgstr "Ongeldig wachtwoord."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr "Geselecteerde LUN is al in gebruik."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -524,7 +617,8 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:269
msgid "Selected Path must be either block device or normal file!"
-msgstr "Geselecteerd pad moet ofwel een blokapparaat of een normaal bestand zijn."
+msgstr ""
+"Geselecteerd pad moet ofwel een blokapparaat of een normaal bestand zijn."
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:275
msgid "Selected Path is already in use!"
@@ -543,8 +637,8 @@
msgstr "Selecteer een bestand of apparaat"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
-msgstr "Client-LUN"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
+msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
msgid "Target LUN"
@@ -563,8 +657,8 @@
msgstr "Het is nodig minstens één authenticatiemechanisme in te schakelen!"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
-msgstr "Clientnaam:"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
+msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
msgid "Import LUNs from TPG"
@@ -572,21 +666,27 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr "Clientnaam mag niet leeg zijn."
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr "Clientnaam bestaat al."
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr "Nieuwe clientnaam:"
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
@@ -597,73 +697,88 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr "Annuleren"
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Disabled"
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr "Uitgeschakeld"
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr "Uitgeschakeld"
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr "Wilt u het geselecteerde item verwijderen?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr "Probleem met aanmaken doel %1 met TPG %2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr "Probleem met instellen van netwerkportal op %1"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr "Probleem met verwijderen van LUN %1"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr "Probleem met instellen van LUN %1 (naam:%2) naar pad %3"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr "Probleem met instellen van auth op %1:%2 naar %3"
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr "Het doel mag niet leeg zijn."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr "Het doelportalgroep mag niet leeg zijn."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr "Het doel bestaat al."
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr "Inkomend"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr "Uitgaand"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr "Geen"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr "Uitgeschakeld"
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "There isn't any client specified.\n"
+#| "To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+#| "use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
+#| "(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
+#| "Really want to continue without client access?"
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
"Er is geen enkele client gespecificeerd.\n"
"Om een client zich aan te laten melden bij het doel,\n"
@@ -671,24 +786,34 @@
"(zie /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi op de initiator).\n"
"Wilt u doorgaan zonder toegang tot de client?"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr "Probleem met verwijderen van LUN %4: voor client %3 in %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr "Probleem met toevoegen van LUN %4:%5 voor client %3 in %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr "Probleem met verwijderen van client %3 uit %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr "Probleem met aanmaken client %3 voor %1:%2"
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr "Probleem met wijzigen van auth voor client %3 in %1:%2"
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -703,11 +828,11 @@
msgstr "Initialiseren..."
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr "Kan lio-setup niet opslaan"
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr "Kan tcm-setup niet opslaan"
@@ -809,6 +934,18 @@
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr "Configuratie overzicht..."
+#~ msgid "Client"
+#~ msgstr "Client"
+
+#~ msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#~ msgstr "Instellingen van iSCSI-doelclient wijzigen"
+
+#~ msgid "Client Lun"
+#~ msgstr "Client-LUN"
+
+#~ msgid "Client name:"
+#~ msgstr "Clientnaam:"
+
#~ msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
#~ msgstr "SuSEconfig starten"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/kdump.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: kdump.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:19+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -54,22 +54,36 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:102
msgid "Dump target includes destination for saving dump images"
-msgstr "Het bereik van de dump bevat de bestemming waar de dump-image zal worden opgeslagen"
+msgstr ""
+"Het bereik van de dump bevat de bestemming waar de dump-image zal worden "
+"opgeslagen"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:117
-msgid "The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only \"kernel_string\"."
-msgstr "Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz]. Voer alleen \"kernel_tekst\" in."
+msgid ""
+"The naming scheme is:/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] Please enter only "
+"\"kernel_string\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz]. Voer alleen "
+"\"kernel_tekst\" in."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:128
-msgid "The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the kdump kernel."
-msgstr "De kdump-commandoregel is de commandoregel die zal worden doorgegeven aan de kdump-kernel."
+msgid ""
+"The kdump commandline is the command line that needs to be passed off to the "
+"kdump kernel."
+msgstr ""
+"De kdump-commandoregel is de commandoregel die zal worden doorgegeven aan de "
+"kdump-kernel."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:139
-msgid "Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command line string."
-msgstr "Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt toevoegen aan de standaard-commandoregeltekst."
+msgid ""
+"Set this variable if you only want to _append_ values to the default command "
+"line string."
+msgstr ""
+"Stel deze variabele in als u waarden wilt toevoegen aan de standaard-"
+"commandoregeltekst."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:150
@@ -84,7 +98,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:166
msgid "Specifies how many old dumps are kept. 0 means keep all."
-msgstr "Specificeert hoeveel oude dumps zullen worden bewaart. 0 betekent allemaal bewaren."
+msgstr ""
+"Specificeert hoeveel oude dumps zullen worden bewaart. 0 betekent allemaal "
+"bewaren."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:174
@@ -98,8 +114,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:190
-msgid "SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes password (plain text file)."
-msgstr "SMTP-wachtwoord voor het verzenden van meldingen. Pad van bestand dat wachtwoord bevat (bestand met platte tekst)"
+msgid ""
+"SMTP password for sending notification messages. Path of file which includes "
+"password (plain text file)."
+msgstr ""
+"SMTP-wachtwoord voor het verzenden van meldingen. Pad van bestand dat "
+"wachtwoord bevat (bestand met platte tekst)"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:198
@@ -143,8 +163,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:255
-msgid "Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
-msgstr "Het doel van de dump bevat het type doel: bestand (lokaal bestandssysteem) ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
+msgid ""
+"Dump target includes type of target from: file (local filesystem), ftp, ssh, "
+"sftp, nfs, cifs"
+msgstr ""
+"Het doel van de dump bevat het type doel: bestand (lokaal bestandssysteem) "
+"ftp, ssh, sftp, nfs, cifs"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:262
@@ -185,8 +209,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:303
-msgid "The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means only \"kernel_string\"."
-msgstr "Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz] kernel betekent alleen \"kernel_tekst\"."
+msgid ""
+"The naming scheme is: /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz] kernel means "
+"only \"kernel_string\"."
+msgstr ""
+"Het naamschema is /boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz] kernel betekent "
+"alleen \"kernel_tekst\"."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:310
@@ -195,8 +223,12 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:317
-msgid "Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 or s are allowed"
-msgstr "Optie betekent runlevel om de kdump-kernel op te starten. Alleen de waarden 1,2,3,5 of s zijn toegestaan"
+msgid ""
+"Option means runlevel to boot the kdump kernel. Only values such as 1,2,3,5 "
+"or s are allowed"
+msgstr ""
+"Optie betekent runlevel om de kdump-kernel op te starten. Alleen de waarden "
+"1,2,3,5 of s zijn toegestaan"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:324
@@ -338,7 +370,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:662
msgid "Numbers of old dumps: All dumps are saved without deleting old dumps"
-msgstr "Aantal oude dumps: alle dumps worden opgeslagen zonder dat oude dumps worden verwijderd"
+msgstr ""
+"Aantal oude dumps: alle dumps worden opgeslagen zonder dat oude dumps worden "
+"verwijderd"
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:670
@@ -383,10 +417,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr "Om deze wijziging toe te passen dient u de computer te herstarten."
@@ -433,8 +465,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text help
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:813
-msgid "Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
-msgstr "Optie kan alleen waarde \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" of \"lzo\" bevatten."
+msgid ""
+"Option can include only \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" or \"lzo\" value."
+msgstr ""
+"Optie kan alleen waarde \"none\", \"ELF\", \"compressed\" of \"lzo\" "
+"bevatten."
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine error message
#: src/clients/kdump.rb:833
@@ -761,11 +796,13 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable/Disable Kdump</b><br>\n"
-" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/removed. \n"
+" Enable or disable kdump. The boot option crashkernel parameter is added/"
+"removed. \n"
" To apply changes, a reboot is necessary.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Kdump activeren/deactiveren</b><br>\n"
-" Kdump activeren of deactiveren. De opstartoptie crashkernel parameter is toegevoegd/verwijderd.\n"
+" Kdump activeren of deactiveren. De opstartoptie crashkernel parameter is "
+"toegevoegd/verwijderd.\n"
" Om de wijzigingen toe te passen, dient u te herstarten.<br></p>\n"
#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
@@ -782,10 +819,21 @@
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p><b>Firmware-Assisted Dump</b><br>\n"
-" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
+" Dumps are not generated before the partition is reinitialized but take "
+"place when the partition is restarting. When performing a firmware-"
+"assisted dump, system memory is frozen and the partition rebooted, which "
+"allows a new instance of the operating system to dump data from the "
+"previous kernel crash. This feature is suitable only when the system has "
+"more than 1.5 GB of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Door-firmware-geassisteerde-dump</b><br>\n"
-" Dumps worden niet gegenereerd voordat de partitie opnieuw is geïnitialiseerd maar vinden plaats wanneer de partitie opnieuw is opgestart. Bij uitvoeren van een door firmware geassisteerde dump wordt systeemgeheugen bevroren en de partitie opnieuw gestart, die een nieuw exemplaar van het bestandssysteem maakt om gegevens te dumpen van de vorige kernel-crash. Deze functie is alleen geschikt wanneer het systeem meer dan 1.5 GB geheugen heeft.</p>"
+" Dumps worden niet gegenereerd voordat de partitie opnieuw is "
+"geïnitialiseerd maar vinden plaats wanneer de partitie opnieuw is opgestart. "
+"Bij uitvoeren van een door firmware geassisteerde dump wordt systeemgeheugen "
+"bevroren en de partitie opnieuw gestart, die een nieuw exemplaar van het "
+"bestandssysteem maakt om gegevens te dumpen van de vorige kernel-crash. Deze "
+"functie is alleen geschikt wanneer het systeem meer dan 1.5 GB geheugen "
+"heeft.</p>"
#. Kdump Memor&y [MB] - IntField 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:57
@@ -806,37 +854,47 @@
"<p><b>Dump Format</b><br>\n"
" <i>No Dump</i> - Only save the kernel log.<br>\n"
" <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dump file in the ELF format.<br>\n"
-" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip.<br>\n"
-" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster.<br>\n"
+" <i>Compressed Format</i> - Compress dump data by each page with gzip."
+"<br>\n"
+" <i>LZO Compressed Format</i> - Slightly bigger files but much faster."
+"<br>\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Dump-format</b><br>\n"
" <i>Geen dump</i> - alleen de kernel-log opslaan.<br>\n"
" <i>ELF-format</i> - maak een dumpbestand in het ELF-format.<br>\n"
-" <i>Gecomprimeerd format</i> - comprimeer dumpgegevens voor elke pagina met gzip.<br>\n"
-" <i>LZO gecomprimeerd format</i> - enigszins grotere bestanden maar veel sneller.<br>\n"
+" <i>Gecomprimeerd format</i> - comprimeer dumpgegevens voor elke pagina "
+"met gzip.<br>\n"
+" <i>LZO gecomprimeerd format</i> - enigszins grotere bestanden maar veel "
+"sneller.<br>\n"
"</p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 1/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b>Saving Target for Kdump Image</b><br>\n"
-" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving dumps.<br></p>"
+" The target for saving kdump images. Select type of target for saving "
+"dumps.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Opslagdoel voor Kdump-image</b><br>\n"
-" Het doel voor het opslaan van Kdump-images. Selecteer het type doel voor het opslaan van dumps.<br></p>"
+" Het doel voor het opslaan van Kdump-images. Selecteer het type doel voor "
+"het opslaan van dumps.<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 2/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:76
msgid ""
"<p><b>Local Filestem</b> - Save kdump image in the local filesystem.\n"
" <i>Directory for Saving Dumps</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
-" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing <i>Browse</i>\n"
+" Selecting directory for saving kdump images via dialog by pressing "
+"<i>Browse</i>\n"
" <br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Lokaal bestandssysteem</b> - Sla de Kdump-image op in het lokale bestandssysteem.\n"
-" <i>Map voor opslaan van dumps</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n"
-" U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te klikken op <i>Bladeren</i>\n"
+"<p><b>Lokaal bestandssysteem</b> - Sla de Kdump-image op in het lokale "
+"bestandssysteem.\n"
+" <i>Map voor opslaan van dumps</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-"
+"images.\n"
+" U kunt bladeren naar de map voor het opslaan van Kdump-images door te "
+"klikken op <i>Bladeren</i>\n"
" <br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 3/7
@@ -847,14 +905,17 @@
" <i>Port</i> - The port number for connection.\n"
" <i>Directory on Server</i> - The path for saving kdump images.\n"
" <i>Enable Anonymous FTP</i> enables anonymous connection to server.\n"
-" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection.<br></p>"
+" <i>User Name</i> for ftp connection. <i>Password</i> for ftp connection."
+"<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FTP</b> - Kdump-image via FTP opslaan.\n"
" <i>Servernaam</i> - de naam van de FTP-server.\n"
" <i>Poort</i> - het poortnummer voor de verbinding.\n"
" <i>Map op de server</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n"
-" <i>Anonieme FTP activeren</i> - activeert anonieme verbinding met de server.\n"
-"....<i>Gebruikersnaam</i> voor FTP-verbinding. <i>Wachtwoord</i> voor FTP-verbinding.<br></p>"
+" <i>Anonieme FTP activeren</i> - activeert anonieme verbinding met de "
+"server.\n"
+"....<i>Gebruikersnaam</i> voor FTP-verbinding. <i>Wachtwoord</i> voor FTP-"
+"verbinding.<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 4/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:92
@@ -909,7 +970,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>NFS</b> - sla Kdump-image op via NFS.\n"
" <i>Servernaam</i> - de naam van de NFS-server.\n"
-" <i>Map op de server</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.<br></p>"
+" <i>Map op de server</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images."
+"<br></p>"
#. Dump Format - RadioButtons 7/7
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:121
@@ -925,8 +987,10 @@
" <i>Servernaam</i> - de naam van de server.\n"
" <i>Geëxporteerde share</i> - de naam van de Windows-share.\n"
" <i>Map op de server</i> - het pad voor het opslaan van Kdump-images.\n"
-" <i>Authenticatie gebruiken</i> - activeert geauthenticeerde verbinding met de server.\n"
-" <i>Gebruikersnaam</i> voor verbinding. <i>Wachtwoord</i> voor verbinding.<br></p>"
+" <i>Authenticatie gebruiken</i> - activeert geauthenticeerde verbinding "
+"met de server.\n"
+" <i>Gebruikersnaam</i> voor verbinding. <i>Wachtwoord</i> voor verbinding."
+"<br></p>"
#. Custom Kdump Kernel - TextEntry 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:130
@@ -935,7 +999,8 @@
" The naming scheme is:<i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_string>[.gz]</i>\n"
" Please enter only <i>kernel_string</i>.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aangepaste Kdump-kernel</b> de gebruiker kan de aangepaste kernel invoeren.\n"
+"<p><b>Aangepaste Kdump-kernel</b> de gebruiker kan de aangepaste kernel "
+"invoeren.\n"
" Het naamschema is: <i>/boot/vmlinu[zx]-<kernel_tekst>[.gz]</i>\n"
" De gebruiker voert alleen <i>kernel_tekst</i> in.<br></p>"
@@ -969,14 +1034,16 @@
" Enable immediately reboot after saving the core in the kdump.<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Onmiddellijke herstart na het opslaan van de kern activeren</b> - \n"
-" Activeer het onmiddellijk herstarten nadat de kern is opgeslagen in de kdump.<br></p>"
+" Activeer het onmiddellijk herstarten nadat de kern is opgeslagen in de "
+"kdump.<br></p>"
#. Enable Delete Old Dump Images - CheckBox 1/1
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Delete Old Dump Images</b> - \n"
" Enable Delete Old Dump Images. If the number of dump files in \n"
-" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.<br></p>"
+" <i>Number of Old Dumps</i> exceeds this number, older dumps are removed."
+"<br></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Verwijderen van oude dump-images activeren</b> - \n"
" Activeer het verwijderen van oude dump-images. Als het \n"
@@ -1000,50 +1067,69 @@
#. SMTP Server
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:165
-msgid "<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>SMTP-server</b> voor het verzenden van meldingen per e-mail na een dump.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>SMTP Server</b> used for sending a notification email after a dump.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>SMTP-server</b> voor het verzenden van meldingen per e-mail na een "
+"dump.</p>"
#. SMTP User Name
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Name</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is\n"
-" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
+" set. This is optional. If you do not specifiy a username and password, "
+"plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Gebruikersnaam</b> voor de SMTP-authenticatie wanneer een\n"
-" <i>SMTP-server</i> is ingesteld. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP gebruikt.</p>\n"
+" <i>SMTP-server</i> is ingesteld. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt "
+"normaal SMTP gebruikt.</p>\n"
#. SMTP Password
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. This\n"
-" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP will be used.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Password</b> for SMTP authetication when <i>SMTP Server</i> is set. "
+"This\n"
+" is optional. If you do not specify a username and password, plain SMTP "
+"will be used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Wachtwoord</b> voor de SMTP-authenticatie wanneer een\n"
" <i>SMTP-server</i> is ingesteld.\n"
-" Dit is een optie. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP gebruikt.</p>\n"
+" Dit is een optie. Zonder gebruikersnaam/wachtwoord wordt normaal SMTP "
+"gebruikt.</p>\n"
#. Notification To (email addresses)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:177
-msgid "<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>Melding naar</b> Specificeer een e-mailadres waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden wanneer er een dump is opgeslagen.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Notification To</b> Specify the email address to which a notification "
+"email will be sent when a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Melding naar</b> Specificeer een e-mailadres waarnaar een melding per "
+"e-mail gezonden zal worden wanneer er een dump is opgeslagen.</p>\n"
#. Notification CC (email addresses)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:181
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses to\n"
-" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Notification CC</b> Specify a list of space-separated email addresses "
+"to\n"
+" which a notification email will be sent via cc if a dump has been saved.</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Melding-CC</b> Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-mailadressen\n"
-" waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump is opgeslagen.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Melding-CC</b> Specificeer een lijst met spatie-gescheiden e-"
+"mailadressen\n"
+" waarnaar een melding per e-mail gezonden zal worden via Cc als er een dump "
+"is opgeslagen.</p>\n"
#. Number of Old Dumps (number)
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the number of dump files \n"
+"<p><b>Number of Old Dumps</b> specifies how many old dumps are kept. If the "
+"number of dump files \n"
"exceeds this number, older dumps are removed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aantal oude dumps</b> specificeert hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. Als het aantal \n"
-"dump-bestanden dit aantal overschrijdt, dan worden oudere dumps verwijderd.</p>"
+"<p><b>Aantal oude dumps</b> specificeert hoeveel oude dumps worden bewaard. "
+"Als het aantal \n"
+"dump-bestanden dit aantal overschrijdt, dan worden oudere dumps verwijderd.</"
+"p>"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:189
@@ -1061,7 +1147,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
+"te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/kdump/helps.rb:197
@@ -1104,7 +1191,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Een Kdump toevoegen:</big></b><br>\n"
"Selecteer een kdump uit de lijst met gedetecteerde kdumps.\n"
-"Wanneer uw kdump niet automatisch gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan <b>Overige (niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
+"Wanneer uw kdump niet automatisch gedetecteerd is, gebruik dan <b>Overige "
+"(niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
"Klik daarna op <b>Instellen</b>.\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -1147,7 +1235,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<P><B><BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
"Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen kdump.\n"
-"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>\n"
+"Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</"
+"P>\n"
#. definition UI terms for saveing dump target
#.
@@ -1232,19 +1321,36 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
-msgstr "De kerneloptie bevat verschillende reeksen of redundante waarden. Het opnieuw schrijven?"
+msgstr ""
+"De kerneloptie bevat verschillende reeksen of redundante waarden. Het "
+"opnieuw schrijven?"
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr "&Firmware geassisteerde dump gebruiken"
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
@@ -1254,131 +1360,135 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Kdump-configuratie initialiseren"
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr "Configuratiebestand wordt gelezen..."
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr "Opstartopties van kernel lezen..."
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr "Geheugen grenzen berekenen..."
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr "Partitionering wordt gelezen..."
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr "Beschikbaar geheugen lezen en gebruik kalibreren..."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr "Kan configuratiebestand /etc/sysconfig/kdump niet lezen"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr "Kan opstartopties van kernel niet lezen."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr "Kan beschikbaar geheugen niet lezen."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr "Kdump-configuratie opslaan"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr "Instellingen opslaan"
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr "Opstartopties bijwerken"
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr "Instellingen worden opgeslagen..."
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr "Opstartopties worden bijgewerkt..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gereed"
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Kan de instellingen niet opslaan."
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr "Fout bij toevoegen van crash-kernel-parameter aan bootloader."
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr "Kdump-status: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "enabled"
msgstr "ingeschakeld"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "disabled"
msgstr "uitgeschakeld"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr "Waarde(n) van crashkernel-optie: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr "Dump-opmaak: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Doel van dumps: %1"
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr "Aantal dumps: %1"
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
-msgid "Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only %{available} are available."
-msgstr "Waarschiwing! Er kan niet genoeg vrije ruimte zijn. %{required} vereist, maar slechts %{available} is beschikbaar."
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
+msgid ""
+"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but "
+"only %{available} are available."
+msgstr ""
+"Waarschiwing! Er kan niet genoeg vrije ruimte zijn. %{required} vereist, "
+"maar slechts %{available} is beschikbaar."
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
@@ -1401,8 +1511,10 @@
#~ " <i>ELF Format</i> - Create dumpfile in the ELF format<br></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Dumpformaat</b><br>\n"
-#~ " <i>Gecomprimeerd formaat</i> - comprimeert de dumpgegevens pagina voor pagina.\n"
-#~ " <i>ELF-formaat</i> - maakt het dumpbestand aan in het ELF-formaat.<br></p>"
+#~ " <i>Gecomprimeerd formaat</i> - comprimeert de dumpgegevens pagina "
+#~ "voor pagina.\n"
+#~ " <i>ELF-formaat</i> - maakt het dumpbestand aan in het ELF-formaat."
+#~ "<br></p>"
#~ msgid "Unsupported architecture, \"crashkernel\" was not added"
#~ msgstr "Niet-ondersteunde architectuur, \"crashkernel\" is niet toegevoegd"
@@ -1415,12 +1527,14 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Kdump Command Line Append</b>\n"
-#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command line string. \n"
+#~ " Setting this option means _append_ values to the default command "
+#~ "line string. \n"
#~ " The string will be appended if the <i>Kdump Command Line</i>\n"
#~ " is set. <br></p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Kdump-commandoregel-toevoeging</b>\n"
-#~ " Wanneer deze optie geactiveerd is betekent dit dat de opgegeven waarden\n"
+#~ " Wanneer deze optie geactiveerd is betekent dit dat de opgegeven "
+#~ "waarden\n"
#~ " worden toegevoegd aan de standaard-commandoregel.\n"
#~ " De tekst wordt toegevoegd als de <i>Kdump-commandoregel</i>\n"
#~ " is geactiveerd.<br></p>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/live-installer.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/live-installer.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/live-installer.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: live-installer.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-04-05 22:27+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -48,28 +48,28 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr "Te kopiëren bestandssysteem wordt geëvalueerd..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:79
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr "Kopieren hoofdbestandssysteem..."
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr "Live-image wordt gekopieerd..."
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr "%1 wordt gekopieerd..."
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -84,80 +84,64 @@
"van het live-systeem."
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr "Kopiëren van de live-image naar de harde schijf is mislukt."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installatie-instellingen"
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr "Uw systeem wordt onderzocht..."
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr "Gebruikt %1%% van harde schijf %2 voor Linux"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr "Hardeschijf %1 niet gebruiken"
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr "Partitionering"
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr "Systeem start"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr "Vraag of Linux of het bestaande besturingssysteem moet worden gestart"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr "Start alleen Linux"
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr "Systeem start time-out: %1 seconden"
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr "Toetsenbord"
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr "Tijdzone"
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr "Installatie-instellingen wijzigen"
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
+"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</"
+"p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Accepteren</b> om met de weergegeven waarden een nieuwe installatie uit te voeren.</p>"
+"Klik op <b>Accepteren</b> om met de weergegeven waarden een nieuwe "
+"installatie uit te voeren.</p>"
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -168,7 +152,7 @@
"of door de knop <b>Installatie-instellingen wijzigen</b> te gebruiken.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -283,7 +267,7 @@
"'Reset'-knop indrukken om te herstarten."
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr "Bestanden worden naar het geïnstalleerde systeem gekopieerd..."
@@ -308,6 +292,19 @@
msgid "Saving time zone..."
msgstr "Tijdzone wordt opgeslagen..."
+#~ msgid "System start-up"
+#~ msgstr "Systeem start"
+
+#~ msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Vraag of Linux of het bestaande besturingssysteem moet worden gestart"
+
+#~ msgid "Boot only Linux"
+#~ msgstr "Start alleen Linux"
+
+#~ msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
+#~ msgstr "Systeem start time-out: %1 seconden"
+
#~ msgid "Installation settings"
#~ msgstr "Installatie-instellingen"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/network.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: network.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-06 15:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -135,18 +135,23 @@
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall and SSH</big></b><br>\n"
-"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network attacks.\n"
-"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via dedicated\n"
+"Firewall is a defensive mechanism that protects your computer from network "
+"attacks.\n"
+"SSH is a service that allows logging into this computer remotely via "
+"dedicated\n"
"SSH client</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Firewall en SSH</big></b><br />\n"
-"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n"
-"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt met een daarvoor specifieke\n"
+"Een firewall is een verdedigingsmechanisme dat uw computer beschermt voor "
+"aanvallen vanaf het netwerk.\n"
+"SSH is een service die van afstand aanmelden op het systeem mogelijk maakt "
+"met een daarvoor specifieke\n"
"SSH-client</p>"
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:201
msgid ""
-"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled after\n"
+"<p>Here you can choose whether the firewall will be enabled or disabled "
+"after\n"
"the installation. It is recommended to keep it enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hier kunt u kiezen of de firewall zal worden in- of uitgeschakeld na\n"
@@ -154,12 +159,16 @@
#: src/clients/firewall_stage1_proposal.rb:204
msgid ""
-"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for SSH\n"
-"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH service (i.e. it\n"
+"<p>With enabled firewall, you can decide whether to open firewall port for "
+"SSH\n"
+"service and allow remote SSH logins. Independently you can also enable SSH "
+"service (i.e. it\n"
"will be started on computer boot).</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Met een ingeschakelde firewall kunt u beslissen de SSH-poort open te zetten of niet\n"
-"en van afstand SSH-aanmelden toe te staan. Onafhankelijk kunt u ook de SSH-service inschakelen (dwz. het\n"
+"<p>Met een ingeschakelde firewall kunt u beslissen de SSH-poort open te "
+"zetten of niet\n"
+"en van afstand SSH-aanmelden toe te staan. Onafhankelijk kunt u ook de SSH-"
+"service inschakelen (dwz. het\n"
"wordt ingeschakeld bij opstarten van de computer).</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
@@ -230,7 +239,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr "Host-configuratie-overzicht:"
@@ -373,8 +382,11 @@
#. Fallback for situation that mustn't exist
#: src/clients/inst_do_net_test.rb:873
-msgid "No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
-msgstr "Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest kan niet worden uitgevoerd."
+msgid ""
+"No URL for the release notes defined. Internet test cannot be performed."
+msgstr ""
+"Er is geen URL-adres voor de uitgavenotities gedefinieerd. De internettest "
+"kan niet worden uitgevoerd."
#. popup informing user about the failure to retrieve release notes
#. most likely due to server-side error
@@ -383,15 +395,20 @@
"Download of latest release notes failed due to server-side error. \n"
"This does not necessarily imply a faulty network configuration.\n"
"\n"
-"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any steps\n"
-"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network configuration,\n"
+"Click 'Continue' to proceed to the next installation step. To skip any "
+"steps\n"
+"requiring an internet connection or to get back to your network "
+"configuration,\n"
"click 'Cancel'.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van de server.\n"
+"Het downloaden van de nieuwste uitgavenotities is mislukt door een fout van "
+"de server.\n"
"Dit hoeft niet te betekenen dat het netwerk onjuist is ingesteld.\n"
"\n"
-"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om de andere\n"
-"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te gaan\n"
+"Klik op 'Doorgaan' voor de volgende installatiestap. Klik op 'Annuleren' om "
+"de andere\n"
+"stappen die een internetverbinding nodig hebben over te slaan of om terug te "
+"gaan\n"
"naar uw netwerconfiguratie.\n"
#. popup to inform user about the failure
@@ -517,7 +534,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr "Configuratiefout: niet-geïnitialiseerd interface."
@@ -578,7 +595,8 @@
#. Commandline command help
#: src/clients/remote.rb:85
msgid "Set 'yes' to allow or 'no' to disallow the remote administration"
-msgstr "Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden."
+msgstr ""
+"Stel 'yes' in om beheer op afstand toe te staan of 'no' om dit te verbieden."
#. Command line output Headline
#: src/clients/remote.rb:126
@@ -610,7 +628,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Routing configuratie"
@@ -621,7 +639,8 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:71
msgid "Show routing table entry for selected destination"
-msgstr "Toon de het item in de routeringstabel voor de geselecteerde bestemming"
+msgstr ""
+"Toon de het item in de routeringstabel voor de geselecteerde bestemming"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#: src/clients/routing.rb:79
@@ -760,7 +779,8 @@
#: src/clients/routing.rb:320
msgid "At least destination and gateway IP addresses must be specified."
-msgstr "Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn."
+msgstr ""
+"Er dient minstens een bestemming en gateway IP-adres gespecificeerd te zijn."
#: src/clients/routing.rb:329
msgid "Adding '%1' destination to routing table ..."
@@ -771,8 +791,12 @@
msgstr "Het IP-adres van de bestemming moet gespecificeerd worden."
#: src/clients/routing.rb:348
-msgid "At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) must be specified"
-msgstr "Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, opties) moet worden gespecificeerd"
+msgid ""
+"At least one of the following parameters (gateway, netmask, device, options) "
+"must be specified"
+msgstr ""
+"Tenminste één van de volgende parameters (gateway, netmask, apparaat, "
+"opties) moet worden gespecificeerd"
#: src/clients/routing.rb:370
msgid "Updating '%1' destination in routing table ..."
@@ -784,13 +808,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr "Waarschuwing: er wordt geen versleuteling gebruikt."
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Change."
msgstr "Wijzigen."
@@ -1129,7 +1153,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr "IP-adres"
@@ -1137,7 +1161,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr "Toe&voegen"
@@ -1148,7 +1172,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1159,7 +1183,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1206,7 +1230,7 @@
msgstr "Tunnelgroep"
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr "Gebridgte apparaten"
@@ -1241,12 +1265,14 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:258
msgid "<p>Select the bond driver options and edit them if necessary. </p>"
-msgstr "<p>Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien nodig. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer de opties voor het bonding-stuurprogramma en bewerk het indien "
+"nodig. </p>"
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr "Geen link en IP ingesteld (Bonding Slaves)"
@@ -1282,7 +1308,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr "&IP-adres"
@@ -1315,7 +1341,7 @@
msgstr "&S/390"
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1326,13 +1352,13 @@
"dat de detectie onjuist was."
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr "Configuratie %1 bestaat al."
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1347,20 +1373,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr "Ongeldig IP-adres."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr "Ongeldig netmasker of voorlooplengte."
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr "Ongeldige hostnaam."
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1375,7 +1401,7 @@
"Hostnaam leeg laten?\n"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1385,82 +1411,89 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
msgid "&General"
msgstr "Al&gemeen"
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr "Apparaatactivering"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr "Firewallzone"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr "Maximale overdrachtseenheid (MTU)"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_ask_config.ycp:174
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen instellen.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Hier kunt u de gedetailleerde netwerkkaart instellingen instellen.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Address"
msgstr "&Adres"
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Configureer uw IP-adres.</p>"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr "&Hardware"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr "&Binding-slaves"
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr "Draad&loos"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr "Prioriteit van ifplugd"
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
-" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On Cable Connection</b>\n"
-" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have to\n"
+"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with "
+"IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 will be\n"
+" used mutually exclusive. If more then one of these interfaces is <b>On "
+"Cable Connection</b>\n"
+" then we need a way to decide which interface to take up. Therefore we have "
+"to\n"
" set the priority of each interface. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>PRIORITEIT VAN IFPLUGD</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p> Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met <b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> en met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n"
-" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces <b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> heeft\n"
-" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. Daarom moeten we hebben om\n"
+"<p> Alle interfaces geconfigureerd met <b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> en "
+"met IFPLUGD_PRIORITY != 0 worden\n"
+" gebruikt met uitsluiting van elkaar. Als meer dan één van deze interfaces "
+"<b>Tijdens een kabelverbinding</b> heeft\n"
+" dan hebben we een manier nodig om te bepalen welk interface te gebruiken. "
+"Daarom moeten we hebben om\n"
" de prioriteit van elk interface in te stellen.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr "Netwerkkaart instellen"
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1481,7 +1514,8 @@
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:69
msgid "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II based, and similar wireless cards"
-msgstr "PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten"
+msgstr ""
+"PCMCIA Lucent Orinoco, Prism II gebaseerde en vergelijkbare draadloze kaarten"
#. Network card name (wireless)
#: src/include/network/lan/cards.rb:76
@@ -1650,8 +1684,12 @@
msgstr "Gebruik optie \"id\" om het apparaat te bepalen."
#: src/include/network/lan/cmdline.rb:98
-msgid "Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of \"id\"."
-msgstr "De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren."
+msgid ""
+"Value of \"id\" is out of range. Use \"list\" option to check max. value of "
+"\"id\"."
+msgstr ""
+"De waarde van \"id\" ligt buiten het bereik. Gebruik de optie \"list\" om de "
+"maximumwaarde van \"id\" te controleren."
#. Handler for action "add"
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] options action options
@@ -1758,8 +1796,10 @@
"Het apparaat heeft firmware nodig om correct te functioneren. Firmware kan\n"
"doorgaans worden gedownload van de webpagina van de leverancier van het\n"
"stuurprogramma.\n"
-"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op <b>Doorgaan</b>\n"
-"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op <b>Annuleren</b> en keert u\n"
+"Als u de firmware al hebt gedownload en geïnstalleerd, klikt u op "
+"<b>Doorgaan</b>\n"
+"om het apparaat in te stellen. Anders klikt u op <b>Annuleren</b> en keert "
+"u\n"
"terug naar dit dialoogvenster nadat u de firmware hebt geïnstalleerd.\n"
#. this is one of 2 places to install packages :-(
@@ -1771,8 +1811,12 @@
msgstr "De firmware wordt geïnstalleerd"
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:233
-msgid "For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
-msgstr "Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?"
+msgid ""
+"For successful firmware installation, the 'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script "
+"needs to be executed. Execute it now?"
+msgstr ""
+"Voor een succesvolle installatie van firmware, moet het "
+"'install_bcm43xx_firmware' script uitgevoerd worden. Nu uitvoeren?"
#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:247
msgid "An error occurred during firmware installation."
@@ -1794,12 +1838,14 @@
"deze niet langer door de netwerkbeheerder worden beheerd.\n"
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
-msgstr "Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt verwijderen?"
+msgstr ""
+"Het geselecteerde apparaat heft STARTMODE=nfsroot. Wilt u dit echt "
+"verwijderen?"
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr "Methode netwerkinstelling"
@@ -1808,7 +1854,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr "Netwerkinstellingen"
@@ -1852,57 +1898,76 @@
"<p><b>Device Type</b>. Various device types are available, select \n"
"one according your needs.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Type apparaat</b>. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, selecteer \n"
+"<p><b>Type apparaat</b>. Verschillende apparaattypen zijn beschikbaar, "
+"selecteer \n"
"er een naar behoefte.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the kernel device manager that allow\n"
-"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for\n"
+"associating the MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name "
+"(for\n"
"example, eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Udev-regels</b> zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die toestaan\n"
+"<p><b>Udev-regels</b> zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die "
+"toestaan\n"
"een MAC-adres of BusID van het netwerkapparaat te koppelen met zijn naam\n"
"(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een herstart.\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:105
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify now configured NIC. \n"
-"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will start blinking for selected time.\n"
+"<p><b>Show visible port identification</b> allows you to physically identify "
+"now configured NIC. \n"
+"Set appropriate time, click <b>Blink</b> and LED diodes on you NIC will "
+"start blinking for selected time.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen</b> staat u toe om de nu geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n"
-"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik <b>Knipperen</b> en LED's op uw NIC zullen knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n"
+"<p><b>Zichtbare poort-identificatie tonen</b> staat u toe om de nu "
+"geconfigureerde NIC fysiek te identificeren. \n"
+"Stel de juiste tijd in, klik <b>Knipperen</b> en LED's op uw NIC zullen "
+"knipperen gedurende de geselecteerde tijd.\n"
"</p>"
#. Manual network card setup help 2/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b>Kernel Module</b>. Enter the kernel module (driver) name \n"
-"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if there is more than one driver available for\n"
-"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
+"for your network device here. If the device is already configured, see if "
+"there is more than one driver available for\n"
+"your device in the drop-down list. If necessary, choose a driver from the "
+"list, but usually the default value works.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Kernel-module</b>. Geef hier de kernel-module in, (stuurprogramma)-naam, \n"
-"van uw netwerkapparaat. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n"
-"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Kernel-module</b>. Geef hier de kernel-module in, (stuurprogramma)-"
+"naam, \n"
+"van uw netwerkapparaat. Als het apparaat al is geconfigureerd dan kunt u "
+"zien of er meer stuurprogramma's zijn voor uw apparaat\n"
+"in de keuzelijst. Kies, indien nodig, een stuurprogramma uit de lijst, maar "
+"gewoonlijk werkt de standaardwaarde.</p>\n"
#. Manual networ card setup help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p>Additionally, specify <b>Options</b> for the kernel module. Use this\n"
-"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
-"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while saving.</p>\n"
+"format: <i>option</i>=<i>value</i>. Each entry should be space-separated, "
+"for example: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Note:</b> If two cards are \n"
+"configured with the same module name, the options will be merged while "
+"saving.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p> Bovendien mag u <b>Opties</b> specificeren voor de kernel-module.\n"
"Zij dienen geschreven te worden in het formaat: <i>optie</i>=<i>waarde</i>.\n"
"De items moeten gescheiden zijn door middel van spaties,\n"
"bijv: <i>io=0x300 irq=5</i>. <b>Opmerking:</b> wanneer er twee kaarten met\n"
-"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het opslaan\n"
+"dezelfde modulenaam zijn geconfigureerd, dan zullen de opties tijdens het "
+"opslaan\n"
"samengevoegd worden.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:131
-msgid "<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool with these options.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Als u opties specificeert in <b>Ethtool-opties</b>, dan zal ifup ethtool aanroepen met deze opties.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you specify options via <b>Ethtool options</b>, ifup will call ethtool "
+"with these options.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Als u opties specificeert in <b>Ethtool-opties</b>, dan zal ifup ethtool "
+"aanroepen met deze opties.</p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:140
@@ -1921,7 +1986,8 @@
"written to <i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> or <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Hier kunt u uw netwerkapparaat instellen. De instellingen zullen in\n"
-"<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> of in <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i> worden opgeslagen.</p>\n"
+"<i>/etc/modprobe.conf</i> of in <i>/etc/chandev.conf</i> worden opgeslagen.</"
+"p>\n"
#. Manual dialog help 6/4
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:153
@@ -1929,7 +1995,8 @@
"<p>Options for the module should be written in the format specified\n"
"in the <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b> manual.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat is gespecificeerd\n"
+"<p>De module opties moeten volgens een bepaald formaat geschreven worden dat "
+"is gespecificeerd\n"
"in de handleiding <b>IBM Device Drivers and Installation Commands</b>.</p>"
#. CheckBox label
@@ -1995,7 +2062,8 @@
"for a particular network card by entering the name in the search entry.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer de netwerkkaart die u wilt gaan instellen a.u.b.. U kunt naar\n"
-"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het zoekveld.</p>"
+"een specifieke netwerkkaart zoeken door het opgeven van de naam in het "
+"zoekveld.</p>"
#. Selection box label
#. Selection box title
@@ -2088,24 +2156,41 @@
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Port name
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:947
msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Port Name</b> for this interface (case-sensitive).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de <b>poortnaam</b> op.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Geef voor deze interface (hoofdlettergevoelig) de <b>poortnaam</b> op.</p>"
#. S/390 dialog help: QETH Options
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:951
-msgid "<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by spaces).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Geef de eventuele extra <b>opties</b> voor deze interface op (gescheiden door spaties).</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter any additional <b>Options</b> for this interface (separated by "
+"spaces).</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Geef de eventuele extra <b>opties</b> voor deze interface op (gescheiden "
+"door spaties).</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:954
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be enabled for this interface.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>IPA Takeover activeren</b> als de IP adres takeover voor deze interface geactiveerd moet worden.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable IPA Takeover</b> if IP address takeover should be "
+"enabled for this interface.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer <b>IPA Takeover activeren</b> als de IP adres takeover voor "
+"deze interface geactiveerd moet worden.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:957
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen</b> asl dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteund.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable Layer 2 Support</b> if this card has been configured "
+"with layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Layer 2 ondersteuning inschakelen</b> asl dit apparaat layer "
+"2 ondersteund.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/hardware.rb:960
-msgid "<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured with layer 2 support.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Voer het <b>Layer 2 MAC adres</b> in als dit apparaat layer 2 ondersteuning ondersteund.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter the <b>Layer 2 MAC Address</b> if this card has been configured "
+"with layer 2 support.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Voer het <b>Layer 2 MAC adres</b> in als dit apparaat layer 2 "
+"ondersteuning ondersteund.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
@@ -2207,7 +2292,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <B>Abort</B> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op <B>Afbreken</B> te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt de configuratie veilig afbreken door nu op <B>Afbreken</B> te klikken."
+"</p>\n"
#. Network cards write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:39
@@ -2279,7 +2365,8 @@
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new network card manually.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B><BIG>Netwerkkaart toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-"Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart in te stellen.</P>\n"
+"Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om handmatig een nieuwe netwerkkaart in te stellen."
+"</P>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:74
msgid ""
@@ -2298,19 +2385,24 @@
"<p>Check <b>Enable IPv6</b> to enable the ipv6 module in the kernel.\n"
"It is possible to use IPv6 together with IPv4. This is the default option.\n"
"To disable IPv6, uncheck this option. This will blacklist the kernel \n"
-"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the response \n"
+"module for ipv6. If the IPv6 protocol is not used on your network, the "
+"response \n"
"time can be faster.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>IPv6-protocol-instellingen</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Activeer <b>IPv6 activeren</b> om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te schakelen.\n"
+"<p>Activeer <b>IPv6 activeren</b> om de ipv6-module in de kernel in te "
+"schakelen.\n"
"U kunt IPv6 samen met IPv4 gebruiken. Dit is de standaard optie.\n"
-"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de kernelmodule\n"
-"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk wordt\n"
+"Om IPv6 uit te schakelen, deactiveer deze optie (dit plaatst de "
+"kernelmodule\n"
+"voor IPv6 op de zwarte lijst). Als het ipv6-protocol niet op uw netwerk "
+"wordt\n"
"gebruikt kan de responstijd sneller zijn.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:89
msgid "<p>All changes will be applied after reboot.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De wijzigingen zullen worden uitgevoerd bij de volgende systeemstart.</p>"
#. Routing dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:92
@@ -2332,12 +2424,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
"and netmask. To omit any of these values, use a dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
+"the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed."
+"\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Voor elke route, geef het IP-adres van het bestemmingsnetwerk in, het\n"
"gateway-adres en het netmasker. Om deze waarden weg te laten gebruikt u\n"
"het minteken \"-\". Selecteer ook het apparaat waardoor het verkeer naar\n"
-"het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.</p>\n"
+"het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.</"
+"p>\n"
#. Routing dialog help 2/2
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:105
@@ -2345,7 +2439,8 @@
"<p>Enable <b>IPv4 Forwarding</b> (forwarding packets from external networks\n"
"to the internal one) if this system is a router.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>IPv4-forwarding</b> inschakelen (forward pakketten van externe netwerken\n"
+"<p><b>IPv4-forwarding</b> inschakelen (forward pakketten van externe "
+"netwerken\n"
"naar interne) als dit systeem een router is.\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:109
@@ -2362,20 +2457,26 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:115
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone is not enough. \n"
+"<p><b>Important:</b> if the firewall is enabled, allowing forwarding alone "
+"is not enough. \n"
"You should enable masquerading and/or set at least one redirect rule in the\n"
"firewall configuration. Use the YaST firewall module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van IP-forwarding alleen niet genoeg. \n"
+"<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> als de firewall is ingeschakeld, is het toestaan van "
+"IP-forwarding alleen niet genoeg. \n"
"U zou masquerading en/of minstens een redirect regel in de configuratie van\n"
-"de firewall moeten instellen. U kunt de YaST firewall-module daarvoor gebruiken.</p>\n"
+"de firewall moeten instellen. U kunt de YaST firewall-module daarvoor "
+"gebruiken.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p>If you are using DHCP to get an IP address, check whether you get\n"
-"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the DHCP client.\n"
-"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical desktop. \n"
-"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that assign \n"
+"also a hostname via DHCP. The hostname will be set automatically by the "
+"DHCP client.\n"
+"However, changing the hostname at runtime may confuse the graphical "
+"desktop. \n"
+"Therefore, disable this option if you connect to different networks that "
+"assign \n"
"different hostnames.</p> "
msgstr ""
"<p>Wanneer u DHCP gebruikt om een IP-adres te krijgen, geef dan op of u ook\n"
@@ -2383,21 +2484,29 @@
"zien via het commando <i>hostname</i>) zal automatisch door de DHCP-cliënt\n"
"worden ingesteld.\n"
"Het veranderen van de hostnaam tijdens het gebruik van de computer kan uw\n"
-"grafische omgeving in de war sturen. Deactiveer daarom deze optie als u verbinding\n"
-"maakt met verschillende netwerken die mogelijk elk een andere hostnaam toewijzen.</p>"
+"grafische omgeving in de war sturen. Deactiveer daarom deze optie als u "
+"verbinding\n"
+"maakt met verschillende netwerken die mogelijk elk een andere hostnaam "
+"toewijzen.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b>Assign Hostname to Loopback IP</b> associates your hostname with \n"
-"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is a \n"
-"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, even \n"
-"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, especially \n"
+"the IP address <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. This is "
+"a \n"
+"useful option if you want to have the hostname resolvable at all times, "
+"even \n"
+"without an active network. In all other cases, use it carefully, "
+"especially \n"
"if this computer provides some network services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP</b> associeert uw hostnaam met \n"
-"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is een \n"
+"<p><b>Ken de hostnaam toe aan de loopback-IP</b> associeert uw hostnaam "
+"met \n"
+"het IP-adres <tt>127.0.0.2</tt> (loopback) in <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>. Dit is "
+"een \n"
"bruikbare optie als u wilt dat de hostnaam altijd oplosbaar is, zelfs \n"
-"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, speciaal \n"
+"zonder actief netwerk. Gebruik het in alle andere gevallen met zorg, "
+"speciaal \n"
"als deze computer enige netwerkservices levert.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:137
@@ -2405,7 +2514,8 @@
"<p>Enter the name servers and domain search list for resolving \n"
"hostnames. Usually they can be obtained by DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van hostnamen.\n"
+"<p>Voer de naamservers en de domeinzoeklijst in voor het oplossen van "
+"hostnamen.\n"
"Gebruikelijk kunnen deze door middel van DHCP worden verkregen.</p>\n"
#. resolver dialog help
@@ -2424,7 +2534,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Search domain is the domain name where hostname searching starts.\n"
"The primary search domain is usually the same as the domain name of\n"
-"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search domains\n"
+"your computer (for example, suse.de). There may be additional search "
+"domains\n"
"(such as suse.com). Separate the domains with commas or white space.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Een zoekdomein is de domeinnaam waar het zoeken naar hostnamen\n"
@@ -2434,29 +2545,41 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:154
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the DNS domain\n"
-"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially important if this \n"
-"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using the <i>hostname</i> \n"
+"<p>Enter the short name for this computer (e.g. <i>mymachine</i>) and the "
+"DNS domain\n"
+"(e.g. <i>example.com</i>) that it belongs to. The domain is especially "
+"important if this \n"
+"computer is a mail server. You can view the hostname of you computer using "
+"the <i>hostname</i> \n"
"command.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. <i>mijnmachine</i>) en het DNS-domein\n"
-"(b.v. <i>voorbeeld.nl</i>) waartoe het behoord. Het domein is speciaal belangrijk als deze \n"
-"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met het <i>hostname</i> \n"
+"<p>Geef de korte naam van deze computer (b.v. <i>mijnmachine</i>) en het DNS-"
+"domein\n"
+"(b.v. <i>voorbeeld.nl</i>) waartoe het behoord. Het domein is speciaal "
+"belangrijk als deze \n"
+"computer een e-mailserver is. U kunt de hostnaam van uw computer zien met "
+"het <i>hostname</i> \n"
"commando.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p>Select the way how the DNS configuration will be modified (name servers,\n"
-"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is handled\n"
+"search list, the content of <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>). Normally, it is "
+"handled\n"
"by the <i>netconfig</i> script, which merges statically defined data with\n"
"dynamically obtained data (e.g. from the DHCP client, NetworkManager,\n"
-"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for most\n"
+"etc.). This is the default. <b>Use Default Policy</b> is sufficient for "
+"most\n"
"configurations.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de inhoud van het\n"
-"bestand <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit gedaan door\n"
-"het script <i>netconfig</i> dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt met dynamische\n"
-"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de optie <b>Gebruik\n"
+"<p>Kies de manier waarop de DNS-configuratie (naamservers, zoeklijst, de "
+"inhoud van het\n"
+"bestand <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i>) gewijzigd zullen worden. Normaal wordt dit "
+"gedaan door\n"
+"het script <i>netconfig</i> dat statisch gedefinieerde gegevens hier mengt "
+"met dynamische\n"
+"(b.v. van de DHCP-cliënt, NetwerkManager etc.). Dit is de standaard, de "
+"optie <b>Gebruik\n"
"standaard beleid</b> is voldoende voor de meeste configuraties.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:169
@@ -2470,13 +2593,18 @@
"Leaving the field blank is the same as using the <b> Only Manually</b>\n"
"policy.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Door de optie <b>Alleen handmatig</b> te kiezen, zal <i>netconfig</i> niet\n"
+"<p>Door de optie <b>Alleen handmatig</b> te kiezen, zal <i>netconfig</i> "
+"niet\n"
"langer worden toegestaan het bestand <i>/etc/resolv.conf</i> te wijzigen. U\n"
-"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie <b>Gebruik aangepast\n"
-"beleid</b> kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die bestaat\n"
-"uit een komma-gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, met\n"
+"kunt het bestand echter handmatig bewerken. Door de optie <b>Gebruik "
+"aangepast\n"
+"beleid</b> kunt u een tekenreeks voor aangepast beleid definiëren die "
+"bestaat\n"
+"uit een komma-gescheiden lijst van interfacenamen, inclusief jokertekens, "
+"met\n"
"STATIC en STATIC_FALLBACK als voorgedefinieerde speciale waarden. Voor meer\n"
-"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina <i>netconfig</i>. Opmerking: het veld leeg\n"
+"informatie, kijk op de man-pagina <i>netconfig</i>. Opmerking: het veld "
+"leeg\n"
"laten is hetzelfde als <b>Alleen handmatig</b> beleid.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 1-6/8: dynamic address preferred
@@ -2484,16 +2612,22 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:181
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Address Setup</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address to this device.\n"
+"<p>Select <b>No Address Setup</b> if you do not want to assign an IP address "
+"to this device.\n"
"This is particularly useful for bonding ethernet devices.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Adres instellen</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Geen adres instellen</b> als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-adres wilt verbinden.\n"
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Geen adres instellen</b> als u aan dit apparaat geen IP-"
+"adres wilt verbinden.\n"
"Dit is vooral bruikbaar voor bonding-ethernetapparaten.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:186
-msgid "<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Activeer <b>iBFT</b> als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw BIOS.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>iBFT</b> if you want to keep the network configured in your BIOS."
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Activeer <b>iBFT</b> als u het netwerk geconfigureerd wilt houden in uw "
+"BIOS.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 2/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:190
@@ -2512,15 +2646,18 @@
"are then automatically obtained from the server.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Een van de methoden voor dynamisch toewijzen van adressen kiezen.\n"
-"Selecteer <b>DHCP</b> als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt draaien.\n"
+"Selecteer <b>DHCP</b> als u een DHCP-server op uw lokale netwerk hebt "
+"draaien.\n"
"Netwerkadressen worden dan automatisch verkregen van de server.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 4/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p>To search for an IP address and assign it statically, select \n"
-"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + Zeroconf\n"
-"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</p>\n"
+"<b>Zeroconf</b>. To use DHCP and fall back to zeroconf, select <b>DHCP + "
+"Zeroconf\n"
+"</b>. Otherwise, the network addresses must be assigned <b>Statically</b>.</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Om automatisch te zoeken naar een IP-adres en deze statisch toe te\n"
"wijzen, selecteer <b>Zeroconf</b>. Om DHCP te gebruiken met zeroconf als\n"
@@ -2530,7 +2667,8 @@
#. Address dialog help 5/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:207
msgid ""
-"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for your computer, and the \n"
+"<p>Enter the <b>IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) for "
+"your computer, and the \n"
" <b>Remote IP Address</b> (for example: <tt>192.168.100.254</tt>)\n"
"for your peer.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2541,13 +2679,19 @@
#. Address dialog help 6/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:214
msgid ""
-"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
-"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix <tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
-"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>For <b>Static Address Setup</b> enter the static IP address for your "
+"computer (for example: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) and\n"
+"the network mask (usually <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> or just length of prefix "
+"<tt>/24</tt>).Optionally, you can enter\n"
+"a fully qualified hostname for this IP address. The hostname will be written "
+"to <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Voor <b>Statisch adres instellen</b>, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: <tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n"
-"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van het voorloopgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n"
-"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Voor <b>Statisch adres instellen</b>, geef het statische IP-adres (bijv: "
+"<tt>192.168.100.99</tt>) op van uw computer en\n"
+"het netwerkmasker (meestal <tt>255.255.255.0</tt> of alleen de lengte van "
+"het voorloopgedeelte <tt>/24</tt>). Optioneel kunt\n"
+"u een volledig gekwalificeerde hostnaam voor dit IP-adres opgeven. Deze zal "
+"worden geschreven naar <tt>/etc/hosts</tt>.</p>\n"
#. Address dialog help 8/8
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:220
@@ -2586,8 +2730,12 @@
"firewall woren uitgeschakeld.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:238
-msgid "<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Vereiste interface</b> geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Mandatory Interface</b> specifies whether the network service reports "
+"failure if the interface fails to start at boot time.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Vereiste interface</b> geeft aan of de netwerkdienst een foutmelding "
+"geeft als de interface niet gestart kan worden tijdens het opstarten.</p>"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:242
msgid ""
@@ -2595,7 +2743,8 @@
"<p>Maximum transfer unit (<b>MTU</b>) is the maximum size of the packet,\n"
"transferred over the network in one frame. Usually, you do not need to\n"
"set a MTU, but using lower MTU values may improve the network performance,\n"
-"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the recommended\n"
+"especially on slow dial-up connections. Either select one of the "
+"recommended\n"
"values or define another one.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Maximale overdrachtseenheid</big></b></p>\n"
@@ -2609,10 +2758,12 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:251
msgid ""
"<p>Select the slave devices for the bond device.\n"
-"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
+"Only devices with the device activation set to <b>Never</b> and with <b>No "
+"Address Setup</b> are available.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Selecteer de slave-apparaten voor het bond-apparaat.\n"
-"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op <b>Nooit</b> en met <b>Geen ingesteld netwerkadres</b> zijn beschikbaar.</p>"
+"Alleen de apparaten waarvan de apparaatactivatie is ingesteld op <b>Nooit</"
+"b> en met <b>Geen ingesteld netwerkadres</b> zijn beschikbaar.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 1/7
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:255
@@ -2623,27 +2774,35 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>DHCP Client Identifier</b>, if left empty, defaults to\n"
-"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for each\n"
+"the hardware address of the network interface. It must be different for "
+"each\n"
"DHCP client on a single network. Therefore, specify a unique free-form\n"
"identifier here if you have several (virtual) machines using the same\n"
"network interface and thus the same hardware address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De <b>DHCP cliënt identificatie label</b>, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt standaard\n"
-"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP cliënt op\n"
-"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier een vrij in\n"
-"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines heeft die van hetzelfde\n"
+"<p>De <b>DHCP cliënt identificatie label</b>, wanneer niet opgegeven, wordt "
+"standaard\n"
+"gelijk aan het hardware adres van de netwerk interface. Voor elke DHCP "
+"cliënt op\n"
+"een enkel netwerk dient deze verschillend te zijn. Specificeer daarom hier "
+"een vrij in\n"
+"te delen identificatie label wanneer u verschillende (virtuele) machines "
+"heeft die van hetzelfde\n"
"netwerk interface gebruik maken en dus hetzelfde hardware adres hebben.</p>"
#. DHCP dialog help 3/7
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Hostname to Send</b> specifies a string used for the\n"
-"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP server. Some \n"
+"hostname option field when the DHCP client sends messages to the DHCP "
+"server. Some \n"
"DHCP servers update name server zones (forward and reverse records) \n"
"according to this hostname (dynamic DNS).</p>\n"
"Some DHCP servers require the <b>Hostname to Send</b> option field to\n"
-"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</b>\n"
-"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
+"contain a specific string in the DHCP messages from clients. Leave <b>AUTO</"
+"b>\n"
+"to send the current hostname (for example, the one defined in <tt>/etc/"
+"HOSTNAME</tt>). \n"
"If you do not want to send a hostname, leave the field empty.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Bij <b>Te versturen hostnaam</b> wordt een tekenreeks opgegeven\n"
@@ -2678,18 +2837,27 @@
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:284
msgid ""
-"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and legacy. The total\n"
+"<p><b>IPv4 Address Label</b>, formerly known as Alias Name, is optional and "
+"legacy. The total\n"
"length of interface name (inclusive of the colon and label) is\n"
-"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 characters.</p>"
+"limited to 15 characters. The obsolete ifconfig utility truncates it after 9 "
+"characters.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>IPv4-adreslabel</b>, eerder bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en verouderd. De totale\n"
-" lengte van de interfacenaam (inclusief de dubbelepunt en label) is\n"
-" beperkt tot 15 tekens. De verouderde ifconfig-utility kort het af na 9 tekens.</p>"
+"<p><b>IPv4-adreslabel</b>, eerder bekend als aliasnaam, is optioneel en "
+"verouderd. De totale\n"
+" lengte van de interfacenaam (inclusief de dubbelepunt en "
+"label) is\n"
+" beperkt tot 15 tekens. De verouderde ifconfig-utility kort het "
+"af na 9 tekens.</p>"
#. Aliases dialog help 3/4, #83766
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:290
-msgid "<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter <b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Sluit de interfacenaam niet in in het label. Bijvoorbeeld voer <b>foo</b> in in plaats van <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Do not include the interface name in the label. For example, enter "
+"<b>foo</b> instead of <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Sluit de interfacenaam niet in in het label. Bijvoorbeeld voer <b>foo</b> "
+"in in plaats van <b>eth0:foo</b>.</p>"
#. shared between WirelessDialog and WirelessKeyPopup
#. this is suited to the button-switched key typing
@@ -2719,7 +2887,8 @@
"<br><b>Hexadecimaal</b>: geef rechtstreeks de hex-codes van de sleutel op.\n"
"Voor 64-bit sleutels moeten er 10 hex-digits opgeven worden, voor\n"
"128-bit sleutels 26, voor 156-bit sleutels 32 en voor 256-bit sleutels 58.\n"
-"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of groepen\n"
+"U mag gebruik maken van liggende streepjes ('-') om de digits-paren of "
+"groepen\n"
"van elkaar te scheiden, een voorbeeld: <tt>0a5f-41e6-48</tt>.\n"
"</p> \n"
@@ -2740,9 +2909,11 @@
"called <i>Infrastructure Mode</i>), or <b>Master</b> (the network card\n"
"acts as an access point).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De <b>operating modus</b> is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De modus kan\n"
+"<p>De <b>operating modus</b> is afhankelijk van de netwerk topologie. De "
+"modus kan\n"
"<b>Ad-hoc</b> (peer-to-peer netwerk zonder accesspoint), <b>Managed</b>\n"
-"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de <i>Infrastructuur modus</i>\n"
+"(netwerk wordt door een accesspoint beheerd, dit wordt soms de "
+"<i>Infrastructuur modus</i>\n"
"genoemd), of <b>Master</b> zijn (de netwerkkaart gedraagt zich\n"
"als een accespoint).</p>\n"
@@ -2751,17 +2922,21 @@
"<p>Set the <b>Network Name (ESSID)</b> used to identify\n"
"cells that are part of the same virtual network. All stations in a\n"
"wireless LAN need the same ESSID to communicate with each other. If\n"
-"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> authentication mode,\n"
+"you choose the operation mode <b>Managed</b> and no <b>WPA</b> "
+"authentication mode,\n"
"you can leave this field empty or set it to <tt>any</tt>. In this\n"
"case, your WLAN card associates with the access point with the best\n"
"signal strength.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Stel de <b>Netwerknaam (ESSID)</b> in die gebruikt\n"
-"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde virtuele\n"
-"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde ESSID nodig om\n"
+"wordt om de cellen te identificeren die deel uitmaken van hetzelfde "
+"virtuele\n"
+"draadloze netwerk. Alle stations in een draadloos netwerk hebben dezelfde "
+"ESSID nodig om\n"
"met elkaar te kunnen communiceren. Als u de operatie modus <b>Managed</b>\n"
"kiest en de verificatie modus niet gelijk is aan <b>WPA</b>, dan kunt u dit\n"
-"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN kaart zich met\n"
+"veld leeg laten of het op <tt>any</tt> instellen. In dit geval zal uw WLAN "
+"kaart zich met\n"
"het access point associëren met de best mogelijke signaalsterkte.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:331
@@ -2777,26 +2952,33 @@
"NOTE: Shared key authentication makes it easier for a\n"
"potential attacker to break into your network. Unless you have\n"
"specific needs for shared key authentication, use the <b>Open</b>\n"
-"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n"
+"mode. Because WEP has been proven insecure, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected "
+"Access)\n"
"was defined to close its security holes, but not all hardware supports\n"
"WPA. If you want to use WPA, select <b>WPA-PSK</b> or <b>WPA-EAP</b> as the\n"
"authentication mode. This is only possible in the operation mode\n"
"<b>Managed</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>In sommige netwerken dient u een <b>authenticatiemodus</b> in te stellen.\n"
+"<p>In sommige netwerken dient u een <b>authenticatiemodus</b> in te "
+"stellen.\n"
"Dit is afhankelijk van de gebruikte beveiligingstechnologie WEP of WPA.\n"
"<b>WEP</b> (Wired Equivalent Privacy) is een systeem voor het\n"
"versleutelen van draadloos netwerkverkeer met een optionele\n"
"authenticatie gebaseerd op de gebruikte versleutelcode.\n"
"In de meeste gevallen waar WEP wordt gebruikt, is de <b>WEP-Open</b>\n"
"modus (helemaal geen authenticatie) prima. Dit betekent niet dat u geen WEP\n"
-"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u <b>Geen versleuteling</b>).\n"
+"versleuteling kunt gebruiken (in dat geval gebruikt u <b>Geen versleuteling</"
+"b>).\n"
"Sommige netwerken kunnen <b>WEP-shared key</b>-authenticatie nodig hebben.\n"
-"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële aanvaller\n"
+"OPMERKING: De shared-key-verificatie maakt het voor een potentiële "
+"aanvaller\n"
"gemakkelijker om in uw netwerk in te breken. Gebruik de <b>Open</b>\n"
-"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-key-verificatie te gebruiken.\n"
-"Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected Access)\n"
-"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle hardware\n"
+"modus, tenzij u specifieke redenen heeft om de shared-key-verificatie te "
+"gebruiken.\n"
+"Het is bewezen dat WEP niet echt veilig is, <b>WPA</b> (Wi-Fi Protected "
+"Access)\n"
+"is gedefinieerd om de gaten in deze beveiliging te dichten, maar niet alle "
+"hardware\n"
"biedt WPA-ondersteuning. Als u WPA wilt gebruiken, selecteer dan\n"
"<b>WPA-PSK</b> of <b>WPA-EAP</b> als authenticatiemodus.\n"
"Dit is alleen in de besturingsmodus <b>Managed</b> mogelijk.<p>\n"
@@ -2825,10 +3007,14 @@
"dictionary attacks are still possible. Do not use a word that is\n"
"easy to guess as the passphrase.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared sleutel opgeven. Deze\n"
-"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden hiermee\n"
-"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, maar\n"
-"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te raden\n"
+"<p>Om WPA-PSK (soms WPA Home genoemd) te gebruiken moet u de preshared "
+"sleutel opgeven. Deze\n"
+"sleutel wordt gebruikt voor de verificatie en de versleutelingscodes worden "
+"hiermee\n"
+"gegenereerd. Ze zijn onkwetsbaar voor de bekende WEP sleutel aanvallen, "
+"maar\n"
+"woordenlijstaanvallen zijn nog steeds mogelijk. Gebruik geen gemakkelijk te "
+"raden\n"
"woord als wachtwoord.</p>\n"
#: src/include/network/lan/help.rb:365
@@ -2843,12 +3029,15 @@
msgid ""
"<p>These values will be written to the interface configuration file\n"
"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network'. If you need additional settings,\n"
-"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for all\n"
+"add them manually. Refer to the file 'wireless' in the same directory for "
+"all\n"
"available options.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Deze waarden zullen in het interface configuratie bestand\n"
-"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra instellingen nodig heeft,\n"
-"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde map het bestand 'wireless' voor alle\n"
+"'ifcfg-*' in '/etc/sysconfig/network' worden opgeslagen. Wanneer u extra "
+"instellingen nodig heeft,\n"
+"dan kunt u deze handmatig toevoegen. Bekijk in dezelfde map het bestand "
+"'wireless' voor alle\n"
"beschikbare opties.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
@@ -2871,7 +3060,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr "Het IP-adres is onjuist."
@@ -2942,7 +3131,8 @@
"<p>For TTLS and PEAP, enter your <b>Identity</b>\n"
"and <b>Password</b> as configured on the server.\n"
"If you have special requirements to set the username used as\n"
-"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</p>\n"
+"<b>Anonymous Identity</b>, you may set it here. This is usually not needed.</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Voor TTLS en PEAP voert u uw <b>identiteit</b>\n"
"en <b>wachtwoord</b> in zoals ingesteld op de server.\n"
@@ -2969,13 +3159,16 @@
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>TLS uses a <b>Client Certificate</b> instead of a username and\n"
-"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key pair\n"
+"password combination for authentication. It uses a public and private key "
+"pair\n"
"to encrypt negotiation communication, therefore you will additionally need\n"
"a <b>Client Key</b> file that contains your private key and\n"
"the appropriate <b>Client Key Password</b> for that file.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>TLS gebruikt een <b>clientcertificaat</b> in plaats van de combinatie van\n"
-"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/privé\n"
+"<p>TLS gebruikt een <b>clientcertificaat</b> in plaats van de combinatie "
+"van\n"
+"gebruikersnaam en wachtwoord voor authenticatie. TSL gebruikt een publiek/"
+"privé\n"
"sleutelpaar om de communicatie te versleutelen. Daarom heeft u tevens een\n"
"<b>clientkey</b> bestand nodig waar uw privé-sleutel in is opgeslagen en\n"
"het <b>client key wachtwoord</b> voor dat bestand.</p>\n"
@@ -3033,9 +3226,12 @@
"allowed methods or in case you have encountered difficulties regarding\n"
"authentication, choose your inner authentication method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 authenticatiemethode).\n"
-"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden wilt\n"
-"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde authenticatie-\n"
+"<p>Hier kunt u de ingebouwde authenticatiemethode instellen (ook wel phase 2 "
+"authenticatiemethode).\n"
+"In principe zijn alle methoden toegestaan. Als u de toegestane methoden "
+"wilt\n"
+"beperken of als u moeilijkheden heeft ondervonden met bepaalde "
+"authenticatie-\n"
"methoden, stel dan hier de ingebouwde authenticateimethode in.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label
@@ -3049,7 +3245,8 @@
"implementation (version 0 or 1). Normally this should not be necessary.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als u PEAP gebruikt kunt u tevens het gebruik van een specifieke PEAP-\n"
-"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet noodzakelijk.</p>\n"
+"implementatie (versie 0 of 1) afdwingen. Dit is in het algemeen niet "
+"noodzakelijk.</p>\n"
#. radio button: any version of PEAP
#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:255
@@ -3144,47 +3341,50 @@
msgstr "&WEP-sleutels"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
-msgstr "De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk."
+msgstr ""
+"De WPA verificatie mode is alleen in de managed besturingsmode mogelijk."
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr "Geef de netwerknaam op voor deze module"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr "De netwerknaam moet uit minder dan 32 karakters bestaan."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
-msgstr "De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters (inclusief)."
+msgstr ""
+"De wachtwoord frase moet een lengte hebben van 8 tot 63 karakters "
+"(inclusief)."
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr "De sleutel moet %1 hexadecimale digits bevatten."
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr "De versleutel code is onjuist."
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr "Voor deze verificatie mode moet de versleutelcode gespecificeerd zijn."
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -3198,13 +3398,13 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr "Geavanceerde draadloze instellingen"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
@@ -3213,118 +3413,126 @@
"(zelden nodig).</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
-"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for access\n"
+"for managed mode--the card will hop through the channels searching for "
+"access\n"
"points in that case.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Wanneer u uw draadloze LAN kaart in master of ad-hoc mode wilt gaan\n"
-"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken <b>Kanaal</b> instellen.\n"
+"gebruiken, kunt u hier het door de kaart te gebruiken <b>Kanaal</b> "
+"instellen.\n"
"Bij de managed mode is dit niet nodig -- om de accesspoints te vinden zal\n"
"de kaart bij deze mode alle kanalen namelijk gaan doorlopen.</p>\n"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een transmissie\n"
+"<p>In enkele uitzonderlijke gevallen wilt u misschien expliciet een "
+"transmissie\n"
"<b>Bit snelheid</b> instellen. Zo snel mogelijk is de standaard.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>In een omgeving met meerdere <b>Accesspoints</b> kunt u door het opgeven\n"
-"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen hebben.</p>"
+"van het MAC adres aangeven met welk toegangspunt u verbinding zou willen "
+"hebben.</p>"
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
"be disconnected from AC power.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Energiebeheer gebruiken</b> activeert het energiebesparing mechanisme.\n"
-"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent en de\n"
+"<p><b>Energiebeheer gebruiken</b> activeert het energiebesparing "
+"mechanisme.\n"
+"Dit is in het algemeen verstandig, vooral als u een notebook gebruiker bent "
+"en de\n"
"verbinding met de netspanning verbroken zou kunnen worden.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:80
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr "Automatisch"
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr "&Kanaal"
# short string is needed
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:324
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr "B&it snelheid"
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr "&Accesspoint"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr "&Energiebeheer gebruiken"
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr "AP ScanMode"
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr "Geef de versleutel code"
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr "&Sleutel"
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Help"
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr "Draadloze sleutels"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
-"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
+"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four "
+"keys,\n"
"although only one key is used to encrypt the data. This is the default key.\n"
"The other keys can be used to decrypt data. Usually you have only\n"
"one key.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>In dit venster kunt u uw WEP sleutels definieren waarmee u uw\n"
"data versleutelt voordat deze verzonden wordt. U mag maximaal vier sleutels\n"
-"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit is de\n"
+"hebben, slechts één sleutel wordt voor de data versleuteling gebruikt. Dit "
+"is de\n"
"standaard sleutel. De andere sleutels kunnen voor het decoderen van data\n"
"gebruikt worden. Normaliter heeft u slechts één sleutel.</p>"
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -3339,12 +3547,12 @@
"u waarschijnlijk deze waarde op 64 zetten.</p>"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr "WEP sleutels"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr "&Sleutel lengte"
@@ -3352,41 +3560,43 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_finish.ycp:366
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr "Nee."
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr "Sleutel"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standaard"
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr "Als standaard in&stellen"
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr "Kies een certificaat"
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
-"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
+"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in "
+"connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
-"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan resulteren in\n"
+"Het niet gebruiken van een Certificate Authority (CA)-certificaat kan "
+"resulteren in\n"
"onveilige, kwetsbare draadloze netwerken. Doorgaan zonder CA?"
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
@@ -3395,47 +3605,47 @@
"of de clientcertificaat."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr "WPA-EAP"
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr "Alle"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr "MD5"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
msgid "GTC"
msgstr "GTC"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr "CHAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr "PAP"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr "MSCHAPv1"
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr "MSCHAPv2"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr "WPA-EAP details"
@@ -3467,14 +3677,17 @@
"<p>If this feature is enabled, you can\n"
"administer this machine remotely from another machine. Use a VNC\n"
"client, such as krdc (connect to <tt><hostname>:%1</tt>), or\n"
-"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</tt>).\n"
+"a Java-capable Web browser (connect to <tt>http://<hostname>:%2/</"
+"tt>).\n"
"This form of remote administration is less secure than using SSH.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Instellingen voor beheer op afstand</big></b></p>\n"
"<p>Als deze functie is ingeschakeld kunt\n"
"u het systeem vanaf een andere computer over het netwerk beheren.\n"
-"Gebruik een VNC-cliënt zoals krdc (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:%1</tt>),\n"
-"of een Java-geschikte webbrowser (verbinden met <tt>http://<hostnaam>:%2/</tt>).\n"
+"Gebruik een VNC-cliënt zoals krdc (verbinden met <tt><hostnaam>:%1</"
+"tt>),\n"
+"of een Java-geschikte webbrowser (verbinden met <tt>http://<hostnaam>:"
+"%2/</tt>).\n"
"Dit type beheer op afstand is minder veilig dan het gebruik van SSH.</p>\n"
#. Dialog frame title
@@ -3483,12 +3696,12 @@
msgstr "Instellingen voor beheer op afstand"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr "Deze pakketten moeten geïnstalleerd worden:"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3503,82 +3716,28 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:48
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:49
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_device_confirm.ycp:50
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Onbekend"
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "De configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "De DNS-configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "De DSL configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "De hosts configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "De ISDN-configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
-
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "De netwerkkaart configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "De modem configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "De proxy configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "De provider configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr "De routing configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr "Mail nu instellen?"
-
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr "De configuratie van %1 starten?"
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
@@ -3587,34 +3746,34 @@
"of is volledig uitgeschakeld. YaST kan sommige opties niet instellen."
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr "Netwerkkaarten"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr "Modems"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr "ISDN-kaarten"
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr "DSL apparaten"
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr "Alle netwerkapparaten"
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr "De hostnaam is ongeldig."
@@ -3701,8 +3860,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr "Hostnaam en domeinnaam"
@@ -3732,22 +3891,26 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
-msgid "It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it at your own risk?"
-msgstr "Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?"
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
+msgid ""
+"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use "
+"it at your own risk?"
+msgstr ""
+"Het is niet aanbevolen om .local als domeinnaam te gebruiken vanwege "
+"Multicast-DNS. Gebruik het op eigen risico?"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr "De zoeklijst mag maximaal %1 domeinen bevatten."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr "De zoeklijst mag maximaal %1 karakters bevatten."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr "Het zoekdomein %1 is ongeldig."
@@ -3755,7 +3918,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:114
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr "Hostnaam- en naamserverconfiguratie"
@@ -3789,29 +3952,29 @@
"<b>hostaliassen</b> op, gescheiden door spaties.</p>\n"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr "Huidige hosts"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr "Hostnamen"
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr "Host aliassen"
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr "Hos&t aliassen"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr "De alias naam \"%1\" is onjuist."
@@ -3850,41 +4013,41 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr "&Bestemming"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr "Ge&nmasker"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr "&Gateway"
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr "A&pparaat"
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr "Bestemming is onjuist."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr "Gateway IP-adres is onjuist."
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr "Subnetmasker is onjuist."
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr "De standaard gateway is onjuist."
@@ -3918,15 +4081,20 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:57
msgid ""
"<p>When <b>Dial Prefix Regular Expression</b> is set, users can\n"
-"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the expression.\n"
+"change the dial prefix in KInternet provided that it matches the "
+"expression.\n"
"A recommended value is <tt>[09]?</tt>, allowing <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>,\n"
"and the empty prefix. If the expression is empty, users are not allowed\n"
"to change the prefix.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Wanneer <b>Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer</b> is ingesteld, kunnen\n"
-"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen zodat het met\n"
-"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0</tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n"
-"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie wordt het\n"
+"<p>Wanneer <b>Reguliere expressie voor het bel-toegangsnummer</b> is "
+"ingesteld, kunnen\n"
+"gebruikers het in KInternet opgegeven bel-toegangsnummer dusdanig wijzigen "
+"zodat het met\n"
+"de expressie overeenkomt. Een aanbevolen waarde is <tt>[09]?</tt>: <tt>0</"
+"tt>, <tt>9</tt>\n"
+"en het lege toegangsnummer worden dan toegestaan. Bij een lege expressie "
+"wordt het\n"
"gebruikers niet toegestaan om het toegangsnummer aan te passen.</p>\n"
#. radio button group label,method of setup
@@ -3989,7 +4157,8 @@
"via 'ifup' or 'qinternet' (see 'User Controlled' below).</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Handmatig</b>: U kunt de interface handmatig bedienen\n"
-"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' hieronder).</p>.\n"
+"met behulp van 'ifup' of 'qinternet' (zie 'Door gebruiker bediend' "
+"hieronder).</p>.\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:125
@@ -4024,8 +4193,10 @@
msgstr ""
"Met <b>Tijdens hotpluggen</b>,\n"
"zal de interface ingesteld worden zodra deze beschikbaar komt. Dit is\n"
-"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in een\n"
-"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig is.\n"
+"bijna hetzelfde als 'Tijdens opstarten', maar het zal niet resulteren in "
+"een\n"
+"foutmelding tijdens het opstarten in het geval de interface niet aanwezig "
+"is.\n"
#. Combo box option for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:149
@@ -4035,12 +4206,16 @@
#. help text for Device Activation
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:151
msgid ""
-"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
-"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still available.\n"
+"Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is similar to <tt>auto</tt>. Interfaces with this "
+"startmode will never\n"
+"be shut down via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <iface></tt> is still "
+"available.\n"
"Use this if you have an NFS or iSCSI root filesystem.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Gebruik maken van <b>Op NFSroot</b> is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n"
-"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt wel.\n"
+"Gebruik maken van <b>Op NFSroot</b> is bijna hetzelfde als <tt>auto</tt>. "
+"Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n"
+"afgesloten via <tt>rcnetwork stop</tt>. <tt>ifdown <interface></tt> werkt "
+"wel.\n"
"Gebruik dit als u een NFS- of iSCSI-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n"
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
@@ -4053,12 +4228,14 @@
#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device Activation</big></b></p> \n"
-"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> activates it during system boot, \n"
+"<p>Choose when to bring up the network interface. <b>At Boot Time</b> "
+"activates it during system boot, \n"
"<b>Never</b> does not start the device.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Apparaatactivering</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. <b>Tijdens opstarten</b> start de interface op met het systeem.\n"
+"<p>Bepaal wanneer de netwerkinterface geactiveerd dient te worden. "
+"<b>Tijdens opstarten</b> start de interface op met het systeem.\n"
"<b>Nooit</b> start het apparaat niet op.\n"
"%1</p>\n"
@@ -4145,7 +4322,7 @@
msgstr "Instellingen voor IPv6-protocol"
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr "IPv6 activeren"
@@ -4203,8 +4380,12 @@
msgstr "Bevestig het opnieuw opstarten van het netwerk"
#: src/lib/network/confirm_virt_proposal.rb:24
-msgid "Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply the settings."
-msgstr "Vanwege het gebridgte netwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om de instellingen toe te passen."
+msgid ""
+"Because of the bridged network, YaST2 needs to restart the network to apply "
+"the settings."
+msgstr ""
+"Vanwege het gebridgte netwerk moet YaST2 het netwerk opnieuw opstarten om de "
+"instellingen toe te passen."
#. Opens dialog for editing NIC name
#: src/lib/network/edit_nic_name.rb:93
@@ -4241,7 +4422,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr "Configuratie bijwerken"
@@ -4268,7 +4449,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr "Configuratie wordt bijgewerkt..."
@@ -4280,61 +4461,61 @@
msgstr "/etc/resolv.conf wordt bijgewerkt..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr "Hostnaam: ingesteld door DHCP"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr "Hostnaam: %1"
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr "Hostnaam zal niet worden geschreven naar /etc/hosts"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr "Naamservers: %1"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr "Zoeklijst: %1"
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr "/etc/hosts bijwerken"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr "Hostnaamconfiguratie opslaan"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr "/etc/hosts wordt bijgewerkt..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr "De netwerkconfiguratie wordt geïnitialiseerd"
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr "Netwerkapparaten detecteren"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr "Stuurprogramma-informatie lezen"
@@ -4342,13 +4523,13 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr "Apparaatconfiguratie lezen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie lezen"
@@ -4357,19 +4538,19 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr "Firewall-instellingen lezen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:114
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:114
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Hostnaam- en DNS-configuratie lezen"
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr "Installatie-informatie lezen"
@@ -4377,25 +4558,25 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr "Routingconfiguratie lezen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:187
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:237
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr "Huidige status detecteren"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr "Zoeken naar ndiswrapper..."
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
@@ -4405,7 +4586,7 @@
"maar de kernel-module is niet geladen met modprobe.\n"
"Moet deze geladen worden met 'modprobe ndiswrapper'?\n"
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
@@ -4414,7 +4595,7 @@
"Controleer de configuratie handmatig.\n"
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr "De netwerkapparaten worden gedetecteerd..."
@@ -4422,13 +4603,13 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr "De apparaatconfiguratie wordt gelezen..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr "De netwerkconfiguratie wordt gelezen..."
@@ -4437,7 +4618,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr "De firewallinstellingen worden gelezen..."
@@ -4445,12 +4626,12 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "Hostnaam- en DNS-configuratie worden gelezen..."
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr "Installatie-informatie wordt gelezen..."
@@ -4458,12 +4639,12 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr "Routingconfiguratie wordt gelezen..."
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr "Huidige status wordt gedetecteerd..."
@@ -4471,25 +4652,25 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:116
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Klaar"
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr "Om deze wijziging toe te passen dient u de computer te herstarten."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr "Stuurprogramma-informatie opslaan"
@@ -4497,30 +4678,30 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr "Apparaatconfiguratie opslaan"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie opslaan"
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr "Routingconfiguratie opslaan"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:114
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:114
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr "Hostnaam- en DNS-configuratie opslaan"
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr "Netwerkservices instellen"
@@ -4530,200 +4711,199 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr "Firewall-instellingen opslaan"
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr "Netwerkservices activeren"
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr "/etc/modprobe.conf wordt opgeslagen..."
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr "De apparaatconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr "De netwerkconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..."
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr "Routingconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..."
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr "De hostnaam- en de DNS-configuratie wordt opgeslagen..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr "Netwerkservices worden ingesteld..."
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr "Firewall configuratie wordt opgeslagen..."
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr "Netwerkservices worden geactiveerd..."
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
msgid "No network running"
msgstr "Er draait geen netwerk"
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked will be used."
-msgstr "AutoYaST instelling networking/managed: NetworkManager is niet beschikbaar, Wicked zal worden gebruikt."
-
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr "Netwerkmodus"
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Interfaces aangestuurd door NetworkManager"
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr "NetworkManager uitschakelen"
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr "Traditionele netwerkconfiguratie met NetControl - ifup"
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr "NetworkManager activeren"
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr "Ondersteuning voor IPv6-protocol geactiveerd"
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr "IPv6 deactiveren"
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr "Ondersteuning voor IPv6-protocol gedeactiveerd"
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "connected"
msgstr "verbonden"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr "datagram"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr "Automatisch gestart bij opstarten"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr "Automatisch gestart bij kabelverbinding"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr "Beheerd door netwerkbeheerder"
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr "Zal niet worden opgestart"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr "Handmatig gestart"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr "IP-adres toegewezen met"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:84
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr "IP-adres: %s/%s"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr "IP-adres: %s, subnetmasker %s"
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr "Niet geconfigureerd"
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr "Apparaatnaam: %s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr "Binding-slaves"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr "slave in %s"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr "Binding-master"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr "Niet verbonden"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr "Geen hwinfo"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
-msgid "Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). See dmesg output for details."
-msgstr "Kan de netwerkkaart niet instellen omdat het kernelapparaat (eth0, wlan0) niet aanwezig is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door ontbrekende firmware (voor wlan apparaten). Zie uitvoer van dmesg voor details."
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
+msgid ""
+"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) "
+"is not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan "
+"devices). See dmesg output for details."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan de netwerkkaart niet instellen omdat het kernelapparaat (eth0, wlan0) "
+"niet aanwezig is. Dit wordt meestal veroorzaakt door ontbrekende firmware "
+"(voor wlan apparaten). Zie uitvoer van dmesg voor details."
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
@@ -4734,17 +4914,17 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr "Benodigde informatie"
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr "onbekend"
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
@@ -4753,36 +4933,36 @@
"firewall-instellingen zullen uitgeschakeld worden."
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr "Aanmeldscherm instellen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr "Services opnieuw starten"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr "Configuratie voor beheer op afstand opslaan"
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr "Aanmeldscherm wordt ingesteld..."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr "De service wordt opnieuw gestart..."
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr "Service %{service} inschakelen is mislukt"
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4793,32 +4973,32 @@
"start het handmatig opnieuw of meldt u af en opnieuw aan."
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr "Beheer op afstand is ingeschakeld."
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr "Beheer op afstand is uitgeschakeld."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr "Instellingen voor IP-forwardingen schrijven"
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr "Routing-instellingen opslaan"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr "Routingconfiguratie opslaan"
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr "Instellingen voor IP-forwarding worden geschreven..."
@@ -4827,22 +5007,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr "Routing-instellingen worden geschreven..."
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr "Gateway: %s"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr "IP-forwarding voor IPv4: %s"
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr "IP-forwarding voor IPv6: %s"
@@ -4862,6 +5042,53 @@
msgid "(Unprotected)"
msgstr "(onbeschermd)"
+#~ msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "De configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
+
+#~ msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "De DNS-configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
+
+#~ msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "De DSL configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
+
+#~ msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "De hosts configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
+
+#~ msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "De ISDN-configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
+#~ msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "De netwerkkaart configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
+
+#~ msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "De modem configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
+
+#~ msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "De proxy configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
+
+#~ msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "De provider configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
+
+#~ msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
+#~ msgstr "De routing configuratie is succesvol opgeslagen"
+
+#~ msgid "Configure mail now?"
+#~ msgstr "Mail nu instellen?"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
+#~ msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
+#~ msgstr "De configuratie van %1 starten?"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, "
+#~ "Wicked will be used."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "AutoYaST instelling networking/managed: NetworkManager is niet "
+#~ "beschikbaar, Wicked zal worden gebruikt."
+
#~ msgid "Device boot protocol"
#~ msgstr "Opstartprotocol apparaat"
@@ -4889,11 +5116,13 @@
#~ msgstr "niet ingeplugd"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this startmode will never\n"
+#~ "Using <b>On NFSroot</b> is nearly like 'auto'. But interfaces with this "
+#~ "startmode will never\n"
#~ "be shut down via 'rcnetwork stop'. 'ifdown <iface>' still works.\n"
#~ "Use this when you have a nfs or iscsi root filesystem.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Gebruik maken van <b>op NFSroot</b> is bijna hetzelfde als 'auto'. Maar interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n"
+#~ "Gebruik maken van <b>op NFSroot</b> is bijna hetzelfde als 'auto'. Maar "
+#~ "interfaces met deze startmodus zullen nooit worden\n"
#~ "afgesloten via 'rcnetwork stop'. ifdown <interface> werkt wel.\n"
#~ "Gebruik dit als u een nfs- of iscsi-hoofdbestandssysteem hebt.\n"
@@ -4904,11 +5133,14 @@
#~ "To edit the settings, use the NetworkManager connection editor or\n"
#~ "switch the network setup method to Traditional with ifup.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Het netwerk wordt nu gecontroleerd door NetworkManager en zijn instellingen \n"
+#~ "Het netwerk wordt nu gecontroleerd door NetworkManager en zijn "
+#~ "instellingen \n"
#~ "kunnen niet door YaST bewerkt worden.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Om de instellingen te bewerken gebruikt u de NetworkManager connectiebewerker\n"
-#~ "of schakelt u om naar het instellen van het netwerk met de traditionele methode met ifup.\n"
+#~ "Om de instellingen te bewerken gebruikt u de NetworkManager "
+#~ "connectiebewerker\n"
+#~ "of schakelt u om naar het instellen van het netwerk met de traditionele "
+#~ "methode met ifup.\n"
#~ msgid "Device name:"
#~ msgstr "Apparaatnaam:"
@@ -4919,11 +5151,19 @@
#~ msgid "Controlled by &wicked"
#~ msgstr "Beheerd door &wicked"
-#~ msgid "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href=\"%1\">disable and close</a>)"
-#~ msgstr "SSH-service zal worden ingeschakeld, de SSH-poort zal worden geopend (<a href=\"%1\">uitschakelen en sluiten</a>)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "SSH service will be enabled, SSH port will be open (<a href="
+#~ "\"%1\">disable and close</a>)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "SSH-service zal worden ingeschakeld, de SSH-poort zal worden geopend (<a "
+#~ "href=\"%1\">uitschakelen en sluiten</a>)"
-#~ msgid "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href=\"%1\">enable and open</a>)"
-#~ msgstr "SSH-service zal uitgeschakeld worden, SSH-poort zal geblokkeerd worden (<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen en openen</a>)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "SSH service will be disabled, SSH port will be blocked (<a href="
+#~ "\"%1\">enable and open</a>)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "SSH-service zal uitgeschakeld worden, SSH-poort zal geblokkeerd worden "
+#~ "(<a href=\"%1\">inschakelen en openen</a>)"
#~ msgid "General &Network Settings"
#~ msgstr "Algemene &netwerkinstellingen"
@@ -4951,7 +5191,8 @@
#~ msgstr "Alias &naam"
#~ msgid "Proposed bridged configuration for virtual machine network"
-#~ msgstr "Voorgestelde gebridgte configuratie voor het virtuele machine netwerk"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Voorgestelde gebridgte configuratie voor het virtuele machine netwerk"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -5025,8 +5266,11 @@
#~ msgid "Bond slaves"
#~ msgstr "Bond-slaves"
-#~ msgid "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b> for configuration.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Het apparaat is niet geconfigureerd. Klik op <b>Bewerken</b> om het in te stellen.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b> for configuration.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Het apparaat is niet geconfigureerd. Klik op <b>Bewerken</b> om het in "
+#~ "te stellen.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Initializing DSL Configuration\n"
@@ -5084,7 +5328,8 @@
#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can manually configure a DSL device.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Een DSL apparaat toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt, kunt u handmatig een DSL apparaat instellen.</P>"
+#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt, kunt u handmatig een DSL apparaat "
+#~ "instellen.</P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -5092,7 +5337,8 @@
#~ "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Selecteer een DSL apparaat waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of verwijderen.\n"
+#~ "Selecteer een DSL apparaat waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of "
+#~ "verwijderen.\n"
#~ "Klik dan op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>"
#~ msgid "Type"
@@ -5119,15 +5365,20 @@
#~ "<p>First, choose your <b>PPP mode</b>. This is either\n"
#~ "<i>PPP over Ethernet</i> (PPPoE), <i>PPP over ATM</i> (PPPoATM),\n"
#~ "<i>CAPI for ADSL</i> or <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> (PPTP).\n"
-#~ "Use <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet to your computer.\n"
-#~ "Use <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> if you want to connect to a VPN server.\n"
+#~ "Use <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> if your DSL modem is connected via ethernet "
+#~ "to your computer.\n"
+#~ "Use <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> if you want to connect to a "
+#~ "VPN server.\n"
#~ "If you are not sure which mode to use, ask your provider. </p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kies eerst uw <b>PPP modus</b>. Dit is of\n"
#~ "<i>PPP over Ethernet</i> (PPPoE) of <i>PPP over ATM</i> (PPPoATM).\n"
-#~ "<i>CAPI voor ADSL</i> of <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> (PPTP).\n"
-#~ "Gebruik <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> als uw DSL-modem via ethernet met uw computer is verbonden.\n"
-#~ "Vraag uw provider om hulp als u niet zeker weet welke modus u moet gaan gebruiken.</p>"
+#~ "<i>CAPI voor ADSL</i> of <i>Point to Point Tunneling Protocol</i> "
+#~ "(PPTP).\n"
+#~ "Gebruik <i>PPP over Ethernet</i> als uw DSL-modem via ethernet met uw "
+#~ "computer is verbonden.\n"
+#~ "Vraag uw provider om hulp als u niet zeker weet welke modus u moet gaan "
+#~ "gebruiken.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you are using <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>, first configure your\n"
@@ -5137,22 +5388,29 @@
#~ "uw ethernetkaart.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>PPP Mode-Dependent Settings</b> are settings required to set up\n"
-#~ "your DSL connection. <b>VPI/VCI</b> makes sense only for <i>PPP over ATM</i>\n"
+#~ "<p>The <b>PPP Mode-Dependent Settings</b> are settings required to set "
+#~ "up\n"
+#~ "your DSL connection. <b>VPI/VCI</b> makes sense only for <i>PPP over ATM</"
+#~ "i>\n"
#~ "connections, <b>Ethernet Card</b> is needed for <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>\n"
#~ "connections.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>De <b>PPP modus-afhankelijke instellingen</b> zijn instellingen die u nodig heeft om uw\n"
-#~ "DSL verbinding in te stellen. <b>VPI/VCI</b> is alleen geschikt voor <i>PPP over ATM</i>\n"
-#~ "verbindingen, <b>Ethernetkaart</b> is nodig voor <i>PPP over Ethernet</i>\n"
+#~ "<p>De <b>PPP modus-afhankelijke instellingen</b> zijn instellingen die u "
+#~ "nodig heeft om uw\n"
+#~ "DSL verbinding in te stellen. <b>VPI/VCI</b> is alleen geschikt voor "
+#~ "<i>PPP over ATM</i>\n"
+#~ "verbindingen, <b>Ethernetkaart</b> is nodig voor <i>PPP over Ethernet</"
+#~ "i>\n"
#~ "verbindingen.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>For PPPoATM, enter your VPI/VCI pair, for example, <i>0.38</i>\n"
#~ "for British Telecom. If unsure, ask your provider.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Voor PPPoATM dient u uw VPI/VCI paar op te geven, bijvoorbeeld <i>0.38</i>\n"
-#~ "voor British Telecom. Vraag uw provider er naar indien u het niet weet.</p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Voor PPPoATM dient u uw VPI/VCI paar op te geven, bijvoorbeeld "
+#~ "<i>0.38</i>\n"
+#~ "voor British Telecom. Vraag uw provider er naar indien u het niet weet.</"
+#~ "p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>For PPPoE, enter the device of the ethernet card to which your DSL\n"
@@ -5160,7 +5418,8 @@
#~ "so by pressing <b>Configure Network Cards</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Voor PPPoE moet u het apparaat van de ethernetkaart, waarmee uw DSL\n"
-#~ "modem is verbonden, opgeven. Wanneer u uw ethernetkaart nog niet heeft ingesteld, kunt u dit\n"
+#~ "modem is verbonden, opgeven. Wanneer u uw ethernetkaart nog niet heeft "
+#~ "ingesteld, kunt u dit\n"
#~ "doen door op <b>Netwerkkaarten instellen</b> te klikken.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>For PPTP, enter the server name or IP address.</p>"
@@ -5275,7 +5534,8 @@
#~ "Additionally you can edit their configurations.<BR></P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Overzicht ISDN-kaarten</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de geïnstalleerde ISDN-kaarten en verbindingsinstellingen.\n"
+#~ "Hier kunt u een overzicht krijgen van de geïnstalleerde ISDN-kaarten en "
+#~ "verbindingsinstellingen.\n"
#~ "Tevens kunt u hun configuratie hier wijzigen.<BR></P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5283,7 +5543,8 @@
#~ "Press <B>Add</B> to configure an ISDN card manually.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Een ISDN-kaart toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt kunt u handmatig een ISDN-kaart instellen.</P>\n"
+#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt kunt u handmatig een ISDN-kaart "
+#~ "instellen.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Test an ISDN Card Setup:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -5296,10 +5557,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Adding an ISDN Connection:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</P>\n"
+#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can configure an ISDN dial-up connection.</"
+#~ "P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Een ISDN-verbinding toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt kunt u een ISDN-inbelverbinding instellen.</P>\n"
+#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt kunt u een ISDN-inbelverbinding "
+#~ "instellen.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -5308,7 +5571,8 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "Selecteer een te wijzigen of te verwijderen ISDN-kaart of verbinding.\n"
-#~ "Klik daarna op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>\n"
+#~ "Klik daarna op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</"
+#~ "P>\n"
#~ msgid "Hardware"
#~ msgstr "Hardware"
@@ -5327,7 +5591,8 @@
#~ msgstr "Gedetailleerde ISDN-instellingen"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines are\n"
+#~ "<p>The <b>Remote Phone Number List</b> controls which remote machines "
+#~ "are\n"
#~ "allowed to connect to this interface.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De <b>Remote telefoonnummer lijst</b> bepaalt welke remote machines\n"
@@ -5341,41 +5606,53 @@
#~ "keuzevak om toestemming te geven aan alle caller id's.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally without special \n"
+#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>off</b>, calls are handled normally "
+#~ "without special \n"
#~ "processing.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Als de <b>callback modus</b> <b>uit</b> staat worden de aanroepen \n"
#~ "normaal en zonder speciale acties afgehandeld.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n"
+#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>server</b>, after getting an incoming call, "
+#~ "a callback \n"
#~ "is triggered.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als de <b>callback modus</b> als <b>server</b> staat ingesteld zal na een \n"
+#~ "<p>Als de <b>callback modus</b> als <b>server</b> staat ingesteld zal na "
+#~ "een \n"
#~ "inkomende aanroep de callback modus worden uitgevoerd.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the initial call then \n"
+#~ "<p>If the callback mode is <b>client</b>, the local system does the "
+#~ "initial call then \n"
#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als de callback modus als <b>cliënt</b> staat ingesteld zal het lokale systeem als \n"
-#~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Als de callback modus als <b>cliënt</b> staat ingesteld zal het lokale "
+#~ "systeem als \n"
+#~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.</"
+#~ "p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Callback Delay</b> is the number of seconds between the initial call and the\n"
-#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the server than on\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Callback Delay</b> is the number of seconds between the initial "
+#~ "call and the\n"
+#~ "callback (server) or the hang-up (client). It should be greater on the "
+#~ "server than on\n"
#~ "the client.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>De <b>callback wachttijd</b> is het aantal seconden tussen de eerste aanroep en de\n"
-#~ "callback (server) of de hangup (cliënt). Het zou groter moeten zijn op de server dan op\n"
+#~ "<p>De <b>callback wachttijd</b> is het aantal seconden tussen de eerste "
+#~ "aanroep en de\n"
+#~ "callback (server) of de hangup (cliënt). Het zou groter moeten zijn op de "
+#~ "server dan op\n"
#~ "de cliënt.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In <b>Additional ipppd Options</b>, add extra options for ipppd,\n"
#~ "for example, +pap +chap for the dial-in server authentication.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Bij <b>Extra ipppd opties</b> kunt u extra opties voor ipppd instellen,\n"
-#~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld +pap +chap ten behoeve van de inbel-server verificatie.</p>\n"
+#~ "<p>Bij <b>Extra ipppd opties</b> kunt u extra opties voor ipppd "
+#~ "instellen,\n"
+#~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld +pap +chap ten behoeve van de inbel-server verificatie."
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid "&Additional ipppd Options"
#~ msgstr "&Extra ipppd opties"
@@ -5414,11 +5691,13 @@
#~ msgstr "Selectie van ISDN-service"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your DSL\n"
+#~ "<p>If you have a combined ISDN and DSL CAPI controller, configure your "
+#~ "DSL\n"
#~ "connection via <b>Add DSL CAPI Interface</b>. You can also do this later\n"
#~ "in the DSL configuration dialog.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Wanneer u een gecombineerde ISDN/DSL CAPI controller heeft, dan kunt u uw DSL\n"
+#~ "<p>Wanneer u een gecombineerde ISDN/DSL CAPI controller heeft, dan kunt u "
+#~ "uw DSL\n"
#~ "verbinding instellen met behulp van <b>DSL CAPI interface toevoegen</b>.\n"
#~ "U kunt dit echter ook later in het DSL configuratie dialoog doen.</p>\n"
@@ -5428,16 +5707,19 @@
#~ "the default for all common Internet providers.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Voor ISDN-netwerkgebruik zijn er twee type interfaces:\n"
-#~ "<b>RawIP</b> en <b>SyncPPP</b>. In de meeste gevallen zult u SyncPPP gebruiken:\n"
+#~ "<b>RawIP</b> en <b>SyncPPP</b>. In de meeste gevallen zult u SyncPPP "
+#~ "gebruiken:\n"
#~ "de standaard bij de meeste internet providers.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>To switch between various Internet providers, an\n"
-#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple providers to the\n"
+#~ "interface for each provider is not required. Simply add multiple "
+#~ "providers to the\n"
#~ "same interface.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Om te kunnen schakelen tussen verschillende internet providers is een\n"
-#~ "interface voor elke provider verder niet nodig. Het toevoegen van meerdere providers\n"
+#~ "interface voor elke provider verder niet nodig. Het toevoegen van "
+#~ "meerdere providers\n"
#~ "aan dezelfde interface is voldoende.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5482,17 +5764,24 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>My phone number -- As your own telephone number (MSN), put in your \n"
-#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected directly\n"
-#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in the\n"
-#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or digits\n"
-#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally means\n"
+#~ "telephone number (without area code) if your ISDN card is connected "
+#~ "directly\n"
+#~ "to the phone company-provided socket. If it is connected to a PBX, put in "
+#~ "the\n"
+#~ "MSN stored in the PBX (e.g., your phone extension or the last digit or "
+#~ "digits\n"
+#~ "of your phone extension) . If this fails, try using 0, which normally "
+#~ "means\n"
#~ "the default MSN is actually used.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Mijn telefoonnummer -- Geef als uw eigen telefoonnummer (MSN) uw telefoonnummer \n"
+#~ "<p>Mijn telefoonnummer -- Geef als uw eigen telefoonnummer (MSN) uw "
+#~ "telefoonnummer \n"
#~ "op (zonder kengetal) wanneer uw ISDN-kaart rechtstreeks is verbonden met\n"
#~ "de ISDN-aansluiting. Wanneer deze is verbonden met een PBX, geef dan het\n"
-#~ "in het PBX opgeslagen MSN nummer op (bijv: uw telefoon extensie of de laatste cijfer(s)\n"
-#~ "van uw telefoon extensie) . Probeer de 0 te gebruiken wanneer dit mislukt.\n"
+#~ "in het PBX opgeslagen MSN nummer op (bijv: uw telefoon extensie of de "
+#~ "laatste cijfer(s)\n"
+#~ "van uw telefoon extensie) . Probeer de 0 te gebruiken wanneer dit "
+#~ "mislukt.\n"
#~ "Normaal betekent dat dan dat de standaard MSN wordt gebruikt.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5505,8 +5794,10 @@
#~ "</tt>\n"
#~ "Note: ippp0 is an example</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Wanneer u handmatig selecteert, dan moet u (terwijl u als 'root' aangemeld bent) met\n"
-#~ "behulp van de volgende commando's de service handmatig starten en stoppen:\n"
+#~ "<p>Wanneer u handmatig selecteert, dan moet u (terwijl u als 'root' "
+#~ "aangemeld bent) met\n"
+#~ "behulp van de volgende commando's de service handmatig starten en "
+#~ "stoppen:\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
#~ " <br> <b>start: </b>ifup ippp0\n"
#~ " <br> <b>stop : </b>ifdown ippp0\n"
@@ -5516,27 +5807,33 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Selecting <b>channel bundling</b> sets up a 128-kBit connection\n"
-#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second channel,\n"
+#~ "also known as Multilink PPP. To activate or deactivate the second "
+#~ "channel,\n"
#~ "use the following commands:\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
-#~ "You can also install the package <b>xibod</b> to have this happen automatically. If\n"
-#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic goes down, it \n"
+#~ "You can also install the package <b>xibod</b> to have this happen "
+#~ "automatically. If\n"
+#~ "there is a demand for more bandwidth, it adds a channel. If the traffic "
+#~ "goes down, it \n"
#~ "removes a channel.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Door <b>kanalen bundelen</b> te selecteren zal er een 128-kBit verbinding\n"
+#~ "<p>Door <b>kanalen bundelen</b> te selecteren zal er een 128-kBit "
+#~ "verbinding\n"
#~ "worden gemaakt dat ook als Multilink PPP bekend staat.\n"
-#~ "Gebruik, om het tweede kanaal al dan niet te activeren, de volgende commando's:\n"
+#~ "Gebruik, om het tweede kanaal al dan niet te activeren, de volgende "
+#~ "commando's:\n"
#~ "<tt>\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl addlink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br> isdnctrl removelink ippp0\n"
#~ " <br>\n"
#~ "</tt>\n"
-#~ "U kunt ook het pakket <b>xibod</b> installeren om dit alles automatisch te laten gebeuren.\n"
+#~ "U kunt ook het pakket <b>xibod</b> installeren om dit alles automatisch "
+#~ "te laten gebeuren.\n"
#~ "Wanneer er meer bandbreedte nodig is zal het een kanaal toevoegen.\n"
#~ "Als de verkeersdrukte minder wordt zal het een kanaal verwijderen.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -5545,13 +5842,16 @@
#~ "<p>Selecting\n"
#~ "<b>External Firewall Interface</b> activates the firewall\n"
#~ "and sets this interface as external.\n"
-#~ "<b>Restart Firewall</b> restarts the firewall if a connection is established.\n"
+#~ "<b>Restart Firewall</b> restarts the firewall if a connection is "
+#~ "established.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Door\n"
#~ "<b>Externe firewall interface</b> te selecteren zal de firewall\n"
-#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat ingesteld.\n"
-#~ "<b>Herstart firewall</b> zal de firewall herstarten zodra een verbinding tot stand is gebracht.\n"
+#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat "
+#~ "ingesteld.\n"
+#~ "<b>Herstart firewall</b> zal de firewall herstarten zodra een verbinding "
+#~ "tot stand is gebracht.\n"
#~ "</p> "
#~ msgid "D&efault Provider"
@@ -5648,7 +5948,8 @@
#~ "particular vendors by selecting a vendor.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Selecteer de in te stellen ISDN-kaart. U kunt de kaarten \n"
-#~ "op een specifieke leverancier filteren door een leverancier te selecteren.</p>"
+#~ "op een specifieke leverancier filteren door een leverancier te selecteren."
+#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid "All"
#~ msgstr "Alles"
@@ -5686,11 +5987,13 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you have an old legacy ISA card, you can enter values for\n"
#~ "IO port or memory addresses and the used interrupt.\n"
-#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your salesman.</p>\n"
+#~ "For the correct values, check with your technical manual or contact your "
+#~ "salesman.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Wanneer u een oude ISA-kaart heeft kunt u de waarden voor\n"
#~ "de IO poort of het geheugenadres en de gebruikte interrupt opgeven.\n"
-#~ "Kijk in uw technische handleiding voor de correcte waarden of neem contact op met uw leverancier.</p>\n"
+#~ "Kijk in uw technische handleiding voor de correcte waarden of neem "
+#~ "contact op met uw leverancier.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Start Mode: </b> With <b>OnBoot</b>, the driver is loaded during\n"
@@ -5698,9 +6001,12 @@
#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b> command. Only the user root can do this.\n"
#~ "<b>HotPlug</b> is a special case for PCMCIA and USB devices.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Startmodus: </b>Met <b>OnBoot</b> wordt het stuurprogramma tijdens de\n"
-#~ "systeem boot geladen. Met <b>Handmatig</b> moet het stuurprogramma met het\n"
-#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b> commando gestart worden. Alleen de gebruiker root kan dit doen.\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Startmodus: </b>Met <b>OnBoot</b> wordt het stuurprogramma tijdens "
+#~ "de\n"
+#~ "systeem boot geladen. Met <b>Handmatig</b> moet het stuurprogramma met "
+#~ "het\n"
+#~ "<b>rcisdn start</b> commando gestart worden. Alleen de gebruiker root kan "
+#~ "dit doen.\n"
#~ "<b>HotPlug </b> is een speciaal geval voor PCMCIA- en USB-apparaten.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5710,8 +6016,11 @@
#~ "<p>Er zijn meerdere stuurprogramma's voor uw ISDN-kaart beschikbaar.\n"
#~ "Selecteer er één uit de lijst.</p>\n"
-#~ msgid "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>ISDN-protocol: </b>In de meeste gevallen is dit het Euro-ISDN-protocol.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p><b>ISDN Protocol: </b>In most cases, the protocol is Euro-ISDN.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>ISDN-protocol: </b>In de meeste gevallen is dit het Euro-ISDN-"
+#~ "protocol.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Area Code: </b> Enter your local area code for the ISDN\n"
@@ -5722,13 +6031,20 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Dial Prefix: </b> If you need a prefix to get an public line, \n"
-#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common one is \"0\".</p>\n"
+#~ "enter it here. This is only used on a internal S0 bus and the most common "
+#~ "one is \"0\".</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Bel toegangsnummer: </b> Wanneer u een toegangsnummer nodig heeft om een buitenlijn te krijgen,\n"
-#~ "dan kunt u dat hier invullen. Dit wordt alleen bij een interne S0 bus gebruikt en het is meestal een \"0\".</p>\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Bel toegangsnummer: </b> Wanneer u een toegangsnummer nodig heeft "
+#~ "om een buitenlijn te krijgen,\n"
+#~ "dan kunt u dat hier invullen. Dit wordt alleen bij een interne S0 bus "
+#~ "gebruikt en het is meestal een \"0\".</p>\n"
-#~ msgid "<p>If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck <b>Start ISDN Log</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Zet <b>Start ISDN Loggen</b> uit als u niet al uw ISDN verkeer wilt gaan loggen.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you do not want to log all your ISDN traffic, uncheck <b>Start ISDN "
+#~ "Log</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Zet <b>Start ISDN Loggen</b> uit als u niet al uw ISDN verkeer wilt "
+#~ "gaan loggen.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:175
#~ msgid "ISDN Protocol"
@@ -5913,7 +6229,8 @@
#~ "If you press <B>Add</B>, you can manually configure a modem.</P>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Modem toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt, kunt u handmatig een modem instellen.</P>\n"
+#~ "Wanneer u op <B>Toevoegen</B> klikt, kunt u handmatig een modem instellen."
+#~ "</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Editing or Deleting:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
@@ -5921,7 +6238,8 @@
#~ "Then press the appropriate button: <B>Edit</B> or <B>Delete</B>.</P>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Selecteer een modem waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of verwijderen.\n"
+#~ "Selecteer een modem waarvan u de configuratie wilt wijzigen of "
+#~ "verwijderen.\n"
#~ "Klik dan op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>"
#~ msgid "Modem Devices"
@@ -5934,13 +6252,18 @@
#~ msgstr "<p>Geef alle modem configuratie waarden op.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Modem Device</b> specifies to which port your modem is connected. ttyS0,\n"
-#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, etc.,\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Modem Device</b> specifies to which port your modem is connected. "
+#~ "ttyS0,\n"
+#~ "ttyS1, etc., refer to serial ports and usually correspond to COM1, COM2, "
+#~ "etc.,\n"
#~ "in DOS/Windows. ttyACM0 and ttyACM1 refer to USB ports.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Modem apparaat</b> specificeert de poort waarop uw modem is aangesloten.\n"
-#~ "ttyS0, ttyS1, etc, hebben betrekking op seriële poorten en corresponderen gewoonlijk met\n"
-#~ "COM1, COM2, etc. van DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 en ttyACM1 verwijzen naar USB poorten.</p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Modem apparaat</b> specificeert de poort waarop uw modem is "
+#~ "aangesloten.\n"
+#~ "ttyS0, ttyS1, etc, hebben betrekking op seriële poorten en corresponderen "
+#~ "gewoonlijk met\n"
+#~ "COM1, COM2, etc. van DOS/Windows, ttyACM0 en ttyACM1 verwijzen naar USB "
+#~ "poorten.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:280
#~ msgid ""
@@ -5948,18 +6271,25 @@
#~ "Often, this is <i>9</i> or <i>0</i>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P>Wanneer u op een PBX bent aangesloten moet u waarschijnlijk een\n"
-#~ "<B>Bel toegangsnummer</B> opgegeven. Vaak is dit een <I>9</I> of een <I>0</I>.</P>\n"
+#~ "<B>Bel toegangsnummer</B> opgegeven. Vaak is dit een <I>9</I> of een "
+#~ "<I>0</I>.</P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Choose <b>Dial Mode</b> according to your phone link. Most telephone\n"
-#~ "companies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the additional\n"
-#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for your\n"
-#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</p>\n"
+#~ "companies use <i>Tone Dial</i> as the <b>Dial Mode</b>. Check the "
+#~ "additional\n"
+#~ "check boxes to turn on your modem speaker (<i>Speaker On</i>) or for "
+#~ "your\n"
+#~ "modem to wait until it detects a dial tone (<i>Detect Dial Tone</i>).</"
+#~ "p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kies de juiste <b>Bel-mode</b> voor uw telefoonaansluiting. De meeste\n"
-#~ "telefoonbedrijven gebruiken <I>toon bellen</I> als <B>Bel-mode</B>. Selecteer\n"
-#~ "de extra keuze vakken als u het geluid van uw modem luidspreker (<i>Luidspreker aan</l>)\n"
-#~ "wilt aanzetten of als u wilt dat uw modem wacht op de kiestoon (<i>Kiestoon detectie</l>).</p>\n"
+#~ "telefoonbedrijven gebruiken <I>toon bellen</I> als <B>Bel-mode</B>. "
+#~ "Selecteer\n"
+#~ "de extra keuze vakken als u het geluid van uw modem luidspreker "
+#~ "(<i>Luidspreker aan</l>)\n"
+#~ "wilt aanzetten of als u wilt dat uw modem wacht op de kiestoon "
+#~ "(<i>Kiestoon detectie</l>).</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Press <b>Details</b> to configure the baud rate and the modem \n"
@@ -6072,9 +6402,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Dial on Demand</b> means that the Internet\n"
-#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet is\n"
-#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one <i>name server</i>. Use\n"
-#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because there are\n"
+#~ "connection will be established automatically when data from the Internet "
+#~ "is\n"
+#~ "requested. To use this feature, specify at least one <i>name server</i>. "
+#~ "Use\n"
+#~ "this feature only if your Internet connection is inexpensive, because "
+#~ "there are\n"
#~ "programs that periodically request data from the Internet.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Inbellen op verzoek</b> betekent dat de internetverbinding\n"
@@ -6088,7 +6421,8 @@
#~ "<p>When <b>Modify DNS</b> is enabled, the <i>name server</i> will be\n"
#~ "changed automatically when connected to the Internet.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Wanneer <b>DNS wijzigen</b> is geactiveerd, dan wordt de <i>naamserver</i>\n"
+#~ "<p>Wanneer <b>DNS wijzigen</b> is geactiveerd, dan wordt de "
+#~ "<i>naamserver</i>\n"
#~ "bij een gemaakte internetverbinding automatisch gewijzigd.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6096,28 +6430,36 @@
#~ "after connecting, disable <b>Automatically Retrieve DNS</b> and\n"
#~ "manually enter the DNS.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Wanneer de provider zijn domein naamserver (DNS) na de verbinding niet\n"
-#~ "doorgeeft, dient <b>Automatisch DNS opzoeken</b> uitgeschakeld te worden en\n"
+#~ "<p>Wanneer de provider zijn domein naamserver (DNS) na de verbinding "
+#~ "niet\n"
+#~ "doorgeeft, dient <b>Automatisch DNS opzoeken</b> uitgeschakeld te worden "
+#~ "en\n"
#~ "moet de DNS handmatig worden opgegeven.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Name Servers</b> are required to convert hostnames\n"
-#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You only\n"
+#~ "(such as www.suse.com) to IP addresses (for example, 213.95.15.200). You "
+#~ "only\n"
#~ "need to specify the name servers if you enable dial on demand or\n"
#~ "disable <b>DNS Modification</b> when connected.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De <b>Naamservers</b> zijn nodig om hostnamen (bijv: www.suse.com)\n"
#~ "om te zetten in IP-adressen (bijv: 213.95.15.200). U hoeft alleen\n"
-#~ "naamservers te specificeren als u <i>Inbellen op verzoek</i> heeft ingeschakeld of\n"
+#~ "naamservers te specificeren als u <i>Inbellen op verzoek</i> heeft "
+#~ "ingeschakeld of\n"
#~ "als u <b>DNS wijzigen</b> tijdens de verbinding heeft uitgeschakeld.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>Ignore Prompts</b> disables the detection of any prompts from the dial-up\n"
-#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try this\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Ignore Prompts</b> disables the detection of any prompts from the "
+#~ "dial-up\n"
+#~ "server. If the connection build-up is slow or does not work at all, try "
+#~ "this\n"
#~ "option.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Prompts negeren</b> schakelt de detectie van prompts van de inbelserver uit.\n"
-#~ "Als het opbouwen van de verbinding langzaam gaat of helemaal niet wil, probeer\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Prompts negeren</b> schakelt de detectie van prompts van de "
+#~ "inbelserver uit.\n"
+#~ "Als het opbouwen van de verbinding langzaam gaat of helemaal niet wil, "
+#~ "probeer\n"
#~ "dan deze optie.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -6127,13 +6469,15 @@
#~ "to the Internet safe from external attacks.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Door <b>Externe firewall interface</b> te selecteren zal de firewall\n"
-#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat ingesteld.\n"
+#~ "geactiveerd worden en wordt deze interface als extern apparaat "
+#~ "ingesteld.\n"
#~ "Door deze optie te kiezen zullen de dial-up verbindingen met\n"
#~ "het internet beschermd zijn tegen aanvallen van buitenaf.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The <b>Idle Time-Out</b> specifies the time after which an idle\n"
-#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</p>\n"
+#~ "connection will be shut down (0 means the connection will not time-out).</"
+#~ "p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De <b>Idle time-out</b> is de wachttijd waarna een idle verbinding\n"
#~ "wordt verbroken (0 betekent geen time-out bij de verbinding).</p>\n"
@@ -6205,8 +6549,10 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Check <b>Dynamic IP Address</b>\n"
-#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this case,\n"
-#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is established.\n"
+#~ "if your provider assigns one temporary address per connection. In this "
+#~ "case,\n"
+#~ "the outgoing address is unknown until the moment the link is "
+#~ "established.\n"
#~ "This is the default with most providers.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>dynamisch IP-adres</b> wanneer\n"
@@ -6216,24 +6562,30 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Check <b>Use Peer DNS</b> to change\n"
-#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your static\n"
-#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, almost all\n"
+#~ "your domain name servers after the connection is made. This replaces your "
+#~ "static\n"
+#~ "DNS configuration with the obtained DNS server IP addresses. Today, "
+#~ "almost all\n"
#~ "providers support <b>Use Peer DNS</b>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Schakel <b>Peer-DNS gebruiken</b> om uw\n"
-#~ "domeinnaamservers te wijzigen nadat een verbinding is opgebouwd. Dit vervangt uw\n"
-#~ "statische DNS-configuratie door de IP-adressen van de verkregen DNS-servers. Vandaag de dag\n"
+#~ "domeinnaamservers te wijzigen nadat een verbinding is opgebouwd. Dit "
+#~ "vervangt uw\n"
+#~ "statische DNS-configuratie door de IP-adressen van de verkregen DNS-"
+#~ "servers. Vandaag de dag\n"
#~ "ondersteunen bijna alle providers het gebruik van peer-DNS.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without special \n"
+#~ "<p>If callback mode is off, calls are handled normally without "
+#~ "special \n"
#~ "processing.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Indien de callback mode uit staat worden de aanroepen \n"
#~ "normaal en zonder speciale acties afgehandeld.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a callback \n"
+#~ "<p>If callback mode is server, after getting an incoming call, a "
+#~ "callback \n"
#~ "is triggered.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als server, zal na een \n"
@@ -6243,12 +6595,14 @@
#~ "If callback mode is client, the local system does the initial call then \n"
#~ "waits for callback from the remote machine.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als cliënt, zal het lokale systeem als \n"
+#~ "Als de callback mode ingesteld staat als cliënt, zal het lokale systeem "
+#~ "als \n"
#~ "eerste gaan bellen en dan wachten op de callback van de remote machine.\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Check <b>Default Route</b> to set the default\n"
-#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to reach\n"
+#~ "route for this provider. This is most likely correct unless you want to "
+#~ "reach\n"
#~ "single machines or subnetworks through this provider.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Klik op <b>Standaard route</b> voor het instellen van de standaard\n"
@@ -6332,7 +6686,8 @@
#~ "Press <b>Add</b> to configure a new provider manually.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Provider toevoegen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
-#~ "Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om handmatig een nieuwe provider in te stellen.</P>\n"
+#~ "Klik op <B>Toevoegen</B> om handmatig een nieuwe provider in te stellen.</"
+#~ "P>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
@@ -6341,7 +6696,8 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<P><B><BIG>Bewerken of verwijderen:</BIG></B><BR>\n"
#~ "Selecteer de te wijzigen of te verwijderen provider.\n"
-#~ "Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</B>.</P>\n"
+#~ "Klik vervolgens op de gewenste knop: <B>Bewerken</B> of <B>Verwijderen</"
+#~ "B>.</P>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Select the appropriate <b>provider</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Selecteer de gewenste <b>provider</b> a.u.b..</p>"
@@ -6354,7 +6710,9 @@
#~ "kies dan één van de providers uit de lijst.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Use <b>New</b> to add a provider not in the list.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Gebruik <b>Nieuw</b> voor het toevoegen van een provider die niet in de lijst staat.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Gebruik <b>Nieuw</b> voor het toevoegen van een provider die niet in "
+#~ "de lijst staat.</p>"
#~ msgid "<p>Choose one of the available provider types.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Kies één van de beschikbare provider types.</p>"
@@ -6395,14 +6753,16 @@
#~ "<p>Configure access to your Internet provider. If you have\n"
#~ "selected your provider from the list, these values are provided.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Configureer de toegang tot uw internetprovider. Als u uw provider uit de lijst\n"
+#~ "<p>Configureer de toegang tot uw internetprovider. Als u uw provider uit "
+#~ "de lijst\n"
#~ "heeft geselecteerd, dan worden deze waarden aangeleverd.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Geef een <b>providernaam</b> voor de provider op.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider and a <b>Phone Number</b>\n"
+#~ "<p>Enter a <b>Provider Name</b> for the provider and a <b>Phone Number</"
+#~ "b>\n"
#~ "to access your provider.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Geef, om toegang tot uw provider te krijgen, een <b>providernaam</b>\n"
@@ -6410,7 +6770,8 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Select the type of packet encapsulation.\n"
-#~ "<b>RawIP</b> means that MAC headers are stripped. <b>SyncPPP</b> stands for\n"
+#~ "<b>RawIP</b> means that MAC headers are stripped. <b>SyncPPP</b> stands "
+#~ "for\n"
#~ "Synchronous PPP.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kies het type packet encapsulation a.u.b.. <b>RawIP</b> betekent\n"
@@ -6425,19 +6786,23 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Geef de <b>Lijn ID</b>\n"
#~ "(bijv: 0056780362), het <b>T-online nummer</b> (bijv:870008594732),\n"
-#~ "de <b>gebruikerscode</b> (typerend 0001) en het <b>wachtwoord</b> op dat moet\n"
-#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u het niet zeker weet).</p>"
+#~ "de <b>gebruikerscode</b> (typerend 0001) en het <b>wachtwoord</b> op dat "
+#~ "moet\n"
+#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u "
+#~ "het niet zeker weet).</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Enter the <b>User Name</b> and the\n"
#~ "<b>Password</b> to use as the login (ask your provider if unsure).</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Geef de <b>gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>wachtwoord</b> op dat moet\n"
-#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u het niet zeker weet).</p>"
+#~ "worden gebruikt voor de aanmelding (vraag het na bij uw provider indien u "
+#~ "het niet zeker weet).</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>The <b>User Name</b> will be extended\n"
-#~ "with the <i>t-online-com/</i> at the start and with <i>@t-online-com.de</i>\n"
+#~ "with the <i>t-online-com/</i> at the start and with <i>@t-online-com.de</"
+#~ "i>\n"
#~ "at the end.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De <b>gebruikersnaam</b> zal worden uitgebreid\n"
@@ -6445,17 +6810,21 @@
#~ "aan het eind.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Check <b>Always Ask for Password</b> to be asked for the password every time.\n"
+#~ "<p>Check <b>Always Ask for Password</b> to be asked for the password "
+#~ "every time.\n"
#~ "Your\n"
#~ "Internet service provider might not allow passwords to be saved on\n"
#~ "disk. If you enter the password here, it is saved in clear text on disk\n"
#~ "(readable by root only).\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Altijd naar het wachtwoord vragen</b> om telkens om het wachtwoord te vragen.\n"
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Altijd naar het wachtwoord vragen</b> om telkens om het "
+#~ "wachtwoord te vragen.\n"
#~ "Uw\n"
-#~ "internetprovider staat mogelijk niet toe dat u wachtwoorden op de harde schijf opslaat.\n"
-#~ "Als u uw wachtwoord hier invoert, dan wordt het als platte tekst op de harde schijf opgeslagen\n"
+#~ "internetprovider staat mogelijk niet toe dat u wachtwoorden op de harde "
+#~ "schijf opslaat.\n"
+#~ "Als u uw wachtwoord hier invoert, dan wordt het als platte tekst op de "
+#~ "harde schijf opgeslagen\n"
#~ "(alleen voor root leesbaar).\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -6548,14 +6917,17 @@
#~ "Use KInternet (without NetworkManager) or store passwords on the system.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "NetworkManager kan niet naar een wachtwoord vragen.\n"
-#~ "Gebruik KInternet (zonder NetworkManager) of bewaar wachtwoorden op het systeem.\n"
+#~ "Gebruik KInternet (zonder NetworkManager) of bewaar wachtwoorden op het "
+#~ "systeem.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone field.\n"
+#~ "You have entered some characters that are not numbers in the phone "
+#~ "field.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Continue?"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "U heeft karakters in het telefoonveld opgegeven wat echter geen getallen zijn.\n"
+#~ "U heeft karakters in het telefoonveld opgegeven wat echter geen getallen "
+#~ "zijn.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Doorgaan?"
@@ -6565,40 +6937,54 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space\n"
#~ "(after the <b>/</b>) with your Kamp login. Then enter your password\n"
-#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
+#~ "and click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</"
+#~ "p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte\n"
#~ "(na <b>/</b>) met uw Kamp aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op\n"
-#~ "en klik op <b>Verder</b>. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.</p>\n"
+#~ "en klik op <b>Verder</b>. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.</"
+#~ "p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Access AOL-DSL.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>AOL-DSL toegang.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (before\n"
-#~ "the <b>@</b>) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
-#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you need\n"
-#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can enter\n"
-#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and request\n"
+#~ "the <b>@</b>) with your AOL login. Then enter your password and click "
+#~ "<b>Next</b>.\n"
+#~ "If you are a new AOL customer and want to dial up for the first time, you "
+#~ "need\n"
+#~ "to enter your AOL PIN number once. If you have a Windows system, you can "
+#~ "enter\n"
+#~ "the PIN in the AOL dial-up software. If not, call the AOL hot line and "
+#~ "request\n"
#~ "the AOL staff to enter the PIN number for you.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte\n"
-#~ "(voor de <b>@</b>) door uw AOL aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op <b>Verder</b>.\n"
-#~ "Wanneer u een nieuwe AOL klant bent en u voor de eerste keer wilt inbellen, dan dient u uw\n"
-#~ "AOL PIN nummer éénmalig op te geven. Als u een Windows systeem heeft, dan kunt u de PIN\n"
-#~ "in de AOL inbel-software opgeven. Wanneer dat niet het geval is, bel dan de AOL hotline en\n"
-#~ "vraag de AOL medewerkers of zij het PIN nummer voor u willen opgeven.</p>\n"
+#~ "(voor de <b>@</b>) door uw AOL aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord "
+#~ "op en klik op <b>Verder</b>.\n"
+#~ "Wanneer u een nieuwe AOL klant bent en u voor de eerste keer wilt "
+#~ "inbellen, dan dient u uw\n"
+#~ "AOL PIN nummer éénmalig op te geven. Als u een Windows systeem heeft, dan "
+#~ "kunt u de PIN\n"
+#~ "in de AOL inbel-software opgeven. Wanneer dat niet het geval is, bel dan "
+#~ "de AOL hotline en\n"
+#~ "vraag de AOL medewerkers of zij het PIN nummer voor u willen opgeven.</"
+#~ "p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp 1&1 DSL.</p>"
#~ msgstr "<p>Kamp 1&1 DSL toegang.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n"
-#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
+#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your 1&1 login. Then enter your password and click "
+#~ "<b>Next</b>.\n"
#~ "Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte (na <b>/</b>)\n"
-#~ "met uw 1&1 aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op <b>Verder</b>.\n"
+#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte (na <b>/</"
+#~ "b>)\n"
+#~ "met uw 1&1 aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op "
+#~ "<b>Verder</b>.\n"
#~ "Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "<p>Access to Kamp Eggenet DSL.</p>"
@@ -6616,11 +7002,14 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In the <b>User Name</b> field, replace the blank space (after\n"
-#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password and\n"
+#~ "the <b>/</b>) with your T-Online Business login. Then enter your password "
+#~ "and\n"
#~ "click <b>Next</b>. Contact your provider if you have difficulties.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte (na <b>/</b>)\n"
-#~ "met uw T-Online Business aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en klik op\n"
+#~ "<p>Vervang in het <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> veld de blanco ruimte (na <b>/</"
+#~ "b>)\n"
+#~ "met uw T-Online Business aanmelding. Geef vervolgens uw wachtwoord op en "
+#~ "klik op\n"
#~ "<b>Verder</b>. Neem bij problemen contact op met uw provider.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
@@ -6630,19 +7019,24 @@
#~ msgstr "Providerconfiguratie"
#~ msgid "E&nable Device Control for Non-root User Via QInternet"
-#~ msgstr "Apparaataa&nsturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Apparaataa&nsturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Device Control</big></b></p>\n"
#~ "<p>Usually, only the system administrator is allowed to activate and\n"
-#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-root User\n"
-#~ "Via QInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This will require\n"
+#~ "deactivate a network interface. With <b>Enable Device Control for Non-"
+#~ "root User\n"
+#~ "Via QInternet</b>, any user may control the interface via QInternet.This "
+#~ "will require\n"
#~ "<b>smpppd</b> installed and running.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b><big>Apparaataansturing</big></b></p>\n"
#~ "<p>Gewoonlijk mag alleen de systeembeheerder een netwerkinterface \n"
-#~ "activeren en deactiveren. Met <b>Apparaataansturing voor niet-root-gebruiker via QInternet activeren</b>\n"
-#~ "kan elke gebruiker de interface met behulp van QInternet bedienen. Dit vereist dat\n"
+#~ "activeren en deactiveren. Met <b>Apparaataansturing voor niet-root-"
+#~ "gebruiker via QInternet activeren</b>\n"
+#~ "kan elke gebruiker de interface met behulp van QInternet bedienen. Dit "
+#~ "vereist dat\n"
#~ "<b>smpppd</b> is geïnstalleerd en actief is.</p>\n"
#~ msgid "Initializing DSL Configuration"
@@ -6911,11 +7305,19 @@
#~ msgid "Firewall Settings"
#~ msgstr "Firewallinstellingen"
-#~ msgid "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">disable</a>)"
-#~ msgstr "Firewall zal geactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Firewall will be enabled (<a href=\"firewall--disable_firewall_in_proposal"
+#~ "\">disable</a>)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Firewall zal geactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--"
+#~ "disable_firewall_in_proposal\">uitschakelen</a>)"
-#~ msgid "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">enable</a>)"
-#~ msgstr "Firewall zal gedeactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Firewall will be disabled (<a href=\"firewall--enable_firewall_in_proposal"
+#~ "\">enable</a>)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Firewall zal gedeactiveerd worden (<a href=\"firewall--"
+#~ "enable_firewall_in_proposal\">inschakelen</a>)"
#~ msgid "Password:"
#~ msgstr "Wachtwoord:"
@@ -6954,7 +7356,8 @@
#~ msgstr "Wis alle getoonde opties"
#~ msgid "Set domains for not using the proxy settings"
-#~ msgstr "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Stel domeinen in waarvoor de proxy-instellingen niet gebruikt mogen worden"
#~ msgid "The username to be used for proxy authentication"
#~ msgstr "De te gebruiken gebruikersnaam voor de proxy-verificatie"
@@ -6987,7 +7390,9 @@
#~ msgstr "&Proxy"
#~ msgid "It is recommended to relogin to make new proxy settings effective."
-#~ msgstr "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-instellingen effectief te maken."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het is raadzaam om u opnieuw aan te melden om de nieuwe proxy-"
+#~ "instellingen effectief te maken."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:60
#~ msgid "Saving Proxy Configuration"
@@ -7053,13 +7458,17 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Configure your Internet proxy (caching) settings here.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings to take effect, \n"
-#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings immediately. Please check \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Note:</b> It is generally recommended to relogin for the settings "
+#~ "to take effect, \n"
+#~ "however in some cases the application may pick up new settings "
+#~ "immediately. Please check \n"
#~ "what your application (web browser, ftp client,...) supports. </p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Configureer uw internet proxy- (caching)-instellingen hier.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n"
-#~ "in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n"
+#~ "<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Het is in het algemeen aangeraden om u opnieuw aan "
+#~ "te melden om de instellingen effectief te laten zijn, \n"
+#~ "in sommige gevallen echter, kan de applicatie de nieuwe instellingen "
+#~ "onmiddellijk oppakken. Gaarne controleren \n"
#~ "wat uw applicatie (webbrowser, ftp-client,...) ondersteunt. </p>"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -7070,7 +7479,8 @@
#~ "waarmee u toegang tot het world wide web (WWW) krijgt.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your secured access\n"
+#~ "<p><b>HTTPS Proxy URL</b> is the name of the proxy server for your "
+#~ "secured access\n"
#~ "to the World Wide Web (WWW).</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>URL van HTTPS-proxy</b> is de naam van de proxyserver\n"
@@ -7091,7 +7501,8 @@
#~ "enough to fill in the HTTP proxy URL. It will be used for all protocols\n"
#~ "(HTTP, HTTPS and FTP).\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Als de optie <b>Dezelfde proxy voor alle protocollen gebruiken</b> is ingeschakeld,\n"
+#~ "<p>Als de optie <b>Dezelfde proxy voor alle protocollen gebruiken</b> is "
+#~ "ingeschakeld,\n"
#~ "hoeft u alleen de URL van de HTTP-proxy in te vullen. Dit zal dan\n"
#~ "voor alle protocollen (HTTP, HTTPS en FTP) worden gebruikt.\n"
@@ -7100,25 +7511,30 @@
#~ "for which the requests should be made directly without caching,\n"
#~ "for example, <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Geen proxy domeinen</b> is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de verzoeken\n"
-#~ "rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te maken,\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Geen proxy domeinen</b> is een lijst met domeinen waarvan de "
+#~ "verzoeken\n"
+#~ "rechtstreeks gedaan moeten worden zonder daarbij van een cache gebruik te "
+#~ "maken,\n"
#~ "zoals bijvoorbeeld: <i>%1</i>.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>If you are using a proxy server with authorization, enter\n"
#~ "the <b>Proxy User Name</b> and <b>Proxy Password</b>. A valid username\n"
-#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks).</p>\n"
+#~ "consists of printable ASCII characters only (except for quotation marks)."
+#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Als u een proxyserver met verificatie gebruikt, voer dan\n"
#~ "<b>Proxy-gebruikersnaam</b> en <b>Proxy-wachtwoord</b> in. Een geldige\n"
-#~ "gebruikersnaam bestaat alleen uit afdrukbare ASCII-lettertekens (aanhalingstekens uitgezonderd).</p>\n"
+#~ "gebruikersnaam bestaat alleen uit afdrukbare ASCII-lettertekens "
+#~ "(aanhalingstekens uitgezonderd).</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Press <b>Test Proxy Settings</b> to test\n"
#~ "the current configuration for HTTP, HTTPS, and FTP proxy.</p> \n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Klik op <b>Proxyinstellingen testen</b> om\n"
-#~ "de huidige configuratie voor de HTTP-, HTTPS- en FTP-proxy te testen.</p> \n"
+#~ "de huidige configuratie voor de HTTP-, HTTPS- en FTP-proxy te testen.</"
+#~ "p> \n"
#~ msgid "&Enable Proxy"
#~ msgstr "&Activeer proxy"
@@ -7180,13 +7596,16 @@
#~ msgstr "Onjuiste URL voor HTTP-proxy."
#~ msgid "HTTP proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
-#~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De URL voor de HTTP-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten."
#~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL is invalid."
#~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy is ongeldig."
#~ msgid "The HTTPS proxy URL must contain a scheme specification (http)."
-#~ msgstr "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te bevatten."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De URL voor de HTTPS-proxy dient een schemaspecificatie (http) te "
+#~ "bevatten."
#~ msgid "FTP proxy URL is invalid."
#~ msgstr "Onjuiste FTP proxy URL."
@@ -7217,23 +7636,29 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Udev Rules</b> are rules for the Kernel device manager that allow\n"
-#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for example,\n"
+#~ "associating MAC address or BusID of the network device with its name (for "
+#~ "example,\n"
#~ "eth1, wlan0 ) and assures a persistent device name upon reboot.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Udev-regels</b> zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die toestaan\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Udev-regels</b> zijn de regels voor de kernelapparaatbeheerder die "
+#~ "toestaan\n"
#~ "een MAC-adres of BusID van het netwerkapparaat te koppelen met zijn naam\n"
-#~ "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een herstart.\n"
+#~ "(b.v. eth1, wlan0 ) en deze apparaatnaam blijvend te maken na een "
+#~ "herstart.\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway address,\n"
+#~ "<p>For each route, enter destination network IP address, gateway "
+#~ "address,\n"
#~ "and netmask. To omit any of these values, use dash sign \"-\". Select\n"
-#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be routed, \n"
+#~ "the device through which the traffic to the defined network will be "
+#~ "routed, \n"
#~ "as well.\"-\" is an alias for any interface.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Voor elke route, geef het IP-adres van het bestemmingsnetwerk in, het\n"
#~ "gateway-adres en het netmasker. Om deze waarden weg te laten gebruikt u\n"
#~ "het minteken \"-\". Selecteer ook het apparaat waardoor het verkeer naar\n"
-#~ "het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk interface.</p>\n"
+#~ "het gedefinieerde netwerk gerouteerd wordt. \"-\" staat voor elk "
+#~ "interface.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -7246,7 +7671,8 @@
#~ "be reestablished automatically after failure.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Wanneer <b>Automatisch opnieuw verbinden</b> is geactiveerd zal de\n"
-#~ "verbinding automatisch opnieuw worden opgebouwd als deze is verbroken.</p>\n"
+#~ "verbinding automatisch opnieuw worden opgebouwd als deze is verbroken.</"
+#~ "p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:80
#~ msgid "Automatically &Reconnect"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/nfs_server.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: nfs_server.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:05+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -69,8 +69,12 @@
msgstr "Exportopties (zie 'man exports')"
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:113
-msgid "Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc.com' etc."
-msgstr "Domeinspecificatie voor NFSv4 id-mapping, bijvoorbeeld 'localdomain' of 'abc.com' etc."
+msgid ""
+"Domain specification for NFSv4 ID mapping, such as 'localdomain' or 'abc."
+"com' etc."
+msgstr ""
+"Domeinspecificatie voor NFSv4 id-mapping, bijvoorbeeld 'localdomain' of 'abc."
+"com' etc."
#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:119
msgid "Yes/No option for enabling/disabling support for NFSv4."
@@ -83,29 +87,29 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr "NFS-server is ingeschakeld"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr "NFS-server is uitgeschakeld"
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr "Sommige benodigde pakketten (%1) zijn niet geïnstalleerd."
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr "Geen aankoppelpunt gespecificeerd."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -116,13 +120,20 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
-msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
-msgstr "Het domein kan niet worden ingesteld zonder NFSv4 aan te zetten. Gebruik daarvoor het commando 'set enablev4'."
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
+msgid ""
+"Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
+msgstr ""
+"Het domein kan niet worden ingesteld zonder NFSv4 aan te zetten. Gebruik "
+"daarvoor het commando 'set enablev4'."
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
-msgid "Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to get information about available options."
-msgstr "Het set-commando dient te worden gebruikt als 'set optie=waarde'. Gebruik 'set help' om de beschikbare opties te raadplegen."
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
+msgid ""
+"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to "
+"get information about available options."
+msgstr ""
+"Het set-commando dient te worden gebruikt als 'set optie=waarde'. Gebruik "
+"'set help' om de beschikbare opties te raadplegen."
#. Then no need to check for conflict.
#: src/include/nfs_server/routines.rb:205
@@ -181,48 +192,59 @@
"Het configuratiebestand bevat zeer waarschijnlijk een ongeldige spatie.\n"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr "Te exporteren &map"
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr "&Bladeren..."
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr "Vul een niet-leeg exportpad in. Bijvoorbeeld /exports."
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr "De exporttabel bevat deze map al."
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+"De gebruikermodus NFS-server (%1) kan geen mappen\n"
+"exporteren die spaties in hun naam hebben.\n"
+"Gebruik hiervoor de op de kernel gebaseerde (%2) server."
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr "De map bestaat niet. Aanmaken?"
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr "Selecteer de te exporteren map"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr "&Host-jokerteken"
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr "O&pties"
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
@@ -231,7 +253,7 @@
"NFSv4 is ingeschakeld (vorige pagina).\n"
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -241,12 +263,16 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
-msgid "Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the domain to 'localdomain'."
-msgstr "Kan het bestand /etc/idmapd.conf niet lezen. Domein ingesteld op de standaard 'localdomain'."
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
+msgid ""
+"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for "
+"the domain to 'localdomain'."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan het bestand /etc/idmapd.conf niet lezen. Domein ingesteld op de "
+"standaard 'localdomain'."
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
@@ -255,72 +281,82 @@
"en een aantal van uw mappen naar anderen wilt exporteren.</P>"
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>Indien u <B>Start NFS-server</B> kiest, opent de knop <B>Verder</B> \n"
-"een configuratie dialoog waar u de te exporteren mappen kunt specificeren.</P>"
+"een configuratie dialoog waar u de te exporteren mappen kunt specificeren.</"
+"P>"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
-"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave\n"
-"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you are not sure.</P>\n"
+"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. "
+"Leave\n"
+"it as localdomain or refer to the man page for idmapd and idmapd.conf if you "
+"are not sure.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Als de server NFSv4-cliënts moet bedienen zet dan de optie <B>NFSv4 aanzetten</B> aan\n"
-"en vul het NFSv4-domein in in het tekstveld voor gebruik door de id-mapping-daemon. Laat de\n"
-"waarde op localdomain staan of raadpleeg zo nodig de man-pagina voor idmapd en idmapd.conf.</P>\n"
+"<P>Als de server NFSv4-cliënts moet bedienen zet dan de optie <B>NFSv4 "
+"aanzetten</B> aan\n"
+"en vul het NFSv4-domein in in het tekstveld voor gebruik door de id-mapping-"
+"daemon. Laat de\n"
+"waarde op localdomain staan of raadpleeg zo nodig de man-pagina voor idmapd "
+"en idmapd.conf.</P>\n"
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
-"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
+"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have "
+"Kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) on your system.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Als de server en de cliënt de GSS-bibliotheek nodig hebben voor authenticatie,\n"
-"zet dan de optie <B>GSS beveiliging aanzetten</B> aan. Om de GSS-API te gebruiken heeft u Kerberos en gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) nodig op uw systeem</P>\n"
+"<P>Als de server en de cliënt de GSS-bibliotheek nodig hebben voor "
+"authenticatie,\n"
+"zet dan de optie <B>GSS beveiliging aanzetten</B> aan. Om de GSS-API te "
+"gebruiken heeft u Kerberos en gssapi (nfs-utils > 1.0.7) nodig op uw "
+"systeem</P>\n"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr "NFS-server"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
msgid "&Start"
msgstr "&Start"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr "Nie&t starten"
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr "NFSv4 activeren"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr "NFS&v4 activeren"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr "NFSv4-do&meinnaam:"
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr "&GSS-beveiliging activeren"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "NFS-server configuratie"
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -331,73 +367,83 @@
"toestemming hebben om deze map aan te koppelen.</P>\n"
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
-"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
+"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected "
+"directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><b>Hosts-jokerteken<b> stelt in welke hosts toegang krijgen tot de geselecteerde map.\n"
+"<P><b>Hosts-jokerteken<b> stelt in welke hosts toegang krijgen tot de "
+"geselecteerde map.\n"
"Dit kunnen een afzonderlijke host, groepen, jokertekens of\n"
"IP-netwerken zijn</P>\n"
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
-msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Voer een asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) in in plaats van een naam om alle hosts op te geven.</p>"
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Voer een asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) in in plaats van een naam om alle hosts op "
+"te geven.</p>"
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr "<p>Laat het veld leeg om alle hosts op te geven.</p>"
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid "<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr "<P>Zie <tt>man exports<tt> voor verdere informatie.</P>\n"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr "&Map toevoegen"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr "&Bewerken"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr "Verwij&deren"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr "Host-jokerteken"
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Opties"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr "&Host toevoegen"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr "Be&werken"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr "Verwijde&ren"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr "Te exporteren mappen"
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
@@ -406,7 +452,7 @@
"%1"
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -417,63 +463,79 @@
"aan de geëxporteerde mappen.\n"
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr "NFS-server configuratie wordt opgeslagen"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr "/etc/exports opslaan"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr "Herstart services"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr "/etc/exports wordt opgeslagen..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr "De services worden opnieuw gestart..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gereed"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr "De NFS-server instellingen worden opgeslagen. Een ogenblik geduld..."
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr "Niet in staat om naar idmapd.conf te schrijven."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr "Kan idmapd niet starten. Controleer uw domein-instelling."
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr "Kan idmapd niet starten."
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr "Kan idmapd niet stoppen."
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
-msgid "Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is correct."
-msgstr "Kan svcgssd niet starten. Verzeker uzelf ervan dat de kerberos en gssapi (nfs-utils) juist zijn ingesteld."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
+msgid ""
+"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup "
+"is correct."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan svcgssd niet starten. Verzeker uzelf ervan dat de kerberos en gssapi "
+"(nfs-utils) juist zijn ingesteld."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
-msgstr "Kan 'svcgssd'-service niet herstarten."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
+msgstr "Het svcgssd proces loopt al. Kan svcgssd niet herstarten."
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr "Het proces svcgssd loopt al. Kan svcgssd niet stoppen."
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
@@ -482,39 +544,18 @@
"Uw wijzigingen worden geactiveerd na het herstarten.\n"
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr "NFS-exports"
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr "Het NFSv4-domein voor ID-mapping is %1."
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
-#~ "with spaces in their names.\n"
-#~ "Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "De gebruikermodus NFS-server (%1) kan geen mappen\n"
-#~ "exporteren die spaties in hun naam hebben.\n"
-#~ "Gebruik hiervoor de op de kernel gebaseerde (%2) server."
+#~ msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
+#~ msgstr "Kan 'svcgssd'-service niet herstarten."
-#~ msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Laat het veld leeg om alle hosts op te geven.</p>"
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
-#~ msgstr "Kan idmapd niet starten. Controleer uw domein-instelling."
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
-#~ msgstr "Kan idmapd niet starten."
-
-#~ msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
-#~ msgstr "Kan idmapd niet stoppen."
-
-#~ msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
-#~ msgstr "Het svcgssd proces loopt al. Kan svcgssd niet herstarten."
-
#~ msgid "Directories"
#~ msgstr "Mappen"
@@ -524,19 +565,25 @@
#~ msgid "Firewall"
#~ msgstr "Firewall"
-#~ msgid "<p>NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>NFSv4 is ingeschakeld. Ga na dat er slechts één bestandssysteem is gemarkeerd met de fsid=0 optie voor een bepaalde cliënt.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>NFSv4 is enabled. Make sure that only one exported filesystem is "
+#~ "marked with the fsid=0 option for a particular client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>NFSv4 is ingeschakeld. Ga na dat er slechts één bestandssysteem is "
+#~ "gemarkeerd met de fsid=0 optie voor een bepaalde cliënt.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>In case of multiple exports to a NFSv4 client,\n"
-#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with fsid=0.\n"
+#~ "you need to bind the exported paths with no fsid=0 to the one with "
+#~ "fsid=0.\n"
#~ "To export the server paths <tt>/Eve</tt> and <tt>/Adam</tt> as\n"
#~ "<tt>/</tt> and <tt>/husband</tt>, respectively, use<br />\n"
#~ "<pre>/Eve 10.0.0.1(fsid=0,crossmnt,ro,...)\n"
#~ "/Eve/husband 10.0.0.1(bind=/Adam,ro,...)</pre>\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>In het geval van meerdere exports naar een NFSv4-cliënt, is het nodig \n"
+#~ "<p>In het geval van meerdere exports naar een NFSv4-cliënt, is het "
+#~ "nodig \n"
#~ "om de geëxporteerde paden zonder fsid=0 aan een met fsid=0 te binden.\n"
#~ "Om de serverpaden <tt>/Eve</tt> en <tt>/Adam</tt> respectievelijk als\n"
#~ "<tt>/</tt> en <tt>/husband</tt> te exporteren, gebruik<br />\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/ntp-client.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: ntp-client.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-10 09:48+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -34,22 +34,44 @@
#. help text
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:92
-msgid "<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Druk op <b>Nu synchroniseren</b> om uw systeemtijd correct in te stellen met behulp van de geselecteerde NTP-server. Als u permanent van NTP gebruik wilt maken, activeer dan de optie <b>NTP-configuratie opslaan</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Press <b>Synchronize Now</b>, to get your system time set correctly using "
+"the selected NTP server. If you want to make use of NTP permanently, enable "
+"the <b>Save NTP Configuration</b> option</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Druk op <b>Nu synchroniseren</b> om uw systeemtijd correct in te stellen "
+"met behulp van de geselecteerde NTP-server. Als u permanent van NTP gebruik "
+"wilt maken, activeer dan de optie <b>NTP-configuratie opslaan</b>.</p>"
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:98
-msgid "<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>De optie <b>NTP als daemon uitvoeren</b> activeren, betekent dat de NTP-service als daemon wordt gestart. Anders wordt de systeemtijd periodiek gesynchroniseerd. Het standaard interval is 15 minuten. U kunt dat na de installatie wijzigen met de <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Enabling <b>Run NTP as daemon</b> option, the NTP service will be started "
+"as daemon. Otherwise the system time will be synchronized periodically. The "
+"default interval is 15 min. You can change it after installation with the "
+"<b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De optie <b>NTP als daemon uitvoeren</b> activeren, betekent dat de NTP-"
+"service als daemon wordt gestart. Anders wordt de systeemtijd periodiek "
+"gesynchroniseerd. Het standaard interval is 15 minuten. U kunt dat na de "
+"installatie wijzigen met de <b>yast2 ntp-client module</b>.</p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:107
-msgid "<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Met de <b>Configureer</b>-knop opent u de geavanceerde NTP-configuratie.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Using the <b>Configure</b> button, open the advanced NTP configuration.</"
+"p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Met de <b>Configureer</b>-knop opent u de geavanceerde NTP-configuratie.</"
+"p>"
#. help text, cont.
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is configured.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Het synchroniseren met een NTP-server is alleen mogelijk als u een netwerk hebt ingesteld.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Synchronization with the NTP server can be done only when the network is "
+"configured.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Het synchroniseren met een NTP-server is alleen mogelijk als u een "
+"netwerk hebt ingesteld.</p>"
#. translators: error popup
#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:141
@@ -83,7 +105,7 @@
msgstr "&Instellen..."
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
@@ -92,18 +114,18 @@
"zonder dat pakket %1 is geïnstalleerd."
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr "Met NTP-server synchroniseren..."
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr "Verbinden met de geselecteerde NTP-server is mislukt."
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
@@ -611,7 +633,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
+"te klikken.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:25
@@ -640,16 +663,22 @@
"Select whether to start the NTP daemon now and on every system boot. \n"
"The NTP daemon resolves host names when initializing. Your\n"
"network connection must be started before the NTP daemon starts.</p>\n"
-"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be activated. \n"
-"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It is 15 minutes by default.\n"
+"Selecting <b>Synchronize without Daemon</b> the ntp daemon will not be "
+"activated. \n"
+"The system time will be set periodically. The interval is configurable. It "
+"is 15 minutes by default.\n"
" You can change this when the system was set up."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Start de NTP-daemon</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer of de NTP-daemon nu en tijdens het opstarten van het systeem geactiveerd moet\n"
-"worden. Tijdens het initialiseren zal de NTP-daemon de hostnamen gaan opzoeken. Voordat\n"
+"Selecteer of de NTP-daemon nu en tijdens het opstarten van het systeem "
+"geactiveerd moet\n"
+"worden. Tijdens het initialiseren zal de NTP-daemon de hostnamen gaan "
+"opzoeken. Voordat\n"
"de NTP-daemon start dient de netwerkverbinding opgestart te zijn.</p>\n"
-"Bij selectie van <b>Zonder daemon synchroniseren</b> zal de ntp-daemon niet geactiveerd worden. \n"
-"De systeemtijd zal periodiek ingesteld worden. Het interval is aan te passen. De standaard is 15 minuten.\n"
+"Bij selectie van <b>Zonder daemon synchroniseren</b> zal de ntp-daemon niet "
+"geactiveerd worden. \n"
+"De systeemtijd zal periodiek ingesteld worden. Het interval is aan te "
+"passen. De standaard is 15 minuten.\n"
" U kunt dit wijzigen wanneer het systeem is ingesteld."
#. help text 2/5
@@ -668,16 +697,23 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:51
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Secure NTP Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
-"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n"
-"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n"
+"By selecting <b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b>, remote "
+"hosts will not be able to view and modify NTP settings on your \n"
+"computer. The NTP service is restricted to servers in the <tt>/etc/ntp.conf</"
+"tt> file and to localhost.<br> \n"
+"Access control flags can be fine-tuded in the servers overview table. This "
+"option is not available if NTP is configured via DHCP.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuratie van Secure NTP</big></b><br>\n"
-"Door het selecteren van <b>NTP-server beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</b>\n"
+"Door het selecteren van <b>NTP-server beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</"
+"b>\n"
"voorkomt u dat alle externe hosts de NTP-instellingen op uw computer kunnen\n"
-"bekijken en wijzigen. Op deze manier is de NTP-service beperkt tot alleen de servers\n"
-"die opgesomd staan in het bestand <tt>etc/ntp.conf</tt> en de lokale host.<br>\n"
-"U kunt de toegangscontrolemarkeringen verfijnen in het serveroverzicht. Deze\n"
+"bekijken en wijzigen. Op deze manier is de NTP-service beperkt tot alleen de "
+"servers\n"
+"die opgesomd staan in het bestand <tt>etc/ntp.conf</tt> en de lokale host."
+"<br>\n"
+"U kunt de toegangscontrolemarkeringen verfijnen in het serveroverzicht. "
+"Deze\n"
"optie is niet beschikbaar als NTP geconfigureerd is via DHCP.</p>\n"
#. help text 3/5
@@ -692,22 +728,28 @@
"<p><b><big>Instellen via DHCP</big></b><br>\n"
"Activeer <b>NTP-daemon via DHCP instellen</b> om de informatie\n"
"over de NTP-servers via het DHCP-protocol van uw netwerkserver op te halen\n"
-"in plaats van deze handmatig in te stellen. Vraag bij uw netwerkbeheerder na\n"
-"of de informatie over de NTP-servers ook door de DHCP-server aangeboden wordt.</p>"
+"in plaats van deze handmatig in te stellen. Vraag bij uw netwerkbeheerder "
+"na\n"
+"of de informatie over de NTP-servers ook door de DHCP-server aangeboden "
+"wordt.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:66
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configured Servers</big></b><br>\n"
"To adjust NTP servers, peers, local clocks, and NTP broadcasting,\n"
-"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new synchronization\n"
+"select the appropriate line and click <b>Edit</b>. To add a new "
+"synchronization\n"
"peer, click <b>Add</b>. To delete an existing synchronization peer,\n"
"select it and click <b>Delete</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Geconfigureerde servers</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer de betreffende regel en klik vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b> om NTP-servers, peers, lokale klokken\n"
-"en NTP-broadcasts aan te passen. Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe synchronisatie peer toe te voegen.\n"
-"Een bestaande synchronisatie peer kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren en op <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
+"Selecteer de betreffende regel en klik vervolgens op <b>Bewerken</b> om NTP-"
+"servers, peers, lokale klokken\n"
+"en NTP-broadcasts aan te passen. Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe "
+"synchronisatie peer toe te voegen.\n"
+"Een bestaande synchronisatie peer kunt u verwijderen door deze te selecteren "
+"en op <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>"
#. help text 5/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:74
@@ -716,18 +758,21 @@
"<p>To view the logs of the NTP daemon, click <b>Display Log</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Logbestand weergeven </big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Als u de logbestanden van de NTP-daemon wilt weergeven, klikt u op de knop <b>Logbestand weergeven</b>.</p>\n"
+"<p>Als u de logbestanden van de NTP-daemon wilt weergeven, klikt u op de "
+"knop <b>Logbestand weergeven</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text to a button
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced configuration</big></b><br>\n"
-"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or against\n"
+"To configure this host to synchronize against multiple remote hosts or "
+"against\n"
"a locally connected clock, use <b>Advanced Configuration</b>."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Geavanceerde configuratie</big></b><br>\n"
"Om deze in te stellen voor het synchroniseren tegen meerdere externe\n"
-"hosts of tegen een lokaal aangesloten klok, gebruik <b>Geavanceerde configuratie</b>."
+"hosts of tegen een lokaal aangesloten klok, gebruik <b>Geavanceerde "
+"configuratie</b>."
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:84
@@ -753,7 +798,8 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Device</big></b><br>\n"
-"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic link to \n"
+"To make the clock work, it may be necessary to create a special symbolic "
+"link to \n"
"the device to which the clock is connected. To do this, check\n"
"<b>Create Symlink</b> and set the <b>Device</b>. To browse for the device,\n"
"click <b>Browse</b>.\n"
@@ -762,10 +808,12 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Klokapparaat</big></b><br>\n"
"Om de klok te kunnen laten werken is het noodzakelijk dat er een speciale\n"
-"symbolische link naar het apparaat, waaraan de klok is verbonden, wordt gemaakt.\n"
+"symbolische link naar het apparaat, waaraan de klok is verbonden, wordt "
+"gemaakt.\n"
"Om dit te doen klikt u op <b>Symlink aanmaken</b> en stelt u vervolgens het\n"
"<b>Apparaat</b> in. Klik op <b>Bladeren</b> als u het apparaat wilt gaan\n"
-"opzoeken. Bij enkele kloktypes is het niet nodig om een symbolische link aan\n"
+"opzoeken. Bij enkele kloktypes is het niet nodig om een symbolische link "
+"aan\n"
"te maken, of moet deze handmatig worden aangemaakt.</p>"
#. help text 4/4
@@ -775,7 +823,8 @@
"To calibrate the clock driver, click <b>Driver Calibration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Stuurprogrammacalibratie</big></b><br>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Stuurprogrammacalibratie</b> om het klokstuurprogramma te kalibreren.</p>"
+"Klik op <b>Stuurprogrammacalibratie</b> om het klokstuurprogramma te "
+"kalibreren.</p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 1/3
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:108
@@ -801,7 +850,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Een server selecteren</big></b><br>\n"
"Klik op <b>Selecteren</b> om een NTP-server uit een lokaal netwerk, of\n"
"een lijst van bekende NTP-servers, te selecteren.\n"
-" Maak een keuze uit <b>Lokale NTP-server</b> en <b>Publieke NTP-server</b>.</p>"
+" Maak een keuze uit <b>Lokale NTP-server</b> en <b>Publieke NTP-server</b>.</"
+"p>"
#. help text 1/1, alt. 1 part 3/3
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:122
@@ -852,7 +902,8 @@
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
-"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in the\n"
+"To fine-tune the synchronization source, enter the respective options in "
+"the\n"
"<b>Options</b> text field. For details, see\n"
"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/confopt.htm</i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -865,18 +916,23 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Access Control Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Define the access control flags (<b><tt>restrict</tt></b> directive in\n"
-"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the remote\n"
+"<i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) for this server, indicating which types of actions the "
+"remote\n"
"host can perform on your NTP daemon. By default, it is set to <i>notrap\n"
"nomodify noquery</i>. This option is only available if you have checked the\n"
"<b>Restrict NTP Service to Configured Servers Only</b> option in\n"
"<b>Security Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Toegangscontroleopties</big></b><br>\n"
-"Hier kunt u de toegangscontrolemarkeringen (directive <b><tt>restrict</tt></b>\n"
-"in <i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) voor deze server definieren, waarbij wordt aangegeven welke type\n"
+"Hier kunt u de toegangscontrolemarkeringen (directive <b><tt>restrict</tt></"
+"b>\n"
+"in <i>/etc/ntp.conf</i>) voor deze server definieren, waarbij wordt "
+"aangegeven welke type\n"
"acties externe hosts mogen uitvoeren op uw NTP-daemon. Standaard is dit\n"
-"ingesteld op <i>notrap nomodify noquery</i>. Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar\n"
-"als u <b>NTP-service beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</b> hebt geselecteerd\n"
+"ingesteld op <i>notrap nomodify noquery</i>. Deze optie is alleen "
+"beschikbaar\n"
+"als u <b>NTP-service beperken tot geconfigureerde servers</b> hebt "
+"geselecteerd\n"
"bij de <b>Veiligheidsinstellingen</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text 1/6
@@ -930,8 +986,10 @@
"<p>To accept NTP packets broadcasted by other hosts on the network\n"
"and use them for setting local time, select <b>Incoming Broadcast<b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Selecteer <b>Accepteer broadcast pakketten</b> om NTP-packets, die door andere hosts\n"
-"op het netwerk verspreid worden, te accepteren en te gebruiken om de lokale tijd mee in te stellen.</p>"
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Accepteer broadcast pakketten</b> om NTP-packets, die door "
+"andere hosts\n"
+"op het netwerk verspreid worden, te accepteren en te gebruiken om de lokale "
+"tijd mee in te stellen.</p>"
#. help text 1/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:188
@@ -957,18 +1015,22 @@
"netwerk</b></big><br>\n"
"Klik op <b>Opzoeken</b> om met behulp van het\n"
"Service Locatie Protocol (SLP) de NTP-servers in het lokale netwerk te\n"
-"zoeken. Selecteer vervolgens een server uit de lijst met gevonden servers.</p>"
+"zoeken. Selecteer vervolgens een server uit de lijst met gevonden servers.</"
+"p>"
#. help text 3/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Selecting a Public NTP Server</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To display\n"
+"Select the NTP server to use from the <b>Public NTP Servers</b> list. To "
+"display\n"
"NTP servers only for a particular country, select it in <b>Country</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Een publieke NTP-server selecteren</b></big><br>\n"
-"Selecteer de te gebruiken NTP-server uit de lijst van <b>Publieke NTP-servers</b>. Om alleen\n"
-"NTP-servers uit een bepaald land weer te geven, dient u dat in <b>Land</b> te selecteren.</p>"
+"Selecteer de te gebruiken NTP-server uit de lijst van <b>Publieke NTP-"
+"servers</b>. Om alleen\n"
+"NTP-servers uit een bepaald land weer te geven, dient u dat in <b>Land</b> "
+"te selecteren.</p>"
#. help text 4/5
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:208
@@ -985,9 +1047,12 @@
"<p><big><b>Opmerking</b></big><br>\n"
"De getoonde NTP-servers zijn mogelijk niet voor elk land beschikbaar,\n"
"misschien alleen maar voor een bepaald land of regio.\n"
-"Voordat u gebruik gaat maken van een NTP-server uit de lijst, kunt u het beste even\n"
-"uw systeembeheerder of internet service provider vragen of er een NTP-server dichter bij u in de\n"
-"buurt te vinden is: de geadviseerde server is te prefereren boven welke server dan ook van deze lijst.\n"
+"Voordat u gebruik gaat maken van een NTP-server uit de lijst, kunt u het "
+"beste even\n"
+"uw systeembeheerder of internet service provider vragen of er een NTP-server "
+"dichter bij u in de\n"
+"buurt te vinden is: de geadviseerde server is te prefereren boven welke "
+"server dan ook van deze lijst.\n"
"Kijk ook eens op <i>http://www.eecis.udel.edu/~mills/ntp/servers.html</i>\n"
"voor een NTP-server bij u in de buurt.</p>"
@@ -998,7 +1063,8 @@
"To test if the selected server responds properly, click <b>Test</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Server toegankelijkheid testen</b></big><br>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Test</b> om te testen of de geselecteerde server op de juiste manier reageert.</p>"
+"Klik op <b>Test</b> om te testen of de geselecteerde server op de juiste "
+"manier reageert.</p>"
#. help text connected with checkbox: "Use Random Server from pool.ntp.org"
#. rwalter, please, correct it ;)
@@ -1006,38 +1072,51 @@
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Use Random Servers</b></big><br>\n"
"This service is offered by pool.ntp.org. If you select this option,\n"
-"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names are\n"
-"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means that\n"
+"three different servers are added to the configuration. The server names "
+"are\n"
+"permanent, but they change their DNS records (IPs) every hour. This means "
+"that\n"
"your NTP client is synchronized with different servers every hour.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Willekeurige servers gebruiken</b></big><br>\n"
-"Deze service wordt aangeboden door pool.ntp.org. Als u deze optie selecteert,\n"
-" worden drie verschillende servers toegevoegd aan de configuratie. De servernamen zijn\n"
-" permanent, maar de bijbehorende DNS-records (IP's) worden elk uur gewijzigd. Dit betekent dat\n"
-" de NTP-client elk uur wordt gesynchroniseerd met verschillende servers.</p>\n"
+"Deze service wordt aangeboden door pool.ntp.org. Als u deze optie "
+"selecteert,\n"
+" worden drie verschillende servers toegevoegd aan de configuratie. De "
+"servernamen zijn\n"
+" permanent, maar de bijbehorende DNS-records (IP's) worden elk uur "
+"gewijzigd. Dit betekent dat\n"
+" de NTP-client elk uur wordt gesynchroniseerd met verschillende servers.</"
+"p>\n"
#. help text 1/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:238
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Clock Driver Calibration</b></big><br>\n"
-"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various calibration\n"
-"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the particular\n"
+"The clock driver may need to be calibrated. In this dialog, various "
+"calibration\n"
+"options can be set. The meaning of particular options depends on the "
+"particular\n"
"driver. Some drivers do not use all the options.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Klokstuurprogrammacalibratie</b></big><br>\n"
-"Het klokstuurprogramma moet eventueel gekalibreerd worden. In dit venster kunnen diverse calibratie\n"
-"opties worden ingesteld. De betekenis van de betreffende opties is afhankelijk van het\n"
-"betreffende stuurprogramma. Enkele stuurprogramma's ondersteunen niet alle opties.</p>"
+"Het klokstuurprogramma moet eventueel gekalibreerd worden. In dit venster "
+"kunnen diverse calibratie\n"
+"opties worden ingesteld. De betekenis van de betreffende opties is "
+"afhankelijk van het\n"
+"betreffende stuurprogramma. Enkele stuurprogramma's ondersteunen niet alle "
+"opties.</p>"
#. help text 2/2
#: src/include/ntp-client/helps.rb:245
msgid ""
"To learn more about available options, install the package\n"
-"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i>.</p>\n"
+"<i>ntp-doc</i> and see <i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</"
+"i>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"Om meer over de betekenis van de opties te weten te komen kunt u het\n"
"beste het <i>ntp-doc</i> pakket installeren en\n"
-"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i> nader bekijken.</p>\n"
+"<i>/usr/share/doc/packages/ntp-doc/html/refclock.htm</i> nader bekijken.</"
+"p>\n"
#. yes-no popup
#: src/include/ntp-client/misc.rb:35
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/packager.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: packager.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-07 10:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Naam"
@@ -254,7 +254,8 @@
"\n"
"Would you like to configure it?"
msgstr ""
-"Online-bronnen die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een internetverbinding nodig.\n"
+"Online-bronnen die door het product zijn gedefinieerd hebben een "
+"internetverbinding nodig.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u de internetverbinding confgureren?"
@@ -400,13 +401,21 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for installation)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1269
-msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr "Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt en klik op <b>Verder</b>.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Next</b>.</"
+"p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt en klik op <b>Verder</b>.</"
+"p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 2/3 (version for running system)
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1273
-msgid "<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt gebruiken en klik op <b>Voltooien</b>.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select the online repositories you want to use then click <b>Finish</b>.</"
+"p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer de online installatiebronnen die u wilt gebruiken en klik op "
+"<b>Voltooien</b>.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help 3/3
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1278
@@ -423,9 +432,11 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Het installatiebronnenbeheer downloadt de details van de installatiebron...</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Het installatiebronnenbeheer downloadt de details van de "
+"installatiebron...</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up error message
#. %1 is replaced with a repository name or URL
@@ -506,7 +517,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr "Installeren van pakketten..."
@@ -522,8 +533,12 @@
#. Solve dependencies
#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:368
-msgid "The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST profile."
-msgstr "Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel."
+msgid ""
+"The package resolver run failed. Check your software section in the AutoYaST "
+"profile."
+msgstr ""
+"Het uitvoeren van de pakketoplosfunctie is mislukt. Controleer de "
+"softwaresectie in het AutoYaST-profiel."
#. error message - displayed in a scrollable text area
#. %1 - an error message (details)
@@ -547,8 +562,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialiseren..."
@@ -579,100 +594,89 @@
msgstr "Configuratie van softwarebeheerder wordt opgeslagen..."
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr "&Prioriteit"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr "Gedownloade pakketten bewaren"
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
-msgid "Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr "Installatiebronnen - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'."
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
+msgid ""
+"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line "
+"interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr ""
+"Installatiebronnen - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de "
+"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'."
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standaard"
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr "Onbekende naam"
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Onbekend"
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr "URL: %1"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr "Ruwe URL: %s"
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr "Onbekende naam van installatiebron"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr "Categorie: %1"
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr "Service: %1"
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr "Alle installatiebronnen"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
msgid "All services"
msgstr "Alle services"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr "Service '%1'"
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr "Alleen installatiebronnen niet geleverd door een service (van derden)"
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
msgid "View"
msgstr "Overzicht"
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
msgid "Priority"
msgstr "Prioriteit"
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Ingeschakeld"
@@ -681,44 +685,44 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr "Automatisch verversen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:756
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
msgid "Service"
msgstr "Service"
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr "URL"
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr "Ver&vangen..."
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr "Ver&nieuw selectie"
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr "Status &aan of uit"
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr "Verver&sen aan of uit"
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr "&Naam opgeven..."
@@ -727,75 +731,88 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
msgid "Properties"
msgstr "Eigenschappen"
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr "&Ingeschakeld"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:80
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr "Automatisch ve&rnieuwen"
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr "&GPG-sleutels..."
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr "Verversen"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr "Ververs alle Automatisch v&erverst"
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr "Ververs alle &Ingeschakeld"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr "Geconfigureerde softwarebronnen"
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde softwarebronnen en services beheren.</p>\n"
+"In deze dialoog kunt u geconfigureerde softwarebronnen en services beheren.</"
+"p>\n"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
-msgid "<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>A <B>service</B> of <B>Installatiebron Index Service (RIS) </B> is een protocol voor pakketbronbeheer. Een service kan een of meer software installatiebronnen bieden die dynamisch gewijzigd kunnen worden door de servicebeheerder.</P>"
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
+msgid ""
+"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol "
+"for package repository management. A service can offer one or more software "
+"repositories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</"
+"P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>A <B>service</B> of <B>Installatiebron Index Service (RIS) </B> is een "
+"protocol voor pakketbronbeheer. Een service kan een of meer software "
+"installatiebronnen bieden die dynamisch gewijzigd kunnen worden door de "
+"servicebeheerder.</P>"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository or service.\n"
-"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is available at the entered location.\n"
+"To add a new repository, use <b>Add</b> and specify the software repository "
+"or service.\n"
+"YaST will automatically detect whether a service or a repository is "
+"available at the entered location.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Een nieuwe bron of service toevoegen</b><br>\n"
-"Om een nieuwe installatiebron toe te voegen, gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> en specificeer de bron of service.\n"
-"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een installatiebron is ingegeven.\n"
+"Om een nieuwe installatiebron toe te voegen, gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> en "
+"specificeer de bron of service.\n"
+"YaST zal automatisch detecteren of een service of een installatiebron is "
+"ingegeven.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
@@ -808,7 +825,7 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n"
@@ -829,53 +846,77 @@
"</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
-"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, use\n"
-"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use the check boxes below.\n"
+"To change a repository location, use <b>Edit</b>. To remove a repository, "
+"use\n"
+"<b>Delete</b>. To enable or disable the repository or to change the refresh "
+"status at initialization time, select the repository in the table and use "
+"the check boxes below.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>De status van een installatiebron of service wijzigen</b><br>\n"
-"Om een bronlocatie te wijzigen, gebruik <b>Bewerken</b>. Om een bron te verwijderen, gebruik\n"
-"<b>Verwijderen</b>. Om een bron in of uit te schakelen of het verversen tijdens de initialisatie aan\n"
-"of uit te zetten, selecteer de installatiebron in de tabel en gebruik onderstaande keuzevakjes.\n"
+"Om een bronlocatie te wijzigen, gebruik <b>Bewerken</b>. Om een bron te "
+"verwijderen, gebruik\n"
+"<b>Verwijderen</b>. Om een bron in of uit te schakelen of het verversen "
+"tijdens de initialisatie aan\n"
+"of uit te zetten, selecteer de installatiebron in de tabel en gebruik "
+"onderstaande keuzevakjes.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
-"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is used.</P>\n"
+"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest "
+"priority) and 200 (the lowest priority). Default is 99. If a package is "
+"available in more repositories, the repository with the highest priority is "
+"used.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Prioriteit van een installatiebron</B><BR>\n"
-"De prioriteit van een installatiebron is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de hoogste prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als een pakket beschikbaar is in meer bronnen dan wordt die met de hoogste prioriteit gebruikt.</P>\n"
+"De prioriteit van een installatiebron is een geheel getal tussen 0 (de "
+"hoogste prioriteit) en 200 (de laagste prioriteit). De standaard is 99. Als "
+"een pakket beschikbaar is in meer bronnen dan wordt die met de hoogste "
+"prioriteit gebruikt.</P>\n"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
-msgid "<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in repositories and services.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in installatiebronnen en services.</P>"
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
+msgid ""
+"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in "
+"repositories and services.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Selecteer de betreffende optie bovenaan het venster om te navigeren in "
+"installatiebronnen en services.</P>"
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
-"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after installation.</P>"
+"reinstalled. If not checked, the downloaded packages are deleted after "
+"installation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren</B><BR>Activeer deze optie om gedownloade\n"
+"<P><B>Gedownloade Pakketten bewaren</B><BR>Activeer deze optie om "
+"gedownloade\n"
"pakketten te bewaren in een lokale cache zodat zij later opnieuw gebruik\n"
"kunnen worden bij het opnieuw installeren van pakketten. Indien niet\n"
-"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na installatie.</P>"
+"geactiveerd, zullen de gedownloade pakketten verwijderd worden na "
+"installatie.</P>"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
-msgid "<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages</B>, wijzig de locatie in het bestand <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</P>"
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
+msgid ""
+"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/"
+"packages</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>De standaard lokale cache is gelokaliseerd in de map <B>/var/cache/zypp/"
+"packages</B>, wijzig de locatie in het bestand <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B>.</"
+"P>"
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
"configuration."
@@ -885,7 +926,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr "Details:"
@@ -893,18 +934,18 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr "Opnieuw proberen?"
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr "Configuratie van installatiebronnen afbreken"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
@@ -913,7 +954,7 @@
"Alle gemaakte wijzigingen zullen verloren gaan."
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
@@ -922,40 +963,40 @@
"%1"
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr "Vernieuwen van installatiebronnen"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr "Vernieuwen van services"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr "Verversen van installatiebronnen"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr "Vernieuwen van services"
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr "Verversen van installatiebron %1..."
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr "Service %1 verversen..."
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr "Wilt u de geselecteerde bron verwijderen uit de lijst?"
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
@@ -964,7 +1005,7 @@
"installatiebronnen verwijderen?"
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
@@ -973,7 +1014,7 @@
"automatisch vernieuwen worden."
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -981,14 +1022,17 @@
"Really add the repository again?"
msgstr ""
"Installatiebron %1\n"
-"is al toegevoegd. Elke installatiebron zou slechts een keer toegevoegd moeten worden.\n"
+"is al toegevoegd. Elke installatiebron zou slechts een keer toegevoegd "
+"moeten worden.\n"
"\n"
"Deze installatiebron nog eens toevvoegen?"
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid "<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de bronconfiguratie</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Er deden zich fouten voor tijdens het herstellen van de bronconfiguratie</"
+"p>\n"
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
#. the language_changed flag has NOT been set by the NLD frame
@@ -1001,8 +1045,11 @@
#. warning text
#: src/clients/software_proposal.rb:103
#: src/clients/software_simple_proposal.rb:58
-msgid "Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
-msgstr "De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige interventie is nodig"
+msgid ""
+"Cannot solve dependencies automatically. Manual intervention is required."
+msgstr ""
+"De afhankelijkheden kunnen niet automatisch worden opgelost. Handmatige "
+"interventie is nodig"
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
# -ke-
@@ -1018,18 +1065,25 @@
#. Command line help text for the software management module, %1 is "zypper"
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:64
-msgid "Software Installation - This module does not support the command line interface, use '%1' instead."
-msgstr "Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'."
+msgid ""
+"Software Installation - This module does not support the command line "
+"interface, use '%1' instead."
+msgstr ""
+"Software-installatie - deze module biedt geen ondersteuning voor de "
+"commandoregelinterface. Gebruik in plaats daarvan '%1'."
#. error message (%1 is a package file name)
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:194
msgid "Error: Cannot copy package %1 to temporary repository."
-msgstr "Fout: kon het pakket %1 niet naar de tijdelijke installatiebron kopiëren."
+msgstr ""
+"Fout: kon het pakket %1 niet naar de tijdelijke installatiebron kopiëren."
#. error message
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:216
msgid "Error: Cannot add a temporary directory, packages cannot be installed."
-msgstr "Fout: kan geen tijdelijke map aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet geïnstalleerd worden."
+msgstr ""
+"Fout: kan geen tijdelijke map aanmaken, pakketten kunnen niet geïnstalleerd "
+"worden."
#. error message
#. error message
@@ -1060,7 +1114,8 @@
#. start package manager
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:362
msgid "An error occurred during repository initialization."
-msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de installatiebron."
+msgstr ""
+"Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens de initialisatie van de installatiebron."
#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:369
msgid ""
@@ -1101,7 +1156,7 @@
"Wilt u het nu proberen?\n"
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
@@ -1109,7 +1164,7 @@
"Kan de online installatiebron voor bijwerken niet\n"
"instellen zonder pakket %1 te hebben geïnstalleerd"
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
@@ -1118,7 +1173,7 @@
"dient het pakket %1 te zijn geïnstalleerd"
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1150,7 +1205,8 @@
#. rich text - error message
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:112
msgid "The drive does not contain a medium or the ISO file system is broken."
-msgstr "Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd."
+msgstr ""
+"Het station bevat geen medium of het ISO-bestandssysteem is beschadigd."
#. result of the check - success
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:122
@@ -1159,13 +1215,17 @@
#. wrong MD5
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:126
-msgid "<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
-msgstr "<B>Fout</B> -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen<BR>Het medium is onbruikbaar."
+msgid ""
+"<B>Error</B> -- MD5 sum does not match<BR>This medium should not be used."
+msgstr ""
+"<B>Fout</B> -- MD5-controlesom komt niet overeen<BR>Het medium is "
+"onbruikbaar."
#. the correct MD5 is unknown
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:131
msgid "<B>Unknown</B> -- The correct MD5 sum of the medium is unknown."
-msgstr "<B>Onbekend</B> -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend."
+msgstr ""
+"<B>Onbekend</B> -- de correcte MD5-controlesom van het medium is niet bekend."
#. warning popup - the CD/DVD drive doesn't contain the first medium (CD1/DVD1)
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:251
@@ -1187,7 +1247,8 @@
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:304
msgid ""
"<P>When you have a problem with\n"
-"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you should check\n"
+"the installation and you are using a CD or DVD installation medium, you "
+"should check\n"
"whether the medium is broken.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>Als u tijdens het installeren problemen ondervindt en u\n"
@@ -1197,24 +1258,31 @@
#. help text - media check 3/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:310
msgid ""
-"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</B>\n"
+"<P>Select a drive, insert a medium into the drive and press <B>Start Check</"
+"B>\n"
"or use <B>Check ISO File</B> and select an ISO file.\n"
"The check can take several minutes depending on speed of the\n"
"drive and size of the medium. The check verifies the MD5 checksum.</P> "
msgstr ""
-"<P>Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op <B>Controle starten</B>\n"
+"<P>Selecteer een station, plaats het medium in het station en klik op "
+"<B>Controle starten</B>\n"
"of gebruik <B>Controle ISO-bestand</B> en selecteer een ISO-bestand.\n"
"De controle kan enkele minuten duren, afhankelijk van de snelheid van het\n"
-"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum.</P>"
+"station en de grootte van het medium. De controle verifieert de MD5-checksum."
+"</P>"
#. help text - media check 4/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:317
msgid ""
-"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the installation.\n"
-"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</P>\n"
+"<P>If the check of the medium fails, you should not continue the "
+"installation.\n"
+"It may fail or you may lose your data. Better replace the broken medium.</"
+"P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de installatie.\n"
-"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde medium te vervangen.</P>\n"
+"<P>Als de mediumcontrole is mislukt, is het beter niet door te gaan met de "
+"installatie.\n"
+"Dit kan mislukken of u kunt uw data verliezen. Het is beter het beschadigde "
+"medium te vervangen.</P>\n"
#. help text - media check 5/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:321
@@ -1227,21 +1295,32 @@
#. help text - media check 6/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:325
-msgid "<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system.</P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>Let op:</B> U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het systeem wordt gebruikt.</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<P><B>Note:</B> You cannot change the medium while it is used by the system."
+"</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><B>Let op:</B> U mag het medium niet wijzigen terwijl het door het "
+"systeem wordt gebruikt.</P>"
#. help text - media check 7/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:329
-msgid "<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the boot menu.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item medium controleren in het opstartmenu.</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<P>To check media before the installation, use the media check item in the "
+"boot menu.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Om het medium voor de installatie te controleren gebruikt u het item "
+"medium controleren in het opstartmenu.</P>"
#. help text - media check 8/8
#: src/include/checkmedia/ui.rb:333
msgid ""
-"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your recording\n"
-"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</P>\n"
+"<P>If you burn the media yourself, use the <B>pad</B> option in your "
+"recording\n"
+"software. It avoids read errors at the end of the media during the check.</"
+"P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie <B>pad</B> van uw brandsoftware.\n"
+"<P>Als u zelf de media brandt gebruik dan de optie <B>pad</B> van uw "
+"brandsoftware.\n"
"Dit voorkomt leesfouten aan het einde van de media tijdens de controle.</P>\n"
#. advice check of the media
@@ -1398,7 +1477,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Toevoegen van een nieuwe GPG-sleutel</b><br>\n"
-"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, geef het pad naar het sleutelbestand op.\n"
+"Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen, geef het pad naar het "
+"sleutelbestand op.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. header in file selection popup
@@ -1459,42 +1539,42 @@
"'%2'?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr "Nieuwe installatiebron toevoegen"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr "Controleer het type installatiebron"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr "Installatiebron toevoegen"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr "Lees de installatiebronlicentie"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr "Het type installatiebron controleren"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr "Installatiebron toevoegen"
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr "Lezen van de installatiebronlicentie"
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
msgid "Repository"
msgstr "Repository"
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1511,7 +1591,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1521,21 +1601,22 @@
"aan de hand van URL '%1'"
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
-"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet mogelijk.\n"
+"Het gebruik van een ISO-image over het ftp- of http-protocol is niet "
+"mogelijk.\n"
"Wijzig het protocol of pak het ISO-image uit aan de kant van de server."
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr "De URL wijzigen en het opnieuw proberen?"
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1550,19 +1631,20 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
-msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem."
+msgstr ""
+"Er is een fout opgetreden bij de voorbereiding van het installatiesysteem."
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr "Instellingenbestand %1 niet gevonden op de media."
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
@@ -1572,64 +1654,65 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr "Niet in staat toegevoegde producten te gebruiken."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:66
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr "%1, URL: %2"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr "URL: %1, pad: %2"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr "Aanvullende producten"
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
-"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
+"The installation repository also contains the listed additional "
+"repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
"De installatiebron bevat ook de lijst met additionele bronnen.\n"
"Selecteer diegene die u wilt gebruiken.\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr "Aanvullende te selecteren producten"
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr "Voeg geselecteerde &producten toe"
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr "Plaats het medium voor add-on %1"
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr "Plaats het medium %1 %2"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr "Kan product %1 niet toevoegen."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:212
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr "Onbekend product"
@@ -1767,29 +1850,50 @@
#. warning text
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:311
-msgid "Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-bit distribution."
-msgstr "Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits distributie te installeren."
+msgid ""
+"Your computer is a 64-bit x86-64 system, but you are trying to install a 32-"
+"bit distribution."
+msgstr ""
+"Uw computer is een 64-bits x86-64-systeem, u probeert echter een 32-bits "
+"distributie te installeren."
#. help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:327
-msgid "<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after installing the system.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na installatie van het systeem.</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<P>The pattern list states which functionality will be available after "
+"installing the system.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>De patroonlijst laat zien welke functionaliteit beschikbaar zal zijn na "
+"installatie van het systeem.</P>"
#. (see bnc#178357 why these numbers)
#. translators: help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:339
-msgid "<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) free space before starting the installation.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens 25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie te starten.</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<P>The proposal reports the total size of files which will be installed to "
+"the system. However, the system will contain some other files (temporary and "
+"working files) so the used space will be slightly larger than the proposed "
+"value. Therefore it is a good idea to have at least 25% (or about 300MB) "
+"free space before starting the installation.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Het voorstel rapporteert de totale grootte van bestanden die "
+"geïnstalleerd worden het systeem. Het systeem zal enige andere bestanden "
+"bevatten (tijdelijke en werkbestanden) zodat de gebruikte ruimte iets groter "
+"zal zijn dan de voorgestelde waarde. Het is daarom een goed idee om minstens "
+"25% (of ongeveer 300MB) vrije ruimte te hebben alvorens met de installatie "
+"te starten.</P>"
#. help text for software proposal
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:344
msgid ""
"<P>The total 'size to download' is the size of the packages which will be\n"
-"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
+"downloaded from remote (network) repositories. This value is important if "
+"the connection is slow or if there is a data limit for downloading.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P>De totale 'te downloaden grootte' is de grootte van de pakketten die\n"
"gedownload zullen worden vanaf remote (network) installatiebronnen.\n"
-"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er een limiet is voor het downloaden.</P>\n"
+"Deze waarde is belangrijk wanneer de verbinding langzaam is of wanneer er "
+"een limiet is voor het downloaden.</P>\n"
#. help text for software proposal - header
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:353
@@ -1824,27 +1928,41 @@
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:480
msgid "These add-on products have been marked for auto-removal: %1"
-msgstr "Deze addon-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1"
+msgstr ""
+"Deze addon-producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatische verwijdering: %1"
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:504
-msgid "Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation media."
-msgstr "Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze addons om u te voorzien van nieuwe installatiemedia."
+msgid ""
+"Contact the vendors of these add-ons to provide you with new installation "
+"media."
+msgstr ""
+"Neem contact op met de leveranciers van deze addons om u te voorzien van "
+"nieuwe installatiemedia."
#. Warning message when some add-ons are marked to be removed automatically
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:508
-msgid "Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation media."
-msgstr "Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze addons om u te voorzien van een nieuw installatiemedium."
+msgid ""
+"Contact the vendor of the add-on to provide you with a new installation "
+"media."
+msgstr ""
+"Neem contact op met de leverancier van deze addons om u te voorzien van een "
+"nieuw installatiemedium."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/usr", %2: "/dev/sda2"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:549
-msgid "Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot start installation."
-msgstr "Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, kan installatie niet starten."
+msgid ""
+"Error: Cannot check free space in basic directory %1 (device %2), cannot "
+"start installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Fout: Kan de vrije ruimte in de basismap %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren, "
+"kan installatie niet starten."
#. error message: %1: e.g. "/local", %2: "/dev/sda2"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:569
msgid "Warning: Cannot check free space in directory %1 (device %2)."
-msgstr "Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren."
+msgstr ""
+"Waarschuwing: Kan de vrije ruimte in map %1 (apparaat %2) niet controleren."
#. summary warning
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:612
@@ -1854,12 +1972,15 @@
#. summary warning
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:614
msgid "Not enough disk space. Remove some packages in the single selection."
-msgstr "Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige selectie."
+msgstr ""
+"Onvoldoende schijfruimte. Verwijder enkele pakketten uit de enkelvoudige "
+"selectie."
#. add a backslash if it's missing
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:635
msgid "Only %1 (%2%%) free space available on partition %3.<BR>"
-msgstr "Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar.<BR>"
+msgstr ""
+"Op partitie %3 is slechts %1 (%2%%) vrije schijfruimte beschikbaar.<BR>"
#. newly installed products
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:704
@@ -1874,7 +1995,8 @@
#. product update: %{old_product} is an old product, %{new_product} is the new one
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:716
msgid "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> will be updated to <b>%{new_product}</b>"
-msgstr "Product <b>%{old_product}</b> zal bijgewerkt worden tot <b>%{new_product}</b>"
+msgstr ""
+"Product <b>%{old_product}</b> zal bijgewerkt worden tot <b>%{new_product}</b>"
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:723
msgid "Product <b>%s</b> will stay installed"
@@ -1888,7 +2010,8 @@
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:734
msgid "<b>Error:</b> Product <b>%s</b> will be automatically removed.</font>"
-msgstr "<b>Fout:</b> Product <b>%s</b> zal automatisch verwijderd worden.</font>"
+msgstr ""
+"<b>Fout:</b> Product <b>%s</b> zal automatisch verwijderd worden.</font>"
#. TRANSLATORS: update proposal warning, do NOT translate "-release",
#. it is part of a package name (like "sles-release")
@@ -1896,15 +2019,20 @@
msgid ""
"<ul><li><b>Some products are marked for automatic removal.</b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Contact the vendor of the removed add-on to provide you with a new\n"
-"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or module\n"
-"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to the\n"
+"installation media</li><li>Or select the appropriate online extension or "
+"module\n"
+"in the registration step</li><li>Or to continue with product upgrade go to "
+"the\n"
"software selection and mark the product (the -release package) for removal.\n"
"</li></ul></li></ul>"
msgstr ""
-"<ul><li><b>Sommige producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</b></li>\n"
+"<ul><li><b>Sommige producten zijn gemarkeerd voor automatisch verwijderen.</"
+"b></li>\n"
"<ul><li>Neem contact op met de verkoper van de verwijderde add-on om u van\n"
-"een nieuw installatiemedium te voorzien</li><li>Of om door te gaan met producten opwaerderen ga naar de\n"
-"softwareselectie en markeer het product (het -release pakket) voor verwijdering.\n"
+"een nieuw installatiemedium te voorzien</li><li>Of om door te gaan met "
+"producten opwaerderen ga naar de\n"
+"softwareselectie en markeer het product (het -release pakket) voor "
+"verwijdering.\n"
"</li></ul></li></ul>"
#. error in proposal, %1 is URL
@@ -1915,7 +2043,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: beginning of the rich text with the release notes
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1618
msgid ""
-"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the installation\n"
+"<p><b>The release notes for the initial release are part of the "
+"installation\n"
"media. If an Internet connection is available during configuration, you can\n"
"download updated release notes from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -1988,8 +2117,12 @@
msgstr "Kan licentiebestand '%1' niet lezen"
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:151
-msgid "To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the root of the live media when building the image."
-msgstr "Om de licentie van het product juist te tonen, zet u het bestand license.tar.gz in de basismap van het live-medium bij het bouwen van de image."
+msgid ""
+"To show the product license properly, put the license.tar.gz file to the "
+"root of the live media when building the image."
+msgstr ""
+"Om de licentie van het product juist te tonen, zet u het bestand license.tar."
+"gz in de basismap van het live-medium bij het bouwen van de image."
#. combo box
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:295
@@ -2173,7 +2306,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr "S&MB/CIFS"
@@ -2242,7 +2375,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr "&Pad naar map of ISO-image"
@@ -2311,7 +2444,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr "Lokale map"
@@ -2332,50 +2465,57 @@
msgstr "Server en map"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr "De naam van de bron mag niet leeg zijn."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr "Installatieb&ronnaam"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name.</p>\n"
+"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is "
+"empty, YaST will use the product name (if available) or the URL as the name."
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Bronnaam</b></big><br>\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Bronnaam</b> om de naam van de installatiebron te specificeren. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.</p>\n"
+"Gebruik <b>Bronnaam</b> om de naam van de installatiebron te specificeren. "
+"Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST de productnaam (indien beschikbaar) of "
+"het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr "&Service naam"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
-"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
+"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, "
+"YaST will use part of the service URL as the name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Service naam</b></big><br>\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Service naam</b> om de naam van de service te specificeren. Als dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam gebruiken.</p>\n"
+"Gebruik <b>Service naam</b> om de naam van de service te specificeren. Als "
+"dit leeg wordt gelaten zal YaST een gedeelte van het URL-adres als naam "
+"gebruiken.</p>\n"
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr "De URL mag niet leeg zijn."
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
msgid "&URL"
msgstr "&URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2387,16 +2527,16 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr "Bewerk delen van de URL"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr "Bewerk de gehele URL"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2406,43 +2546,47 @@
"Gebruik <b>Servernaam</b> en <b>Pad naar map of ISO-image</b>\n"
" om de hostnaam van de NFS-server en het pad op de server te specificeren.<p>"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
-"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
+"This is an expert option, keeping the default value is recommened. See "
+"<b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"for details and the list of supported options."
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Opties voor aankoppelen</b></big><br>\n"
-"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume specificeren.\n"
-"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaard waarde is aanbevolen. Zie <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
+"U kunt extra opties gebruikt voor het aankoppelen van het NFS-volume "
+"specificeren.\n"
+"Dit is een optie voor experts, behouden van de standaard waarde is "
+"aanbevolen. Zie <b>man 5 nfs</b>\n"
"voor details en de lijst met ondersteunde opties."
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr "&CD-ROM"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr "&DVD-ROM"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Cd- of dvd-media</b></big><br>\n"
-"Stel <b>CD-ROM</b> of <b>DVD-ROM</b> in om het type medium te specificeren.</p>"
+"Stel <b>CD-ROM</b> of <b>DVD-ROM</b> in om het type medium te specificeren.</"
+"p>"
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr "ISO-imagebestand"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
@@ -2451,7 +2595,7 @@
"of de map bestaat niet.\n"
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
@@ -2460,7 +2604,7 @@
"of het bestand bestaat niet.\n"
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2471,17 +2615,17 @@
"Toch gebruiken?\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr "&Pad naar map"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr "Gewone R&PM-map"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2496,20 +2640,20 @@
"<b>Gewone RPM-map</b>.</p>\n"
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr "&USB massaopslagapparaat"
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
msgid "&File System"
msgstr "&Bestandssysteem"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr "&Map"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2521,15 +2665,17 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>USB-stick of -schijf</b></big><br>\n"
"Selecteer het USB-apparaat waarop de installatiebron aanwezig is.\n"
-"Gebruik <b>Pad naar map</b> om de map van de installatiebron te specificeren.\n"
-"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofdmap van het apparaat gebruiken.\n"
+"Gebruik <b>Pad naar map</b> om de map van de installatiebron te "
+"specificeren.\n"
+"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofdmap van het apparaat "
+"gebruiken.\n"
"Als de map alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n"
"(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n"
"<b>Gewone RPM-map</b>.</p>\n"
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2540,11 +2686,11 @@
"bepaald bestandssysteem gebruiken selecteer dat dan uit de lijst.</p>\n"
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr "&Schijfapparaat"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2557,18 +2703,19 @@
"<p><big><b>Schijf</b></big><br>\n"
"Selecteer de schijf waarop de installatiebron aanwezig is.\n"
"Stel <b>Pad naar map</b> in om het pad naar de map te specificeren.\n"
-"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofd map van de schijf gebruiken.\n"
+"Als er geen pad is dan zal het systeem de hoofd map van de schijf "
+"gebruiken.\n"
"Als de map alleen RPM-pakketten bevat zonder enige metadata\n"
"(er is dus geen productinformatie), selecteer dan de optie\n"
"<b>Gewone RPM-map</b>.</p>\n"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr "&Pad naar ISO-image"
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2579,73 +2726,73 @@
"het bestand met de ISO-image van het installatiemedium te specificeren.</p>"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr "Server&naam"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
msgid "&Port"
msgstr "&Poort"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "&Share"
msgstr "&Share"
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr "&ISO-image"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr "&Map op de server"
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr "&Verificatie"
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr "&Anoniem"
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr "&Werkgroep of domein"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam"
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&Password"
msgstr "&Wachtwoord"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr "&FTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr "H&TTP"
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr "HTT&PS"
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2653,7 +2800,8 @@
"To enable authentication, uncheck <b>Anonymous</b> and specify the\n"
"<b>User Name</b> and the <b>Password</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to Directory\n"
+"For the SMB/CIFS repository, specify <b>Share</b> name and <b>Path to "
+"Directory\n"
"or ISO Image</b>. \n"
"If the location is a file holding an ISO image\n"
"of the media, set <b>ISO Image</b>.</p>\n"
@@ -2670,23 +2818,25 @@
"van het medium bevat, selecteer <b>ISO-image</b>.</p>\n"
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
-"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
+"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS "
+"repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het is mogelijk om het <b>poort</b>nummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-bron in te stellen.\n"
+"<p>Het is mogelijk om het <b>poort</b>nummer voor een HTTP/HTTPS-bron in te "
+"stellen.\n"
"Laat het leeg om de standaardpoort te gebruiken.</p>\n"
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr "Ik zou een extra add-on-product willen installeren"
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2697,7 +2847,7 @@
"of de harde schijf.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2708,7 +2858,7 @@
"moet u de product-cd-set of -dvd bij de hand houden.</p>"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2724,7 +2874,7 @@
"volstaat de opgave van het basispad.</p>\n"
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2737,57 +2887,60 @@
"cd zich bevinden, zoals /data1/CD1.</p>\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr "Selecteer het type medium."
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr "Plaats de addon-product-cd"
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr "Plaats de addon-product-dvd"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr "Geen USB-schijf gedetecteerd."
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
-"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download the\n"
+"repository. Check <b>Download repository description files</b> to download "
+"the\n"
"files when closing this YaST module. If the option is unchecked, YaST will\n"
"automatically download the files when it needs them later. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bestanden downloaden</b><br>\n"
"Elke installatiebron heeft bestanden die de inhoud van bron beschrijven.\n"
-"Selecteer <b>Bestanden met bronbeschrijvingen downloaden</b> om de bestanden\n"
+"Selecteer <b>Bestanden met bronbeschrijvingen downloaden</b> om de "
+"bestanden\n"
"te downloaden op het moment dat deze YaST-module wordt afgesloten. Als deze\n"
-"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden wanneer\n"
+"optie niet is geselecteerd zal YaST de bestanden automatisch downloaden "
+"wanneer\n"
"ze later nodig zijn.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:271
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr "Mediatype"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:162
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr "Add-on product"
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr "URL-schema '%s' is niet geldig."
@@ -3006,6 +3159,13 @@
msgid "Deselect some packages."
msgstr "Deselecteer een aantal pakketten."
+#~ msgid "Raw URL: %s"
+#~ msgstr "Ruwe URL: %s"
+
+#~ msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Alleen installatiebronnen niet geleverd door een service (van derden)"
+
#~ msgid "Downloading patch RPM %1 (download size %2)"
#~ msgstr "Patch-RPM %1 wordt gedownload (downloadgrootte %2)"
@@ -3091,18 +3251,24 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Package Search</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\n"
+#~ "Use the functionality of <i>Webpin package search</i> to search in all "
+#~ "known openSUSE build-service and openSUSE community repositories.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Pakketzoeken</b></big><br>\n"
-#~ "Gebruik van de functionaliteit van <i>Webpin pakketzoeken</i> om te zoeken in alle bekende openSUSE build-service en openSUSE installatiebronnen van de gemeenschap.</p>\n"
+#~ "Gebruik van de functionaliteit van <i>Webpin pakketzoeken</i> om te "
+#~ "zoeken in alle bekende openSUSE build-service en openSUSE "
+#~ "installatiebronnen van de gemeenschap.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part of the\n"
+#~ "<p><big><b>Security</b></big><br> The software found is often not part of "
+#~ "the\n"
#~ "distribution itself. You need to decide whether to trust the source of a\n"
-#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</p>\n"
+#~ "package. We do not take any responsibility for installing such software.</"
+#~ "p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><big><b>Beveiliging</b></big><br> De gevonden software is vaak geen\n"
-#~ "onderdeel van de distributie zelf. U moet zelf beslissen of u de bron van\n"
+#~ "onderdeel van de distributie zelf. U moet zelf beslissen of u de bron "
+#~ "van\n"
#~ "een pakket vertrouwt. Wij nemen geen enkele verantwoordelijk voor het\n"
#~ "installeren van dit soort software.</p>\n"
@@ -3116,7 +3282,9 @@
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Zoeken is mislukt</b></p>"
#~ msgid "<p><b>No packages matching entered criteria were found.</b></p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Er zijn geen pakketten gevonden die aan de ingegeven criteria voldoen.</b></p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Er zijn geen pakketten gevonden die aan de ingegeven criteria "
+#~ "voldoen.</b></p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
@@ -3127,7 +3295,8 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "<b>Toevoegen van een nieuwe GPG-sleutel</b><br>\n"
-#~ "Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen specificeert u het pad naar het sleutelbestand.\n"
+#~ "Om een nieuwe GPG-sleutel toe te voegen specificeert u het pad naar het "
+#~ "sleutelbestand.\n"
#~ "Activeer het keuzevakje <B>Vertrouwd</B> aan als u de sleutel vertrouwd.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
@@ -3148,10 +3317,12 @@
#~ "De server op afstand gaf de foutcode %1"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the Internet.\n"
+#~ "<p>Here you can see default online repositories downloaded from the "
+#~ "Internet.\n"
#~ "Click on the repository to see its details.</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p>Hier kunt u de standaard online installatiebronnen die van internet zijn gedownload zien.\n"
+#~ "<p>Hier kunt u de standaard online installatiebronnen die van internet "
+#~ "zijn gedownload zien.\n"
#~ "Klik op een installatiebron om de details te bekijken.</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
@@ -3165,21 +3336,26 @@
#~ msgstr "Pakketinformatie wordt gelezen. Even geduld a.u.b..."
#~ msgid "There was an error in the repository initialization."
-#~ msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de initialisatie van de installatiebron."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Er is een fout opgetreden bij de initialisatie van de installatiebron."
#~ msgid "Search &In"
#~ msgstr "Zoeken &in"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. They are\n"
-#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a connection\n"
+#~ "<p><b>These are the release notes made for the first initial release. "
+#~ "They are\n"
+#~ "part of the installation media. During the configuration steps, if a "
+#~ "connection\n"
#~ "to the Internet is available, you can download updated release notes\n"
#~ "from the SUSE Linux Web server.</b></p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Dit zijn de uitgavenotities die gemaakt zijn voor de eerste initiële\n"
+#~ "<p><b>Dit zijn de uitgavenotities die gemaakt zijn voor de eerste "
+#~ "initiële\n"
#~ "uitgave, die deel uitmaakt van de installatiemedia. Als u tijdens de\n"
#~ "installatie een internetverbinding tot uw beschikking heeft, dan kunt u\n"
-#~ "bijgewerkte uitgave-informatie van de webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden.</b></p>"
+#~ "bijgewerkte uitgave-informatie van de webserver van SUSE Linux downloaden."
+#~ "</b></p>"
#~ msgid "Add-On Product Installation"
#~ msgstr "Installatie van addon-product"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/pkg-bindings.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: pkg-bindings.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2010-03-19 18:23+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -33,34 +33,59 @@
#. help text
#: src/HelpTexts.h:36
-msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a while...</P>"
-msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Laden van beschikbare pakketten</B></BIG></P><P>Het laden van beschikbare objecten uit de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen is bezig. Dit kan even duren...</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Loading Available Packages</B></BIG></P><P>Loading available "
+"objects from the configured repositories is in progress. This may take a "
+"while...</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Laden van beschikbare pakketten</B></BIG></P><P>Het laden van "
+"beschikbare objecten uit de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen is bezig. Dit "
+"kan even duren...</P>"
#. help text
#: src/HelpTexts.h:42
-msgid "<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is reading installed packages...</P>"
-msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Laden van geïnstalleerde pakketten</B></BIG></P><P>De pakketbeheerder leest de geïnstalleerde pakketten in...</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Loading Installed Packages</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is "
+"reading installed packages...</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Laden van geïnstalleerde pakketten</B></BIG></P><P>De "
+"pakketbeheerder leest de geïnstalleerde pakketten in...</P>"
#. help text
#: src/HelpTexts.h:47
-msgid "<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available packages in the repository...</P>"
-msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Registreren van een nieuwe installatiebron</B></BIG></P><P>Een nieuwe installatiebron wordt geregistreerd. De pakketbeheerder leest de lijst van beschikbare pakketten in de installatiebron...</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Registering a New Repository</B></BIG></P><P>A new repository is "
+"being registered. The package manager is reading the list of available "
+"packages in the repository...</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Registreren van een nieuwe installatiebron</B></BIG></P><P>Een "
+"nieuwe installatiebron wordt geregistreerd. De pakketbeheerder leest de "
+"lijst van beschikbare pakketten in de installatiebron...</P>"
#: src/HelpTexts.h:52
-msgid "<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating configured repositories...</P>"
-msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Opslaan van installatiebronnen</B></BIG></P><P>De pakketbeheerder is bezig de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen op te waarderen...</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Saving Repositories</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is "
+"updating configured repositories...</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Opslaan van installatiebronnen</B></BIG></P><P>De pakketbeheerder "
+"is bezig de geconfigureerde installatiebronnen op te waarderen...</P>"
#: src/HelpTexts.h:55
-msgid "<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is updating the repository content...</P>"
-msgstr "<P><BIG><B>Verversen van de installatiebron</B></BIG></P><P>De pakketbeheerder is de inhoud van de installatiebron aan het opwaarderen...</P>"
+msgid ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Refreshing the Repository</B></BIG></P><P>The package manager is "
+"updating the repository content...</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><BIG><B>Verversen van de installatiebron</B></BIG></P><P>De "
+"pakketbeheerder is de inhoud van de installatiebron aan het opwaarderen...</"
+"P>"
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr "Het pakket kan niet geselecteerd worden voor installatie."
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr "Het pakket is niet beschikbaar."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/printer.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: printer.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-29 00:24+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -74,17 +74,26 @@
#. If cups is missing, there can be no local running cupsd which is
#. mandatory to set up local print queues.
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:92
-msgid "Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)."
-msgstr "Kan printen niet configureren (vereist pakket cups-client is niet geïnstalleerd)."
+msgid ""
+"Cannot configure printing (required package cups-client is not installed)."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan printen niet configureren (vereist pakket cups-client is niet "
+"geïnstalleerd)."
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)."
-msgstr "Kan lokale printers niet configureren (vereist pakket cups is niet geïnstalleerd)."
+msgid ""
+"Cannot configure local printers (required package cups is not installed)."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan lokale printers niet configureren (vereist pakket cups is niet "
+"geïnstalleerd)."
#. Skip automated queue setup when it is a client-only config:
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:117
-msgid "No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)."
-msgstr "Geen toegang tot lokale printer (gebruikt CUPS-server '%1' op afstand voor printen)."
+msgid ""
+"No local printer accessible (using remote CUPS server '%1' for printing)."
+msgstr ""
+"Geen toegang tot lokale printer (gebruikt CUPS-server '%1' op afstand voor "
+"printen)."
#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd:
#. Wait half a minute for a new started cupsd is necessary because
@@ -126,7 +135,9 @@
#. so that also in this special case no automated queue setup is done.
#: src/clients/printer_proposal.rb:196
msgid "Cannot configure local printers (no local cupsd accessible)."
-msgstr "Kan lokale printers niet configureren (er is geen toegang tot een lokale cupsd)."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan lokale printers niet configureren (er is geen toegang tot een lokale "
+"cupsd)."
#. with an empty URI (i.e. no need to test this here)
#. but Printer::ConnectionItems adds trailing spaces
@@ -188,27 +199,35 @@
#. by calling the YaST printer module autoconfig functionality right now.
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:49
msgid "&Do an automatic configuration of local connected printers now"
-msgstr "&Voer nu een automatische configuratie uit van lokaal aangekoppelde printers"
+msgstr ""
+"&Voer nu een automatische configuratie uit van lokaal aangekoppelde printers"
#. Header for a dialog section where the user can
#. specify if USB printers are configured automatically:
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:61
-msgid "Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in"
-msgstr "Specificeer of automatische printerconfiguratie moet gebeuren als deze wordt ingeplugd"
+msgid ""
+"Specify if automatic USB printer configuration should happen when plug in"
+msgstr ""
+"Specificeer of automatische printerconfiguratie moet gebeuren als deze wordt "
+"ingeplugd"
#. CheckBox for automatic configuration of USB printers
#. by installing or removing the RPM package udev-configure-printer.
#. Do not change or translate "udev-configure-printer", it is a RPM package name.
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:75
-msgid "&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer configuration"
-msgstr "Het pakket udev-configure-printer gebr&uiken voor automatische USB-printerconfiguratie"
+msgid ""
+"&Use the package udev-configure-printer for automatic USB printer "
+"configuration"
+msgstr ""
+"Het pakket udev-configure-printer gebr&uiken voor automatische USB-"
+"printerconfiguratie"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -218,18 +237,23 @@
#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:101
-msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of printers for the local system."
-msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het automatisch configureren van printers voor het lokale systeem."
+msgid ""
+"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with automatic configuration of "
+"printers for the local system."
+msgstr ""
+"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het "
+"automatisch configureren van printers voor het lokale systeem."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
-msgstr "Het verwijderen van het 'ServerName' item in /etc/cups/client.conf is mislukt"
+msgstr ""
+"Het verwijderen van het 'ServerName' item in /etc/cups/client.conf is mislukt"
#. There is no "abort" functionality which does a sudden death of the whole module (see dialogs.ycp).
#. Unfortunately when the YaST package installer is run via Printerlib::TestAndInstallPackage
@@ -357,7 +381,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beschrijving"
@@ -423,7 +447,9 @@
#. show the same content as in the BasicAddDialog to set the default paper size:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:193 src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:271
msgid "Default paper size (if printer and driver supports it)"
-msgstr "Standaard papiergrootte (als de printer en het apparaatstuurprogramma het ondersteunen)"
+msgstr ""
+"Standaard papiergrootte (als de printer en het apparaatstuurprogramma het "
+"ondersteunen)"
#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name:
#. Header of a TextEntry to enter the queue name:
@@ -461,8 +487,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr "Niets geselecteerd"
@@ -514,8 +540,12 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a wrong queue name was entered:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:379
-msgid "Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are allowed for the queue name."
-msgstr "Alleen letters (a-z en A-Z), cijfers [0-9], en '_' zijn toegestaan voor de wachtrijnaam."
+msgid ""
+"Only letters (a-z and A-Z), numbers (0-9), and the underscore '_' are "
+"allowed for the queue name."
+msgstr ""
+"Alleen letters (a-z en A-Z), cijfers [0-9], en '_' zijn toegestaan voor de "
+"wachtrijnaam."
#. when a queue name is changed to be valid:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:389
@@ -537,8 +567,12 @@
#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown
#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations:
#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:430 src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:821
-msgid "If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button."
-msgstr "Als de volgende dialoog geen nieuwe printerconfiguratie toont zoals deze wordt verwacht, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'."
+msgid ""
+"If the next dialog does not show the new printer configuration as expected, "
+"wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button."
+msgstr ""
+"Als de volgende dialoog geen nieuwe printerconfiguratie toont zoals deze "
+"wordt verwacht, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'."
#. Only a simple message because before the RunHpsetup function was called
#. and this function would have shown more specific messages.
@@ -584,8 +618,12 @@
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term when no driver is used.
#. Do not change or translate "System V style interface script", it is a technical term.
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:315
-msgid "No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface script' is used)"
-msgstr "Geen wordt geen apparaatstuurprogramma gebruikt (het is een 'rauwe' wachtrij of er wordt een 'System V style interface script' gebruikt)"
+msgid ""
+"No driver is used (it is a 'raw' queue or a 'System V style interface "
+"script' is used)"
+msgstr ""
+"Geen wordt geen apparaatstuurprogramma gebruikt (het is een 'rauwe' wachtrij "
+"of er wordt een 'System V style interface script' gebruikt)"
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:323
msgid "Current Driver"
@@ -594,7 +632,9 @@
#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:384
msgid "Adjust Options of the Current Driver or Assign a Different Driver"
-msgstr "Pas opties voor het huidige apparaatstuurprogramma aan of wijs een ander apparaatstuurprogramma toe"
+msgstr ""
+"Pas opties voor het huidige apparaatstuurprogramma aan of wijs een ander "
+"apparaatstuurprogramma toe"
#. Label of a TextEntry for a short printer driver description (only one line):
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:461
@@ -636,8 +676,12 @@
#. The 'next dialog' is the overview dialog where the printer configurations are shown
#. which has a 'Refresh List' button to update the shown printer configurations:
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:823
-msgid "If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time and use the 'Refresh List' button."
-msgstr "Als de volgende dialoog geen verwachte wijzigingen toont, wacht dan even en gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'."
+msgid ""
+"If the next dialog does not show the expected modifications, wait some time "
+"and use the 'Refresh List' button."
+msgstr ""
+"Als de volgende dialoog geen verwachte wijzigingen toont, wacht dan even en "
+"gebruik de knop 'Lijst verversen'."
#. Exit this dialog in any case:
#. Return at least a list with only a fallback string so that the user is informed:
@@ -650,7 +694,9 @@
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when "Driver Options" was selected:
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:855
msgid "Possible reasons: Nothing selected or it is a remote configuration."
-msgstr "Mogelijke oorzaak: Er is niets geselecteerd of het is een externe configuratie."
+msgstr ""
+"Mogelijke oorzaak: Er is niets geselecteerd of het is een externe "
+"configuratie."
#. Header for a ComboBox to keep the printer model or select another manufacturer:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:416
@@ -662,8 +708,11 @@
#. Do not change or translate "raw", it is a technical term
#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:432
-msgid "Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up"
-msgstr "Behoud uw model of selecteer een printer&fabrikant als er geen 'raw-wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden"
+msgid ""
+"Keep the model or select a &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up"
+msgstr ""
+"Behoud uw model of selecteer een printer&fabrikant als er geen 'raw-"
+"wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden"
#. Header for a ComboBox to select the printer manufacturer:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:452
@@ -675,7 +724,9 @@
#. when no driver is used for a print queue.
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:467
msgid "Select a printer &manufacturer if no 'raw queue' should be set up."
-msgstr "Een printer&fabrikant selecteren als er geen 'raw-wachtrij' ingesteld zou moeten worden."
+msgstr ""
+"Een printer&fabrikant selecteren als er geen 'raw-wachtrij' ingesteld zou "
+"moeten worden."
#. Header of a Table column with a list of printer connections.
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry to fill IP or hostname of remote server
@@ -784,8 +835,11 @@
msgstr "S&topbits"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1076
-msgid "To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed."
-msgstr "Het RPM-pakket bluez-cups moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang tot een bluetooth-printer te kunnen krijgen."
+msgid ""
+"To access a bluetooth printer, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Het RPM-pakket bluez-cups moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang tot een "
+"bluetooth-printer te kunnen krijgen."
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
@@ -867,8 +921,12 @@
msgstr "URI (zie de handleiding van de printer) [procent gecodeerd]"
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1402
-msgid "To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed."
-msgstr "Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een SMB-printer-share te kunnen krijgen."
+msgid ""
+"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be "
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een SMB-"
+"printer-share te kunnen krijgen."
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
@@ -936,7 +994,9 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1792
msgid "To access an IPX print queue, the RPM package ncpfs must be installed."
-msgstr "Het RPM-pakket ncpfs moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een IPX-afdrukwachtrij te kunnen krijgen."
+msgstr ""
+"Het RPM-pakket ncpfs moet geïnstalleerd zijn om toegang tot een IPX-"
+"afdrukwachtrij te kunnen krijgen."
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
@@ -972,7 +1032,9 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:1985
msgid "To print via 'pipe', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
-msgstr "Het RPM-pakket cups-backend moet geïnstalleerd zijn om via 'pipe' af te kunnen drukken."
+msgstr ""
+"Het RPM-pakket cups-backend moet geïnstalleerd zijn om via 'pipe' af te "
+"kunnen drukken."
#. The user can also decide during the actual installation not to install it
#. or the installation may have failed for whatever reason
@@ -992,12 +1054,14 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2044
msgid "To use 'beh', the RPM package cups-backends must be installed."
-msgstr "Om 'beh' te gebruiken moet het RPM-pakket cups-backend geïnstalleerd zijn."
+msgstr ""
+"Om 'beh' te gebruiken moet het RPM-pakket cups-backend geïnstalleerd zijn."
#. TRANSLATORS: Text entry for device URI (Uniform Resource Identifier)
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2163
msgid "Device URI (for which 'beh' should be applied) [percent-encoded]"
-msgstr "Apparaat URI (waarvoor 'beh' zou moeten worden toegepast) [procent gecodeerd]"
+msgstr ""
+"Apparaat URI (waarvoor 'beh' zou moeten worden toegepast) [procent gecodeerd]"
#. TRANSLATORS: Check box
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2173
@@ -1193,11 +1257,15 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2501
msgid "The 'space' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits."
-msgstr "De 'space' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens."
+msgstr ""
+"De 'space' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens."
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2509
-msgid "The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
-msgstr "De 'mark' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens en 1 stopbit."
+msgid ""
+"The 'mark' parity checking is only supported with 7 data bits and 1 stop bit."
+msgstr ""
+"De 'mark' pariteitscontrole wordt alleen ondersteund met 7-bits gegevens en "
+"1 stopbit."
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2551
msgid "Bluetooth device ID could not be empty."
@@ -1243,7 +1311,8 @@
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:2775
msgid "Device URI, number of retries, and delay could not be empty."
-msgstr "Apparaat-URI, aantal herhaalde pogingen en vertraging mogen niet leeg zijn."
+msgstr ""
+"Apparaat-URI, aantal herhaalde pogingen en vertraging mogen niet leeg zijn."
#. because special URI characters like '/ ? = &' in pipe
#. must stay as is and not be percent encoded because pipe
@@ -1351,7 +1420,8 @@
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3071
msgid "The generic test reports failures for share '%1' on host '%2'."
-msgstr "De algemene test rapporteert mislukkingen voor share '%1' op host '%2'."
+msgstr ""
+"De algemene test rapporteert mislukkingen voor share '%1' op host '%2'."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the SMB share name
#. and %2 will be replaced by the host name:
@@ -1368,13 +1438,19 @@
#. Without a link name /usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/smb (which is provided by samba-client)
#. the rest makes no sense (in particular the ln commands would create nonsense links in $PWD):
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3273
-msgid "To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be installed."
-msgstr "Om Active Directory (R) te ondersteunen moet het RPM-pakket samba-krb-printing zijn geïnstalleerd."
+msgid ""
+"To support Active Directory (R), the RPM package samba-krb-printing must be "
+"installed."
+msgstr ""
+"Om Active Directory (R) te ondersteunen moet het RPM-pakket samba-krb-"
+"printing zijn geïnstalleerd."
#. Show a user notification before it gets disabled:
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:3313
msgid "Active Directory (R) support will be disabled for all SMB print queues."
-msgstr "Ondersteuning voor Active Directory (R) zal uigeschakeld worden voor alle wachtrijen voor SMB-afdrukken."
+msgstr ""
+"Ondersteuning voor Active Directory (R) zal uigeschakeld worden voor alle "
+"wachtrijen voor SMB-afdrukken."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -1473,7 +1549,8 @@
#. because it is shown in a separated column to the left of this text.
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:111
msgid "Printer Description Files for Ghostscript Drivers"
-msgstr "Printerbeschrijvingsbestanden voor Ghostscript apparaatstuurprogramma's"
+msgstr ""
+"Printerbeschrijvingsbestanden voor Ghostscript apparaatstuurprogramma's"
#. CheckBox to select or un-select the printer driver package OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs.
#. There is no need to have the package name "OpenPrintingPPDs-hpijs" in this text
@@ -1558,7 +1635,8 @@
#. Simply exit this dialog because it does not make sense to proceed here
#. and there is nothing else to be done after this:
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:685
-msgid "The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
+msgid ""
+"The printer description file is not in compliance with the specification."
msgstr "Het printerbeschrijvingsbestand komt niet overeen met de specificatie."
#. when a PPD file is not in compliance:
@@ -1569,8 +1647,11 @@
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when PPD file is not in compliance:
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:705
-msgid "A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
-msgstr "Een niet-overkomende printerbeschrijvingsbestand kan leiden tot willekeurig falen."
+msgid ""
+"A non-compliant printer description file can lead to arbitrary failures."
+msgstr ""
+"Een niet-overkomende printerbeschrijvingsbestand kan leiden tot willekeurig "
+"falen."
#: src/include/printer/driveradd.rb:722
msgid "Failed to make the printer description file available"
@@ -1587,7 +1668,9 @@
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#: src/include/printer/driveroptions.rb:138
msgid "Failed to set driver options for queue %1."
-msgstr "Het instellen van opties voor het apparaatstuurprogramma is mislukt voor wachtrij %1."
+msgstr ""
+"Het instellen van opties voor het apparaatstuurprogramma is mislukt voor "
+"wachtrij %1."
#. Read dialog help 1/1:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:37
@@ -1618,12 +1701,14 @@
"<b><big>Print Queue Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n"
"When various applications submit print jobs simultaneously,\n"
-"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the printer\n"
+"these jobs are put in a queue and are sent one after the other to the "
+"printer\n"
"device.<br>\n"
"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer\n"
"device.\n"
"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver for a color device\n"
-"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer.\n"
+"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL "
+"printer.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1631,10 +1716,14 @@
"Een printer wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printerwachtrij.<br>\n"
"Als verschillende applicaties printjobs tegelijk aanbieden, dan worden\n"
"de jobs in de rij gezet en na elkaar naar het printerapparaat gezonden.<br>\n"
-"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor dezelfde printer.\n"
-"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een kleurenprinter\n"
-"of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing voor een PostScript+PCL printer\n"
-"of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en een voor tweezijdig printen.\n"
+"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor dezelfde "
+"printer.\n"
+"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een "
+"kleurenprinter\n"
+"of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing voor een PostScript"
+"+PCL printer\n"
+"of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en een voor tweezijdig "
+"printen.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Overview dialog help 2/7:
@@ -1654,9 +1743,11 @@
"<b><big>Gebruik van wachtrijen op afstand:</big></b><br>\n"
"Wachtrijen op afstand bestaan op andere hosts in het netwerk\n"
"daarom kunnen ze niet gewijzigd worden op deze host.<br>\n"
-"De wachtrijen op afstand die hier in de lijst staan zijn bekend op deze host\n"
+"De wachtrijen op afstand die hier in de lijst staan zijn bekend op deze "
+"host\n"
"en kunnen gewoonlijk direct door toepassingen gebruikt worden\n"
-"zodat er geen noodzaak is om een lokale wachtrij op te zetten voor een printer\n"
+"zodat er geen noodzaak is om een lokale wachtrij op te zetten voor een "
+"printer\n"
"die al beschikbaar is via een wachtrij op afstand.<br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1670,7 +1761,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Een printer configureren:</big></b><br>\n"
-"Druk op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe wachtrij in te stellen voor een printer.\n"
+"Druk op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe wachtrij in te stellen voor een "
+"printer.\n"
"</p>"
#. Overview dialog help 4/7:
@@ -1746,7 +1838,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>AutoYaST overzicht voor afdrukwachtrij</big></b><br>\n"
-"AutoYaST ondersteunt alleen instellingen voor het afdrukken met CUPS via het netwerk.<br>\n"
+"AutoYaST ondersteunt alleen instellingen voor het afdrukken met CUPS via het "
+"netwerk.<br>\n"
"Er is geen AutoYaST ondersteuning voor lokale afdrukwachtrijen.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1757,27 +1850,38 @@
"<b><big>Set Up a New Queue for a Printer Device</big></b><br>\n"
"A printer device is not used directly but via a print queue.<br>\n"
"When various application programs submit print jobs simultaneously,\n"
-"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device.<br>\n"
-"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer device.\n"
-"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer drivers\n"
+"the jobs queue up and are sent one after the other to the printer device."
+"<br>\n"
+"It is possible to have several different print queues for the same printer "
+"device.\n"
+"Usually several print queues are needed when several different printer "
+"drivers\n"
"should be used for the same printer device.\n"
"For example a second queue with a monochrome-only driver\n"
"to enforce black-only printout on a color device\n"
-"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL printer\n"
-"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less quality).\n"
+"or a PostScript queue and a queue with a PCL driver for a PostScript+PCL "
+"printer\n"
+"because printing via the PCL driver is usually faster (but with less "
+"quality).\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Stel een nieuwe wachtrij in voor een printerapparaat</big></b><br>\n"
-"Een printerapparaat wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printwachtrij.<br>\n"
+"Een printerapparaat wordt niet direct gebruikt maar via een printwachtrij."
+"<br>\n"
"Als verschillende applicaties printjobs tegelijk aanbieden, dan worden\n"
"de jobs in de rij gezet en na elkaar naar het printerapparaat gezonden.<br>\n"
-"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor hetzelfde printerapparaat.\n"
-"Gewoonlijk zijn verschillende printerwachtrijen nodig als verschillende printerstuurprogramma's\n"
+"Het is mogelijk om verschillende printerwachtrijen te hebben voor hetzelfde "
+"printerapparaat.\n"
+"Gewoonlijk zijn verschillende printerwachtrijen nodig als verschillende "
+"printerstuurprogramma's\n"
"gebruikt moeten worden voor hetzelfde printerapparaat.\n"
-"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een kleurenprinter\n"
-"zodat alleen zwarte inkt wordt gebruikt of een postscript rij en een rij met een PCL-aansturing\n"
-"voor een PostScript+PCL printer, omdat dat sneller is maar met een lagere kwaliteit,\n"
+"Bijvoorbeeld een tweede rij met een alleen-zwarte aansturing voor een "
+"kleurenprinter\n"
+"zodat alleen zwarte inkt wordt gebruikt of een postscript rij en een rij met "
+"een PCL-aansturing\n"
+"voor een PostScript+PCL printer, omdat dat sneller is maar met een lagere "
+"kwaliteit,\n"
"of een rij voor printen aan één kant van het papier en één voor\n"
"tweezijdig printen.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -1803,7 +1907,8 @@
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:152
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines which way data is sent to the printer "
+"device.<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n"
"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n"
"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n"
@@ -1811,22 +1916,28 @@
"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n"
"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n"
"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n"
-"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n"
-"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n"
+"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything "
+"else\n"
+"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one "
+"device)\n"
"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar het printerapparaat.<br>\n"
-"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar het apparaat worden gestuurd\n"
+"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar "
+"het printerapparaat.<br>\n"
+"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar "
+"het apparaat worden gestuurd\n"
"zodat er niet geprint kan worden.<br>\n"
"Als een printerapparaat toegankelijk is via meer dan één type verbinding,\n"
"dan wordt dat getoond voor elk type verbinding.<br>\n"
"In het bijzonder zijn HP-apparaten vaak bereikbaar via het 'usb:/...'\n"
"en de 'hp:/...' verbinding.\n"
"De laatste wordt geleverd door het HP-stuurprogrammapakket 'hplip'.\n"
-"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar voor iets anders\n"
-"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one apparaat)\n"
+"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar "
+"voor iets anders\n"
+"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one "
+"apparaat)\n"
"moet de 'hp:/...' verbinding worden gebruikt.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -1837,7 +1948,8 @@
"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n"
"specific printer model.<br>\n"
"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n"
-"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n"
+"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all."
+"<br>\n"
"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
"with the autodetected model name of the currently selected connection\n"
"and those drivers where the driver description matches to the model name\n"
@@ -1862,7 +1974,8 @@
"and feel free to play around and modify the settings\n"
"to what you know what works best for your printer.<br>\n"
"If no driver description matches to the autodetected model name,\n"
-"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the model.\n"
+"it does not necessarily mean that there is no driver available for the "
+"model.\n"
"Often only the model name in the driver descriptions\n"
"is different from the autodetected model name.\n"
"Therefore you can enter whatever you like as driver search string\n"
@@ -1884,49 +1997,66 @@
"<p>\n"
"Het <b>stuurprogramma</b> bepaalt of de juiste gegevens voor het specifieke\n"
"printer-model worden geproduceerd.<br>\n"
-"Als er een verkeerd stuurprogramma is gekozen dan worden de verkeerde gegevens naar de printer\n"
-"gestuurd hetgeen resulteert in iets wat er slecht of chaotisch uitziet of helemaal niets laat zien.<br>\n"
-"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoek-tekst ingevuld met een model-naam die komt uit de\n"
+"Als er een verkeerd stuurprogramma is gekozen dan worden de verkeerde "
+"gegevens naar de printer\n"
+"gestuurd hetgeen resulteert in iets wat er slecht of chaotisch uitziet of "
+"helemaal niets laat zien.<br>\n"
+"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoek-tekst ingevuld met een model-naam "
+"die komt uit de\n"
"automatische detectie van de nu geselecteerde verbinding.\n"
-"Hiermee wordt een stuurprogramma geselecteerd waarvan de beschrijving overeenkomt de model-naam.\n"
+"Hiermee wordt een stuurprogramma geselecteerd waarvan de beschrijving "
+"overeenkomt de model-naam.\n"
"Deze worden standaard getoond.<br>\n"
-"Als de beschrijving van het stuurprogrammau overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam\n"
+"Als de beschrijving van het stuurprogrammau overeenkomt met de automatisch "
+"gedetecteerde model-naam\n"
"en alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen bij hetzelfde model behoren dan\n"
-"worden de beschrijvingen gesorteerd op de meest waarschijnlijke eerst en de minst waarschijnlijke laatst.\n"
+"worden de beschrijvingen gesorteerd op de meest waarschijnlijke eerst en de "
+"minst waarschijnlijke laatst.\n"
"De bovenste wordt dan automatisch voor-geselecteerd.\n"
-"Als er geen stuurprogramma automatisch wordt voor-geselecteerd dan moet u er handmatig\n"
+"Als er geen stuurprogramma automatisch wordt voor-geselecteerd dan moet u er "
+"handmatig\n"
"naar zoeken en deze selecteren.<br>\n"
-"Als een stuurprogramma automatisch was voor-geselecteerd dan betekent dat niet\n"
+"Als een stuurprogramma automatisch was voor-geselecteerd dan betekent dat "
+"niet\n"
"noodzakelijk dat deze de juiste is\n"
"voor uw specifieke behoeften.\n"
"Het kan zelfs zo zijn dat de automatisch voor-geselecteerde stuurprogramma\n"
"helemaal niet werkt voor uw printer-model.\n"
"De reden is dat de automatisch selectie\n"
"werkt op basis van het vergelijken van tekenreeksen\n"
-"(de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam en de beschrijving van de stuurprogramma)\n"
+"(de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam en de beschrijving van de "
+"stuurprogramma)\n"
"zodat het resultaat alleen een best-guess voorstel is\n"
"over hoe uw eigen printer-model opgezet moet worden.<br>\n"
"Controleer daarom of de huidige voor-geselecteerde waarden zinnig zijn\n"
"en voel u vrij om er mee te spelen en wijzig de instellingen\n"
"tot wat waarvan u weet dat het beste werkt voor uw printer.<br>\n"
-"Als geen beschrijving van de stuurprogramma overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam\n"
-"dan betekent dat niet noodzakelijk dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n"
-"Vaak verschilt alleen de model-naam in de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma\n"
+"Als geen beschrijving van de stuurprogramma overeenkomt met de automatisch "
+"gedetecteerde model-naam\n"
+"dan betekent dat niet noodzakelijk dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is "
+"voor dat model.\n"
+"Vaak verschilt alleen de model-naam in de beschrijvingen van de "
+"stuurprogramma\n"
"van de automatisch gedetecteerde model-naam.\n"
"U kunt daarom alles als zoek-tekst naar een stuurprogramma invullen\n"
"en alle beschikbare beschrijvingen doorzoeken.<br>\n"
"Gewoonlijk zijn de standaard optie-instellingen redelijk\n"
"zodat de stuurprogramma voor uw specifieke printer-model werkt.\n"
-"Enkele instellingen van opties moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke printer.\n"
-"In het bijzonder moet de standaard papiergrootte-instelling van de stuurprogramma\n"
+"Enkele instellingen van opties moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke "
+"printer.\n"
+"In het bijzonder moet de standaard papiergrootte-instelling van de "
+"stuurprogramma\n"
"overeenkomen met het papier dat in uw printer is geladen.\n"
"U kunt ofwel expliciet A4 of Letter selecteren als standaard papiergrootte\n"
-"of niets selecteren om de ingebouwde standaard papiergrootte van de stuurprogramma te gebruiken\n"
+"of niets selecteren om de ingebouwde standaard papiergrootte van de "
+"stuurprogramma te gebruiken\n"
"waarop de stuurprogramma terugvalt als deze geen A4 noch Letter ondersteunt\n"
"(bijvoorbeeld een stuurprogramma voor een klein-formaat foto-printer).\n"
-"Als u graag de andere opties voor de stuurprogramma wijzigt, behalve A4 of Letter,\n"
+"Als u graag de andere opties voor de stuurprogramma wijzigt, behalve A4 of "
+"Letter,\n"
"dan moet u eerst de wachtrij opzetten en dan kunt u in een tweede stap\n"
-"alle opties van de stuurprogramma aanpassen in de 'Bewerken/wijzigen' dialoog.\n"
+"alle opties van de stuurprogramma aanpassen in de 'Bewerken/wijzigen' "
+"dialoog.\n"
"</p>"
#. BasicAddDialog help 5/7:
@@ -1996,10 +2126,13 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Een alternatieve manier om HP-apparaten in te stellen is door <b>run hp-setup</b><br>\n"
-"uit te voeren, HP's eigen hulpmiddel, 'hp-setup', levert speciaal ondersteuning\n"
+"Een alternatieve manier om HP-apparaten in te stellen is door <b>run hp-"
+"setup</b><br>\n"
+"uit te voeren, HP's eigen hulpmiddel, 'hp-setup', levert speciaal "
+"ondersteuning\n"
"bij het instellen van HP-printers en HP-all-in-one apparaten die een\n"
-"propriëtair apparaatstuurprogramma nodig heeft dat wordt gedownload van HP en\n"
+"propriëtair apparaatstuurprogramma nodig heeft dat wordt gedownload van HP "
+"en\n"
"op de juiste manier geïnstalleerd op een specifiek eindgebruikerssysteem.\n"
"Verder levert 'hp-setup' bettere ondersteuning voor het instellen\n"
"van HP-netwrrkprinters en HP-all-in-one netwerkapparaten\n"
@@ -2027,7 +2160,8 @@
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:268
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device."
+"<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is selected, no data can be sent to the device\n"
"so that there cannot be any printout.<br>\n"
"If a printer device is accessible via more than one connection type,\n"
@@ -2035,8 +2169,10 @@
"In particular HP devices are often accessible both via the 'usb:/...'\n"
"and the 'hp:/...' connection.\n"
"The latter is provided by the HP driver package 'hplip'.\n"
-"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything else\n"
-"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one device)\n"
+"For plain printing, both kinds of connections should work, but for anything "
+"else\n"
+"(e.g. device status via 'hp-toolbox' or scanning with a HP all-in-one "
+"device)\n"
"the 'hp:/...' connection must be used.<br>\n"
"When you exchange the currently used connection with another one,\n"
"the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
@@ -2066,43 +2202,58 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar het printerapparaat.<br>\n"
-"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar het apparaat worden gestuurd\n"
+"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier de data wordt verzonden naar "
+"het printerapparaat.<br>\n"
+"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt geselecteerd dan kan geen data naar "
+"het apparaat worden gestuurd\n"
"zodat er niet geprint kan worden.<br>\n"
"Als een printerapparaat toegankelijk is via meer dan één type verbinding,\n"
"dan wordt dat getoond voor elk type verbinding.<br>\n"
"In het bijzonder zijn HP-apparaten vaak bereikbaar via de verbinding\n"
"'usb:/...' en de 'hp:/...'.\n"
"De laatste wordt geleverd door het HP-stuurprogrammapakket 'hplip'.\n"
-"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar voor iets anders\n"
-"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one apparaat)\n"
+"Voor simpel printen zouden beide soorten verbindingen moeten werken maar "
+"voor iets anders\n"
+"(b.v. apparaatstatus via 'hp-toolbox', of scannen met een HP all-in-one "
+"apparaat)\n"
"moet de 'hp:/...' verbinding worden gebruikt.<br>\n"
"Als u de nu gebruikte verbinding verwisselt voor een andere, dan\n"
"zal het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma vooraf worden\n"
-"ingevuld met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam van de nieuw geselecteerde verbinding\n"
-"en worden standaard die stuurprogramma's getoond waarvan beschrijvingen overeenkomen\n"
+"ingevuld met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam van de nieuw "
+"geselecteerde verbinding\n"
+"en worden standaard die stuurprogramma's getoond waarvan beschrijvingen "
+"overeenkomen\n"
"met de modelnaam.<br>\n"
-"Als de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's overeenkomen met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam\n"
-"en als alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's bij hetzelfde model horen,\n"
-"dan worden die beschrijvingen gesorteerd zodat het meest waarschijnlijke stuurprogramma\n"
-"bovenaan de lijst komen te staan (echter nog steeds onder het nu gebruikte stuurprpgramma).\n"
-"Dit betekent echter niet noodzakelijk dat dit ook het meest waarschijnlijke stuurprogramma is\n"
+"Als de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's overeenkomen met de "
+"automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam\n"
+"en als alle overeenkomende beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's bij hetzelfde "
+"model horen,\n"
+"dan worden die beschrijvingen gesorteerd zodat het meest waarschijnlijke "
+"stuurprogramma\n"
+"bovenaan de lijst komen te staan (echter nog steeds onder het nu gebruikte "
+"stuurprpgramma).\n"
+"Dit betekent echter niet noodzakelijk dat dit ook het meest waarschijnlijke "
+"stuurprogramma is\n"
"voor uw specifieke behoefte.\n"
"Strikt genomen kan het bovenaan vermelde stuurprogramma\n"
"in het geheel niet werken voor uw specifieke printermodel.\n"
"De reden is dat de automatische stuurprogramma selectie\n"
"alleen werkt op basis van het vergelijken van tekenreeksen\n"
-"(de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam en de beschrijvingen van de stuurprogramma's)\n"
+"(de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam en de beschrijvingen van de "
+"stuurprogramma's)\n"
"zodat het resultaat slechts een best-guess voorstel is\n"
"over hoe uw specifieke printermodel in te stellen.<br>\n"
"Controleer daarom of de nu voorgeselecteerde zinvol zijn\n"
"en voel u vrij om hiermee te spelen en de instellingen te wijzigen\n"
"tot iets wat het beste werkt voor uw printer.<br>\n"
-"Als er geen beschrijving van stuurprogramma's overeenkomt met de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam,\n"
-"dan hoeft dat niet noodzakelijk te betekenen dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n"
+"Als er geen beschrijving van stuurprogramma's overeenkomt met de automatisch "
+"gedetecteerde modelnaam,\n"
+"dan hoeft dat niet noodzakelijk te betekenen dat er geen stuurprogramma "
+"beschikbaar is voor dat model.\n"
"Vaak is alleen de modelnaam in de beschrijving van de stuurprogramma's\n"
"verschillend van de automatisch gedetecteerde modelnaam.\n"
-"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een geschikt stuurprogramma\n"
+"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een "
+"geschikt stuurprogramma\n"
"en zoeken in alle beschikbare beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2113,9 +2264,12 @@
"The <b>driver</b> determines that the right data is produced for the\n"
"specific printer model.<br>\n"
"If a wrong driver is assigned, wrong data is sent to the printer\n"
-"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all.<br>\n"
-"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings later\n"
-"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now.<br>\n"
+"which results bad looking printout, chaotic printout, or no printout at all."
+"<br>\n"
+"You can either select another driver and modify its driver option settings "
+"later\n"
+"or keep the currently used driver and modify its driver option settings now."
+"<br>\n"
"Some driver option settings must match to your particular printer.\n"
"For example the default paper size setting of the driver\n"
"must match to the paper which is actually loaded in your printer.<br>\n"
@@ -2124,7 +2278,8 @@
"should work for the particular driver.\n"
"Nevertheless it may happen that your particular printer fails to print\n"
"with high resolution. For example when you have a laser printer\n"
-"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages.<br>\n"
+"which has insufficient built-in memory to process high resolution pages."
+"<br>\n"
"When you exchange the currently used driver by another one,\n"
"you must first apply this change to the print queue\n"
"so that the new driver is used for the queue\n"
@@ -2132,7 +2287,8 @@
"and then in a second step you can adjust all driver options\n"
"by using this dialog again.<br>\n"
"Initially the input field for the driver search string is preset\n"
-"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was not changed.\n"
+"with the description of the currently used driver when the connection was "
+"not changed.\n"
"This results usually only one single driver which matches\n"
"so that you would have to enter a less specific driver search string\n"
"to get also other drivers or you use the 'Find More' button.\n"
@@ -2142,12 +2298,17 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Het <b>stuurprogramma</b> bepaalt dat de juiste data wordt geproduceerd voor het\n"
+"Het <b>stuurprogramma</b> bepaalt dat de juiste data wordt geproduceerd voor "
+"het\n"
"specifieke printermodel.<br>\n"
-"Als een verkeerd stuurprogramma is toegekend dan wordt de verkeerde data naar de printer gezonden\n"
-"wat resulteert in slecht uitziende printout, chaotische printout, of helemaal geen printout.<br>\n"
-"U kunt ofwel een ander stuurprogramma kiezen en later de optieinstellingen ervoor wijzigen\n"
-"of het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma behouden en zijn optieinstellingen nu wijzigen.<br>\n"
+"Als een verkeerd stuurprogramma is toegekend dan wordt de verkeerde data "
+"naar de printer gezonden\n"
+"wat resulteert in slecht uitziende printout, chaotische printout, of "
+"helemaal geen printout.<br>\n"
+"U kunt ofwel een ander stuurprogramma kiezen en later de optieinstellingen "
+"ervoor wijzigen\n"
+"of het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma behouden en zijn optieinstellingen nu "
+"wijzigen.<br>\n"
"Sommige optieinstellingen moeten overeenkomen met uw specifieke printer.\n"
"Bijvoorbeeld de standaard papergrootte instelling van het stuurprogramma\n"
"moet overeenkomen met het papier dat nu is geladen in uw printer.<br>\n"
@@ -2156,20 +2317,28 @@
"zou moeten werken voor het betreffende stuurprogramma.\n"
"Niettemin kan het voorkomen dat uw specifieke printer niet wil printen\n"
"met een hoge resolutie. Bijvoorbeeld bij een laserprinter\n"
-"die onvoldoende ingebouwd geheugen heeft om de hoge resolutie pagina's te verwerken.<br>\n"
+"die onvoldoende ingebouwd geheugen heeft om de hoge resolutie pagina's te "
+"verwerken.<br>\n"
"Als u het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma wilt vervangen door een andere,\n"
"dan moet u eerst deze wijziging toepassen op de printwachtrij\n"
"zodat het nieuwe stuurprogramma wordt gebruikt voor de wachtrij\n"
"(dwz. u moet deze dialoog als eerste stap beëindigen)\n"
-"en daarna in een tweede stap kunt u alle opties voor stuurprogramma's wijzigen\n"
+"en daarna in een tweede stap kunt u alle opties voor stuurprogramma's "
+"wijzigen\n"
"door deze dialoog opnieuw te gebruiken.<br>\n"
-"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma ingevuld\n"
-"met de beschrijving van het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma als de verbinding niet is gewijzigd.\n"
-"Dit resulteert gewoonlijk slechts in één enkel stuurprogramma dat overeenkomt\n"
+"Initieel wordt het invoerveld voor de zoektekst naar het stuurprogramma "
+"ingevuld\n"
+"met de beschrijving van het nu gebruikte stuurprogramma als de verbinding "
+"niet is gewijzigd.\n"
+"Dit resulteert gewoonlijk slechts in één enkel stuurprogramma dat "
+"overeenkomt\n"
"zodat u een minder specifieke zoektekst moet invoeren\n"
-"om ook andere stuurprogramma's te krijgen of u gebruikt de knop 'Meer zoeken.\n"
-"Als geen stuurprogramma overeenkomt, dan betekent dat niet dat er geen stuurprogramma beschikbaar is.\n"
-"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een geschikt stuurprogramma\n"
+"om ook andere stuurprogramma's te krijgen of u gebruikt de knop 'Meer "
+"zoeken.\n"
+"Als geen stuurprogramma overeenkomt, dan betekent dat niet dat er geen "
+"stuurprogramma beschikbaar is.\n"
+"U kunt dus elke willekeurige zoektekst invoeren bij het zoeken naar een "
+"geschikt stuurprogramma\n"
"en zoeken in alle beschikbare beschrijvingen van stuurprogramma's.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2178,8 +2347,10 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"In contrast to connection and driver where you must select the right one,\n"
-"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and <b>location</b>.\n"
-"Application programs often show description and location in the print dialog.\n"
+"you are free to enter arbitrary strings for <b>description</b> and "
+"<b>location</b>.\n"
+"Application programs often show description and location in the print "
+"dialog.\n"
"To make sure that those strings look correct in any language\n"
"which a particular user of a particular application program may use,\n"
"it is safe when you use only plain ASCII text without\n"
@@ -2192,13 +2363,19 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"In tegenstelling tot verbinding en stuurprogramma waar u de juiste moet kiezen,\n"
-"bent u vrij om een willekeurige tekenreeks te gebruiken voor <b>beschrijving</b> en <b>locatie</b>.\n"
-"Applicatieprogramma's tonen vaak de beschrijving en locatie in de printerdialoog.\n"
+"In tegenstelling tot verbinding en stuurprogramma waar u de juiste moet "
+"kiezen,\n"
+"bent u vrij om een willekeurige tekenreeks te gebruiken voor "
+"<b>beschrijving</b> en <b>locatie</b>.\n"
+"Applicatieprogramma's tonen vaak de beschrijving en locatie in de "
+"printerdialoog.\n"
"Om er zeker van te zijn dat deze tekenreeksen er goed uit zien in elke taal\n"
-"die een specifieke gebruiker van een specifiek applicatieprogramma kan gebruiken,\n"
-"is het veilig wanneer u alleen platte ASCII tekst gebruikt zonder speciale tekens\n"
-"(bijv. alleen de ASCII letters (a-z en A-Z), ASCII nummers (0-9) en de ASCII spatie (hex 20)).\n"
+"die een specifieke gebruiker van een specifiek applicatieprogramma kan "
+"gebruiken,\n"
+"is het veilig wanneer u alleen platte ASCII tekst gebruikt zonder speciale "
+"tekens\n"
+"(bijv. alleen de ASCII letters (a-z en A-Z), ASCII nummers (0-9) en de ASCII "
+"spatie (hex 20)).\n"
"Gewoonlijk bevat de beschrijving het model en optioneel het stuurprogramma\n"
"(b.v. 'ACME FunPrinter 1000 met het generieke PCL-stuurprogramma')\n"
"en de locatie beschrijft waar de printer staat\n"
@@ -2221,13 +2398,16 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Stel opties voor stuurprogramma in</big></b><br>\n"
-"Gewoonlijk is het het beste om de stuurprogrammastandaarden ongewijzigd te laten omdat\n"
+"Gewoonlijk is het het beste om de stuurprogrammastandaarden ongewijzigd te "
+"laten omdat\n"
"de standaarden redelijke waarden hebben voor het gebruikelijke printen.<br>\n"
"Bovendien tonen de printdialogen in de gebruikelijke applicatieprogramma's\n"
"ook de stuurprogrammaopties zodat elke gebruiker de stuurprogrammaopties\n"
"kan specificeren voor elke individuele printout.<br>\n"
-"De enige instelling die gecontroleerd zou moeten worden is in elk geval de papiergrootte\n"
-"die ingesteld moet zijn op wat nu wordt gebruikt door de standaad in de printer.\n"
+"De enige instelling die gecontroleerd zou moeten worden is in elk geval de "
+"papiergrootte\n"
+"die ingesteld moet zijn op wat nu wordt gebruikt door de standaad in de "
+"printer.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. DriverOptionsDialog help 2/3:
@@ -2245,10 +2425,12 @@
"<p>\n"
"Niet-standaard instellingen kunnen niet in alle gevallen werken of hebben\n"
"onverwachte gevolgen.<br>\n"
-"Bijvoorbeeld een hoge resolutie instelling kan niet werken voor een laserprinter\n"
+"Bijvoorbeeld een hoge resolutie instelling kan niet werken voor een "
+"laserprinter\n"
"als zijn standaard ingebouwde geheugen onvoldoende is om de hoge resolutie\n"
"pagina's te verwerken.<br>\n"
-"Of een instelling hoge kwaliteit kan het printen ontoelaatbaar langzaam zijn\n"
+"Of een instelling hoge kwaliteit kan het printen ontoelaatbaar langzaam "
+"zijn\n"
"op een inkjetprinter.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2266,13 +2448,19 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Aan de andere kant zal in bepaalde gevallen printer-specifieke stuurprogrammainstellingen\n"
-"aangepast moeten worden om de volle functionaliteit van een printer te verkrijgen.<br>\n"
+"Aan de andere kant zal in bepaalde gevallen printer-specifieke "
+"stuurprogrammainstellingen\n"
+"aangepast moeten worden om de volle functionaliteit van een printer te "
+"verkrijgen.<br>\n"
"In het bijzinder wanneer de printer optionele eenheden heeft zoals\n"
-"een duplex eenheid (tweezijdig printen) of optionele papierinvoer, dan moeten de\n"
-"de overeenkomstige stuurprogrammainstellingen gecontroleerd en aangepast worden.<br>\n"
-"Bijvoorbeeld de optie voor een duplex eenheid moet ingesteld worden op 'geïnstalleerd' of 'true'\n"
-"anders kan het stuurprogramma een optie voor de instelling van duplex printen negeren.\n"
+"een duplex eenheid (tweezijdig printen) of optionele papierinvoer, dan "
+"moeten de\n"
+"de overeenkomstige stuurprogrammainstellingen gecontroleerd en aangepast "
+"worden.<br>\n"
+"Bijvoorbeeld de optie voor een duplex eenheid moet ingesteld worden op "
+"'geïnstalleerd' of 'true'\n"
+"anders kan het stuurprogramma een optie voor de instelling van duplex "
+"printen negeren.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. AddDriverDialog help 1/2:
@@ -2290,7 +2478,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Voeg toe of verwijder printerstuurprogrammapakketten</big></b><br>\n"
-"Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket niet gemarkeerd is, is het niet geïnstalleerd\n"
+"Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket niet gemarkeerd is, is het niet "
+"geïnstalleerd\n"
"en dan kunt u het selecteren zodat het geïnstalleerd kan worden.<br>\n"
"Als een printerstuurprogrammapakket gemarkeerd is dan is het geïnstalleerd\n"
"en kunt u het selecteren om het te verwijderen.\n"
@@ -2347,8 +2536,10 @@
"Het simpele instellen zal wel werken maar het actuele printen\n"
"zal niet werken omdat het stuurprogramma zou ontbreken.\n"
"Voor niet-PostScript printers hebt u een printerstuurprogramma nodig\n"
-"en een PPD-bestand dat exact overeenkomt met het betreffende stuurprogramma.\n"
-"Overeenkomende PPD-bestanden worden automatisch geïnstalleerd op de juiste plaats\n"
+"en een PPD-bestand dat exact overeenkomt met het betreffende "
+"stuurprogramma.\n"
+"Overeenkomende PPD-bestanden worden automatisch geïnstalleerd op de juiste "
+"plaats\n"
"als u de bovengenoemde printerstuurprogrammapakketten installeert.<br>\n"
"Alleen voor PostScript printers is een PPD-bestand alleen in het algemeen\n"
"voldoende om een werkende PostScript printerconfiguratie in te stellen.\n"
@@ -2362,15 +2553,18 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Specify the Connection</big></b><br>\n"
-"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device.<br>\n"
+"The <b>connection</b> determines how data is sent to the printer device."
+"<br>\n"
"If a wrong connection is used, no data can be sent to the device\n"
"so that there cannot be any printout.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Specificeer de verbinding</big></b><br>\n"
-"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier data verzonden wordt naar het printerapparaat.<br>\n"
-"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt gebruikt dan kan er geen data naar het apparaat\n"
+"De <b>verbinding</b> bepaalt op welke manier data verzonden wordt naar het "
+"printerapparaat.<br>\n"
+"Als er een verkeerde verbinding wordt gebruikt dan kan er geen data naar het "
+"apparaat\n"
"gezonden worden en kan er dus niets geprint worden.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2380,19 +2574,24 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printer Device URI</big></b><br>\n"
"A connection is specified as so called <b>device URI</b>.<br>\n"
-"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-transfer,\n"
+"Its first word (the so called URI scheme) specifies the kind of data-"
+"transfer,\n"
"for example 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', or 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"After the scheme there are more or less additional components\n"
"which specify the details for this kind of data-transfer.<br>\n"
"Space characters are not allowed in an URI.\n"
"Therefore a space character in a value of an URI component\n"
-"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character).<br>\n"
+"is encoded as '%20' (20 is the hexadecimal value of the space character)."
+"<br>\n"
"The components of an URI are separated by special reserved characters like\n"
-"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign '='.<br>\n"
-"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark '?')\n"
+"colon ':', slash '/', question mark '?', ampersand '&', or equals sign "
+"'='.<br>\n"
+"Finally there could be optional parameters (separated by a question mark "
+"'?')\n"
"of the form 'option1=value1&option2=value2&option3=value3' so that\n"
"a full device URI could be for example:<br>\n"
-"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n"
+"ipp://server.domain:631/printers/queuename?waitjob=false&"
+"waitprinter=false<br>\n"
"Some examples:<br>\n"
"A USB printer model 'Fun Printer 1000+' made by 'ACME'\n"
"with serial number 'A1B2C3' may have a device URI like:<br>\n"
@@ -2408,21 +2607,28 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printerapparaat-URI</big></b><br>\n"
-"Een verbinding wordt gespecificeed als een zogenaamde <b>apparaat-URI</b>.<br>\n"
-"Het eerste woord (het zogenaamde URI-schema) specificeert de soort van dataoverdracht,\n"
+"Een verbinding wordt gespecificeed als een zogenaamde <b>apparaat-URI</b>."
+"<br>\n"
+"Het eerste woord (het zogenaamde URI-schema) specificeert de soort van "
+"dataoverdracht,\n"
"bijvoorbeeld 'usb', 'socket', 'lpd', of 'ipp'.<br>\n"
"Na het schema staan meer of minder extra componenten\n"
"die de details specificeren voor dit soort van gegevensoverdracht.<br>\n"
"Spaties zijn niet toegestaan in een URI.\n"
"Daarom moet een spatie in een waarde voor een URI-component gecodeerd\n"
"worden als '%20' (20 is de hexadecimale waarde van een spatie).<br>\n"
-"De componenten van een URI worden gescheiden door speciale gereserveerde tekens\n"
-"zoals een dubbelepunt ':', slash '/', vraagteken '?', ampersand '&' of is-gelijk '='.<br>\n"
-"Tenslotte kunnen er optionele parameters zijn (gescheiden door een vraagteken '?')\n"
+"De componenten van een URI worden gescheiden door speciale gereserveerde "
+"tekens\n"
+"zoals een dubbelepunt ':', slash '/', vraagteken '?', ampersand '&' of "
+"is-gelijk '='.<br>\n"
+"Tenslotte kunnen er optionele parameters zijn (gescheiden door een "
+"vraagteken '?')\n"
"in de vorm van 'optie1=waarde1&optie2=waarde2&optie3=waarde3' zodat\n"
"een volledige apparaat-URI bijvoorbeeld zou kunnen zijn:<br>\n"
-"ipp://server.domein:631/printers/wachtrijnaam?waitjob=false&waitprinter=false<br>\n"
-"Speciale tekens moeten procent-gecodeerd zijn (ook bekend als URL-encoding).\n"
+"ipp://server.domein:631/printers/wachtrijnaam?waitjob=false&"
+"waitprinter=false<br>\n"
+"Speciale tekens moeten procent-gecodeerd zijn (ook bekend als URL-"
+"encoding).\n"
"Enige voorbeelden:<br>\n"
"Een USB printermodel 'Fun Printer 1000+' gemaakt door 'ACME'\n"
"met serienummer 'A1B2C3' kan een apparaat-URI hebben zoals:<br>\n"
@@ -2517,9 +2723,11 @@
"<b><big>Procent codering</big></b><br>\n"
"Het onderwerp is gecompliceerd.\n"
"Het is aanbevolen om gereserveerde tekens en spaties voor\n"
-"componentwaarden in URI's te vermijden als de waarden onder uw controle staan\n"
+"componentwaarden in URI's te vermijden als de waarden onder uw controle "
+"staan\n"
"(bijv. u kunt het niet vermijden wanneer u zulke tekens moet specificeren\n"
-"in waarden voor een URI om toegang te krijgen tot een printerwachtrij op afstand\n"
+"in waarden voor een URI om toegang te krijgen tot een printerwachtrij op "
+"afstand\n"
"maar de printerwachtrij staat niet onder uw controle).\n"
"Wanneer mogelijk, gebruik alleen zogenaamde niet-gereserveerde tekens.\n"
"Dit zijn kleine en hoofdletters, decimale cijfers, minteken, punt,\n"
@@ -2527,7 +2735,8 @@
"Zelfs minteken, punt, tilde en onderscheid tussen kleine en hoofdletters\n"
"zou speciale problemen in speciale gevallen kunnen veroorzaken\n"
"(bijv. alleen letters, cijfers en underscore zijn bekend goed te werken\n"
-"voor een CUPS-printer-wachtrij-naam en kleine/hoofdletter is niet significant daar).\n"
+"voor een CUPS-printer-wachtrij-naam en kleine/hoofdletter is niet "
+"significant daar).\n"
"Daarom is het het beste alleen kleine letters, cijfers en underscore\n"
"te gebruiken voor alle waarden in alle URI's indien mogelijk.<br>\n"
"Gereserveerde tekens en spaties in de waarde van een component\n"
@@ -2539,10 +2748,14 @@
"(dwz. niet-procent-gecodeerd).\n"
"Voor zulke invoervelden worden alle spaties en gereserveerde tekens\n"
"automatisch procent-gecodeerd.\n"
-"Bijvoorbeeld als een wachtwoord echt 'Foo%20Bar' is (niet-procent-gecodeerd),\n"
-"dan moet het letterlijk in het wachtwoord-invoerveld in de dialoog ingevoerd worden.\n"
-"De automatische procent-codering resulteert in 'Foo%2520Bar' wat de manier is hoe\n"
-"de waarde van de wachtwoord-component in het echt is opgeslagen in de URI.<br>\n"
+"Bijvoorbeeld als een wachtwoord echt 'Foo%20Bar' is (niet-procent-"
+"gecodeerd),\n"
+"dan moet het letterlijk in het wachtwoord-invoerveld in de dialoog ingevoerd "
+"worden.\n"
+"De automatische procent-codering resulteert in 'Foo%2520Bar' wat de manier "
+"is hoe\n"
+"de waarde van de wachtwoord-component in het echt is opgeslagen in de URI."
+"<br>\n"
"Als daarentegen een invoerveld in de dialoog bedoelt is om meer dan een\n"
"enkele waarde in te voeren voor een enkele component van de URI\n"
"(bijv. een enkel invoerveld voor alle optionele parameters\n"
@@ -2583,7 +2796,8 @@
"at-teken @ is procent gecodeerd as %40<br>\n"
"linker rechte haakje [ is procent gecodeerd as %5B<br>\n"
"rechter rechte haak ] is procent gecodeerd as %5D<br>\n"
-"Voor details zie 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Algemene syntaxis' op<br>\n"
+"Voor details zie 'Uniform Resource Identifier (URI): Algemene syntaxis' "
+"op<br>\n"
"http://tools.ietf.org/html/rfc3986\n"
"</p>"
@@ -2599,14 +2813,16 @@
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Apparaat-URI's voor direct verbinden apparaten</big></b><br>\n"
"Apparaten die zijn verbonden via USB\n"
-"worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de van toepassing zijn apparaat-URI wordt automatisch gegenereerd.\n"
+"worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de van toepassing zijn apparaat-URI wordt "
+"automatisch gegenereerd.\n"
"Bijvoorbeeld:<br>\n"
#. ConnectionWizardDialog help 5/7:
#: src/include/printer/helps.rb:588
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
+"<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></"
+"b><br>\n"
"A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n"
"and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n"
"A network printer has such a device built-in.\n"
@@ -2643,7 +2859,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of een printserverdoos</big></b><br>\n"
+"<b><big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of een "
+"printserverdoos</big></b><br>\n"
"Een printserverdoos is een klein apparaat met een netwerkverbinding\n"
"en een USB of parallelle poort om de echte printer aan te sluiten.\n"
"Een netwerkprinter heeft zo'n soort apparaat ingebouwd.\n"
@@ -2653,14 +2870,16 @@
"<b>TCP-poort (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n"
"Het IP-adres en een poortnummer zijn nodig voor toegang.\n"
"Het poortnummer 9100 is vaak de juiste.\n"
-"Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare protocol.\n"
+"Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare "
+"protocol.\n"
"De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is:<br>\n"
"socket://ip-adres:poortnummer<br>\n"
"<b>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</b><br>\n"
"Een LPD draait op het apparaat en levert een of meer LPD-wachtrijen.\n"
"Het IP-adres en een LPD-wachtrijnaam zijn nodig voor toegang.\n"
"Bijna alle netwerkprinters en printserverdozen ondersteunen het.\n"
-"Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere manier.\n"
+"Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere "
+"manier.\n"
"Maar het gebruik van een correcte LPD-wachtrij die niet op de een\n"
"of andere manier de data wijzigt of extra formfeeds of bannerpagina's\n"
"toevoegt zou essentieel kunnen zijn voor betrouwbaar printen.\n"
@@ -2669,7 +2888,8 @@
"<b>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</b><br>\n"
"IPP is het eigen protocol voor CUPS dat op een echte computer draait\n"
"maar als IPP is geïmplementeerd in een kleine printserverdoos,\n"
-"het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de leverancier\n"
+"het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de "
+"leverancier\n"
"in de documentatie dit officieel ondersteunt. \n"
"De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is:<br>\n"
"ipp://ip-adres:poortnummer/resource<br>\n"
@@ -2690,7 +2910,8 @@
"Ask your network administrator what which print server machine\n"
"provides in your particular network:<br>\n"
"<b>Windows (R) or Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
-"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be installed.\n"
+"To access a SMB printer share, the RPM package samba-client must be "
+"installed.\n"
"The package provides the CUPS backend 'smb' which is a link to\n"
"the <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> program which actually sends the data\n"
"to a SMB printer share.<br>\n"
@@ -2733,7 +2954,8 @@
"the following device URI to access a 'Fun Printer 1000+' share:<br>\n"
"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n"
"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>man smbspool</tt> and<br>\n"
-"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
+"http://en.opensuse.org/SDB:"
+"Printing_via_SMB_(Samba)_Share_or_Windows_Share<br>\n"
"'Windows' and 'Active Directory' are registered trademarks\n"
"of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries.<br>\n"
"<b>Traditional UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n"
@@ -2754,21 +2976,24 @@
"ipp://ip-address:631/printers/queue<br>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Apparaat-URI's om te printen via een printserver-machine</big></b><br>\n"
+"<b><big>Apparaat-URI's om te printen via een printserver-machine</big></"
+"b><br>\n"
"In tegenstelling tot een printserverdoos is een printserver-machine\n"
"een echte computer die een printservice biedt.<br>\n"
"Toegang gaat via verschillende netwerkprotocollen.\n"
"Vraag uw netwerkbeheerder wat elke printserver-machine\n"
"levert in uw specifieke netwerk:<br>\n"
"<b>Windows (R) of Samba (SMB/CIFS)</b><br>\n"
-"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang te hebben tot een SMB-printer-share.\n"
+"Het RPM-pakket samba-client moet zijn geïnstalleerd om toegang te hebben tot "
+"een SMB-printer-share.\n"
"Het pakket levert de CUPS-backend 'smb'die gekoppeld is aan\n"
"het <tt>/usr/bin/smbspool</tt> programma dat in werkelijkheid de gegevens\n"
"naar een SMB-printer-share zendt.<br>\n"
"Een servernaam en een printer-share-naam en optioneel een werkgroepnaam\n"
"zijn nodig voor toegang.\n"
"Verder kan een gebruikersnaam en een wachtwoord nodig zijn voor toegang>.\n"
-"Bedenk dat spaties en speciale tekens procent-gecodeerd moeten worden (zie eerder).<br>\n"
+"Bedenk dat spaties en speciale tekens procent-gecodeerd moeten worden (zie "
+"eerder).<br>\n"
"Standaard voert CUPS backends uit (hier smbspool) als gebruiker 'lp'.\n"
"Bij afdrukken in een Active Directory (R) omgeving (AD)\n"
"is het de gebruiker 'lp' niet toegestaan om in deze omgeving\n"
@@ -2781,10 +3006,12 @@
"die een omhulling is om smbspool uit te voeren als de originele\n"
"gebruiker die een bepaalde afdruktaak heeft ingediend.\n"
"Wanneer het Kerberos protocol voor authenticatie wordt gebruikt\n"
-"in een AD-omgeving, dan krijgt een gebruiker een \"ticket granting ticket\" (TGT)\n"
+"in een AD-omgeving, dan krijgt een gebruiker een \"ticket granting ticket"
+"\" (TGT)\n"
"via de schermbeheerder bij aanmelden in het bureaublad van Gnome of KDE.\n"
"Wanneer smbspool wordt uitgevoerd als de originele gebruiker die een\n"
-"specifieke afdruktaak heeft ingediend, dan kan het het TGT van deze gebruiker\n"
+"specifieke afdruktaak heeft ingediend, dan kan het het TGT van deze "
+"gebruiker\n"
"krijgen en gebruiken om het door te geven in de afdrukgegevens naar de\n"
"SMB-printer-share zelfs in een AD-omgeving met Kerberos-authenticatie.\n"
"In dit geval is er geen vaste gebruikersnaam of een vast wachtwoord\n"
@@ -2797,13 +3024,16 @@
"direct naar de SMB printer-share in de AD-omgeving zenden.\n"
"Het werkt dus specifiek niet op een aparte CUPS-servermachine\n"
"waar gebruikers die afdruktaken indienen niet zijn aangemeld.<br>\n"
-"Voor de traditionele manier is een overeenkomstige volledige apparaat-URI:<br>\n"
+"Voor de traditionele manier is een overeenkomstige volledige apparaat-URI:"
+"<br>\n"
"smb://gebruikersnaam:wachtswoord@werkgroep/server/printer<br>\n"
"Bijvoorbeeld 'John Doe' met wachtwoord '@thuis!' zou er zoiets uitzien\n"
-"met het volgende apparaat URI om toegang te bieden tot 'Fun Printer 1000+' als:\n"
+"met het volgende apparaat URI om toegang te bieden tot 'Fun Printer 1000+' "
+"als:\n"
"smb://John%20Doe:%40home%21@MYGROUP/homeserver/Fun%20Printer%201000%2B<br>\n"
"Voor <b>meer informatie</b> kijk op <tt>man smbspool</tt> en<br>\n"
-"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:Printen_via_SMB_(Samba)_share_of_Windows_share<br>\n"
+"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:"
+"Printen_via_SMB_(Samba)_share_of_Windows_share<br>\n"
"<b>Traditionele UNIX Server (LPR)</b><br>\n"
"Een Line Printer Daemon (LPD) draait op een traditionele UNIX-server\n"
"en levert een of meer LPD-wachtrijen.\n"
@@ -2813,7 +3043,8 @@
"<b>CUPS-server</b><br>\n"
"Gewoonlijk zou u geen lokale printwachtrij op moeten zetten voor\n"
"toegang tot een wachtrij op een CUPS-server op afstand. In plaats\n"
-"daarvan doet u de instelling via de dialoog <b>Printen via het network</b>.\n"
+"daarvan doet u de instelling via de dialoog <b>Printen via het network</"
+"b>.\n"
"Alleen als u echt weet dat u een lokale printwachtrij\n"
"op moet zetten om toegang te hebben tot een wachtrij op een CUPS-server\n"
"op afstand ga dan hier verder.<br>\n"
@@ -2856,10 +3087,12 @@
"The last parameter is the original URI, which the queue had before.<br>\n"
"Example:<br>\n"
"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-address:port-number<br>\n"
-"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second delay\n"
+"The beh backend tries to access a network printer 3 times with 5 second "
+"delay\n"
"between the attempts. If access still fails, the queue is not disabled\n"
"and the print job is lost.<br>\n"
-"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> and<br>\n"
+"For <b>more information</b> have a look at <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/"
+"beh</tt> and<br>\n"
"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -2869,7 +3102,8 @@
"als u het exact juiste apparaat-URI weet voor uw specifieke geval\n"
"of om een bestaande apparaat-URI op een speciale manier te wijzigen.<br>\n"
"<b>Zend printdata naar een ander programma (pipe)</b><br>\n"
-"Om dit te kunnen doen, moet het RPM-pakket cups-backends worden geïnstalleerd.\n"
+"Om dit te kunnen doen, moet het RPM-pakket cups-backends worden "
+"geïnstalleerd.\n"
"Het pakket biedt de CUPS-backend-'pipe' die\n"
"het programma draait dat u hier specificeert.\n"
"De overeenkomende apparaat-URI is:<br>\n"
@@ -2891,13 +3125,16 @@
"in geval van een fout. '0' betekent een oneindig aantal pogingen.<br>\n"
"Vertraging is het aantal seconden tussen twee pogingen\n"
"om de backend aan te roepen.<br>\n"
-"The laatste parameter is the originele URI, die de wachtrij oorspronkelijk had.<br>\n"
+"The laatste parameter is the originele URI, die de wachtrij oorspronkelijk "
+"had.<br>\n"
"Voorbeeld:<br>\n"
"beh:/1/3/5/socket://ip-adres:poort-nummer<br>\n"
"De beh backend probeert een netwerkprinter 3 keer met 5 seconden vertraging\n"
-"tussen de pogingen. Als toegang nog steeds mislukt, zal de wachtrij niet uitgeschakeld\n"
+"tussen de pogingen. Als toegang nog steeds mislukt, zal de wachtrij niet "
+"uitgeschakeld\n"
"worden en gaat de printjob verloren.<br>\n"
-"Voor <b>meer informatie</b> kijk op <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> en<br>\n"
+"Voor <b>meer informatie</b> kijk op <tt>/usr/lib[64]/cups/backend/beh</tt> "
+"en<br>\n"
"http://www.linuxfoundation.org/en/OpenPrinting/Database/BackendErrorHandler…"
"</p>"
@@ -2906,7 +3143,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printing Via Network</big></b><br>\n"
-"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network.<br>\n"
+"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) is used to print via network."
+"<br>\n"
"By default CUPS uses its so called 'Browsing' mode\n"
"to make printers available via network.<br>\n"
"In this case remote CUPS servers must publish their printers via network\n"
@@ -2941,19 +3179,25 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>Printen via het netwerk</big></b><br>\n"
-"Het is gebruikelijk CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) te gebruiken om te printen via het netwerk.<br>\n"
+"Het is gebruikelijk CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) te gebruiken om te "
+"printen via het netwerk.<br>\n"
"Standaard gebruikt CUPS de zogenaamde 'Browsing' modus\n"
"voor het beschikbaar stellen van printers via het netwerk.<br>\n"
-"In dit geval moeten CUPS-servers op afstand hun printers via het netwerk bekend maken\n"
-"en moet als gevolg daarvan op uw host het CUPS-daemon proces (cupsd) draaien\n"
+"In dit geval moeten CUPS-servers op afstand hun printers via het netwerk "
+"bekend maken\n"
+"en moet als gevolg daarvan op uw host het CUPS-daemon proces (cupsd) "
+"draaien\n"
"die luistert naar inkomende informatie over bekend gemaakte printers.<br>\n"
"CUPS Browsing informatie wordt ontvangen via UDP-poort 631.<br>\n"
"Betreffende de firewall:<br>\n"
-"Controleer of er een firewall actief is voor een networkzone waarin printers\n"
-"beschikbaar zijn via het netwerk om te worden gebruikt door vertrouwde gebruikers\n"
+"Controleer of er een firewall actief is voor een networkzone waarin "
+"printers\n"
+"beschikbaar zijn via het netwerk om te worden gebruikt door vertrouwde "
+"gebruikers\n"
"(niemand laat willekeurige gebruikers op zijn printer printen).\n"
"Standaard laat SuSEfirewall alle toegang toe via een netwerkinterface\n"
-"dat behoort bij de 'interne zone' omdat deze zone standaard wordt vertrouwd.<br>\n"
+"dat behoort bij de 'interne zone' omdat deze zone standaard wordt vertrouwd."
+"<br>\n"
"Het is niet logisch om te printen in een vertrouwd intern netwerk\n"
"met een netwerkinterface dat behoort tot de niet vertrouwde 'externe zone'\n"
"die standaard als niet veilig wordt ingesteld.\n"
@@ -2968,7 +3212,8 @@
"Gebruik de YaST module voor het instellen van de firewall om deze\n"
"fundamentele instelling te verrichten om veiligheid plus bruikbaarheid te\n"
"verkrijgen in uw netwerk en printers op afstand in een vertrouwd intern\n"
-"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall.<br>\n"
+"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall."
+"<br>\n"
"Voor details zie de openSUSE ondersteuningsdatabase\n"
"artikel 'CUPS en GEZONDE Firewall instellingen' at<br>\n"
"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_en_GEZONDE_Firewall_instellingen\n"
@@ -2993,11 +3238,14 @@
"<p>\n"
"Als u toegang hebt tot CUPS-servers op afstand om af te drukken\n"
"maar deze servers publiceren hun printerinformatie niet via het netwerk\n"
-"of als u de inkomende informatie over gepubliceerde printers niet kan accepteren\n"
+"of als u de inkomende informatie over gepubliceerde printers niet kan "
+"accepteren\n"
"(bijv. omdat u firewallbescherming nodig hebt voor de netwerkzone\n"
-"waarin de printers publiceren), dan kunt u om printerinformatie van CUPS-servers\n"
+"waarin de printers publiceren), dan kunt u om printerinformatie van CUPS-"
+"servers\n"
"verzoeken (aangenomen dat de CUPS-servers dit toestaan).<br>\n"
-"Voor elke CUPS-server waaraan een verzoek wordt gedaan, is een cups-polld-proces\n"
+"Voor elke CUPS-server waaraan een verzoek wordt gedaan, is een cups-polld-"
+"proces\n"
"gestart door het CUPS-daemon-proces (cupsd) op uw host.\n"
"Standaard zal elke cups-polld een CUPS-server op afstand elke 30\n"
"seconden afvragen op printerinformatie.\n"
@@ -3008,8 +3256,10 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
-"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n"
-"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.<br>\n"
+"there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your "
+"host.\n"
+"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly."
+"<br>\n"
"A possible drawback is that application programs may be delayed\n"
"for some time (until a timeout happens) when they try\n"
"to access the CUPS server but it is actually not available\n"
@@ -3019,16 +3269,21 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Als u alleen via het netwerk print en als u alleen een enkele CUPS-server hebt,\n"
-"dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-browsing te gebruiken en om een CUPS-daemon te\n"
-"hebben draaien op uw host. In plaats daarvan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server\n"
+"Als u alleen via het netwerk print en als u alleen een enkele CUPS-server "
+"hebt,\n"
+"dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-browsing te gebruiken en om een CUPS-daemon "
+"te\n"
+"hebben draaien op uw host. In plaats daarvan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-"
+"server\n"
"te specificeren en direct toegang te hebben.<br>\n"
"Een mogelijk nadeel is dat programma's enige tijd vertraagd worden\n"
"(totdat er een timeout optreedt) wanneer zij toegang\n"
"proberen te krijgen tot de CUPS-server maar is niet beschikbaar\n"
"(bijv. wanneer u op reis bent met uw laptop). Gewoonlijk is het timeout\n"
-"bij het opzoeken van een hostnaam (DNS) die de vertraging veroorzaakt zodat het kan\n"
-"helpen om een hard gecodeerde regel voor de CUPS-server in het bestand /etc/hosts te hebben.\n"
+"bij het opzoeken van een hostnaam (DNS) die de vertraging veroorzaakt zodat "
+"het kan\n"
+"helpen om een hard gecodeerde regel voor de CUPS-server in het bestand /etc/"
+"hosts te hebben.\n"
"</p>"
#. PrintingViaNetworkDialog help 4/4:
@@ -3064,17 +3319,22 @@
"Usually CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) should be set up to use\n"
"its so called 'Browsing' mode to make printers available via network.<br>\n"
"In this case CUPS servers publish their local print queues via network\n"
-"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must run\n"
+"and accordingly on CUPS client systems the CUPS daemon process (cupsd) must "
+"run\n"
"which is listening for incoming information about published printers.<br>\n"
"CUPS Browsing information is received via UDP port 631.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Delen van printwachtrijen en maak deze bekend via het netwerk</big></b><br>\n"
+"<b><big>Delen van printwachtrijen en maak deze bekend via het netwerk</big></"
+"b><br>\n"
"Gebruikelijk is CUPS (Common Unix Printing System) zo in te stellen dat de\n"
-"zogenaamde 'blader'-modus gebruikt kan worden om printers beschikbaar te maken via het netwerk.<br>\n"
-"In dat geval maken CUPS-servers hun lokale printwachtrijen bekend via het netwerk\n"
-"en overeenkomstig moet op CUPS-cliënt-systemen het CUPS-daemon-proces (cupsd) draaien\n"
+"zogenaamde 'blader'-modus gebruikt kan worden om printers beschikbaar te "
+"maken via het netwerk.<br>\n"
+"In dat geval maken CUPS-servers hun lokale printwachtrijen bekend via het "
+"netwerk\n"
+"en overeenkomstig moet op CUPS-cliënt-systemen het CUPS-daemon-proces "
+"(cupsd) draaien\n"
"die luistert naar inkomende informatie over bekend gemaakte printers.<br>\n"
"CUPS-blader-informatie wordt ontvangen via UDP-poort 631.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3084,26 +3344,34 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"First of all CUPS client systems must be allowed to access the CUPS server.\n"
-"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients.<br>\n"
+"Then specify whether or not printers should be published to the clients."
+"<br>\n"
"In a local network the usual way to set up CUPS Browsing is\n"
"to allow remote access for all hosts in the local network\n"
"and to publish printers to all those hosts.<br>\n"
"It is not required to publish printers in any case.<br>\n"
-"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS Browsing.\n"
+"If you have only one single CUPS server, there is no need to use CUPS "
+"Browsing.\n"
"Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server on the client systems\n"
-"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server directly.\n"
+"(via 'Printing Via Network') so that the clients access the server "
+"directly.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Ten eerste moeten alle CUPS-cliënt-systemen worden toegestaan toegang te hebben\n"
-"tot de CUPS-server. Daarna of de printers bekend mogen worden gemaakt bij cliënten.<br>\n"
+"Ten eerste moeten alle CUPS-cliënt-systemen worden toegestaan toegang te "
+"hebben\n"
+"tot de CUPS-server. Daarna of de printers bekend mogen worden gemaakt bij "
+"cliënten.<br>\n"
"In een lokaal netwerk is het gebruikelijk om CUPS-browsing in te stellen\n"
"en toegang van buiten open te stellen voor alle hosts in het lokale netwerk\n"
"en alle printers bekend te maken aan al die hosts.<br>\n"
"Het is niet verreist de printers in alle gevallen bekend te maken.\n"
-"Als u een enkele CUPS-server hebt, dan is er geen noodzaak voor CUPS-browsing.\n"
-"In plaats hiervan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server op de cliënt-systemen te\n"
-"specificeren (via 'Printen via het netwerk') zodat de cliënten direct toegang\n"
+"Als u een enkele CUPS-server hebt, dan is er geen noodzaak voor CUPS-"
+"browsing.\n"
+"In plaats hiervan is het eenvoudiger om de CUPS-server op de cliënt-systemen "
+"te\n"
+"specificeren (via 'Printen via het netwerk') zodat de cliënten direct "
+"toegang\n"
"hebben tot de server.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3185,7 +3453,8 @@
"op uw host tegen ongewenste toegang via het netwerk.<br>\n"
"Afdrukken via het netwerk wordt gedaan in een vertrouwd intern netwerk\n"
"(niemand laat willekeurige gebruikers van welk extern netwerk ook\n"
-"toe om op zijn printer te printen) en gewoonlijk hebben de gebruikers fysieke\n"
+"toe om op zijn printer te printen) en gewoonlijk hebben de gebruikers "
+"fysieke\n"
"toegang tot de printer nodig om hun papieruitvoer te krijgen.<br>\n"
"Standaard laat de SuSEfirewall alle netwerkverkeer passeren\n"
"via een netwerkinterface dat behoort tot de 'interne zone'\n"
@@ -3204,7 +3473,8 @@
"Gebruik de YaST module voor het instellen van de firewall om deze\n"
"fundamentele instelling te verrichten om veiligheid plus bruikbaarheid te\n"
"verkrijgen in uw netwerk en printers op afstand in een vertrouwd intern\n"
-"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall.<br>\n"
+"netwerk te laten werken zonder enige verdere instelling van de firewall."
+"<br>\n"
"Voor details zie de openSUSE ondersteuningsdatabase\n"
"artikel 'CUPS en GEZONDE Firewall instellingen' at<br>\n"
"http://nl.opensuse.org/SDB:CUPS_en_GEZONDE_Firewall_instellingen\n"
@@ -3223,7 +3493,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b><big>CUPS bewerkingbeleid</big></b><br>\n"
-"Bewerkingbeleid zijn de regels die gebruikt worden bij elke bewerking binnen CUPS.\n"
+"Bewerkingbeleid zijn de regels die gebruikt worden bij elke bewerking binnen "
+"CUPS.\n"
"Zulke bewerkingen zijn bijvoorbeeld 'print iets', 'annuleer een printout',\n"
"'configureer een printer', 'wijzig of verwijder een printerconfiguratie'\n"
"en 'schakel printen in of uit'.\n"
@@ -3250,7 +3521,8 @@
"<br>\n"
"The following error policies exist:<br>\n"
"Stop the printer and keep the job for future printing.<br>\n"
-"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by default).<br>\n"
+"Re-send the job from the beginning after waiting some time (30 seconds by "
+"default).<br>\n"
"Abort and delete the job and proceed with the next job.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3272,7 +3544,8 @@
"<br>\n"
"Het foutenbeleid dat gebruikt kan worden is:<br>\n"
"Stop de printer en bewaar de job voor later.<br>\n"
-"Stuur de job opnieuw vanaf het begin na enige tijd te hebben gewacht (30 seconden als standaard).<br>\n"
+"Stuur de job opnieuw vanaf het begin na enige tijd te hebben gewacht (30 "
+"seconden als standaard).<br>\n"
"Breek de job af en gooi deze weg en ga verder met de volgende job.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -3295,7 +3568,8 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><big>Automatische configuratie voor lokaal aangesloten printers</big></b><br>\n"
+"<b><big>Automatische configuratie voor lokaal aangesloten printers</big></"
+"b><br>\n"
"Activeer het keuzevakje om de automatische configuratie van YaST\n"
"voor printers, die met de lokale host zijn verbonden, uit te voeren.<br>\n"
"Voor elk automatisch gedetecteerde lokaal verbonden printer,\n"
@@ -3334,9 +3608,11 @@
"<b><big>Automatische configuratie voor USB-printers</big></b><br>\n"
"Het RPM-pakket 'udev-configure-printer' levert\n"
"automatische configuratie wanneer USB-printers ingeplugd worden.<br>\n"
-"Wanneer zijn keuzevakje initieel niet is geactiveerd, is het niet geïnstalleerd\n"
+"Wanneer zijn keuzevakje initieel niet is geactiveerd, is het niet "
+"geïnstalleerd\n"
"en dan kunt u het selecteren zodat het zal worden geïnstalleerd.<br>\n"
-"Wanneer zijn keuzevakje initieel is geactiveerd, dan is het al geïnstalleerd\n"
+"Wanneer zijn keuzevakje initieel is geactiveerd, dan is het al "
+"geïnstalleerd\n"
"en dan kunt u het deactiveren zodat het zal worden verwijderd.<br>\n"
"Als udev-configure-printer is geïnstalleerd, dan gebeurt\n"
"het automatische instellen van de USB printer via de items\n"
@@ -3373,57 +3649,57 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr "Weergeven"
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr "&Lokaal"
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr "Op a&fstand:"
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr "Configuratie"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Naam"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr "Locatie"
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr "Standaard"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr "Lijst ve&rversen"
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr "&Testpagina afdrukken"
@@ -3433,15 +3709,19 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
-"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
+"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not "
+"accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
"A non-accessible cupsd leads to an endless sequence of further failures.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Een lokaal draaiende CUPS-daemon is vereist maar lijkt niet toegankelijk te zijn.\n"
-"Controleer met 'lpstat -h localhost -r' of een lokale cupsd toegankelijk is.\n"
-"Een niet-toegankelijke cupsd leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere mislukkingen.\n"
+"Een lokaal draaiende CUPS-daemon is vereist maar lijkt niet toegankelijk te "
+"zijn.\n"
+"Controleer met 'lpstat -h localhost -r' of een lokale cupsd toegankelijk "
+"is.\n"
+"Een niet-toegankelijke cupsd leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere "
+"mislukkingen.\n"
#. Message of a Popup::ErrorDetails
#. when the local cupsd does not use the official IPP port (631).
@@ -3449,7 +3729,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -3461,88 +3741,105 @@
"If you really must use a non-official port, you cannot use\n"
"the YaST printer module to configure your printers.\n"
msgstr ""
-"De CUPS-daemon lijkt niet te luisteren op de officiële IANA IPP poort (631).\n"
-"Controleer met 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' waar de cupsd echt naar luistert.\n"
+"De CUPS-daemon lijkt niet te luisteren op de officiële IANA IPP poort "
+"(631).\n"
+"Controleer met 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' waar de cupsd echt naar "
+"luistert.\n"
"Dit kan gebeuren als er een 'Listen ...:1234' of 'Port 1234' instelling is\n"
"(waar 1234 elk poortnummer is die niet de officiële poort 631 is)\n"
"in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf (controleer ook of er een 'BrowsePort 1234' is).\n"
"De YaST-printermodule ondersteunt de niet-officiële poort niet.\n"
-"Een niet-officiële poort leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere mislukkingen.\n"
-"Als u echt een niet-officiële poort wilt gebruiken, dan kunt u de YaST-printermodule\n"
+"Een niet-officiële poort leidt tot een eindeloos aantal verdere "
+"mislukkingen.\n"
+"Als u echt een niet-officiële poort wilt gebruiken, dan kunt u de YaST-"
+"printermodule\n"
"niet gebruiken voor het configureren van uw printers.\n"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
-"Er worden verschillende tests uitgevoerd met betrekking tot de toegang tot de CUPS-server...\n"
+"Er worden verschillende tests uitgevoerd met betrekking tot de toegang tot "
+"de CUPS-server...\n"
"(dit kan enige tijd duren)"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr "De niet-toegankelijke CUPS-server '%1' niet langer gebruiken?"
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
-msgstr "Om door te gaan, zou u er akkoord mee moeten gaan dat '%1' niet langer wordt gebruikt."
+msgstr ""
+"Om door te gaan, zou u er akkoord mee moeten gaan dat '%1' niet langer wordt "
+"gebruikt."
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
-msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
-msgstr "Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van vertragingen en mislukkingen."
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
+msgid ""
+"A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
+msgstr ""
+"Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van vertragingen "
+"en mislukkingen."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr "CUPS-server %1"
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr "Testen of de CUPS-server toegankelijk is..."
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr "Selecteer een item."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr "Kan niet verwijderen"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
-msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
-msgstr "Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen verwijderd worden."
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
+msgid ""
+"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen "
+"verwijderd worden."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr "Verwijdering bevestigen"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
-msgid "The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored."
-msgstr "De geselecteerde configuratie zou onmiddellijk verwijderd worden en kan niet hersteld worden."
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
+msgid ""
+"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be "
+"restored."
+msgstr ""
+"De geselecteerde configuratie zou onmiddellijk verwijderd worden en kan niet "
+"hersteld worden."
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr "Verwijder configuratie %1"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr "Verwijder het niet"
@@ -3553,60 +3850,67 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr "Verwijdering van een klasse bevestigen"
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
-msgstr "Een verwijderde klasse kan met dit hulpmiddel niet opnieuw worden aangemaakt."
+msgstr ""
+"Een verwijderde klasse kan met dit hulpmiddel niet opnieuw worden aangemaakt."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr "Weigeren van printjobs"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
-msgstr "De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat printjobs geweigerd worden."
+msgstr ""
+"De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat printjobs geweigerd worden."
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr "Afdrukken uitgeschakeld"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
-msgstr "De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat uitprinten is uigeschakeld."
+msgstr ""
+"De testpagina kan niet geprint worden omdat uitprinten is uigeschakeld."
#. Test whether there are already pending jobs in a local queue.
#. If yes, the queue is usually currently actively printing because
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
-msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is printed."
-msgstr "Er zijn wachtende printjobs die verwijderd zouden kunnen worden voordat de testpagina is geprint."
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
+msgid ""
+"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is "
+"printed."
+msgstr ""
+"Er zijn wachtende printjobs die verwijderd zouden kunnen worden voordat de "
+"testpagina is geprint."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr "Verwijder wachtende printjobs voor %1"
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr "Verwijder deze voor het afdrukken van de testpagina"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr "Print de testpagina na de andere jobs"
@@ -3614,7 +3918,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr "Verwijderen van wachtende jobs voor %1 is mislukt."
@@ -3633,28 +3937,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr "Printen testen"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr "Print één of twee pagina's bijv. om dubbelzijdig afdrukken te testen"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr "Één testpagina"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr "Twee testpagina's"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr "Afdrukken van testpagina voor %1 is mislukt."
@@ -3662,25 +3966,26 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr "Wacht totdat de afdrukken van de testpagina klaar is"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
-msgstr "De testpagina is verzonden naar %1. Het printen zou spoedig moeten starten."
+msgstr ""
+"De testpagina is verzonden naar %1. Het printen zou spoedig moeten starten."
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr "De testpagina afdrukken is gelukt"
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr "De testpagina afdrukken is mislukt"
@@ -3700,55 +4005,68 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr "Er zijn wachtende jobs die nu verwijderd zouden kunnen worden."
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr "Verwijder alle wachtende jobs"
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr "Verwijder ze niet"
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr "Voor de volledige log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
-msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
-msgstr "Log-informatie van CUPS tijdens het verwerken van de testpagina voor %1 (alleen Engels)"
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
+msgid ""
+"CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
+msgstr ""
+"Log-informatie van CUPS tijdens het verwerken van de testpagina voor %1 "
+"(alleen Engels)"
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
-msgstr "Voor informatie uit de CUPS-log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor informatie uit de CUPS-log, zie het bestand /var/log/cups/error_log."
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
-msgid "When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote system."
-msgstr "Als afdrukken via een systeem op afstand mislukt, dan de hulp inroepen van de systeembeheerder van het systeem op afstand."
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
+msgid ""
+"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+"Als afdrukken via een systeem op afstand mislukt, dan de hulp inroepen van "
+"de systeembeheerder van het systeem op afstand."
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
-msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het toevoegen van een configuratie."
+msgstr ""
+"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met het "
+"toevoegen van een configuratie."
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr "Kan niet wijzigen"
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
-msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
-msgstr "Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen gewijzigd worden."
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
+msgid ""
+"This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit is een configuratie op afstand. Alleen lokale configuraties kunnen "
+"gewijzigd worden."
#. An entry for a ComboBox from which the user can select that the CUPS error policy
#. which is used when it fails to send a job to the printer is to
@@ -3803,8 +4121,12 @@
#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:139
-msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local system."
-msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met instellen van beleid voor het lokale systeem."
+msgid ""
+"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with setting policies for the local "
+"system."
+msgstr ""
+"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met instellen "
+"van beleid voor het lokale systeem."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the print queue name.
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:331
@@ -3815,7 +4137,8 @@
#. Do not change or translate "DefaultPolicy", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:354
msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
-msgstr "Het instellen van 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
+msgstr ""
+"Het instellen van 'DefaultPolicy %1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
#. where %1 will be replaced by the default error policy value.
#. Do not change or translate "ErrorPolicy", it is a system settings name.
@@ -3905,7 +4228,9 @@
#. from where remote printer information is polled:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:146
msgid "Polled CUPS server names or &IP Addresses (separated by space)"
-msgstr "Namen van CUPS-servers of &IP-adressen die afgevraagd worden (gescheiden door spatie)"
+msgstr ""
+"Namen van CUPS-servers of &IP-adressen die afgevraagd worden (gescheiden "
+"door spatie)"
#. A CheckBox to do all printing tasks directly
#. only via one single remote CUPS server:
@@ -3942,7 +4267,9 @@
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:210
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:263
msgid "Regarding firewall setup see the help text of this dialog."
-msgstr "Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall-instellingen zie de helptekst van deze dialoog."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor details met betrekking tot de firewall-instellingen zie de helptekst "
+"van deze dialoog."
#. to a client-only config but with an effectively empty server name.
#. Such a client-only config does not make sense:
@@ -3961,7 +4288,8 @@
#. when a client-only server is not accessible:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:396
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of failures."
-msgstr "Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van mislukkingen."
+msgstr ""
+"Een niet-toegankelijke server leidt tot een eindeloze reeks van mislukkingen."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name.
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:430
@@ -3976,7 +4304,9 @@
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:467
msgid "The checkbox to do all printing via one CUPS server was disabled."
-msgstr "Het keuzevakje om al het afdrukken via één CUPS-server te doen was uitgeschakeld."
+msgstr ""
+"Het keuzevakje om al het afdrukken via één CUPS-server te doen was "
+"uitgeschakeld."
#. An effectively non-empty current_browse_allow_value requires "Browsing On" in cupsd.conf:
#. It was initially a BrowsePoll config but the user has
@@ -3994,7 +4324,9 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowseAllow.
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:569
msgid "Failed to set BrowseAllow value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr "Het instellen van BrowseAllow waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
+msgstr ""
+"Het instellen van BrowseAllow waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is "
+"mislukt"
#. but now the user has deactivated it
#. so that the BrowseAllow config should be disabled.
@@ -4004,7 +4336,8 @@
#. Instead set only "BrowseAllow none" in cupsd.conf:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:597
msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr "Het instellen van 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
+msgstr ""
+"Het instellen van 'BrowseAllow none' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
#. a BrowsePoll config but with effectively empty server names.
#. Such a BrowsePoll config does not make sense:
@@ -4015,7 +4348,9 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the values for BrowsePoll.
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:659
msgid "Failed to set BrowsePoll value(s) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf"
-msgstr "Het instellen van BrowsePoll waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
+msgstr ""
+"Het instellen van BrowsePoll waarde(n) '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is "
+"mislukt"
#. but now the user has deactivated it
#. so that the BrowsePoll config should be disabled:
@@ -4041,7 +4376,8 @@
#. they are at least informend why there may be still remote queues:
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:727
msgid ""
-"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept announcements'\n"
+"When switching from 'accept printer announcements' to 'not accept "
+"announcements'\n"
"or after 'request printer information from CUPS servers' was disabled\n"
"it takes usually 5 minutes until already received information faded away..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4068,7 +4404,9 @@
#. A label which explains how the subsequent choices can be used:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:83
msgid "There are various ways how to specify which remote hosts are allowed:"
-msgstr "Er zijn verschillende manieren om te specificeren welke hosts op afstand zijn toegestaan:"
+msgstr ""
+"Er zijn verschillende manieren om te specificeren welke hosts op afstand "
+"zijn toegestaan:"
#. A CheckBox label to allow remote access to local print queues
#. for computers within the local network:
@@ -4126,20 +4464,28 @@
#. TextEntry to allow remote access to local print queues
#. for hosts and/or networks:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:180
-msgid "Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)"
-msgstr "Sta toegang toe vanaf deze IP-adressen of &netwerk/netmasker (gescheiden door een spatie)"
+msgid ""
+"Allow access from those IP addresses or &network/netmask (separated by space)"
+msgstr ""
+"Sta toegang toe vanaf deze IP-adressen of &netwerk/netmasker (gescheiden "
+"door een spatie)"
#. TextEntry to publish local print queues
#. to IP addresses and/or network broadcast addresses:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:192
-msgid "Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by space)"
-msgstr "Maak printers openbaar aan deze IP-adressen of netwerk-&broadcastadressen (gescheiden door een spatie)"
+msgid ""
+"Publish to these IP addresses or network &broadcast addresses (separated by "
+"space)"
+msgstr ""
+"Maak printers openbaar aan deze IP-adressen of netwerk-&broadcastadressen "
+"(gescheiden door een spatie)"
#. A CheckBox label to publish local print queues by default
#. via a partivular network interface which is shown below.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:214
msgid "&Publish printers by default via the network interface below."
-msgstr "&Maak printers openbaar als standaard in het onderstaande netwerkinterface."
+msgstr ""
+"&Maak printers openbaar als standaard in het onderstaande netwerkinterface."
#. A header for a ComboBox which lists network interfaces:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:221
@@ -4155,7 +4501,9 @@
#. Do not change or translate "Listen localhost", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:396
msgid "Failed to set only 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr "Het instellen van alleen 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
+msgstr ""
+"Het instellen van alleen 'Listen localhost' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is "
+"mislukt"
#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:406
@@ -4166,19 +4514,23 @@
#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:424 src/include/printer/sharing.rb:594
msgid "Failed to remove 'BrowseAddress' entries from /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr "Het verwijderen van 'BrowseAddress' items uit /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
+msgstr ""
+"Het verwijderen van 'BrowseAddress' items uit /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values.
#. Do not change or translate "Allow", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:536
msgid "Failed to set 'Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr "Het instellen van Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
+msgstr ""
+"Het instellen van Allow' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
#. where %1 will be replaced by one or more system settings values.
#. Do not change or translate "BrowseAddress", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:560
msgid "Failed to set 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf."
-msgstr "Het instellen van 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is mislukt"
+msgstr ""
+"Het instellen van 'BrowseAddress' entries '%1' in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf is "
+"mislukt"
#. Do not change or translate "Listen *:631", it is a system settings name.
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:613
@@ -4188,8 +4540,12 @@
#. PopupYesNoHeadline headline
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:643
-msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer configurations."
-msgstr "Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met gedeelde lokale printerconfiguraties."
+msgid ""
+"A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with sharing local printer "
+"configurations."
+msgstr ""
+"Een instelling van een CUPS-server op afstand is in conflict met gedeelde "
+"lokale printerconfiguraties."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -4329,7 +4685,9 @@
#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:678
msgid "Failed to determine driver options for queue %1."
-msgstr "Het bepalen van de opties voor de apparaataansturing voor queue %1 is mislukt."
+msgstr ""
+"Het bepalen van de opties voor de apparaataansturing voor queue %1 is "
+"mislukt."
#. Initialize printer configuration (checks only the installed packages) see
#. http://en.opensuse.org/Archive:YaST_Printer_redesign#Basic_Implementation_P…:
@@ -4379,7 +4737,9 @@
#. (e.g. simply because there is no queue). This results no error.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1098
msgid "Cannot show print queues (failed to detect print queues)."
-msgstr "Kon de de printqueue's niet tonen (het detecteren van de printqueues is mislukt)."
+msgstr ""
+"Kon de de printqueue's niet tonen (het detecteren van de printqueues is "
+"mislukt)."
#. Use local variables to have shorter variable names:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1119
@@ -4442,13 +4802,17 @@
#. was called and this function would have shown more specific messages.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1496
msgid "Failed to create the printer driver database."
-msgstr "Het aanmaken van de de database voor printerapparaatstuurprogramma is mislukt."
+msgstr ""
+"Het aanmaken van de de database voor printerapparaatstuurprogramma is "
+"mislukt."
#. fallback entry for a SelectionBox when no connection is selected.
#. It will be replaced by real content, when a connection is selected.
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1525
msgid "Select a connection, then matching drivers show up here."
-msgstr "Selecteer een verbinding, daarna tonen overeenkomstige apparaatstuurprogramma's zich hier."
+msgstr ""
+"Selecteer een verbinding, daarna tonen overeenkomstige "
+"apparaatstuurprogramma's zich hier."
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
@@ -4459,13 +4823,16 @@
#. show a meaningful text as fallback entry ('Find More' is a button label).
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1588
msgid "No matching driver found. Change the search string or try 'Find More'."
-msgstr "Geen overeenkomend apparaatstuurprogramma gevonden. Wijzig de zoektekst of probeer 'Meer zoeken'."
+msgstr ""
+"Geen overeenkomend apparaatstuurprogramma gevonden. Wijzig de zoektekst of "
+"probeer 'Meer zoeken'."
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:1613
msgid "Processing many printer drivers. Please wait..."
-msgstr "Veel printerapparaatstuurprogramma's worden verwerkt. Even geduld aub..."
+msgstr ""
+"Veel printerapparaatstuurprogramma's worden verwerkt. Even geduld aub..."
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
@@ -4483,7 +4850,8 @@
#. which should not happen at all:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2202
msgid "Failed to determine the driver options."
-msgstr "Het vaststellen van de opties voor de apparaatstuurprogramma's is mislukt."
+msgstr ""
+"Het vaststellen van de opties voor de apparaatstuurprogramma's is mislukt."
#. Info for a currently selected item which is to be set as new value in the system:
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2209
@@ -4514,7 +4882,8 @@
"kan worden. Dit gebeurt als YaST in tekstmodus draait, of als de\n"
"gebruiker die YaST draait geen DISPLAY-omgevingsvariabele heeft\n"
"aangemaakt of wanneer het YaST-proces geen toegang heeft tot de\n"
-"grafische display. In deze gevallen zou u 'hp-setup' handmatig moeten uitvoeren als gebruiker 'root'.\n"
+"grafische display. In deze gevallen zou u 'hp-setup' handmatig moeten "
+"uitvoeren als gebruiker 'root'.\n"
#. Message of a Popup::Error when hp-setup should be run.
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name:
@@ -4533,10 +4902,12 @@
#: src/modules/Printer.rb:2389
msgid ""
"Launched hp-setup.\n"
-"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer configuration.\n"
+"You must finish hp-setup before you can proceed with the printer "
+"configuration.\n"
msgstr ""
"'hp-setup' is opgestart.\n"
-"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de printer-configuratie.\n"
+"U moet 'hp-setup' voltooien alvorens u verder kunt met de printer-"
+"configuratie.\n"
#. from the BasicAdd dialog but the RPM package hplip is not installed:
#. Do not change or translate "hp-setup", it is a program name.
@@ -4553,13 +4924,20 @@
#. Is the package available to be installed?
#. Package::Available returns nil if no package source is available.
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:179
-msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository available."
-msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen installatiebron beschikbaar."
+msgid ""
+"Required package %1 is not installed and there is no package repository "
+"available."
+msgstr ""
+"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en er is geen installatiebron "
+"beschikbaar."
#. Message of a Popup::Error where %1 will be replaced by the package name:
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:194
-msgid "Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
-msgstr "Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar op de installatiebron."
+msgid ""
+"Required package %1 is not installed and not available in the repository."
+msgstr ""
+"Het vereiste pakket %1 is niet geïnstalleerd en niet beschikbaar op de "
+"installatiebron."
#. Only a simple message because:
#. Either the user has explicitly rejected to install the package,
@@ -4584,14 +4962,17 @@
#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies.
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:287
msgid "Remove %1 regardless of breaking dependencies?"
-msgstr "Moet %1 toch verwijderd worden ondanks dat onopgeloste afhankelijkheden achterblijven?"
+msgstr ""
+"Moet %1 toch verwijderd worden ondanks dat onopgeloste afhankelijkheden "
+"achterblijven?"
#. Header of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. Body of a Popup::ContinueCancelHeadline
#. when removing package %1 would break dependencies.
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:292
msgid "Breaking dependencies leads to arbitrary failures elsewhere."
-msgstr "Onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kan leiden tot willekeurig falen ergens anders."
+msgstr ""
+"Onopgeloste afhankelijkheden kan leiden tot willekeurig falen ergens anders."
#. where %1 will be replaced by the package name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
@@ -4620,7 +5001,9 @@
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:388 src/modules/Printerlib.rb:445
msgid "Failed to enable starting of the CUPS daemon during system boot"
-msgstr "Het activeren van het starten van de CUPS-daemon tijdens het opstarten van het systeem is mislukt"
+msgstr ""
+"Het activeren van het starten van de CUPS-daemon tijdens het opstarten van "
+"het systeem is mislukt"
#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment
#. because a restart disrupts all currently actively printing jobs:
@@ -4659,7 +5042,9 @@
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
#: src/modules/Printerlib.rb:441
msgid "Currently the CUPS daemon is not started during system boot."
-msgstr "Op dit moment wordt de CUPS-daemon niet opgestart bij het opstarten van het systeem."
+msgstr ""
+"Op dit moment wordt de CUPS-daemon niet opgestart bij het opstarten van het "
+"systeem."
#. to be on the safe side regarding complaints in an enterprise environment
#. because a stop disrupts all currently actively printing jobs:
@@ -4702,7 +5087,9 @@
#~ msgstr "Novell Netware Print Server (IPX)"
#~ msgid "Driver for Konica Minolta 2300W and 2400W (unmaintained)"
-#~ msgstr "Apparaatstuurprogramma voor Konica Minolta 2300W en 2400W (zonder onderhoud)"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Apparaatstuurprogramma voor Konica Minolta 2300W en 2400W (zonder "
+#~ "onderhoud)"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
@@ -4727,23 +5114,29 @@
#~ "Example device URIs:<br>\n"
#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
-#~ "To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be installed.\n"
-#~ "The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends the data\n"
+#~ "To access a device via bluetooth, the RPM package bluez-cups must be "
+#~ "installed.\n"
+#~ "The package provides the CUPS backend 'bluetooth' which actually sends "
+#~ "the data\n"
#~ "to a bluetooth printer.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "<b><big>Apparaat-URI's voor direct verbonden apparaten</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Apparaten die direct zijn verbonden via de parallelle poort of via USB\n"
-#~ "worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de juiste apparaat-URI wordt automatisch gegenereerd.\n"
+#~ "worden automatisch gedetecteerd en de juiste apparaat-URI wordt "
+#~ "automatisch gegenereerd.\n"
#~ "Bijvoorbeeld:<br>\n"
#~ "parallel:/dev/lp0<br>\n"
#~ "usb://ACME/Fun%20Printer?serial=A1B2C3<br>\n"
#~ "hp:/usb/HP_LaserJet?serial=1234<br>\n"
#~ "Gewoonlijk werken alleen de automatisch gegenereerde apparaat-URI's.\n"
-#~ "Als het apparaat niet automatisch wordt gedetecteerd dan is er gewoonlijk geen communicatie\n"
-#~ "met het apparaat mogelijk en kunnen er geen gegevens naar het apparaat worden gezonden.<br>\n"
-#~ "Om toegang te krijgen tot een HP-printer of alles-in-een apparaat via de backend-hp\n"
+#~ "Als het apparaat niet automatisch wordt gedetecteerd dan is er gewoonlijk "
+#~ "geen communicatie\n"
+#~ "met het apparaat mogelijk en kunnen er geen gegevens naar het apparaat "
+#~ "worden gezonden.<br>\n"
+#~ "Om toegang te krijgen tot een HP-printer of alles-in-een apparaat via de "
+#~ "backend-hp\n"
#~ "dan moet het RPM-pakket hplip geïnstalleerd zijn.\n"
#~ "Het pakket levert de afdruk- en scansoftware van HP, HPLIP.<br>\n"
#~ "In tegenstelling tot apparaten die via een seriële poort of bluetooth\n"
@@ -4755,8 +5148,10 @@
#~ "Voorbeeld apparaat-URI's:<br>\n"
#~ "serial:/dev/ttyS9?baud=9600+bits=8+parity=none+flow=soft+stop=1<br>\n"
#~ "bluetooth://1A2B3C4D5E6F<br>\n"
-#~ "Om toegang te krijgen tot een apparaat via bluetooth moet het RPM-pakket bluez-cups zijn geïnstalleerd.\n"
-#~ "Het pakket levert de CUPS-backend 'bluetooth' die de gegevens in werkelijkheid\n"
+#~ "Om toegang te krijgen tot een apparaat via bluetooth moet het RPM-pakket "
+#~ "bluez-cups zijn geïnstalleerd.\n"
+#~ "Het pakket levert de CUPS-backend 'bluetooth' die de gegevens in "
+#~ "werkelijkheid\n"
#~ "naar een bluetooth-printer stuurt.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -4807,7 +5202,8 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "<b><big>Device URIs to Access a Network Printer or a Printserver Box</"
+#~ "big></b><br>\n"
#~ "A printserver box is a small device with a network connection\n"
#~ "and a USB or parallel port connection to connect the actual printer.\n"
#~ "A network printer has such kind of device built-in.\n"
@@ -4844,7 +5240,8 @@
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b><big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of een printserverdoos</big></b><br>\n"
+#~ "<b><big>Apparaat-URI's om toegang te krijgen tot een netwerkprinter of "
+#~ "een printserverdoos</big></b><br>\n"
#~ "Een printserverdoos is een klein apparaat met een netwerkverbinding\n"
#~ "en een USB of parallelle poort om the echte printer aan te sluiten.\n"
#~ "Een netwerkprinter heeft zo'n soort apparaat ingebouwd.\n"
@@ -4854,14 +5251,16 @@
#~ "<b>TCP-poort (AppSocket/JetDirect)</b><br>\n"
#~ "Het IP-adres en een poortnummer zijn nodig voor toegang.\n"
#~ "Het poortnummer 9100 is vaak de juiste.\n"
-#~ "Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare protocol.\n"
+#~ "Het is het simpelste, snelste en in het algemeen meest betrouwbare "
+#~ "protocol.\n"
#~ "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is:<br>\n"
#~ "socket://ip-adres:poortnummer<br>\n"
#~ "<b>Line Printer Daemon (LPD) Protocol</b><br>\n"
#~ "Een LPD draait op het apparaat en levert een of meer LPD-wachtrijen.\n"
#~ "Het IP-adres en een LPD-wachtrijnaam zijn nodig voor toegang.\n"
#~ "Bijna alle netwerkprinters en printserverdozen ondersteunen het.\n"
-#~ "Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere manier.\n"
+#~ "Vaak werkt een willekeurige wachtrijnaam of 'LPT1' op de een of andere "
+#~ "manier.\n"
#~ "Maar het gebruik van een correcte LPD-wachtrij die niet op de een\n"
#~ "of andere manier de data wijzigt of extra formfeeds of bannerpagina's\n"
#~ "toevoegt zou essentieel kunnen zijn voor betrouwbaar printen.\n"
@@ -4870,7 +5269,8 @@
#~ "<b>Internet Printing Protocol (IPP)</b><br>\n"
#~ "IPP is het eigen protocol voor CUPS dat op een echte computer draait\n"
#~ "maar als IPP is geïmplementeerd in een kleine printserverdoos,\n"
-#~ "het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de leverancier\n"
+#~ "het is vaak niet goed geïmplementeerd. Gebruik IPP alleen wanneer de "
+#~ "leverancier\n"
#~ "in de documentatie dit officieel ondersteunt. \n"
#~ "De overeenkomstige apparaat-URI is:<br>\n"
#~ "ipp://ip-adres:poortnummer/resource<br>\n"
@@ -4891,20 +5291,24 @@
#~ "Ve&rwijder het cups-autoconfig en udev-configure-printer pakket."
#~ msgid "There are no settings when udev-configure-printer is used."
-#~ msgstr "Er zijn geen instellingen als udev-configure-printing wordt gebruikt."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Er zijn geen instellingen als udev-configure-printing wordt gebruikt."
#~ msgid "Settings for automatic configuration with cups-autoconfig"
#~ msgstr "Instellingen voor automatische configuratie met cups-autoconfig"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#~ msgid "Enable &Automatic Configuration of New Attachend USB Printers"
-#~ msgstr "Schakel &automatische configuratie in van nieuw aangekoppelde USB-printers"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Schakel &automatische configuratie in van nieuw aangekoppelde USB-printers"
#~ msgid "Operation &Policy for Automatically Configured USB Printers"
#~ msgstr "Werkings&beleid voor automatisch geconfigureerde USB-printers"
#~ msgid "&Disable Printout when Disconnecting an USB Printer"
-#~ msgstr "Schakel uitprinten &uit bij het verbreken van de verbinding met een USB-printer"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Schakel uitprinten &uit bij het verbreken van de verbinding met een USB-"
+#~ "printer"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#~ msgid "&Trigger Automatic Configuration to Run Now"
@@ -4914,20 +5318,33 @@
#~ msgid "not set"
#~ msgstr "niet ingesteld"
-#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
-#~ msgstr "Het instellen van 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is mislukt"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het instellen van 'ConfigureNewPrinters=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf "
+#~ "is mislukt"
#~ msgid "Failed to set 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
-#~ msgstr "Het instellen van 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is mislukt"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het instellen van 'ConfigureNewPrinters=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf "
+#~ "is mislukt"
-#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
-#~ msgstr "Het instellen van 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is mislukt"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het instellen van 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=yes' in /etc/cups-autoconfig."
+#~ "conf is mislukt"
-#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
-#~ msgstr "Het instellen van 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is mislukt"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Failed to set 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het instellen van 'DisablePrintersOnRemoval=no' in /etc/cups-autoconfig."
+#~ "conf is mislukt"
#~ msgid "Failed to set 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf"
-#~ msgstr "Het instellen van 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is mislukt"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het instellen van 'DefaultCUPSPolicy=%1' in /etc/cups-autoconfig.conf is "
+#~ "mislukt"
#~ msgid "Automatic configuration failed."
#~ msgstr "Automatische configuratie is mislukt."
@@ -4940,10 +5357,12 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally use\n"
+#~ "If there is no CUPS server in your network or if you must additionally "
+#~ "use\n"
#~ "another kind of print server (e.g. print via a Windows/SMB server\n"
#~ "or print via a traditional Unix LPR server) or if you must access\n"
-#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print queue\n"
+#~ "a network printer directly, you have to set up an appropriate print "
+#~ "queue\n"
#~ "on your host.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -4951,7 +5370,8 @@
#~ "Als er geen CUPS-server in uw network is of als u extra een ander soort\n"
#~ "printserver moet gebruiken (b.v. printen via een Windows/SMB-server\n"
#~ "of printen via een traditionele Unix LPR-server) of als u direct een\n"
-#~ "een netwerkprinter moet gebruiken, dan moet u een toepasselijke printerwachtrij\n"
+#~ "een netwerkprinter moet gebruiken, dan moet u een toepasselijke "
+#~ "printerwachtrij\n"
#~ "in te stellen op uw host.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -4980,11 +5400,13 @@
#~ "HAL gebruikt dat verouderd is.<br>\n"
#~ "Als de autoconfiguratiedialoog wordt opgestart, dan controleert deze\n"
#~ "of udev-configure-printer of cups-autoconfig is geïnstalleerd.\n"
-#~ "Als geen van deze is geïnstalleerd, dat probeert deze één van hen te installeren\n"
+#~ "Als geen van deze is geïnstalleerd, dat probeert deze één van hen te "
+#~ "installeren\n"
#~ "waarbij udev-configure-printer wordt geprefereerd\n"
#~ "maar als het mislukt om udev-configure-printer te installeren,\n"
#~ "dan probeert het cups-autoconfig te installeren.<br>\n"
-#~ "Als geen van deze uiteindelijk is geïnstalleerd, dan is de dialoog onbruikbaar\n"
+#~ "Als geen van deze uiteindelijk is geïnstalleerd, dan is de dialoog "
+#~ "onbruikbaar\n"
#~ "en alle zijn elementen zijn uitgeschakeld.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -5015,9 +5437,11 @@
#~ "Het bepaalt of de printer al is geconfigureerd.\n"
#~ "Als dat zo is, dan zal afdrukken worden ingeschakeld.\n"
#~ "Als de printer niet is geconfigureerd, dan zal cups-autoconfig proberen\n"
-#~ "om een passend apparaatstuurprogramma ervoor te vinden en, indien succesvol,\n"
+#~ "om een passend apparaatstuurprogramma ervoor te vinden en, indien "
+#~ "succesvol,\n"
#~ "dan configureert cups-autoconfig deze.\n"
-#~ "Als een USB printer wordt uitgenomen, dan zal 'hal-cups-autoconfig --disable'\n"
+#~ "Als een USB printer wordt uitgenomen, dan zal 'hal-cups-autoconfig --"
+#~ "disable'\n"
#~ "worden geactiveerd die afdrukken kan uitschakelen afhankelijk van de\n"
#~ "instellingen van cups-autoconfig die zijn opgeslagen in zijn\n"
#~ "/etc/cups-autoconfig.conf bestand.\n"
@@ -5043,22 +5467,33 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS server,\n"
-#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on your host.\n"
+#~ "If you print only via network and if you use only one single CUPS "
+#~ "server,\n"
+#~ "there is no need to use CUPS Browsing and have a CUPS daemon running on "
+#~ "your host.\n"
#~ "Instead it is simpler to specify the CUPS server and access it directly.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Als u alleen via het network print en als u alleen één enkele CUPS-server gebruikt,\n"
-#~ "dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-bladeren te gebruiken en om een CUPS-daemon te hebben draaien op uw host.\n"
-#~ "Hiervoor in de plaats is simpeler de CUP-server te specificeren en deze direct te gebruiken.\n"
+#~ "Als u alleen via het network print en als u alleen één enkele CUPS-server "
+#~ "gebruikt,\n"
+#~ "dan is er geen noodzaak om CUPS-bladeren te gebruiken en om een CUPS-"
+#~ "daemon te hebben draaien op uw host.\n"
+#~ "Hiervoor in de plaats is simpeler de CUP-server te specificeren en deze "
+#~ "direct te gebruiken.\n"
#~ "</p>"
-#~ msgid "Check that your firewall allows incomming printer information on UDP port 631."
-#~ msgstr "Controleer dat uw firewall inkomende printerinformatie toestaat op UDP poort 631."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Check that your firewall allows incomming printer information on UDP port "
+#~ "631."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Controleer dat uw firewall inkomende printerinformatie toestaat op UDP "
+#~ "poort 631."
-#~ msgid "Check that your firewall allows remote access to CUPS via IPP on port 631."
-#~ msgstr "Controleer dat uw firewall toegang tot CUPS via IPP op poort 631 toestaat."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Check that your firewall allows remote access to CUPS via IPP on port 631."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Controleer dat uw firewall toegang tot CUPS via IPP op poort 631 toestaat."
#~ msgid "Waiting until the config files are updated..."
#~ msgstr "Wachten totdat de configuratie bestanden zijn bijgewerkt..."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/rear.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-09-16 12:06+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -44,8 +44,12 @@
msgstr "Dit systeem wordt niet door Rear ondersteund, omdat:"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:90
-msgid "Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you ignore this warning."
-msgstr "Verwacht NIET dat de gemaakte reservekopie bruikbaar is voor systeemherstel als u deze waarschuwing negeert."
+msgid ""
+"Do NOT expect the created backup to be useful for system recovery if you "
+"ignore this warning."
+msgstr ""
+"Verwacht NIET dat de gemaakte reservekopie bruikbaar is voor systeemherstel "
+"als u deze waarschuwing negeert."
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:104
msgid "This system is not supported."
@@ -109,7 +113,9 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:381
msgid "Finished. You are strongly advised to test the created backup."
-msgstr "Beëindigd. U wordt ten zeerste aangeraden om de gemaakte reservekopie te testen."
+msgstr ""
+"Beëindigd. U wordt ten zeerste aangeraden om de gemaakte reservekopie te "
+"testen."
#. For translators: Caption of the dialog
#. The whole sequence
@@ -119,36 +125,79 @@
#. help text for Rear
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:419
-msgid "<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Reservekopie maken met Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) instellen voor uw computer.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Configure Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) backup for your computer.</"
+"p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Reservekopie maken met Rear Relax and Recover (<b>ReaR</b>) instellen "
+"voor uw computer.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:422
-msgid "<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Beslis hoe uw <b>Systeem voor reservekopieën</b> te starten. Kies USB als u wilt booten vanaf een USB-stick of ISO voor CD-ROM, respectievelijk.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Decide how to start your <b>Recovery System</b>. Choose USB if you want "
+"to boot from an USB stick, or ISO for CD-ROM respectively.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Beslis hoe uw <b>Systeem voor reservekopieën</b> te starten. Kies USB als "
+"u wilt booten vanaf een USB-stick of ISO voor CD-ROM, respectievelijk.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:425
-msgid "<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Kies waar de <b>reservekopie</b> opgeslagen moet worden. Selecteer NFS als u een server moet gebruiken die Network File System biedt. Specificeer de locatie als volgt: <tt>nfs://hostnaam/map</tt>. U kunt ook USB kiezen om uw reservekopie op een USB-stick of USB-schijf op te slaan.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Choose where the <b>Backup</b> should be stored. Select NFS if you have "
+"to use a server that offers Network File System. Please specify the location "
+"as follows: <tt>nfs://hostname/directory</tt>. You can also choose USB to "
+"store your backup on an USB stick or USB disk.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Kies waar de <b>reservekopie</b> opgeslagen moet worden. Selecteer NFS "
+"als u een server moet gebruiken die Network File System biedt. Specificeer "
+"de locatie als volgt: <tt>nfs://hostnaam/map</tt>. U kunt ook USB kiezen om "
+"uw reservekopie op een USB-stick of USB-schijf op te slaan.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:428
-msgid "<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click <b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Als geen USB-apparaten getond worden, koppel dan een USB-stick of een USB-schijf aan en klik op <b>USB-apparaten opnieuw scannen</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If no USB devices are shown, attach an USB stick or an USB disk and click "
+"<b>Rescan USB Devices</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Als geen USB-apparaten getond worden, koppel dan een USB-stick of een USB-"
+"schijf aan en klik op <b>USB-apparaten opnieuw scannen</b>.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:431
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy to be overwritten.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Oude reservekopie bewaren</b> als u niet wilt dat de vorige reservekopie wordt overschreven.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Keep old backup</b> if you don't want the previous backup copy "
+"to be overwritten.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer <b>Oude reservekopie bewaren</b> als u niet wilt dat de vorige "
+"reservekopie wordt overschreven.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:434
-msgid "<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Het menu <b>Geavanceerd</b> biedt toe te voegen <b>extra mappen om een reservekopie van te maken</b> en <b>extra kernel-modules voor het herstelsysteem</b>. Dat is alleen nuttig als uw reservekopie niet alle benodigde mappen of het herstelsysteem kan niet opstarten vanwege ontbrekende kernel-modules.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The <b>Advanced</b> menu offers to add <b>additional directories to the "
+"backup</b> and <b>additional kernel modules to the rescue system</b>. That's "
+"only useful if your backup doesn't contain all the needed directories or the "
+"rescue system doesn't boot due to missing kernel modules.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Het menu <b>Geavanceerd</b> biedt toe te voegen <b>extra mappen om een "
+"reservekopie van te maken</b> en <b>extra kernel-modules voor het "
+"herstelsysteem</b>. Dat is alleen nuttig als uw reservekopie niet alle "
+"benodigde mappen of het herstelsysteem kan niet opstarten vanwege "
+"ontbrekende kernel-modules.</p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:437
-msgid "<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on your system!</strong></p>"
-msgstr "<p>De knoppen <b>Opslaan en Rear nu uitvoeren</b> voert Rear uit en toont de uitvoer van Rear. <strong>Voer een test uit of de aangemaakte reservekopie op uw systeem werkt zoals u verwacht!</strong></p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The <b>Save and run rear now</b> button runs rear and shows rear's "
+"output. <strong>Make sure to test if the created backup works as expected on "
+"your system!</strong></p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De knoppen <b>Opslaan en Rear nu uitvoeren</b> voert Rear uit en toont de "
+"uitvoer van Rear. <strong>Voer een test uit of de aangemaakte reservekopie "
+"op uw systeem werkt zoals u verwacht!</strong></p>"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:440
-msgid "<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes the configuration dialog without saving.<p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>OK</b> slaat de configuratie op en sluit af terwijl <b>Annuleren</b> de configuratiedialoog sluit zonder opslaan.<p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>OK</b> saves the configuration and quits while <b>Cancel</b> closes "
+"the configuration dialog without saving.<p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>OK</b> slaat de configuratie op en sluit af terwijl <b>Annuleren</b> "
+"de configuratiedialoog sluit zonder opslaan.<p>"
#. prepare advanced menu
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:459
@@ -211,11 +260,16 @@
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:581
msgid "NETFS_URL is set to an unknown value or in wrong format.\n"
-msgstr "NETFS_URL is ingesteld op een onbekende waarde of in een fout format.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"NETFS_URL is ingesteld op een onbekende waarde of in een fout format.\n"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:590
-msgid "Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot configure.\n"
-msgstr "Uw configuratiebestand van Rear bevat opties die deze module van YaST niet in kan stellen.\n"
+msgid ""
+"Your rear configuration file contains options this YaST2 module cannot "
+"configure.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Uw configuratiebestand van Rear bevat opties die deze module van YaST niet "
+"in kan stellen.\n"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:595
msgid "Do you want to continue and overwrite these settings?"
@@ -233,13 +287,13 @@
msgstr "Configuratie van Rear worden gelezen"
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgstr "Instellingen van Rear lezen"
+
+#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "Systeem wordt onderzocht"
-#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
-msgstr "Instellingen van Rear lezen"
-
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
msgid "Analyzing system..."
msgstr "Systeem wordt onderzocht..."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/registration.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: registration.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:28+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -70,7 +70,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -86,31 +86,31 @@
msgstr "'%s' gebruiken in plaats van deze YaST-module."
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr "Registratie is gelukt."
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr "Zoeken naar SLP is mislukt, geen server gevonden"
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr "Bezig SSL-certificaat te downloaden"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr "Bezig het SSL-certificaat te importeren"
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr "Registreren van %s ..."
@@ -253,30 +253,17 @@
msgstr "SHA256-vingerafdruk: "
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-"Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver kan niet worden bereikt.\n"
-"Wilt u het netwerk nu instellen?"
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr "Netwerkfout, netwerkconfiguratie controleren."
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr "Wachttijd op verbinding is verstreken."
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr "Controleer of dit systeem bekend is bij de registratieserver."
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -300,20 +287,20 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr "Registratie is mislukt."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr "Fout in registratieclient."
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
@@ -322,19 +309,20 @@
"Probeer later te registreren."
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
-msgstr "Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat."
+msgstr ""
+"Ontvangen SSL-certificaat komt niet overeen met het verwachte certificaat."
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr "Details: %s"
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -350,23 +338,23 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_dev_cfg.ycp:71
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr "Bezig het SSL-certificaat te importeren"
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr "Bezig '%s'-certificaat te importeren..."
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr "Fout met beveiligde verbinding: %s"
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -378,6 +366,27 @@
"Ga na dat het nieuwste product dat het nieuwe registratieprotocol\n"
"ondersteunt is geïnstalleerd op de server."
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr "Ongeldige URL."
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+"Netwerk is niet geconfigureerd, de registratieserver kan niet worden "
+"bereikt.\n"
+"Wilt u het netwerk nu instellen?"
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr "Netwerkfout, netwerkconfiguratie controleren."
+
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
@@ -410,12 +419,13 @@
"is a symlink pointing to the base product .prod file."
msgstr ""
"Ga na of een product is geïnstalleerd en /etc/products.d/baseproduct\n"
-"is een symbolische koppeling wijzend naar het .prod-bestand van het basisproduct."
+"is een symbolische koppeling wijzend naar het .prod-bestand van het "
+"basisproduct."
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr "Bezig het systeem te registreren..."
@@ -424,14 +434,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr "Bijwerken naar %s ..."
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr "Producten synchroniseren..."
@@ -441,34 +451,34 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr "Beschikbare extensies en modulen laden..."
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr "Migratieproducten laden..."
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr "Extensies en modulen registreren"
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Extensies en modulen worden geregistreerd.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
msgstr "De registratieserver biedt installatiebronnen voor bijwerken.\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -478,7 +488,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -515,7 +525,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr "Configuratie van installatiebronnen opslaan is mislukt."
@@ -536,12 +546,12 @@
msgstr "Opslaan van service '%s' is mislukt."
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr "Verversen van service '%s' is mislukt."
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -596,18 +606,24 @@
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:50
msgid ""
"<p>Enter registration codes for the requested extensions or modules.</p>\n"
-"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective extension or module.</p>"
+"<p>Registration codes are required for successfull registration.If you "
+"cannot provide a registration code then go back and deselect the respective "
+"extension or module.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Voer registratiecodes in voor de vereiste extensies of modules.</p>\n"
-"<p>Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor succesvolle registratie. Als u geen registratiecode kan leveren ga dan terug en maak de selectie ongedaan van de de respectievelijke extensie of module.</p>"
+"<p>Registratiecodes zijn vereist voor succesvolle registratie. Als u geen "
+"registratiecode kan leveren ga dan terug en maak de selectie ongedaan van de "
+"de respectievelijke extensie of module.</p>"
#. part of the UI - labels in the dialog
#. @return [Array<Yast::Term>] UI definition
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:102
msgid "The extension you selected needs a separate registration code."
msgid_plural "The extensions you selected need separate registration codes."
-msgstr[0] "De extensie die u selecteerde heeft een aparte registratiecode nodig."
-msgstr[1] "De extensies die u selecteerde hebben aparte registratiecodes nodig."
+msgstr[0] ""
+"De extensie die u selecteerde heeft een aparte registratiecode nodig."
+msgstr[1] ""
+"De extensies die u selecteerde hebben aparte registratiecodes nodig."
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_reg_codes_dialog.rb:111
msgid "Enter the registration code into the field below."
@@ -640,13 +656,21 @@
#. help text (2/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:257
-msgid "<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific registration code.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Merk op dat sommige extensies of modules een aparte registratiecode nodig kunnen hebben.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Please note, that some extensions or modules might need specific "
+"registration code.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Merk op dat sommige extensies of modules een aparte registratiecode nodig "
+"kunnen hebben.</p>"
#. help text (3/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_base_dialog.rb:260
-msgid "<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you want to remove any extension or module you need to loginto the "
+"SUSE Customer Center and remove them manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Als een extensie of module wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in "
+"het SUSE Customer Center en ze daar handmatig verwijderen.</p>"
#. dialog title
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:31
@@ -655,8 +679,11 @@
#. help text (1/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:34
-msgid "<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Here you can select available extensions and modules for yoursystem.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>U kunt hier beschikbare extensies en modulen voor uw systeem selecteren.</"
+"p>"
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_registration_dialog.rb:52
@@ -670,8 +697,12 @@
#. help text (1/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:40
-msgid "<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u extensies en modulen selecteren die opnieuw geregistreerd zullen worden.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Here you can select extensions and modules which will be registered again."
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Hier kunt u extensies en modulen selecteren die opnieuw geregistreerd "
+"zullen worden.</p>"
#. @return [String] the main dialog label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/addon_selection_reregistration_dialog.rb:54
@@ -680,8 +711,12 @@
#. help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:38
-msgid "<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered together with the base product.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen worden samen met het basisproduct.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Here you can select which extensions or moduleswill be registered "
+"together with the base product.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Hier kunt u selecteren welke extensies of modules geregistreerd zullen "
+"worden samen met het basisproduct.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:41
msgid "Register Optional Extensions or Modules"
@@ -740,28 +775,36 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr "Registratie&code"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:57
msgid ""
-"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center database,\n"
+"<p>Product registration includes your product in SUSE Customer Center "
+"database,\n"
"enabling you to get online updates and technical support.\n"
-"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product Registration</b>.</p>"
+"To register while installing automatically, select <b>Run Product "
+"Registration</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Productregistratie is voegt uw product toe aan de database in het SUSE Customer Center,\n"
+"<p>Productregistratie is voegt uw product toe aan de database in het SUSE "
+"Customer Center,\n"
"waarmee u online-bijwerken en technische ondersteuning krijgt.\n"
-"Om een registratie uit te veoeren tijdens een automatische installatie, selecteert u <b>Productregistratie uitvoeren</b>.</p>"
+"Om een registratie uit te veoeren tijdens een automatische installatie, "
+"selecteert u <b>Productregistratie uitvoeren</b>.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:63
msgid ""
-"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL of the server\n"
-"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. Refer\n"
+"<p>If your network deploys a custom registration server, set the correct URL "
+"of the server\n"
+"and the location of the SMT certificate in <b>SMT Server Settings</b>. "
+"Refer\n"
"to your SMT manual for further assistance.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL van de server\n"
-"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in de <b>SMT-server-instellingen</b> in. Kijk in uw SMT-handboek voor verdere assistentie.</p>"
+"<p>Als uw netwerk een eigen registratie-server bevat, stel dan de juiste URL "
+"van de server\n"
+"en de locatie van het SMT-certificaat in de <b>SMT-server-instellingen</b> "
+"in. Kijk in uw SMT-handboek voor verdere assistentie.</p>"
#. the UI defition for the global registration status
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
@@ -772,13 +815,14 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr "&E-mailadres"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:112
msgid "Install Available Updates from Update Repositories"
-msgstr "Beschikbare updates installeren vanaf installatiebronnen voor bijwerken"
+msgstr ""
+"Beschikbare updates installeren vanaf installatiebronnen voor bijwerken"
#. Translators: Text for UI Label - capitalized
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:128
@@ -846,12 +890,16 @@
msgstr "Het systeem is reeds geregistreerd."
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get updates and extensions."
-msgstr "Voer de credentials van SUSE Customer Center hier in om het systeem te registreren voor het verkrijgen van updates en extensies."
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
+msgid ""
+"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get "
+"updates and extensions."
+msgstr ""
+"Voer de credentials van SUSE Customer Center hier in om het systeem te "
+"registreren voor het verkrijgen van updates en extensies."
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -871,7 +919,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -879,26 +927,32 @@
"a registered system."
msgstr ""
"Voer een registratie- of evaluatie-code in voor dit product en uw\n"
-"gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres van het SUSE Customer Center in de onderstaande velden.\n"
-"Toegang tot updates voor beveiliging en algemene software is alleen mogelijk op\n"
+"gebruikersnaam/e-mailadres van het SUSE Customer Center in de onderstaande "
+"velden.\n"
+"Toegang tot updates voor beveiliging en algemene software is alleen mogelijk "
+"op\n"
"een geregistreerd systeem."
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
-msgstr "Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie gereed is."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u productregistratie nu overslaat doe het dan nadat de installatie "
+"gereed is."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Network Configuration..."
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr "Netwerkconfiguratie..."
#. SSL error message
@@ -924,34 +978,53 @@
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (1/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:122
-msgid "<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten voor verifiëren van de authenticiteit van de server en voor versleuteling van de overgedragen gegevens.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Secure connection (HTTPS) uses SSL certificates for verifying the "
+"authenticity of the server and for encrypting the transferred data.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Beveiligde verbinding (HTTPS) gebruikt SSL-certificaten voor verifiëren "
+"van de authenticiteit van de server en voor versleuteling van de "
+"overgedragen gegevens.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (2/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>U kunt er voor kiezen om het certificaat te importeren in de lijst met bekende certificaat autoriteiten (CA), wat betekent dat u het subject en de uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>You can choose to import the certificate it into the list of known "
+"certificate autohorities (CA), meaning that you trust the subject and the "
+"issuer of the unknown certificate.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>U kunt er voor kiezen om het certificaat te importeren in de lijst met "
+"bekende certificaat autoriteiten (CA), wat betekent dat u het subject en de "
+"uitgever van het onbekende certificaat vertrouwt.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (3/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:131
-msgid "<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed certificate.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Een certificaat importeren staat het gebruik toe van bijvoorbeeld een zelf-getekend certificaat.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Importing a certificate will allow to use for example a self-signed "
+"certificate.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Een certificaat importeren staat het gebruik toe van bijvoorbeeld een "
+"zelf-getekend certificaat.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (4/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:135
-msgid "<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> U zou de vingerafdruk van het certificaat moeten controleren om zeker te zijn dat u het echte certificaat van de gewenste server importeert.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Important:</b> You should verify the fingerprint of the certificate to "
+"be sure you import the genuine certificate from the requested server.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Belangrijk:</b> U zou de vingerafdruk van het certificaat moeten "
+"controleren om zeker te zijn dat u het echte certificaat van de gewenste "
+"server importeert.</p>"
#. help text (RichText) for importing a SSL certificate (5/5)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/import_certificate_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big security risk.</b></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot beveiligingsrisico.</b></p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Importing an unknown certificate without verification is a big "
+"security risk.</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Een onbekend certificaat zonder verificatie importeren is een groot "
+"beveiligingsrisico.</b></p>"
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr "Ongeldige URL."
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
@@ -970,7 +1043,8 @@
"The base system has to be registered in order to register the '%s' add-on.\n"
"Skip the base system and the add-on registration?"
msgstr ""
-"Het basissysteem moet worden geregistreerd om de add-on '%s' te registreren.\n"
+"Het basissysteem moet worden geregistreerd om de add-on '%s' te "
+"registreren.\n"
"Registratie van basissysteem en add-on overslaan?"
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog title
@@ -980,13 +1054,21 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:50
-msgid "<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found in the selected repositories.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>In dit dialoogvenster kunt u handmatig selecteren welke opslagruimten worden gebruikt voor online migratie. Op de pakketten wordt een upgrade uitgevoerd naar de hoogste versie die in de geselecteerde opslagruimten wordt gevonden.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>In this dialog you can manually select which repositories willbe used for "
+"online migration. The packages will be upgraded to thehighest version found "
+"in the selected repositories.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>In dit dialoogvenster kunt u handmatig selecteren welke opslagruimten "
+"worden gebruikt voor online migratie. Op de pakketten wordt een upgrade "
+"uitgevoerd naar de hoogste versie die in de geselecteerde opslagruimten "
+"wordt gevonden.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: Multiselection widget label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_selection_dialog.rb:85
msgid "Select the Repositories used for Migration"
-msgstr "De installatiebronnen selecteren die gebruikt zullen worden voor migratie"
+msgstr ""
+"De installatiebronnen selecteren die gebruikt zullen worden voor migratie"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
@@ -1046,18 +1128,27 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: help text (1/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de migratiedoelproducten selecteren. De registratieserver kan verschillende mogelijke migraties naar nieuwe producten aanbieden.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Here you can select the migration target products. The registrationserver "
+"may offer several possible migration to new products.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Hier kunt u de migratiedoelproducten selecteren. De registratieserver kan "
+"verschillende mogelijke migraties naar nieuwe producten aanbieden.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text (2/3)
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:68
msgid "<p>Only one migration target from the list can be selected.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Er kan slechts één migratiedoel in de lijst worden geselecteerd.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Er kan slechts één migratiedoel in de lijst worden geselecteerd.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text (3/3), %s is replaced by the (translated) check box label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:70
-msgid "<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories later.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Gebruik het selectievakje <b>%s</b> om de migratieopslagruimten later handmatig te selecteren.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Use the <b>%s</b> check box to manually select the migration repositories "
+"later.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Gebruik het selectievakje <b>%s</b> om de migratieopslagruimten later "
+"handmatig te selecteren.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:71
msgid "Manually Select Migration Repositories"
@@ -1090,8 +1181,12 @@
#. %{url} is the URL of the registration server (SMT)
#. %{product} is a full product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:214
-msgid "ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server (%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
-msgstr "FOUT: Product <b>%{product}</b> is niet beschikbaar op de registratieserver (%{url}). Maak het product beschikbaar voor toestaan met deze migratie."
+msgid ""
+"ERROR: Product <b>%{product}</b> is not available at the registration server "
+"(%{url}). Make the product available to allow using this migration."
+msgstr ""
+"FOUT: Product <b>%{product}</b> is niet beschikbaar op de registratieserver "
+"(%{url}). Maak het product beschikbaar voor toestaan met deze migratie."
#. this is rather a theoretical case, but anyway....
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
@@ -1111,13 +1206,15 @@
#. %{new_product} is a product name, e.g. "SUSE Linux Enterprise Server 12 SP1 x86_64"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:252
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be upgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
-msgstr "Op %{old_product} <b>wordt een upgrade uitgevoerd naar </b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+"Op %{old_product} <b>wordt een upgrade uitgevoerd naar </b> %{new_product}."
#. TRANSLATORS: Summary message, rich text format
#. %{old_product} and %{new_product} are product names
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:257
msgid "%{old_product} <b>will be downgraded to</b> %{new_product}."
-msgstr "Op %{old_product} <b>wordt een downgrade uitgevoerd naar </b> %{new_product}."
+msgstr ""
+"Op %{old_product} <b>wordt een downgrade uitgevoerd naar </b> %{new_product}."
#. TRANSLATORS: an error popup message
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_selection_dialog.rb:290
@@ -1140,12 +1237,21 @@
msgstr "<p>Het systeem is reeds geregistreerd.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:41
-msgid "<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt extra extensies of modules registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verhogen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>You can re-register it again or you can register additional extension or "
+"modules to enhance the functionality of the system.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>U kunt het opnieuw registreren of u kunt extra extensies of modules "
+"registreren om de functionaliteit van het systeem te verhogen.</p>"
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:43
-msgid "<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Als u de registratie van uw systeem wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en het systeem handmatig daar verwijderen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you want to deregister your system you need to log into the SUSE "
+"Customer Center and remove the system manually there.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Als u de registratie van uw systeem wilt verwijderen dan moet u zich "
+"aanmelden in het SUSE Customer Center en het systeem handmatig daar "
+"verwijderen.</p>"
#. button label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/registered_system_dialog.rb:70
@@ -1175,11 +1281,11 @@
"U kunt handmatig het systeem vanaf het begin registreren."
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr "Bezig met zoeken..."
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr "Naar lokale registratieservers zoeken..."
@@ -1290,7 +1396,8 @@
#~ "select repositories which will be used for installation."
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "U kunt handmatig de status van de installatiebron wijzigen,\n"
-#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de installatie."
+#~ "selecteer installatiebronnen die gebruikt zullen worden voor de "
+#~ "installatie."
#~ msgid "Repository State"
#~ msgstr "Status installatiebron"
@@ -1303,20 +1410,26 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, select\n"
+#~ "To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, "
+#~ "select\n"
#~ "<b>Include Add-on Products from Separate Media</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>%s</i> site.</p>"
+#~ "<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>%s</i> "
+#~ "site.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, selecteer\n"
+#~ "Om een addon-product van aparte media met &product; te installeren, "
+#~ "selecteer\n"
#~ "<b>Addon-producten van aparte media insluiten</b>.</p>\n"
-#~ "> <p>Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie de site <i>%s</i>.</p>"
+#~ "> <p>Als u specifieke hardware-drivers voor installatie nodig hebt, zie "
+#~ "de site <i>%s</i>.</p>"
#~ msgid "Registering Selected Add-on Products and Extensions"
#~ msgstr "Geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren"
#~ msgid "Enter Registration Keys for Selected Add-on Products and Extensions"
-#~ msgstr "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies registreren invoeren"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Registratiesleutels voor geselecteerde add-on producten en extensies "
+#~ "registreren invoeren"
#~| msgid "Registration &Code"
#~ msgid "Registration &Key"
@@ -1339,8 +1452,11 @@
#~ msgid "Adding Services"
#~ msgstr "bezig met toevoegen van services"
-#~ msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading registered repositories...</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde installatiebronnen te downloaden...</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>The repository manager is downloading registered repositories...</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Het installatiebronnenbeheer is bezig de geregistreerde "
+#~ "installatiebronnen te downloaden...</p>"
#~ msgid "Online Update Configuration"
#~ msgstr "Configuratie van online-bijwerken"
@@ -1397,7 +1513,8 @@
#~ msgstr "Er is een server voor bijwerken toegevoegd aan uw configuratie."
#~ msgid "No update server could be added to your configuration."
-#~ msgstr "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Er kon geen server voor bijwerken worden toegevoegd aan uw configuratie."
#~ msgid "No software repository needed to be changed."
#~ msgstr "Geen software installatiebron heeft wijziging nodig."
@@ -1495,7 +1612,8 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Novell.\n"
+#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with "
+#~ "Novell.\n"
#~ "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n"
#~ "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -1508,17 +1626,22 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n"
+#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your "
+#~ "system\n"
#~ "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n"
-#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n"
-#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Novell\n"
-#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n"
+#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be "
+#~ "involved\n"
+#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the "
+#~ "Novell\n"
+#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the "
+#~ "identity\n"
#~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n"
-#~ "systeem bijsluiten met <b>Optionele informatie</b> en <b>Hardwareprofiel</b>.\n"
+#~ "systeem bijsluiten met <b>Optionele informatie</b> en <b>Hardwareprofiel</"
+#~ "b>.\n"
#~ "Met <b>Details</b> wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n"
#~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n"
#~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n"
@@ -1528,39 +1651,52 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration Code</b>\n"
+#~ "If you purchased your copy of this product, enable <b>Registration Code</"
+#~ "b>\n"
#~ "so you are prompted for your product code. \n"
-#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your product.\n"
+#~ "This registers you for the installation support included with your "
+#~ "product.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan <b>Registratiecode</b>\n"
-#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-ondersteuning\n"
+#~ "Als u uw kopie van dit product hebt gekocht, activeer dan "
+#~ "<b>Registratiecode</b>\n"
+#~ "en vul uw productcode in. Dit registreert u voor de installatie-"
+#~ "ondersteuning\n"
#~ "waar u voor uw product recht op hebt.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Novell. The data is used for\n"
-#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n"
-#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n"
-#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
+#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver "
+#~ "support\n"
+#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. "
+#~ "View\n"
+#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</"
+#~ "tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Novell.\n"
-#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n"
-#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n"
-#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder <b>Details</b>.\n"
+#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten "
+#~ "Novell.\n"
+#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen "
+#~ "te\n"
+#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor "
+#~ "uw\n"
+#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder <b>Details</"
+#~ "b>.\n"
#~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n"
#~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n"
+#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your "
+#~ "update \n"
#~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n"
-#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, such \n"
+#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Novell, "
+#~ "such \n"
#~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n"
#~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -1577,43 +1713,53 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n"
+#~ "The registration process will contact a Novell server (or a local "
+#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n"
#~ "Make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n"
#~ "You can go back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n"
+#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Novell-server (of een "
+#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n"
#~ "Verzeker u ervan dat de netwerk- en proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n"
-#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n"
+#~ "U kunt terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of "
+#~ "te wijzigen.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with Open-SLX.\n"
+#~ "Configure your system to enable online updates by registering it with "
+#~ "Open-SLX.\n"
#~ "To do this now, select <b>Configure Now</b>. Delay the registration with\n"
#~ "<b>Configure Later</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Configureer uw systeem om online-bijwerken te activeren door het bij\n"
-#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer <b>Nu instellen</b> om dit nu te doen.\n"
+#~ "Open-XSL te registreren. Selecteer <b>Nu instellen</b> om dit nu te "
+#~ "doen.\n"
#~ "Of stel de registratie uit met <b>Later instellen</b>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your system\n"
+#~ "To simplify the registration process, include information from your "
+#~ "system\n"
#~ "with <b>Optional Information</b> and <b>Hardware Profile</b>. \n"
-#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be involved\n"
-#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-SLX\n"
-#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the identity\n"
+#~ "<b>Details</b> shows the maximum amount of information that can be "
+#~ "involved\n"
+#~ " in your registration. To obtain this information, it contacts the Open-"
+#~ "SLX\n"
+#~ "server to query what information is needed for your product. Only the "
+#~ "identity\n"
#~ "of the installed product is sent in this initial exchange.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
#~ "Om het registratieproces te vereenvoudigen, kunt u informatie over uw\n"
-#~ "systeem bijsluiten met <b>Optionele informatie</b> en <b>Hardwareprofiel</b>.\n"
+#~ "systeem bijsluiten met <b>Optionele informatie</b> en <b>Hardwareprofiel</"
+#~ "b>.\n"
#~ "Met <b>Details</b> wordt de maximale hoeveelheid informatie getoond die\n"
#~ "bij uw registratie zal worden bijgesloten. Om te weten welke informatie\n"
#~ "precies nodig is voor uw product, wordt eerst contact opgenomen met de\n"
@@ -1623,26 +1769,36 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used for\n"
-#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver support\n"
-#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. View\n"
-#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
+#~ "No information is passed to anyone outside Open-SLX. The data is used "
+#~ "for\n"
+#~ "statistical purposes and to enhance your convenience regarding driver "
+#~ "support\n"
+#~ "and your Web account. Find a detailed privacy policy in <b>Details</b>. "
+#~ "View\n"
+#~ "the transmitted information in the log file <tt>~/.suse_register.log</"
+#~ "tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-SLX.\n"
-#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen te\n"
-#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor uw\n"
-#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder <b>Details</b>.\n"
+#~ "Er zal geen informatie worden doorgespeeld naar wie dan ook buiten Open-"
+#~ "SLX.\n"
+#~ "De gegevens worden gebruikt in statistieken en om uw gebruikservaringen "
+#~ "te\n"
+#~ "verbeteren ten aanzien van ondersteuning voor stuurprogramma's en voor "
+#~ "uw\n"
+#~ "webaccount. Het gedetailleerde privacybeleid vindt u onder <b>Details</"
+#~ "b>.\n"
#~ "De verzonden informatie kunt u bekijken in het logbestand\n"
#~ "<tt>~/.suse_register.log</tt>.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your update \n"
+#~ "<b>Regularly Synchronize with the Customer Center</b> checks that your "
+#~ "update \n"
#~ "sources are still valid and adds any new ones that may be available.\n"
-#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-SLX, such \n"
+#~ "It additionally sends any modifications to your included data to Open-"
+#~ "SLX, such \n"
#~ "as hardware information if <b>Hardware Information</b> is activated.\n"
#~ "This option does not remove any sources added manually.\n"
#~ "</p>"
@@ -1651,7 +1807,8 @@
#~ "Met <b>Regelmatig synchroniseren met het Customer Center</b> wordt\n"
#~ "gecontroleerd of uw bronnen voor bijwerken nog geldig zijn, en worden\n"
#~ "eventuele nieuwe beschikbare bronnen toegevoegd. Daarnaast worden\n"
-#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX verzonden,\n"
+#~ "eventuele wijzigingen in uw bijgesloten gegevens naar Open-SLX "
+#~ "verzonden,\n"
#~ "bijvoorbeeld hardware-informatie als <b>Hardwareprofiel</b> geactiveerd\n"
#~ "is. Met deze optie worden geen opwaarderingsbronnen verwijderd die\n"
#~ "handmatig werden toegevoegd.\n"
@@ -1659,15 +1816,18 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local registration server if your company provides one).\n"
+#~ "The registration process will contact an Open-SLX server (or a local "
+#~ "registration server if your company provides one).\n"
#~ "Please make sure that the network and proxy settings are correct.\n"
#~ "You can step back to the network setup to check or change the settings.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n"
+#~ "Het registratieproces zal contact opnemen met een Open-SLX-server (of een "
+#~ "lokale registratieserver als uw bedrijf er een biedt).\n"
#~ "Verzeker u ervan dat het netwerk- en de proxy-instellingen juist zijn.\n"
-#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te controleren of te wijzigen.\n"
+#~ "U kunt een stap terug gaan naar de netwerkinstellingen om deze te "
+#~ "controleren of te wijzigen.\n"
#~ "</p>"
#~ msgid "Error"
@@ -1742,7 +1902,8 @@
#~ msgstr "Geavanceerd"
#~ msgid "Xen Dom0 detected. The following package needs to be installed."
-#~ msgstr "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Xen Dom0 gedetecteerd. Het is nodig het volgende pakket te installeren."
#~ msgid "Xen DomU detected."
#~ msgstr "Xen DomU gedetecteerd."
@@ -1750,8 +1911,11 @@
#~ msgid "The following package needs to be installed."
#~ msgstr "Het is nodig om het volgende pakket installeren."
-#~ msgid "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed."
-#~ msgstr "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden geïnstalleerd."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "To count this installation correctly the package %1 needs to be installed."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Om deze installatie te kunnen noemen moet het pakket %1 worden "
+#~ "geïnstalleerd."
#~ msgid "Therefore the following package needs to be removed first."
#~ msgstr "Daarom moeten de volgende pakketten eerst verwijderd worden."
@@ -1759,8 +1923,12 @@
#~ msgid "The package %1 should have been installed and %2 removed."
#~ msgstr "Het pakket %1 zou geïnstalleerd moeten zijn en %2 verwijderd."
-#~ msgid "Registration will continue now although the registration server may miscount this installation."
-#~ msgstr "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie verkeerd telt."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "Registration will continue now although the registration server may "
+#~ "miscount this installation."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Registratie zal nu doorgaan hoewel de registratieserver deze installatie "
+#~ "verkeerd telt."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:373
#~ msgid "Setting up online update source..."
@@ -1794,19 +1962,29 @@
#~ msgid "Key is invalid."
#~ msgstr "Sleutel is ongeldig."
-#~ msgid "<p>Get more information about the registration process with <tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met <tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Get more information about the registration process with "
+#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Meer informatie over het registratieproces verkrijgt u met "
+#~ "<tt>suse_register -h</tt>.</p>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>Other information used for registration is shown in <b>Registration\n"
-#~ "Data</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter the\n"
-#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with <tt>suse_register\n"
-#~ "-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove a\n"
-#~ "key-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+#~ "Data</b>.<br>To add a new key and value pair, press <b>Add</b> then enter "
+#~ "the\n"
+#~ "appropriate values. These parameters are the ones that can be passed with "
+#~ "<tt>suse_register\n"
+#~ "-a</tt>.<br>Get more information with <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Remove "
+#~ "a\n"
+#~ "key-value pair with <b>Delete</b> or modify an existing pair with "
+#~ "<b>Edit</b>.</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>De overige informatie die voor registratie wordt gebruikt wordt\n"
-#~ "weergegeven in <b>Registratiegegevens</b>. Een nieuw sleutel- en waardepaar\n"
-#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op <b>Toevoegen</b> en de gewenste gegevens\n"
+#~ "weergegeven in <b>Registratiegegevens</b>. Een nieuw sleutel- en "
+#~ "waardepaar\n"
+#~ "kunt u invoeren door te klikken op <b>Toevoegen</b> en de gewenste "
+#~ "gegevens\n"
#~ "in te voeren. Deze parameters zijn wat kan worden doorgegeven aan\n"
#~ "<tt>suse_register -a</tt>. Meer informatie over deze parameters kunt u\n"
#~ "verkrijgen met <tt>suse_register -p</tt>. Verwijder een sleutel- en\n"
@@ -1923,11 +2101,30 @@
#~ msgid "See the help text for details."
#~ msgstr "Voor details, de hulptekst raadplegen."
-#~ msgid "<p>To register this installation at a local registration server, configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the <b>Advanced</b> menu.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te configureren via het menu <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To register this installation at a local registration server, "
+#~ "configure the URL and optionally the server's CA certificate via the "
+#~ "<b>Advanced</b> menu.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Om deze installatie in een lokale registratieserver te registreren "
+#~ "dient u de URL en optioneel het CA-certificaat van de server te "
+#~ "configureren via het menu <b>Geavanceerd</b>.</p>"
-#~ msgid "<p>The registration server URL has to start with <i>https://</i> whereas the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format <i>http://</i>, <i>https://</i> or <i>ftp://</i>. Furthermore valid locations are <i>/path/on/local/disk</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> and the keyword <i>done</i>. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling needs to be done in order to trust the registration server.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p>De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met <i>https://</i> terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met <i>http://</i>, <i>https://</i> of <i>ftp://</i>. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen <i>/patd/op/lokale/schijf</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/patd/op/floppy-disk</i> en het sleutelwoord <i>done</i>. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen.</p>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>The registration server URL has to start with <i>https://</i> whereas "
+#~ "the location of its CA certificate may be a URL of the format <i>http://</"
+#~ "i>, <i>https://</i> or <i>ftp://</i>. Furthermore valid locations are <i>/"
+#~ "path/on/local/disk</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/path/on/floppy-disk</i> and the "
+#~ "keyword <i>done</i>. The latter indicates that no CA certificate handling "
+#~ "needs to be done in order to trust the registration server.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>De URL van de registratieserver moet beginnen met <i>https://</i> "
+#~ "terwijl de plaats van zijn CA-certificaat een URL mag zijn met <i>http://"
+#~ "</i>, <i>https://</i> of <i>ftp://</i>. Verdere zijn geldige plaatsen <i>/"
+#~ "patd/op/lokale/schijf</i>, <b>floppy</b><i>/patd/op/floppy-disk</i> en "
+#~ "het sleutelwoord <i>done</i>. Dat laatste geeft aan dat er geen CA-"
+#~ "certificaat behandeling nodig is om de registratieserver te vertrouwen.</"
+#~ "p>"
#~ msgid "Do you want to skip registration?"
#~ msgstr "Wilt u registratie overslaan?"
@@ -1954,7 +2151,9 @@
#~ msgstr "Overslaan"
#~ msgid "The registration server URL could not be validated as URL."
-#~ msgstr "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden opgevat."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De URL van de registratieserver kan niet als een geldige URL worden "
+#~ "opgevat."
#~ msgid "Change the URL and retry."
#~ msgstr "De URL wijzigen en het opnieuw proberen."
@@ -1992,7 +2191,8 @@
#~ "You have to trust this certificate to continue with the registration.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "Dit certificaat wordt gebruikt om te verbinden met de SMT-server.\n"
-#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de registratie.\n"
+#~ "U moet het certificaat vertrouwen om door te kunnen gaan met de "
+#~ "registratie.\n"
#~ msgid "<p><b>Issued For:</b></p>"
#~ msgstr "<p><b>Uitgegeven voor:</b></p>"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/reipl.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: reipl.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:12+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -33,7 +33,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -48,7 +48,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
"met WWPN '%2'\n"
"en LUN '%3'.\n"
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
@@ -174,7 +174,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
+"te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:44
@@ -206,29 +207,39 @@
#. Configure dialog help 2
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio buttons\n"
-"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine supports,\n"
+"<p>Choose one of the methods for rebooting your machine with the radio "
+"buttons\n"
+"listed inside <b>reipl methods</b>. Depending on what your machine "
+"supports,\n"
"choose between CCW (channel command word) devices and SCSI devices,\n"
"which are attached through zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Then fill out the\n"
"necessary parameter entry fields for the respective method.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Kies één van de methoden om uw machine opnieuw op te starten met de radio-buttons\n"
-"weergegeven binnen <b>reipl-methoden</b>. Afhankelijk van wat uw machine ondersteunt,\n"
+"<p>Kies één van de methoden om uw machine opnieuw op te starten met de radio-"
+"buttons\n"
+"weergegeven binnen <b>reipl-methoden</b>. Afhankelijk van wat uw machine "
+"ondersteunt,\n"
"kies tussen CCW (channel command word) apparaten en SCSI-apparaten,\n"
-"die gekoppeld zijn via zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Vul daarna de noodzakelijke\n"
+"die gekoppeld zijn via zFCP (fibre channel protocol). Vul daarna de "
+"noodzakelijke\n"
"invulvelden voor parameters in van de respectievelijke methode.</p>\n"
#. Configure dialog help 3
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>device</b> must be a valid device bus ID with lower case letters\n"
-"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n"
-"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a DASD or to\n"
+"in a sysfs compatible format 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><"
+"device ID></i>,\n"
+"such as 0.0.5c51. Depending on the chosen method, this can either refer to a "
+"DASD or to\n"
"an FCP adapter.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het <b>apparaat</b> moet een geldig apparaatbus-ID zijn met kleine letters\n"
-"in een sysfs-compatibel formaat 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><device ID></i>,\n"
-"zoals 0.0.5c51. Afhankelijk van de gekozen methode, kan dit ofwel verwijzen naar een DASD of naar\n"
+"<p>Het <b>apparaat</b> moet een geldig apparaatbus-ID zijn met kleine "
+"letters\n"
+"in een sysfs-compatibel formaat 0.<i><subchannel set ID></i>.<i><"
+"device ID></i>,\n"
+"zoals 0.0.5c51. Afhankelijk van de gekozen methode, kan dit ofwel verwijzen "
+"naar een DASD of naar\n"
"een FCP-adapter.</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 4
@@ -238,7 +249,8 @@
"configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use one blank character\n"
"to select the default configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De <b>loadparm</b> moet maximaal uit 8 tekens bestaan en selecteert een opstart\n"
+"<p>De <b>loadparm</b> moet maximaal uit 8 tekens bestaan en selecteert een "
+"opstart\n"
"configuratie uit het menu van de zipl-opstartlader. Gebruik één blank teken\n"
"om de standaard configuratie te selecteren.</p>"
@@ -248,17 +260,23 @@
"<p>The <b>worldwide port number</b> (WWPN) must be entered with lowercase\n"
"letters as a 16-digit hex value, such as 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het <b>wereldwijde poortnummer</b> (WWPN) moet ingegeven worden met kleine\n"
-"letters als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde, zoals 0x5005076300c40e5a.</p>\n"
+"<p>Het <b>wereldwijde poortnummer</b> (WWPN) moet ingegeven worden met "
+"kleine\n"
+"letters als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde, zoals 0x5005076300c40e5a.</"
+"p>\n"
#. Configure dialog help 6
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
-"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase letters\n"
-"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
+"<p>The <b>logical unit number</b> (LUN) must be entered with lowercase "
+"letters\n"
+"as a 16-digit hex value with all trailing zeros, such as 0x52ca000000000000."
+"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het <b>logische unit-nummer</b> (LUN) moet ingegeven worden in kleine letters\n"
-"als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde met alle achtergevoegde nullen, zoals 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
+"<p>Het <b>logische unit-nummer</b> (LUN) moet ingegeven worden in kleine "
+"letters\n"
+"als een 16-cijferig hexadecimale waarde met alle achtergevoegde nullen, "
+"zoals 0x52ca000000000000.</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 7
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:88
@@ -267,8 +285,10 @@
"a boot configuration from the menu of the zipl bootloader. Use 0 to select\n"
"the default configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het <b>keuzegetal voor het opstartprogramma</b> moet een niet-negatief geheel getal zijn\n"
-"die een opstartconfiguratie kiest uit het menu van de zipl-opstartlader. Gebruik 0 om de\n"
+"<p>Het <b>keuzegetal voor het opstartprogramma</b> moet een niet-negatief "
+"geheel getal zijn\n"
+"die een opstartconfiguratie kiest uit het menu van de zipl-opstartlader. "
+"Gebruik 0 om de\n"
"standaard configuratie te selecteren.</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 8
@@ -277,17 +297,21 @@
"<p>The <b>boot record logical block address</b> (LBA) specifies the master\n"
"boot record and is currently always 0.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het <b>logische blokadres van het opstartrecord</b> (LBA) specificeert het master\n"
+"<p>Het <b>logische blokadres van het opstartrecord</b> (LBA) specificeert "
+"het master\n"
"boot record en is nu altijd 0.</p>"
#. Configure dialog help 9
#: src/include/reipl/helps.rb:98
msgid ""
-"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by shutdown,\n"
+"<p>After confirmation of this dialog, you may trigger a reboot, e.g. by "
+"shutdown,\n"
"and the system will automatically restart from your specified device.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Na confirmatie van deze dialoog, kunt u een herstart van het systeem starten, b.v. door afsluiten,\n"
-"waarna het systeem automatisch zal herstarten vanaf het door u gespecificeerde apparaat.</p>"
+"<p>Na confirmatie van deze dialoog, kunt u een herstart van het systeem "
+"starten, b.v. door afsluiten,\n"
+"waarna het systeem automatisch zal herstarten vanaf het door u "
+"gespecificeerde apparaat.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan.ycp:72
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-client.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-client.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-06-05 00:32+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -176,8 +176,12 @@
#. help text, do not translate 'winbind uid', 'winbind gid'
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:174
-msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Geef het <b>bereik</b> op voor Samba-gebruikers- en -groeps-id's (de waarden <tt>winbind uid</tt> en <tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Specify the <b>Range</b> for Samba user and group IDs (<tt>winbind uid</"
+"tt> and <tt>winbind gid</tt> values).</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Geef het <b>bereik</b> op voor Samba-gebruikers- en -groeps-id's (de "
+"waarden <tt>winbind uid</tt> en <tt>winbind gid</tt>).</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:1061
#. frame label
@@ -413,7 +417,8 @@
#. continue/cancel popup
#: src/include/samba-client/dialogs.rb:808
msgid ""
-"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the following\n"
+"Configuring this system as a client for Active Directory resets the "
+"following\n"
"settings in smb.conf to the default values:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
@@ -474,7 +479,8 @@
"<p><b><big>Initializing Samba Client Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Configuratie van Samba-client wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Configuratie van Samba-client wordt geïnitialiseerd</big></"
+"b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
@@ -484,7 +490,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig stoppen door op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig stoppen door op <b>Afbreken</b> te "
+"klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:44
@@ -516,38 +523,48 @@
#. translators: Samba workgroup dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active Directory domain.\n"
+"<p>A Linux client can be a member of a workgroup, NT domain, or Active "
+"Directory domain.\n"
"Specify the name of the membership.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Een Linux-client kan lid zijn van een werkgroep, NT-domein of Active Directory-domein.\n"
+"<p>Een Linux-client kan lid zijn van een werkgroep, NT-domein of Active "
+"Directory-domein.\n"
"Geef de naam van het lidmaatschap op.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:63
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use SMB Information for Linux Authentication</b> allows \n"
-"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if joining an AD domain.</p>\n"
+"verification of passwords with the NT server or the Kerberos server if "
+"joining an AD domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>SMB-informatie voor Linux-verificatie gebruiken</b> staat de \n"
-"verificatie toe van wachtwoorden bij een NT- of Kerberosserver wanneer wordt deelgenomen aan een AD-domein.</p>\n"
+"verificatie toe van wachtwoorden bij een NT- of Kerberosserver wanneer wordt "
+"deelgenomen aan een AD-domein.</p>\n"
#. Samba role dialog help 2.5/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the list of name servers.\n"
+"<p>Check <b>Change primary DNS suffix</b> to add your AD server into the "
+"list of name servers.\n"
"This option is only available for static network setups.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Activeer <b>Achtervoegsel van primaire DNS wijzigen</b> om uw AD-server aan de lijst met nameservers toe te voegen.\n"
-"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor statische instellingen van het netwerk.</p>"
+"<p>Activeer <b>Achtervoegsel van primaire DNS wijzigen</b> om uw AD-server "
+"aan de lijst met nameservers toe te voegen.\n"
+"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar voor statische instellingen van het netwerk."
+"</p>"
#. Samba role dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p>When you press <b>OK</b>, the system verifies the membership and,\n"
-"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the domain.</p>\n"
+"if it is a NT or Active Directory domain, allows this host to join the "
+"domain.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Wanneer u op <b>OK</b> drukt zal het systeem het lidmaatschap verifiëren.\n"
-"Als het een NT- of Active Directory-domein is zal deze host tevens toestemming krijgen om zich bij het domein aan te melden.</p>\n"
+"<p>Wanneer u op <b>OK</b> drukt zal het systeem het lidmaatschap "
+"verifiëren.\n"
+"Als het een NT- of Active Directory-domein is zal deze host tevens "
+"toestemming krijgen om zich bij het domein aan te melden.</p>\n"
#. translators: Samba membership dialog help 1/2 (installation)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:79
@@ -565,18 +582,41 @@
#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 1/4)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:85
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home directories created on the first login.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden</b> in als u wilt dat deze bij de eerste aanmelding worden gemaakt.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>Create Home Directory on Login</b> to have local home "
+"directories created on the first login.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Schakel <b>Persoonlijke map aanmaken bij aanmelden</b> in als u wilt dat "
+"deze bij de eerste aanmelding worden gemaakt.</p>"
#. Samba membership dialog help (common part 2/4)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:89
-msgid "<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially useful for mobile users."
-msgstr "<p><b>Offline-verificatie</b> maakt het voor de gebruiker mogelijk om zich aan te melden, zelfs als er geen verbinding is met de domeincontroller. Deze optie vereist dat u minstens eenmaal bij uw domein bent aangemeld. De toegangsrechten van de gebruikers worden dan versleuteld opgeslagen op uw computer en opnieuw gebruikt voor een domeinaanmelding als er geen verbinding met de domeincontroller kan worden opgebouwd. Dit is in het bijzonder handig voor mobiele gebruikers."
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Offline Authentication</b> enables the user to log in even if there is "
+"no connection to the domain controller. For this option to work, you must "
+"log in to your domain at least once. The user's credentials are then stored "
+"encrypted on your computer and are reused for a domain login when no "
+"connection to the domain controller can be established. This is especially "
+"useful for mobile users."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Offline-verificatie</b> maakt het voor de gebruiker mogelijk om zich "
+"aan te melden, zelfs als er geen verbinding is met de domeincontroller. Deze "
+"optie vereist dat u minstens eenmaal bij uw domein bent aangemeld. De "
+"toegangsrechten van de gebruikers worden dan versleuteld opgeslagen op uw "
+"computer en opnieuw gebruikt voor een domeinaanmelding als er geen "
+"verbinding met de domeincontroller kan worden opgebouwd. Dit is in het "
+"bijzonder handig voor mobiele gebruikers."
#. Samba membership dialog help (common part)
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:93
-msgid "<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b> om geavanceerde mogelijkheden zoals WINS-opties of aankoppelen van persoonlijke mappen op de server uit Active Directory-domeinen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Click <b>Expert Settings</b> to enable advanced features such as WINS "
+"options or mounting server home directories from Active Directory domains.</"
+"p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Klik op <b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b> om geavanceerde mogelijkheden "
+"zoals WINS-opties of aankoppelen van persoonlijke mappen op de server uit "
+"Active Directory-domeinen.</p>"
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:97
@@ -586,17 +626,28 @@
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
-"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for joining\n"
-"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>"
+"<p>Set the <b>Username</b> and <b>Password</b> that should be used for "
+"joining\n"
+"the selected domain during autoinstallation. Note that the password will be "
+"saved to the profile in cleartext (unencrypted) form.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Geef de <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>Wachtwoord</b> op dat gebruikt moet\n"
-"worden voor het deelnemen aan het gekozen domein gedurende de auto-installatie.\n"
-"Opmerking: het wachtwoord zal worden opgeslagen als platte (niet-versleutelde) tekst in het profiel.</p> "
+"<p>Geef de <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> en het <b>Wachtwoord</b> op dat gebruikt "
+"moet\n"
+"worden voor het deelnemen aan het gekozen domein gedurende de auto-"
+"installatie.\n"
+"Opmerking: het wachtwoord zal worden opgeslagen als platte (niet-"
+"versleutelde) tekst in het profiel.</p> "
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for autoyast config
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:105
-msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos configuration.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Geef de <b>Active Directory Server</b> op die u wilt gebruiken om deel te nemen aan een Active Directory-domein. Dit wordt ook gebruikt als de waarde voor KDC in de configuratie van Kerberos.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Specify the <b>Active Directory Server</b> to use for joining an Active "
+"Directory domain. This is also used as the value for KDC in the Kerberos "
+"configuration.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Geef de <b>Active Directory Server</b> op die u wilt gebruiken om deel te "
+"nemen aan een Active Directory-domein. Dit wordt ook gebruikt als de waarde "
+"voor KDC in de configuratie van Kerberos.</p>"
#. Samba membership dialog - additional help for possible NTP configuration
#: src/include/samba-client/helps.rb:109
@@ -608,7 +659,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Om uw tijd met een NTP-server te synchroniseren, dient u uw computer\n"
-"als een NTP-client in te stellen. Dit doet u bij de module <b>NTP-configuratie</b>.\n"
+"als een NTP-client in te stellen. Dit doet u bij de module <b>NTP-"
+"configuratie</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. default value of Machine Account
@@ -646,7 +698,8 @@
#. popup to fill in the domain leaving info; %1 is the domain name
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:203
msgid "Enter the username and the password for leaving the domain %1."
-msgstr "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op om het domein '%1' te verlaten."
+msgstr ""
+"Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op om het domein '%1' te verlaten."
#. additional information for cluster environment
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:231
@@ -656,7 +709,9 @@
#. popup to fill in the domain joining info; %1 is the domain name
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:242
msgid "Enter the username and the password for joining the domain %1."
-msgstr "Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op u om aan te melden bij domein '%1'."
+msgstr ""
+"Geef de gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord op u om aan te melden bij domein "
+"'%1'."
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:249
msgid "To join the domain anonymously, leave the text entries empty.\n"
@@ -704,7 +759,8 @@
#. popup question
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:361
msgid "User shares already exist. Keep or delete these shares?"
-msgstr "Er zijn al gebruikersshares aanwezig. Wilt u deze behouden of verwijderen?"
+msgstr ""
+"Er zijn al gebruikersshares aanwezig. Wilt u deze behouden of verwijderen?"
#. button label
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:363
@@ -728,8 +784,12 @@
#. help text for "Use WINS for Hostname Resolution" check box label
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:401
-msgid "<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Als u Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) wilt gebruiken voor naam vinden, activeer <b>Gebruik WINS voor hostnaam vinden</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you want to use Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) for "
+"name resolution, check <b>Use WINS for Hostname Resolution</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Als u Microsoft Windows Internet Name Service (WINS) wilt gebruiken voor "
+"naam vinden, activeer <b>Gebruik WINS voor hostnaam vinden</b>.</p>"
#. check box label
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:411
@@ -738,8 +798,12 @@
#. help text ("Retrieve WINS server via DHCP" is a checkbox label)
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:418
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided by DHCP.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>WINS-server via DHCP ophalen</b> om een WINS-server die door DHCP wordt geleverd te gebruiken.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>Retrieve WINS server via DHCP</b> to use a WINS server provided "
+"by DHCP.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer <b>WINS-server via DHCP ophalen</b> om een WINS-server die door "
+"DHCP wordt geleverd te gebruiken.</p>"
#. frame label
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:438
@@ -773,42 +837,83 @@
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4), %1 is separator (e.g. '\')
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:511
-msgid "<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system permissions allow access.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Gebruikers toestaan hun eigen mappen te delen</b> maakt het voor gebruikers van de groep in <b>Toegestane groep</b> mogelijk om hun mappen te delen met andere gebruikers. Bijvoorbeeld <tt>users</tt> voor een lokaal bereik of <tt>DOMEIN%1Gebruikers</tt> voor een domeinbereik. De gebruiker dient er bovendien voor te zorgen dat de permissies van het bestandssysteem de toegang toestaan.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow Users to Share Their Directories</b> enables members of the "
+"group in <b>Permitted Group</b> to share directories they own with other "
+"users. For example, <tt>users</tt> for a local scope or <tt>DOMAIN%1Users</"
+"tt> for a domain scope. The user also must make sure that the file system "
+"permissions allow access.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Gebruikers toestaan hun eigen mappen te delen</b> maakt het voor "
+"gebruikers van de groep in <b>Toegestane groep</b> mogelijk om hun mappen "
+"te delen met andere gebruikers. Bijvoorbeeld <tt>users</tt> voor een lokaal "
+"bereik of <tt>DOMEIN%1Gebruikers</tt> voor een domeinbereik. De gebruiker "
+"dient er bovendien voor te zorgen dat de permissies van het bestandssysteem "
+"de toegang toestaan.</p>"
#. membership dialog help (common part 3/4)
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:517
-msgid "<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares that may be created.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Met <b>Maximum aantal shares</b> kunt u het totaal aantal shares dat mag worden aangemaakt beperken.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Maximum Number of Shares</b>, limit the total amount of shares "
+"that may be created.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Met <b>Maximum aantal shares</b> kunt u het totaal aantal shares dat mag "
+"worden aangemaakt beperken.</p>"
#. membership dialog help common part
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:522
-msgid "<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow Guest Access</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Om toegang tot gebruikersshares zonder verificatie toe te staan, selecteer <b>Gasttoegang toestaan</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>To permit access to user shares without authentication, enable <b>Allow "
+"Guest Access</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Om toegang tot gebruikersshares zonder verificatie toe te staan, "
+"selecteer <b>Gasttoegang toestaan</b>.</p>"
#. help text for PAM Mount table
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:531
msgid ""
"<p>In the table <b>Mount Server Directories</b>, you can specify server\n"
-"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when the\n"
+"directories (such as home directory) which should be locally mounted when "
+"the\n"
"user is logged in. If mounting should be user-specific, specify <b>User\n"
-"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>"
+"Name</b> for the selected rule. Otherwise, the directory is mounted for each "
+"user. For more information, see pam_mount.conf manual page.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>In de tabel <b>Koppel servermappen aan</b>,kunt u mappen specificeren\n"
-"(zoals een persoonlijke map) die lokaal aangekoppeld zou moeten worden wanneer\n"
-"de gebruiker is aangemeld. Als het aankoppelen gebruikerspecifiek zou moeten,\n"
-"specificeer dan <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> voor de geselecteerde regel. Anders wordt\n"
-"de map gekoppeld voor elke gebruiker. Voor meer informatie, zie de man-pagina pam_mount.conf.</p>"
+"(zoals een persoonlijke map) die lokaal aangekoppeld zou moeten worden "
+"wanneer\n"
+"de gebruiker is aangemeld. Als het aankoppelen gebruikerspecifiek zou "
+"moeten,\n"
+"specificeer dan <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> voor de geselecteerde regel. Anders "
+"wordt\n"
+"de map gekoppeld voor elke gebruiker. Voor meer informatie, zie de man-"
+"pagina pam_mount.conf.</p>"
#. help text for PAM Mount table: example
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:538
-msgid "<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for <b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Bijvoorbeeld, u mag de waarde <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> voor <b>Pad op afstand</b> gebruiken, de <tt>~/</tt> waarde voor <b>Lokaal aankoppelpunt</b> om de persoonlijke map te koppelen, samen met een waarde <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> als onderdeel van <b>Opties</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>For example, you may use <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> value for "
+"<b>Remote Path</b>, <tt>~/</tt> value for <b>Local Mount Point</b> to mount "
+"the home directory, together with a value <tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> as a "
+"part of <b>Options</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Bijvoorbeeld, u mag de waarde <tt>/home/%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> voor <b>Pad "
+"op afstand</b> gebruiken, de <tt>~/</tt> waarde voor <b>Lokaal "
+"aankoppelpunt</b> om de persoonlijke map te koppelen, samen met een waarde "
+"<tt>user=%(DOMAIN_USER)</tt> als onderdeel van <b>Opties</b>.</p>"
#. help text for kerberos method option
#: src/include/samba-client/routines.rb:546
-msgid "<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page for details.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>De waarde van de <b>Kerberos methode</b> definieert hoe kerberos tickets verifieert. Wanneer <b>Single Sing-on voor SSH</b> wordt gebruikt, is de standaard Kerberos methode ingesteld door YaST <tt>secrets en keytab</tt>. Zie man-pagina smb.conf voor details.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>The value of <b>Kerberos Method</b> defines how kerberos tickets are "
+"verified. When <b>Single Sing-on for SSH</b> is used, the default Kerberos "
+"Method set by YaST is <tt>secrets and keytab</tt>. See smb.conf manual page "
+"for details.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De waarde van de <b>Kerberos methode</b> definieert hoe kerberos tickets "
+"verifieert. Wanneer <b>Single Sing-on voor SSH</b> wordt gebruikt, is de "
+"standaard Kerberos methode ingesteld door YaST <tt>secrets en keytab</tt>. "
+"Zie man-pagina smb.conf voor details.</p>"
#. translators: initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/samba-client/wizards.rb:74
@@ -880,79 +985,79 @@
msgstr "Bezig vereiste pakketten te installeren..."
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr "Aanmelden met PAM"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr "Kerberos gebruiken"
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr "Kerberos niet gebruiken"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr "Standaard Realm"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr "Standaard domein"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr "KDC-serveradres"
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr "Afwijking van de klok"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>KDC-server</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Standaard domein</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr "<b>Standaard Realm</b>: %1<br>"
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr "<b>Authenticatie met Kerberos ingeschakeld</b>: %1"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr "Ja"
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr "Nee"
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr "Configuratie verkregen via DNS"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -961,7 +1066,7 @@
"Probeer het opnieuw.\n"
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -1115,4 +1220,5 @@
#: src/modules/SambaNetJoin.pm:322
msgid "Unable to proceed with join: Inconsistent cluster state"
-msgstr "Doorgaan met samenvoegen kan niet: Status van cluster is niet samenhangend"
+msgstr ""
+"Doorgaan met samenvoegen kan niet: Status van cluster is niet samenhangend"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/samba-server.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: samba-server.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:31+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -30,7 +30,9 @@
#. translators: command line help text for samba-server module
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:66
msgid "Samba server configuration module (see Samba documentation for details)"
-msgstr "SAMBA-server configuratie module. Bekijk de Samba documentatie voor de details"
+msgstr ""
+"SAMBA-server configuratie module. Bekijk de Samba documentatie voor de "
+"details"
#. translators: command line help text for share action
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:79
@@ -115,17 +117,23 @@
#. translators: command line help text for share read_list option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:201
msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to read from the share"
-msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om van de share te lezen"
+msgstr ""
+"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om van de share "
+"te lezen"
#. translators: command line help text for share write_list option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:208
msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to write to the share"
-msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om naar de share te schrijven"
+msgstr ""
+"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers die toestemming hebben om naar de "
+"share te schrijven"
#. translators: command line help text for share browseable option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:215
msgid "Flag if the share should be visible when browsing the LAN"
-msgstr "Markeer dit in het geval de share tijdens het bladeren op het LAN zichtbaar moet zijn"
+msgstr ""
+"Markeer dit in het geval de share tijdens het bladeren op het LAN zichtbaar "
+"moet zijn"
#. translators: command line help text for share guest_ok option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:222
@@ -135,7 +143,9 @@
#. translators: command line help text for share valid_users option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:229
msgid "A comma-separated list of users allowed to access the share"
-msgstr "Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers waarvoor toegang tot de share is toegestaan"
+msgstr ""
+"Komma-gescheiden lijst met gebruikers waarvoor toegang tot de share is "
+"toegestaan"
#. translators: command line help text for PDC role option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:236
@@ -155,7 +165,9 @@
#. translators: command line help text for standalone server role option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:254
msgid "Server should provide shares, but should not allow domain logins"
-msgstr "De server dient shares aan te bieden, maar mag geen domein aanmeldingen toestaan"
+msgstr ""
+"De server dient shares aan te bieden, maar mag geen domein aanmeldingen "
+"toestaan"
#. translators: command line help text for smbpasswd option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:260
@@ -165,7 +177,8 @@
#. translators: command line help text for tdbsam option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:266
msgid "Use the 'passdb.tdb' file to store user information"
-msgstr "Gebruik het 'passdb.tdb' bestand om de gebruikersinformatie in op te slaan"
+msgstr ""
+"Gebruik het 'passdb.tdb' bestand om de gebruikersinformatie in op te slaan"
#. translators: command line help text for ldapsam option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:272
@@ -189,13 +202,20 @@
#. translators: command line help text for ldap_suffix option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:298
-msgid "The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server"
-msgstr "Het LDAP-achtervoegsel DN voor het manipuleren van de gebruikersinformatie op de LDAP-server"
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP suffix DN for manipulating the user information on the LDAP server"
+msgstr ""
+"Het LDAP-achtervoegsel DN voor het manipuleren van de gebruikersinformatie "
+"op de LDAP-server"
#. translators: command line help text for ldap_admin_dn option
#: src/clients/samba-server.rb:305
-msgid "The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing passwords)"
-msgstr "De LDAP-DN voor het wijzigen van de inhoud op de LDAP-server (bijvoorbeeld om wachtwoorden te wijzigen)"
+msgid ""
+"The LDAP DN for modifying contents of the LDAP server (for example, changing "
+"passwords)"
+msgstr ""
+"De LDAP-DN voor het wijzigen van de inhoud op de LDAP-server (bijvoorbeeld "
+"om wachtwoorden te wijzigen)"
#. translators: error message for share command line action
#. must provide the share name
@@ -256,16 +276,26 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup message
#: src/include/samba-server/complex.rb:88
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
+#| "the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
+#| "To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting "
+#| "the users,\n"
+#| "run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
msgid ""
"Because users are currently connected to this Samba server,\n"
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
-"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the "
+"users,\n"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
"Omdat er momenteel gebruikers verbonden zijn met deze Sambaserver\n"
"is de serverconfiguratie opnieuw geladen in plaats van opnieuw gestart.\n"
-"Om er voor te zorgen dat alle wijzigingen worden doorgevoerd kunt u de commando's\n"
-"'/etc/init.d/smb restart' en '/etc/init.d/nmb restart' uitvoeren. De verbindingen met\n"
+"Om er voor te zorgen dat alle wijzigingen worden doorgevoerd kunt u de "
+"commando's\n"
+"'/etc/init.d/smb restart' en '/etc/init.d/nmb restart' uitvoeren. De "
+"verbindingen met\n"
"deze server zullen dan wel worden verbroken."
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
@@ -296,7 +326,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/samba-server/dialogs-items.rb:279
msgid "Multiple optional values for one backend must be quoted."
-msgstr "Plaats meerdere optionele waarden voor één back-end tussen dubbele aanhalingstekens."
+msgstr ""
+"Plaats meerdere optionele waarden voor één back-end tussen dubbele "
+"aanhalingstekens."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:168
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is replaced with some URL
@@ -860,7 +892,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
+"te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:45
@@ -888,38 +921,51 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:56
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Workgroup or Domain Selection</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and click <b>Next</b>.\n"
+"Select existing name of workgroup or domain or type your own new name and "
+"click <b>Next</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Werkgroep of domein selectie</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer een bestaande naam van een werkgroep of typ een nieuwe naam in en klik op <b>Verder</b>.\n"
+"Selecteer een bestaande naam van een werkgroep of typ een nieuwe naam in en "
+"klik op <b>Verder</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT style domain.</p>\n"
+"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows NT "
+"style domain.</p>\n"
"<p>The backup controller uses another domain controller for validation.\n"
-"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their passwords.</p>\n"
-"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be phased out in future releases.</p>"
+"The primary controller uses its own information about users and their "
+"passwords.</p>\n"
+"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs depend on the settings "
+"in this selection. Windows NT style domain controller functionality will be "
+"phased out in future releases.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>SAMBA-server type</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Een <i>domein controller</i> staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows NT-stijl domein aan te melden.</p>\n"
-"<p>De reserve controller gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de validatie.\n"
-"De primaire controller gebruikt z'n eigen informatie voor de gebruikers en hun wachtwoorden.</p>\n"
-"<p>De in de configuratiedialoog beschikbare opties hangen af van de instellingen in deze sectie. De domaincontroller in Windows NT-stijl zal uitgefaseerd worden in toekomstige uitgaven.</p>"
+"<p>Een <i>domein controller</i> staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een "
+"Windows NT-stijl domein aan te melden.</p>\n"
+"<p>De reserve controller gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de "
+"validatie.\n"
+"De primaire controller gebruikt z'n eigen informatie voor de gebruikers en "
+"hun wachtwoorden.</p>\n"
+"<p>De in de configuratiedialoog beschikbare opties hangen af van de "
+"instellingen in deze sectie. De domaincontroller in Windows NT-stijl zal "
+"uitgefaseerd worden in toekomstige uitgaven.</p>"
#. Samba select Samba Server type - Installation step 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Samba Server Type</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain.</p>\n"
+"<p>A domain controller allows Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain."
+"</p>\n"
"<p>The options available in the configuration dialogs \n"
"depend on the settings in this selection.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>SAMBA-server type</big></b><br>\n"
-"Een <i>domein controller</i> staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden.</p>\n"
+"Een <i>domein controller</i> staat Windows cliënten toe om zich op een "
+"Windows domein aan te melden.</p>\n"
"<p>De in de configuratiedialogen beschikbare opties\n"
"hangen van deze instelling af.</p>"
@@ -992,7 +1038,9 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p>The base settings set up the domain and the\n"
-"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The backup controller \n"
+"server role. <b>Backup Domain Controller</b> and <b>Primary Domain "
+"Controller</b> allow Windows clients to log in to a Windows domain. The "
+"backup controller \n"
"uses another domain controller for validation. The primary controller\n"
"uses its own information about users and their passwords.\n"
"If the server should not participate as a domain controller, choose the\n"
@@ -1000,8 +1048,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>De basis instellingen stellen de domein en de server rol in.\n"
"<b>Reserve domein controller</b> en <b>Primaire domein controller</b> staan\n"
-"Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden. De reserve controller \n"
-"gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de validatie. De primaire controller\n"
+"Windows cliënten toe om zich op een Windows domein aan te melden. De reserve "
+"controller \n"
+"gebruikt een andere domein controller voor de validatie. De primaire "
+"controller\n"
"gebruikt z'n eigen informatie voor de gebruikers en hun wachtwoorden.\n"
"Wanneer de server niet als domein controller participeert, kies dan de\n"
"<b>Geen DC</b> waarde.</p>\n"
@@ -1049,10 +1099,12 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:144
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
-"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global settings.</p>\n"
+"detailed configuration, user authentication sources, and expert global "
+"settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b> geeft toegang tot \n"
-"gedetailleerde configuratie, gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en geavanceerde globale instellingen.</p>\n"
+"gedetailleerde configuratie, gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en geavanceerde "
+"globale instellingen.</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
@@ -1078,10 +1130,13 @@
"choose it in the list and press <b>Delete</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Klik op <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuw domein aan de lijst toe te voegen.\n"
-"Geef in het opengaande venster de naam van het trust domein en het wachtwoord op.\n"
-"Het wachtwoord wordt door de SAMBA-server gebruikt om toegang te krijgen tot het\n"
+"Geef in het opengaande venster de naam van het trust domein en het "
+"wachtwoord op.\n"
+"Het wachtwoord wordt door de SAMBA-server gebruikt om toegang te krijgen tot "
+"het\n"
"trust domein. Nadat er op <b>OK</b> is geklikt, zal YaST proberen om de\n"
-"trust relatie tot stand te brengen. Een domein is te verwijderen door deze in de lijst\n"
+"trust relatie tot stand te brengen. Een domein is te verwijderen door deze "
+"in de lijst\n"
"te selecteren en vervolgens op <b>Verwijderen</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:162
@@ -1107,8 +1162,10 @@
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
"an existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, <b>Bewerken</b>\n"
-"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te verwijderen.</p>\n"
+"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, "
+"<b>Bewerken</b>\n"
+"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te "
+"verwijderen.</p>\n"
#. Global settings editing dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:174
@@ -1125,8 +1182,10 @@
"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to add a new configuration option, <b>Edit</b> to modify\n"
"already existing option, and <b>Delete</b> to delete an option.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, <b>Bewerken</b>\n"
-"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te verwijderen.</p>\n"
+"<p>Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuwe configuratie-optie toe te voegen, "
+"<b>Bewerken</b>\n"
+"om een bestaande optie aan te passen en <b>Verwijderen</b> om een optie te "
+"verwijderen.</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:182
@@ -1143,21 +1202,29 @@
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b>Search Base DN</b> (distinguished name) is\n"
-"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</b> is used when\n"
+"the base at which to start searching the information. <b>Administration DN</"
+"b> is used when\n"
"creating new users and groups. If the administration DN requires\n"
"a password for write access, set the password using\n"
"<b>Set LDAP Administration Password</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Zoek basis DN</b> (onderscheidende naam) is de basis\n"
-"waarop het zoeken naar de informatie gestart dient te worden. De <b>Administratie DN</b> wordt\n"
-"gebruikt in het geval er nieuwe gebruikers en groepen aangemaakt worden. Als de\n"
-"administratie DN een wachtwoord voor het schrijven nodig heeft, geef dan het wachtwoord met\n"
+"waarop het zoeken naar de informatie gestart dient te worden. De "
+"<b>Administratie DN</b> wordt\n"
+"gebruikt in het geval er nieuwe gebruikers en groepen aangemaakt worden. Als "
+"de\n"
+"administratie DN een wachtwoord voor het schrijven nodig heeft, geef dan het "
+"wachtwoord met\n"
"behulp van <b>LDAP-administratie wachtwoord instellen</b> op.</p>\n"
#. Advanced SAMBA configuration dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:196
-msgid "<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password is set.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p><b>Opmerking:</b>Instellingen worden opgeslagen alvorens u het LDAP-administratie wachtwoord instelt.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Note:</b> Settings are saved before the LDAP administration password "
+"is set.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Opmerking:</b>Instellingen worden opgeslagen alvorens u het LDAP-"
+"administratie wachtwoord instelt.</p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 1
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:200
@@ -1175,11 +1242,14 @@
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 2
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:207
msgid ""
-"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current one first\n"
+"<p>If you want to change the user authentication source, remove the current "
+"one first\n"
"by pressing <b>Delete</b> and add a new one with <b>Add</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u de authenticatiebron van de gebruiker wilt wijzigen, verwijder dan de huidige eerst\n"
-"door op <b>Delete</b> te drukken en voeg een nieuwe toe met de knop <b>Toevoegen</b></p>\n"
+"<p>Als u de authenticatiebron van de gebruiker wilt wijzigen, verwijder dan "
+"de huidige eerst\n"
+"door op <b>Delete</b> te drukken en voeg een nieuwe toe met de knop "
+"<b>Toevoegen</b></p>\n"
#. passdb backend configuration dialog help 3
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:211
@@ -1282,21 +1352,41 @@
"honored when creating a subdirectory.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>ACL's overnemen</b> kan gebruikt worden om er zeker van te zijn\n"
-"dat als er standaard ACL's op de bovenliggende mappen bestaan, ze ook altijd\n"
+"dat als er standaard ACL's op de bovenliggende mappen bestaan, ze ook "
+"altijd\n"
"gehonoreerd worden tijdens het aanmaken van een submap.</p>\n"
#. add new share dialog help
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:276
-msgid "<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>With <b>Expose Snapshots</b> selected, Samba exposes snapshots created by "
+"Snapper for access and manipulation by CIFS/SMB clients. This option is only "
+"available if Samba offers Snapper support, and the Share Path corresponds to "
+"a Btrfs backed Snapper configuration subvolume.<br> Relevant permissions "
+"must also be granted, see Samba's <b>vfs_snapper(8)</b> man page for further "
+"details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Met <b>Snapshots blootstellen</b> geselecteerd zal Samba snapshots gemaakt door Snapper voor toegang en manipulatie door CIFS/SMB-clients blootstellen.\n"
-"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Snapper biedt en het Share-pad overeenkomt met een door Btrfs gesteund configuratiesubvolume van Snapper. Relevante toegangsrechten moeten ook worden toegekend, zie de manpagina van Samba <b>vfs snapper(8)</b> voor verdere details.</p>"
+"<p>Met <b>Snapshots blootstellen</b> geselecteerd zal Samba snapshots "
+"gemaakt door Snapper voor toegang en manipulatie door CIFS/SMB-clients "
+"blootstellen.\n"
+"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Snapper biedt "
+"en het Share-pad overeenkomt met een door Btrfs gesteund "
+"configuratiesubvolume van Snapper. Relevante toegangsrechten moeten ook "
+"worden toegekend, zie de manpagina van Samba <b>vfs snapper(8)</b> voor "
+"verdere details.</p>"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:283
-msgid "<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Utilize Btrfs Features</b> instructs Samba to take advantage of "
+"features specific to the Btrfs filesystem. This option is only available if "
+"Samba offers Btrfs support, and the Share Path is a Btrfs subvolume. See "
+"Samba's <b>vfs_btrfs(8)</b> man page for further details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Btrfs-functies gebruiken</b> instrueert Samba om voordeel te trekken van functies specifiek voor het Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n"
-"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Btrfs biedt en het Share-pad is een Btrfs-subvolume. Zie de manpagina van Samba <b>vfs snapper(8)</b> voor verdere details.</p>"
+"<p><b>Btrfs-functies gebruiken</b> instrueert Samba om voordeel te trekken "
+"van functies specifiek voor het Btrfs-bestandssysteem.\n"
+"Deze optie is alleen beschikbaar als Samba ondersteuning voor Btrfs biedt en "
+"het Share-pad is een Btrfs-subvolume. Zie de manpagina van Samba <b>vfs "
+"snapper(8)</b> voor verdere details.</p>"
#. help for LDAP Settings dialog
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:289
@@ -1305,53 +1395,91 @@
"Here, determine the LDAP server to use for authentication.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n"
+"Setting <b>LDAP Password Back-End</b> allows storing user information in the "
+"LDAP tree specified by the URL. With <b>LDAP Idmap Back-End</b>, store SID/"
+"uid/gid mapping tables in LDAP.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, including full Administrator DN.\n"
+"In the Authentication section, set the credentials for the LDAP server, "
+"including full Administrator DN.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP objects.\n"
+"<b>Search Base DN</b> is the LDAP suffix appended to Samba-specific LDAP "
+"objects.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</b>.<p>"
+"To test the connection to your LDAP server, click <b>Test Connection</b>. To "
+"set expert LDAP settings or use default values, click <b>Advanced Settings</"
+"b>.<p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>LDAP-instellingen</big></b><br>\n"
"Bepaal hier de te gebruiken LDAP-server voor authenticatie.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<b>LDAP-wachtwoordbackend</b> instellen stelt u in staat gebruikersinformatie in de boomstructuur van LDAP gespecificeerd door de URL. Met <b>LDAP-idmap-backend</b>, slaat u SID/uid/gid mappingtabellen in LDAP op.\n"
+"<b>LDAP-wachtwoordbackend</b> instellen stelt u in staat "
+"gebruikersinformatie in de boomstructuur van LDAP gespecificeerd door de "
+"URL. Met <b>LDAP-idmap-backend</b>, slaat u SID/uid/gid mappingtabellen in "
+"LDAP op.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"In de authenticatiesectie, stelt u de credentials voor de LDAP-server in, inclusief de volledige DN van de beheerder.\n"
+"In de authenticatiesectie, stelt u de credentials voor de LDAP-server in, "
+"inclusief de volledige DN van de beheerder.\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<b>Basis DN voor zoeken</b> is het achtervoegsel van LDAP toegevoegd aan Samba-specifieke LDAP-objecten.\n"
+"<b>Basis DN voor zoeken</b> is het achtervoegsel van LDAP toegevoegd aan "
+"Samba-specifieke LDAP-objecten.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
-"Om de verbinding naar uw LDAP-server te testen, klikt u op <b>Verbinding testen</b>. Om LDAP-instellingen voor de expert te gebruiken of standaard waarden te gebruiken, klik op <b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b>.<p>"
+"Om de verbinding naar uw LDAP-server te testen, klikt u op <b>Verbinding "
+"testen</b>. Om LDAP-instellingen voor de expert te gebruiken of standaard "
+"waarden te gebruiken, klik op <b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b>.<p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSuffixesWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:303
-msgid "<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, <b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Achtervoegsel van gebruiker</b> specificeert waar gebruikers in de LDAP boomstructuur ingevoegd worden. De waarde wordt toegevoegd aan de waarde van <b>Zoek basis-DN</b>. Overeenkomstig specificeert <b>Achtervoegsel van groep</b> de plaats voor groepen, <b>Achtervoegsel voor machines</b> voor machines en <b>Achtervoegsel voor idmap</b> die voor idmap-mappings.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>User Suffix</b> specifies where users are added to the LDAP tree. The "
+"value is pre-pended to the value of <b>Search Base DN</b>. Similarly, "
+"<b>Group Suffix</b> specifies the place for groups, <b>Machine Suffix</b> "
+"for machines and <b>Idmap Suffix</b> for idmap mappings.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Achtervoegsel van gebruiker</b> specificeert waar gebruikers in de "
+"LDAP boomstructuur ingevoegd worden. De waarde wordt toegevoegd aan de "
+"waarde van <b>Zoek basis-DN</b>. Overeenkomstig specificeert "
+"<b>Achtervoegsel van groep</b> de plaats voor groepen, <b>Achtervoegsel voor "
+"machines</b> voor machines en <b>Achtervoegsel voor idmap</b> die voor idmap-"
+"mappings.</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsTimeoutsWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:307
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</p>"
+"<p><b>Replication Sleep</b> is the amount of milliseconds Samba will wait "
+"after writing to the LDAP server, so LDAP replicas can catch up.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specifies the timeout for LDAP operations (in seconds).</"
+"p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Replicatieslaaptijd</b> is het aantal milliseconden die Samba zal wachten na het schrijven naar de LDAP-server, zodat LDAP-replica's dit kunnen bijbenen.</p>\n"
-"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specificeert de wachttijd voor LDAP-operaties (in seconden).</p>"
+"<p><b>Replicatieslaaptijd</b> is het aantal milliseconden die Samba zal "
+"wachten na het schrijven naar de LDAP-server, zodat LDAP-replica's dit "
+"kunnen bijbenen.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Time-Out</b> specificeert de wachttijd voor LDAP-operaties (in "
+"seconden).</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsSecurityWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:311
-msgid "<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Definieer of SSL voor de LDAP-verbinding moet worden gebruikt met <b>SSL of TLS gebruiken</b>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Define whether to use SSL for LDAP connection with <b>Use SSL or TLS</b>."
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Definieer of SSL voor de LDAP-verbinding moet worden gebruikt met <b>SSL "
+"of TLS gebruiken</b>.</p>"
#. help for SambaLDAPSettingsMiscWidget
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:315
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n"
-"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual page for details.</p>"
+"<p><b>Delete DN</b> specifies if the delete operation deletes the complete "
+"LDAP entry or only the Samba-specific attributes.</p>\n"
+"<p>With <b>Synchronize Passwords</b>, define possible synchronization of the "
+"LDAP password with the NT and LM hashes. See the <tt>smb.conf</tt> manual "
+"page for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>DN verwijderen</b> specificeert of het verwijderen de complete LDAP-entry moet verwijderen of alleen de Samba-specifieke attributen.</p>\n"
-"<p>Met <b>Wachtwoorden synchroniseren</b>, definieert u mogelijke synchronisatie van het LDAP-wachtwoord met de NT en LM hashes. Zie de manpagina van <tt>smb.conf</tt> voor details.</p>"
+"<p><b>DN verwijderen</b> specificeert of het verwijderen de complete LDAP-"
+"entry moet verwijderen of alleen de Samba-specifieke attributen.</p>\n"
+"<p>Met <b>Wachtwoorden synchroniseren</b>, definieert u mogelijke "
+"synchronisatie van het LDAP-wachtwoord met de NT en LM hashes. Zie de "
+"manpagina van <tt>smb.conf</tt> voor details.</p>"
#. translators: warning text
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:322
@@ -1403,17 +1531,20 @@
"Exporting / might lead to security problems because it makes your\n"
"entire file system browsable from Samba clients.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Het exporteren van / zal leiden tot beveiligingsproblemen, het zorgt er namelijk\n"
+"Het exporteren van / zal leiden tot beveiligingsproblemen, het zorgt er "
+"namelijk\n"
"voor dat uw gehele bestandssysteem door Samba cliënten door te bladeren is.\n"
#: src/include/samba-server/helps.rb:350
msgid ""
"<p><b>Advanced Settings</b> provides access to \n"
-"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, and\n"
+"detailed configuration, such as LDAP settings, user authentication sources, "
+"and\n"
"expert global settings.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Geavanceerde instellingen</b> geven toegang tot \n"
-"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals LDAP-instellingen, gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en\n"
+"gedetailleerde configuratie, zoals LDAP-instellingen, "
+"gebruikersauthenticatiebronnen en\n"
"geavanceerde globale instellingen.</p>\n"
#. translators: combo box value
@@ -1629,7 +1760,8 @@
#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:338
msgid "Only dcObject (dc) and organizationalUnit (ou) classes are supported."
-msgstr "YaST ondersteunt alleen dcObject (dc) en organizationalUnit (ou) categorieën."
+msgstr ""
+"YaST ondersteunt alleen dcObject (dc) en organizationalUnit (ou) categorieën."
#. translators: warning message, %s is LDAP server name/IP
#: src/modules/SambaBackendLDAP.pm:624
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/security.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: security.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-09 12:40+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -129,200 +129,202 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr "Onbekend"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr "Magische SysRq-toetsen gebruiken"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr "Gebruik veilige bestandspermissies"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr "Externe toegang tot de displaybeheerder"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr "Schrijf de systeemtijd terug in de hardware klok"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr "Genereer altijd syslog-messages voor cron-scripts"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr "Draai de DHCP-daemon in een chroot"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr "Draai de DHCP-server als de dhcp-gebruiker"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr "Toegang tot root van afstand in displaybeheer"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr "Toegang van afstand tot de X-server"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr "Externe toegang tot het e-mail-afleveringssubsysteem"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr "Herstart services bij bijwerken"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr "Services stoppen bij verwijdering"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr "TCP-syncookies inschakelen"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr "IPv4-forwarding"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr "IPv6-forwarding"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr "Basissysteemservices inschakelen"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr "Extra services inschakelen"
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr "Instellen"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr "Ingeschakeld"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr "Uitgeschakeld"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:754
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr "Status"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr "Beveiligingsstatus"
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr "Help"
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr " of "
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>Deze basissysteemservices zijn niet ingeschakeld:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Alle basis services zijn geactiveerd.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr "<P>Deze extra services zijn ingeschakeld:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Controleer de lijst met services en schakel alle ongebruikte services uit.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Controleer de lijst met services en schakel alle ongebruikte services uit."
+"</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Alleen de basis systeemservices zijn geactiveerd.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beschrijving"
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr "Beveiligingsoverzicht"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr "&Status wijzigen"
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr "&Beschrijving"
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr "Systeem wordt onderzocht"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr "Opstartinstellingen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr "Opstartpermissies"
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr "Diverse instellingen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr "Wachtwoordinstellingen"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr "Controles"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr "Wachtwoordleeftijd"
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
@@ -331,27 +333,28 @@
" zijn dan het maximum."
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
"De minimum wachtwoordlengte kan niet groter dan het maximum zijn.\n"
-"De maximum wachtwoordlengte voor de geselecteerde versleutelingsmethode is %1."
+"De maximum wachtwoordlengte voor de geselecteerde versleutelingsmethode is "
+"%1."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr "Aanmeldinstellingen"
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr "Aanmelden"
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -360,16 +363,17 @@
"<br>Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>"
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt nu veilig het configuratieprogramma afbreken door op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>"
+"U kunt nu veilig het configuratieprogramma afbreken door op <b>Afbreken</b> "
+"te klikken.</p>"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
@@ -378,7 +382,7 @@
"<br>Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>"
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
@@ -386,68 +390,27 @@
"<p><b><big>Opslaan afbreken</big></b><br>\n"
"U kunt het opslagproces afbreken door op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>"
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Opstartveiligheid</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>Gebruik dit dialoog om de verschillende opstartinstellingen die gerelateerd zijn aan beveiliging te wijzigen.</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Interpretatie van Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Wanneer iemand op de console de CTRL + ALT + DEL toetscombinatie indrukt\n"
-"zal het systeem gewoonlijk opnieuw starten. Soms is het wenselijk dat\n"
-"deze actie genegeerd wordt, bijvoorbeeld wanneer het systeem gelijktijdig\n"
-"als werkstation en als server wordt gebruikt.</p>"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Afsluitgedrag van aanmeldscherm</b>:\n"
-"Hiermee bepaalt u wie er toestemming heeft om de computer vanuit KDM af te sluiten.</p>\n"
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, user on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Breng systeem in slaapstand</b>:\n"
-"Stel de condities in om gebruikers het systeem in slaapstand te brengen. Standaard heeft de gebruiker op het actieve console dat recht.\n"
-"Andere opties zijn om deze actie aan elke gebruiker toe te kennen of in alle gevallen authenticatie te vereisen.</p>\n"
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
-"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which include\n"
-" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The default\n"
+"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which "
+"include\n"
+" booting, login, password, user creation, and file permissions. The "
+"default\n"
" settings can be modified as needed.\n"
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<P><BIG><B>Lokale veiligheid instellen</B></BIG></P>\n"
-"<p>Door middel van voorgedefinieerde standaardwaarden kunt u de lokale veiligheidsinstellingen\n"
-"wijzigen. Dit is inclusief opstarten, aanmelden, wachtwoorden, aanmaken van gebruikers en bestandstoegangsrechten.\n"
+"<p>Door middel van voorgedefinieerde standaardwaarden kunt u de lokale "
+"veiligheidsinstellingen\n"
+"wijzigen. Dit is inclusief opstarten, aanmelden, wachtwoorden, aanmaken van "
+"gebruikers en bestandstoegangsrechten.\n"
"De standaardinstellingen kunnen naar behoefte worden gewijzigd.\n"
"</p>"
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
@@ -456,16 +419,17 @@
"met elk type netwerk, inclusief het internet.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Roamingapparaat</b>: voor een laptop, tablet of gelijksoortig apparaat\n"
+"<p><b>Roamingapparaat</b>: voor een laptop, tablet of gelijksoortig "
+"apparaat\n"
"dat verbindt met verschillende netwerken.</p>"
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
@@ -474,12 +438,12 @@
"als server (elk type).</p>"
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Gebruikersinstellingen</b>: Maak uw eigen configuratie aan.</p>"
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -490,45 +454,57 @@
"zijn voornamelijk opgeslagen in het bestand /etc/login.defs</p>"
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
-"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
-"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait to\n"
-"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</tt>).</p>"
+"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to "
+"prevent\n"
+"password guessing. Make the time small enough that users do not need to wait "
+"to\n"
+"retry if a password is mistyped. A sensible value is three seconds (<tt>3</"
+"tt>).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Wachttijd na mislukte aanmeldpoging</b>:\n"
-"Het is verstandig om na een mislukte aanmeldpoging enige tijd te wachten, dit\n"
-"om het gissen naar een wachtwoord te ontmoedigen. Maak de tijd kort genoeg zodat\n"
-"gebruikers niet onnodig lang hoeven te wachten als ze hun wachtwoord foutgetypt hebben. Een geschikte waarde is drie (<tt>3</tt>) seconden.</p>"
+"Het is verstandig om na een mislukte aanmeldpoging enige tijd te wachten, "
+"dit\n"
+"om het gissen naar een wachtwoord te ontmoedigen. Maak de tijd kort genoeg "
+"zodat\n"
+"gebruikers niet onnodig lang hoeven te wachten als ze hun wachtwoord "
+"foutgetypt hebben. Een geschikte waarde is drie (<tt>3</tt>) seconden.</p>"
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
-"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than usual).\n"
+"system (for example, a user logging in from a different location than "
+"usual).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Geslaagde aanmeldpogingen vastleggen:</b> Het registreren van geslaagde\n"
-"aanmeldpogingen is zinvol. Het kan u waarschuwen voor niet-geautoriseerde toegang\n"
-"tot het systeem. (bijv: als een gebruiker zich vanaf een andere locatie dan gewoonlijk aanmeldt).\n"
+"<p><b>Geslaagde aanmeldpogingen vastleggen:</b> Het registreren van "
+"geslaagde\n"
+"aanmeldpogingen is zinvol. Het kan u waarschuwen voor niet-geautoriseerde "
+"toegang\n"
+"tot het systeem. (bijv: als een gebruiker zich vanaf een andere locatie dan "
+"gewoonlijk aanmeldt).\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
-"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
+"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote "
+"access\n"
"to your machine using a display manager might be a security risk.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Externe grafische aanmelding toestaan</b>:\n"
"Deze optie staat het toe om toegang via het netwerk tot het grafische\n"
"aanmeldvenster van dit systeem te krijgen. Externe toegang tot\n"
-"uw systeem via een grafische display manager kan een veiligheidsrisico opleveren.</p>"
+"uw systeem via een grafische display manager kan een veiligheidsrisico "
+"opleveren.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
@@ -537,76 +513,97 @@
" voornamelijk opgeslagen in het bestand /etc/login.defs.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
-"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word.\n"
+"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common "
+"word.\n"
"By checking the box, enforce password checking in regard to these rules.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren</b>: Het is verstandig om een wachtwoord\n"
-"te kiezen dat niet gevonden kan worden in een woordenboek en dat niet bestaat uit een\n"
-"naam of een ander simpel en algemeen woord. Door deze optie te activeren worden de\n"
+"<p><b>Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren</b>: Het is verstandig om een "
+"wachtwoord\n"
+"te kiezen dat niet gevonden kan worden in een woordenboek en dat niet "
+"bestaat uit een\n"
+"naam of een ander simpel en algemeen woord. Door deze optie te activeren "
+"worden de\n"
"wachtwoorden gecontroleerd met inachtneming van deze regels.</p>"
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
-"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the new\n"
+"of different character classes (other, upper, lower and digit) used in the "
+"new\n"
"password. See man pam_cracklib for a more detailed explanation.\n"
"This option can only be modified when <b>Check New Passwords</b> is set.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Minimaal acceptabele wachtwoordlengte</b>:\n"
-"Het acceptabele minimum aantal karakters in een nieuw wachtwoord, vermindert met\n"
-"het aantal verschillende tekenklassen (andere, hoofd-/kleine letter en cijfer)dat\n"
-"wordt gebruikt in het nieuwe wachtwoord. Zie manpagina pam_cracklib voor meer uitleg.\n"
-"Deze optie kan alleen gewijzigd worden als <b>Nieuwe wachtwoorden controleren</b> is geactiveerd.</p>"
+"Het acceptabele minimum aantal karakters in een nieuw wachtwoord, vermindert "
+"met\n"
+"het aantal verschillende tekenklassen (andere, hoofd-/kleine letter en "
+"cijfer)dat\n"
+"wordt gebruikt in het nieuwe wachtwoord. Zie manpagina pam_cracklib voor "
+"meer uitleg.\n"
+"Deze optie kan alleen gewijzigd worden als <b>Nieuwe wachtwoorden "
+"controleren</b> is geactiveerd.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
-"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing.\n"
+"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from "
+"reusing.\n"
"Enter 0 if passwords should not be stored.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Oude wachtwoorden onthouden</b>:\n"
-"Voer het aantal oude wachtwoorden van gebruikers in dat moet worden onthouden en die gebruikers\n"
-"niet mogen hergebruiken. Voer 0 in als wachtwoorden niet moeten worden onthouden</p>"
+"Voer het aantal oude wachtwoorden van gebruikers in dat moet worden "
+"onthouden en die gebruikers\n"
+"niet mogen hergebruiken. Voer 0 in als wachtwoorden niet moeten worden "
+"onthouden</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr "<p><b>Wachtwoordversleutelmethode:</b></p>"
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
-"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need\n"
+"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you "
+"need\n"
"compatibility with other systems, use this method.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, de standaard Linux-methode, werkt in alle netwerkomgevingen,\n"
-"uw wachtwoorden mogen hiermee echter niet langer dan acht lettertekens zijn. Gebruik deze\n"
+"uw wachtwoorden mogen hiermee echter niet langer dan acht lettertekens zijn. "
+"Gebruik deze\n"
"methode wanneer u de compatibiliteit met andere systemen nodig heeft.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
-"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
+"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current "
+"Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>MD5</b> staat het gebruik van langere wachtwoorden toe en wordt ondersteund door\n"
-"alle moderne Linux-distributies, maar niet door andere systemen of oude software.</p>"
+"<p><b>MD5</b> staat het gebruik van langere wachtwoorden toe en wordt "
+"ondersteund door\n"
+"alle moderne Linux-distributies, maar niet door andere systemen of oude "
+"software.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is de huidige standaard hash-methode, andere algoritmen gebruiken is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit.</p>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other "
+"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is de huidige standaard hash-methode, andere algoritmen "
+"gebruiken is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
@@ -615,27 +612,32 @@
"maximum aantal dagen in dat een wachtwoord gebruikt mag worden.</p>"
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
-"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
+"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer "
+"the\n"
"time, the less likely it is that someone can guess passwords.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Aantal dagen voor waarschuwing dat wachtwoord verloopt</b>: Hier wordt het aantal\n"
-"dagen ingesteld dat de gebruikers gewaarschuwd worden voordat hun wachtwoord zal gaan verlopen.\n"
-"Hoe langer de tijd, hoe onwaarschijnlijker dat iemand het wachtwoord kan raden.</p>"
+"<p><b>Aantal dagen voor waarschuwing dat wachtwoord verloopt</b>: Hier wordt "
+"het aantal\n"
+"dagen ingesteld dat de gebruikers gewaarschuwd worden voordat hun wachtwoord "
+"zal gaan verlopen.\n"
+"Hoe langer de tijd, hoe onwaarschijnlijker dat iemand het wachtwoord kan "
+"raden.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Gebruikersveiligheid</b></big></P>\n"
-"<p>In dit dialoog kunt u de instellingen voor het aanmaken van gebruikers wijzigen.</p>"
+"<p>In dit dialoog kunt u de instellingen voor het aanmaken van gebruikers "
+"wijzigen.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
@@ -644,7 +646,7 @@
"Stelt de minimum en maximum mogelijke gebruikers-ID in.</p>"
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
@@ -653,27 +655,34 @@
"Stelt de minimum en maximum mogelijke groeps-ID in.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p>"
+"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</"
+"p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Overige veiligheidsinstellingen</b></big></P>\n"
-"<p>In dit dialoog kunt u diverse instellingen voor lokale veiligheid wijzigen.</p>"
+"<p>In dit dialoog kunt u diverse instellingen voor lokale veiligheid "
+"wijzigen.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
-"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secure\n"
+"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions."
+"secure\n"
"or /etc/permissions.easy. Which file is used depends on this selection.\n"
-"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions.*.\n"
-"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred accidentally\n"
+"Launching SuSEconfig sets these permissions according to /etc/permissions."
+"*.\n"
+"This fixes files with incorrect permissions, whether this occurred "
+"accidentally\n"
"or by intruders.</p><p>\n"
"With <b>Easy</b>, most of the system files that are only readable by root\n"
"in Secure are modified so other users can also read these files.\n"
-"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can only\n"
-"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or by\n"
+"Using <b>Secure</b>, certain system files, such as /var/log/messages, can "
+"only\n"
+"be viewed by the user root. Some programs can only be launched by root or "
+"by\n"
"daemons, not by ordinary users.\n"
"The most secure setting is <b>Paranoid</B>. With it, you must\n"
"decide which users are able to run X applications and setuid programs.</p>\n"
@@ -681,79 +690,101 @@
"<p><b>Bestandstoegangsrechten</b>: Instellingen voor de toegangsrechten\n"
"van bepaalde systeembestanden kunnen worden ingesteld aan de hand van de\n"
"gegevens in het bestand /etc/permissions.secure\n"
-"of /etc/permissions.easy. Welk bestand wordt gebruikt is afhankelijk van deze selectie.\n"
-"Het starten van SuSEconfig stelt deze toegangsrechten in aan de hand van /etc/permissions.*.\n"
-"Dit repareert bestanden met onjuiste toegangsrechten, waar dit perongeluk is veranderd of door\n"
+"of /etc/permissions.easy. Welk bestand wordt gebruikt is afhankelijk van "
+"deze selectie.\n"
+"Het starten van SuSEconfig stelt deze toegangsrechten in aan de hand van /"
+"etc/permissions.*.\n"
+"Dit repareert bestanden met onjuiste toegangsrechten, waar dit perongeluk is "
+"veranderd of door\n"
"indringers.</p><p>\n"
-"Met <b>Eenvoudig</b> worden de meeste systeembestanden die in 'Veilig' alleen voor root\n"
+"Met <b>Eenvoudig</b> worden de meeste systeembestanden die in 'Veilig' "
+"alleen voor root\n"
"leesbaar zijn leesbaar gemaakt voor gewone gebruikers.\n"
-"Met <b>Veilig</b> worden bepaalde systeembestanden, zoals /var/log/messages, alleen\n"
-"leesbaar voor de gebruiker root. Bepaalde programma's kunnen alleen door root worden gestart,\n"
+"Met <b>Veilig</b> worden bepaalde systeembestanden, zoals /var/log/messages, "
+"alleen\n"
+"leesbaar voor de gebruiker root. Bepaalde programma's kunnen alleen door "
+"root worden gestart,\n"
"of door daemons, maar niet door gewone gebruikers.\n"
-"De meest-veilige instelling is <b>Paranoïde</B>. Hier moet u beslissen welke\n"
-"gebruikers in staat zullen zijn om X-toepassingen en setuid-programma's te draaien.</p>\n"
+"De meest-veilige instelling is <b>Paranoïde</B>. Hier moet u beslissen "
+"welke\n"
+"gebruikers in staat zullen zijn om X-toepassingen en setuid-programma's te "
+"draaien.</p>\n"
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
-"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)\n"
+"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database "
+"(locatedb)\n"
"that stores the location of every file. The database can be searched by the\n"
-"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</b>\n"
+"program \"locate\". Here, set the user that runs this command: <b>nobody</"
+"b>\n"
" (few files) or <b>root</b> (all files).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Gebruiker die updatedb start</b>: Het programma updatedb draait \n"
-"één keer per dag. Het doorzoekt uw gehele bestandssysteem en maakt een database\n"
+"één keer per dag. Het doorzoekt uw gehele bestandssysteem en maakt een "
+"database\n"
"aan (locatedb) waarin de locatie van elk bestand wordt opgeslagen.\n"
"De database kan met behulp van het programma \"locate\" doorzocht worden.\n"
"Hier kunt u gebruiker opgeven dat dit commando zal uitvoeren: <b>nobody</b>\n"
" (enkele bestanden) of <b>root</b> (alle bestanden).</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
-"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system\n"
+"directory then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like "
+"system\n"
"searches for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Huidige map in root's pad</b>: Op een DOS-systeem\n"
"worden uitvoerbare bestanden (programma's) eerst opgezocht in de huidige\n"
-"map en daarna via de huidige padvariabele (omgevingsvariabele $PATH). Dit in tegenstelling tot een\n"
+"map en daarna via de huidige padvariabele (omgevingsvariabele $PATH). Dit in "
+"tegenstelling tot een\n"
"UNIX-systeem waar alleen gezocht wordt via het zoekpad.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
-"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory\n"
+"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current "
+"directory\n"
"then in the current path variable. In contrast, a UNIX-like system searches\n"
"for them exclusively via the search path (variable PATH).</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Huidige map in het pad van reguliere gebruikers</b><br> Op een\n"
"DOS systeem worden uitvoerbare bestanden (programma's) eerst opgezocht in\n"
-"de huidige map en daarna via de huidige path-variabele. Dit in tegenstelling\n"
-"bij een UNIX-systeem waar exclusief gezocht wordt via het zoekpad (variabele PATH).</p>"
+"de huidige map en daarna via de huidige path-variabele. Dit in "
+"tegenstelling\n"
+"bij een UNIX-systeem waar exclusief gezocht wordt via het zoekpad (variabele "
+"PATH).</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
-"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown programs in\n"
+"This is highly dangerous because you may accidentally launch unknown "
+"programs in\n"
"the current directory instead of the usual systemwide files. As a result,\n"
-"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your system,\n"
+"executing <i>Trojan Horses</i>, which exploit this weakness and invade your "
+"system,\n"
"is rather easy if you set this option.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Sommige systemen hebben het vereenvoudigd door het toevoegen van de punt (\".\")\n"
+"<p>Sommige systemen hebben het vereenvoudigd door het toevoegen van de punt "
+"(\".\")\n"
"aan het zoekpad, zodat bestanden in de\n"
-"huidige map gevonden en gestart kunnen worden. Dit is erg gevaarlijk aangezien u dan per ongeluk onbekende\n"
-"programma's in de huidige map kunt starten i.p.v. de gewoonlijke systeemwijde\n"
-"programma's. Het maken van <i>Trojan Horses</i>, die gebruik maken van de zwakheid van\n"
+"huidige map gevonden en gestart kunnen worden. Dit is erg gevaarlijk "
+"aangezien u dan per ongeluk onbekende\n"
+"programma's in de huidige map kunt starten i.p.v. de gewoonlijke "
+"systeemwijde\n"
+"programma's. Het maken van <i>Trojan Horses</i>, die gebruik maken van de "
+"zwakheid van\n"
"uw systeem om het te ondermijnen, wordt dan wel erg gemakkelijk.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
@@ -762,7 +793,7 @@
"zoekpad van root, het wordt dan als laatste doorzocht.</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
@@ -771,185 +802,444 @@
"map te starten met het voorvoegsel \"./\". Voorbeeld: \"./configure\".</p>"
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
-"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during kernel\n"
+"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, "
+"during kernel\n"
"debugging). For details, see /usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Magische SysRq-toetsen activeren</b><br> Indien u deze optie selecteert zult\n"
-"u zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) nog enige controle over het\n"
-"het systeem houden. Zie voor de details <i>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/sysrq.txt</i></p>"
+"<p><b>Magische SysRq-toetsen activeren</b><br> Indien u deze optie "
+"selecteert zult\n"
+"u zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) nog enige "
+"controle over het\n"
+"het systeem houden. Zie voor de details <i>/usr/src/linux/Documentation/"
+"sysrq.txt</i></p>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
-msgid "<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security settings.</P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>Beveiligingsoverzicht</B><BR>Dit overzicht toont de meest belangrijke beveiligingsinstellingen.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
+msgid ""
+"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important "
+"security settings.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><B>Beveiligingsoverzicht</B><BR>Dit overzicht toont de meest belangrijke "
+"beveiligingsinstellingen.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
-msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Om de huidige waarde te wijzigen, klikt u op de koppeling geassocieerd met de optie.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
+msgid ""
+"<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Om de huidige waarde te wijzigen, klikt u op de koppeling geassocieerd "
+"met de optie.</P>"
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
-msgid "<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current value of the option is secure.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Een vinkje in de kolom <B>Beveiligingsstatus</B> betekent dat de huidige waarde van de optie veilig is.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
+msgid ""
+"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current "
+"value of the option is secure.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Een vinkje in de kolom <B>Beveiligingsstatus</B> betekent dat de huidige "
+"waarde van de optie veilig is.</P>"
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
-msgid "<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
-msgstr "<P><B>De huidige waarde kan niet gelezen worden. De service is waarschijnlijk niet geïnstalleerd of de optie ontbreekt in het systeem.</B></P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
+msgid ""
+"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not "
+"installed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><B>De huidige waarde kan niet gelezen worden. De service is "
+"waarschijnlijk niet geïnstalleerd of de optie ontbreekt in het systeem.</B></"
+"P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
"configured.</P><P>The windows that are being displayed would then transmit\n"
-"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then the\n"
-"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only to\n"
-"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords that\n"
-"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote graphical\n"
+"their data across the network. If that network is not fully trusted, then "
+"the\n"
+"network traffic can be eavesdropped by an attacker, gaining access not only "
+"to\n"
+"the graphical content of the display, but also to usernames and passwords "
+"that\n"
+"are being used.</P><P>If you do not need <EM>XDMCP</EM> for remote "
+"graphical\n"
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Een displaybeheerder levert een grafisch aanmeldscherm en kan over het netwerk\n"
-"werken door middel van een X-server die op een ander systeem draait als dat zo is geconfigureerd.</P><P>De windows die getoond worden zouden dan hun gegevens verzenden over het netwerk. Als dat netwerk niet volledig vertrouwd kan worden, kan\n"
-"het netwerkverkeer afgeluisterd worden door een aanvaller, die niet alleen toegang heeft tot de grafische inhoud van het scherm, maar ook tot gebruikersnamen en\n"
-"gebruikte wachtwoorden.</P><P>Als u <EM>XDMCP</EM> niet nodig hebt voor grafische\n"
+"<P>Een displaybeheerder levert een grafisch aanmeldscherm en kan over het "
+"netwerk\n"
+"werken door middel van een X-server die op een ander systeem draait als dat "
+"zo is geconfigureerd.</P><P>De windows die getoond worden zouden dan hun "
+"gegevens verzenden over het netwerk. Als dat netwerk niet volledig vertrouwd "
+"kan worden, kan\n"
+"het netwerkverkeer afgeluisterd worden door een aanvaller, die niet alleen "
+"toegang heeft tot de grafische inhoud van het scherm, maar ook tot "
+"gebruikersnamen en\n"
+"gebruikte wachtwoorden.</P><P>Als u <EM>XDMCP</EM> niet nodig hebt voor "
+"grafische\n"
"aanmelding op afstand deactiveer dan deze optie.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
-"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
-"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is\n"
-"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to create\n"
+"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of "
+"the\n"
+"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down "
+"is\n"
+"necessary.</P><P>Consistent system time is essential for the system to "
+"create\n"
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
"<P>Bij het opstarten wordt de systeemtijd gezet uit de hardware klok van de\n"
-"computer. Het is dus nodig de hardware klok voor afsluiten in te stellen.</P><P>Een consistente systeemtijd is essentieel voor de eigenschap van het\n"
+"computer. Het is dus nodig de hardware klok voor afsluiten in te stellen.</"
+"P><P>Een consistente systeemtijd is essentieel voor de eigenschap van het\n"
"systeem om correcte log-messages te maken.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
-msgid "<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Storingen in een systeem worden gewoonlijk gedetecteerd door afwijkend gedrag. Syslog-messages over events die zich herhalen op een reguliere basis zijn belangrijk om oorzaken te vinden van problemen en de afwezigheid van een enkel record kan meer vertellen dan de afwezigheid van alle logregels.</P><P>Daarom zijn syslog-messages van system-events alleen bruikbaar als deze aanwezig zijn.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
+msgid ""
+"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its "
+"behaviour. Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are "
+"important to find causes of problems. And the absence of a single record can "
+"tell more than the absence of all log records.</P><P>Therefore, syslog "
+"messages of system events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Storingen in een systeem worden gewoonlijk gedetecteerd door afwijkend "
+"gedrag. Syslog-messages over events die zich herhalen op een reguliere basis "
+"zijn belangrijk om oorzaken te vinden van problemen en de afwezigheid van "
+"een enkel record kan meer vertellen dan de afwezigheid van alle logregels.</"
+"P><P>Daarom zijn syslog-messages van system-events alleen bruikbaar als deze "
+"aanwezig zijn.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
-msgid "<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Uitvoeren in chroot omgevingen worden gebruikt om een proces te beperken tot alleen die bestanden die het nodig heeft door deze in een aparte submap te plaatsen en het proces te draaien met een gewijzigde root (chroot) die is ingesteld op die map.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+msgid ""
+"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files "
+"that it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the "
+"process with a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Uitvoeren in chroot omgevingen worden gebruikt om een proces te beperken "
+"tot alleen die bestanden die het nodig heeft door deze in een aparte submap "
+"te plaatsen en het proces te draaien met een gewijzigde root (chroot) die is "
+"ingesteld op die map.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
-msgid "<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement to be effective.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>De DHCP-cliënt-daemon zou moeten draaien als de gebruiker <EM>dhcpd</EM> om de mogelijke bedreiging te minimaliseren voor het geval dat de service kwetsbaar zou worden bevonden door een zwakte in zijn programmacode.</P><P>Opmerking: dhcpd moet nooit als <EM>root</EM> worden uitgevoerd of met de eigenschap <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> om de uitvoering in de chroot-opsluiting effectief te laten zijn.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
+msgid ""
+"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize "
+"a possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its "
+"program code.</P><P>Note that dhcpd must never run as <EM>root</EM> or with "
+"the <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> capability for the chroot execution confinement "
+"to be effective.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>De DHCP-cliënt-daemon zou moeten draaien als de gebruiker <EM>dhcpd</EM> "
+"om de mogelijke bedreiging te minimaliseren voor het geval dat de service "
+"kwetsbaar zou worden bevonden door een zwakte in zijn programmacode.</"
+"P><P>Opmerking: dhcpd moet nooit als <EM>root</EM> worden uitgevoerd of met "
+"de eigenschap <EM>CAP_SYS_CHROOT</EM> om de uitvoering in de chroot-"
+"opsluiting effectief te laten zijn.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
-msgid "<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Systeembeheerders zouden zich nooit als <EM>root</EM> moeten aanmelden in een X Window sessie om het gebruik van de root-privileges te minimaliseren.</P><P>Deze optie helpt niet tegen onvoorzichtige systeembeheerders, maar zal voorkomen dat aanvallers in staat zijn als <EM>root</EM> zich aan te melden via de display-manager als zij het wachtwoord raden of op een andere manier het wachtwoord verkrijgen.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
+msgid ""
+"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window "
+"session to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does "
+"not help against careless administrators, but shall prevent attackers to be "
+"able to log on as <EM>root</EM> via the display manager if they guess or "
+"otherwise acquire the password.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Systeembeheerders zouden zich nooit als <EM>root</EM> moeten aanmelden in "
+"een X Window sessie om het gebruik van de root-privileges te minimaliseren.</"
+"P><P>Deze optie helpt niet tegen onvoorzichtige systeembeheerders, maar zal "
+"voorkomen dat aanvallers in staat zijn als <EM>root</EM> zich aan te melden "
+"via de display-manager als zij het wachtwoord raden of op een andere manier "
+"het wachtwoord verkrijgen.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
-"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect\n"
-"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on a\n"
+"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, "
+"connect\n"
+"to the X server that runs on the physical machine. Programs can also run on "
+"a\n"
"different system and display their content on the X server through network\n"
-"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus the\n"
-"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and therefore\n"
+"connections.</P><P>When enabled, the X server listens on a port 6000 plus "
+"the\n"
+"display number. Since network traffic is transferred unencrypted and "
+"therefore\n"
"subject to network sniffing, and since the port held open by the X server\n"
-"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display X\n"
-"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell (<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
+"offers attack options, the secure setting is to disable it.</P><P>To display "
+"X\n"
+"Window clients across a network, we recommend the use of secure shell "
+"(<EM>ssh</EM>), which allows the X Window clients to connect to the X server "
+"through the encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>X-Window cliënten, d.w.z. programma's die een window openen op uw scherm, maken\n"
-"een verbinding met de X-server die op de fysieke machine draait. Programma's kunnen\n"
+"<P>X-Window cliënten, d.w.z. programma's die een window openen op uw scherm, "
+"maken\n"
+"een verbinding met de X-server die op de fysieke machine draait. Programma's "
+"kunnen\n"
"ook op een ander systeem draaien en tonen hun inhoud op de X-server via\n"
-"netwerkverbindingen.</P><P>Als dit is ingeschakeld dan luistert de X-server op een\n"
-"poort 6000 plus het schermnummer. Omdat het netwerkverkeer niet versleuteld wordt\n"
-"overgedragen is het daarom onderwerp van afluisteren van het netwerk en omdat er\n"
-"een poort wordt open gehouden door een programma - hier de X-server - opent dat\n"
-"aanvalopties, de veilige instelling is om dit uit te schakelen.</P><P>Om X-Window\n"
-"cliënts over een netwerk te gebruiken bevelen we het gebruik van secure shell\n"
-"(<EM>ssh</EM>) aan, die toestaat de X-Window cliënten te verbinden met de X-server\n"
+"netwerkverbindingen.</P><P>Als dit is ingeschakeld dan luistert de X-server "
+"op een\n"
+"poort 6000 plus het schermnummer. Omdat het netwerkverkeer niet versleuteld "
+"wordt\n"
+"overgedragen is het daarom onderwerp van afluisteren van het netwerk en "
+"omdat er\n"
+"een poort wordt open gehouden door een programma - hier de X-server - opent "
+"dat\n"
+"aanvalopties, de veilige instelling is om dit uit te schakelen.</P><P>Om X-"
+"Window\n"
+"cliënts over een netwerk te gebruiken bevelen we het gebruik van secure "
+"shell\n"
+"(<EM>ssh</EM>) aan, die toestaat de X-Window cliënten te verbinden met de X-"
+"server\n"
"via de versleutelde ssh-verbinding.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
-"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose\n"
-"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
+"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not "
+"expose\n"
+"itself outside the system by default, since it does not listen on the SMTP "
+"network port 25.</P><P>If you do not deliver emails to your system through "
+"the SMTP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Het subsysteem voor e-mail afleveren wordt altijd gestart. Het toont zich\n"
-"echter standaard niet aan de buitenkant van het systeem omdat het niet luistert\n"
-"op de SMTP-netwerkpoort 25.</P><P>Als u geen e-mailberichten aflevert aan uw\n"
+"<P>Het subsysteem voor e-mail afleveren wordt altijd gestart. Het toont "
+"zich\n"
+"echter standaard niet aan de buitenkant van het systeem omdat het niet "
+"luistert\n"
+"op de SMTP-netwerkpoort 25.</P><P>Als u geen e-mailberichten aflevert aan "
+"uw\n"
"systeem via de SMTP-protocol dan kunt u deze optie uitschakelen.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
"installed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n"
"considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n"
-"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n"
+"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would "
+"continue\n"
"to run until the services are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n"
"killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n"
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en opgewaardeerd wordt,\n"
+"<P>Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en opgewaardeerd "
+"wordt,\n"
"dan wordt de service herstart nadat de bestanden van het pakket zijn\n"
-"geïnstalleerd.</P><P>Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig om\n"
-"te doen als men er aan denkt dat veel services ofwel hun binaire bestanden of\n"
-"hun configuratiebestanden nodig hebben. Deze services zouden gewoon doordraaien\n"
+"geïnstalleerd.</P><P>Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig "
+"om\n"
+"te doen als men er aan denkt dat veel services ofwel hun binaire bestanden "
+"of\n"
+"hun configuratiebestanden nodig hebben. Deze services zouden gewoon "
+"doordraaien\n"
"totdat de services gestopt zijn, b.v. draaiende daemons worden\n"
-"gestopt.</P><P>Deze instelling zou alleen bij een specifieke reden gewijzigd\n"
+"gestopt.</P><P>Deze instelling zou alleen bij een specifieke reden "
+"gewijzigd\n"
"mogen worden.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
"removed.</P><P>This makes sense in most cases, and it is safe to do,\n"
"considering that many services either need their binaries or configuration\n"
-"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would continue\n"
+"files accessible in the file system. Otherwise these services would "
+"continue\n"
"to run until they are stopped, e.g. running daemons are\n"
"killed.</P><P>This setting should only be changed if there is a specific\n"
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-"<P>Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en gedeïnstalleerd wordt,\n"
+"<P>Als een pakket een service bevat die nu actief is en gedeïnstalleerd "
+"wordt,\n"
"dan wordt de service gestopt voordat de bestanden van het pakket verwijderd\n"
-"worden.</P><P>Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig om te doen\n"
+"worden.</P><P>Dit is in de meeste gevallen zinvol en het is veilig om te "
+"doen\n"
"als men er aan denkt dat veel services ofwel hun binaire bestanden of hun\n"
"configuratiebestanden nodig hebben. Deze services zouden gewoon doordraaien\n"
"totdat de services gestopt zijn, b.v. draaiende daemons worden\n"
"gestopt.</P><P>Deze instelling zou alleen bij een heel specifieke reden\n"
"gewijzigd mogen worden.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
-msgid "<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Een systeem kan overladen raken met talrijke verbindingspogingen zodat het systeem geen geheugen meer heeft, wat leidt tot een Denial of Service (DoS) kwetsbaarheid.</P><P>Het gebruik van syncookies is een methode die kan helpen in zulke situaties, maar in configuraties met een zeer groot aantal legitieme verbindingspogingen uit één bron kan de instelling <EM>Geactiveerd</EM> problemen opleveren met geweigerde TCP-verbindingen onder hoge belasting.</P><P>Toch zal voor de meeste omgevingen, de syncookies de eerste lijn van verdediging tegen SYNflood DoS aanvallen zijn. Dus de veilige instelling is <EM>Geactiveerd</EM>.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
+msgid ""
+"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the "
+"system runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) "
+"vulnerability.</P><P>The use of syncookies is a method that can help in such "
+"situations. But in configurations with a very large number of legitimate "
+"connection attempts from one source, the <EM>Enabled</EM> setting can cause "
+"problems with denied TCP connections under high load.</P><P>Still, for most "
+"environments, syncookies are the first line of defense against SYN flood DoS "
+"attacks, so the secure setting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Een systeem kan overladen raken met talrijke verbindingspogingen zodat "
+"het systeem geen geheugen meer heeft, wat leidt tot een Denial of Service "
+"(DoS) kwetsbaarheid.</P><P>Het gebruik van syncookies is een methode die kan "
+"helpen in zulke situaties, maar in configuraties met een zeer groot aantal "
+"legitieme verbindingspogingen uit één bron kan de instelling "
+"<EM>Geactiveerd</EM> problemen opleveren met geweigerde TCP-verbindingen "
+"onder hoge belasting.</P><P>Toch zal voor de meeste omgevingen, de "
+"syncookies de eerste lijn van verdediging tegen SYNflood DoS aanvallen zijn. "
+"Dus de veilige instelling is <EM>Geactiveerd</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
-msgid "<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>IP-forwarding betekent dat pakketten in het network doorgestuurd worden die ontvangen zijn maar niet bestemd zijn voor één van de in het systeem geconfigureerde netwerkinterfaces, d.w.z. netwerkinterfaceadressen.</P><P>Als een systeem netwerkverkeer doorstuurt op de ISO/OSI laag 3, dan wordt dat een router genoemd. Als u deze routing-functionaliteit niet nodig hebt, dan schakelt u deze optie uit.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
+msgid ""
+"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, "
+"but that are not destined for one of the system's configured network "
+"interfaces, e.g. network interface addresses.</P><P>If a system forwards "
+"network traffic on ISO/OSI layer 3, it is called a router. If you do not "
+"need that routing functionality, then disable this option.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>IP-forwarding betekent dat pakketten in het network doorgestuurd worden "
+"die ontvangen zijn maar niet bestemd zijn voor één van de in het systeem "
+"geconfigureerde netwerkinterfaces, d.w.z. netwerkinterfaceadressen.</"
+"P><P>Als een systeem netwerkverkeer doorstuurt op de ISO/OSI laag 3, dan "
+"wordt dat een router genoemd. Als u deze routing-functionaliteit niet nodig "
+"hebt, dan schakelt u deze optie uit.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Deze instelling is alleen van toepassing op <EM>IPv4</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr "<P>Dezes instelling is alleen van toepassing op <EM>IPv6</EM>.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
-msgid "<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
-msgstr "<p>Magische SysRq sleutels inschakelen geeft u nog enige controle over het systeem zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) of als het systeem niet meer reageert</p>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
+msgid ""
+"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes "
+"(e.g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Magische SysRq sleutels inschakelen geeft u nog enige controle over het "
+"systeem zelfs na een crash (bijv: tijdens het debuggen van de kernel) of als "
+"het systeem niet meer reageert</p>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
-msgid "<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Er zijn voorgedefinieerde bestandspermissies in /etc/permissions.* bestanden. De meest restrictieve bestandspermissies zijn gedefineerd in 'secure' of 'paranoid' betanden.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
+msgid ""
+"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The "
+"most restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</"
+"P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Er zijn voorgedefinieerde bestandspermissies in /etc/permissions.* "
+"bestanden. De meest restrictieve bestandspermissies zijn gedefineerd in "
+"'secure' of 'paranoid' betanden.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
-msgid "<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to run the security-related services.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Basis systeemservices moeten ingeschakeld zijn om systeemconsistentie te leveren en aan beveiliging gerelateerde services te laten werken.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
+msgid ""
+"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and "
+"to run the security-related services.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Basis systeemservices moeten ingeschakeld zijn om systeemconsistentie te "
+"leveren en aan beveiliging gerelateerde services te laten werken.</P>"
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
-msgid "<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.</P>"
-msgstr "<P>Iedere draaiende service is een potentieel doel van een beveiligingsaanval. Het is daarom aanbevolen alle niet door het systeem gebruikte services uit te zetten.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
+msgid ""
+"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. "
+"Therefore it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by "
+"the system.</P>"
+msgstr ""
+"<P>Iedere draaiende service is een potentieel doel van een "
+"beveiligingsaanval. Het is daarom aanbevolen alle niet door het systeem "
+"gebruikte services uit te zetten.</P>"
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b><big>Opstartveiligheid</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>Gebruik dit dialoog om de verschillende opstartinstellingen die "
+"gerelateerd zijn aan beveiliging te wijzigen.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Interpretatie van Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Wanneer iemand op de console de CTRL + ALT + DEL toetscombinatie indrukt\n"
+"zal het systeem gewoonlijk opnieuw starten. Soms is het wenselijk dat\n"
+"deze actie genegeerd wordt, bijvoorbeeld wanneer het systeem gelijktijdig\n"
+"als werkstation en als server wordt gebruikt.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Interpretatie van Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Wanneer iemand op de console de CTRL + ALT + DEL toetscombinatie indrukt\n"
+"zal het systeem gewoonlijk opnieuw starten. Soms is het wenselijk dat\n"
+"deze actie genegeerd wordt, bijvoorbeeld wanneer het systeem gelijktijdig\n"
+"als werkstation en als server wordt gebruikt.</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+#| "Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+#| "someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+#| "combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+#| "to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+#| "workstation and server.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Interpretatie van Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Wanneer iemand op de console de CTRL + ALT + DEL toetscombinatie indrukt\n"
+"zal het systeem gewoonlijk opnieuw starten. Soms is het wenselijk dat\n"
+"deze actie genegeerd wordt, bijvoorbeeld wanneer het systeem gelijktijdig\n"
+"als werkstation en als server wordt gebruikt.</p>"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+#| "Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Afsluitgedrag van aanmeldscherm</b>:\n"
+"Hiermee bepaalt u wie er toestemming heeft om de computer vanuit KDM af te "
+"sluiten.</p>\n"
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, "
+"user on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring "
+"authentication in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Breng systeem in slaapstand</b>:\n"
+"Stel de condities in om gebruikers het systeem in slaapstand te brengen. "
+"Standaard heeft de gebruiker op het actieve console dat recht.\n"
+"Andere opties zijn om deze actie aan elke gebruiker toe te kennen of in alle "
+"gevallen authenticatie te vereisen.</p>\n"
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
msgid "Workstation"
@@ -1011,164 +1301,239 @@
"De minimum groeps-ID kan niet groter zijn dan het\n"
"maximum."
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr "&Interpretatie van Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr "Negeren"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr "Herstarten (reboot)"
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr "Afsluiten (halt)"
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr "Alleen root"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr "Alle gebruikers"
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr "Niemand"
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr "&Interpretatie van Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr "Externe &grafische aanmelding toestaan"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr "&Magische SysRq-toetsen"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr "Uitschakelen"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr "Alle functies inschakelen"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr "&Wachttijd na mislukte aanmeldpoging"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr "Maxim&um"
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr "M&inimum"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr "Af&sluitgedrag van KDM-aanmeldscherm:"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr "Alleen root"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr "Alle gebruikers"
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr "Niemand"
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr "Slaapstand van systeem"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr "Gebruiker op het actieve console"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr "Iedereen mag in slaapstand brengen"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr "Authenticatie is altijd vereist"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr "W&achtwoordversleutelmethode"
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr "Nieuwe wachtwoorden &controleren"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr "Aantal wachtwoord&en dat moet worden onthouden"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr "&Minimum acceptabele wachtwoordlengte"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr "&Dagen voor waarschuwing dat wachtwoord verloopt"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr "&Bestandstoegangsrechten"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr "Eenvoudig"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr "Veilig"
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr "Paranoïde"
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr "&Gebruiker die updatedb start:"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr "Ma&ximum"
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr "&Minimum"
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr "Af&sluitgedrag van KDM-aanmeldscherm:"
+
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
@@ -1188,7 +1553,7 @@
msgstr "Initialiseren..."
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr "Beveiligingsconfiguratie opslaan"
@@ -1197,61 +1562,61 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen schrijven"
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr "Inittab-instellingen schrijven"
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr "PAM-instellingen schrijven"
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr "Systeeminstellingen bijwerken"
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr "Beveiligingsinstellingen worden geschreven..."
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr "Inittab-instellingen worden geschreven..."
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr "PAM-instellingen worden geschreven..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/printconf_filter.ycp:200
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr "Systeeminstellingen worden bijgewerkt..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gereed"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr "Huidige beveiligingsniveau: gebruikersinstellingen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr "Huidig beveiligingsniveau: %1"
@@ -1278,7 +1643,9 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Home Workstation</b>: For a home computer not connected to\n"
#~ "any type of a network.</p>"
-#~ msgstr "<p><b>Werkstation thuis</b>: voor een computer thuis die niet is verbonden met een type netwerk.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p><b>Werkstation thuis</b>: voor een computer thuis die niet is "
+#~ "verbonden met een type netwerk.</p>"
#~ msgid "Networked Workstation"
#~ msgstr "Werkstation in netwerk"
@@ -1301,11 +1668,17 @@
#~ msgid "Use current directory in path of regular users"
#~ msgstr "Huidige map in pad van de reguliere gebruikers gebruiken"
-#~ msgid "<P>By default the current working directory is not used when searching for executables.</P>"
-#~ msgstr "<P>Als standaard wordt de huidige map niet gebruikt vooer het zoeken naar uitvoerbare programma's.</P>"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<P>By default the current working directory is not used when searching "
+#~ "for executables.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Als standaard wordt de huidige map niet gebruikt vooer het zoeken naar "
+#~ "uitvoerbare programma's.</P>"
#~ msgid "This setting applies for <EM>root</EM> user and system users."
-#~ msgstr "Deze instellingen zijn van toepassing op de <EM>root</EM>-gebruiker en systeemgebruikers."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Deze instellingen zijn van toepassing op de <EM>root</EM>-gebruiker en "
+#~ "systeemgebruikers."
#~ msgid "This setting applies for regular users."
#~ msgstr "Deze instellingen zijn van toepassing op reguliere gebruikers."
@@ -1321,12 +1694,17 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Blowfish</b> is similar to MD5, but uses a different algorithm\n"
-#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the hash,\n"
-#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary.</p>"
+#~ "to encrypt passwords. A lot of CPU power is needed to calculate the "
+#~ "hash,\n"
+#~ "which makes it difficult to crack passwords with the help of a dictionary."
+#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "<p><b>Blowfish</b> is identiek aan md5, het gebruikt echter een ander algoritme om\n"
-#~ "wachtwoorden te versleutelen. Er is veel processorkracht nodig om de hash uit te rekenen, het\n"
-#~ "kraken van wachtwoorden met behulp van een woordenboek wordt hierdoor dan ook moeilijker.</p>"
+#~ "<p><b>Blowfish</b> is identiek aan md5, het gebruikt echter een ander "
+#~ "algoritme om\n"
+#~ "wachtwoorden te versleutelen. Er is veel processorkracht nodig om de hash "
+#~ "uit te rekenen, het\n"
+#~ "kraken van wachtwoorden met behulp van een woordenboek wordt hierdoor dan "
+#~ "ook moeilijker.</p>"
#~ msgid "Disable service restart on update"
#~ msgstr "Herstarten van services deactiveren na opwaarderen"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/snapper.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -13,7 +13,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-29 00:42+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -24,39 +24,15 @@
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
"X-Generator: Lokalize 1.5\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr "Configuratie van momentopnamen van het systeem"
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beschrijving"
@@ -64,129 +40,134 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "User data"
msgstr "Gebruikersgegevens"
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr "Opschoonalgoritme"
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr "Momentopname %{num} wijzigen"
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
-msgstr "Momentopnamen %{pre} en %{post} wijzigen"
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
+msgstr "Momentopname %{num} wijzigen"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr "Pre (%{pre})"
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Post (%{post})"
+msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr "Post (%{post})"
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr "Nieuwe momentopname aanmaken "
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr "Enkele momentopname"
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr "Pre"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr "Post(na), gepaard met:"
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr "Momentopname %{num} verwijderen?"
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr "Momentopnamen %{pre} en %{post} verwijderen?"
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr "Momentopnamen"
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "Single"
msgstr "Enkel"
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr "Voor & na"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr "De lijst met momentopnamen aan het lezen..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:58
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr "Huidige configuratie"
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr "ID"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr "Startdatum"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr "Einddatum"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "User Data"
msgstr "Gebruikersdata"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:1061
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr "Wijzigingen tonen"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr "Wijzigen"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
@@ -195,132 +176,135 @@
"Verschillen tonen is niet mogelijk."
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr "Overzicht van geselecteerde momentopnamen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:768
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr "%1: %2"
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr "Gewijzigde bestanden berekenen..."
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr "Wijzigingen in bestanden berekenen..."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr "Nieuw bestand is aangemaakt."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr "Bestand is verwijderd."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr "Inhoud van bestand is niet gewijzigd."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr "Bestand bestaat niet elk van de momentopnamen."
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr "Inhoud van bestand is gewijzigd."
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Bestandsmodus is gewijzigd van '%1' naar '%2'."
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Eigendom van bestand is gewijzigd van '%1' naar '%2'."
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr "Eigendom van groep van bestand is gewijzigd van '%1' naar '%2'."
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr "T&erugzetten uit eerste"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr "Terugzetten"
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr "&Terugzetten uit tweede"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr "Het verschil tussen momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen"
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
-msgstr "Het verschil tussen het huidige en de geselecteerde momentopname tonen:"
+msgstr ""
+"Het verschil tussen het huidige en de geselecteerde momentopname tonen:"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr "Het verschil tussen de eerste en de tweede momentopname tonen"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
-msgstr "Het verschil tussen de eerste momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen"
+msgstr ""
+"Het verschil tussen de eerste momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen"
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
-msgstr "Het verschil tussen de tweede momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen"
+msgstr ""
+"Het verschil tussen de tweede momentopname en het huidige systeem tonen"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
-msgstr "Tijdstip van het maken van de momentopname:"
-
-#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr "Tijdstip van het maken van de eerste momentopname:"
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr "Tijdstip van het maken van de tweede momentopname:"
+#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+msgstr "Tijdstip van het maken van de momentopname:"
+
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr "&Openen"
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr "Selectie terugzetten"
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -336,7 +320,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -351,35 +335,40 @@
"uit momentopname '%2' naar het huidige systeem kopiëren?"
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr "Geen bestand voor terugzetten geselecteerd."
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr "Bestanden terugzetten"
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"%2\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</p>\n"
+"<p>Files existing in original snapshot will be copied to current system.</"
+"p>\n"
"<p>Files that did not exist in the snapshot will be deleted.</p>Are you sure?"
msgstr ""
"<p>Deze bestanden zullen hersteld worden vanuit de momentopname '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"%2\n"
"</p>\n"
-"<p>Bestanden die bestaan in de originele momentopname zullen gekopieerd worden\n"
+"<p>Bestanden die bestaan in de originele momentopname zullen gekopieerd "
+"worden\n"
"naar het huidige systeem.</p>\n"
-"<p>Bestanden die niet bestonden in de momentopname zullen worden verwijderd.</p>OK?"
+"<p>Bestanden die niet bestonden in de momentopname zullen worden verwijderd."
+"</p>OK?"
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -388,187 +377,279 @@
"Even geduld a.u.b...<br></p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
+#| "<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three "
+#| "types\n"
+#| "of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots "
+#| "are\n"
+#| "used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and "
+#| "Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed "
+#| "between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired "
+#| "together in the table.</p>\n"
+#| "<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to "
+#| "see the\n"
+#| "new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
-"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
-"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
-"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the table.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the\n"
+"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three "
+"types\n"
+"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots "
+"are\n"
+"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post "
+"are used to define the changes done by special operation performed between "
+"taking those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in "
+"the table.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see "
+"the\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Configuratie van momentopnamen</big></b><p>\n"
-"<p>De tabel toont een lijst met momentopnamen van hoofdbestandssysteem. Er zijn drie typen momentopnamen, <b>enkel</b>, <b>vooraf</b> en <b>nadien</b>. Enkele momentopnamen worden gebruikt voor voor het opslaan van de status van een bestandssysteem op een bepaalt moment, terwijl Vooraf(Pre) En Nadien(Post) worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen te definiëren die zijn gedaan door een speciale operatie uitgevoerd tussen het nemen van twee momentopnamen. Vooraf en Nadien momentopnamen zijn een paar in de tabel.</p>\n"
-"<p>Selecteer een momentopname of momentopnamenpaar en klik op <b>Wijzigingen tonen</b> om de nieuwe wijzigingen in het bestandssysteem te zien in de gespecificeerde momentopname.</p>\n"
+"<p>De tabel toont een lijst met momentopnamen van hoofdbestandssysteem. Er "
+"zijn drie typen momentopnamen, <b>enkel</b>, <b>vooraf</b> en <b>nadien</b>. "
+"Enkele momentopnamen worden gebruikt voor voor het opslaan van de status van "
+"een bestandssysteem op een bepaalt moment, terwijl Vooraf(Pre) En "
+"Nadien(Post) worden gebruikt om de wijzigingen te definiëren die zijn gedaan "
+"door een speciale operatie uitgevoerd tussen het nemen van twee "
+"momentopnamen. Vooraf en Nadien momentopnamen zijn een paar in de tabel.</"
+"p>\n"
+"<p>Selecteer een momentopname of momentopnamenpaar en klik op <b>Wijzigingen "
+"tonen</b> om de nieuwe wijzigingen in het bestandssysteem te zien in de "
+"gespecificeerde momentopname.</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the "
+#| "first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see "
+#| "the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the "
+#| "time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By "
+#| "default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is "
+#| "possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+#| "</p>\n"
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first ('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of creation for both snapshots.\n"
+"The tree shows all the files that were modified between creating the first "
+"('pre') and second ('post') snapshot. On the right side, you see the "
+"description generated when the first snapshot was created and the time of "
+"creation for both snapshots.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By default, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By "
+"default, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is "
+"possible to compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Overzicht van momentopnamen</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die zijn gewijzigd tussen het maken van de eerste ('vooraf') en tweede ('nadien') momentopname. Rechts ziet u de beschrijving die is gemaakt toen de eerste momentopname was gemaakt en het tijdstip van maken van beide momentopnamen.\n"
+"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die zijn gewijzigd tussen het maken "
+"van de eerste ('vooraf') en tweede ('nadien') momentopname. Rechts ziet u de "
+"beschrijving die is gemaakt toen de eerste momentopname was gemaakt en het "
+"tijdstip van maken van beide momentopnamen.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de wijzigingen die zijn aangebracht. Standaard worden wijzigingen tussen geselecteerde gepaarde momentopnamen getoond, maar het is mogelijk om het bestand met verschillende versies te vergelijken.\n"
+"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de "
+"wijzigingen die zijn aangebracht. Standaard worden wijzigingen tussen "
+"geselecteerde gepaarde momentopnamen getoond, maar het is mogelijk om het "
+"bestand met verschillende versies te vergelijken.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time of its creation.\n"
+"The tree shows all the files that differ in a selected snapshot and the "
+"current system. On the right side, you see the snapshot description and time "
+"of its creation.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between snapshot version and current system.\n"
+"When a file is selected in the tree, you can see the its difference between "
+"snapshot version and current system.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Overzicht van momentopnamen</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die verschillend zijn tussen de geselecteerde momentopname en het huidige systeem. Rechts ziet u de beschrijving van de momentopname en het tijdstip van maken.\n"
+"De boomstructuur toont alle bestanden die verschillend zijn tussen de "
+"geselecteerde momentopname en het huidige systeem. Rechts ziet u de "
+"beschrijving van de momentopname en het tijdstip van maken.\n"
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de verschillen tussen de versie in de momentopname en het huidige systeem.\n"
+"Wanneer een bestand in de boomstructuur is geselecteerd, dan ziet u de "
+"verschillen tussen de versie in de momentopname en het huidige systeem.\n"
"</p>\n"
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
-msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
-msgstr "Ophalen van configuratie is mislukt:\n"
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
+msgstr "Momentopname '%1' is niet gevonden."
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
-msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
-msgstr "Ophalen van aankoppelpunt van momentopname is mislukt:\n"
-
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
#. Create new snapshot
#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
-msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
-msgstr "Nieuwe momentopname aanmaken is mislukt:\n"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
+msgstr "Onbekende oorzaak."
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
-msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+msgid "Configuration not found."
+msgstr "Configuratie niet gevonden"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr "Configuratie is ongeldig."
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
+msgid ""
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+"Bibliotheek van snapper initialiseren is mislukt:\n"
+"%1"
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr "Momentopname is niet gevonden."
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr "Verwijderen van momentopname is mislukt:\n"
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr "Wijzigen van momentopname is mislukt:\n"
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid "Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
-msgstr "Verwijderen van momentopname is mislukt:\n"
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
+msgstr "Fout type momentopname gegeven."
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
+msgstr "'Pré' momentopname is niet gegeven."
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
+msgstr "Gegeven 'pré' momentopname is niet gevonden."
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr "Nieuwe momentopname aanmaken is mislukt:\n"
+
#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr "Snapper wordt geïnitialiseerd"
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr "Lijst met momentopnamen lezen"
-#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
-msgstr "Lijst met momentopnamen lezen"
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+msgid "Reading the database..."
+msgstr "Database wordt gelezen..."
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
-msgstr "Lijst met momentopnamen aan het lezen"
-
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
-msgstr "Lijst met momentopnamen aan het lezen"
-
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:801
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gereed"
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr "De snapper-configuratie afvragen is mislukt:"
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
"Er is geen snapper-configuratie. U moet een of meer configuraties\n"
-"aanmaken om yast2-snapper te kunnen gebruiken. Het commandoregelhulpprogramma\n"
+"aanmaken om yast2-snapper te kunnen gebruiken. Het "
+"commandoregelhulpprogramma\n"
"snapper kan gebruikt worden om configuraties aan te maken."
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr "De snapper-momentopnamen afvragen is mislukt:"
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr "Bestanden herstellen..."
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
msgid "Deleted %1\n"
msgstr "Verwijderd %1\n"
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
msgid "%1 skipped\n"
msgstr "%1 overgeslagen\n"
-#~ msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
-#~ msgstr "Momentopname '%1' is niet gevonden."
+#~ msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#~ msgstr "Momentopnamen %{pre} en %{post} wijzigen"
-#~ msgid "Reason not known."
-#~ msgstr "Onbekende oorzaak."
+#~ msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
+#~ msgstr "Momentopnamen %{pre} en %{post} verwijderen?"
-#~ msgid "Configuration not found."
-#~ msgstr "Configuratie niet gevonden"
+#~ msgid "Failed to get config:\n"
+#~ msgstr "Ophalen van configuratie is mislukt:\n"
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
-#~ msgid "Configuration is not valid."
-#~ msgstr "Configuratie is ongeldig."
+#~ msgid "Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+#~ msgstr "Ophalen van aankoppelpunt van momentopname is mislukt:\n"
-#~ msgid ""
-#~ "Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
-#~ "%1"
-#~ msgstr ""
-#~ "Bibliotheek van snapper initialiseren is mislukt:\n"
-#~ "%1"
+#~ msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "Lijst met momentopnamen lezen"
-#~ msgid "Snapshot was not found."
-#~ msgstr "Momentopname is niet gevonden."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#~ msgstr "Lijst met momentopnamen aan het lezen"
-#~ msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
-#~ msgstr "Fout type momentopname gegeven."
+#~ msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+#~ msgstr "Lijst met momentopnamen aan het lezen"
-#~ msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
-#~ msgstr "'Pré' momentopname is niet gegeven."
+#~ msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
+#~ msgstr "De snapper-configuratie afvragen is mislukt:"
-#~ msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
-#~ msgstr "Gegeven 'pré' momentopname is niet gevonden."
+#~ msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
+#~ msgstr "De snapper-momentopnamen afvragen is mislukt:"
-#~ msgid "Reading the database..."
-#~ msgstr "Database wordt gelezen..."
-
#~ msgid "File /etc/sysconfig/snapper is not available."
#~ msgstr "Bestand /etc/sysconfig/snapper is niet beschikbaar."
-#~ msgid "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: <p>%2</p>Are you sure?"
-#~ msgstr "Deze bestanden zullen worden gekopieerd uit momentopname '%1' naar het huidige systeem: <p>%2</p>Zeker weten?"
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "These files will be copied from snapshot '%1' to current system: <p>%2</"
+#~ "p>Are you sure?"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Deze bestanden zullen worden gekopieerd uit momentopname '%1' naar het "
+#~ "huidige systeem: <p>%2</p>Zeker weten?"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/storage.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -11,7 +11,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: storage.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:33+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -128,7 +128,8 @@
"displayed is proposed for your hard drive.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde partitioneringsvoorstel\n"
+"Uw harde schijven zijn gecontroleerd. Het afgebeelde "
+"partitioneringsvoorstel\n"
"voor uw harde schijf word voorgesteld.</p>"
#. help text continued
@@ -175,14 +176,22 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:238
msgid "Not enough space available to propose snapshots for root volume."
-msgstr "Niet genoeg ruimte beschikbaar om momentopnamen voor het hoofdvolume voor te stellen."
+msgstr ""
+"Niet genoeg ruimte beschikbaar om momentopnamen voor het hoofdvolume voor te "
+"stellen."
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:244 src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:449
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr "Niet genoeg ruimte beschikbaar om een aparte /home voor te stellen."
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr "Niets toegevoegd aan het hoofdbestandssysteem!"
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -414,7 +423,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"<b>Windows gebruik</b> is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw Windowspartitie.\n"
+"<b>Windows gebruik</b> is de grootte van het gebruikte gedeelte van uw "
+"Windowspartitie.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text (non-graphical mode), continued
@@ -535,7 +545,9 @@
#. popup text
#: src/clients/inst_target_part.rb:96
msgid "Your system can only be configured with the custom partitioning option."
-msgstr "Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste partitionering."
+msgstr ""
+"Uw systeem kan alleen worden geconfigureerd met de optie Aangepaste "
+"partitionering."
#. Win NT / 2000
#. The Windows version is Windows NT or Windows 2000. Tell the user that this is currently
@@ -677,8 +689,11 @@
#. normally the target is located on hard disks. Here no hard disks
#. can be found. YaST2 cannot install. Update CD might have newer drivers.
#: src/clients/inst_target_selection.rb:172
-msgid "No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
-msgstr "Geen schijven gevonden. Gebruik de opwaardeer-CD - indien beschikbaar - voor installatie."
+msgid ""
+"No disks found. Try using the update CD, if available, for installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Geen schijven gevonden. Gebruik de opwaardeer-CD - indien beschikbaar - voor "
+"installatie."
#. There are several hard disks found. Linux is completely installed on
#. one hard disk - this selection is done here
@@ -693,7 +708,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn gevonden.\n"
+"U ziet hier alle harde schijven die automatisch in uw systeem zijn "
+"gevonden.\n"
"Selecteer de harde schijf waar &product; op geïnstalleerd moet worden.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -705,7 +721,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"U kunt later het deel van uw harde schijf selecteren wat voor &product; gebruikt moet worden.\n"
+"U kunt later het deel van uw harde schijf selecteren wat voor &product; "
+"gebruikt moet worden.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help part 3 of 3
@@ -721,8 +738,10 @@
"\n"
"<p>\n"
"Voor ervaren gebruikers bestaat de optie <b>Aangepaste partitionering</b>\n"
-"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde schijven\n"
-"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie van &product;.\n"
+"waarmee volledige controle wordt verkregen over het partitioneren van harde "
+"schijven\n"
+"en het toewijzen van partities aan aankoppelpunten tijdens de installatie "
+"van &product;.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. first step of hd prepare, select a single disk or "expert" partitioning
@@ -805,7 +824,8 @@
"ensure that ownerships of home directories are set properly."
msgstr ""
"De /home partitie zal niet worden geformatteerd. Controleer na installatie,\n"
-"dat de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn ingesteld."
+"dat de eigendomsrechten van persoonlijke mappen op de juiste manier zijn "
+"ingesteld."
#. label text
#: src/clients/partitions_proposal.rb:218
@@ -905,7 +925,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Gebruik de <b>gehele harde schijf</b>, of één of meer van de aangegeven partities\n"
+"Gebruik de <b>gehele harde schijf</b>, of één of meer van de aangegeven "
+"partities\n"
"of vrije gebieden.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -933,8 +954,10 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"<b><i>De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich bevindende \n"
-"data zal verloren gaan. </i></b>Het herstellen van deze data is niet mogelijk.\n"
+"<b><i>De gemarkeerde gebieden zullen worden verwijderd. Alle er in zich "
+"bevindende \n"
+"data zal verloren gaan. </i></b>Het herstellen van deze data is niet "
+"mogelijk.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Frame title for installation target hard disk / partition(s)
@@ -955,8 +978,10 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"De geselecteerde harde schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er is\n"
-"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of <b>Windows geheel verwijderen</b>\n"
+"De geselecteerde harde schijf wordt waarschijnlijk door Windows gebruikt. Er "
+"is\n"
+"niet genoeg ruimte voor &product; beschikbaar. U kunt of <b>Windows geheel "
+"verwijderen</b>\n"
"of de ruimte <b>verkleinen</b> om zo genoeg ruimte te krijgen.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -974,13 +999,14 @@
"Als u Windows verwijderd, zal alle data op deze partitie <b>onherroepelijk\n"
"verloren gaan</b> tijdens het installeren. Bij het verkleinen van Windows\n"
"<b>raden we u sterk aan om een reservekopie te maken</b>, dit omdat de data\n"
-"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel eens.\n"
+"gereorganiseerd moet worden. Onder bepaalde omstandigheden mislukt dit wel "
+"eens.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr "Aparte &home-partitie voorstellen"
@@ -998,7 +1024,7 @@
msgstr "Voorsteltype"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -1012,7 +1038,7 @@
"Echt deze instelling gebruiken?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -1021,13 +1047,15 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"U wilt een FAT-partitie aankoppelen op één van de volgende\n"
-"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk problemen\n"
-"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze aankoppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, zoals ext3 of ext4.\n"
+"aankoppelpunten: / /usr /home /opt of /var. Dit zal zeer waarschijnlijk "
+"problemen\n"
+"veroorzaken. Gebruik voor deze aankoppelpunten een Linux-bestandssysteem, "
+"zoals ext3 of ext4.\n"
"\n"
"Deze instelling gebruiken?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1042,7 +1070,7 @@
"Deze instelling gebruiken?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -1058,7 +1086,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -1073,7 +1101,7 @@
"Deze opzet echt gebruiken?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -1094,7 +1122,7 @@
"Wilt u deze instellingen echt gebruiken?\n"
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -1109,7 +1137,7 @@
"Wilt u deze grootte van de bootpartitie handhaven?\n"
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -1119,13 +1147,14 @@
msgstr ""
"Waarschuwing: Er is geen partitie van het type bios_grub aanwezig.\n"
"Zo'n partitie is aanbevolen (vereist door Btrfs) wanneer Grub2 is\n"
-"geïnstalleerd in de MBR van een GPT-schijf. Het moet niet geformatteerd zijn en ongeveer 1 MB groot zijn.\n"
+"geïnstalleerd in de MBR van een GPT-schijf. Het moet niet geformatteerd zijn "
+"en ongeveer 1 MB groot zijn.\n"
"Deze setup gebruiken?\n"
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -1142,7 +1171,7 @@
"Wilt u uw opzet zonder /boot partitie gebruiken?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -1162,11 +1191,17 @@
"\n"
"Wilt u deze instelling echt gebruiken?\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
+#| "mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "Really use this setup?\n"
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
"Waarschuwing: Sommige subvolumes van het root-bestandssysteem hebben een\n"
@@ -1254,7 +1289,8 @@
"You have not assigned a swap partition. In most cases, we highly recommend \n"
"to create and assign a swap partition.\n"
"Swap partitions on your system are listed in the main window with the\n"
-"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap\".\n"
+"type \"Linux Swap\". An assigned swap partition has the mount point \"swap"
+"\".\n"
"You can assign more than one swap partition, if desired.\n"
"\n"
"Really use the setup without swap partition?\n"
@@ -1300,7 +1336,8 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:534
msgid ""
"If in doubt, better go back and mark this partition for\n"
-"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount points\n"
+"formatting, especially if it is assigned to one of the standard mount "
+"points\n"
"like /, /boot, /opt or /var.\n"
msgstr ""
"Bij twijfel kunt u beter teruggaan en deze partitie markeren om\n"
@@ -1314,12 +1351,13 @@
"\n"
"Really keep the partition unformatted?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Wanneer u besluit om de partitie te formatteren zal alle data er van verloren gaan.\n"
+"Wanneer u besluit om de partitie te formatteren zal alle data er van "
+"verloren gaan.\n"
"\n"
"Wilt u de partitie niet geformatteerd laten?\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
@@ -1328,7 +1366,7 @@
"Verwijdere het apparaat uit de RAID voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
@@ -1337,7 +1375,7 @@
"Verwijder het apparaat ui de volumegroep voordat u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n"
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
@@ -1346,7 +1384,7 @@
"Verwijder het volume voor u wijzigingen aanbrengt.\n"
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1355,7 +1393,7 @@
"Verwijder het apparaat uit de RAID voor u het verwijderd.\n"
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
@@ -1363,35 +1401,40 @@
"Het apparaat (%2) is in gebruik bij %1.\n"
"Verwijder %1 voordat u het apparaat verwijdertverwijdert.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr "Hij kan niet verwijderd worden terwijl deze is aangekoppeld."
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische partitie \n"
+"Het apparaat (%1) kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een logische "
+"partitie \n"
"is en er een andere logische partitie met een hoger nummer in gebruik is.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
-"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounted:\n"
+"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently "
+"mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the extended partition.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommend to unmount these partitions before you delete the "
+"extended partition.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
-"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die aangekoppeld zijn:\n"
+"De geselecteerde uitgebreide partitie bevat momenteel partities die "
+"aangekoppeld zijn:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te afkoppelen voordat u de uitgebreide\n"
+"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities te afkoppelen voordat u de "
+"uitgebreide\n"
"partitie gaat verwijderen.\n"
"Kies Annuleren tenzij u heel zeker weet waarmee u bezig bent.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1406,7 +1449,7 @@
"u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1421,7 +1464,7 @@
"u de uitgebreide partitie zelf verwijderd.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1440,13 +1483,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr "Vergeet niet wat u hier hebt ingevuld!"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr "Een leeg wachtwoord is toegestaan."
@@ -1475,7 +1518,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr "&Voer een wachtwoord in voor uw bestandssysteem:"
@@ -1486,7 +1529,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr "Herhaal het wachtwoord ter &controle:"
@@ -1509,7 +1552,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1520,7 +1563,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1553,27 +1596,32 @@
"Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
"by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system \n"
"to mount is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file \n"
-"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, \n"
+"systems can be mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is "
+"disabled, \n"
"this is not possible.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:</b>\n"
"Normaliter wordt een te mounten bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de\n"
"apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab. Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat\n"
"het aan te koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door te zoeken\n"
-"naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen aangekoppeld\n"
-"worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is het\n"
+"naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandsystemen kunnen "
+"aangekoppeld\n"
+"worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Als een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is "
+"het\n"
"verder niet mogelijk.\n"
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:479
msgid ""
"<p><b>Volume Label:</b>\n"
-"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually makes sense only \n"
+"The name entered in this field is used as the volume label. This usually "
+"makes sense only \n"
"when you activate the option for mounting by volume label.\n"
"A volume label cannot contain the / character or spaces.\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Volumelabel:</b>\n"
-"De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft normaal alleen\n"
+"De in dit veld opgegeven naam wordt gebruikt als volumelabel. Dit heeft "
+"normaal alleen\n"
"zin wanneer u de optie aankoppelen per volumelabel activeert.\n"
"Een volumelabel kan niet het teken / of spaties bevatten.\n"
@@ -1715,7 +1763,8 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Het bestandssysteem op de partitie kan niet door YaST2 verkleint worden.\n"
-"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe."
+"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een "
+"bestandssysteem toe."
#. Popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1304
@@ -1725,18 +1774,23 @@
"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, and reiser allow shrinking of a file system."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Het bestandssysteem op de hetlogische volume kan niet door YaST2 verkleint worden.\n"
-"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een bestandssysteem toe."
+"Het bestandssysteem op de hetlogische volume kan niet door YaST2 verkleint "
+"worden.\n"
+"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het verkleinen van een "
+"bestandssysteem toe."
#. Popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1316
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this partition."
-msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie."
+msgstr ""
+"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze partitie."
#. Popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1322
msgid "You risk losing data if you shrink this logical volume."
-msgstr "U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische volume."
+msgstr ""
+"U riskeert het verlies van gegevens bij het verkleinen van deze dit logische "
+"volume."
# workflow: "Software-Auswahl"
# -ke-
@@ -1752,8 +1806,10 @@
"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 uitgebreid worden.\n"
-"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe."
+"Het bestandssysteem op de geselecteerde partitie kan niet door YaST2 "
+"uitgebreid worden.\n"
+"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een "
+"bestandssysteem toe."
#. Popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1349
@@ -1763,8 +1819,10 @@
"Only fat, ext2, ext3, ext4, xfs, and reiser allow extending a file system."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 uitgebreid worden.\n"
-"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een bestandssysteem toe."
+"Het bestandssysteem op het geselecteerde logische volume kan niet door YaST2 "
+"uitgebreid worden.\n"
+"Alleen fat, ext2, ext3, ext4 en reiser staan het uitbreiden van een "
+"bestandssysteem toe."
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1357
msgid "Continue resizing?"
@@ -1777,7 +1835,8 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "You decreased a logical volume with a reiser file system on it."
-msgstr "U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind."
+msgstr ""
+"U hebt een logisch volume met daarop een reiser bestandssysteem verkleind."
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1383
msgid ""
@@ -1788,8 +1847,10 @@
"Shrink the file system now?"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Het is mogelijk om een reiser bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is echter\n"
-"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw gegevens te maken.\n"
+"Het is mogelijk om een reiser bestandssysteem te verkleinen, deze optie is "
+"echter\n"
+"nog niet grondig getest. Het wordt aanbevolen een reservekopie van uw "
+"gegevens te maken.\n"
"\n"
"Bestandssysteem nu verkleinen?"
@@ -1798,12 +1859,14 @@
msgid ""
"The selected device contains partitions that are currently mounted:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the partition table.\n"
+"We *strongly* recommended to unmount these partitions before deleting the "
+"partition table.\n"
"Choose Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing.\n"
msgstr ""
"Het geselecteerde apparaat bevat partities die momenteel aangekoppeld zijn:\n"
"%1\n"
-"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst af te afkoppelen voordat u de partitietabel verwijderd.\n"
+"We bevelen *sterk* aan om deze partities eerst af te afkoppelen voordat u de "
+"partitietabel verwijderd.\n"
"Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n"
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
@@ -1852,11 +1915,14 @@
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1543
msgid "<p>Create and remove subvolumes from a Btrfs filesystem.</p>\n"
-msgstr "<p>Subvolumes aanmaken en verwijderen uit een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Subvolumes aanmaken en verwijderen uit een Btrfs-bestandssysteem.</p>\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1548
msgid "<p>Enable automatic snapshots for a Btrfs filesystem with snapper.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Automatische snapshots voor een Btrfs bestandssysteem met snapper inschakelen.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Automatische snapshots voor een Btrfs bestandssysteem met snapper "
+"inschakelen.</p>"
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1562
@@ -1883,7 +1949,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr "Snapshots inschakelen"
@@ -1898,7 +1964,7 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr "Lege naam van subvolume is niet toegestaan."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
@@ -1906,11 +1972,11 @@
"Alleen namen van subvolumes die met \"%1\" beginnen zijn toegestaan!\n"
"Automatisch \"%1\" voor de naam van het subvolume zetten."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr "Naam %1 van subvolume bestaat al."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr "De tot nu in de dialoog gedane wijzigingen gaan verloren."
@@ -1953,17 +2019,19 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
+"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
+"tmp.\n"
"If you leave the encryption password empty, the system will create\n"
"a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all\n"
"data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n"
+"Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp "
+"of /var/tmp.\n"
"Als u het wachtwoord voor versleuteling leeg laat, zal het systeem een \n"
"willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem aanmaken.\n"
"Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n"
@@ -1973,17 +2041,19 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file system.\n"
+"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file "
+"system.\n"
"Choose your password carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
"is recommended. To ensure the password was entered correctly,\n"
"enter it twice.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van uw bestandssysteem.\n"
+"Wanneer u uw wachtwoord vergeet krijgt u geen toegang meer tot de data van "
+"uw bestandssysteem.\n"
"Het is belangrijk dat u uw wachtwoord zorgvuldig uitkiest. Een combinatie\n"
"van cijfers en letters wordt aanbevolen. Om er zeker van te kunnen zijn dat\n"
"het wachtwoord correct is opgegeven moet u het tweemaal opgeven.\n"
@@ -1992,17 +2062,19 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have "
+"at\n"
"least %1 characters and, as a rule, not contain any special characters\n"
"(e.g., letters with accents or umlauts).\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"U moet onderscheidt maken tussen grote en kleine letters. Een wachtwoord\n"
-"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale karakters\n"
+"moet uit minstens %1 karakters bestaan en mag verder geen speciale "
+"karakters\n"
"bevatten (bijv: letters met accent tekens of trema's).\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2024,7 +2096,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -2049,14 +2121,17 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore is\n"
+"If the encrypted file system does not contain any system file and therefore "
+"is\n"
"not needed for the update, you may select <b>Skip</b>. In this case, the\n"
"file system is not accessed during update.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Als het versleutelde bestandssysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom niet\n"
-" nodig is voor het opwaarderen kunt u <b>Overslaan</b> selecteren. In dat geval wordt er \n"
+"Als het versleutelde bestandssysteem geen systeembestand bevat en daarom "
+"niet\n"
+" nodig is voor het opwaarderen kunt u <b>Overslaan</b> selecteren. In dat "
+"geval wordt er \n"
" geen toegang verkregen tot het bestandssysteem tijdens de opwaardering.\n"
" </p>\n"
@@ -2075,7 +2150,8 @@
"met uw installatie tijdens het opstarten, omdat de schijf waarop \n"
"uw partitie /boot zich bevindt, geen GPT-schijflabel bevat.\n"
"\n"
-"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te starten.\n"
+"Het is waarschijnlijk niet mogelijk om met dergelijke instellingen op te "
+"starten.\n"
"\n"
"Als u deze schijf moet gebruiken voor de installatie dan moet u het \n"
"schijflabel met de geavanceerde partitionering vernietigen.\n"
@@ -2114,7 +2190,8 @@
"\n"
"Really do this?\n"
msgstr ""
-"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het besturingssysteem\n"
+"U heeft gekozen om een bestandssysteem met bestanden die het "
+"besturingssysteem\n"
"nodig heeft tijdens opstarten niet automatisch aan te koppelen.\n"
"\n"
"Dit kan problemen veroorzaken.\n"
@@ -2182,13 +2259,17 @@
"FAT filesystem used for system mount point (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
"This is not possible."
msgstr ""
-"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /var, /home).\n"
+"FAT bestandssysteem gebruikt voor systeem aankoppelpunt (/, /usr, /opt, /"
+"var, /home).\n"
"Dat is niet mogelijk."
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:248
-msgid "Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
-msgstr "Ongeldig karakter in aankoppelpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een aankoppelpunt."
+msgid ""
+"Invalid character in mount point. Do not use \"`'!\"%#\" in a mount point."
+msgstr ""
+"Ongeldig karakter in aankoppelpunt. Gebruik geen \"`'!\"%#\" in een "
+"aankoppelpunt."
#. error popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:257
@@ -2236,7 +2317,7 @@
"of onbekend bestandssysteem."
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -2260,27 +2341,28 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr "Het bestandssysteem is nu aangekoppeld op %1."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-"U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen, doorgaan zonder afkoppelen of annuleren.\n"
+"U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen, doorgaan zonder afkoppelen of "
+"annuleren.\n"
"Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet."
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr "Afkoppelen (unmount)"
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -2288,17 +2370,23 @@
"U kunt nu proberen het af te koppelen of annuleren.\n"
"Klik op Annuleren tenzij u exact weet wat u doet."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
-msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het is aangekoppeld."
+msgstr ""
+"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem in te laten krimpen terwijl het "
+"is aangekoppeld."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
-msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is aangekoppeld."
+msgstr ""
+"Het is niet mogelijk om het bestandssysteem uit te breiden terwijl het is "
+"aangekoppeld."
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
-msgstr "Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen terwijl het is aangekoppeld."
+msgstr ""
+"Het is niet mogelijk om de grootte van het bestandssysteem te wijzigen "
+"terwijl het is aangekoppeld."
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-all.rb:80
@@ -2406,7 +2494,8 @@
"Calling FCoE configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call FCoE configuration?"
msgstr ""
-"Het aanroepen van het configureren van FCoE annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n"
+"Het aanroepen van het configureren van FCoE annuleert alle huidige "
+"wijzigingen.\n"
"Wilt u de configuratie van FCoE toch aanroepen?"
#. popup text
@@ -2417,7 +2506,8 @@
"Calling multipath configuration cancels all current changes.\n"
"Really call multipath configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
-"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige wijzigingen.\n"
+"Het aanroepen van de multipad-configuratie annuleert alle huidige "
+"wijzigingen.\n"
"Wilt u de multipad-configuratie toch aanroepen?\n"
#. popup text
@@ -2719,32 +2809,39 @@
msgstr "<p>Kies de rol van het apparaat.</p>"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Format partition"
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr "Formatteer de partitie"
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr "Besturingssysteem"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr "Gegevens en ISV-toepassingen"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr "Wisselgeheugen"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr "Ruwe volume (niet geformatteerd)"
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr "Rol"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
@@ -2753,18 +2850,20 @@
"geef het gewenste type bestandssysteem aan.</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
-"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
+"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an "
+"existing\n"
"volume will delete all data on it.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als u alle gegevens op een volume wilt versleutelen\n"
-"kies dan <b>Apparaat versleutelen</b>. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een bestaand\n"
+"kies dan <b>Apparaat versleutelen</b>. Het wijzigen van de encryptie op een "
+"bestaand\n"
"volume zal alle gegevens erop verwijderen.</p>\n"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
@@ -2773,49 +2872,49 @@
"geef het aankoppelpunt op (/, /boot, /home, /var , etc.).</p>"
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr "Opties voor formattering"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr "Formatteer de partitie"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr "Formatteer de partitie niet"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr "Partitie niet aankoppelen"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr "Aankoppelopties"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr "Koppel de partitie aan"
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr "Aankoppelpunt"
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr "Fs&tab opties..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr "Crypt-bestanden moeten versleuteld zijn."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2828,17 +2927,17 @@
"Selecteer tevens de formatteeroptie.\n"
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr "Crypt-bestanden vereisen een aankoppelpunt."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr "Tmpfs vereist een aankoppelpunt."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2853,7 +2952,7 @@
"</p>"
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2867,21 +2966,22 @@
"slaapstand (slaapstand naar schijf).\n"
"</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr "Alle opgeslagen gegevens op het volume zullen verloren gaan!"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr "Wachtwoord"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
-msgstr "Grootte wijzigen wordt niet ondersteund door het onderliggende apparaat."
+msgstr ""
+"Grootte wijzigen wordt niet ondersteund door het onderliggende apparaat."
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
@@ -2891,7 +2991,7 @@
"U kunt de afmeting van de geselecteerde partitie niet aanpassen\n"
"omdat het bestandssysteem op deze partitie dit niet ondersteund.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
@@ -2900,7 +3000,7 @@
"van grootte kan wijzigen terwijl het is aangekoppeld."
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
@@ -2909,22 +3009,22 @@
"omdat het bestandssysteem inconsistent blijkt te zijn.\n"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr "Grootte wijzigen van partitie %1"
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr "Grootte wijzigen van logisch volume %1"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr "Huidige grootte: %1"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr "Nu in gebruik: %1"
@@ -2932,8 +3032,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2945,33 +3045,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Maximum grootte (%1)"
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr "Minimum grootte (%1)"
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr "Aangepaste grootte"
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Kies de nieuwe grootte.</p>"
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2981,7 +3081,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2990,16 +3090,17 @@
msgstr ""
"U bent een aangekoppeld bestandsysteem met %1 Gigabyte aan het uitbreiden. \n"
"Dit kan behoorlijk langzaam gaan en uren kosten. U zou kunnen overwegen om \n"
-"het bestandssysteem af te koppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van grootte \n"
+"het bestandssysteem af te koppelen, wat de snelheid van het het van "
+"grootte \n"
"veranderen heel wat kan laten toenemen."
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr "Uitvoer van %1"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr "Opnieuw scannen van schijven..."
@@ -3195,50 +3296,50 @@
msgstr "De ingevoerde regio is ongeldig."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr "Partitie toevoegen aan %1"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr "Partitie %1 wijzigen"
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr "Er is geen ruimte om de partitie %1 te verplaatsen."
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr "De partitie '%1' voorwaarts verplaatsen?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr "De partitie '%1' achterwaarts verplaatsen?"
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr "Partitie %1 verplaatsen?"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr "Voorwaarts"
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr "Achterwaarts"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr "Verwijdering van alle partities bevestigen"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
@@ -3246,7 +3347,7 @@
"De schijf \"%1\" bevat minstens één partitie.\n"
"Als u doorgaat dan zullen de volgende partities verwijderd worden:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr "Wilt u echt alle partities van \"%1\" verwijderen?"
@@ -3255,23 +3356,28 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr "Geen harde schijf geselecteerd."
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr "De schijf is in gebruik en kan niet gewijzigd worden."
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr "Selecteer een nieuwe partitietabeltype voor %1."
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
@@ -3282,29 +3388,29 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr "Geen schijf geselecteerd."
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr "Wilt u BIOS RAID %1 verwijderen?"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr "Wilt u gepartitioneerde RAID %1 verwijderen?"
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr "Er zijn geen te verwijderen partities op deze schijf."
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr "Kan geen partitie aanmaken op %1."
@@ -3312,15 +3418,15 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr "Geen partitie geselecteerd."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3329,12 +3435,12 @@
"beweerkt. Om %1 te bewerken, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr "Een uitgebreide partitie kan niet worden bewerkt."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
@@ -3343,26 +3449,27 @@
"en kan niet worden verplaatst."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr "Een uitgebreide partitie kan niet worden verplaatst."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
"De partitie %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte worden\n"
-"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is."
+"gewijzigd. Om %1 in grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in "
+"gebruik is."
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr "Een uitgebreide partitie kan niet in grootte gewijzigd worden."
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -3378,7 +3485,7 @@
"meer partities. Na klonen zullen deze\n"
"partities zijn verwijderd.</p>\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
@@ -3386,11 +3493,11 @@
"De volgende partities zullen worden verwijderd\n"
"en alle gegevens daarop zullen verloren gaan:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr "Wilt u deze partities verwijderen?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
@@ -3400,7 +3507,7 @@
"schijf moet echter minstens één partitie bevatten).\n"
"Maak partities alvorens de schijf te klonen.\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
@@ -3408,20 +3515,20 @@
"Deze schijf kan niet worden gekloond. Er zijn geen geschikte\n"
"schijven die dezelfde partitie-indeling kunnen bevatten."
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr "Partitie-indeling van %1 klonen"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr "Beschikbaar doelschijven:"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr "Selecteer een doelschijf voor het aanmaken van een kloon"
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
@@ -3430,7 +3537,7 @@
"Wilt u werkelijk dasdfrmt uitvoeren op schijf %1?\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3598,7 +3705,8 @@
"partitions are shown here.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dit beeld toont alle partities van de geselecteerde\n"
-"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf gebruikt wordt door b.v. BIOS RAID of multipad dan\n"
+"harde schijf. Als de harde schijf gebruikt wordt door b.v. BIOS RAID of "
+"multipad dan\n"
"worden hier geen partities getoond.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -3609,7 +3717,8 @@
"software RAIDs and multipath disks.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Dit beeld toont alle apparaten die gebruikt worden door de\n"
-"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het beeld is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS RAID's,\n"
+"geselecteerde harde schijf. Het beeld is alleen beschikbaar voor BIOS "
+"RAID's,\n"
"gepartitioneerde software RAID's en multipadschijven.</p>\n"
#. tab heading
@@ -3644,7 +3753,8 @@
"the table.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>YaST2 heeft een scan gemaakt van uw harde schijven en een of meer \n"
-"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude aankoppelpunten\n"
+"bestaande Linux systemen met aankoppelpunten gevonden. De oude "
+"aankoppelpunten\n"
"worden getoond in de tabel.</p>\n"
#. help text, richtext format
@@ -3656,7 +3766,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>U kunt kiezen of de bestaande systeemvolumes,\n"
"bijv. / and /usr, zullen worden geformatteerd bij\n"
-"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden geformatteerd.</p>"
+"installatie. Niet-systeemvolumes, bijv. /home, zullen niet worden "
+"geformatteerd.</p>"
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-import.rb:328
@@ -3696,11 +3807,11 @@
msgstr "Fout wachtwoord ingegeven."
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr "Bevestig het verwijderen van de partitie die door LVM wordt gebruikt"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
@@ -3710,15 +3821,15 @@
"Om het systeem consistent te houden worden de volumegroep en \n"
"zijn logische volumes verwijderd:\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Nu partitie \"%1\" en volumegroep \"%2\" verwijderen?"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr "Bevestig het verwijderen van de partitie die door RAID wordt gebruikt"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
@@ -3728,24 +3839,24 @@
"Om het systeem consistent te houden wordt het volgende\n"
"RAID-apparaat verwijderd:\n"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr "Partitie \"%1\" en RAID \"%2\" nu verwijderen?"
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr "Wilt u echt alle partities van %1 verwijderen?"
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr "Wilt u %1 echt verwijderen?"
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3755,7 +3866,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr "Niet-gepartitioneerd"
@@ -3763,31 +3874,31 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr "Niet-toegekend"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Geen veranderingen in partitionering</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Wijzigingen in partitionering:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Geen wijzigingen in de opslaginstellingen.</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Opslaginstellingen:</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr "<p>Te installeren pakketten</p>"
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr "<p>Er zijn geen pakketten om te installeren.</p>"
@@ -3818,12 +3929,15 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:36
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the file\n"
+"<p><b>Path Name of Loop File:</b><br>This must be an absolute path to the "
+"file\n"
"containing the data for the encrypted loop device to set up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Padnaam van loop-bestand:</b><br>Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar het bestand\n"
-"zijn dat de data voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Padnaam van loop-bestand:</b><br>Dit moet een absolute pad zijn naar "
+"het bestand\n"
+"zijn dat de data voor het in te stellen versleutelde loop-apparaat bevat.</"
+"p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:45
@@ -3834,9 +3948,12 @@
"exists, all data in it is lost.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Loop-bestand aanmaken:</b><br>Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand aangemaakt\n"
-"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. <b>OPMERKING:</b> Wanneer \n"
-"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende data verloren gaan.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Loop-bestand aanmaken:</b><br>Als dit is aangevinkt zal het bestand "
+"aangemaakt\n"
+"worden met de in het volgende veld opgegeven grootte. <b>OPMERKING:</b> "
+"Wanneer \n"
+"het bestand reeds bestaat zal de zich er in bevindende data verloren gaan.</"
+"p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:56
@@ -3846,7 +3963,8 @@
"created in the encrypted loop device will have this size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Grootte:</b><br>Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het bestandssysteem\n"
+"<p><b>Grootte:</b><br>Dit is de grootte van het loop-bestand. Het "
+"bestandssysteem\n"
"dat is gemaakt in het versleutelde loop-apparaat heeft deze grootte.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -3859,9 +3977,12 @@
"careful when providing the size and path name.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>OPMERKING:</b>Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op consistentie\n"
-"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem dan niet\n"
-"toegankelijk is. Het zal aan het einde van de installatie worden aangemaakt. Wees voorzichtig \n"
+"<p><b>OPMERKING:</b>Gedurende de installatie kan YaST geen controle op "
+"consistentie\n"
+"van de bestandsgrootte en de padnamen uitvoeren, omdat het bestandssysteem "
+"dan niet\n"
+"toegankelijk is. Het zal aan het einde van de installatie worden aangemaakt. "
+"Wees voorzichtig \n"
"met het opgeven van de grootte en de padnaam.</p>\n"
#. input field label
@@ -3905,12 +4026,12 @@
"bestaand bestand of activeer de aanmaak-vlag."
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr "Crypt-bestand toevoegen"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr "Crypt-bestand %1 bewerken"
@@ -4006,7 +4127,8 @@
"The name for the volume group contains illegal characters. Allowed\n"
"are alphanumeric characters, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" and \"+\"."
msgstr ""
-"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. Toegestaan\n"
+"De naam van de volumegroep mag geen niet toegestane tekens bevatten. "
+"Toegestaan\n"
"zijn alfanumerieke tekens, \".\", \"_\", \"-\" en \"+\"."
#. error popup text
@@ -4042,7 +4164,9 @@
#. pop-up dialog message part 2: %1 is vol.group name
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:118
msgid "Really delete volume group \"%1\" and all related logical volumes?"
-msgstr "Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt verwijderen?"
+msgstr ""
+"Wilt u de volumegroep \"%1\" en alle gerelateerde logische volumes echt "
+"verwijderen?"
#. error popup, %1, %2 and %3 are replaced by sizes
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:132
@@ -4050,7 +4174,8 @@
"The data entered is invalid. Insert a physical extent size larger than %1\n"
"in powers of 2, for example, \"%2\" or \"%3\""
msgstr ""
-"U heeft ongeldige data opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte opgeven\n"
+"U heeft ongeldige data opgegeven. U moet een fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte "
+"opgeven\n"
"groter dan %1 in machten van 2, bijv: \"%2\" of \"%3\""
#. error popup text
@@ -4084,12 +4209,15 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:238
msgid "<p>Enter the name and physical extent size of the new volume group.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Voer de naam en fysieke uitbreidingsgrootte in van de nieuwe volumegroep."
+"</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:245
msgid "<p>Select the physical volumes the volume group should contain.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer de fysieke volumes waaruit de volumegroep zal bestaan.</p>"
#. label for input field
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:283
@@ -4122,11 +4250,13 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:491
msgid ""
"<p>Enter the size as well as the number and size\n"
-"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be higher\n"
+"of stripes for the new logical volume. The number of stripes cannot be "
+"higher\n"
"than the number of physical volumes of the volume group.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Voer de grootte in evenals het aantal en de grootte\n"
-"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan niet hoger zijn\n"
+"van de 'stripes' voor het nieuwe logische volume. Het aantal stripes kan "
+"niet hoger zijn\n"
"dan het aantal fysieke volumes van de volumegroep.</p>"
#. helptext
@@ -4143,7 +4273,8 @@
"met willekeurige grootte van het volume. De vereiste ruimte wordt, indien\n"
"nodig, toegekend uit de <b>Thin-pool</b>. Men kan dus een Thin-volume maken\n"
"met een grootte groter dan de Thin-pool. Wanneer er echt gegevens naar een\n"
-"Thin-volume geschreven worden, dan moet de toegekende Thin-pool in staat zijn\n"
+"Thin-volume geschreven worden, dan moet de toegekende Thin-pool in staat "
+"zijn\n"
"om aan de eis van deze vraag om ruimte te voldoen.\n"
"Thin-volumes kunnen geen Stripe-count hebben."
@@ -4178,7 +4309,8 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:778
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Normal Volume</b>.\n"
-"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
+"This is the default and means plain LVM Volumes like all volumes were before "
+"the feature of <b>Thin Provisioning</b> existed.\n"
"If in doubt this is most probably the right choice</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>U kunt het logische volume als een <b>Normaal volume</b> declareren.\n"
@@ -4190,19 +4322,23 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Pool</b>.\n"
-"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from such a pool.</p>"
+"This means <b>Thin Volumes</b> allocate their needed space on demand from "
+"such a pool.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een <b>Thin-pool</b>\n"
-"Dit betekent dat <b>Thin-volumes</b> de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit zo'n pool toekennen.</p>"
+"Dit betekent dat <b>Thin-volumes</b> de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag uit "
+"zo'n pool toekennen.</p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:794
msgid ""
"<p>You can declare the logical volume as a <b>Thin Volume</b>.\n"
-"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</b>.</p>"
+"This means the volume allocates needed space on demand from a <b>Thin Pool</"
+"b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>U kunt het logische volume definiëren als een <b>Thin-volume</b>.\n"
-"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit een <b>Thin-pool</b>.</p>"
+"Dit betekent dat het volume de benodigde ruimte na een aanvraag toekent uit "
+"een <b>Thin-pool</b>.</p>"
#. heading for frame
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:827
@@ -4242,12 +4378,12 @@
msgstr "Gebruikte pool"
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr "Logisch volume op %1 toevoegen"
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr "Logisch volume %1 op %2 bewerken"
@@ -4256,12 +4392,15 @@
msgid ""
"There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a volume group.\n"
"\n"
-"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one unused\n"
+"To use LVM, at least one unused partition of type 0x8e (or 0x83) or one "
+"unused\n"
"RAID device is required. Change your partition table accordingly."
msgstr ""
-"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan te maken.\n"
+"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een volumegroep aan "
+"te maken.\n"
"\n"
-"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type 0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n"
+"Om LVM te gebruiken, hebt u minstens een ongebruikte partitie van het type "
+"0x8e (of 0x83) nodig of\n"
"een ongebruikt RAID-apparaat. Wijzig uw partitietabel overeenkomstig."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
@@ -4289,9 +4428,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr "Geen logisch volume geselecteerd."
@@ -4301,7 +4440,7 @@
msgstr "Geen vrije ruimte beschikbaar in de huidige volumegroep \"%1\"."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
@@ -4310,7 +4449,7 @@
"Het kan niet bewerkt worden."
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -4476,7 +4615,8 @@
"will be lost if you exit the partitioner with %1.\n"
"Really exit?"
msgstr ""
-"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze veranderingen\n"
+"U hebt de partitionering of opslaginstellingen gewijzigd. Deze "
+"veranderingen\n"
"zullen verloren gaan bij het verlaten van de partitiedialoog met %1.\n"
"Echt beëindigen?"
@@ -4497,8 +4637,12 @@
#. fallback dialog content
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:55
-msgid "NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package installation."
-msgstr "Het NFS-configureren is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van yast2-nfs-client."
+msgid ""
+"NFS configuration is not available. Check yast2-nfs-client package "
+"installation."
+msgstr ""
+"Het NFS-configureren is niet beschikbaar. Controleer de installatie van "
+"yast2-nfs-client."
#. heading
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-nfs.rb:127
@@ -4529,34 +4673,47 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> This level increases your disk performance.\n"
-"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
+"There is <b>NO</b> redundancy in this mode. If one of the drives crashes, "
+"data recovery will not be possible.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>RAID 0:</b> Dit niveau vergroot uw schijfprestaties.\n"
-"Er is <b>GEEN</b> redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.</p>\n"
+"Er is <b>GEEN</b> redundantie in deze modus. Wanneer een station faalt is "
+"gegevensherstel niet mogelijk.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:95
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>This mode has the best redundancy. It can be\n"
-"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data on all\n"
-"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The partitions\n"
+"used with two or more disks. This mode maintains an exact copy of all data "
+"on all\n"
+"disks. As long as at least one disk is still working, no data is lost. The "
+"partitions\n"
"used for this type of RAID should have approximately the same size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met twee of\n"
-"meerdere schijven worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie van alle data op\n"
-"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data verloren gaan.\n"
-"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte hebben.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>RAID 1:</b> <br>Deze modus heeft de beste redundantie. Het kan met "
+"twee of\n"
+"meerdere schijven worden gebruikt. Deze modus zorgt voor een exacte kopie "
+"van alle data op\n"
+"alle stations. Zolang er maar een schijf blijft werken zal er geen data "
+"verloren gaan.\n"
+"De gebruikte partities voor dit type RAID moeten ongeveer dezelfde grootte "
+"hebben.</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:106
msgid ""
"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>This mode combines management of a larger number\n"
-"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three disks or more.\n"
-"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
+"of disks and still maintains some redundancy. This mode can be used on three "
+"disks or more.\n"
+"If one disk fails, all data is still intact. If two disks fail "
+"simultaneously, all data is lost</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal schijven en biedt ook nog\n"
-"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere schijven. Bij het falen van\n"
-"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee schijven gaat alle data verloren</p>\n"
+"<p><b>RAID 5:</b> <br>Deze modus geeft controle over een groter aantal "
+"schijven en biedt ook nog\n"
+"enige redundantie. Deze modus kan gebruikt worden bij drie of meerdere "
+"schijven. Bij het falen van\n"
+"één schijf zal alle data intact blijven; bij het gelijktijdig falen van twee "
+"schijven gaat alle data verloren</p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:116
@@ -4573,12 +4730,15 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p>Add partitions to your RAID. According to\n"
-"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), the size\n"
-"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</p>\n"
+"the RAID type, the usable disk size is the sum of these partitions (RAID0), "
+"the size\n"
+"of the smallest partition (RAID 1), or (N-1)*smallest partition (RAID 5).</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Partities toevoegen aan uw RAID.</b> Afhankelijk van uw RAID-type\n"
"is de bruikbare schijfgrootte de som van deze partities (RAID0), de grootte\n"
-"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).</p>\n"
+"van de kleinste partitie (RAID 1) of de (N-1)*kleinste partitie (RAID 5).</"
+"p>\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:136
@@ -4641,12 +4801,17 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:338
msgid ""
"<p><b>Chunk Size:</b><br>It is the smallest \"atomic\" mass\n"
-"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID 5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
-"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect the array very much.</p>\n"
+"of data that can be written to the devices. A reasonable chunk size for RAID "
+"5 is 128 kB. For RAID 0,\n"
+"32 kB is a good starting point. For RAID 1, the chunk size does not affect "
+"the array very much.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Chunk-grootte:</b><br>De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid data dat op apparaten\n"
-"kan worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n"
-"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig effect op de array.</p>\n"
+"<p><b>Chunk-grootte:</b><br>De kleinste \"atomische\" hoeveelheid data dat "
+"op apparaten\n"
+"kan worden geschreven. Een redelijke chunk-grootte voor RAID 5 is 128 kB, "
+"voor RAID 0 is 32 kB\n"
+"in eerste instantie voldoende. Bij RAID 1 heeft de chunk-grootte weinig "
+"effect op de array.</p>\n"
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:346
msgid "Parity Algorithm:"
@@ -4656,10 +4821,12 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:353
msgid ""
"The parity algorithm to use with RAID5/6.\n"
-"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks with rotating platters.\n"
+"Left-symmetric is the one that offers maximum performance on typical disks "
+"with rotating platters.\n"
msgstr ""
"Het pariteit-algoritme dat gebruikt wordt bij RAID5/6.\n"
-"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende platen.\n"
+"Links-symmetrisch geeft de maximale prestatie bij schijven met roterende "
+"platen.\n"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:361
@@ -4692,18 +4859,18 @@
msgstr "<p>Wijzig de apparaten die gebruikt worden voor de RAID.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr "RAID %1 toevoegen"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr "Van RAID %1 grootte wijzigen"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:772
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr "RAID %1 bewerken"
@@ -4738,14 +4905,16 @@
"for the raid to be usable.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Raid %1 kan niet gewijzigd worden omdat het zich in een inactieve status bevindt.\n"
+"Raid %1 kan niet gewijzigd worden omdat het zich in een inactieve status "
+"bevindt.\n"
"Dit betekent gewoonlijk dat de subset van raid-apparaten te klein is\n"
"voor de raid om bruikbaar te zijn.\n"
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-lib.rb:99
msgid "There are not enough suitable unused devices to create a RAID."
-msgstr "Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken."
+msgstr ""
+"Er zijn niet genoeg geschikte ongebruikte apparaten om een RAID aan te maken."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:92
@@ -4784,7 +4953,8 @@
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
"De RAID %1 is in gebruik. Het kan niet in grootte\n"
-"wijzigen. Om van %1 de grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in gebruik is."
+"wijzigen. Om van %1 de grootte te wijzigen, zorg er voor dat deze niet in "
+"gebruik is."
#. push button text
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid.rb:132
@@ -4949,16 +5119,22 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Mount by</b> gives the mount by\n"
"method for newly created file systems. <i>Device Name</i> uses the kernel\n"
-"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</i>\n"
+"device name, which is not persistent. <i>Device ID</i> and <i>Device Path</"
+"i>\n"
"use names generated by udev from hardware information. These should be\n"
-"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> and\n"
+"persistent but unfortunately this is not always true. Finally <i>UUID</i> "
+"and\n"
"<i>Volume Label</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Standaard aangekoppeld door</b> geeft de aankoppelmethode\n"
-"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. <i>Apparaatnaam</i> gebruikt de apparaatnaam\n"
-"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. <i>Apparaat-ID</i> en <i>Apparaatpad</i>\n"
-"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. Deze zouden\n"
-"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte <i>UUID</i> en\n"
+"voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen. <i>Apparaatnaam</i> gebruikt de "
+"apparaatnaam\n"
+"van de kernel die niet blijvend is. <i>Apparaat-ID</i> en <i>Apparaatpad</"
+"i>\n"
+"gebruiken namen die door udev worden gegenereerd uit hardware-informatie. "
+"Deze zouden\n"
+"blijvend moeten zijn maar helaas is dat niet altijd waar. Tenslotte <i>UUID</"
+"i> en\n"
"<i>Volumelabel</i> use the file systems UUID and label.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -4974,13 +5150,18 @@
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Alignment of Newly Created Partitions</b>\n"
-"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> aligns the \n"
+"determines how created partitions are aligned. <b>cylinder</b> is the "
+"traditional alignment at cylinder boundaries of the disk. <b>optimal</b> "
+"aligns the \n"
"partitions for best performance according to hints provided by the Linux \n"
"kernel or tries to be compatible with Windows Vista and Win 7.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Uitlijning van nieuw aangemaakte partities</b>\n"
-"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. <b>cilinder</b> is de traditionele uitlijning op cylindergrenzen van de schijf. <b>optimaal</b> lijnt de \n"
-"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-kernel \n"
+"bepaalt hoe aangemaakte partities worden uitgelijnd. <b>cilinder</b> is de "
+"traditionele uitlijning op cylindergrenzen van de schijf. <b>optimaal</b> "
+"lijnt de \n"
+"partities uit op de beste prestaties volgens hints geleverd door de Linux-"
+"kernel \n"
"of probeert compatibel met Windows Vista en Win 7 te zijn.</p>\n"
#. helptext
@@ -4990,7 +5171,8 @@
"the name displayed for hard disks in the navigation tree.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Opslagapparaten tonen per</b> controleert\n"
-"de naam die getoond wordt voor harde schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur.</p>"
+"de naam die getoond wordt voor harde schijven in de navigatieboomstructuur.</"
+"p>"
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-settings.rb:236
@@ -5007,7 +5189,7 @@
msgstr "<p>In dit overzicht ziet u de installatiesamenvatting.</p>"
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr "tmpfs-aankoppelpunt toevoegen"
@@ -5253,7 +5435,8 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:316
msgid ""
"<p>This dialog is for defining classes for the raid devices\n"
-"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many cases\n"
+"contained in the raid. Available classes are A, B, C, D and E but for many "
+"cases\n"
"fewer classes are needed (e.g. only A and B). </p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Deze dialoog is voor het definiëren van klassen voor de raid-apparaten\n"
@@ -5264,15 +5447,21 @@
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:325
msgid ""
"<p>You can put a device into a class by right-clicking on the\n"
-"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing the \n"
-"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class in\n"
-"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put currently \n"
+"device and choosing the appropriate class from context menu. By pressing "
+"the \n"
+"Ctrl or Shift key you can select multiple devices and put them into a class "
+"in\n"
+"one step. One can also use the buttons labeled \"%1\" to \"%2\" to put "
+"currently \n"
"selected devices into this class.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>U kunt een apparaat in een klasse stoppen door rechts te klikken op het\n"
-"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op de \n"
-"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en ze in een\n"
-"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot \"%2\" gebruiken \n"
+"apparaat en de toepasselijke klasse uit het contextmenu te kiezen. Door op "
+"de \n"
+"Ctrl- of Shift-toets te drukken kunt u meerdere apparaten selecteren en ze "
+"in een\n"
+"stap in een klasse stoppen. Men kan ook de knoppen gelabeld \"%1\" tot "
+"\"%2\" gebruiken \n"
"om nu geselecteerde apparaten in deze klasse te stoppen.</p>"
#. dialog help text
@@ -5298,10 +5487,13 @@
msgid ""
"<b>Interleaved</b> uses first device of class A, then first device of \n"
"class B, then all the following classes with assigned devices. Then the \n"
-"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will follow."
+"second device of class A, the second device of class B, and so on will "
+"follow."
msgstr ""
-"<b>Interleaved</b> gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het eerste \n"
-"apparaat van klasse B tot alle klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna komt \n"
+"<b>Interleaved</b> gebruikt eerst het apparaat van klasse A, dan het "
+"eerste \n"
+"apparaat van klasse B tot alle klassen met toegewezen apparaten. Daarna "
+"komt \n"
"het tweede apparaat van klasse A, het tweede apparaat van klasse B enzovoort."
#. dialog help text
@@ -5311,29 +5503,42 @@
"When you leave the pop-up the current order of the devices is used as the \n"
"order in the RAID to be created.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst met \n"
-"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat wordt de huidige volgorde van de apparaten \n"
+"Alle apparaten zonder een klasse worden gesorteerd aan het eind van de lijst "
+"met \n"
+"apparaten. Wanneer u de pop-up verlaat wordt de huidige volgorde van de "
+"apparaten \n"
"gebruikt als volgorde van apparaten in de aan te maken RAID.</p>"
#. dialog help text
#: src/modules/DualMultiSelectionBox.rb:379
msgid ""
"By pressing button \"<b>%1</b>\" you can select a file that contains\n"
-"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All devices that match \n"
-"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular expression is \n"
+"lines with a regular expression and a class name (e.g. \"sda.* A\"). All "
+"devices that match \n"
+"the regular expression will be put into the class on this line. The regular "
+"expression is \n"
"matched against the kernel name (e.g. /dev/sda1), \n"
-"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) and the\n"
+"the udev path name (e.g. /dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-"
+"part1) and the\n"
"the udev id (e.g. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). \n"
-"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more then one\n"
+"The first match finally determines the class if a devices name matches more "
+"then one\n"
"regular expression.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"Door op de knop \"<b>%1</b>\" te drukken kunt u een bestand selecteren die regels\n"
-"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* A\").\n"
-"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de klasse op\n"
-"deze regel gestopt worden. De reguliere expressie wordt gehouden tegen de naam in\n"
+"Door op de knop \"<b>%1</b>\" te drukken kunt u een bestand selecteren die "
+"regels\n"
+"bevat met een reguliere expressie en een naam van een klasse (bijv. \"sda.* "
+"A\").\n"
+"Alle apparaten die overeenkomen met de reguliere expressie zullen in de "
+"klasse op\n"
+"deze regel gestopt worden. De reguliere expressie wordt gehouden tegen de "
+"naam in\n"
"de kernel (bijv. /dev/sda1), de padnaam van udev (bijv.\n"
-"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id (bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste overeenkomst bepaalt\n"
-"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt met de\n"
+"/dev/disk/by-path/pci-0000:00:1f.2-scsi-0:0:0:0-part1) en het udev-id "
+"(bijv. /dev/disk/by-id/ata-ST3500418AS_9VMN8X8L-part1). De eerste "
+"overeenkomst bepaalt\n"
+"uiteindelijk de klasse als een apparaatnaam meer dan één keer overeenkomt "
+"met de\n"
"reguliere expressie.</p>"
#. headline text
@@ -5358,7 +5563,8 @@
"Invalid Size specified. Use number followed by K, M, G or %.\n"
"Value must be above 100k or between 1% and 200%. Try again."
msgstr ""
-"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruikeen getal gevolgd door K, M, G or %.\n"
+"Ongeldige grootte gespecificeerd. Gebruikeen getal gevolgd door K, M, G or "
+"%.\n"
"De waarde moet boven 100k of tussen 1% en 200% liggen. Probeer het opnieuw."
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:290
@@ -5369,7 +5575,8 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:297
msgid ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs Size:</b>\n"
-"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or Gigabyte or\n"
+"Size may be either entered as a number followed by K,M,G for Kilo-, Mega- or "
+"Gigabyte or\n"
"as a number followed by a percent sign meaning percentage of memory.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Tmpfs-grootte:</b>\n"
@@ -5394,7 +5601,8 @@
"Enter the swap priority. Higher numbers mean higher priority.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Prioriteit van wisselgeheugen:</b>\n"
-"Geef de prioriteit van het wisselgeheugen op. Hogere getallen geven een hogere prioriteit aan.</p>\n"
+"Geef de prioriteit van het wisselgeheugen op. Hogere getallen geven een "
+"hogere prioriteit aan.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:481
@@ -5405,7 +5613,8 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:485
msgid ""
"<p><b>Mount Read-Only:</b>\n"
-"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During installation\n"
+"Writing to the file system is not possible. Default is false. During "
+"installation\n"
"the file system is always mounted read-write.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Als alleen-lezen aankoppelen:</b>\n"
@@ -5424,7 +5633,8 @@
"Access times are not updated when a file is read. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Geen toegangstijd:</b>\n"
-"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. Standaard onwaar.</p>\n"
+"Wanneer een bestand wordt gelezen worden de toegangstijden niet bijgewerkt. "
+"Standaard onwaar.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:511
@@ -5438,7 +5648,8 @@
"The file system may be mounted by an ordinary user. Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Door gebruiker aan te koppelen:</b>\n"
-"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. Standaard onwaar.</p>\n"
+"Het bestandssysteem mag door een gewone gebruiker aangekoppeld worden. "
+"Standaard onwaar.</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:528
@@ -5451,14 +5662,19 @@
"<p><b>Do Not Mount at System Start-up:</b>\n"
"The file system is not automatically mounted when the system starts.\n"
"An entry in /etc/fstab is created and the file system is mounted\n"
-"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></tt>\n"
-"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
+"with the appropriate options when the command <tt>mount <mount point></"
+"tt>\n"
+"is entered (<mount point> is the directory to which the file system is "
+"mounted). Default is false.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Niet tijdens opstarten van systeem aankoppelen:</b>\n"
-"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het systeem aangekoppeld.\n"
+"Het bestandssysteem wordt niet automatisch tijdens het opstarten van het "
+"systeem aangekoppeld.\n"
"Er wordt een regel in /etc/fstab aangemaakt en het bestandssysteem zal\n"
-"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <aankoppelpunt></tt>\n"
-"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem is aangekoppeld).\n"
+"met de juiste opties aangekoppeld worden zodra het commando <tt>mount <"
+"aankoppelpunt></tt>\n"
+"wordt uitgevoerd (<aankoppelpunt> is de map waarop het bestandssysteem "
+"is aangekoppeld).\n"
"Standaard onwaar.</p>\n"
#. button text
@@ -5490,16 +5706,23 @@
"<tt>journal</tt> -- All data is committed to the journal prior to being\n"
"written into the main file system. Highest performance impact.<br>\n"
"<tt>ordered</tt> -- All data is forced directly out to the main file system\n"
-"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance impact.<br>\n"
-"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact.</p>\n"
+"prior to its metadata being committed to the journal. Medium performance "
+"impact.<br>\n"
+"<tt>writeback</tt> -- Data ordering is not preserved. No performance impact."
+"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Gegevens-journaling-modus:</b>\n"
"Specificeert de journalingmodus voor bestandsgegevens.\n"
-"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd voordat\n"
-"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste prestatieverlies<br>\n"
-"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem zelf\n"
-"geschreven voordat de metadata aan het journaal wordt toevertrouwd. Gemiddeld prestatieverlies<br>\n"
-"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen prestatieverlies</p>\n"
+"<tt>journaal</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden aan het journaal toevertrouwd "
+"voordat\n"
+"ze naar het bestandssysteem zelf worden geschreven. Hoogste "
+"prestatieverlies<br>\n"
+"<tt>geordend</tt> -- Alle gegevens worden direct naar het bestandssysteem "
+"zelf\n"
+"geschreven voordat de metadata aan het journaal wordt toevertrouwd. "
+"Gemiddeld prestatieverlies<br>\n"
+"<tt>terugschrijven</tt> -- De gegevensvolgorde wordt niet behouden. Geen "
+"prestatieverlies</p>\n"
#. button text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:606
@@ -5535,14 +5758,19 @@
msgstr "Willekeurige optie-&waarde"
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:647
-msgid "Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try again."
-msgstr "Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw."
+msgid ""
+"Invalid characters in arbitrary option value. Do not use spaces or tabs. Try "
+"again."
+msgstr ""
+"Ongeldige tekens in willekeurige waarde van een optie. Gebruik geen spaties "
+"of tabs. Probeer het opnieuw."
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:651
msgid ""
"<p><b>Arbitrary Option Value:</b>\n"
-"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /etc/fstab.\n"
+"In this field, type any legal mount option allowed in the fourth field of /"
+"etc/fstab.\n"
"Multiple options are separated by commas.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aanvullende opties:</b>\n"
@@ -5562,7 +5790,8 @@
"Set the charset used for display of file names in Windows partitions.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Karakterset voor bestandsnamen:</b>\n"
-"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows partities gebruikt moet worden.</p>\n"
+"Stelt de karakterset in die voor het weergeven van bestandsnamen in Windows "
+"partities gebruikt moet worden.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:700
@@ -5573,10 +5802,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:706
msgid ""
"<p><b>Codepage for Short FAT Names:</b>\n"
-"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file systems.</p>\n"
+"This codepage is used for converting to shortname characters on FAT file "
+"systems.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Codepagina voor korte FAT namen:</b>\n"
-"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters op FAT bestandssystemen.</p>\n"
+"Deze codepagina wordt gebruikt voor de conversie naar korte-naam karakters "
+"op FAT bestandssystemen.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:720
@@ -5587,10 +5818,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:726
msgid ""
"<p><b>Number of FATs:</b>\n"
-"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default is 2.</p>"
+"Specify the number of file allocation tables in the file system. The default "
+"is 2.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aantal FAT's:</b>\n"
-"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. De standaard is 2.</p>"
+"Specificeert het aantal bestand allocatie tabellen in het bestandssysteem. "
+"De standaard is 2.</p>"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:735
@@ -5601,10 +5834,15 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p><b>FAT Size:</b>\n"
-"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable for the file system size.</p>\n"
+"Specifies the type of file allocation tables used (12, 16, or 32-bit). If "
+"auto is specified, YaST will automatically select the value most suitable "
+"for the file system size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FAT grootte:</b>\n"
-"Specificeert het type bestand-allocatie-tabel dat gebruikt wordt (12, 16 of 32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen zal YaST automatisch die waarde selecteren die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem.</p>\n"
+"Specificeert het type bestand-allocatie-tabel dat gebruikt wordt (12, 16 of "
+"32-bit). Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen zal YaST automatisch die "
+"waarde selecteren die het beste past bij de grootte van het bestandssysteem."
+"</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:755
@@ -5614,7 +5852,8 @@
#. popup text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:763
msgid "The minimum size for \"Root Dir Entries\" is 112. Try again."
-msgstr "De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens."
+msgstr ""
+"De minimale grootte voor \"Hoofdmapitems\" is 112. Probeer het nog eens."
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:767
@@ -5634,10 +5873,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p><b>Hash Function:</b>\n"
-"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names in directories.</p>\n"
+"This specifies the name of the hash function to use to sort the file names "
+"in directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Hash-functie:</b>\n"
-"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash functie die gebruikt wordt voor het sorteren van de bestandsnamen in mappen.</p>\n"
+"Dit specificeert de naam van de hash functie die gebruikt wordt voor het "
+"sorteren van de bestandsnamen in mappen.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:796
@@ -5648,10 +5889,16 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:803
msgid ""
"<p><b>FS Revision:</b>\n"
-"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to 2.4.</p>\n"
+"This option defines the reiserfs format revision to use. '3.5' is for "
+"backwards compatibility with kernels of the 2.2.x series. '3.6' is more "
+"recent, but can only be used with kernel versions greater than or equal to "
+"2.4.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>FS revisie:</b>\n"
-"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs formaat dat gebruikt moet worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen gebruikt worden met kernel versies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.</p>\n"
+"Deze optie definieert de revisie van het reiserfs formaat dat gebruikt moet "
+"worden. '3.5' is voor achterwaartse compatibiliteit met kernels van de 2.2.x "
+"series. '3.6' is meer recent, maar kan alleen gebruikt worden met kernel "
+"versies gelijk aan of groter dan 2.4.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -5663,10 +5910,14 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:823
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, 2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 512, 1024, "
+"2048 and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the standard block size "
+"of 4096 is used.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Blokgrootte:</b>\n"
-"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgrootte waarden zijn 512, 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is geselecteerd, dan zal de standaard blokgrootte 4096 gebruikt worden.</p>\n"
+"Specificeer de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige blokgrootte waarden zijn 512, "
+"1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Als automatisch instellen is "
+"geselecteerd, dan zal de standaard blokgrootte 4096 gebruikt worden.</p>\n"
#. label text
#. label text
@@ -5693,10 +5944,13 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:875
msgid ""
"<p><b>Percentage of Inode Space:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
+"The option \"Percentage of Inode Space\" specifies the maximum percentage of "
+"space in the file system that can be allocated to inodes.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Percentage voor inode-ruimte:</b>\n"
-"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximum percentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan inodes.</p>\n"
+"De optie \"Percentage voor inode-ruimte\" specificeert het maximum "
+"percentage aan ruimte in het bestandssysteem dat kan worden toegewezen aan "
+"inodes.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:884
@@ -5707,14 +5961,17 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:890
msgid ""
"<p><b>Inode Aligned:</b>\n"
-"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is or\n"
+"The option \"Inode Aligned\" is used to specify whether inode allocation is "
+"or\n"
"is not aligned. By default inodes are aligned, which\n"
"is usually more efficient than unaligned access.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Inode aaneengesloten:</b>\n"
-"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een inode allocatie\n"
+"De optie \"Inode aaneengesloten\" wordt gebruikt om te specificeren of een "
+"inode allocatie\n"
"al dan niet aaneengesloten is. Standaard zijn de inodes aaneengesloten.\n"
-"Aaneengesloten inode toegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet aaneengesloten toegang.</p>\n"
+"Aaneengesloten inode toegang is gewoonlijk efficiënter dan niet "
+"aaneengesloten toegang.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:920
@@ -5735,10 +5992,12 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:934
msgid ""
"<p><b>Log Size</b>\n"
-"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the aggregate size.</p>\n"
+"Set the log size (in megabytes). If auto, the default is 40% of the "
+"aggregate size.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Loggrootte</b>\n"
-"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat doen, dan is de totale grootte standaard 40%.</p>\n"
+"Stelt de log grootte (in megabytes) in. Wanneer men dit automatisch laat "
+"doen, dan is de totale grootte standaard 40%.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:942
@@ -5776,10 +6035,15 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Block Size:</b>\n"
-"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
+"Specify the size of blocks in bytes. Valid block size values are 1024, 2048, "
+"and 4096 bytes per block. If auto is selected, the block size is determined "
+"by the file system size and the expected use of the file system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Blokgrootte:</b>\n"
-"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en 4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te verwachten gebruik er van.</p>\n"
+"Specificeert de blokgrootte in bytes. Geldige waarden zijn 1024, 2048 en "
+"4096 bytes per blok. Bij een automatische instelling wordt de blokgrootte "
+"bepaald aan de hand van de grootte van het bestandssysteem en het te "
+"verwachten gebruik er van.</p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:996
@@ -5795,17 +6059,23 @@
"bytes-per-inode ratio, the fewer inodes will be created. Generally, this\n"
"value should not be smaller than the block size of the file system, or else\n"
"too many inodes will be created. It is not possible to expand the number of\n"
-"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a reasonable\n"
+"inodes on a file system after its creation. So be sure to enter a "
+"reasonable\n"
"value for this parameter.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Bytes per inode:</b>\n"
-"Specificeert de bytes tot inode verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor elke\n"
+"Specificeert de bytes tot inode verhouding. YaST maakt een inode aan voor "
+"elke\n"
"<bytes-per-inode> bytes schijfruimte. Hoe groter de verhouding\n"
"bytes-per-inode, des te minder inodes er worden aangemaakt. In het algemeen\n"
-"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het bestandssysteem,\n"
-"er worden anders te veel inodes aangemaakt. Denk er om dat het niet mogelijk is\n"
-"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het aangemaakt is.\n"
-"Wees er dus zeker van dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.</p>\n"
+"moet deze waarde niet kleiner zijn dan de blokgrootte van het "
+"bestandssysteem,\n"
+"er worden anders te veel inodes aangemaakt. Denk er om dat het niet mogelijk "
+"is\n"
+"om het aantal inodes van een bestandssysteem te vergroten nadat het "
+"aangemaakt is.\n"
+"Wees er dus zeker van dat u een redelijke waarde aan deze parameter geeft.</"
+"p>\n"
#. label text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1018
@@ -5824,8 +6094,17 @@
#. xgettext: no-c-format
#. help text, richtext format
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1033
-msgid "<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally 1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved default is 0.1.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root:</b> Specificeert het, voor de systeembeheerder, gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt normaal berekent zodat 1 Gig wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en het laagste voor het standaard gereserveerde is 0.1.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Percentage of Blocks Reserved for root:</b> Specify the percentage of "
+"blocks reserved for the super user. The default is computed so that normally "
+"1 Gig is reserved. Upper limit for reserved default is 5.0, lowest reserved "
+"default is 0.1.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>Percentage gereserveerde blokken voor root:</b> Specificeert het, voor "
+"de systeembeheerder, gereserveerde percentage blokken. De standaard wordt "
+"normaal berekent zodat 1 Gig wordt gereserveerd. De bovengrens voor het "
+"standaard gereserveerde is 5.0 en het laagste voor het standaard "
+"gereserveerde is 0.1.</p>"
#. checkbox text
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1042
@@ -5865,27 +6144,73 @@
#: src/modules/FileSystems.rb:1103
msgid ""
"<p><b>No Journal:</b>\n"
-"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you really\n"
+"Suppressed use of journaling on filesystem. Only activate this when you "
+"really\n"
"know what you are doing.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Geen journaal:</b>\n"
-"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit alleen wanneer\n"
+"Onderdruk het gebruik van journalering op het bestandssysteem. Activeer dit "
+"alleen wanneer\n"
"u echt weet wat u doet.</p>\n"
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
-msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+msgid "Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr "Handeling op de schijf %1 is niet toegestaan.\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
+#| "partition table.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
+#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+"\n"
+"De partitionering op uw schijf %1 is niet leesbaar of niet \n"
+"ondersteunt door het partitioneerprogramma 'parted' dat wordt\n"
+"gebruikt om de partitietabel te wijzigen.\n"
+"\n"
+"U kunt de partities op schijf %1 gebruiken zoals ze nu zijn\n"
+"of ze formatteren en aankoppelpunten toewijzen, maar u kunt\n"
+"geen partities aanmaken, bewerken, van grootte wijzigen of\n"
+"verwijderen op deze schijf.\n"
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+#| "supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
+#| "partition table.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+#| "format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
+#| "resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -5899,15 +6224,25 @@
"geen partities aanmaken, bewerken, van grootte wijzigen of\n"
"verwijderen op deze schijf.\n"
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "\n"
+#| "The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+#| "compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
+#| "partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
+#| "\n"
+#| "You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+#| "format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
+#| "or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -5922,7 +6257,7 @@
"van de schijf verwijderen.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5938,7 +6273,7 @@
"partities van deze schijf zullen daarmee verloren gaan.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5956,7 +6291,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr "Grootte-aanpassing niet mogelijk:"
@@ -5969,7 +6304,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5982,7 +6317,7 @@
"Mogelijk is het opgegeven wachtwoord voor versleuteling onjuist.\n"
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5993,7 +6328,7 @@
"Probeer het nog eens."
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -6005,24 +6340,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr "Wachtwoord voor versleuteling invo&eren:"
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr "Geef het wachtwoord"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr "De volgende versleutelde volumes zijn al beschikbaar."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr "Activeren van versleuteld volume"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -6032,14 +6367,15 @@
"De volgende volumes bevatten een versleutelde handtekening maar de \n"
"wachtwoorden zijn nog niet bekend.\n"
"De wachtwoorden moeten bekend zijn als de volumes nodig zijn ofwel \n"
-"gedurende het bijwerken of als zij een versleuteld LVM fysiek volume bevatten."
+"gedurende het bijwerken of als zij een versleuteld LVM fysiek volume "
+"bevatten."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr "Wilt u de wachtwoorden voor versleuteling leveren?"
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -6050,79 +6386,83 @@
"Wachtwoord zal worden geprobeerd voor alle apparaten."
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr "Voer het versleutelingswachtwoord in"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr "Er zijn geen versleutelde volumes om te ontgrendelen..."
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr "Het wachtwoord invoeren voor een van de volgende apparaten:"
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr "Het wachtwoord invoeren voor het volgende apparaat:"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr "Poging om de blokkering op te heffen van versleutelde volumes..."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr "Wachtwoord heeft geen enkel apparaat de blokkering opgeheven."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr "IDE-schijf"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr "SCSI-schijf"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr "Disk"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr "DM RAID"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr "MD RAID"
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr "De installatie van de benodigde pakketten is mislukt."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr "Doorgaan ondanks de fout?"
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
-msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
-msgstr "Partities kunnen niet worden aangemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf in gebruik zijn."
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
+msgid ""
+"Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
+msgstr ""
+"Partities kunnen niet worden aangemaakt omdat andere partities op de schijf "
+"in gebruik zijn."
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen bevat\n"
+"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat die een geactiveerd "
+"wisselgeheugen bevat\n"
"dat nodig is voor het uitvoeren van de installatie.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6132,17 +6472,18 @@
"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden gewijzigd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n"
"bevat die nodig zijn om de installatie uit te voeren.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd wisselgeheugen\n"
+"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het een geactiveerd "
+"wisselgeheugen\n"
"bevat dat nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
@@ -6152,7 +6493,7 @@
"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat het de installatiegegevens\n"
"bevat die nodig zijn voor de installatie.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6164,7 +6505,7 @@
"%2 zou wijzigen, welke het geactiveerde wisselgeheugen (swap) bevat dat\n"
"nodig is om de installatie uit te voeren.\n"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -6172,10 +6513,11 @@
msgstr ""
"\n"
"Apparaat %1 kan niet worden verwijderd omdat dit indirect apparaat\n"
-"%2 zou wijzigen, welke de gegevens bevat die nodig zijn voor de installatie.\n"
+"%2 zou wijzigen, welke de gegevens bevat die nodig zijn voor de "
+"installatie.\n"
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -6186,18 +6528,18 @@
"schijf %2 in gebruik zijn.\n"
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr "Niets toegevoegd aan het hoofdbestandssysteem!"
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr "Installatie zal hoogst waarschijnlijk totaal mislukken!"
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr "Toevoegen van de volgende oplosbaren is mislukt: %1"
@@ -6455,11 +6797,13 @@
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:346
msgid ""
"<b>Mount by</b> indicates how the file system\n"
-"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) by\n"
+"is mounted: (Kernel) by kernel name, (Label) by file system label, (UUID) "
+"by\n"
"file system UUID, (ID) by device ID, and (Path) by device path.\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Gekoppeld op</b> geeft aan hoe het bestandssysteem\n"
-"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, (UUID)\n"
+"is aangekoppeld: (Kernel) op kernelnaam, (Label) op bestandssysteemlabel, "
+"(UUID)\n"
"op bestandssysteem-UUID, (ID) op apparaat-ID, en (Path) op apparaatpad.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
@@ -6467,12 +6811,14 @@
msgid ""
"A question mark (?) indicates that\n"
"the file system is not listed in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. It is either mounted\n"
-"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this volume\n"
+"manually or by some automount system. When changing settings for this "
+"volume\n"
"YaST will not update <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>.\n"
msgstr ""
"Een vraagteken (?) geeft aan dat\n"
"het bestandssysteem niet vermeld staat in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>. Het is ofwel\n"
-"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een auto-aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen van\n"
+"handmatig aangekoppeld of door een auto-aankoppelsysteem. Bij het wijzigen "
+"van\n"
"de instellingen van dit volume zal YaST <tt>/etc/fstab</tt> niet bijwerken.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
@@ -6488,10 +6834,12 @@
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:374
msgid ""
"An asterisk (*) after the mount point\n"
-"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because it\n"
+"indicates a file system that is currently not mounted (for example, because "
+"it\n"
"has the <tt>noauto</tt> option set in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
msgstr ""
-"Een sterretje (*) achter het aankoppelpunt geeft aan dat het bestandssysteem\n"
+"Een sterretje (*) achter het aankoppelpunt geeft aan dat het "
+"bestandssysteem\n"
"momenteel niet is aangekoppeld (bijvoorbeeld omdat de optie <tt>noauto</tt>\n"
"is ingeschakeld in <tt>/etc/fstab</tt>)."
@@ -6557,7 +6905,8 @@
"logical volumes and, if greater than one, the stripe size in parenthesis.\n"
msgstr ""
"<b>Stripes</b> toont het aantal stripes voor LVM\n"
-"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-grootte.\n"
+"logische volumes en, indien groter dan één, tussen haakjes de stripe-"
+"grootte.\n"
#. helptext for table column and overview entry
#: src/modules/StorageFields.rb:439
@@ -6852,32 +7201,26 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
-msgid "Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system under Windows."
-msgstr "Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren."
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
+msgid ""
+"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system "
+"under Windows."
+msgstr ""
+"Het wijzigen van de grootte is niet mogelijk vanwege een inconsistent "
+"bestandssysteem. Probeer het bestandssysteem onder Windows te controleren."
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr "Op &LVM gebaseerd voorstel aanmaken"
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr "Volume groep &versleutelen"
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr "Bestandssysteem voor root-partitie"
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr "Bestandssysteem voor home-partitie"
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr "&Swap voor onderbreken vergroten"
@@ -6885,21 +7228,20 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr "Voorstel voor instellingen"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Om een op LVM gebaseerd voorstel te maken, kies de bijhorende knop. Het\n"
-"op LVM gebaseerde voorstel kan versleuteld worden.</p>\n"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -6912,39 +7254,61 @@
"de root-partitie vergroten.</p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Het voorstel kan een aparte home-partitie maken. Het bestandssysteem voor\n"
-"de home-partitie kan geselecteerd worden met de overeenkomstige keuzelijst.</p>"
+"<p>Het voorstel kan een aparte home-partitie maken. Het bestandssysteem "
+"voor\n"
+"de home-partitie kan geselecteerd worden met de overeenkomstige keuzelijst.</"
+"p>"
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>De swap-partitie kan groot genoeg worden gemaakt om in de meeste gevallen\n"
+"<p>De swap-partitie kan groot genoeg worden gemaakt om in de meeste "
+"gevallen\n"
"te worden gebruikt voor slaapstand naar schijf.</p>"
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr "Geef uw wachtwoord op voor de voorgestelde versleuteling."
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
msgid "Password:"
msgstr "Wachtwoord:"
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr "Herhaal het wachtwoord ter controle:"
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Partition Based"
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr "&Partitie-gebaseerd"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Op &LVM gebaseerd voorstel aanmaken"
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr "Op &LVM gebaseerd voorstel aanmaken"
+
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_address.ycp:88
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
@@ -6989,6 +7353,17 @@
msgid "Visible Information on Storage Devices:"
msgstr "Zichtbare informatie over opslagapparaten:"
+#~ msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
+#~ msgstr "Volume groep &versleutelen"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
+#~ "LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Om een op LVM gebaseerd voorstel te maken, kies de bijhorende knop. "
+#~ "Het\n"
+#~ "op LVM gebaseerde voorstel kan versleuteld worden.</p>\n"
+
#, fuzzy
#~| msgid "Saving file system configuration..."
#~ msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
@@ -7048,12 +7423,16 @@
#~ msgstr "&Btrfs als standaard bestandssysteem gebruiken"
#~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available."
-#~ msgstr "De commandline interface voor de partitionering module is niet beschikbaar."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De commandline interface voor de partitionering module is niet "
+#~ "beschikbaar."
#~ msgid ""
#~ "You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
-#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file system,\n"
-#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /boot.\n"
+#~ "mount point /. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file "
+#~ "system,\n"
+#~ "such as ext3 or ext4, for this mount point or an extra partition for /"
+#~ "boot.\n"
#~ "\n"
#~ "Really use this setup?\n"
#~ msgstr ""
@@ -7070,7 +7449,9 @@
#~ msgstr "Het verwijderen van sommige apparaten is mislukt."
#~ msgid "Command line interface for the partitioner module is not available"
-#~ msgstr "De commandoregelinterface voor de partitioneringsmodule is niet beschikbaar"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De commandoregelinterface voor de partitioneringsmodule is niet "
+#~ "beschikbaar"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "The selected device is currently mounted on %1.\n"
@@ -7087,7 +7468,8 @@
#~ "\n"
#~ "Klik op Annuleren tenzij u zeker weet waar u mee bezig bent.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Als u verder gaat zal YaST2 proberen de partitie te afkoppelen alvorens deze te verwijderen.\n"
+#~ "Als u verder gaat zal YaST2 proberen de partitie te afkoppelen alvorens "
+#~ "deze te verwijderen.\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Unmount of %1 failed.\n"
@@ -7117,15 +7499,22 @@
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p><b>Mount in /etc/fstab By:</b>\n"
#~ "Normally, a file system to mount is identified in /etc/fstab\n"
-#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system to mount\n"
-#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems can be\n"
-#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not possible.\n"
+#~ "by the device name. This identification can be changed so the file system "
+#~ "to mount\n"
+#~ "is found by searching for a UUID or a volume label. Not all file systems "
+#~ "can be\n"
+#~ "mounted by UUID or a volume label. If an option is disabled, it is not "
+#~ "possible.\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p><b>Aangekoppeld in /etc/fstab door:</b>\n"
-#~ "Normaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door de apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab.\n"
-#~ "Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan te koppelen bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door\n"
-#~ "te zoeken naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen kunnen aangekoppeld \n"
-#~ "worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, dan is dit onmogelijk.\n"
+#~ "Normaliter wordt een aan te koppelen bestandssysteem geïdentificeerd door "
+#~ "de apparaatnaam in /etc/fstab.\n"
+#~ "Deze identificatie kan gewijzigd worden zodat het aan te koppelen "
+#~ "bestandssysteem gevonden kan worden door\n"
+#~ "te zoeken naar een UUID of een volumelabel. Niet alle bestandssystemen "
+#~ "kunnen aangekoppeld \n"
+#~ "worden via een UUID of volumelabel. Wanneer een optie uitgeschakeld is, "
+#~ "dan is dit onmogelijk.\n"
#~ msgid "&Device name"
#~ msgstr "&Apparaat naam"
@@ -7148,21 +7537,28 @@
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "\n"
#~ "De bestandssysteem is momenteel aangekoppeld op %1.\n"
-#~ "Het is niet mogelijk de grootte van het bestandssysteem aan te passen als deze aangekoppeld is.\n"
+#~ "Het is niet mogelijk de grootte van het bestandssysteem aan te passen als "
+#~ "deze aangekoppeld is.\n"
#~ "\n"
-#~ "Het bestandssysteem eerst afkoppelen en de grootte-aanpassing daarna opnieuw uitvoeren.\n"
+#~ "Het bestandssysteem eerst afkoppelen en de grootte-aanpassing daarna "
+#~ "opnieuw uitvoeren.\n"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
-#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will create \n"
-#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose all \n"
+#~ "This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/"
+#~ "tmp.\n"
+#~ "You may leave the crypt password empty. If you do this, the system will "
+#~ "create \n"
+#~ "a random password at system startup for you. This means, you will lose "
+#~ "all \n"
#~ "data on these filesystems at system shutdown.\n"
#~ "</p>\n"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>\n"
-#~ "Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /tmp of /var/tmp.\n"
-#~ "U mag het crypt-wachtwoord leeg laten. Als u dit doet, maakt het systeem \n"
+#~ "Dit aankoppelpunt komt overeen met een tijdelijk bestandssysteem zoals /"
+#~ "tmp of /var/tmp.\n"
+#~ "U mag het crypt-wachtwoord leeg laten. Als u dit doet, maakt het "
+#~ "systeem \n"
#~ "een willekeurig wachtwoord voor u bij het opstarten van het systeem.\n"
#~ "Dit betekent dat alle gegevens op deze bestandssystemen verloren\n"
#~ "gaan wanneer het systeem wordt afgesloten.\n"
@@ -7216,9 +7612,6 @@
#~ msgid "Default Filesystem:"
#~ msgstr "Standaard bestandssysteem:"
-#~ msgid "&Partition Based"
-#~ msgstr "&Partitie-gebaseerd"
-
#~ msgid "&LVM Based"
#~ msgstr "&LVM-gebaseerd"
@@ -7230,10 +7623,14 @@
#~ "koppelingsmethode voor nieuw aangemaakte bestandssystemen.</p>"
#~ msgid "<P>To use these mount points, <BR>press <B>Yes</B>.</P>"
-#~ msgstr "<P>Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt gebruiken, <BR>klik dan op <B>Ja</B>.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt gebruiken, <BR>klik dan op <B>Ja</B>.</"
+#~ "P>"
#~ msgid "<P>To ignore these mount points, <BR> press <B>No</B>.</P>"
-#~ msgstr "<P>Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt negeren, <BR>klik dan op <B>Nee</B>.</P>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<P>Als u deze aankoppelpunten wilt negeren, <BR>klik dan op <B>Nee</B>.</"
+#~ "P>"
#~ msgid ""
#~ "Would you like to use these mount points\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/support.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: opensuse-i 18n\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-10-28 11:18+0100\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -35,52 +35,55 @@
msgstr "&Ondersteuning"
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr "Dialoog met overzicht van ondersteuningsinstellingen"
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr "SUSE ondersteuningscentrum openen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
-msgstr "Dit start een browser met verbinding naar het portaal van het SUSE Support Center."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit start een browser met verbinding naar het portaal van het SUSE Support "
+"Center."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr "Openen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr "Gegevens verzamelen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr "Dit maakt een tarball met de verzamelde logbestanden."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr "Tarball met rapporten maken"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr "Gegevens uploaden"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
-msgstr "Dit doet een upload van de verzamelde logs naar de gespecificeerde URL."
+msgstr ""
+"Dit doet een upload van de verzamelde logs naar de gespecificeerde URL."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr "Uploaden"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr "Kon geen geïnstalleerde browser vinden."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -92,184 +95,183 @@
"%1 in.\n"
"Webbrowser starten?\n"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr "Dialoog voor uploaden van ondersteuningsinstellingen"
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr "Opslaan als"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr "Map die opgeslagen moet worden"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr "Pakket met logbestanden"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr "Tarball met logbestanden uploaden naar URL"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr "Doel uploaden"
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr "Kan instellingen niet wegschrijven"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr "Kan instellingen niet wegschrijven."
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr "Map kiezen waar de tarball wordt opgeslagen"
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr "Bestand voor tarball met logbestanden kiezen"
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr "Instellingen van parameters in ondersteuningsinstellingen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr "Maak een volledige lijst van bestanden vanaf '/'"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr "Gedetailleerde schijfinformatie en scans uitzonderen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr "Root-bestandssysteem voor exemplaren van eDirectory doorzoeken"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr "Volledige lijst met SLP-service invoegen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr "Voer een rpm -V voor elke geïnstalleerde rpm"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr "Neem alle regels met logging mee, verzamel bovendien geroteerde logs"
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr "Standaards gebruiken (negeer /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr "Activeert alle ondersteuningsfuncties"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr "Vergaar een minimale hoeveelheid informatie"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr "Aangepaste (expert) instellingen gebruiken"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr "Opties"
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr "Ondersteuningsinstellingen van Geavanceerde instellingen"
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr "Standaard opties"
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr "Ondersteuningsinstellingen van Contactinstellingen"
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr "Contactinformatie"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr "Bedrijf"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr "E-mailadres"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Naam"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr "Telefoonnummer"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr "Opslag-ID"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr "Terminal-ID"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr "GPG-UID"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr "Upload-informatie"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr "Service-request-nummer van 11 cijfers "
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr "Het SR-nummer moet 11 cijfers zijn"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr "Verzamelen van gegevens"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr "Voortgang"
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr "Review van verzamelde gegevens"
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr "Bestandsnaam"
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr "Uit gegevens verwijderen"
@@ -289,7 +291,8 @@
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Initialisatie afbreken:</big></b><br>\n"
-"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> te klikken.</p>\n"
+"U kunt het configuratieprogramma veilig afbreken door nu op <b>Afbreken</b> "
+"te klikken.</p>\n"
#. Write dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:44
@@ -332,7 +335,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Een ondersteuning toevoegen:</big></b><br>\n"
"Kies een ondersteuning uit de lijst van gedetecteerde ondersteuningen.\n"
-"Als uw ondersteuning niet is gedetecteerd, gebruik <b>Ander (niet gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
+"Als uw ondersteuning niet is gedetecteerd, gebruik <b>Ander (niet "
+"gedetecteerd)</b>.\n"
"Druk dan op <b>Instellen</b>.</p>\n"
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
@@ -351,15 +355,20 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Opening SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use <b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
-"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure you write down\n"
+"To start a Web browser that opens the SUSE Support Center Portal, use "
+"<b>Open SUSE Support Center</b>.\n"
+"You can then open a Service Request with Global Technical Support. Make sure "
+"you write down\n"
"the Service Request number to include in the supportconfig data upload.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Openen van SUSE Support Center</big></b><br>\n"
-"Om een webbrowser te starten die de portal SUSE Support Center opent, gebruikt u <b>SUSE Support Center openen</b>.\n"
-"U kunt dan een Service Request openen bij Global Technical Support. Ga na dat u het Service Request number\n"
-"opschrijft om in te voegen in de up te loaden gegevens van de supportconfig.</p>\n"
+"Om een webbrowser te starten die de portal SUSE Support Center opent, "
+"gebruikt u <b>SUSE Support Center openen</b>.\n"
+"U kunt dan een Service Request openen bij Global Technical Support. Ga na "
+"dat u het Service Request number\n"
+"opschrijft om in te voegen in de up te loaden gegevens van de supportconfig."
+"</p>\n"
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:80
@@ -368,7 +377,9 @@
"To run the supportconfig data collection tool, use <b>Collect Data</b></p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Gegevens verzamelen</big></b><br>\n"
-"Om het hulpmiddel voor het verzamelen van gegevens van de ondersteuningsinstellingen uit te voeren, gebruik <b>Gegevens verzamelen</b></p>"
+"Om het hulpmiddel voor het verzamelen van gegevens van de "
+"ondersteuningsinstellingen uit te voeren, gebruik <b>Gegevens verzamelen</"
+"b></p>"
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:84
@@ -378,18 +389,21 @@
"The server may or may not be Global Technical Support.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Verzamelde gegevens uploaden</big></b><br>\n"
-"Om de reeds verzamelde gegevens naar een server te uploaden, gebruik <b>Gegevens uploaden</b>.\n"
+"Om de reeds verzamelde gegevens naar een server te uploaden, gebruik "
+"<b>Gegevens uploaden</b>.\n"
"De server kan wel of niet de Global Technical Support zijn.</p>"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Supportconfig Options</big></b><br>\n"
-"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default settings,\n"
+"Select an option to override the defaults. You can use the default "
+"settings,\n"
"gather the most data or only gather a minimum amount of data."
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Opties van Supportconfig</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer een optie om de standaards te overschrijven. U kunt de standaard instellingen gebruiken,\n"
+"Selecteer een optie om de standaards te overschrijven. U kunt de standaard "
+"instellingen gebruiken,\n"
"de meeste gegevens verzamelen of alleen een minimale hoeveelheid gegevens."
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/3
@@ -400,7 +414,8 @@
"to select specific data sets to collect.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Instellingen voor de expert</big></b><br>\n"
-"Selecteer <b>Aangepast gebruiken</b> en klik op de knop <b>Instellingen voor de expert</b>\n"
+"Selecteer <b>Aangepast gebruiken</b> en klik op de knop <b>Instellingen voor "
+"de expert</b>\n"
"om specifieke gegevenssets te selecteren om te verzamelen.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 3/3
@@ -408,68 +423,87 @@
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Collect additional information. Usually these options are not\n"
-"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</p>\n"
+"necessary, but can be included if circumstances require more information.</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Opties</big></b><br>\n"
"Verzamel extra informatie. Deze opties zijn gewoonlijk niet\n"
-"nodig, maar kan ingevoegd worden als omstandigheden meer informatie vereisen.</p>\n"
+"nodig, maar kan ingevoegd worden als omstandigheden meer informatie vereisen."
+"</p>\n"
#. Expert dialog help 1/1
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Default Options</b></big><br>\n"
-"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the supportconfig tarball.</p>"
+"Select or deselect each of the data sets you would like to include in the "
+"supportconfig tarball.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Standaard opties</b></big><br>\n"
-"Selecteer maak selectie ongedaan van elk van de sets gegevens die u zou willen invoegen in de tarball van supportconfig.</p>"
+"Selecteer maak selectie ongedaan van elk van de sets gegevens die u zou "
+"willen invoegen in de tarball van supportconfig.</p>"
#. Contact dialog help 1/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:112
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Contact Information</b></big><br>\n"
-"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to include\n"
-"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment.txt file.</p>"
+"Fill in each of the contact information fields that you would like to "
+"include\n"
+"in the supportconfig tarball. The fields are saved in the basic-environment."
+"txt file.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><big><b>Contactinformatie</b></big><br>\n"
"Vul alle velden van de contactinformatie in die u zou willen invoegen\n"
-"in de tarball van supportconfig. De velden worden opgeslagen in het bestand basic-environment.txt file.</p>"
+"in de tarball van supportconfig. De velden worden opgeslagen in het bestand "
+"basic-environment.txt file.</p>"
#. Contact dialog help 2/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:118
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Upload Information</big></b><br>\n"
-"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported upload services include\n"
-"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball filename in your upload target,\n"
-"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual tarball filename.\n"
+"The upload target is the supportconfig tarball's destination URI. Supported "
+"upload services include\n"
+"ftp, http, https, scp. If you need to include the supportconfig tarball "
+"filename in your upload target,\n"
+"use the <i>tarball</i> keyword. This will get replaced with the actual "
+"tarball filename.\n"
"See <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> for further details.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Uploadinformatie</big></b><br>\n"
-"De uploadbestemming is de bestemmings-URI van de tarball van supportconfig. ondersteunde upload-services omvatten\n"
-"ftp, http, https, scp. Als het nodig is de bestandsnaam van de tarball van supportconfig in uw uploadbestemming in te voegen,\n"
-"gebruik dan het sleutelwoord <i>tarball</i>. Deze zal vervangen worden door de actuele bestandsnaam van de tarball.\n"
+"De uploadbestemming is de bestemmings-URI van de tarball van supportconfig. "
+"ondersteunde upload-services omvatten\n"
+"ftp, http, https, scp. Als het nodig is de bestandsnaam van de tarball van "
+"supportconfig in uw uploadbestemming in te voegen,\n"
+"gebruik dan het sleutelwoord <i>tarball</i>. Deze zal vervangen worden door "
+"de actuele bestandsnaam van de tarball.\n"
"Zie <i>man supportconfig(1)</i> voor verdere details.</p>"
#. Contact dialog help 3/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:126
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Upload Target Examples</big></b><br>\n"
-"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n"
+"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</"
+"i><br>\n"
"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n"
"scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Voorbeelden van uploadbestemmingen</big></b><br>\n"
-"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</i><br>\n"
+"https://secure-www.novell.com/upload?appname=supportconfig&file=<i>tarball</"
+"i><br>\n"
"ftp://ftp.novell.com/incoming<br>\n"
"scp://central.server.foo.com/supportconfig/archives</p>"
#. Contact dialog help 4/4
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support,\n"
-"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open service request.\n"
+"<p><b>Note:</b> If you are uploading a supportconfig tarball to Global "
+"Technical Support,\n"
+"make sure you include the 11-digit service request number from your open "
+"service request.\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Als u een tarball met supportconfig aan het uploaden bent naar Global Technical Support,\n"
-"ga dan na dat u het elf-cijferige service-request-number invoegt uit uw geopend service-request.\n"
+"<p><b>Opmerking:</b> Als u een tarball met supportconfig aan het uploaden "
+"bent naar Global Technical Support,\n"
+"ga dan na dat u het elf-cijferige service-request-number invoegt uit uw "
+"geopend service-request.\n"
#. Collecting data dialkog help 1/1
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:137
@@ -484,23 +518,29 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:141
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Collected Data Review</big></b><br>\n"
-"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some of the collected data,\n"
+"Review the data collected by supportconfig. If you do not want to share some "
+"of the collected data,\n"
"use <b>Remove from Data</b> and the selected file will be removed.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b><big>Overzicht van Verzamelde gegevens</big></b><br>\n"
-"Bekijk de gegevens verzameld door supportconfig. Als u enige van de verzamelde gegevens niet wilt delen,\n"
-"gebruik dan <b>Uit gegevens verwijderen</b> en het geselecteerde bestand zal verwijderd worden.</p>\n"
+"Bekijk de gegevens verzameld door supportconfig. Als u enige van de "
+"verzamelde gegevens niet wilt delen,\n"
+"gebruik dan <b>Uit gegevens verwijderen</b> en het geselecteerde bestand zal "
+"verwijderd worden.</p>\n"
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/3
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:148
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></"
+"b><br>\n"
"If you want to store a copy of the supportconfig tarball, select the target\n"
"directory and make sure that this option is checked.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Tarball van supportconfig uploaden naar Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
-"Als u een kopie van de tarball van supportconfig wilt opslaan, selecteer dan de\n"
+"<p><b><big>Tarball van supportconfig uploaden naar Global Technical Support</"
+"big></b><br>\n"
+"Als u een kopie van de tarball van supportconfig wilt opslaan, selecteer dan "
+"de\n"
"doelmap en ga na dat deze optie is geactiveerd.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
@@ -509,7 +549,8 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:155 src/include/support/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Upload URL</big></b><br>\n"
-"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded\n"
+"This option has the location to which the supportconfig tarball will be "
+"uploaded\n"
"as default value.\n"
"Change this value only in special cases.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -534,13 +575,16 @@
#: src/include/support/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Upload supportconfig tarball to Global Technical Support</big></"
+"b><br>\n"
"If you have already created the supportconfig tarball, write the full path\n"
"into the <i>Package with log files</i> field.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<p><b><big>Tarball van supportconfig uploaden naar Global Technical Support</big></b><br>\n"
-"Als u de tarball van supportconfig al hebt gemaakt, schrijf het volledige pad\n"
+"<p><b><big>Tarball van supportconfig uploaden naar Global Technical Support</"
+"big></b><br>\n"
+"Als u de tarball van supportconfig al hebt gemaakt, schrijf het volledige "
+"pad\n"
"in het veld <i>Pakket met logbestanden</i>.\n"
"<br></p>\n"
@@ -602,11 +646,13 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:39
msgid "Current system service states. chkconfig.txt"
-msgstr "Laat een lijst zien van de huidige systeem service statussen. chkconfig.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Laat een lijst zien van de huidige systeem service statussen. chkconfig.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:42
msgid "Information related to capturing a system core dump. crash.txt"
-msgstr "Informatie gerelateerd aan het opvangen van een systeemkerndump. crash.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Informatie gerelateerd aan het opvangen van een systeemkerndump. crash.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:45
msgid "Information related to cron and at. cron.txt"
@@ -614,7 +660,8 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:48
msgid "Disk, file system mounts and partition information. fs-diskio.txt"
-msgstr "Schijf, bestandssysteemkoppelingen en partitie-informatie. fs-diskio.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Schijf, bestandssysteemkoppelingen en partitie-informatie. fs-diskio.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:51
msgid "Domain Name Service information. dns.txt"
@@ -622,19 +669,29 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:54
msgid "Novell eDirectory health check information. novell-edir.txt"
-msgstr "Informatie over de controle op de gezondheid van de Novell eDirectory. novell-edir.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Informatie over de controle op de gezondheid van de Novell eDirectory. "
+"novell-edir.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:57
-msgid "System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env.txt"
-msgstr "Systeemomgeving-informatie, inclusief sysctl en de omgeving van root. env.txt"
+msgid ""
+"System environment information, including sysctl and root's environment. env."
+"txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Systeemomgeving-informatie, inclusief sysctl en de omgeving van root. env.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:60
-msgid "Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files in /etc. etc.txt"
-msgstr "Verkrijgt recursief *.conf bestanden, samen met verschillende andere configuratiebestanden in /etc. etc.txt"
+msgid ""
+"Recursively gets *.conf files, along with various other configuration files "
+"in /etc. etc.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Verkrijgt recursief *.conf bestanden, samen met verschillende andere "
+"configuratiebestanden in /etc. etc.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:63
msgid "Enterprise Volume Management System-related information. evms.txt"
-msgstr "Aan Enterprise Volume Management System gerelateerde informatie. evms.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Aan Enterprise Volume Management System gerelateerde informatie. evms.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:66
msgid "Heartbeat/high availabilty cluster information. ha.txt"
@@ -646,11 +703,16 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:72
msgid "LDAP related information, including a root DSE search. ldap.txt"
-msgstr "LDAP gerelateerde informatie, inclusief een root DSE doorzoeking. ldap.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"LDAP gerelateerde informatie, inclusief een root DSE doorzoeking. ldap.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:75
-msgid "Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt"
-msgstr "Aan Novell Linux User Management gerelateerde informatie, inclusief zoeken in objecten van een root DSE, UNIX Config en workstation. novell-lum.txt"
+msgid ""
+"Novell Linux User Management-related information, including a root DSE, UNIX "
+"Config and workstation object searches. novell-lum.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Aan Novell Linux User Management gerelateerde informatie, inclusief zoeken "
+"in objecten van een root DSE, UNIX Config en workstation. novell-lum.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:78
msgid "Linux Volume Management-related information. lvm.txt"
@@ -678,7 +740,8 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:96
msgid "Network-related information, including firewall rules. network.txt"
-msgstr "Aan Network gerelateerde informatie, inclusief firewall rules. network.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Aan Network gerelateerde informatie, inclusief firewall rules. network.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:99
msgid "Network File System-related information. nfs.txt"
@@ -705,8 +768,12 @@
msgstr "Aan OpenWBEM gerelateerde informatie. openwbem.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:117
-msgid "Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account information. pam.txt"
-msgstr "Aan Pluggable Authentication Module gerelateerde informatie, inclusief informatie over gebruikersaccounts. pam.txt"
+msgid ""
+"Pluggable Authentication Module-related information, including user account "
+"information. pam.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Aan Pluggable Authentication Module gerelateerde informatie, inclusief "
+"informatie over gebruikersaccounts. pam.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:120
msgid "Printing and CUPS-related information. print.txt"
@@ -725,8 +792,12 @@
msgstr "Aan Update-cliënt gerelateerde informatie. updates.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:132
-msgid "System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR data files. sar.txt"
-msgstr "Aan System Activity Reporting gerelateerde informatie, inclusief kopieën van de SAR gegevensbestanden. sar.txt"
+msgid ""
+"System Activity Reporting-related information, including copies of the SAR "
+"data files. sar.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Aan System Activity Reporting gerelateerde informatie, inclusief kopieën van "
+"de SAR gegevensbestanden. sar.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:135
msgid "SLES Real Time kernel-related information. slert.txt"
@@ -738,12 +809,18 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:141
msgid ""
-"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n"
-"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n"
+"Self-Monitoring, Analysis, and Reporting Technology-related information for "
+"hard disks. WARNING: Some hard disk controllers and drives do not\n"
+"behave nicely. Probing SMART data has been known to change file systems to "
+"read only mode or even hang the server. Make sure probing SMART data\n"
"works in your environment before enabling this option. fs-smartmon.txt\n"
msgstr ""
-"Aan Self-Monitoring, Analysis en Reporting Technology gerelateerde informatie voor harde schijven. WAARSCHUWING: Sommige harde schijf controllers en apparaten gedragen\n"
-"zich niet netjes. Van probing SMART-gegevens is bekend dat ze soms bestandssystemen wijzigen in de modus allee-lezen of zelfs de server laten hangen. Ga na dat probing SMART gegevens\n"
+"Aan Self-Monitoring, Analysis en Reporting Technology gerelateerde "
+"informatie voor harde schijven. WAARSCHUWING: Sommige harde schijf "
+"controllers en apparaten gedragen\n"
+"zich niet netjes. Van probing SMART-gegevens is bekend dat ze soms "
+"bestandssystemen wijzigen in de modus allee-lezen of zelfs de server laten "
+"hangen. Ga na dat probing SMART gegevens\n"
"in uw omgeving werkt alvorens deze optie in te schakelen. fs-smartmon.txt\n"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:146
@@ -776,32 +853,59 @@
msgstr "Aan XEN virtualization gerelateerde informatie. xen.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:167
-msgid "Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e"
-msgstr "Vertelt aan supportconfig om het bestandssysteem te doorzoeken op alle exemplaren van eDirectory bestanden. Indien geactiveerd, wordt ADD_OPTION_FSLIST ook automatisch geactiveerd. -e"
+msgid ""
+"Tells supportconfig to search the file system for all eDirectory instances "
+"files. If set, ADD_OPTION_FSLIST is automatically set as well. -e"
+msgstr ""
+"Vertelt aan supportconfig om het bestandssysteem te doorzoeken op alle "
+"exemplaren van eDirectory bestanden. Indien geactiveerd, wordt "
+"ADD_OPTION_FSLIST ook automatisch geactiveerd. -e"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:170
-msgid "A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt"
-msgstr "Een volledige bestandslijst met gebruikmaking van find vanaf de root van het bestandssyteem. -L, fs-files.txt"
+msgid ""
+"A full file list using find from the root of the filesytem. -L, fs-files.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Een volledige bestandslijst met gebruikmaking van find vanaf de root van het "
+"bestandssyteem. -L, fs-files.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:173
-msgid "Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if available. -l"
-msgstr "Voegt het gehele logbestand toe, inclusief commentaar, in plaats van alleen het aantal VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT regels daarvan. Ook geroteerde logs worden toefevoegd indien beschikbaar. -l"
+msgid ""
+"Includes the entire log file, including comments, instead of just "
+"VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT lines of it. Additional rotated logs are included if "
+"available. -l"
+msgstr ""
+"Voegt het gehele logbestand toe, inclusief commentaar, in plaats van alleen "
+"het aantal VAR_OPTION_LINE_COUNT regels daarvan. Ook geroteerde logs worden "
+"toefevoegd indien beschikbaar. -l"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:176
msgid "Minimizes the amount of disk information and detailed scanning. -d"
-msgstr "Minimaliseert de hoeveelheid schijfinformatie en gedetailleerde scanning. -d"
+msgstr ""
+"Minimaliseert de hoeveelheid schijfinformatie en gedetailleerde scanning. -d"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:179
-msgid "Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option minimizes the amount of each file retrieved."
-msgstr "Normaal worden alle logs in /var/log/YaST2/* meegenomen. Deze optie minimaliseert de hoeveelheid van elk opgehaald bestand."
+msgid ""
+"Normally all of the /var/log/YaST2/* logs are included. This option "
+"minimizes the amount of each file retrieved."
+msgstr ""
+"Normaal worden alle logs in /var/log/YaST2/* meegenomen. Deze optie "
+"minimaliseert de hoeveelheid van elk opgehaald bestand."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:182
-msgid "Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
-msgstr "Draait een rpm -V op ieder geïnstalleerd RPM-pakket. Dit neemt enige tijd om gereed te komen. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
+msgid ""
+"Runs an rpm -V on every installed RPM package. This takes some time to "
+"complete. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Draait een rpm -V op ieder geïnstalleerd RPM-pakket. Dit neemt enige tijd om "
+"gereed te komen. -v, rpm-verify.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:185
-msgid "Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt"
-msgstr "Normaal worden alleen de basis SLP-servicetypes getoond. Deze optie staat u toe om elk ontdekt servicetype individueel te bevragen. -s, slp.txt"
+msgid ""
+"Normally only the base SLP service types are listed. This option allows you "
+"to query each of the discovered service types individually. -s, slp.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Normaal worden alleen de basis SLP-servicetypes getoond. Deze optie staat u "
+"toe om elk ontdekt servicetype individueel te bevragen. -s, slp.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:188
msgid "Company name to include in the basic-environment.txt"
@@ -809,7 +913,8 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:191
msgid "Contact's email address to include in the basic-environment.txt"
-msgstr "Het e-mailadres van het contact om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Het e-mailadres van het contact om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:194
msgid "Contact's name to include in the basic-environment.txt"
@@ -817,39 +922,70 @@
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:197
msgid "Contact's phone number to include in the basic-environment.txt"
-msgstr "Telefoonnummer van het contact om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt"
+msgstr ""
+"Telefoonnummer van het contact om in te voegen in de basic-environment.txt"
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:200
-msgid "The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the entire file."
-msgstr "Het aantal in te voegen regels bij het verkrijgen van een logbetand. Nul betekent neem het gehele bestand."
+msgid ""
+"The number of lines to include when getting a log file. Zero means get the "
+"entire file."
+msgstr ""
+"Het aantal in te voegen regels bij het verkrijgen van een logbetand. Nul "
+"betekent neem het gehele bestand."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:203
-msgid "The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is always used."
-msgstr "De locatie van de tarball van supportconfig. De eerste geldige locatie in de lijst wordt altijd gebruikt."
+msgid ""
+"The supportconfig tarball location. The first valid location in the list is "
+"always used."
+msgstr ""
+"De locatie van de tarball van supportconfig. De eerste geldige locatie in de "
+"lijst wordt altijd gebruikt."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:206
-msgid "The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the entire file."
-msgstr "Het maximum aantal te nemen regels uit /var/log/messages. Nul betekent het gehele bestand."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of /var/log/messages lines to get. Zero means get the "
+"entire file."
+msgstr ""
+"Het maximum aantal te nemen regels uit /var/log/messages. Nul betekent het "
+"gehele bestand."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:209
-msgid "The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the supportconfig tarball."
-msgstr "Het maximum aantal logbestanden voor heartbeat-policy-engine om mee te nemen in de tarball van supportconfig."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of heartbeat policy engine log files to include in the "
+"supportconfig tarball."
+msgstr ""
+"Het maximum aantal logbestanden voor heartbeat-policy-engine om mee te nemen "
+"in de tarball van supportconfig."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:212
-msgid "The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball."
-msgstr "Het maximum aantal SAR gegevensbestanden om mee te nemen in de tarball van supportconfig."
+msgid ""
+"The maximum number of SAR data files to include in the supportconfig tarball."
+msgstr ""
+"Het maximum aantal SAR gegevensbestanden om mee te nemen in de tarball van "
+"supportconfig."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:215
msgid ""
-"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if you\n"
-"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -Q."
+"When set to 1, supportconfig runs in quiet mode. This option is useful if "
+"you\n"
+"plan on running supportconfig regularly in a cron job for example. Set with -"
+"Q."
msgstr ""
-"Indien op 1 ingesteld, zal supportconfig worden uitgevoerd zonder veel uitvoer. Deze optie is nuttig als u\n"
-"van plan bent om supportconfig regelmatig, bijvoorbeeld in een cron-job, uit te voeren. Instellen met -Q."
+"Indien op 1 ingesteld, zal supportconfig worden uitgevoerd zonder veel "
+"uitvoer. Deze optie is nuttig als u\n"
+"van plan bent om supportconfig regelmatig, bijvoorbeeld in een cron-job, uit "
+"te voeren. Instellen met -Q."
#: src/include/support/supportconfig_conf.rb:218
-msgid "Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
-msgstr "Wordt gebruikt om te specificeren waar de tarball van supportconfig geüpload zal worden, bij gebruik van de opstartoptie -u srnum. U kunt elke FTP-server specificeren die anonieme uploads ondersteunt. De standaard is de publieke ftp-server van SUSE."
+msgid ""
+"Used to specify where the supportconfig tarball will be uploaded, when using "
+"the -u srnum startup option. You can specify any FTP server that supports "
+"anonymous uploads. The default is SUSE's public ftp server."
+msgstr ""
+"Wordt gebruikt om te specificeren waar de tarball van supportconfig geüpload "
+"zal worden, bij gebruik van de opstartoptie -u srnum. U kunt elke FTP-server "
+"specificeren die anonieme uploads ondersteunt. De standaard is de publieke "
+"ftp-server van SUSE."
#. Initialization dialog caption
#: src/include/support/wizards.rb:147
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/users.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -16,7 +16,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: users.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-19 23:43+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -106,8 +106,12 @@
#. translators: command line help text for 'user' option
#: src/clients/groups.rb:218
-msgid "List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons."
-msgstr "Lijst van groepsleden, meestal gebruikersnamen, gescheiden door komma's. De lijst van DN's van LDAP-gebruikers moet door dubbele punten gescheiden zijn."
+msgid ""
+"List of group members, usually usernames, separated by commas. The list of "
+"LDAP user DNs must be separated by colons."
+msgstr ""
+"Lijst van groepsleden, meestal gebruikersnamen, gescheiden door komma's. De "
+"lijst van DN's van LDAP-gebruikers moet door dubbele punten gescheiden zijn."
#. translators: command line help text for new_groupname option
#: src/clients/groups.rb:225
@@ -134,637 +138,10 @@
#. translators: command line help text for batchmode option
#: src/clients/groups.rb:253 src/clients/users.rb:295
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
-msgstr "Vraag niet om ontbrekende gegevens; geef in plaats daarvan een foutstatus terug."
-
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Gebruikerauthenticatiemethode"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authenticatie</b><br>\n"
-"Hier kunt u de authenticatiemethode voor de gebruikers op uw systeem kiezen.\n"
-"</p>"
+"Vraag niet om ontbrekende gegevens; geef in plaats daarvan een foutstatus "
+"terug."
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Kies <b>Lokaal</b> om gebruikers alleen te verifiëren met behulp van de lokale bestanden <i>/etc/passwd</i> en <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr "Als u een vorige installatie of een alternatief systeem hebt, dan is het mogelijk om gebruikers op basis van die bron aan te maken. Selecteer hiervoor de optie <b>Gebruikersgegevens uit een vorige installatie lezen</b>. Voor elke gebruiker hergebruikt deze optie een bestaande persoonlijke map, of maakt een nieuwe aan in de locatie die tijdens deze installatie is opgegeven."
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr "&LDAP"
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr "N&IS"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr "&Samba"
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr "&Windows-domein"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr "L&okaal (/etc/passwd)"
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr "eDirectory-LDAP"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Kies de passende waarde als u een NIS- of LDAP-server gebruikt om\n"
-"gebruikersgegevens op te slaan, of als u gebruikers wilt aanmelden\n"
-"via een NT-server. Ga vervolgens verder met het instellen van\n"
-"uw cliënt door op <b>Verder</b> te klikken.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Kies de passende waarde als u een NIS- of LDAP-server gebruikt om\n"
-"gebruikersgegevens op te slaan. Ga vervolgens verder met het\n"
-"instellen van uw cliënt door op <b>Verder</b> te klikken.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Kies de passende waarde als u een LDAP-server gebruikt om\n"
-"gebruikersgegevens op te slaan, of als u gebruikers wilt aanmelden\n"
-"via een NT-server. Ga vervolgens verder met het instellen van\n"
-"uw cliënt door op <b>Verder</b> te klikken.</p>"
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Kies de passende waarde als u een LDAP-server gebruikt om\n"
-"gebruikersgegevens op te slaan. Ga vervolgens verder met het\n"
-"instellen van uw cliënt door op <b>Verder</b> te klikken.</p>"
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Selecteer <b>Kerberos-authenticatie instellen</b> om Kerberos in te stellen na het instellen van de gebruikersgegevensbron.</p>"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr "Gebruike&rsgegevens uit een vorige installatie lezen"
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr "&Kiezen"
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr "Authenticatiemethode"
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr "&Kerberos-authenticatie instellen"
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr "Te lezen gebruikers &selecteren"
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr "&Alles selecteren of deselecteren"
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr "Wachtwoord voor \"root\", de systeembeheerder"
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr "Vergeet niet wat u hier hebt ingevuld."
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr "&Wachtwoord voor root"
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr "&Bevestig wachtwoord"
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr "&Toetsenbordindeling testen"
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr "Gea&vanceerd..."
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Naast de normale gebruikers van het systeem -- die bijvoorbeeld teksten\n"
-"schrijven, afbeeldingen maken, of met een browser over het internet willen\n"
-"surfen -- is op ieder systeem de gebruiker \"root\" aanwezig. Deze komt in\n"
-"actie wanneer er beheertaken moeten worden uitgevoerd. Meld u alleen aan\n"
-"als root wanneer u als systeembeheerder bezig moet zijn.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Aangezien de root-gebruiker zeer uitgebreide rechten heeft, dient\n"
-"het wachtwoord voor de gebruiker \"root\" zorgvuldig te worden gekozen.\n"
-"Een combinatie van letters en getallen verdient aanbeveling. Om er\n"
-"zeker van te zijn dat het wachtwoord correct is ingevoerd moet het\n"
-"in een tweede veld worden herhaald.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Denk aan de regels voor het wachtwoord van de gebruiker, dezelfde regels\n"
-"gelden ook voor het \"root\" wachtwoord. Er is onderscheid tussen kleine en\n"
-"grote letters. Een wachtwoord zou tenminste 5 tekens lang moeten zijn\n"
-"en als regel geen enkel teken met een accent of trema mogen bevatten.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Vergeet dit \"root\"-wachtwoord niet!\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u van plan bent dit wachtwoord te gebruiken voor het maken van\n"
-"certificaten, moet het minstens %1 tekens lang zijn.</p>"
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Controleer of de huidige toetsenbordindeling juist is door wat tekst en speciale tekens te typen in het veld <b>Toetsenbordindeling testen</b>.</p>"
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"De twee wachtwoorden zijn niet hetzelfde.\n"
-"Probeer het opnieuw."
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-"Geen wachtwoord opgegeven.\n"
-"Probeer het nog eens."
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u van plan bent certificaten te maken,\n"
-"moet het wachtwoord uit minstens %1 tekens bestaan."
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr "Wilt u dit wachtwoord gebruiken?"
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Het root-wachtwoord kon niet worden ingesteld.\n"
-"U kunt zich waarschijnlijk niet aanmelden.\n"
-"Opnieuw proberen?\n"
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr "Initialisatie van module voor configuratie van authenticatie..."
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-"Pakket '%1' is niet geïnstalleerd.\n"
-"Het pakket nu installeren?\n"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr "DES"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr "MD5"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr "SHA-256"
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr "SHA-512"
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr "Type wachtwoordversleuteling"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr "&DES"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr "&MD5"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr "SHA-&256"
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr "SHA-&512"
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>Authenticatie</b><br></p>"
-
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr "<p> Kies een wachtwoordversleutelingsmethode voor lokale en systeemgebruikers.</p>"
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is de huidige standaard hash-methode, andere algoritmen gebruiken is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit.</p>"
-
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr "&Volledige naam van gebruiker"
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr "Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de &systeembeheerder"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr "S&ysteemmail ontvangen"
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr "&Automatisch aanmelden"
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker aanmaken"
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr "Lege gebruikersaanmelding"
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-"Alleen in een netwerkomgeving met een authenticatieserver\n"
-"is het zinvol om de gebruikersnaam niet in te vullen.\n"
-"Weet u het zeker?"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Vul <b>Volledige naam van gebruiker</b>, <b>Gebruikersnaam</b>,\n"
-"en <b>Wachtwoord</b> in om een nieuwe gebruiker aan te maken.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Bij het opgeven van een wachtwoord wordt er onderscheid gemaakt\n"
-"tussen hoofdletters en kleine letters. Het wachtwoord mag geen\n"
-"tekens met een accent of trema bevatten.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Met de huidige wachtwoordversleuteling (%1) dient het wachtwoord\n"
-"een lengte te hebben van %2 tot maximaal %3 tekens.\n"
-"</p>"
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>Als u van plan bent dit wachtwoord te gebruiken voor het maken van\n"
-"certificaten, moet het minstens %s tekens lang zijn.</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Om er zeker van te zijn dat het wachtwoord correct is ingevoerd,\n"
-"dient u het in een tweede veld op identieke wijze te herhalen.\n"
-"Vergeet uw wachtwoord niet!\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Gebruik voor <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> alleen letters (zonder accenten),\n"
-"cijfers, en <tt>._-</tt>\n"
-"Gebruik hierbij geen hoofdletters, of u moet exact weten wat u doet.\n"
-"Gebruikersnamen zijn aan meer beperkingen gebonden dan wachtwoorden.\n"
-"U kunt de beperkingen wijzigen in het bestand /etc/login.defs.\n"
-"Lees voor meer informatie de man-pagina (login.defs).\n"
-"</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Vink <b>Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de systeembeheerder</b> aan wanneer het wachtwoord dat is ingegeven voor de eerste gebruiker ook gebruikt moet worden voor root.</p>"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"De gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord die hier zijn aangemaakt zijn nodig om u aan te melden op uw Linux-systeem. Als de optie <b>Automatisch aanmelden</b> is ingeschakeld, zal de aanmeldingsprocedure worden overgeslagen. Deze gebruiker zal automatisch worden aangemeld.</p>\n"
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Als u de optie <b>Systeemmail ontvangen</b> inschakelt, dan zal de mail voor root naar deze gebruiker worden doorgestuurd.</p>\n"
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen"
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr "De authenticatiemethode is lokaal met /etc/passwd."
-
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr "De wachtwoordversleutelingsmethode is %s."
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] "Gebruiker %s zal geïmporteerd worden."
-msgstr[1] "Gebruikers %s zullen geïmporteerd worden."
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr "&Wijzigen..."
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr "Samenvatting"
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-"Als u van plan bent certificaten te maken,\n"
-"moet het wachtwoord uit minstens %s tekens bestaan."
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -799,7 +176,8 @@
#. translators: command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/users.rb:167
msgid "Delete an existing user (home directory is not removed)"
-msgstr "Een bestaande gebruiker verwijderen. (De persoonlijke map blijft bestaan.)"
+msgstr ""
+"Een bestaande gebruiker verwijderen. (De persoonlijke map blijft bestaan.)"
#. translators: command line help text for list local option
#: src/clients/users.rb:175
@@ -869,7 +247,8 @@
#. translators: command line help text for home option
#: src/clients/users.rb:260
msgid "List of groups of which the user is a member (separated by commas)"
-msgstr "Lijst met groepen waarvan de gebruiker lid is (gescheiden door komma's)"
+msgstr ""
+"Lijst met groepen waarvan de gebruiker lid is (gescheiden door komma's)"
#. translators: command line help text for show option
#: src/clients/users.rb:267
@@ -886,19 +265,16 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr "Nieuw UID van de gebruiker"
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr "Gebruikersconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..."
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>"
+"Here, see the table of all allowed attributes for the current LDAP entry "
+"that were not set in previous dialogs.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Hier ziet u voor het huidige LDAP-item de tabel met alle toegestane kenmerken die in de voorgaande dialogen nog niet zijn ingesteld.</p>"
+"Hier ziet u voor het huidige LDAP-item de tabel met alle toegestane "
+"kenmerken die in de voorgaande dialogen nog niet zijn ingesteld.</p>"
#. helptext 1/3 (don't translate objectclass"),
#. %1 is list of values
@@ -921,7 +297,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Edit each attribute using <b>Edit</b>. Some attributes \n"
-"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client Module</b>.</p>\n"
+"could be required, as defined in the user template in the <b>LDAP Client "
+"Module</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"Ieder kenmerk is via <b>Bewerken</b> aan te passen.\n"
@@ -946,8 +323,14 @@
#. helptext
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:91
-msgid "<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified user.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Wijs een wachtwoordbeleidsobject toe aan deze gebruiker in <b>DN van wachtwoordbeleidsobject</b>. Activeer <b>Wachtwoord opnieuw instellen</b> om het wachtwoord van de gewijzigde gebruiker opnieuw in te stellen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Assign a password policy object to this user in <b>DN of Password Policy "
+"object</b>. Activate <b>Reset Password</b> to reset the password of modified "
+"user.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Wijs een wachtwoordbeleidsobject toe aan deze gebruiker in <b>DN van "
+"wachtwoordbeleidsobject</b>. Activeer <b>Wachtwoord opnieuw instellen</b> om "
+"het wachtwoord van de gewijzigde gebruiker opnieuw in te stellen.</p>"
#. check box label
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_passwordpolicy.rb:107
@@ -1044,13 +427,17 @@
#. helptext for quota
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:97
msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the user on selected file systems.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>De quota-instellingen voor de gebruiker op geselecteerde bestandssystemen instellen.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De quota-instellingen voor de gebruiker op geselecteerde bestandssystemen "
+"instellen.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 KB blocks the\n"
-"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</p>\n"
+"user may have on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode "
+"limit specifying the number of inodes the user may have on the file system.</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Definieer een groottelimiet door het aantal 1 KB-blokken op te\n"
"geven dat de gebruiker op dit bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n"
@@ -1059,38 +446,75 @@
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:105
-msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop gebruikers worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. "
+"The soft limits define a warning level at which users are informed they are "
+"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write "
+"requests are denied.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal "
+"inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop "
+"gebruikers worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde "
+"limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:109
-msgid "<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Zodra een gebruiker de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende welke de gebruiker de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>As soon as the user has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the "
+"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the user is "
+"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace "
+"interval starts immediately.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Zodra een gebruiker de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de "
+"invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op "
+"gedurende welke de gebruiker de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag "
+"overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk.</p>"
#. helptext for quota
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:115
msgid "<p>Configure quota settings for the group on selected file systems.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>De quota-instellingen voor de groep op geselecteerde bestandssystemen instellen.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De quota-instellingen voor de groep op geselecteerde bestandssystemen "
+"instellen.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:119
msgid ""
"<p>Define a size limit by specifying the number of 1 kB blocks the\n"
-"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</p>\n"
+"group may use on this file system. Additionally, you can define an inode "
+"limit specifying the number of inodes the group may use on the file system.</"
+"p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Definieer een limiet voor de grootte door het aantal 1 kB-blokken\n"
"op te geven dat de groep op dit bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.\n"
-"Aanvullend kunt u een inode-limiet definiëren voor het aantal inodes dat de groep op het bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.</p>\n"
+"Aanvullend kunt u een inode-limiet definiëren voor het aantal inodes dat de "
+"groep op het bestandssysteem mag gebruiken.</p>\n"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:123
-msgid "<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write requests are denied.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop groepen worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>You can specify both soft and hard limits for size and number of inodes. "
+"The soft limits define a warning level at which groups are informed they are "
+"nearing their limit, whereas the hard limits define the limit at which write "
+"requests are denied.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>U kunt zowel zachte als harde limieten voor de grootte en het aantal "
+"inodes opgeven. De zachte limieten definiëren een waarschuwingsniveau waarop "
+"groepen worden geïnformeerd dat ze hun limiet naderen, terwijl harde "
+"limieten de grens bepalen waarna schrijftoegang wordt geweigerd.</p>"
#. helptext for quota, cont.
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:127
-msgid "<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace interval starts immediately.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Zodra een groep de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende welke de groep de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>As soon as the group has reached the soft limit, the input fields for the "
+"grace interval are activated. Specify the time period for which the group is "
+"allowed to exceed the soft limits set above. The countdown of the grace "
+"interval starts immediately.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Zodra een groep de zachte limiet heeft bereikt, worden de invoervelden "
+"voor het gratie-interval geactiveerd. Geef de tijdsperiode op gedurende "
+"welke de groep de hierboven ingestelde zachte limieten mag overschrijden. "
+"Het aftellen van het gratie-interval begint onmiddellijk.</p>"
#. combo box label
#: src/clients/users_plugin_quota.rb:188
@@ -1153,98 +577,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr "Seconden"
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr "LDAP"
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr "NIS"
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr "Samba (Windows-domein)"
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr "<%1>Root-wachtwoord<%2> is opgegeven"
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr "<%1>Root-wachtwoord<%2> is niet opgegeven"
-
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr "Geen <%1>gebruiker<%2> geconfigureerd"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr "<%1>Authenticatiemethode<%2>: %3"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr "<%1>Authenticatiemethode<%2>: %3 en Kerberos."
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr "<%1>Gebruiker<%2> %3 is geselecteerd voor import"
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr "<%1>Gebruiker<%2> %3 zal geïmporteerd worden."
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr "<%1>Gebruiker<%2> %3 is geconfigureerd"
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr "<%1>Gebruiker<%2> %3 (%4) is geconfigureerd"
-
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr "Wachtwoordversleutelingsmethode: %1"
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr "Gebruikersinstellingen"
-
-# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:181
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr "&Gebruiker"
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr "&Root-wachtwoord"
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1413,6 +745,24 @@
"coderingsinstellingen voor deze gebruiker te wijzigen,\n"
"moet u het huidige wachtwoord van de gebruiker opgeven."
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"De twee wachtwoorden zijn niet hetzelfde.\n"
+"Probeer het opnieuw."
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1420,13 +770,15 @@
"'%1' and '%2'\n"
"were found. Use them for current user?\n"
"\n"
-"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home directory."
+"This means that data from this image will be used instead of current home "
+"directory."
msgstr ""
"Er zijn een versleutelde image van een map en sleutelbestanden\n"
"'%1' en '%2'\n"
"gevonden. Deze voor de huidige gebruiker gebruiken?\n"
"\n"
-"Dit betekent dat gegevens uit deze image zullen worden gebruikt in plaats van de huidige thuismap."
+"Dit betekent dat gegevens uit deze image zullen worden gebruikt in plaats "
+"van de huidige thuismap."
#. popup label, %1 is path to directory
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:369
@@ -1442,7 +794,16 @@
msgid "&Change directory owner"
msgstr "&Mapeigenaar wijzigen"
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_dns.ycp:85
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr "&Volledige naam van gebruiker"
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr "&Voornaam"
@@ -1455,13 +816,34 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:422
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
-msgstr "Voor gebruikers op afstand kunnen alleen extra groeplidmaatschappen gewijzigd worden."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor gebruikers op afstand kunnen alleen extra groeplidmaatschappen "
+"gewijzigd worden."
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr "&Gebruikersnaam"
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr "S&ysteemmail ontvangen"
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr "A&utomatisch aanmelden"
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr "Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de &systeembeheerder"
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1638,6 +1020,33 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr "Plu&gins"
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr "Lege gebruikersaanmelding"
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+"Alleen in een netwerkomgeving met een authenticatieserver\n"
+"is het zinvol om de gebruikersnaam niet in te vullen.\n"
+"Weet u het zeker?"
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr "Wilt u dit wachtwoord gebruiken?"
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1733,12 +1142,27 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr "Groepsgege&vens"
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr "DES"
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr "MD5"
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts. \n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or "
+"umlauts. \n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1747,6 +1171,34 @@
"speciale tekens (zoals letters met accenten of trema's) bevatten.\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be "
+"between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Met de huidige wachtwoordversleuteling (%1) dient het wachtwoord\n"
+"een lengte te hebben van %2 tot maximaal %3 tekens.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Om er zeker van te zijn dat het wachtwoord correct is ingevoerd,\n"
+"dient u het in een tweede veld op identieke wijze te herhalen.\n"
+"Vergeet uw wachtwoord niet!\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1755,7 +1207,8 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Hier kunt u standaardwaarden instellen voor nieuwe lokale of systeemgebruikers.\n"
+"Hier kunt u standaardwaarden instellen voor nieuwe lokale of "
+"systeemgebruikers.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. Help text 1/6
@@ -1788,30 +1241,38 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:123
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Login Shell</b><br>\n"
-"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
+"The name of the new user's login shell. Select one from the list or enter "
+"your own path to the shell.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Standaard aanmeldings-shell</b><br>\n"
-"De naam van de aanmeldings-shell voor een nieuwe gebruiker. Selecteer er één uit de lijst of geef zelf een pad naar de shell op.</P>\n"
+"De naam van de aanmeldings-shell voor een nieuwe gebruiker. Selecteer er één "
+"uit de lijst of geef zelf een pad naar de shell op.</P>\n"
#. Help text 3/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Home</b><br>\n"
-"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is added\n"
+"The initial path prefix for a new user's home directory. The username is "
+"added\n"
"to the end of this value to create the default name of the home directory.\n"
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Standaardmap voor persoonlijke mappen</b><br>\n"
-"Het standaard padvoorvoegsel voor de persoonlijke map van een nieuwe gebruiker. De gebruikersnaam zal aan het einde van deze waarde worden gezet om een standaardnaam voor de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker te maken. </P>\n"
+"Het standaard padvoorvoegsel voor de persoonlijke map van een nieuwe "
+"gebruiker. De gebruikersnaam zal aan het einde van deze waarde worden gezet "
+"om een standaardnaam voor de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker te maken. </"
+"P>\n"
#. Help text 4/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p><b>Skeleton Directory</b><br>\n"
-"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a new user is added. </p>\n"
+"The contents of this directory are copied to a user's home directory when a "
+"new user is added. </p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Modelmap</b><br>\n"
-"Wanneer een nieuwe gebruiker wordt toegevoegd, zal de inhoud van deze map naar de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker gekopieerd worden.</p>\n"
+"Wanneer een nieuwe gebruiker wordt toegevoegd, zal de inhoud van deze map "
+"naar de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker gekopieerd worden.</p>\n"
#. Help text 4.5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:138
@@ -1820,18 +1281,21 @@
"Umask to use for creating new home directories.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Umask voor persoonlijke map</b><br>\n"
-"De te gebruiken 'umask' bij het aanmaken van nieuwe persoonlijke mappen.</p>\n"
+"De te gebruiken 'umask' bij het aanmaken van nieuwe persoonlijke mappen.</"
+"p>\n"
#. Help text 5/6:
#. Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b>Expiration Date</b><br>\n"
-"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the format\n"
+"The date on which the user account is disabled. The date must be in the "
+"format\n"
"YYYY-MM-DD. Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Verloopdatum</b><br>\n"
-"De datum waarop het gebruikersaccount verloopt. De datum moet de opmaak JJJJ-MM-DD hebben. Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.</P>\n"
+"De datum waarop het gebruikersaccount verloopt. De datum moet de opmaak JJJJ-"
+"MM-DD hebben. Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.</P>\n"
#. Help text 6/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:149
@@ -1842,7 +1306,8 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Aantal extra aanmeldingsdagen na verlopen van wachtwoord</B><BR>\n"
-"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog aanmelden.\n"
+"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog "
+"aanmelden.\n"
"Geef het gewenste aantal dagen op. Gebruik -1 voor een onbeperkte periode.\n"
"</P>\n"
@@ -1909,6 +1374,19 @@
"voor deze gebruiker in.\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Vul <b>Volledige naam van gebruiker</b>, <b>Gebruikersnaam</b>,\n"
+"en <b>Wachtwoord</b> in om een nieuwe gebruiker aan te maken.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1916,9 +1394,11 @@
"Create the <b>Username</b> from components of the full name by\n"
"clicking <b>Suggestion</b>. It may be modified, but use only\n"
"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
+"doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
+"information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1937,9 +1417,11 @@
"<p>\n"
"For the <b>Username</b>, use only\n"
"letters (no accented characters), digits, and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are doing.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
+"doing.\n"
"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for information.\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
+"information.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -1950,10 +1432,40 @@
"bestand /etc/login.defs. Lees de man-pagina voor meer informatie.\n"
"</p>\n"
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with "
+"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure "
+"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"De gebruikersnaam en het wachtwoord die hier zijn aangemaakt zijn nodig om u "
+"aan te melden op uw Linux-systeem. Als de optie <b>Automatisch aanmelden</b> "
+"is ingeschakeld, zal de aanmeldingsprocedure worden overgeslagen. Deze "
+"gebruiker zal automatisch worden aangemeld.</p>\n"
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System "
+"Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Als u de optie <b>Systeemmail ontvangen</b> inschakelt, dan zal de mail voor "
+"root naar deze gebruiker worden doorgestuurd.</p>\n"
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
-msgid "<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Klik op <b>Gebruikersbeheer</b> om meer gebruikers of groepen aan uw systeem toe te voegen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Press <b>User Management</b> to add more users or groups to your system.</"
+"p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Klik op <b>Gebruikersbeheer</b> om meer gebruikers of groepen aan uw "
+"systeem toe te voegen.</p>"
#. alternative help text 4/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:278
@@ -1972,10 +1484,12 @@
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:286
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
+"To edit various password settings of this user, such as expiration date, "
+"click <b>Password Settings</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Wachtwoordinstellingen</b> om de diverse wachtwoordinstellingen (zoals bijvoorbeeld de verloopdatum) van deze gebruiker aan te passen.</p>\n"
+"Klik op <b>Wachtwoordinstellingen</b> om de diverse wachtwoordinstellingen "
+"(zoals bijvoorbeeld de verloopdatum) van deze gebruiker aan te passen.</p>\n"
#. help text 7/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:296
@@ -2041,7 +1555,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Password:</b>\n"
-"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves when\n"
+"To require users who are not members of the group to identify themselves "
+"when\n"
"switching to this group (see the man page of <tt>newgrp</tt>), assign a\n"
"password to this group. For security reasons, this password is not shown\n"
"here. This entry is not required.\n"
@@ -2049,8 +1564,10 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Wachtwoord:</b>\n"
-"Als u wilt dat niet-leden van de groep zichzelf moeten identificeren wanneer\n"
-"ze overschakelen naar deze nieuwe groep (zie de man-pagina van <tt>newgrp</tt>),\n"
+"Als u wilt dat niet-leden van de groep zichzelf moeten identificeren "
+"wanneer\n"
+"ze overschakelen naar deze nieuwe groep (zie de man-pagina van <tt>newgrp</"
+"tt>),\n"
"dan kunt u aan deze groep een wachtwoord toewijzen. Om veiligheidsredenen\n"
"wordt dit wachtwoord hier niet getoond. Deze opgave is niet verplicht.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -2132,9 +1649,12 @@
"located elsewhere.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Wanneer u het UID van een bestaande gebruiker verandert, dan zullen de rechten\n"
-"van de bestanden van deze gebruiker ook gewijzigd moeten worden. Dit gebeurt\n"
-"automatisch bij de bestanden in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, echter\n"
+"Wanneer u het UID van een bestaande gebruiker verandert, dan zullen de "
+"rechten\n"
+"van de bestanden van deze gebruiker ook gewijzigd moeten worden. Dit "
+"gebeurt\n"
+"automatisch bij de bestanden in de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker, "
+"echter\n"
"niet bij de bestanden die zich eventueel op andere plaatsen bevinden.</p>\n"
#. help text 4/8
@@ -2156,8 +1676,12 @@
#. help text for user's home directory mode
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:430
-msgid "<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's home directory different from the default.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Optioneel kunt u via <b>Toegangsrechten voor persoonlijke map</b> de toegangsrechten van die map anders instellen dan standaard.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Optionally, set the <b>Home Directory Permission Mode</b> for this user's "
+"home directory different from the default.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Optioneel kunt u via <b>Toegangsrechten voor persoonlijke map</b> de "
+"toegangsrechten van die map anders instellen dan standaard.</p>"
#. alternate helptext 4.5/8; %1 is directory (e.g. '/etc/skel')
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:440
@@ -2173,29 +1697,53 @@
#. help text for Move to new location checkbox
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:452
-msgid "<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the existing data.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Als u de locatie van de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker wijzigt, kunt u de inhoud van de huidige map verplaatsen met de optie <b>Verplaatsen naar nieuwe locatie</b> -- deze wordt standaard geactiveerd. Anders wordt er een nieuwe persoonlijke map aangemaakt zonder de bestaande gegevens.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If changing the location of a user's home directory, move the contents of "
+"the current directory with <b>Move to New Location</b>, activated by "
+"default. Otherwise a new home directory is created without any of the "
+"existing data.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Als u de locatie van de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker wijzigt, kunt "
+"u de inhoud van de huidige map verplaatsen met de optie <b>Verplaatsen naar "
+"nieuwe locatie</b> -- deze wordt standaard geactiveerd. Anders wordt er een "
+"nieuwe persoonlijke map aangemaakt zonder de bestaande gegevens.</p>"
#. help text for directory encryption
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:464
msgid ""
"<p>To encrypt the user's home directory, enable <b>Use Encrypted Home\n"
-"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home directory\n"
-"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is shared\n"
+"Directory</b> and set the directory size. Encrypting a user's home "
+"directory\n"
+"does not provide strong security from other users. If this machine is "
+"shared\n"
"among multiple users, it may be possible for a user to compromise system\n"
-"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically shared.</p>"
+"security by obtaining another user's key and gaining access to the encrypted "
+"data. If strong security is required, the system should not be physically "
+"shared.</p>"
msgstr ""
"<p>Als u de persoonlijke map van de gebruiker wilt versleutelen, moet u\n"
"<b>Versleutelde persoonlijke map gebruiken</b> inschakelen en de grootte\n"
-"van de map opgeven. Het versleutelen van de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker\n"
-"vormt geen sterke beveiliging tegen andere gebruikers. Als deze computer door\n"
-"meerdere gebruikers wordt gedeeld, kan een gebruiker mogelijk de systeembeveiliging\n"
-"omzeilen, de sleutel van een andere gebruiker verkrijgen en toegang krijgen tot de versleutelde gegevens. Als sterke beveiliging vereist is, moet het systeem niet fysiek worden gedeeld.</p>"
+"van de map opgeven. Het versleutelen van de persoonlijke map van een "
+"gebruiker\n"
+"vormt geen sterke beveiliging tegen andere gebruikers. Als deze computer "
+"door\n"
+"meerdere gebruikers wordt gedeeld, kan een gebruiker mogelijk de "
+"systeembeveiliging\n"
+"omzeilen, de sleutel van een andere gebruiker verkrijgen en toegang krijgen "
+"tot de versleutelde gegevens. Als sterke beveiliging vereist is, moet het "
+"systeem niet fysiek worden gedeeld.</p>"
#. help text for directory encryption
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:476
-msgid "<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint configuration first.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Persoonlijke mappen kunnen niet versleuteld worden als een vingerprintlezer wordt gebruikt. Om de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker te kunnen versleutelen moet de vingerprintconfiguratie eerst worden uitgeschakeld.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Home directories cannot be encrypted if a fingerprint reader device is "
+"used. To encrypt the user's home directory, disable fingerprint "
+"configuration first.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Persoonlijke mappen kunnen niet versleuteld worden als een "
+"vingerprintlezer wordt gebruikt. Om de persoonlijke map van een gebruiker te "
+"kunnen versleutelen moet de vingerprintconfiguratie eerst worden "
+"uitgeschakeld.</p>"
#. alternate helptext 5/8
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:487
@@ -2219,9 +1767,12 @@
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Extra informatie</b>\n"
"Hier kunnen enkele extra gebruikergegevens worden opgegeven. Dit veld kan\n"
-"maximaal drie onderdelen bevatten, gescheiden door komma's. De standaardinhoud\n"
-"is: <i>kantoor</i>,<i>telefoon werk</i>,<i>telefoon privé</i>. Deze informatie wordt\n"
-"getoond wanneer u voor deze gebruiker het commando <i>finger</i> gebruikt.</p>\n"
+"maximaal drie onderdelen bevatten, gescheiden door komma's. De "
+"standaardinhoud\n"
+"is: <i>kantoor</i>,<i>telefoon werk</i>,<i>telefoon privé</i>. Deze "
+"informatie wordt\n"
+"getoond wanneer u voor deze gebruiker het commando <i>finger</i> gebruikt.</"
+"p>\n"
#. help text 6/8
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:512
@@ -2288,8 +1839,12 @@
#. helptext for plugin dialog 3/3
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:552
-msgid "<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting <b>Launch</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>De gedetailleerde configuratie van een bepaalde plugin kunt u starten door <b>Start</b> te kiezen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Start the detailed configuration of a particular plug-in by selecting "
+"<b>Launch</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>De gedetailleerde configuratie van een bepaalde plugin kunt u starten "
+"door <b>Start</b> te kiezen.</p>"
#. help texts 1/1
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:562
@@ -2309,9 +1864,12 @@
"password at the next login. If <b>Last Password Change</b> is set to\n"
"<i>Never</i>, the user will be forced to change the password.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Activeer <b>Forceer wachtwoord wijziging</b> om te forceren dat de gebruiker\n"
-"het wachtwoord wijzigt bij de volgende aanmelding. Als <b>Laatste wachtwoord\n"
-"wijziging</b> op <i>Nooit</i> is gezet dan zal de gebruiker geforceerd worden\n"
+"<p>Activeer <b>Forceer wachtwoord wijziging</b> om te forceren dat de "
+"gebruiker\n"
+"het wachtwoord wijzigt bij de volgende aanmelding. Als <b>Laatste "
+"wachtwoord\n"
+"wijziging</b> op <i>Nooit</i> is gezet dan zal de gebruiker geforceerd "
+"worden\n"
"het wachtwoord te wijzigen.</p>"
#. Help text 2/6
@@ -2340,23 +1898,32 @@
"</P>\n"
msgstr ""
"<P><B>Aantal extra aanmeldingsdagen na verlopen van wachtwoord</B><BR>\n"
-"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog aanmelden.\n"
+"Gebruikers kunnen zich ook na het verlopen van hun wachtwoord nog "
+"aanmelden.\n"
"Geef het gewenste aantal dagen op. Gebruik -1 voor een onbeperkte periode.\n"
"</P>\n"
#. Help text 4/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:595
msgid ""
-"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days a user \n"
+"<P><B>Maximum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set how many days "
+"a user \n"
"can use the same password before it expires.</P>\n"
-msgstr "<P><B>Maximum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord</B><BR>Stel het aantal dagen in dat een gebruiker hetzelfde wachtwoord mag gebruiken voordat het verloopt.</P>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><B>Maximum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord</B><BR>Stel het aantal "
+"dagen in dat een gebruiker hetzelfde wachtwoord mag gebruiken voordat het "
+"verloopt.</P>\n"
#. Help text 5/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:599
msgid ""
-"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum age of \n"
+"<P><B>Minimum Number of Days for the Same Password</B><BR>Set the minimum "
+"age of \n"
"a password before a user is allowed to change it.</P>\n"
-msgstr "<P><B>Minimum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord</B><BR>Stel het aantal dagen in dat verstreken moet zijn voordat een gebruiker het wachtwoord mag wijzigen.</P>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<P><B>Minimum aantal dagen met hetzelfde wachtwoord</B><BR>Stel het aantal "
+"dagen in dat verstreken moet zijn voordat een gebruiker het wachtwoord mag "
+"wijzigen.</P>\n"
#. Help text 6/6 : Don't reorder letters YYYY-MM-DD, date must be set in this format
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:603
@@ -2365,7 +1932,8 @@
"The date must be in the format YYYY-MM-DD. \n"
"Leave it empty if this account never expires.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-"<P><B>Verloopdatum</B><BR>Stel de datum in waarop dit account moet verlopen. \n"
+"<P><B>Verloopdatum</B><BR>Stel de datum in waarop dit account moet "
+"verlopen. \n"
"De datum moet de opmaak JJJJ-MM-DD hebben. \n"
"Laat het leeg indien dit account nooit mag verlopen.</P>\n"
@@ -2389,88 +1957,181 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Changing the Values</b><br>\n"
-"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
+"You can configure these settings by running appropriate modules. Select the "
+"module with <b>Configure</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>De waarden wijzigen</b><br>\n"
-"U kunt deze instellingen instellen door de gewenste modules te starten. Selecteer de module met de knop <b>Instellen</b>.\n"
+"U kunt deze instellingen instellen door de gewenste modules te starten. "
+"Selecteer de module met de knop <b>Instellen</b>.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. help text for Password Policy Dialog
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:62
-msgid "<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups of attributes to configure.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Selecteer de tabs <b>Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging</b>, <b>Beleid voor wachtwoordveroudering</b> en <b>Beleid voor uitsluiting</b> om de beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor in te stellen attributen te kiezen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select the <b>Password Change Policies</b>, <b>Password Aging Policies</"
+"b>, and <b>Lockout Policies</b> tabs to choose LDAP password policy groups "
+"of attributes to configure.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer de tabs <b>Beleid voor wachtwoordwijziging</b>, <b>Beleid voor "
+"wachtwoordveroudering</b> en <b>Beleid voor uitsluiting</b> om de "
+"beleidsgroepen voor het LDAP-wachtwoord voor in te stellen attributen te "
+"kiezen.</p>"
#. help text for pwdInHistory attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:70
-msgid "<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not be used.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Geef de waarde voor <b>Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in geschiedenis</b> op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte wachtwoorden moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet worden gebruikt.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Specify the <b>Maximum Number of Passwords Stored in History</b> to set "
+"how many previously used passwords should be saved. Saved passwords may not "
+"be used.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Geef de waarde voor <b>Maximaal aantal wachtwoorden opgeslagen in "
+"geschiedenis</b> op om in te stellen hoeveel eerder gebruikte wachtwoorden "
+"moeten worden opgeslagen. Opgeslagen wachtwoorden mogen niet worden gebruikt."
+"</p>"
#. help text for pwdMustChange attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:74
-msgid "<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an administrator.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen</b> in om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat het wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>User Must Change Password after Reset</b> to force users to "
+"change their passwords after the the password is reset or changed by an "
+"administrator.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker moet wachtwoord wijzigen na opnieuw instellen</b> in "
+"om gebruikers te forceren tot een wijziging van hun wachtwoord nadat het "
+"wachtwoord opnieuw is ingesteld of door een beheerder is gewijzigd.</p>"
#. help text for pwdAllowUserChange attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:78
-msgid "<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their passwords.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen</b> in om gebruikers toe te staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>User Can Change Password</b> to allow users to change their "
+"passwords.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Schakel <b>Gebruiker kan wachtwoord wijzigen</b> in om gebruikers toe te "
+"staan hun wachtwoord te wijzigen.</p>"
#. help text for pwdSafeModify attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:82
-msgid "<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet worden opgegeven, schakelt u <b>Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging</b> in.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>If the existing password must be provided along with the new password, "
+"check <b>Old Password Required for Password Change</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Als het bestaande wachtwoord samen met het nieuwe wachtwoord moet worden "
+"opgegeven, schakelt u <b>Oud wachtwoord vereist voor wachtwoordwijziging</b> "
+"in.</p>"
#. help text for pwdCheckQuality attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:86
-msgid "<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be checked.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer <b>Geen controle</b> als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. Met <b>Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren</b> worden wachtwoorden zelfs geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft opgegeven. Met <b>Alleen gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren</b> worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het wachtwoord niet kan worden gecontroleerd.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select whether the password quality should be verified while passwords "
+"are modified or added. Select <b>No Checking</b> if passwords should not be "
+"checked at all. With <b>Accept Uncheckable Passwords</b>, passwords are "
+"accepted even if the check cannot be performed, for example, if the user has "
+"provided an encrypted password. With <b>Only Accept Checked Passwords</b> "
+"passwords are refused if the quality test fails or the password cannot be "
+"checked.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Selecteer of de kwaliteit van het wachtwoord moet worden gecontroleerd "
+"terwijl wachtwoorden worden gewijzigd of toegevoegd. Selecteer <b>Geen "
+"controle</b> als wachtwoorden helemaal niet moeten worden gecontroleerd. Met "
+"<b>Niet-controleerbare wachtwoorden accepteren</b> worden wachtwoorden zelfs "
+"geaccepteerd als de controle niet kan worden uitgevoerd, bijvoorbeeld als de "
+"gebruiker een gecodeerd wachtwoord heeft opgegeven. Met <b>Alleen "
+"gecontroleerde wachtwoorden accepteren</b> worden wachtwoorden geweigerd als "
+"de kwaliteitstest mislukt of als het wachtwoord niet kan worden "
+"gecontroleerd.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMinLength attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:90
-msgid "Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in <b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "Stel bij <b>Minimale wachtwoordlengte</b> het minimale aantal tekens in dat moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"Set the minimum number of characters that must be used in a password in "
+"<b>Minimum Password Length</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"Stel bij <b>Minimale wachtwoordlengte</b> het minimale aantal tekens in dat "
+"moet worden gebruikt in een wachtwoord.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMinAge attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:94
-msgid "<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between modifications to the password.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Met <b>Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Minimum Password Age</b> sets how much time must pass between "
+"modifications to the password.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Met <b>Minimale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoeveel tijd er moet "
+"verstrijken tussen de wachtwoordwijzigingen.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMaxAge attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:98
-msgid "<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password expires.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Met <b>Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoe lang na de wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Maximum Password Age</b> sets how long after modification a password "
+"expires.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Met <b>Maximale wachtwoordleeftijd</b> stelt u in hoe lang na de "
+"wijziging een wachtwoord verloopt.</p>"
#. help text for pwdExpireWarning attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:102
-msgid "<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt</b> stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er een waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de verificatie.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>In <b>Time before Password Expiration to Issue Warning</b> set how long "
+"before a password is due to expire that an expiration warning messages "
+"should be given to an authenticating user.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Bij <b>Tijd voordat verlopen van wachtwoord een waarschuwing veroorzaakt</"
+"b> stelt u in hoelang voordat een wachtwoord verloopt, er een "
+"waarschuwingsbericht moet worden gegeven aan een gebruiker tijdens de "
+"verificatie.</p>"
#. help text for pwdGraceAuthNLimit attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord</b> stelt u het aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor verificatie.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Set the number of times an expired password can be used to authenticate "
+"in <b>Allowed Uses of an Expired Password</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Bij <b>Toegestaan gebruik van een verlopen wachtwoord</b> stelt u het "
+"aantal keren in dat een verlopen wachtwoord kan worden gebruikt voor "
+"verificatie.</p>"
#. help text for pwdLockout attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:110
-msgid "<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Schakel <b>Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen</b> in om het gebruik van een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>Enable Password Locking</b> to forbid use of a password after a "
+"specified number of consecutive failed bind attempts.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Schakel <b>Wachtwoordvergrendeling inschakelen</b> in om het gebruik van "
+"een wachtwoord te verbieden na een opgegeven aantal achtereenvolgende "
+"mislukte verbindingspogingen.</p>"
#. help text for pwdMaxFailure attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:114
-msgid "<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the Password</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u het aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Set the number of consecutive failed bind attempts after which the "
+"password may not be used to authenticate in <b>Bind Failures to Lock the "
+"Password</b>.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Bij <b>Mislukte verbindingen voor wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u het "
+"aantal achtereenvolgende mislukte verbindingspogingen in waarna het "
+"wachtwoord niet meer mag worden gebruikt voor verificatie.</p>"
#. help text for pwdLockoutDuration attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:118
-msgid "<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Bij <b>Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u in hoe lang het wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Set how long the password cannot be used in <b>Password Lock Duration</b>."
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Bij <b>Duur van wachtwoordvergrendeling</b> stelt u in hoe lang het "
+"wachtwoord niet kan worden gebruikt.</p>"
#. help text for pwdFailureCountInterval attribute
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:122
-msgid "<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful authentication has occurred.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Met <b>Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen</b> stelt u in hoe lang het duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft plaatsgevonden.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Bind Failures Cache Duration</b> sets how long before password "
+"failures are purged from the failure counter even though no successful "
+"authentication has occurred.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Met <b>Cacheduur van mislukte verbindingen</b> stelt u in hoe lang het "
+"duurt voordat mislukte wachtwoorden worden opgeschoond uit de "
+"mislukkingsteller ondanks dat er geen succesvolle verificatie heeft "
+"plaatsgevonden.</p>"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
#. tab label
@@ -2604,7 +2265,8 @@
msgstr ""
"<p>Als er op deze computer persoonlijke mappen van LDAP-gebruikers zijn\n"
"opgeslagen kies dan de toepasselijke optie. Het wijzigen van deze waarde\n"
-"heeft geen directe gevolgen. Het heeft alleen invloed op de YaST-gebruikersmodule\n"
+"heeft geen directe gevolgen. Het heeft alleen invloed op de YaST-"
+"gebruikersmodule\n"
"waarmee persoonlijke mappen kunnen worden onderhouden.</p>\n"
#. help text caption
@@ -2612,11 +2274,13 @@
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:675
msgid ""
"<p>Press <b>Configure</b> to configure settings stored on the\n"
-"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet or\n"
+"LDAP server. You will be asked for the password if you are not connected yet "
+"or\n"
"have changed your configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Klik op <b>Instellen</b> om de, op de LDAP-server opgeslagen,\n"
-"instellingen in te stellen. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u uw configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n"
+"instellingen in te stellen. Wanneer u nog geen verbinding heeft of als u uw "
+"configuratie heeft veranderd, zal u\n"
"naar het wachtwoord worden gevraagd.</p>\n"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
@@ -2628,10 +2292,13 @@
#. password policy help
#: src/include/users/ldap_dialogs.rb:683
msgid ""
-"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
+"<p>Configure the selected password policy with <b>Edit</b>. Use <b>Add</b> "
+"to add a new password policy. The configuration is only possible,\n"
" if the password policies are already enabled on the LDAP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-"<p>Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met <b>Bewerken</b>. Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n"
+"<p>Configureer het geselecteerde wachtwoordbeleid met <b>Bewerken</b>. "
+"Gebruik <b>Toevoegen</b> om een nieuw wachtwoordbeleid toe te voegen. De "
+"configuratie is alleen mogelijk\n"
" als het wachtwoorbeleid reeds is aangezet in de LDAP-server.</p>"
#. checkbox label
@@ -2719,7 +2386,9 @@
msgstr "Systeemgebruikers"
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr "Lokale gebruikers"
@@ -2798,6 +2467,11 @@
msgstr "Samba-groepen"
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr "NIS"
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr "SSSD"
@@ -2817,6 +2491,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr "&SSSD"
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr "&Samba"
+
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:764
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
@@ -2922,7 +2601,8 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.\n"
-"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but it\n"
+"<b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments, but "
+"it\n"
"restricts passwords to eight characters or less.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -2947,6 +2627,15 @@
"en u kunt problemen krijgen met NIS.\n"
"</p>"
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other "
+"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is de huidige standaard hash-methode, andere algoritmen "
+"gebruiken is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit.</p>"
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2957,6 +2646,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr "Versleutelingstype"
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr "&DES"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr "&MD5"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr "SHA-&256"
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr "SHA-&512"
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -2969,7 +2678,8 @@
#. help text 2/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:586
msgid ""
-"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network environments,\n"
+"<p>It seems that you are running a NIS server. In some network "
+"environments,\n"
"you might be unable to log in to a NIS client when a user password is\n"
"encrypted with a method other than DES.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -3002,14 +2712,19 @@
#. helptext 2/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:730
-msgid "<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default search filters.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Hier kunt u de zoekfilters voor de gebruikers en de groepen uitbreiden: complexer dan de standaard zoekfilters.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>Here, extend the search filters for users and groups beyond the default "
+"search filters.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Hier kunt u de zoekfilters voor de gebruikers en de groepen uitbreiden: "
+"complexer dan de standaard zoekfilters.</p>"
#. helptext 3/4
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>With <b>Default</b>, load the default filter from the user and group\n"
-"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' attributes).\n"
+"configuration modules saved on the LDAP server (values of 'suseSearchFilter' "
+"attributes).\n"
"If you are not connected yet, you are prompted for the password.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>Met <b>Standaard</b> wordt het standaardfilter geladen uit de\n"
@@ -3032,7 +2747,8 @@
"<br>\n"
"<tt>(&(objectClass=posixAccount)(uid=u*))</tt>\n"
"<br>\n"
-"worden alleen gebruikers verkregen wiens gebruikersnaam met een 'u' begint.</p>\n"
+"worden alleen gebruikers verkregen wiens gebruikersnaam met een 'u' begint.</"
+"p>\n"
#. radiobutton label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:763
@@ -3112,28 +2828,34 @@
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:969
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM as the login manager.\n"
+"The features described below are only available if you are using KDM or GDM "
+"as the login manager.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"De hieronder beschreven opties zijn alleen beschikbaar als u KDM of GDM als displaymanager gebruikt.\n"
+"De hieronder beschreven opties zijn alleen beschikbaar als u KDM of GDM als "
+"displaymanager gebruikt.\n"
"</p>\n"
#. helptext 2/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:975
msgid ""
"<p><b>Auto Login</b><br>\n"
-"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+"By setting <b>Auto Login</b>, skip the login procedure. The user chosen from "
+"the list is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Automatisch aanmelden</b><br>\n"
-"De aanmeldingsprocedure wordt overgeslagen als <b>Automatisch aanmelden</b> geactiveerd is. De uit de lijst gekozen gebruiker wordt automatisch aangemeld.</p>\n"
+"De aanmeldingsprocedure wordt overgeslagen als <b>Automatisch aanmelden</b> "
+"geactiveerd is. De uit de lijst gekozen gebruiker wordt automatisch "
+"aangemeld.</p>\n"
#. helptext 3/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwordless Logins</b><br>\n"
"If this option is checked, all users are allowed to log in without entering\n"
-"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user to log in automatically.</p>\n"
+"passwords. Otherwise, you are asked for the password even if you set a user "
+"to log in automatically.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p><b>Aanmelding zonder wachtwoord</b><br>\n"
"Als deze optie is geselecteerd, dan kunnen alle gebruikers zich\n"
@@ -3165,7 +2887,8 @@
#. error popup
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1126
msgid "Cannot delete the user %1. It must be done on the NIS server."
-msgstr "Kan gebruiker %1 niet verwijderen. Dit moet op de NIS-server gedaan worden."
+msgstr ""
+"Kan gebruiker %1 niet verwijderen. Dit moet op de NIS-server gedaan worden."
#. Continue/Cancel popup
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1135
@@ -3257,6 +2980,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr "LDAP"
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr "Systeem"
@@ -3309,7 +3038,8 @@
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1518
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to the\n"
+"Linux is a multiuser system. Several different users can be logged in to "
+"the\n"
"system at the same time. To avoid confusion, each user must have\n"
"a unique identity. Additionally, every user belongs to at least one group.\n"
"</p>\n"
@@ -3325,7 +3055,8 @@
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1535
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
+"Users and groups are arranged in various sets. Change the set currently "
+"shown in the table with <b>Set Filter</b>.\n"
"Customize your view with <b>Customize Filter</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
@@ -3338,13 +3069,16 @@
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Expert Options</b> to edit various expert settings, such as\n"
-"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for new\n"
+"password encryption type, user authentication method, default values for "
+"new\n"
"users, or login settings. With <b>Write Changes Now</b>, save\n"
"all changes made so far without exiting the configuration module.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"<p>\n"
-"Klik op <b>Geavanceerd</b> om verschillende geavanceerde instellingen aan te\n"
-"kunnen passen: wachtwoordversleutelingstype, gebruikersauthenticatiemethode,\n"
+"Klik op <b>Geavanceerd</b> om verschillende geavanceerde instellingen aan "
+"te\n"
+"kunnen passen: wachtwoordversleutelingstype, "
+"gebruikersauthenticatiemethode,\n"
"standaardwaarden voor nieuwe gebruikers, en aanmeldingsinstellingen.\n"
"Met <b>Wijzigingen nu opslaan</b> kunt u alle tot nu gemaakte wijzigingen\n"
"opslaan zonder de configuratiemodule te verlaten.</p>\n"
@@ -3420,7 +3154,8 @@
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>\n"
-"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify groups.\n"
+"Use this dialog to get information about existing groups and add or modify "
+"groups.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
@@ -3610,6 +3345,15 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr "Pakket %1 is niet voor installatie beschikbaar."
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+"Pakket '%1' is niet geïnstalleerd.\n"
+"Het pakket nu installeren?\n"
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3628,6 +3372,461 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr "Initialisering..."
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+"Als u van plan bent certificaten te maken,\n"
+"moet het wachtwoord uit minstens %s tekens bestaan."
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Als u van plan bent dit wachtwoord te gebruiken voor het maken van\n"
+"certificaten, moet het minstens %s tekens lang zijn.</p>"
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr "Gebruikersconfiguratie wordt opgeslagen..."
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p> Kies een wachtwoordversleutelingsmethode voor lokale en "
+"systeemgebruikers.</p>"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other "
+#| "algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</"
+#| "p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is "
+"not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is de huidige standaard hash-methode, andere algoritmen "
+"gebruiken is niet aanbevolen tenzij nodig voor compatibiliteit.</p>"
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Type wachtwoordversleuteling"
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr "Vergeet niet wat u hier hebt ingevuld."
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr "&Wachtwoord voor root"
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr "&Bevestig wachtwoord"
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr "&Toetsenbordindeling testen"
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Naast de normale gebruikers van het systeem -- die bijvoorbeeld teksten\n"
+"schrijven, afbeeldingen maken, of met een browser over het internet willen\n"
+"surfen -- is op ieder systeem de gebruiker \"root\" aanwezig. Deze komt in\n"
+"actie wanneer er beheertaken moeten worden uitgevoerd. Meld u alleen aan\n"
+"als root wanneer u als systeembeheerder bezig moet zijn.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and "
+"numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Aangezien de root-gebruiker zeer uitgebreide rechten heeft, dient\n"
+"het wachtwoord voor de gebruiker \"root\" zorgvuldig te worden gekozen.\n"
+"Een combinatie van letters en getallen verdient aanbeveling. Om er\n"
+"zeker van te zijn dat het wachtwoord correct is ingevoerd moet het\n"
+"in een tweede veld worden herhaald.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or "
+"umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Denk aan de regels voor het wachtwoord van de gebruiker, dezelfde regels\n"
+"gelden ook voor het \"root\" wachtwoord. Er is onderscheid tussen kleine en\n"
+"grote letters. Een wachtwoord zou tenminste 5 tekens lang moeten zijn\n"
+"en als regel geen enkel teken met een accent of trema mogen bevatten.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Vergeet dit \"root\"-wachtwoord niet!\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr "Wachtwoord voor \"root\", de systeembeheerder"
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+"Geen wachtwoord opgegeven.\n"
+"Probeer het nog eens."
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local "
+#| "files <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Kies <b>Lokaal</b> om gebruikers alleen te verifiëren met behulp van de "
+"lokale bestanden <i>/etc/passwd</i> en <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create New User"
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker aanmaken"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Bij het opgeven van een wachtwoord wordt er onderscheid gemaakt\n"
+"tussen hoofdletters en kleine letters. Het wachtwoord mag geen\n"
+"tekens met een accent of trema bevatten.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid ""
+#| "<p>\n"
+#| "With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be "
+#| "between\n"
+#| " %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+#| "</p>"
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Met de huidige wachtwoordversleuteling (%1) dient het wachtwoord\n"
+"een lengte te hebben van %2 tot maximaal %3 tekens.\n"
+"</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, "
+"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
+"doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
+"information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Gebruik voor <b>Gebruikersnaam</b> alleen letters (zonder accenten),\n"
+"cijfers, en <tt>._-</tt>\n"
+"Gebruik hierbij geen hoofdletters, of u moet exact weten wat u doet.\n"
+"Gebruikersnamen zijn aan meer beperkingen gebonden dan wachtwoorden.\n"
+"U kunt de beperkingen wijzigen in het bestand /etc/login.defs.\n"
+"Lees voor meer informatie de man-pagina (login.defs).\n"
+"</p>\n"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same "
+"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Vink <b>Dit wachtwoord gebruiken voor de systeembeheerder</b> aan wanneer "
+"het wachtwoord dat is ingegeven voor de eerste gebruiker ook gebruikt moet "
+"worden voor root.</p>"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "Gebruike&rsgegevens uit een vorige installatie lezen"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being "
+"installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic "
+"information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without "
+"creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Local Users"
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr "Lokale gebruikers"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Create New User"
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr "Nieuwe gebruiker aanmaken"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr "Gebruike&rsgegevens uit een vorige installatie lezen"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "System Users"
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr "Systeemgebruikers"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr "&Automatisch aanmelden"
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "No user was specified."
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr "Geen gebruiker opgegeven."
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "User %s will be imported."
+#| msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "Gebruiker %s zal geïmporteerd worden."
+msgstr[1] "Gebruikers %s zullen geïmporteerd worden."
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr "Te lezen gebruikers &selecteren"
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr "&Alles selecteren of deselecteren"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr "SHA-256"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr "SHA-512"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Wachtwoordversleutelingsmethode: %1"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr "Type wachtwoordversleuteling"
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr "Gebruikersinstellingen"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_custom.ycp:181
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr "&Gebruiker"
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr "&Root-wachtwoord"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr "<%1>Root-wachtwoord<%2> is opgegeven"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr "<%1>Root-wachtwoord<%2> is niet opgegeven"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:235
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr "Geen <%1>gebruiker<%2> geconfigureerd"
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] "<%1>Gebruiker<%2> %3 zal geïmporteerd worden."
+msgstr[1] "<%1>Gebruiker<%2> %3 zal geïmporteerd worden."
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr "<%1>Gebruiker<%2> %3 is geconfigureerd"
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr "<%1>Gebruiker<%2> %3 (%4) is geconfigureerd"
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr "Wachtwoordversleutelingsmethode: %1"
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -4031,12 +4230,16 @@
#. label
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:452
msgid "Multiple templates are defined as default. Select the one to read."
-msgstr "Er zijn meerdere sjablonen als standaard gedefinieerd. Selecteer degene die gelezen moet worden."
+msgstr ""
+"Er zijn meerdere sjablonen als standaard gedefinieerd. Selecteer degene die "
+"gelezen moet worden."
#. error message 2/2 (= next sentence)
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:491
msgid "Correct them manually before running the YaST users module again."
-msgstr "Corrigeer ze handmatig voordat u de YaST2-gebruikersmodule opnieuw gaat opstarten."
+msgstr ""
+"Corrigeer ze handmatig voordat u de YaST2-gebruikersmodule opnieuw gaat "
+"opstarten."
#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2)
#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name, %2 is username, %3 is next sentence (2/2)
@@ -4069,7 +4272,8 @@
"Er staat een vreemde regel in het bestand %1:\n"
"%2\n"
"Misschien klopt het aantal dubbele punten niet of ontbreekt er een item.\n"
-"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op te starten."
+"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op "
+"te starten."
#. error message 1/2: %1 is file name
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:545
@@ -4080,7 +4284,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Er staat een vreemde regel in het bestand %1.\n"
"Misschien klopt het aantal dubbele punten niet of ontbreekt er een item.\n"
-"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op te starten."
+"Corrigeer het bestand handmatig alvorens de YaST2-gebruikersmodule weer op "
+"te starten."
#. default error message
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:555
@@ -4089,7 +4294,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -4109,22 +4314,22 @@
"Doorgaan met de gebruikersconfiguratie?"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr "Er zijn meerdere gebruikers die aan de voorwaarden voldoen."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Initialisatie van gebruikers- en groepsconfiguratie"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr "Lezen van de standaard aanmeldingsinstellingen"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr "Lezen van de standaard systeeminstellingen"
@@ -4132,12 +4337,12 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr "Lezen van het configuratietype"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr "Lezen van de aangepaste gebruikersinstellingen"
@@ -4146,22 +4351,22 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr "Lezen van gebruikers en groepen"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr "Aanmaken van cache-structuren"
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr "De standaard aanmeldingsinstellingen worden gelezen..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr "De standaard systeeminstellingen worden gelezen..."
@@ -4169,12 +4374,12 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:269
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_detection.ycp:294
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr "Het configuratietype wordt gelezen..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr "De aangepaste instellingen worden gelezen..."
@@ -4183,32 +4388,32 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr "De gebruikers en groepen worden gelezen..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr "De cache-structuren worden aangemaakt..."
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Finished"
msgstr "Gereed"
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr "Gebruiker bestaat niet."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr "Groep bestaat niet."
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr "Opslaan van gebruiker- en groepsconfiguratie"
@@ -4217,17 +4422,17 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr "Opslaan van LDAP-gebruikers en -groepen"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr "Opslaan van groepen"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr "Controle op verwijderde gebruikers"
@@ -4236,22 +4441,22 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write users"
msgstr "Opslaan van gebruikers"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr "Opslaan van wachtwoorden"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr "Opslaan van aangepaste instellingen"
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr "Opslaan van standaard aanmeldingsinstellingen"
@@ -4260,27 +4465,27 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr "De LDAP-gebruikers en -groepen worden opgeslagen..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr "De groepen worden opgeslagen..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr "De verwijderde gebruikers worden gecontroleerd..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr "De gebruikers worden opgeslagen..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr "De wachtwoorden worden opgeslagen..."
@@ -4289,54 +4494,58 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr "De aangepaste instellingen worden opgeslagen..."
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr "De standaard aanmeldingsinstellingen worden opgeslagen..."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
-msgstr "Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven."
+msgstr ""
+"Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr "Er is een fout opgetreden tijdens het verwijderen van gebruikers."
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
-msgstr "Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven."
+msgstr ""
+"Bestand %s is niet correct gelezen, het zal daarom niet worden geschreven."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"Ondersteuning voor versleuteling is niet geïnstalleerd, home-mappen zullen NIET versleuteld worden."
+"Ondersteuning voor versleuteling is niet geïnstalleerd, home-mappen zullen "
+"NIET versleuteld worden."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
-msgstr "Er is fout opgetreden tijdens het instellen van mail-forwarding voor root."
+msgstr ""
+"Er is fout opgetreden tijdens het instellen van mail-forwarding voor root."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr "Er is geen UID beschikbaar voor dit type gebruiker."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4346,7 +4555,7 @@
"Kies een geldig geheel getal tussen %i en %i."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4355,7 +4564,7 @@
"Wilt u het echt gebruiken?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4367,7 +4576,7 @@
"Wilt u het echt gebruiken?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4379,7 +4588,7 @@
"Wilt u echt het gebruikerstype in 'lokaal' veranderen?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4390,16 +4599,17 @@
"aangezien het kleiner is dan %i.\n"
"Wilt u echt het gebruikerstype in 'systeem' veranderen?"
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
"\n"
-"De bestaande gebruikersnaam behoort mogelijk aan een NIS- of LDAP-gebruiker.\n"
+"De bestaande gebruikersnaam behoort mogelijk aan een NIS- of LDAP-"
+"gebruiker.\n"
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -4410,7 +4620,7 @@
"Probeer een andere."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
@@ -4420,7 +4630,7 @@
"Probeer het nog eens."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -4431,7 +4641,7 @@
"Verwijder het overtollige."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -4442,7 +4652,7 @@
"Probeer het nog eens."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -4452,7 +4662,7 @@
"Kies voor de persoonlijke map een ander pad."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4462,7 +4672,7 @@
"Probeer het nog eens."
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -4473,7 +4683,7 @@
"Toch dit pad gebruiken?"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -4483,7 +4693,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4495,7 +4705,7 @@
"Deze map gebruiken?\n"
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4509,7 +4719,7 @@
"Deze map gebruiken?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
@@ -4519,12 +4729,12 @@
"Weet u het zeker?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr "Er is geen GID beschikbaar voor dit type groep."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4534,7 +4744,7 @@
"Kies een geldig geheel getal tussen %i en %i."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
@@ -4543,7 +4753,7 @@
"Wilt u het echt gebruiken?"
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4555,7 +4765,7 @@
"Wilt u het echt gebruiken?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4567,7 +4777,7 @@
"Wilt u echt het groepstype in 'lokaal' veranderen?"
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4579,7 +4789,7 @@
"Wilt u echt het groepstype in 'systeem' veranderen?"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4588,7 +4798,7 @@
"Probeer het nog eens."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4598,7 +4808,7 @@
"Probeer het nog eens."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4611,7 +4821,7 @@
"Probeer het nog eens."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
@@ -4621,13 +4831,13 @@
"met een bestaande groepsnaam.\n"
"Probeer een andere."
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr "Gebruiker %s bestaat niet."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4638,7 +4848,7 @@
"standaardgroep gebruiken."
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4649,22 +4859,22 @@
"Verwijder deze gebruikers eerst uit de groep."
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Gebruikers</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Groepen</h3>"
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr "<h3>Aanmeld-instellingen</h3>"
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr "Gebruiker %1 is geconfigureerd voor automatisch aanmelden"
@@ -4685,21 +4895,21 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_inetd_start.ycp:58
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr "Kerberos-configuratie"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr "Geen Kerberos-beheer voor groepen"
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr "Kerberos Principials beheren"
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr "Kan kadmin.local niet uitvoeren."
@@ -4834,7 +5044,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4845,10 +5055,11 @@
"Probeer het opnieuw."
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
-"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English keyboard\n"
+"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English "
+"keyboard\n"
"layout. In cases of system error, it may be necessary to log in without a\n"
"localized keyboard layout.\n"
"</p>"
@@ -4860,7 +5071,7 @@
"</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4871,37 +5082,37 @@
"Probeer het nog eens."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr "U heeft de groepsnaam als een deel van het wachtwoord gebruikt."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr "U heeft de gebruikersnaam als deel van het wachtwoord gebruikt."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr "U heeft voor het wachtwoord alleen kleine letters gebruikt."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr "U heeft voor het wachtwoord alleen hoofdletters gebruikt."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr "U hebt voor het wachtwoord een palindroom gebruikt."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr "U heeft voor het wachtwoord alleen cijfers gebruikt."
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4911,7 +5122,7 @@
"Het zal tot %s tekens worden ingekort."
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4921,13 +5132,13 @@
"%s."
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr "Het wachtwoord moet uit minstens %i karakters bestaan."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
@@ -4936,7 +5147,7 @@
"Probeer het nog eens."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4946,7 +5157,7 @@
"Probeer het nog eens."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4959,7 +5170,7 @@
"Probeer het nog eens."
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
@@ -4969,15 +5180,13 @@
"met een bestaande gebruikersnaam.\n"
"Probeer een andere."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr "De extensie %1 wordt opgehaald..."
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr "De extensie %1 wordt vrijgegeven..."
@@ -5046,6 +5255,175 @@
msgid "There are multiple users satisfying the input conditions."
msgstr "Er zijn meerdere gebruikers die aan de voorwaarden voldoen."
+#~ msgid "User Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Gebruikerauthenticatiemethode"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>\n"
+#~ "<b>Authenticatie</b><br>\n"
+#~ "Hier kunt u de authenticatiemethode voor de gebruikers op uw systeem "
+#~ "kiezen.\n"
+#~ "</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible "
+#~ "to create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data "
+#~ "from a Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates "
+#~ "a new home directory for each user in the location specified for this "
+#~ "installation."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als u een vorige installatie of een alternatief systeem hebt, dan is het "
+#~ "mogelijk om gebruikers op basis van die bron aan te maken. Selecteer "
+#~ "hiervoor de optie <b>Gebruikersgegevens uit een vorige installatie "
+#~ "lezen</b>. Voor elke gebruiker hergebruikt deze optie een bestaande "
+#~ "persoonlijke map, of maakt een nieuwe aan in de locatie die tijdens deze "
+#~ "installatie is opgegeven."
+
+#~ msgid "&LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "&LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid "N&IS"
+#~ msgstr "N&IS"
+
+#~ msgid "&Windows Domain"
+#~ msgstr "&Windows-domein"
+
+#~ msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
+#~ msgstr "L&okaal (/etc/passwd)"
+
+#~ msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
+#~ msgstr "eDirectory-LDAP"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you "
+#~ "want\n"
+#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. "
+#~ "Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Kies de passende waarde als u een NIS- of LDAP-server gebruikt om\n"
+#~ "gebruikersgegevens op te slaan, of als u gebruikers wilt aanmelden\n"
+#~ "via een NT-server. Ga vervolgens verder met het instellen van\n"
+#~ "uw cliënt door op <b>Verder</b> te klikken.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration "
+#~ "of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Kies de passende waarde als u een NIS- of LDAP-server gebruikt om\n"
+#~ "gebruikersgegevens op te slaan. Ga vervolgens verder met het\n"
+#~ "instellen van uw cliënt door op <b>Verder</b> te klikken.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
+#~ "authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. "
+#~ "Then\n"
+#~ "press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Kies de passende waarde als u een LDAP-server gebruikt om\n"
+#~ "gebruikersgegevens op te slaan, of als u gebruikers wilt aanmelden\n"
+#~ "via een NT-server. Ga vervolgens verder met het instellen van\n"
+#~ "uw cliënt door op <b>Verder</b> te klikken.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
+#~ "appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration "
+#~ "of your client.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Kies de passende waarde als u een LDAP-server gebruikt om\n"
+#~ "gebruikersgegevens op te slaan. Ga vervolgens verder met het\n"
+#~ "instellen van uw cliënt door op <b>Verder</b> te klikken.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos "
+#~ "after configuring the user data source.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Selecteer <b>Kerberos-authenticatie instellen</b> om Kerberos in te "
+#~ "stellen na het instellen van de gebruikersgegevensbron.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid "&Choose"
+#~ msgstr "&Kiezen"
+
+#~ msgid "Authentication Method"
+#~ msgstr "Authenticatiemethode"
+
+#~ msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
+#~ msgstr "&Kerberos-authenticatie instellen"
+
+#~ msgid "E&xpert Options..."
+#~ msgstr "Gea&vanceerd..."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+#~ "it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Als u van plan bent dit wachtwoord te gebruiken voor het maken van\n"
+#~ "certificaten, moet het minstens %1 tekens lang zijn.</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering "
+#~ "text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "<p>Controleer of de huidige toetsenbordindeling juist is door wat tekst "
+#~ "en speciale tekens te typen in het veld <b>Toetsenbordindeling testen</b>."
+#~ "</p>"
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+#~ "the password should have at least %1 characters."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Als u van plan bent certificaten te maken,\n"
+#~ "moet het wachtwoord uit minstens %1 tekens bestaan."
+
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "The root password could not be set.\n"
+#~ "You might not be able to log in.\n"
+#~ "Try setting it again?\n"
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Het root-wachtwoord kon niet worden ingesteld.\n"
+#~ "U kunt zich waarschijnlijk niet aanmelden.\n"
+#~ "Opnieuw proberen?\n"
+
+#~ msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
+#~ msgstr "Initialisatie van module voor configuratie van authenticatie..."
+
+#~ msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
+#~ msgstr "<p><b>Authenticatie</b><br></p>"
+
+#~ msgid "Expert Settings"
+#~ msgstr "Geavanceerde instellingen"
+
+#~ msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
+#~ msgstr "De authenticatiemethode is lokaal met /etc/passwd."
+
+# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_config_x11.ycp:947
+#~ msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
+#~ msgstr "De wachtwoordversleutelingsmethode is %s."
+
+#~ msgid "&Change..."
+#~ msgstr "&Wijzigen..."
+
+#~ msgid "Summary"
+#~ msgstr "Samenvatting"
+
+#~ msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
+#~ msgstr "Samba (Windows-domein)"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Authenticatiemethode<%2>: %3"
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Authenticatiemethode<%2>: %3 en Kerberos."
+
+#~ msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
+#~ msgstr "<%1>Gebruiker<%2> %3 is geselecteerd voor import"
+
#~ msgid "Kerberos"
#~ msgstr "Kerberos"
@@ -5073,8 +5451,10 @@
#~ msgstr "&eDirectory-LDAP"
#~ msgid ""
-#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value.</p>"
+#~ "<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you "
+#~ "want\n"
+#~ "to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value."
+#~ "</p>"
#~ msgstr ""
#~ "<p>Kies de passende waarde als u een NIS- of LDAP-server gebruikt om\n"
#~ "gebruikersgegevens op te slaan, of als u gebruikers wilt aanmelden\n"
@@ -5087,7 +5467,8 @@
#~ msgstr "De authenticatiemethode is %1 en Kerberos."
#~ msgid "The configuration will be available later during the installation."
-#~ msgstr "De configuratie zal later gedurende de installatie beschikbaar zijn."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "De configuratie zal later gedurende de installatie beschikbaar zijn."
#~ msgid "Users %1 will be imported."
#~ msgstr "Gebruikers %1 zullen geïmporteerd worden."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/vm.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -18,7 +18,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: vm.nl\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2014-05-31 00:54+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -45,58 +45,82 @@
msgstr "Virtuele machine instellen..."
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
-msgid "x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your architecture is "
-msgstr "x86_64 is de enige ondersteunde architectuur voor het hosten van virtuele machines. Uw architectuur is "
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
+msgid ""
+"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your "
+"architecture is "
+msgstr ""
+"x86_64 is de enige ondersteunde architectuur voor het hosten van virtuele "
+"machines. Uw architectuur is "
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
msgstr ""
-"Installatie van een virtuele machine kan niet in de UML-machine zelf worden gestart.\n"
+"Installatie van een virtuele machine kan niet in de UML-machine zelf worden "
+"gestart.\n"
"Start de installatie in het hostsysteem.\n"
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr "Geïnstalleerde pakketten controleren"
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/lan_interfaces.ycp:91
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr "Netwerk-bridge-configuratie"
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr "De VM-server wordt geconfigureerd (domein 0)"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
-msgid "<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
-msgstr "<p><big><b>Configuratie van VM-server</b></big></p><p>De configuratie van de VM-server (domein 0) bestaat uit twee delen.</p>"
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
+msgid ""
+"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM "
+"Server (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p><big><b>Configuratie van VM-server</b></big></p><p>De configuratie van de "
+"VM-server (domein 0) bestaat uit twee delen.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
-msgid "<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Eerst worden de benodigde pakketten in het systeem geïnstalleerd. Vervolgens wordt de bootloader naar GRUB geschakeld (als deze nog niet gebruikt wordt) en wordt de Xen-sectie toegevoegd aan het bootloadermenu als deze ontbreekt.</p>"
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
+msgid ""
+"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot "
+"loader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is "
+"added to the boot loader menu if it is missing.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Eerst worden de benodigde pakketten in het systeem geïnstalleerd. "
+"Vervolgens wordt de bootloader naar GRUB geschakeld (als deze nog niet "
+"gebruikt wordt) en wordt de Xen-sectie toegevoegd aan het bootloadermenu als "
+"deze ontbreekt.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
-msgid "<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>GRUB is noodzakelijk omdat het de multibootstandaard ondersteunt die nodig is om de Xen- en de Linux-kernel op te kunnen starten.</p>"
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
+msgid ""
+"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to "
+"boot Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>GRUB is noodzakelijk omdat het de multibootstandaard ondersteunt die "
+"nodig is om de Xen- en de Linux-kernel op te kunnen starten.</p>"
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
-msgid "<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Als de configuratie met succes is voltooid, kunt u de VM-server opstarten vanuit het bootloadermenu.</p>"
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
+msgid ""
+"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM "
+"Server from the boot loader menu.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Als de configuratie met succes is voltooid, kunt u de VM-server opstarten "
+"vanuit het bootloadermenu.</p>"
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr "Installatie wordt afgebroken."
@@ -104,39 +128,39 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr "Te installeren hypervisor(s) kiezen"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr "Server: Minimaal systeem om een actieve Hypervisor te krijgen"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr "Hulpmiddelen: Configureer, beheer en monitor virtuele machines"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr "KVM-hypervisor"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr "KVM-server"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr "KVM-hulpmiddelen"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr "libvirt LXC-containers"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr "libvirt LXC-daemon"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr "Software om te verbinden met virtualisatie-server"
@@ -144,79 +168,84 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr "Client-hulpmiddelen voor virtualisatie"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr "Xen-hypervisor"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr "Xen-server"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr "Xen-hulpmiddelen"
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
msgid "Package installation failed\n"
msgstr "Installatie van pakket is mislukt\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid "Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr "Installatie van pakket voor lxc is mislukt\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid "Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr "Installatie van pakket voor patroon sled-client is mislukt\n"
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid "Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr "Installatie van pakket voor sles-patronen is mislukt\n"
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr "Draait in tekstmodus. Toch de grafische componenten installeren?"
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr "Pakketten controleren..."
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr "De pakketten worden geïnstalleerd..."
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr "Kan de benodigde pakketten niet installeren."
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr "De grub2 configuratiebestanden worden bijgewerkt..."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/inst_ask_config.ycp:100
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr "De standaard netwerk-bridge wordt geconfigureerd..."
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr "Netwerk-bridge."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
-msgid "<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
-msgstr "<p>Voor normale netwerkconfiguraties die host is voor virtuele machines, wordt een netwerk-bridge aangeraden.</p><p>Een standaard network-bridge configureren?</p>"
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
+msgid ""
+"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network "
+"bridge is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
+msgstr ""
+"<p>Voor normale netwerkconfiguraties die host is voor virtuele machines, "
+"wordt een netwerk-bridge aangeraden.</p><p>Een standaard network-bridge "
+"configureren?</p>"
#. Firewall stage - modify the firewall setting, add the xen bridge to FW_FORWARD_ALWAYS_INOUT_DEV
#. Progress::NextStage();
@@ -227,23 +256,33 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
-msgstr "KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Uw host is gereed om KVM-guests te installeren."
+msgstr ""
+"KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Uw host is gereed om KVM-guests te "
+"installeren."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
-msgid "KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
-msgstr "KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Start de machine opnieuw op en kies native kernel in het bootloadermenu om KVM-guests te installeren."
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
+msgid ""
+"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native "
+"kernel in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
+msgstr ""
+"KVM-componenten zijn geïnstalleerd. Start de machine opnieuw op en kies "
+"native kernel in het bootloadermenu om KVM-guests te installeren."
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
-msgid "For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in the boot loader menu."
-msgstr "Voor het installeren van Xen-gasten, start de computer opnieuw op en kies de Xen-sectie in het bootloadermenu."
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
+msgid ""
+"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in "
+"the boot loader menu."
+msgstr ""
+"Voor het installeren van Xen-gasten, start de computer opnieuw op en kies de "
+"Xen-sectie in het bootloadermenu."
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:77
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr "Xen-hypervisor en hulpprogramma's zijn geïnstalleerd."
@@ -251,7 +290,7 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr "Client-hulpprogramma's voor virtualisatie zijn geïnstalleerd."
@@ -259,12 +298,16 @@
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:96
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:184
# /usr/lib/YaST2/clients/dialup_ISP_sel.ycp:203
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr "Libvirt LXC componenten zijn geïnstalleerd."
#~ msgid "Select the virtualization platform to install."
#~ msgstr "Selecteer het te installeren platform voor virtualisatie."
-#~ msgid "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary drivers."
-#~ msgstr "Voor het installeren van KVM gasten, herstart de machine om de noodzakelijke stuurprogramma's te laden."
+#~ msgid ""
+#~ "For installing KVM guests, reboot the machine to load the necessary "
+#~ "drivers."
+#~ msgstr ""
+#~ "Voor het installeren van KVM gasten, herstart de machine om de "
+#~ "noodzakelijke stuurprogramma's te laden."
Modified: trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
+++ trunk/yast/nl/po/vpn.nl.po 2016-05-07 09:04:53 UTC (rev 95806)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: \n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-29 23:34+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: Freek de Kruijf <freek(a)opensuse.org>\n"
"Language-Team: Dutch <opensuse-nl(a)opensuse.org>\n"
@@ -211,12 +211,12 @@
"U kunt geen twee gateways hebben werkend onder één scenario."
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr "De gebruikersnaam is al in gebruik."
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr "Kan geen overeenkomende client-verbinding vinden."
@@ -258,11 +258,18 @@
#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
msgid ""
-"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
-"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible "
+"that the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) "
+"discovery due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available "
+"bandwidth will be reduced by about 10%."
msgstr ""
-"Als VPN-clients problemen hebben met toegang tot bepaalde internetsites, dan is het mogelijk dat de betreffende hosts automatische MTU (maximum transmission unit) ontdekking voorkomt vanwege een onjuiste configuratie van de firewall.\n"
-"Verminderen van TCP-MSS zal de situatie corrigeren; de beschikbare bandbreedte zal met ongeveer 10% worden verminderd."
+"Als VPN-clients problemen hebben met toegang tot bepaalde internetsites, dan "
+"is het mogelijk dat de betreffende hosts automatische MTU (maximum "
+"transmission unit) ontdekking voorkomt vanwege een onjuiste configuratie van "
+"de firewall.\n"
+"Verminderen van TCP-MSS zal de situatie corrigeren; de beschikbare "
+"bandbreedte zal met ongeveer 10% worden verminderd."
#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
@@ -301,102 +308,102 @@
msgstr "Wilt u de daemon-log en verbindingsstatus bekijken?"
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr "Voer het IP-adres van de gateway in alvorens credentials te bewerken."
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr "Naam"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr "Beschrijving"
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr "Klik op 'Nieuwe VPN' om een gateway of client aan te maken."
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr "Alle IPv4 netwerken (0.0.0.0/0)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr "Alle IPv6 netwerken (::/0)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr "Beperkte CIDR's, kommagescheiden:"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr "Verbindingsnaam: "
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr "Type"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr "Gateway (server)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr "Client"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr "Het scenario is"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr "Beveiligde communicatie met een vooraf gedeelde sleutel"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr "Beveiligde communicatie met een certificaat"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr "Bied toegang tot Android-, iOS-, MacOS X-clients"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr "Bied toegang tot Windows 7-, Windows 8-clients"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr "Credentials bewerken"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr "VPN-clients toegang bieden tot"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr "Adrespool van clients (bijv. 192.168.100.0/24)"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr "De gateway vereist authenticatie"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr "Met een vooraf gedeelde sleutel"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr "Met een certificaat"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr "IP-adres van VPN-gateway"
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr "De VPN-tunnel gebruiken voor toegang"
@@ -488,66 +495,76 @@
msgstr "Status is niet beschikbaar: is de daemon actief?"
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr "Installeren van IPSec-pakketten is mislukt."
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr "Starten van IPSec-daemon is mislukt."
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr "Instellingen voor IP-forwarding toepassen met sysctl is mislukt:"
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
"SuSE firewall is ingeschakeld maar niet geactiveerd.\n"
-"Om de VPN juist te laten functioneren moet SuSE firewall nu worden geactiveerd."
+"Om de VPN juist te laten functioneren moet SuSE firewall nu worden "
+"geactiveerd."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr "Herstarten van SuSE firewall is mislukt."
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
-"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the "
+"configuration script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
"The script is located at %s"
msgstr ""
-"Zowel VPN-gateway en clients vereisen een speciale instelling van SuSE firewall.\n"
-"SuSE firewall is niet ingeschakeld, u moet daarom handmatig het configuratiescript bij ieder opnieuw booten uitvoeren. Het script zal nu worden uitgevoerd.\n"
+"Zowel VPN-gateway en clients vereisen een speciale instelling van SuSE "
+"firewall.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is niet ingeschakeld, u moet daarom handmatig het "
+"configuratiescript bij ieder opnieuw booten uitvoeren. Het script zal nu "
+"worden uitgevoerd.\n"
"Het script bevindt zich op %s"
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr "Globale instellingen voor VPN"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr "Schakel VPN (IPSec)-daemon in: %s"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
-msgstr "Verminder TCP MSS tot 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+#, fuzzy
+#| msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
+msgstr "TCP MSS verminderen"
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr "Gateway en verbindingen"
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr "Een gateway die clients bedient in "
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr "Een client die verbindt met "
+
+#~ msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#~ msgstr "Verminder TCP MSS tot 1024: %s"
1
0
06 May '16
Author: locilka
Date: 2016-05-06 17:14:06 +0200 (Fri, 06 May 2016)
New Revision: 95805
Added:
trunk/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot
Modified:
trunk/yast/50-pot/OBSOLETE_POT_FILES
trunk/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/base.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/cio.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/control.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/country.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/crowbar.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/docker.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/fonts.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/installation.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/isns.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/journal.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/live-installer.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/mail.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/network.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/nis.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/oneclickinstall.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/opensuse_mirror.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/packager.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/pam.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/printer.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/rear.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/registration.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/security.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/sound.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/squid.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/sshd.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/storage.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/support.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/tune.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/update.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/users.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/vm.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot
trunk/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot
Log:
trunk (master) - Fri May 6 17:13:56 CEST 2016
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/OBSOLETE_POT_FILES
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/OBSOLETE_POT_FILES 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/OBSOLETE_POT_FILES 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -10,6 +10,7 @@
ibm_db2.pot
irda.pot
MailServer.pot
+migration.pot
mouse.pot
ntsutils.pot
openvas-security-scanner.pot
@@ -23,6 +24,8 @@
slepos-installation.pot
slepos-system-manager.pot
system-profile.pot
+s390.pot
tv.pot
you-server.pot
+xpram.pot
y2r-tools.pot
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -72,13 +72,14 @@
"<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr ""
+#. just report error
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr ""
#. placeholder for unknown path
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -17,408 +17,1022 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name ="
+" user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD "
+"from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user dat"
+"abase from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider."
+"\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group d"
+"atabase from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provide"
+"r.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo "
+"database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provi"
+"der.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD aut"
+"omount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,"
+"\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not comp"
+"atible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD fro"
+"m \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr ""
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid ""
"Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticat"
+"e users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerbero"
+"s authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from "
+"\"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider."
+"\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database fro"
+"m \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provide"
+"r.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database"
+" from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Option"
+"s of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provi"
+"der.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount data"
+"base from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Opti"
+"ons of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Dir"
+"ectory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which "
+"case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup fa"
-"ilure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration f"
+"ailure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable dom"
+"ain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this com"
+"puter:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com):"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment re"
+"quirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolve"
+"r."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that A"
+"D user password is saved in plain text."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
-"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Pr"
-"ovider crash or restart before they give up"
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
msgid ""
-"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configure"
-"d or SSSD won't start."
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
msgid ""
-"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried"
-"."
+"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships"
+"?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
msgid ""
-"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing u"
-"ser name and domain into these components"
+"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different na"
+"me."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
msgid ""
-"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (nam"
-"e, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Pr"
+"ovider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
msgid ""
-"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its"
-" internal DNS resolver."
+"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/d"
+"omain tuple into FQDN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
msgid ""
-"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to pol"
-"ling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update inter"
+"nal DNS resolver"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
msgid ""
"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache file"
-"s."
+"s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid ""
-"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a doma"
-"in name component."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
msgstr ""
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
msgid ""
-"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the defa"
-"ult value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode"
-"."
+"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x001"
+"0 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
msgid ""
-"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opene"
-"d at one time by this SSSD process."
+"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD servic"
+"e process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
msgid ""
-"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process c"
-"an hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor wit"
+"hout any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
msgid ""
-"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it i"
-"s first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive p"
+"ing check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid ""
"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about al"
"l users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid ""
"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background i"
"f they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for "
"the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that "
"is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking"
" the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid ""
"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value o"
"r a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid ""
"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified exp"
"licitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered "
"valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be val"
"id."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid ""
"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached log"
"ins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid ""
"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has "
"been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid ""
"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately"
" update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that a"
@@ -426,211 +1040,206 @@
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid ""
"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that "
"implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits"
" before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid ""
"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts fil"
"e."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid ""
"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host"
" keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid ""
"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outsi"
"de these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid ""
"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor w"
"ill forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backe"
"nd again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the "
"backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the"
" backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking "
"the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking t"
"he backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid ""
"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend ag"
"ain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid ""
"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid bef"
"ore asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid ""
"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before be"
"ing removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid ""
"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) a"
"s the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid ""
"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string cont"
"aining user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid ""
"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain)"
" tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid ""
"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing"
" DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid ""
"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resol"
"ver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid ""
"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the"
" service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid ""
"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second look"
"up by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name wa"
"s an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to"
" groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies"
" only to groups within this SSSD domain."
@@ -638,740 +1247,707 @@
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid ""
"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home dir"
"ectory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid ""
"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created h"
"ome directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid ""
"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in t"
"he user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD s"
"hould connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD s"
"hould connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the par"
"ent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last passwo"
"rd change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period"
")."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity per"
"iod)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this p"
"arameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5)"
" counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of a"
"n LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos"
"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of a"
"n LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of "
"an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of "
"an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter deter"
"mines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access"
" is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until whi"
"ch date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours"
" of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)"
"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid ""
"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm "
"part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid ""
"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enu"
"merated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid ""
"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups wi"
"th no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save spac"
"e."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will us"
"e the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to "
"determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence"
" of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid ""
" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the pa"
"rent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid ""
"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC"
"2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follo"
"w."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid ""
"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific featu"
"re which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or d"
"eep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid ""
"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific featu"
"re which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with "
"complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their alia"
"ses."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid ""
"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches fo"
"r this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid ""
" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run befo"
"re they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is ent"
"ered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enume"
"rations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are re"
"turned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following"
" a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs wi"
"ll abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be m"
"aintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid ""
"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some "
"LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid ""
"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum securit"
"y level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid ""
"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cac"
"he in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid ""
"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Autho"
"rities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid ""
"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certific"
"ates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid ""
"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the cha"
"nnel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid ""
"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_use"
"r_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_use"
"r_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid ""
"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicaliz"
"e the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid ""
"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password"
" changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid ""
"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with da"
"ys since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid ""
"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this"
" option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must b"
"e met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid ""
" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be"
" enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid ""
"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use "
"the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerbero"
"s servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid ""
"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers "
"can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid ""
" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password "
"request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid ""
"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed"
"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid ""
"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KD"
"Cs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid ""
"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to reques"
"t a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid ""
"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediat"
"ely followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid ""
"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followe"
"d by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid ""
"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authe"
"ntication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid ""
"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to whi"
"ch SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
msgid ""
-"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fu"
-"lly qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN u"
+"sed by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid ""
" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active"
" Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid ""
"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active "
"Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid ""
"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to w"
"inbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
msgid ""
-"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualif"
-"ied name."
+"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN "
+"used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid ""
"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeI"
"PA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid ""
-"Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to"
-" diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid ""
-"System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid ""
-"System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid ""
-"System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid ""
-"System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -300,7 +300,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -445,12 +446,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -476,8 +477,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -485,7 +486,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -571,8 +572,8 @@
"configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2000,7 +2001,8 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300
msgid "Initializing..."
@@ -2377,7 +2379,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2445,7 +2447,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2606,238 +2608,238 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid ""
"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -51,12 +51,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -303,23 +303,21 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -484,111 +482,99 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
msgid "Registration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1505,7 +1491,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1515,7 +1501,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1554,7 +1540,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr ""
@@ -2142,7 +2128,7 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
msgid ""
"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error"
" message is:\n"
@@ -2160,45 +2146,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr ""
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2208,14 +2194,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those"
" available\n"
@@ -2225,7 +2211,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2256,97 +2242,79 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr ""
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2427,7 +2395,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2435,81 +2403,81 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
msgid ""
"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.l"
"og"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
msgid ""
"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.l"
"og"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed "
"anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different Auto"
"YaST XML file.\n"
@@ -2518,43 +2486,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
msgid ""
"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the aut"
"oyast profile."
@@ -2601,14 +2569,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2616,14 +2584,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr ""
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/base.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/base.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/base.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""
@@ -428,14 +428,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -1001,6 +1001,79 @@
"F keys are not available.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same "
+"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service "
+"during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running "
+"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the "
+"dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to "
+"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service "
+"in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+msgid "running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1195,7 +1268,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr ""
@@ -1218,7 +1291,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -1419,27 +1492,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1449,7 +1522,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1459,7 +1532,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1467,18 +1540,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr ""
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2458,47 +2531,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
msgid "TCP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2509,80 +2582,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr ""
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr ""
@@ -2689,49 +2762,50 @@
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr ""
@@ -2755,35 +2829,75 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2792,50 +2906,50 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management "
@@ -2843,7 +2957,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has "
@@ -2856,34 +2970,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2892,7 +3006,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2902,83 +3016,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2986,99 +3100,99 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
msgstr ""
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3088,64 +3202,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
@@ -3156,27 +3270,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3184,20 +3298,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3261,12 +3375,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3274,34 +3388,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3314,7 +3428,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software "
@@ -3325,7 +3439,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3334,7 +3448,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3342,7 +3456,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining "
@@ -3356,126 +3470,126 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr ""
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed "
"or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr ""
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3796,41 +3910,41 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid ""
"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using "
"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent "
@@ -3839,44 +3953,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr ""
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
@@ -4471,6 +4585,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr ""
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
@@ -4540,7 +4664,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4548,7 +4672,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5443,57 +5567,3 @@
"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n"
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same af"
-"ter saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during b"
-"oot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running servi"
-"ce reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons)."
-"</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable "
-"the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the alr"
-"eady running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-msgid "running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -29,49 +29,149 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
msgstr ""
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr ""
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr ""
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-msgid "Value: %s"
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
+msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr ""
+#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
+msgid "Value: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid ""
+"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable"
+"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -148,12 +248,19 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Gr"
+"aphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another "
"operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is"
" a suitable\n"
@@ -164,35 +271,35 @@
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partiti"
"on is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</cod"
-"e>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code"
+">) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a se"
-"rial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a ser"
+"ial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code"
"> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you"
@@ -200,29 +307,37 @@
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section number"
"s\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot m"
+"enu.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. I"
-"f <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is "
-"not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way G"
-"RUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>R"
-"etype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will o"
+"nly accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -231,160 +346,227 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr ""
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr ""
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -403,12 +585,14 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
msgid ""
"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional pa"
"rameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
msgid ""
"<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</"
"i> to when booting.</p>"
@@ -416,11 +600,17 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe para"
+"meters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other fore"
"ign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on "
"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if "
@@ -428,18 +618,34 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create b"
+"oot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -448,20 +654,30 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr ""
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr ""
@@ -482,70 +698,223 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
msgid "Select File"
msgstr ""
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr ""
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -554,64 +923,106 @@
"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr ""
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr ""
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr ""
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr ""
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+msgid "&Section Management"
msgstr ""
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
+msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
@@ -628,9 +1039,16 @@
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
@@ -638,28 +1056,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -670,7 +1088,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -679,14 +1097,14 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -694,7 +1112,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -707,8 +1125,19 @@
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -716,7 +1145,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -725,7 +1154,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -733,7 +1162,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -741,7 +1170,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -749,7 +1178,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -757,7 +1186,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -765,7 +1194,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -773,14 +1202,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -788,28 +1217,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the d"
@@ -818,40 +1247,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -866,43 +1305,112 @@
"All changes will be lost.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
msgid ""
"%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr ""
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr ""
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -916,176 +1424,445 @@
msgstr ""
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name direc"
+"tly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p"
+">"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. "
+"Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booti"
+"ng an OS other than Linux.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid ""
+"<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select th"
+"is section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems f"
+"ound on your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS n"
+"eeds this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to"
+" boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the g"
+"rub documentation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other im"
+"age \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional para"
+"meters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
msgid ""
-"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable"
-"."
+"<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is lo"
+"aded menu file.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need t"
+"o be on the first disk.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible "
+"via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to en"
+"able the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid ""
"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not inst"
"all</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid ""
"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">insta"
"ll</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid ""
"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not instal"
"l</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid ""
"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install"
"</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid ""
-"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you a"
-"re doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid ""
+"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you a"
+"re doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr ""
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
msgid ""
"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label "
"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or u"
@@ -1093,101 +1870,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
msgid ""
"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. M"
"aster Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
-msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
msgid ""
-"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes co"
-"uld refuse to boot."
+"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device m"
+"ap. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Install"
+"ation Details\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid ""
-"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains "
-"boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
+msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -133,7 +133,8 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
msgid "&Password:"
msgstr ""
@@ -205,7 +206,8 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
msgid "New passwords do not match."
msgstr ""
@@ -1937,42 +1939,41 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2266,7 +2267,8 @@
msgid "LDAP P&assword:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
msgid "Certificate &Password:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2312,23 +2314,28 @@
msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
msgid "&Certificate in DER Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
msgid "&New Password"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/cio.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/cio.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/cio.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -43,11 +43,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
@@ -203,150 +203,150 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/a"
"uthkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid ""
"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other node"
"s manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluste"
"r nodes.\n"
@@ -354,23 +354,23 @@
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -522,96 +522,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/control.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/control.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/control.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -17,238 +17,204 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+msgid "Expert"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
-msgid "Perform Update"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/country.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/country.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/country.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -761,56 +761,56 @@
"Enter the correct date.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr ""
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</"
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -829,12 +829,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/crowbar.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/crowbar.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/crowbar.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -22,19 +22,9 @@
msgid "Configuration of crowbar"
msgstr ""
-#. radio button item: target repository is common for all available platform
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:90
-msgid "Common for All"
-msgstr ""
-
#. target platform name
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:92
-msgid "SLES 11 SP3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. target platform name
#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:94
-msgid "SLES 12"
+msgid "SLES 12 SP1"
msgstr ""
#. combobox label
@@ -46,14 +36,14 @@
msgid ""
"<p>Here you can edit the location of your <b>Update Repositories</b>.</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
-"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enought "
-"to enter server's URL and the paths\n"
+"If repositories are stored at SMT server or SUSE Manager server, it's enough t"
+"o enter server's URL and the paths\n"
" to repositories will be filled automatically.</p>It is also poss"
"ible to use custom paths. Some examples of how the URL could look like:\n"
"</p><p>\n"
"<ul>\n"
-"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/$RCE/SLES11-SP3-Pool/sle-11-x86_64/</i> for"
-" SMT server\n"
+"<li><i>http://smt.example.com/repo/SUSE/Products/SLE-HA/12-SP1/x86_64/product<"
+"/i> for SMT server\n"
"<li><i>http://manager.example.com/ks/dist/child/suse-cloud-3.0-pool-x86_64/sle"
"s11-sp3-x86_64/</i> for SUSE Manager Server.\n"
"</p><p>\n"
@@ -175,124 +165,132 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:520
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:516
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:695
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:518 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:704
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:526 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:696
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:522 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:705
msgid "Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
-#. frame label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:531 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:697
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:715
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:527 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:706
msgid "Target Platform"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton label
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:542
+msgid "Architecture"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:580
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:583
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:676
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:685
msgid "Server &URL"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:694
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:703
msgid "Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:701
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
msgid "&Ask On Error"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:707
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:716
msgid "Repository &URL"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:710
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:719
msgid "Empty URL means that default value will be used."
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:726
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:722
msgid "A&dd Repository"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:793
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:792
+msgid "Local SMT Server"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:794
msgid "Remote SMT Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:795
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:796
msgid "SUSE Manager Server"
msgstr ""
#. combobox item
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:797
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:798
msgid "Custom"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:866
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:854
msgid "User Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:868
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:856
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:870
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:858
msgid "Repeat the Password"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:900
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:888
msgid "User name cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:907
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:895
msgid ""
"The passwords do not match.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:915
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:903
msgid ""
"User '%1' already exists.\n"
"Choose a different name."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1018
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1006
msgid "The interface format '%1' is not valid"
msgstr ""
#. Returns broadcast address. Based on current netmask and subnet
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1076
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1064
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1173
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1161
msgid ""
"The netmask '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
@@ -300,91 +298,91 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1184 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1216
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1172 src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1204
msgid ""
"The IP address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1194
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1182
msgid ""
"The router address '%1' is invalid.\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1203
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1191
msgid "The router address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1225
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1213
msgid "The IP address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1246
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1234
msgid ""
"Some address ranges are not part of network '%1'.\n"
"Adapt them using 'Edit ranges' button."
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1335
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1326
msgid "Min IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. inputfield label
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1342
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1333
msgid "Max IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1395
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1386
msgid "The address '%1' is not part of network '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1407
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1398
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1431
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1422
msgid "Ranges '%1' and '%2' are overlapping."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1499
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1490
msgid "&User Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label (hint for user)
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1511
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1502
msgid "If no user is present, user 'crowbar' with default password will be used."
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1527
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1518
msgid "N&etwork Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1535
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1526
msgid "Bastion Network"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1578
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1569
msgid "Net&works"
msgstr ""
#. tab header
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1614
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1605
msgid "Re&positories"
msgstr ""
#. popup message %1 is FQDN
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1731
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1722
msgid ""
"The Crowbar Admin Server has been deployed. Changing the network is\n"
"currently not supported.\n"
@@ -393,7 +391,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. default dialog caption
-#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1749
+#: src/include/crowbar/complex.rb:1740
msgid "Crowbar Configuration Overview"
msgstr ""
@@ -438,37 +436,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:142
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:154
msgid "Initializing crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:153
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:165
msgid "Read the configuraton"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:157
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:169
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:159 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:249
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:171 src/modules/Crowbar.rb:261
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Crowbar read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:232
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:244
msgid "Saving crowbar Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:255
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:247
+#: src/modules/Crowbar.rb:259
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -58,9 +58,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""
@@ -100,242 +98,247 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -360,190 +363,150 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr ""
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP "
"address \n"
@@ -552,60 +515,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -613,48 +576,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -662,10 +625,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -673,61 +636,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -735,8 +698,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -744,8 +707,8 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP "
"server.\n"
@@ -753,127 +716,127 @@
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -886,15 +849,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -907,7 +870,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1127,7 +1090,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""
@@ -1151,7 +1114,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
@@ -1162,9 +1125,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr ""
@@ -1180,51 +1143,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1232,80 +1195,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr ""
@@ -1585,8 +1548,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1604,17 +1566,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1622,7 +1576,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1630,7 +1584,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1640,7 +1594,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1650,14 +1604,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1665,7 +1619,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1674,7 +1628,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1683,7 +1637,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1692,14 +1646,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1709,14 +1663,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1724,7 +1678,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1734,7 +1688,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1743,7 +1697,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1753,7 +1707,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started "
@@ -1764,7 +1718,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</"
@@ -1772,14 +1726,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1787,14 +1741,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1802,34 +1756,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid ""
"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP "
"expires\n"
@@ -1837,7 +1791,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1846,7 +1800,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1858,7 +1812,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1866,14 +1820,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1881,14 +1835,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1898,45 +1852,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1944,7 +1898,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1954,23 +1908,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""
@@ -1980,101 +1934,101 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2082,7 +2036,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2090,7 +2044,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2098,206 +2052,195 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2308,101 +2251,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2410,22 +2353,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -302,7 +302,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
@@ -373,7 +374,8 @@
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
@@ -419,8 +421,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
@@ -450,7 +452,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
@@ -552,8 +555,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -575,7 +578,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -600,32 +603,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr ""
@@ -633,8 +636,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -642,8 +645,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/docker.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/docker.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/docker.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -242,10 +242,13 @@
"ata. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing d"
"evice is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by ya"
+"st automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.<"
+"/p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -292,11 +295,11 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -315,23 +318,28 @@
"a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\""
"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disabl"
-"e cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should"
+" disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV"
+" state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by"
+" the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized betwe"
+"en nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity c"
"heck</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it w"
"aited so\n"
@@ -343,7 +351,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -353,14 +361,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -369,7 +377,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -377,7 +385,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -385,14 +393,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -400,7 +408,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -409,7 +417,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -417,7 +425,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -425,50 +433,107 @@
msgstr ""
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr ""
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -570,82 +635,82 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid ""
"Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -653,46 +718,46 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -114,11 +114,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
+msgid "Module Name"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog text
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/fonts.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/fonts.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/fonts.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -20,11 +20,11 @@
#. in case of changing profiles, please reflect
#. edits in test/data/sysconfig.fonts-config.*
#. otherwise testsuite will fail
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:58
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:59
msgid "Bitmap Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:103
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:104
msgid ""
"Unlike 'outline fonts' (fonts described mathematically via curves; chosen in t"
"he rest of profiles), 'bitmap fonts' represents group of fonts, which contain "
@@ -35,11 +35,11 @@
"ll sizes). Bitmap fonts are rendered black and white, not smoothed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:106
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:107
msgid "Black and White Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:123
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:124
msgid ""
"Fonts rendered without antialiasing (grayscale smoothing), black and white. In"
" contrast with smoothed fonts, they are much more readable without any drawbac"
@@ -48,21 +48,21 @@
"le maintaining scalability."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:126
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:127
msgid "Black and White Rendering for Monospaced Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:143
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:144
msgid ""
"Monospaced fonts rendered not smoothed, other fonts (sans-serif, sans and unsp"
"ecified) will use default setting. Default family preference list is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:146
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:147
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:163
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:164
msgid ""
"Fonts are smoothed with antialiasing. Unlike black and white rendered fonts, t"
"his setting can produce 'beautiful' fonts sometimes to the detriment of readab"
@@ -73,21 +73,21 @@
"wdays TrueType fonts with good instructions are prefered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:166
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:167
msgid "CFF Fonts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:206
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:207
msgid ""
"Given Adobe's contribution to FreeType library, CFF fonts can be considered go"
"od compromise between readability and smoothness of rendered glyphs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:209
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:210
msgid "Exclusive Autohinter Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:226
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:227
msgid ""
"Unlike in default profile, even for good hinted fonts, FreeType's autohinter i"
"s used (on the 'hintslight' level). That leads to thicker, but sometimes fuzzi"
@@ -95,11 +95,11 @@
"ed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:229 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:230 src/lib/fonts/fonts-dialog.rb:818
msgid "Subpixel Rendering"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:254
+#: src/lib/fonts/fonts-config-state.rb:255
msgid ""
"Use subpixel rendering capability of LCD monitor. Requires subpixel rendering "
"enabled FreeType library."
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -60,8 +60,10 @@
#.
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -113,17 +115,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -131,24 +133,25 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -157,181 +160,189 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
msgid ""
"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/"
"booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
msgid ""
-"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node "
-"manually."
+"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other "
+"nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid "Authentication file "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -241,7 +241,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "Main Host"
msgstr ""
@@ -286,7 +287,8 @@
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273
msgid "Default Host"
msgstr ""
@@ -641,10 +643,10 @@
#. translators: Listen type for all addresses;
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
-#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300
+#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300
msgid "All Addresses"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -103,11 +103,11 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
@@ -119,15 +119,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
@@ -142,12 +142,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -163,181 +163,181 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr ""
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr ""
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr ""
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr ""
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr ""
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr ""
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr ""
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr ""
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr ""
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr ""
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr ""
@@ -351,26 +351,26 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr ""
@@ -579,57 +579,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr ""
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/installation.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -173,28 +173,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr ""
@@ -243,53 +243,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile."
-"\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user intera"
-"ction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this op"
-"tion is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml<"
-"/tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do"
-" not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
@@ -480,7 +434,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -507,52 +461,26 @@
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -562,7 +490,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -572,7 +500,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -580,7 +508,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -589,7 +517,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -597,22 +525,48 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -705,7 +659,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -714,8 +668,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
@@ -723,14 +677,14 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packa"
@@ -738,20 +692,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr ""
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr ""
@@ -779,33 +733,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -824,7 +779,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
@@ -864,53 +819,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr ""
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr ""
@@ -935,27 +890,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -963,7 +918,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, sele"
@@ -972,7 +927,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid ""
"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drive"
"rs.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
@@ -1223,7 +1178,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installatio"
@@ -1231,14 +1186,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1246,7 +1201,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1255,12 +1210,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1312,8 +1293,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1516,7 +1497,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1633,58 +1614,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr ""
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr ""
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr ""
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr ""
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1695,42 +1665,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr ""
@@ -1758,7 +1722,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed."
@@ -1769,7 +1733,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1778,7 +1742,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1787,7 +1751,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1796,7 +1760,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1804,12 +1768,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1818,7 +1782,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1832,6 +1796,16 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr ""
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -1839,10 +1813,73 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr ""
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid ""
+"Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr ""
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -63,37 +63,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr ""
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -102,95 +102,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
msgstr ""
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr ""
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
msgstr ""
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -199,7 +200,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -209,87 +210,87 @@
msgstr ""
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr ""
@@ -540,7 +541,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package"
"\n"
@@ -565,79 +566,79 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Disconnect"
+msgid "Log Out"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
@@ -125,6 +125,9 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr ""
@@ -206,8 +209,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -300,35 +303,34 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
-"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional"
-" targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode o"
-"f already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cance"
-"l the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the"
-" start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>."
+"\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that thi"
"s access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption."
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</t"
-"t>. \n"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt"
+">. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only ab"
"le to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discoveri"
"ng targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
@@ -336,20 +338,26 @@
" 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and"
" <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connec"
"t</b>. "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid ""
+"Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Passwor"
+"d</b>."
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -365,38 +373,14 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
msgid ""
-"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox "
-"if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b"
-">Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for "
-"both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates t"
-"o 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way roun"
-"d.</p>"
+"List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to "
+"any target."
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discover"
-"y</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP addr"
-"ess.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was su"
-"ccessful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will a"
-"ppear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b"
-">Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for "
-"not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i"
-"> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means d"
-"oing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of"
-" already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targe"
-"ts</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets wit"
-"hout changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -447,30 +431,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -478,38 +456,38 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid ""
"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipath"
"ing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -600,7 +578,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -608,13 +586,7 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-msgid ""
-"Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr ""
@@ -96,153 +96,159 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr ""
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -366,10 +372,12 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target porta"
-"l group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>Initi"
-"atorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delet"
-"e</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported"
+" from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>In"
+"itiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will"
+" remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
@@ -377,18 +385,20 @@
"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN t"
"arget number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the ty"
"pe of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. T"
-"hen insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is di"
-"sabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+"hen insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different "
+"values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b>"
+" is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to t"
-"he LUN.</p>"
+"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access t"
+"o the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by click"
"ing <b>Add</b>.\n"
@@ -397,12 +407,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LU"
"N</b>.\n"
@@ -413,8 +423,8 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which addr"
"ess\n"
@@ -422,11 +432,11 @@
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -436,13 +446,13 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional conf"
"iguration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purpo"
"ses).\n"
@@ -467,7 +477,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -495,7 +505,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
@@ -515,7 +525,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
@@ -524,21 +534,21 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr ""
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
@@ -549,93 +559,99 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -649,11 +665,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/isns.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/isns.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/isns.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/journal.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/journal.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/journal.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Added: trunk/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot (rev 0)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Footer buttons
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot selector
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Log entries for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filter checkboxes
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60
+msgid "from previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62
+msgid "since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66
+msgid "unit (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67
+msgid "file (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68
+msgid "priority (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79
+msgid "with no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81
+msgid "filtering by %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "For this systemd unit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112
+msgid "For this file (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -376,10 +376,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -1127,150 +1125,165 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid ""
"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only "
"%{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/live-installer.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/live-installer.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/live-installer.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -38,27 +38,27 @@
#.
#. Progress::NextStage ();
#. Progress::Title (_("Evaluating filesystems to copy..."));
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:57 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:58 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:59
msgid "Evaluating filesystems to copy..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:60 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:61 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
msgid "Copying root filesystem..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:63
msgid "Copying live image..."
msgstr ""
#. Copy all the symlinks as needed
#. @param [Hash{String => String}] symlinks a map of resolved symlinks
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:152 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:154
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:149 src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:151
msgid "Copying %1..."
msgstr ""
#. need to set some lower limit - roughly estimated maximum size of the last file which could have failed
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:222
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:226
msgid ""
"Copying the live image to hard disk failed.\n"
"\n"
@@ -68,78 +68,60 @@
msgstr ""
#. generic error report
-#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:250
+#: src/clients/inst_live_doit.rb:254
msgid "Copying the live image to hard disk failed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:45
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:211
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:44
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:179
msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:46
msgid "Analyzing the system..."
msgstr ""
#. partitioning summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:111
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:110
msgid "Use %1%% of disk %2 for Linux"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:120
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:119
msgid "Do not use disk %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:127
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:126
msgid "Partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. end of partitioning summary
-#. bootloader summary
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "System start-up"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:149
-msgid "Ask whether to boot Linux or existing system"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:150
-msgid "Boot only Linux"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:158
-msgid "System start time-out: %1 seconds"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end of bootloader summary
#. keyboard entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:167
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:135
msgid "Keyboard"
msgstr ""
#. end of keyboard entry
#. timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:177
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:145
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. end of timezone entry
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:187
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:155
msgid "Change Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:192
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:160
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Use <b>Accept</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:196
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To change the values, click the respective headline\n"
@@ -147,7 +129,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:202
+#: src/clients/inst_live_simple_proposal.rb:170
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Your hard disk has not been modified, you can still safely abort.\n"
@@ -234,7 +216,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:76
+#: src/clients/live_copy_files_finish.rb:75
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/mail.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/mail.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/mail.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/network.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -710,13 +710,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr ""
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1204,13 +1204,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1221,20 +1221,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1252,60 +1252,60 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD"
@@ -1318,12 +1318,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1637,12 +1637,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2494,7 +2494,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2738,47 +2738,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2786,20 +2786,20 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -2808,21 +2808,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -2831,57 +2831,57 @@
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -2891,7 +2891,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -2901,97 +2901,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
msgid "GTC"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -3032,12 +3032,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3045,111 +3045,61 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3221,8 +3171,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -3248,30 +3198,30 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid ""
"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it "
"at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3303,27 +3253,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3359,40 +3309,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3623,7 +3573,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr ""
@@ -3714,7 +3664,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3737,7 +3687,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -3749,445 +3699,436 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr ""
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
msgid "No network running"
msgstr ""
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid ""
-"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked w"
-"ill be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid ""
"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) i"
"s not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). S"
"ee dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4195,30 +4136,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4227,22 +4168,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -75,27 +75,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -104,11 +104,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
msgid ""
"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to g"
"et information about available options."
@@ -161,55 +161,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr ""
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr ""
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -217,27 +225,27 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
msgid ""
"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the "
"domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave"
@@ -247,7 +255,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Ker"
@@ -255,44 +263,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
msgid "&Start"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -300,78 +308,83 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid ""
"<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr ""
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -379,73 +392,85 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
msgid ""
"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is "
"correct."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr ""
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/nis.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/nis.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/nis.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -82,25 +82,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/oneclickinstall.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/oneclickinstall.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/oneclickinstall.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/opensuse_mirror.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/opensuse_mirror.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/opensuse_mirror.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/packager.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/packager.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/packager.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -170,8 +170,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -470,8 +470,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -501,102 +501,87 @@
msgstr ""
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
msgid ""
"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line inte"
"rface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr ""
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr ""
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr ""
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr ""
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
msgid "All services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr ""
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -605,101 +590,101 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr ""
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr ""
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
msgid ""
"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol fo"
"r package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repo"
"sitories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -711,7 +696,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
@@ -720,7 +705,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n"
@@ -733,7 +718,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -745,7 +730,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) "
@@ -754,14 +739,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
msgid ""
"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in reposi"
"tories and services.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
@@ -769,14 +754,14 @@
"ation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
msgid ""
"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages"
"</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
"configuration."
@@ -784,7 +769,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -792,79 +777,79 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr ""
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -873,7 +858,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid ""
"<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -980,20 +965,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1302,42 +1287,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr ""
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1349,7 +1334,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1357,19 +1342,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1382,19 +1367,19 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
@@ -1402,58 +1387,58 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -1969,7 +1954,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
@@ -2034,7 +2019,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -2102,7 +2087,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -2123,17 +2108,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is emp"
@@ -2141,12 +2126,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, Ya"
@@ -2154,17 +2139,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2174,23 +2159,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2200,42 +2185,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2243,17 +2228,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2263,20 +2248,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2289,7 +2274,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2297,11 +2282,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2313,12 +2298,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2326,71 +2311,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
msgid "&Port"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2406,7 +2391,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2415,12 +2400,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2428,7 +2413,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2436,7 +2421,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2446,7 +2431,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2455,25 +2440,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2484,19 +2469,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/pam.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/pam.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/pam.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -45,12 +45,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/printer.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/printer.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/printer.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -210,8 +210,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
@@ -440,8 +440,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr ""
@@ -2573,56 +2573,56 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr ""
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr ""
@@ -2632,7 +2632,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2645,7 +2645,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2660,76 +2660,76 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid ""
"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored"
"."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2740,33 +2740,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2775,7 +2775,7 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid ""
"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is pri"
"nted."
@@ -2783,19 +2783,19 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""
@@ -2803,7 +2803,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2822,28 +2822,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2851,25 +2851,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""
@@ -2889,55 +2889,55 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid ""
"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote sy"
"stem."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/rear.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/rear.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/rear.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -258,11 +258,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/registration.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -70,30 +70,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -231,28 +231,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -268,39 +257,39 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -310,23 +299,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -334,6 +323,24 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
@@ -362,7 +369,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -371,14 +378,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr ""
@@ -388,34 +395,34 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -423,7 +430,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -454,7 +461,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -475,12 +482,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -682,7 +689,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr ""
@@ -712,7 +719,7 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -784,14 +791,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid ""
"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get upda"
"tes and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -804,7 +811,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -815,7 +822,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
@@ -823,8 +830,8 @@
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
@@ -883,11 +890,6 @@
"risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
@@ -1104,10 +1106,10 @@
msgstr ""
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -835,86 +835,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the "
"users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/security.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/security.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/security.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -117,282 +117,247 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr ""
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr ""
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr ""
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, use"
-"r on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication "
-"in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which includ"
"e\n"
@@ -403,33 +368,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -437,7 +402,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -448,7 +413,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -457,7 +422,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -465,14 +430,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word"
@@ -481,7 +446,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -492,7 +457,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing."
@@ -501,12 +466,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need"
@@ -515,28 +480,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms "
"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -544,28 +509,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p"
@@ -573,7 +538,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secu"
@@ -594,7 +559,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)"
@@ -605,7 +570,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -614,7 +579,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory"
@@ -624,7 +589,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -637,21 +602,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during"
@@ -660,32 +625,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid ""
"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security"
" settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid ""
"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current v"
"alue of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not install"
"ed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -699,7 +664,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is"
@@ -708,7 +673,7 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid ""
"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour"
". Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important t"
@@ -717,14 +682,14 @@
"events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid ""
"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that "
"it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process wi"
"th a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid ""
"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a "
"possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its progra"
@@ -733,7 +698,7 @@
"ctive.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid ""
"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window sessio"
"n to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not hel"
@@ -742,7 +707,7 @@
"ire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect"
"\n"
@@ -759,7 +724,7 @@
"he encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose"
"\n"
@@ -768,7 +733,7 @@
"TP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -780,7 +745,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -792,7 +757,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid ""
"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the s"
"ystem runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.<"
@@ -804,7 +769,7 @@
"ting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid ""
"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but"
" that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, "
@@ -813,39 +778,89 @@
"tionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid ""
"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e."
"g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid ""
"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most"
" restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to "
"run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid ""
"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore"
" it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.<"
"/P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, use"
+"r on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication "
+"in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
msgid "Workstation"
@@ -903,163 +918,236 @@
"maximum."
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr ""
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr ""
@@ -1075,61 +1163,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -17,294 +17,265 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr ""
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "Single"
msgstr ""
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "User Data"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -315,7 +286,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -325,17 +296,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -346,29 +317,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post a"
"re used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taki"
-"ng those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the tabl"
-"e.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the"
-"\n"
+"ng those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the tab"
+"le.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see t"
+"he\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -379,13 +350,13 @@
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By defaul"
-"t, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to "
-"compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"t, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to"
+" compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -399,98 +370,117 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
-msgid ""
-"Failed to get config:\n"
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Create new snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+msgid "Configuration not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
msgid ""
-"Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
msgid ""
-"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
msgid ""
"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid ""
-"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
msgstr ""
-#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
-msgid "Initializing Snapper"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
msgstr ""
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Progress stage 2/2
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Snapper read dialog caption
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
msgid ""
"Deleted %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
msgid ""
"%1 skipped\n"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/sound.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/sound.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/sound.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/squid.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/squid.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/squid.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/sshd.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/sshd.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/sshd.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/storage.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -144,7 +144,11 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -760,7 +764,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -778,7 +782,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -788,7 +792,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -798,7 +802,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -808,7 +812,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -819,7 +823,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -829,7 +833,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -842,7 +846,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -852,7 +856,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -864,7 +868,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -875,7 +879,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -887,11 +891,11 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -989,53 +993,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounte"
"d:\n"
@@ -1046,7 +1050,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1056,7 +1060,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1066,7 +1070,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1081,13 +1085,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1114,7 +1118,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1125,7 +1129,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1145,7 +1149,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1154,7 +1158,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1454,7 +1458,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1469,17 +1473,17 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1511,7 +1515,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1524,7 +1528,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file sys"
@@ -1538,7 +1542,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have a"
@@ -1561,7 +1565,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1722,7 +1726,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -1737,12 +1741,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1750,26 +1754,26 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
@@ -2160,39 +2164,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2200,54 +2209,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr ""
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2256,17 +2265,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2276,7 +2285,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2285,56 +2294,56 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2342,8 +2351,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2355,33 +2364,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2391,7 +2400,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2400,12 +2409,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2588,108 +2597,113 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2697,51 +2711,51 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -2751,50 +2765,50 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3028,50 +3042,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr ""
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3079,7 +3093,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr ""
@@ -3087,31 +3101,31 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3210,12 +3224,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3513,12 +3527,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr ""
@@ -3553,9 +3567,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr ""
@@ -3565,14 +3579,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3924,17 +3938,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4198,7 +4212,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""
@@ -4956,39 +4970,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
msgid ""
-"Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+"Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4998,7 +5025,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5012,7 +5039,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -5025,7 +5052,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5034,7 +5061,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5042,7 +5069,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5051,24 +5078,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5076,12 +5103,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5089,97 +5116,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5187,7 +5214,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5195,7 +5222,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5203,18 +5230,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5799,50 +5826,41 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
msgid ""
"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system un"
"der Windows."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5851,35 +5869,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/support.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/support.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/support.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -33,52 +33,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -86,184 +86,183 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -249,17 +249,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. time zone
-#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882
msgid "Iceland"
msgstr ""
#. time zone
-#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878
msgid "Azores"
msgstr ""
#. time zone
-#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880
msgid "Canary Islands"
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/tune.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/tune.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/tune.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/update.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/update.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/update.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/users.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/users.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/users.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -128,566 +128,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files "
-"<i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to "
-"create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a "
-"Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new "
-"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. "
-"Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of "
-"your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of "
-"your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after "
-"configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and "
-"numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or "
-"umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering "
-"text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other "
-"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be "
-"between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, "
-"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
-"information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same "
-"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with "
-"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure "
-"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System "
-"Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] ""
-msgstr[1] ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -809,11 +249,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1079,93 +514,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1317,6 +665,22 @@
"enter the user's current password."
msgstr ""
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1341,6 +705,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -1355,11 +726,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr ""
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr ""
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1527,6 +917,30 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1615,6 +1029,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1625,6 +1053,25 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be "
+"between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1747,6 +1194,15 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1776,6 +1232,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with "
+"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure "
+"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System "
+"Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
@@ -2455,7 +1929,9 @@
msgstr ""
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr ""
@@ -2531,6 +2007,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2550,6 +2031,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2666,6 +2152,13 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other "
+"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2676,6 +2169,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr ""
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -2940,6 +2453,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
@@ -3219,6 +2738,13 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr ""
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3236,6 +2762,358 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is "
+"not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and "
+"numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or "
+"umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, "
+"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
+"doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
+"information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same "
+"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being "
+"installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic "
+"information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without "
+"creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3677,7 +3555,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3689,202 +3567,202 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3892,14 +3770,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3908,7 +3786,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3917,7 +3795,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3925,14 +3803,14 @@
"Really change the user type to 'system'?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -3940,14 +3818,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -3955,7 +3833,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -3963,7 +3841,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -3971,14 +3849,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -3986,7 +3864,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -3994,7 +3872,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4003,7 +3881,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4013,19 +3891,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4033,14 +3911,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4049,7 +3927,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4058,7 +3936,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4067,14 +3945,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4082,7 +3960,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4091,20 +3969,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4112,7 +3990,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4120,22 +3998,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
@@ -4153,21 +4031,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4284,7 +4162,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4292,7 +4170,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English "
@@ -4303,7 +4181,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4311,37 +4189,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4349,7 +4227,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4357,20 +4235,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4378,7 +4256,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4387,22 +4265,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/vm.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/vm.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/vm.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -29,14 +29,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid ""
"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your a"
"rchitecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -44,29 +44,29 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Ser"
"ver (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot lo"
"ader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to"
@@ -74,134 +74,134 @@
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot "
"Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Serve"
"r from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
msgid ""
"Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid ""
"Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid ""
"Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid ""
"Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid ""
"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridg"
"e is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
@@ -216,30 +216,30 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
msgid ""
"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel "
"in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
msgid ""
"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in th"
"e boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -198,12 +198,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:439
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
msgid "The user name is already used."
msgstr ""
#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
-#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:503
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
msgstr ""
@@ -288,102 +288,102 @@
msgstr ""
#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:285
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
msgstr ""
#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:361
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:376
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
msgstr ""
#. Make widgets for connection configuration
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:386
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:387
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:389
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:395
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
msgid "Connection name: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:396
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:398
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
msgid "Gateway (Server)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
msgid "Client"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:406
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
msgid "The scenario is"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:409
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:411
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
msgid "Edit Credentials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:416
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:423
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
msgid "By a pre-shared key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:424
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
msgid "By a certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:426
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
msgid "VPN gateway IP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
msgstr ""
@@ -468,32 +468,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Install packages
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:172
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
msgstr ""
#. Enable/disable daemon
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:180
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
msgstr ""
#. Configure IP forwarding
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:210
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
msgstr ""
#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:225
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
msgid ""
"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:229 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:234
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:240
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
msgid ""
"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuratio"
@@ -502,28 +502,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:279
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
msgid "VPN Global Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:280
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:281
-msgid "Reduce TCP MSS to 1024: %s"
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
msgid "Gateway and Connections"
msgstr ""
#. Gateway summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:288
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
msgstr ""
#. Client summary
-#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:292
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
msgid "A client connecting to "
msgstr ""
Modified: trunk/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot
===================================================================
--- trunk/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
+++ trunk/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot 2016-05-06 15:14:06 UTC (rev 95805)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
1
0
[opensuse-translation-commit] r95804 - branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot
by locilka＠svn2.opensuse.org 06 May '16
by locilka＠svn2.opensuse.org 06 May '16
06 May '16
Author: locilka
Date: 2016-05-06 17:09:30 +0200 (Fri, 06 May 2016)
New Revision: 95804
Added:
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot
Modified:
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/base.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cio.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/country.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/docker.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/installation.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/isns.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/journal.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/mail.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/migration.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/network.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/packager.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pam.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/printer.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/rear.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/registration.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/s390.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/security.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sound.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/squid.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sshd.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/storage.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/support.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tune.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/update.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/users.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/vm.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot
branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot
Log:
SLE 12 SP2 - Fri May 6 17:09:08 CEST 2016
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on-creator.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/add-on.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -72,13 +72,14 @@
"<li>Media: %1, Path: %2, Product: %3</li>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:185
-msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
+#. set addon specific sig-handling
+#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:186
+msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
msgstr ""
+#. just report error
#: src/clients/add-on_auto.rb:193
-msgid "Make the add-on \"%1\" available via \"%2\"."
+msgid "Failed to add add-on product."
msgstr ""
#. placeholder for unknown path
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/audit-laf.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-11-30 10:04+0100\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -17,408 +17,1022 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. translators: command line help text for authentication client module
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:46
-msgid "Authentication client configuration module"
+#. Edit Kerberos realm configuration
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Realm name"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:56
-msgid "Configuration summary of the authentication client"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Map Domain Name to the Realm (example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#. translators: command line help text for summary action
-#: src/clients/auth-client.rb:61
-msgid "Create autoyast rnc from @parameters"
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Map Wild Card Domain Name to the Realm (*.example.com -> EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Host Name of Administration Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "Host Name of Master Key Distribution Server (Optional)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Key Distribution Centres (Optional If Auto-Discovery via DNS is Enabled)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Custom Mappings of Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Principal Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "User Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:74
+msgid "Custom Rules for Mapping Principal Names to User Names"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add a KDC
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Please type in the host name of Key Distribution Centre:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:102
+msgid "Please type in the auth_to_local rule:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Add an auth_to_local_names
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:115
+msgid ""
+"Please type in the principal name and user name in the format of \"princ_name ="
+" user_name\":"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save realm settings
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/edit_realm_dialog.rb:135
+msgid "Please enter realm name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for Kerberos.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "Default Location of Keytab File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Encryption Types for TGS (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Encryption Types for Ticket (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Encryption Types for Sessions (Space separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:56
+msgid "Additional Addresses to be put in Ticket (Comma separated)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/krb_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Reset"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Edit more configuration items for LDAP.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "In Case Of Connection Outage:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Retry The Operation Endlessly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:55
+msgid "Do Not Retry And Fail The Operation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:57
+msgid "Timeout for Bind Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/ldap_extended_opts_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Timeout for Search Operations in Seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the last saved tab
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Use a Directory as Identity Provider (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:44
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Authentication via Kerberos"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. LDAP tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use legacy LDAP authentication (pam_ldap), please disable SSSD "
+"from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from SSSD identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP user database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD user dat"
+"abase from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from SSSD identity provider."
+"\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP group database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD group d"
+"atabase from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from SSSD identity provide"
+"r.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP sudoers database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD sudo "
+"database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:108
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from SSSD identity provi"
+"der.\n"
+"Before you may use LDAP automount database (nss_ldap), please disable SSSD aut"
+"omount database from \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:118
+msgid "Please enter server URI."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:126
+msgid "Please enter DN of search base."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test URI input
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:133
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on URI %s!"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:135
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on URI %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Test host address input, construct URI for each one.
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:154
+msgid "Successfully contacted LDAP server on host %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:156
+msgid ""
+"Connection check has failed on host %s.\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:163
+msgid ""
+"The name service cache is should only used with legacy LDAP identity provider,"
+"\n"
+"but your system currently has authentication domain enabled, which is not comp"
+"atible with the cache.\n"
+"\n"
+"Do you still wish to enable the cache?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Kerberos tab events
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:176
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using SSSD to authenticate users.\n"
+"Before you may use Kerberos authentication (pam_krb5), please disable SSSD fro"
+"m \"User Logon Management\"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save Kerberos
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:205
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:210
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:316
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:432
+msgid "(not specified)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:202
+msgid "Are you sure to delete realm %s?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:334
+msgid "Allow LDAP Users To Authenticate (pam_ldap)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:335
+msgid "Cache LDAP Entries For Faster Response (nscd)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:336
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:405
+msgid "Automatically Create Home Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:338
+msgid "Read the following items from LDAP data source:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:339
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:340
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Groups"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:341
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "Super-User Commands (sudo)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid "Network Disk Locations (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:344
+msgid "Enter LDAP server locations (space separated), in either format:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:345
+msgid "- Host name or IP and port number (ip:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:346
+msgid "- URI (ldap://server:port, ldaps://server:port)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:348
+msgid "DN of Search Base (e.g. dc=example,dc=com)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:352
+msgid "DN of Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:354
+msgid "Password of the Bind User (Leave Empty for Anonymous Bind)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:357
+msgid "Identify Group Members by Their DNs (RFC2307bis)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:359
+msgid "Leave LDAP Connections Open for Consecutive Requests"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:362
+msgid "Secure LDAP communication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:363
+msgid "Do Not Use Security"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:364
+msgid "Secure Communication via TLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Secure Communication via StartTLS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+msgid "Test Connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:368
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:428
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:186
+msgid "Extended Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. If not specified, append the default port number
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Allow Kerberos Users To Authenticate (pam_krb5)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:407
+msgid "Default Realm For User Login:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:409
+msgid "All Authentication Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Add Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Edit Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:411
+msgid "Delete Realm"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Use DNS TXT Record to Discover Realms"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:416
+msgid "Use DNS SVC record to Discover KDC servers"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:419
+msgid "Allow Insecure Encryption (Windows NT)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Allow KDC on Other Networks to Issue Authentication Tickets"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:423
+msgid "Allow Kerberos-Enabled Services to Take on The Identity Of a User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/ldapkrb/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "Issue Address-Less Tickets for Computers Behind NAT"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Entry point can be :sssd, :ldapkrb, or :auto
+#. In auto mode, there will be two change settings buttons.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "LDAP and Kerberos Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "User Logon Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:63
+msgid "Change Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Allow entering both SSSD and ldapkrb settings
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "User Logon Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "LDAP/Kerberos Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let user choose one additional parameter to customise for domain.
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:89 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:98
+msgid "Value"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Full Computer Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:92 src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "(Name is not resolvable)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Network Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:94
+msgid "IP Addresses"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/main_dialog.rb:95
+msgid "Identity Domains"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:65
+msgid "Extended options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/extended_param_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Name filter:"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create parameter editor controls (label, input, help text) and return them.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:70
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:74
msgid "None."
msgstr ""
#. Render controls for editing parameter values, according to parameter data type.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:105
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:109
msgid "Mandatory Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:112
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:116
msgid "Optional Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Check that all mandatory parameters are set
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/initial_customisation_dialog.rb:142
msgid ""
"Please complete all of the following mandatory parameters:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. SSSD section name to UI caption mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Global Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:40
+msgid "Name switch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:41
+msgid "Sudo"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42
+msgid "Auto-Mount"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:42 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:84
+msgid "SSH Public Keys"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:43 src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Privilege Account Certificate (MS-PAC)"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Render overview and edit buttons on left side, config editor on right side.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:55
-msgid "Authentication Client Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Manage Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#. Overview of all config sections
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:62
-msgid "Global Configuration"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Daemon Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:65
-msgid "Create Home Directory on Login"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:68
-msgid "Enable SSSD daemon"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Stopped"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:73
-msgid "Sections"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Allow Domain User Logon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:76
-msgid "New Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Create Home Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:77
-msgid "Delete Service/Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "Enable domain data source:"
msgstr ""
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Map Network Drives (automount)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Join Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:92
+msgid "Leave Domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:93
+msgid "Clear Domain Cache"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render overview of all config sections in tree.
+#. For the currently selection config section, render customised parameters and values in a table.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Service Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:150
+msgid "Domain Options"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid "Select Global Options, a service, or a domain to customise."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additional widgets for a domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:157
+msgid "Use this domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Additiona widgets for an AD domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:162
+msgid "Enroll to Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Label of the area used to customise parameters.
#. %s is the name of the section being customised.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:114
-msgid "Customisation - %s"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Options - %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Name"
+#. Delete the chosen domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:217
+msgid "Please select a domain among the list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-msgid "Value"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:220
+msgid "Do you really wish to erase configuration for domain %s?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:118
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:143
-msgid "Description"
+#. Enable/disable SSSD daemon
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:252
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently using legacy LDAP or Kerberos method to authenticat"
+"e users.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD to authenticate users, please disable LDAP and Kerbero"
+"s authentication from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. For the currently selected config section, render list of additional parameters for customisation.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:137
-msgid "More Parameters"
+#. Enable/disable NSS password database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:284
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading user database from LDAP identity provider.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD user database, please disable LDAP user database from "
+"\"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:140
-msgid "Name filter:"
+#. Enable/disable NSS group database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:302
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading group database from LDAP identity provider."
+"\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD group database, please disable LDAP group database fro"
+"m \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#. Check system environment for the proper operation of SSSD
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:169
+#. Enable/disable NSS sudoers database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:320
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your nss_ldap configuration will be removed.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"This computer is currently reading sudoers database from LDAP identity provide"
+"r.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD sudoers database, please disable LDAP sudoers database"
+" from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:328
msgid ""
-"Your system is configured as OES client.\n"
-"This module is designed to configure your system via sssd.\n"
-"If you continue, your OES client configuration will be deactivated.\n"
-"Do you want to continue?"
+"Sudo data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"sudo_provider\" parameter in Extended Option"
+"s of each individual domain that provides sudo data."
msgstr ""
-#. Delete the chosen section (domain or service)
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:223
-msgid "You may not delete section SSSD."
+#. Enable/disable NSS automount database
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:342
+msgid ""
+"This computer is currently reading automount database from LDAP identity provi"
+"der.\n"
+"Before you may use SSSD automount database, please disable LDAP automount data"
+"base from \"LDAP and Kerberos Client\"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:225
-msgid "Do you really wish to delete section %s?"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:350
+msgid ""
+"Automount data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"Please remember to also customise \"autofs_provider\" parameter in Extended Opti"
+"ons of each individual domain that provides automount data."
msgstr ""
+#. Enable/disable PAC responder
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:374
+msgid ""
+"MS-PAC data source has been globally enabled.\n"
+"This optional feature depends on the capabilities of your Microsoft Active Dir"
+"ectory domain.\n"
+"SSSD may fail to start if Active Directory domain lacks the support, in which "
+"case please turn off this feature."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Forbid removal of mandatory parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:269
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:409
msgid "This is a mandatory parameter and it may not be deleted."
msgstr ""
#. Warn against removal of important parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:274
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:414
msgid "Confirm parameter removal: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:275
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:415
msgid ""
-"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause SSSD startup fa"
-"ilure.\n"
+"The parameter is important. Removal of the parameter may cause configuration f"
+"ailure.\n"
"Please consult SSSD manual page before moving on.\n"
-"Do you still wish to continue?"
+"Do you still wish to remove the parameter?"
msgstr ""
#. Save settings - validate
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:305
-msgid "No domain enabled"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "No domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:306
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:435
msgid ""
-"No domain has been enabled in [sssd] \"domains\" parameter.\n"
-"SSSD will not start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
+"You have not configured any authentication domain, yet you chose to enable dom"
+"ain authentication.\n"
+"SSSD will fail to start, and only local authentication will be available.\n"
"Do you still wish to proceed?"
msgstr ""
-#. user must correct the mistake
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/main_dialog.rb:323
-msgid "Inactive domain(s) found"
+#. Remove all SSSD cache files
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/main_dialog.rb:455
+msgid "All cached data have been erased."
msgstr ""
-#. Render input box and dropdowns for service/domain creation
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:49
-msgid "Would you like to enable another service or join a domain?"
+#. The frame is shown only if AD server can be discovered or is explicitly specified
+#. The frame is hidden if the module is not running in autoyast mode and AD server is not found/specified
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"Enter AD user credentials (e.g. Administrator) to enroll or re-enroll this com"
+"puter:"
msgstr ""
-#. New service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:54
-msgid "Service"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#. New domain and provider types
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:58
-msgid "Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:61
-msgid "Domain name (example.com):"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:71
+msgid "Optional Organisation Unit such as \"Headquarter/HR/BuildingA\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:64
-msgid "Identification provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:72
+msgid "Overwrite Samba configuration to work with this AD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:69
-msgid "Authentication provider:"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:76
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "(Not applicable in AutoYast editor)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:72
-msgid "Activate Domain"
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:78
+msgid " (Auto-discovered via DNS)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new service
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:105
-msgid "There are no more services to be enabled."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:82
+msgid "(DNS error)"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new domain
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:123
-msgid "Please enter a name for the new domain."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:83
+msgid ""
+"The name resolution service on this computer does not satisfy AD enrollment re"
+"quirements.\n"
+"Please configure your network environment to use AD server as the name resolve"
+"r."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/new_section_dialog.rb:126
-msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Already enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#. Define Global Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:108
-msgid "Indicates what is the syntax of the config file."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:91
+msgid "Not yet enrolled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:114
-msgid "Comma separated list of services that are started when sssd itself starts."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:114
+msgid "Active Directory enrollment"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:115
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Current status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:116
+msgid "Gathering status..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enroll the computer, or save the enrollment details
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:134
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. join_ad will configure and apply Kerberos and then join AD
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:144
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Supported services: nss, pam, sudo, autofs, ssh"
+"AD enrollment details have been saved for AutoYast. Please keep in mind that A"
+"D user password is saved in plain text."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:120 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:174
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:150
msgid ""
-"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Pr"
-"ovider crash or restart before they give up"
+"Enrollment has completed successfully!\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:125
+#. If user enters this dialog once again, the details should be cleared.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/manage_ad_dialog.rb:158
msgid ""
-"SSSD can use more domains at the same time, but at least one must be configure"
-"d or SSSD won't start."
+"The enrollment process failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Command output:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:126
+#. ID provider to UI caption mapping and reversed mapping
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:37
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:50
+msgid "Delegate to third-party software library (proxy_lib_name)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:38
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Local SSSD file database"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:39
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Microsoft Active Directory"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:40
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:48
+msgid "FreeIPA"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:41
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Generic directory service (LDAP)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:47
+msgid "Generic Kerberos service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "The domain does not provide authentication service"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. New domain and provider types
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:75
+msgid "Domain name (such as example.com):"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:78
msgid ""
-"This parameter contains the list of domains in the order these will be queried"
-"."
+"Which service provides identity data, such as user names and group memberships"
+"?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Which service handles user authentication?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:86
+msgid "Enable the domain"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create new domain
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:106
+msgid "Please enter the domain name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:109
msgid ""
-"Default regular expression that describes how to parse the string containing u"
-"ser name and domain into these components"
+"The domain name collides with a reserved keyword. Please choose a different na"
+"me."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/new_section_dialog.rb:112
+msgid "The domain name is already in-use."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Define Global Parameters
+#. Omit 'services' and 'domains' from section [sssd], because they are never customised directly by the end-user.
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:110
+msgid "Version of configuration file syntax (1 or 2)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:115 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:166
msgid ""
-"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (nam"
-"e, domain) tuple into a fully qualified name."
+"Number of times services should attempt to reconnect in the event of a Data Pr"
+"ovider crash or restart before they give up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:119
+msgid "The regular expression parses user name and domain name into components"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:123
msgid ""
-"SSSD monitors the state of resolv.conf to identify when it needs to update its"
-" internal DNS resolver."
+"The default printf(3)-compatible format that describes translation of a name/d"
+"omain tuple into FQDN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:139
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:127
msgid ""
-"By default, we will attempt to use inotify for this, and will fall back to pol"
-"ling resolv.conf every five seconds if inotify cannot be used."
+"Whether or not to use inotify mechanism to monitor resolv.conf to update inter"
+"nal DNS resolver"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:131
msgid ""
"Directory on the filesystem where SSSD should store Kerberos replay cache file"
-"s."
+"s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:147
-msgid ""
-"This string will be used as a default domain name for all names without a doma"
-"in name component."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:135
+msgid "A default domain name for all names without a domian name component"
msgstr ""
#. Define Global Services Parameters
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:154
+#. NSS configuration options
+#. PAM configuration options
+#. SUDO configuration options
+#. AUTOFS configuration options
+#. SSH configuration options
+#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
+#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:139 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:146
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:188 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:266
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:308 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:320
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:332 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:350
msgid ""
-"Bit mask that indicates which debug levels will be visible. 0x0010 is the defa"
-"ult value as well as the lowest allowed value, 0xFFF0 is the most verbose mode"
-"."
+"Level of details for logging. Can be numeric (0-9) or a big mask such as 0x001"
+"0 (lowest level) or 0xFFF (highest level)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:159
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:151
msgid "Add a timestamp to the debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:156
msgid "Add microseconds to the timestamp in debug messages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:169
-msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service."
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:161
+msgid "Timeout in seconds between heartbeats for this service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:179
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:171
msgid ""
-"This option specifies the maximum number of file descriptors that may be opene"
-"d at one time by this SSSD process."
+"Maximum number of file descriptors that may be opened at a time by SSSD servic"
+"e process"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:184
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:176
msgid ""
-"This option specifies the number of seconds that a client of an SSSD process c"
-"an hold onto a file descriptor without communicating on it."
+"Number of seconds a client of SSSD process can hold onto a file descriptor wit"
+"hout any communication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:181
msgid ""
-"If a service is not responding to ping checks (see the “timeout” option), it i"
-"s first sent the SIGTERM signal that instructs it to quit gracefully."
+"The service will receive SIGTERM after this number of seconds of consecutive p"
+"ing check failure"
msgstr ""
-#. NSS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:197
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:193
msgid ""
"How many seconds should cache nss_sss enumerations (requests for info about al"
"l users)?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:202
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:198
msgid ""
"The entry cache can be set to automatically update entries in the background i"
"f they are requested beyond a percentage of the entry_cache_timeout value for "
"the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:207
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:203
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds nss_sss should cache negative cache hits (that "
"is, queries for invalid database entries, like nonexistent ones) before asking"
" the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:213
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:209
msgid "Exclude certain users from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:219
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:215
msgid "Exclude certain groups from being fetched by SSS backend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:224
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:220
msgid "If you want filtered user to still be group members set this option to false."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:228
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:224
msgid ""
"Override the user's home directory. You can either provide an absolute value o"
"r a template."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:232 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1185
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:228 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1209
msgid ""
"Set a default template for a user's home directory if one is not specified exp"
"licitly by the domain's data provider."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:236
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:232
msgid "Override the login shell for all users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:240
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:236
msgid "Restrict user shell to one of the listed values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:244
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:240
msgid "Replace any instance of these shells with the shell_fallback"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:249
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:245
msgid "The default shell to use if an allowed shell is not installed on the machine."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:253 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1189
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:249 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1213
msgid "The default shell to use if the provider does not return one during lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:258 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:301
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:254 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:301
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds for which the list of subdomains will be considered "
"valid."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:263
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:259
msgid ""
"Specifies time in seconds for which records in the in-memory cache will be val"
"id."
msgstr ""
-#. PAM configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:271
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:271
msgid ""
"If the authentication provider is offline, how long we should allow cached log"
"ins (in days since the last successful online login)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:276 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:281
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:276 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:281
msgid ""
"The time in minutes which has to pass after offline_failed_login_attempts has "
"been reached before a new login attempt is possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:286
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:286
msgid "Controls what kind of messages are shown to the user during authentication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:291
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:291
msgid ""
"For any PAM request while SSSD is online, the SSSD will attempt to immediately"
" update the cached identity information for the user in order to ensure that a"
@@ -426,211 +1040,206 @@
msgstr ""
#. The kerberos domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:296 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:788
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1073
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:296 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:811
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1096
msgid "Display a warning N days before the password expires."
msgstr ""
-#. SUDO configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:309
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:313
msgid ""
"Whether or not to evaluate the sudoNotBefore and sudoNotAfter attributes that "
"implement time-dependent sudoers entries."
msgstr ""
-#. AUTOFS configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:317
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:325
msgid ""
"Specifies for how many seconds the autofs responder should cache negative hits"
" before asking the back end again."
msgstr ""
-#. SSH configuration options
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:325
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:337
msgid ""
"Whether or not to hash host names and addresses in the managed known_hosts fil"
"e."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:330
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:342
msgid ""
"How many seconds to keep a host in the managed known_hosts file after its host"
" keys were requested."
msgstr ""
-#. DOMAIN SECTIONS
-#. These configuration options can be present in a domain configuration section, that is, in a section called “[domain/NAME]”
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:339 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:344
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:355 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:360
msgid ""
"UID and GID limits for the domain. If a domain contains an entry that is outsi"
"de these limits, it is ignored."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:350
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:366
msgid "Read all entities from backend database (increase server load)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:355
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:371
msgid ""
"If the service does not terminate after “force_timeout” seconds, the monitor w"
"ill forcibly shut it down by sending a SIGKILL signal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:360
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:376
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider entries valid before asking the backe"
"nd again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:365
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:381
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider user entries valid before asking the "
"backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:370
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:386
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider group entries valid before asking the"
" backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:375
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:391
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider netgroup entries valid before asking "
"the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:380
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:396
msgid ""
"How many seconds nss_sss should consider service entries valid before asking t"
"he backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:385
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:401
msgid ""
"How many seconds sudo should consider rules valid before asking the backend ag"
"ain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:390
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:406
msgid ""
"How many seconds the autofs service should consider automounter maps valid bef"
"ore asking the backend again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:396
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:412
msgid "Cache credentials for offline use"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:401
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:417
msgid ""
"Number of days entries are left in cache after last successful login before be"
"ing removed during a cleanup of the cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:408
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:424
msgid "The identification provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:413
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:429
msgid ""
"Use the full name and domain (as formatted by the domain's full_name_format) a"
"s the user's login name reported to NSS."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:420
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:436
msgid "The authentication provider used for the domain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:426
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:442
msgid "The access control provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:431
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:447
msgid "The provider which should handle change password operations for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:437
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:453
msgid "The SUDO provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:443
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:459
msgid "The provider which should handle loading of selinux settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:449
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:465
msgid "The provider which should handle fetching of subdomains."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:455
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:471
msgid "The autofs provider used for the domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:461
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:477
msgid "The provider used for retrieving host identity information."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:466
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:482
msgid ""
"Regular expression for this domain that describes how to parse the string cont"
"aining user name and domain into these components."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:471
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:487
msgid ""
"A printf(3)-compatible format that describes how to translate a (name, domain)"
" tuple for this domain into a fully qualified name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:477
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:493
msgid ""
"Provides the ability to select preferred address family to use when performing"
" DNS lookups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:482
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:498
msgid ""
"Defines the amount of time (in seconds) to wait for a reply from the DNS resol"
"ver before assuming that it is unreachable."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:486
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:502
msgid ""
"If service discovery is used in the back end, specifies the domain part of the"
" service discovery DNS query."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:490
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:506
msgid "Override the primary GID value with the one specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:495
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:512
msgid "Treat user and group names as case sensitive."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:500
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:517
msgid ""
"When a user or group is looked up by name in the proxy provider, a second look"
"up by ID is performed to 'canonicalize' the name in case the requested name wa"
"s an alias."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:505
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:522
msgid "Use this homedir as default value for all subdomains within this domain."
msgstr ""
#. Following options will be provided by SSSD's 'simple' access-control provider
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:511
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:528
msgid "Comma separated list of users who are allowed to log in."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:516
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:533
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of groups who are allowed to log in. This applies only to"
" groups within this SSSD domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:521
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:538
msgid ""
"Comma separated list of groups that are explicitly denied access. This applies"
" only to groups within this SSSD domain."
@@ -638,740 +1247,707 @@
#. The local domain section
#. This section contains settings for domain that stores users and groups in SSSD native database, that is, a domain that uses id_provider=local.
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:530
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:547
msgid ""
"The tools append the login name to base_directory and use that as the home dir"
"ectory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:535
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:552
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be created by default for new users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:540
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:557
msgid "Indicate if a home directory should be removed by default for deleted users."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:545
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:562
msgid ""
"Used by sss_useradd(8) to specify the default permissions on a newly created h"
"ome directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:550
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:567
msgid ""
"The skeleton directory, which contains files and directories to be copied in t"
"he user's home directory, when the home directory is created by sss_useradd(8)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:555
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:572
msgid "The mail spool directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:559
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:576
msgid "The command that is run after a user is removed."
msgstr ""
#. The ldap domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:568
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:585
+msgid "(Active Directory specific) Use token-groups attribute if available"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:591
msgid "URIs (ldap://) of LDAP servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:574
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:597
msgid "The default base DN to use for performing LDAP sudo rules."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:579
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:602
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD s"
"hould connect in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:585 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:591
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:608 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:614
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of URIs of the LDAP servers to which SSSD s"
"hould connect in the order of preference to change the password of a user."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:597
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:620
msgid "Base DN for LDAP search"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:604
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:627
msgid "LDAP schema type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:608
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:631
msgid "The default bind DN to use for performing LDAP operations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:614
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:637
msgid "The type of the authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:618
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:641
msgid "The authentication token of the default bind DN."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:623
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:646
msgid "The object class of a user entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:628
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:651
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's login name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:633
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:656
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:638
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:661
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's primary group id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:643
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:666
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's gecos field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:648
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:671
msgid " The LDAP attribute that contains the name of the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:653
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:676
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the path to the user's default shell."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:658
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:681
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:663
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:686
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP user object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:668 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:873
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:691 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:896
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the par"
"ent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:673
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:696
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (date of the last passwo"
"rd change)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:678
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:701
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (minimum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:683
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:706
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (maximum password age)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:688
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:711
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password warning period"
")."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:693
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:716
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow, this parameter contains the name of an LDAP"
" attribute corresponding to its shadow(5) counterpart (password inactivity per"
"iod)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:698
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:721
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=shadow or ldap_account_expire_policy=shadow, this p"
"arameter contains the name of an LDAP attribute corresponding to its shadow(5)"
" counterpart (account expiration date)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:703
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:726
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of a"
"n LDAP attribute storing the date and time of last password change in kerberos"
"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:708
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:731
msgid ""
"When using ldap_pwd_policy=mit_kerberos, this parameter contains the name of a"
"n LDAP attribute storing the date and time when current password expires."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:713
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:736
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of "
"an LDAP attribute storing the expiration time of the account."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:718
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:741
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=ad, this parameter contains the name of "
"an LDAP attribute storing the user account control bit field."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:723
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:746
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=rhds or equivalent, this parameter deter"
"mines if access is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:728
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:751
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines if access"
" is allowed or not."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:733
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:756
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines until whi"
"ch date access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:738
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:761
msgid ""
"When using ldap_account_expire_policy=nds, this attribute determines the hours"
" of a day in a week when access is granted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:743
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:766
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the user's Kerberos User Principal Name (UPN)"
"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:747
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:770
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the user's SSH public keys."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:752
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:775
msgid ""
"Some directory servers, for example Active Directory, might deliver the realm "
"part of the UPN in lower case, which might cause the authentication to fail."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:753
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:776
msgid "Set this option to true if you want to use an upper-case realm."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:758
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:781
msgid ""
"Specifies how many seconds SSSD has to wait before refreshing its cache of enu"
"merated records."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:763
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:786
msgid ""
"Determine how often to check the cache for inactive entries (such as groups wi"
"th no members and users who have never logged in) and remove them to save spac"
"e."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:768
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:791
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the user's full name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:773
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:796
msgid "The LDAP attribute that lists the user's group memberships."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:778
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:801
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=authorized_service, SSSD will us"
"e the presence of the authorizedService attribute in the user's LDAP entry to "
"determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:783
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:806
msgid ""
"If access_provider=ldap and ldap_access_order=host, SSSD will use the presence"
" of the host attribute in the user's LDAP entry to determine access privilege."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:793
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:816
msgid "The object class of a group entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:798
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:821
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:803
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:826
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the group's id."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:808
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:831
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the group's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:813
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:836
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:818
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:841
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the objectSID of an LDAP group object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:823
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:846
msgid ""
" The LDAP attribute that contains timestamp of the last modification of the pa"
"rent object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:829
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:852
msgid ""
"If ldap_schema is set to a schema format that supports nested groups (e.g. RFC"
"2307bis), then this option controls how many levels of nesting SSSD will follo"
"w."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:835
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:858
msgid ""
"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific featu"
"re which may speed up group lookup operations on deployments with complex or d"
"eep nested groups."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:841
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:864
msgid ""
"This option tells SSSD to take advantage of an Active Directory-specific featu"
"re which might speed up initgroups operations (most notably when dealing with "
"complex or deep nested groups)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:847
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:870
msgid " The object class of a netgroup entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:853
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:876
msgid "The LDAP attribute that corresponds to the netgroup name."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:858
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:881
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the names of the netgroup's members."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:863
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:886
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the (host, user, domain) netgroup triples."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:868
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:891
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the UUID/GUID of an LDAP netgroup object."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:878
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:901
msgid "The object class of a service entry in LDAP."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:883
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:906
msgid ""
"The LDAP attribute that contains the name of service attributes and their alia"
"ses."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:888
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:911
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the port managed by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:893
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:916
msgid "The LDAP attribute that contains the protocols understood by this service."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:899
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:922
msgid ""
"An optional base DN, search scope and LDAP filter to restrict LDAP searches fo"
"r this attribute type."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:904
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:927
msgid ""
" Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches are allowed to run befo"
"re they are cancelled and cached results are returned (and offline mode is ent"
"ered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:909
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:932
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) that ldap searches for user and group enume"
"rations are allowed to run before they are cancelled and cached results are re"
"turned (and offline mode is entered)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:914
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:937
msgid ""
"Specifies the timeout (in seconds) after which the poll(2)/select(2) following"
" a connect(2) returns in case of no activity."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:919
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:942
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) after which calls to synchronous LDAP APIs wi"
"ll abort if no response is received."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:924
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:947
msgid ""
"Specifies a timeout (in seconds) that a connection to an LDAP server will be m"
"aintained."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:929
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:952
msgid ""
"Specify the number of records to retrieve from LDAP in a single request. Some "
"LDAP servers enforce a maximum limit per-request."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:934
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:957
msgid "Disable the LDAP paging control."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:938
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:961
msgid ""
"When communicating with an LDAP server using SASL, specify the minimum securit"
"y level necessary to establish the connection."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:943
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:966
msgid ""
"Specify the number of group members that must be missing from the internal cac"
"he in order to trigger a dereference lookup."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:950
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:973
msgid "Validate server certification in LDAP TLS session"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:954
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:977
msgid ""
"Specifies the file that contains certificates for all of the Certificate Autho"
"rities that sssd will recognize."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:958
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:981
msgid ""
"Specifies the path of a directory that contains Certificate Authority certific"
"ates in separate individual files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:962
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:985
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the certificate for the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:966
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:989
msgid "Specifies the file that contains the client's key."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:971
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:994
msgid "Specifies acceptable cipher suites."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:976
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:999
msgid ""
"Specifies that the id_provider connection must also use tls to protect the cha"
"nnel."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:981
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1004
msgid ""
"Specifies that SSSD should attempt to map user and group IDs from the ldap_use"
"r_objectsid and ldap_group_objectsid attributes instead of relying on ldap_use"
"r_uid_number and ldap_group_gid_number."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:985
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1008
msgid "Specify the SASL mechanism to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:990
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1013
msgid "Specify the SASL authorization id to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:995
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1018
msgid "Specify the SASL realm to use."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1000
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1023
msgid ""
"If set to true, the LDAP library would perform a reverse lookup to canonicaliz"
"e the host name during a SASL bind."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1005
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1028
msgid "Specify the keytab to use when using SASL/GSSAPI."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1010
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1033
msgid "Specifies that the id_provider should init Kerberos credentials (TGT)."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1015
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1038
msgid "Specifies the lifetime in seconds of the TGT if GSSAPI is used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1020
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1043
msgid "Select the policy to evaluate the password expiration on the client side."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1025
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1048
msgid "Specifies whether automatic referral chasing should be enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1030
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1053
msgid "Specifies the service name to use when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1034
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1057
msgid ""
"Specifies the service name to use to find an LDAP server which allows password"
" changes when service discovery is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1039
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1062
msgid ""
"Specifies whether to update the ldap_user_shadow_last_change attribute with da"
"ys since the Epoch after a password change operation."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1044
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1067
msgid ""
"If using access_provider = ldap and ldap_access_order = filter (default), this"
" option is mandatory. It specifies an LDAP search filter criterion that must b"
"e met for the user to be granted access on this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1049
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1072
msgid ""
" With this option a client side evaluation of access control attributes can be"
" enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1055
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1078
msgid "Comma separated list of access control options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1060
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1083
msgid "Specifies how alias dereferencing is done when performing a search."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1065
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1088
msgid ""
"Allows to retain local users as members of an LDAP group for servers that use "
"the RFC2307 schema."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1078
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1101
msgid "IP address or host names of Kerberos servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1082
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1105
msgid ""
"Specifies the comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the Kerbero"
"s servers to which SSSD should connect, in the order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1087
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1110
msgid "Kerberos realm (e.g. EXAMPLE.COM)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1091 src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1096
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1114 src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1119
msgid ""
"If the change password service is not running on the KDC, alternative servers "
"can be defined here."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1101
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1124
msgid "Directory to store credential caches."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1106
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1129
msgid "Location of the user's credential cache."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1111
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1134
msgid ""
" Timeout in seconds after an online authentication request or change password "
"request is aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1116
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1139
msgid ""
"Verify with the help of krb5_keytab that the TGT obtained has not been spoofed"
"."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1121
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1144
msgid ""
"The location of the keytab to use when validating credentials obtained from KD"
"Cs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1126
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1149
msgid ""
"Store the password of the user if the provider is offline and use it to reques"
"t a TGT when the provider comes online again."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1130
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1153
msgid ""
"Request a renewable ticket with a total lifetime, given as an integer immediat"
"ely followed by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1134
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1157
msgid ""
"Request ticket with a with a lifetime, given as an integer immediately followe"
"d by a time unit."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1138
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1161
msgid "The time in seconds between two checks if the TGT should be renewed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1143
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1166
msgid ""
"Enables flexible authentication secure tunneling (FAST) for Kerberos pre-authe"
"ntication."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1147
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1170
msgid "Specifies the server principal to use for FAST."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1152
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1175
msgid "Specifies if the host and user principal should be canonicalized."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1164
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1187
msgid "Specifies the name of the Active Directory domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1169
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1192
msgid "IP addresses or host names of AD servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1173
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1196
msgid ""
"The comma-separated list of IP addresses or hostnames of the AD servers to whi"
"ch SSSD should connect in order of preference."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1177
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1201
msgid ""
-"Optional. May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fu"
-"lly qualified name used in the Active Directory domain to identify this host."
+"AD hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN u"
+"sed by AD to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1181
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1205
msgid "Override the user's home directory."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1194
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1218
msgid ""
" Specifies the lower bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active"
" Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1199
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1223
msgid ""
"Specifies the upper bound of the range of POSIX IDs to use for mapping Active "
"Directory user and group SIDs."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1204
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1228
msgid "Specifies the number of IDs available for each slice."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1208
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1232
msgid "Specify the domain SID of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1212
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1236
msgid "Specify the name of the default domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1217
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1241
msgid ""
"Changes the behavior of the ID-mapping algorithm to behave more similarly to w"
"inbind's “idmap_autorid” algorithm."
msgstr ""
#. The Active Directory domain section
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1229
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1253
msgid "Specifies the name of the IPA domain."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1234
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1258
msgid "IP addresses or host names of IPA servers (comma separated)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1238
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1263
msgid ""
-"May be set on machines where the hostname(5) does not reflect the fully qualif"
-"ied name."
+"IPA hostname (optional) - may be set if hostname(5) does not reflect the FQDN "
+"used by IPA to identify this host."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1243
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1268
msgid "The automounter location this IPA client will be using."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1248
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1273
msgid ""
"This option tells SSSD to automatically update the DNS server built into FreeI"
"PA v2 with the IP address of this client."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1253
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1278
msgid "The TTL to apply to the client DNS record when updating it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/yauthclient/params.rb:1257
+#: src/lib/authui/sssd/params.rb:1282
msgid "Choose the interface whose IP address should be used for dynamic DNS updates."
msgstr ""
-
-#. autofs may only start after sssd is started
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:230
-msgid "Failed to enable %s service. Please use system journal to diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:232
-msgid ""
-"Failed to start %s service. Please use system journal (journalctl -n -u %s) to"
-" diagnose."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. end Export
-#. ################################################################
-#. ################################################################
-#. Summary()
-#. returns html formated configuration summary
-#. @return summary
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:345
-msgid ""
-"System is configured for using nss_ldap.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:348
-msgid ""
-"System is configured for using sssd.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:354
-msgid ""
-"System is configured for using OES.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AuthClient.rb:357
-msgid ""
-"System is configured for using /etc/passwd only.\n"
-msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/auth-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -300,7 +300,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. `HWeight(1, `PushButton( `id( `pb_interface_ldaps), "Interfaces ...")),
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88 src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:127
msgid "Firewall Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -445,12 +446,12 @@
msgid "Configure Account for Replication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:914
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1173
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1057 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:908
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1167
msgid "is not a valid LDAP DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1679
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1068 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1673
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -476,8 +477,8 @@
msgid "Provider Details"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1607
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1702
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1139 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1601
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1696
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
@@ -485,7 +486,7 @@
msgid "Provider Hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1624
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1153 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1618
msgid "Use StartTLS"
msgstr ""
@@ -571,8 +572,8 @@
"configuration on the provider server failed.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1971
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1998
+#: src/include/auth-server/dialogs.rb:1413 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1992
msgid "The test returned the following error messages:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2000,7 +2001,8 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/include/auth-server/mirrormode-wizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53 src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:53
+#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:124
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:207
#: src/include/auth-server/wizards.rb:300
msgid "Initializing..."
@@ -2377,7 +2379,7 @@
msgid "Index Cache (IDL cache)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102
+#: src/include/auth-server/widgets.rb:341 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2096
msgid "Checkpoint Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2445,7 +2447,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2239
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:40 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2233
msgid "Password Policy Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2606,238 +2608,238 @@
msgstr ""
#. try to read the ppolicy from the server
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:631
msgid "Authentication failed. The password is probably incorrect.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:640
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:634
msgid "The error message was: '"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:645
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:639
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. PasswordPolicyDialog only returns the changes made to the original
#. Entry, try to merge them here
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:720
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:714
msgid "Available Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:724
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:718
msgid "Selected Attribute Types"
msgstr ""
#. Popup to add/edit the acl "by" clauses
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:985
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:807 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:979
msgid "Who should this rule apply to"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:819 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:946
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:989 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1227
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:813 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:940
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:983 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1221
msgid "Entry DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:990
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:814 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:984
msgid "Select"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:826
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:820
msgid "Define the Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:836
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:830
msgid "Stop access control evaluation here (default)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:837
msgid "Continue with next access control rule (\"break\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:849
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:843
msgid "Continue evaluation of this rule (\"continue\")"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:904
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:898
msgid "Please enter a DN in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:948 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1090
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1225
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:942 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1084
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1219
msgid "Subtree DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:950
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:944
msgid "Group DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:973
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:967
msgid "Edit Access Control Rule"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:978
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:972
msgid "Target Objects"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:999
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:993
msgid "Matching the filter:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1006
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1000
msgid "LDAP Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1016
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1010
msgid "Apply this rule only to the listed attribute"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1021 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1015 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Attributes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1017
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1029 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1023 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1035
msgid "Access Level"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1033
msgid "Who"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1040 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1034 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1036
msgid "Flow Control"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1047 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1319
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1041 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1313
msgid "Up"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1048 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1042 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1314
msgid "Down"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Validate attribute types
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1185
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1179
msgid "Enter a list of valid attributes in the <b>Attributes</b> textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1191
msgid "Enter valid a LDAP filter in the textfield"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1203
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1197
msgid "You must add at least one item to the \"Access Level\" list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1315
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1309
msgid "Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1347
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1341
msgid ""
"The selected database contains access control rules that are currently\n"
"not supported by YaST. The Access Control Dialog will be disabled.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1594
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1588
msgid "This database is a Replication Consumer."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1614
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1608
msgid "Provider Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1619 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1716
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1613 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1710
msgid "Port"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1637
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1631
msgid "Replication Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1644
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1638
msgid "Replication Interval"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1647
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1641
msgid "Days"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1651
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1645
msgid "Hours"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1655 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2118
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1649 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2112
msgid "Minutes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1659
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1653
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1672
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1666
msgid "Authentication DN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1693
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1687
msgid "Custom update referral"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1709
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1703
msgid "Target Host"
msgstr ""
#. no updateref
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1929
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1923
msgid "Invalid replication interval specified"
msgstr ""
#. test connection
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1965
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1959
msgid "Checking LDAP connectivity to the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1980 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2007
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1974 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2001
msgid "Do you still want to continue?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1983
msgid "Checking the LDAPsync capabilities of the provider failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1995
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:1989
msgid ""
"Please verify that the target server is enabled to be a LDAPsync provider"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2094
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2088
msgid "Enable ldapsync provider for this database"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2108 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2144
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2102 src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2138
msgid "Operations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2125
msgid "Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2137
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2131
msgid "Enable Session Log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2271
+#: src/modules/LdapDatabase.rb:2265
msgid "Replication Settings"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/autoinst.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -31,7 +31,7 @@
#: src/clients/autoinst_test_clone.rb:16 src/clients/autoyast.rb:123
#: src/include/autoinstall/conftree.rb:622
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:352
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:333 src/modules/Profile.rb:358
msgid "This may take a while"
msgstr ""
@@ -51,12 +51,12 @@
#. command line options
#. Init variables
-#. Import users configuration from the profile
-#.
+#. We will have to set default entries which are defined
+#. in the import call of ServicesManager
#. Backup
#. Now check if there any classes defined in theis pre final control file
#: src/clients/autoyast.rb:114 src/clients/ayast_setup.rb:148
-#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:410
+#: src/clients/inst_autoinit.rb:188 src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:389
#: src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:484
#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:1001
msgid ""
@@ -303,23 +303,21 @@
msgid "Executing Post-Scripts"
msgstr ""
-#. Do not restart dbus. Otherwise some services will hang.
-#. bnc#937900
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:304
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:303
msgid "Restarting all running services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:327
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:326
msgid "Activating systemd default target"
msgstr ""
#. Just in case, remove this file to avoid reconfiguring...
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:342
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:341
msgid "Finishing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. NetworkInterfaces::Write( ".*" );
-#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:448
+#: src/clients/inst_autoconfigure.rb:444
msgid "Processing resource %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -484,111 +482,99 @@
#. Uwe Gansert <ug(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: inst_autosetup.ycp 61521 2010-03-29 09:10:07Z ug $
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:53 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:50 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:47
msgid "<P>Please wait while the system is prepared for autoinstallation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:54 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:52
msgid "Execute pre-install user scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:55 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:51
msgid "Configure General Settings "
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:56 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:53
msgid "Set up language"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:57
msgid "Create partition plans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:58 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:56
msgid "Configure Bootloader"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:62 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:59 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:54
msgid "Registration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:63 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:60 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:55
msgid "Configure Software selections"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:61
msgid "Configure Systemd Default Target"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65
-msgid "Configure users and groups"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:65 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:61
msgid "Executing pre-install user scripts..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:66 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:60
msgid "Configuring general settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:67 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:62
msgid "Setting up language..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:68
msgid "Creating partition plans..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:73 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:69 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:65
msgid "Configuring Bootloader..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:74 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:70 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:63
msgid "Registering the system..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:75 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:71 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:64
msgid "Configuring Software selections..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:72
msgid "Configuring Systemd Default Target..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:77
-msgid "Importing users and groups configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:81 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:76 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:69
msgid "Preparing System for Automated Installation"
msgstr ""
-#. Second stage of installation will not be called but a
-#. network configuration is available. So this will be written
-#. while the general inst_finish process at the end of the
-#. first stage. But for the installation workflow the linuxrc
-#. network settings will be taken. (bnc#944942)
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:183
+#. configure general settings
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:164
msgid "Handling Add-On Products..."
msgstr ""
#. Set it in the Language module.
#.
#. Set it in the Language module.
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:202 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:184 src/clients/inst_autosetup_upgrade.rb:149
msgid "Configuring language..."
msgstr ""
#. Yes, do not set Storage testsuite here as we want really GUI with proposal
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:290
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:273
msgid ""
"Error while configuring partitions.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Software
-#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:344
+#: src/clients/inst_autosetup.rb:331
msgid ""
"Error while configuring software selections.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1505,7 +1491,7 @@
#. list<any> l = [ "key1",0,"key3" ];
#. m[ l ] = v;
#. @return [Hash]
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:807
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:410 src/modules/Profile.rb:813
msgid "Checking XML with RNG validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1515,7 +1501,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. jing validation -- validates complete xml profile
-#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:819
+#: src/include/autoinstall/dialogs.rb:459 src/modules/Profile.rb:825
msgid "Checking XML with RNC validation..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1554,7 +1540,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/autoinstall/general_dialogs.rb:90
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:121
msgid "Signature Handling"
msgstr ""
@@ -2142,7 +2128,7 @@
#. @param [String] result_profile the resulting control file path
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
#. autoyast has read the autoyast configuration file but something went wrong
-#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:738
+#: src/modules/AutoInstallRules.rb:909 src/modules/Profile.rb:744
msgid ""
"The XML parser reported an error while parsing the autoyast profile. The error"
" message is:\n"
@@ -2160,45 +2146,45 @@
#. The line above needs to be fixed when we have more attributes
#. comment will look like this: "(description=BLA BLA)"
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:278
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:273
msgid "Choose Profile"
msgstr ""
#. SetProtocolMessage ()
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:334
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:329
msgid "Retrieving control file from floppy."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:337
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:332
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from TFTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:343
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:338
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from NFS server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:349
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:344
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from HTTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:355
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:350
msgid "Retrieving control file (%1) from FTP server: %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:356
msgid "Copying control file from file: %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:366
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:361
msgid "Copying control file from device: /dev/%1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:370
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:365
msgid "Copying control file from default location."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:372
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:367
msgid "Source unknown."
msgstr ""
@@ -2208,14 +2194,14 @@
#. {
#. local_rules_file = (string)WFM::Args(1);
#. }
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:447
msgid ""
"<h3>AutoYaST Configuration Management System</h3>\n"
"<p>Almost all resources of the control file can be\n"
"configured using the configuration management system.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:457
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:452
msgid ""
"<p>Most of the modules used to create the configuration are identical to those"
" available\n"
@@ -2225,7 +2211,7 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/AutoinstConfig.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>In addition to the existing and familiar modules,\n"
"new interfaces were created for special and complex configurations, including\n"
@@ -2256,97 +2242,79 @@
#. string language_name = "";
#. string keyboard_name = "";
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:90
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:85
msgid "Confirm installation?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:122
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:110
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:117
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:93 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:88 src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:94
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:103
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:96
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:91
msgid "Second Stage of AutoYaST"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:104
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:99
msgid "Halting the machine after stage one"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:108
msgid "Halting the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:120
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:115
msgid "Reboot the machine after stage two"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:130
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:125
msgid "Accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:131
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:126
msgid "Not accepting unsigned files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:140
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:135
msgid "Accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:141
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:136
msgid "Not accepting files without a checksum"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:150
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:145
msgid "Accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:146
msgid "Not accepting failed verifications"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:156
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:151
msgid "Accepting unknown GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:152
msgid "Not accepting unknown GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:162
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:157
msgid "Importing new GPG keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:163
+#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:158
msgid "Not importing new GPG Keys"
msgstr ""
-#. NTP syncing
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:414
-msgid "Syncing time..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the ntp server
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:416
-msgid "Syncing time with %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:420
-msgid "Time syncing failed."
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/AutoinstGeneral.rb:424
-msgid "Cannot update system time."
-msgstr ""
-
#. look for VGs to reuse
-#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:113
+#: src/modules/AutoinstLVM.rb:111
msgid "Cannot reuse volume group %1. The volume group does not exist."
msgstr ""
@@ -2427,7 +2395,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning text during the installation. %1 is a list of package names
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:172
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:171
msgid ""
"These packages could not be found in the software repositories:\n"
"%1"
@@ -2435,81 +2403,81 @@
#. 4 means "already exists"
#. Add add-ons
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:327 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:347
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:325 src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:345
msgid "Adding repo %1 failed"
msgstr ""
#. Install
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:375
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:373
msgid ""
"Image creation failed while pattern installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.l"
"og"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:383
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:381
msgid "Creating Image - installing packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:393
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:391
msgid ""
"Image creation failed while package installation. Please check /tmp/ay_image.l"
"og"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Message( _("in the next file dialog you have to choose the target directory to save the image") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:404
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:402
msgid "Store image to ..."
msgstr ""
#. Compress image:
#. tar cfz /srv/www/htdocs/image.tar.gz --exclude="proc*" .
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:433
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:431
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the image now in %1/\n"
"If you press the ok-button, the image will be compressed and can't be changed "
"anymore."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:447
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:445
msgid "Image compressing failed in '%1'. Please check /tmp/ay_image.log"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:454
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:452
msgid "Image created successfully"
msgstr ""
#. copy a directory (ends with / in directory.yast)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:490
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:488
msgid ""
"can not get the directory.yast file at `%1`.\n"
"You can create that file with 'ls -F > directory.yast' if it's missing."
msgstr ""
#. don't copy subdirs. They have to be mentioned explicit. Copy only files from that dir.
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:524
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:522
msgid "can not read '%1'. Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. copy a file
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:542
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:540
msgid "can not read '%1'. ISO creation failed"
msgstr ""
#. we will have the image.tar.gz and autoinst.xml on the root of the DVD/CD
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:572
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:570
msgid "Preparing ISO Filestructure ..."
msgstr ""
#. prepare and save isolinux.cfg boot menu of the media
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:621
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:619
msgid "boot config for the DVD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:625
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:623
msgid "Ok"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:628
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:626
msgid ""
"You can do changes to the ISO now in %1, like adding a complete different Auto"
"YaST XML file.\n"
@@ -2518,43 +2486,43 @@
#. create the actual ISO file
#. Popup::Message( _("Please choose a place where you want to save the ISO file in the next dialog") );
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:647
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:645
msgid "Store ISO image to ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:648
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:646
msgid "Creating ISO File ..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:669
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:667
msgid "ISO successfully created at %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary
#. @return Html formatted configuration summary
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:745
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:743
msgid "Selected Patterns"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:755
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:753
msgid "Individually Selected Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:761
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:759
msgid "Packages to Remove"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:768
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:766
msgid "Force Kernel Package"
msgstr ""
#. set SoftLock to avoid the installation of recommended patterns (#159466)
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:858
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:856
msgid "Could not set patterns: %1."
msgstr ""
#. Solve dependencies
-#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:919
+#: src/modules/AutoinstSoftware.rb:917
msgid ""
"The package resolver run failed. Please check your software section in the aut"
"oyast profile."
@@ -2601,14 +2569,14 @@
#. Prepare Profile for saving and remove empty data structs
#. @return [void]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:351
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:357
msgid "Collecting configuration data..."
msgstr ""
#. Save YCP data into XML
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean] true on success
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:454
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:460
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the password twice."
msgstr ""
@@ -2616,14 +2584,14 @@
#.
#. @param [String] dir - directory to store section xml files in
#. @return - list of filenames
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:528
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:534
msgid "Could not write section %1 to file %2."
msgstr ""
#. Read XML into YCP data
#. @param path to file
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Profile.rb:695 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
+#: src/modules/Profile.rb:701 src/modules/ProfileLocation.rb:190
msgid "Encrypted AutoYaST profile. Enter the correct password."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/base.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/base.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/base.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -380,7 +380,7 @@
#. for translators: use the localized page for your language if it exists,
#. check the combo box "In other laguages" on top of the page
#: library/control/src/modules/InstError.rb:167
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1444
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1450
msgid "http://en.opensuse.org/Bugs/YaST"
msgstr ""
@@ -416,7 +416,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1253
+#: library/control/src/modules/ProductControl.rb:1259
msgid "No workflow defined for this installation mode."
msgstr ""
@@ -428,14 +428,14 @@
#. button label
#. Button that will continue with the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:183
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:737
msgid "&Continue Installation"
msgstr ""
#. button label
#. Button that will really abort the installation
#: library/control/src/modules/ProductProfile.rb:185
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:735
msgid "&Abort Installation"
msgstr ""
@@ -472,7 +472,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. message popup, %1 is a label of some widget
-#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:677
+#: library/cwm/src/modules/CWM.rb:691
msgid "The value of %1 is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -1001,6 +1001,79 @@
"F keys are not available.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. @param service [Object] An object providing the following methods:
+#. #name, #start, #stop, #enabled?, #running?
+#. For systemd compliant services, just do
+#. Yast::SystemdService.find("name_of_the_service")
+#. Note that this widget will #start and #stop the service by itself but
+#. the actions referenced by the flags (reloading and enabling/disabling)
+#. are expected to be done by the caller, when the whole configuration is
+#. written.
+#. @param reload_flag [Boolean] Initial value for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. Keep in mind it will always be displayed as unchecked if the service
+#. is not running, despite the real value.
+#. @param reload_flag_label [Symbol] Type of label for the "reload" checkbox.
+#. :reload means the service will be reloaded.
+#. :restart means the service will be restarted.
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:59
+msgid "Restart After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:61
+msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @return [YaST::Term]
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:68
+msgid "Service Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rubocop:enable Style/TrivialAccessors
+#. Content for the help
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
+"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same "
+"after saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service "
+"during boot'.</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>%{reload_label}</big></b><br>\n"
+"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running "
+"service reloads the new configuration after saving it (either finishing the "
+"dialog or pressing the apply button).</p>\n"
+"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
+"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to "
+"disable the service. This does not affect the current status of the service "
+"in the already running system.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:159
+msgid "Current status:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Widget to configure the status on boot
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:172
+msgid "Start During System Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:196
+msgid "running"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:198
+msgid "Stop now"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:203
+msgid "stopped"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: library/general/src/lib/ui/service_status.rb:205
+msgid "Start now"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question (with continue / cancel buttons)
#. %1 is the filesystem path
#: library/general/src/modules/FileUtils.rb:292
@@ -1195,7 +1268,7 @@
#. this media (CD) so no packages from this media will be installed
#. PushButton label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:250
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:665
#: library/wizard/src/modules/Confirm.rb:126
msgid "&Skip"
msgstr ""
@@ -1218,7 +1291,7 @@
#. TextEntry Label
#. textentry label
#: library/general/src/modules/Label.rb:319
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2230
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2231
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
@@ -1419,27 +1492,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort installation
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:740
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:733
msgid "Really abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Confirm user request to abort System Repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:742
msgid "Really abort YaST System Repair?"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will really abort the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:751
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:744
msgid "Abort System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Button that will continue with the repair
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:753
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:746
msgid "&Continue System Repair"
msgstr ""
#. Warning text for aborting an installation before anything is installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:756
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:749
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will not be installed.\n"
@@ -1449,7 +1522,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. - After some installation steps have been performed - e.g.
#. disks formatted / some packages already installed
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:766
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:759
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now, you will\n"
"have an incomplete Linux system\n"
@@ -1459,7 +1532,7 @@
#. Warning text for aborting an installation during the install process
#. right in the middle of some critical process (e.g. formatting)
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:775
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:768
msgid ""
"If you abort the installation now,\n"
"Linux will be unusable.\n"
@@ -1467,18 +1540,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. Confirm aborting the program
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:829
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:822
msgid "Really abort?"
msgstr ""
#. Additional hint when trying to abort program in spite of changes
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:837
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:830
msgid "All changes will be lost!"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: BNC #422612, Use `opt(`noSanityCheck) later
#. button label
-#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:867
+#: library/general/src/modules/Popup.rb:860
msgid "&Details..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2458,47 +2531,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:115
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:116
msgid "External Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:119
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:120
msgid "Internal Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone name - used in combo box or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:123
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:124
msgid "Demilitarized Zone"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:246
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:247
msgid "TCP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:248
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:249
msgid "UDP"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:250
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:251
msgid "RPC"
msgstr ""
#. protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:252
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:253
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Firewall zone full-name, used as combo box item or dialog title
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1158
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1159
msgid "Unknown Zone"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1506
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1508
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is included in multiple firewall zones.\n"
"Continuing with configuration can produce errors.\n"
@@ -2509,80 +2582,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
#. TRANSLATORS: Error message, %1 = interface name (like eth0)
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1971
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2047
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:1973
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2049
msgid ""
"Interface '%1' is not assigned to any firewall zone.\n"
"Run YaST2 Firewall and assign it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2478
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2480
msgid "Initializing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2486
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
msgid "Check for network devices"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2488
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
msgid "Read current configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2490
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2492
msgid "Check possibly conflicting services"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2494
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
msgid "Checking for network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2496
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
msgid "Reading current configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2498
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2500
msgid "Checking possibly conflicting services..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Dialog caption
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2648
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2643
msgid "Writing Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2656
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2651
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2658
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2653
msgid "Adjust firewall service"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2662
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2657
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress step
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2664
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2659
msgid "Adjusting firewall service..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a popup error message
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2683
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:2678
msgid "Writing settings failed"
msgstr ""
#. table item, %1 stands for the buggy protocol name
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3476
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewall.rb:3471
msgid "Unknown protocol (%1)"
msgstr ""
@@ -2689,49 +2762,50 @@
#. Returns service definition.
#. See @services for the format.
-#. If `silent` is not defined or set to `true`, function throws an exception
-#. SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound if service is not found on disk.
+#. If *silent* is `false` (the default), the method throws an exception
+#. {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound} if service is not found on disk.
#.
-#. @param [String] service name
+#. @param [String] service name (including the "service:" prefix)
#. @param [String] (optional) whether to silently return nil
#. when service is not found (default false)
+#. @api private
#. Immediately writes the configuration of service defined by package to the
#. service definition file. Service must be defined by package, this function
#. doesn't work for hard-coded services (SuSEFirewallServices).
-#. Function throws an exception SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound
+#. Function throws an exception {Yast::SuSEFirewalServiceNotFound}
#. if service is not known (undefined) or it is not a service
#. defined by package.
#.
#. @param [String] service ID (e.g., "service:ssh")
-#. @param map <string, list <string> > of full service definition
+#. @param [Hash{String => Array<String>] store_definition of full service definition
#. @return [Boolean] if successful (nil in case of developer's mistake)
#.
-#. @see #IsKnownService()
-#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage()
+#. @see #IsKnownService
+#. @see #ServiceDefinedByPackage
#.
#. @example
#. SetNeededPortsAndProtocols (
#. "service:something",
-#. $[
-#. "tcp_ports" : [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
-#. "udp_ports" : [ ],
-#. "rpc_ports" : [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
-#. "ip_protocols" : [ "esp" ],
-#. "broadcast_ports" : [ ],
-#. ]
-#. );
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:354
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:637
+#. {
+#. "tcp_ports" => [ "22", "ftp-data", "400:420" ],
+#. "udp_ports" => [ ],
+#. "rpc_ports" => [ "portmap", "ypbind" ],
+#. "ip_protocols" => [ "esp" ],
+#. "broadcast_ports"=> [ ],
+#. }
+#. )
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:356
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:640
msgid "Service with name '%{service_name}' does not exist"
msgstr ""
#. Fallback for presented service
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:430
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:434
msgid "Service: %{filename}"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Name of unknown service. %1 is a requested service id like nis-server
-#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:503
+#: library/network/src/modules/SuSEFirewallServices.rb:505
msgid "Unknown service '%1'"
msgstr ""
@@ -2755,35 +2829,75 @@
msgid "&Uninstall"
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: progress bar label
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:77
+msgid "Checking file conflicts..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: help text for the file conflict detection progress
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:87
+msgid "<p>Detecting the file conflicts is in progress.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: An error message, %s is the actual list of detected conflicts
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:132
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts detected, these conflicting files will be overwritten:\n"
+"\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: A popup label, use max. 70 chars per line, use more lines if needed
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:168
+msgid ""
+"File conflicts happen when two packages attempt to install\n"
+"files with the same name but different contents. If you continue\n"
+"the conflicting files will be replaced, losing the previous content."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Popup heading
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/file_conflict_callbacks.rb:173
+msgid "A File Conflict Detected"
+msgid_plural "File Conflicts Detected"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. Convert one message to richtext
+#.
+#. @return [String] Message converted to richtext
+#: library/packages/src/lib/packages/update_messages_view.rb:35
+msgid "This message will be available at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
#. --------------------------------------------------------------------------
#. defaults
#. at start of file providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:149
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:157
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:150
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:158
msgid "Downloading package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:162
msgid "Downloading Package"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is a package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:220
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:221
msgid "Package %1 is broken, integrity check has failed."
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:232
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:447
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:233
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:448
msgid "Retry installation of the package?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:240
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:241
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:456
msgid "Abort the installation?"
msgstr ""
@@ -2792,50 +2906,50 @@
#. detail string is appended to the end
#. error message, %1 is code of the error,
#. detail string is appended to the end
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:268
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:302
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2143
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:269
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:303
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2144
msgid "Error: %1:"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a download error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:327
msgid ""
"Ignoring a download failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"Verify the system later by running the Software Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. At start of package install.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:364
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:365
msgid "Uninstalling package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:366
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:367
msgid "Installing package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Uninstalling Package"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:374
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:375
msgid "Installing Package"
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:431
msgid "Removal of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. error popup during package installation, %1 is the name of the package
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:433
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:434
msgid "Installation of package %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add "Don't show again" checkbox
#. a warning popup displayed after pressing [Ignore] after a package installation error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:506
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:507
msgid ""
"Ignoring a package failure may result in a broken system.\n"
"The system should be later verified by running the Software Management "
@@ -2843,7 +2957,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:575
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:576
msgid ""
"<p>The repository at the specified URL now provides a different media ID.\n"
"If the URL is correct, this indicates that the repository content has "
@@ -2856,34 +2970,34 @@
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side A' of the media
#. the complete string will be "<product> <media> <number>, <side>"
#. e.g. "'SuSE Linux 9.0' DVD 1, Side A"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:591
msgid "Side A"
msgstr ""
#. media is double sided, we want the user to insert the 'Side B' of the media
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:593
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:594
msgid "Side B"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:608
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:609
msgid "%1 (Disc %2)"
msgstr ""
#. label for a repository - %1 product name (e.g. openSUSE 10.2), %2 medium number (e.g. 2)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:611
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:612
msgid "%1 (Medium %2)"
msgstr ""
#. prompt to insert product (%1 == "SuSE Linux version 9.2 CD 2")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:617
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:618
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"'%1'"
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing local directory with product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:622
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:623
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2892,7 +3006,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. report error while accessing network media of product (%1 = URL, %2 = "SuSE Linux ...")
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:635
msgid ""
"Cannot access installation media \n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2902,83 +3016,83 @@
#. wrong media id, offer "Ignore"
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:659
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1838
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1839
msgid "Skip Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label - used for more then one device
#. push button label - in the media change popup, user can eject the CD/DVD
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:678
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:681
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:679
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:682
msgid "&Eject"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:688
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:689
msgid "A&utomatically Eject CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether installation of the failed package should be retried
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:755
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:756
msgid "Retry the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. command line mode - ask user whether the installation should be aborted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:763
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:764
msgid "Skip the medium?"
msgstr ""
#. otherwise ignore the medium
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:770
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:771
msgid "Ignoring the bad medium..."
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
#. TextEntry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:791
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:847
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:792
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:848
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1039
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1040
msgid "Creating Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1072
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1073
msgid "An error occurred while creating the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1076
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1203
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1313
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1077
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1204
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1314
msgid "Unable to retrieve the remote repository description."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1079
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1206
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1316
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1080
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1207
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1317
msgid "An error occurred while retrieving the new metadata."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1082
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1209
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1319
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1083
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1210
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1320
msgid "The repository is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1085
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1086
msgid "The repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2986,99 +3100,99 @@
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether the repository refreshment should be retried
#. command line mode - ask user whether target initializatin can be restarted
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1098
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1228
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1332
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2097
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1229
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2098
msgid "Retry?"
msgstr ""
#. popup label (%1 is repository URL)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1144
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1145
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1153
msgid "Probing Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1199
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1200
msgid "Error occurred while probing the repository."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1213
msgid "Repository probing details."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1215
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1216
msgid "Repository metadata is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error message - a label followed by a richtext with details
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1309
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1310
msgid "Repository %1"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta providal
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1397
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1398
msgid "Downloading delta RPM package %1 (%2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1405
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1406
msgid "Downloading Delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. at start of delta application
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1418
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1419
msgid "Applying delta RPM package %1..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1425
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1426
msgid "Applying delta RPM package"
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1427
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3075
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1428
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3082
msgid "Package: "
msgstr ""
#. close popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1494
msgid "Starting script %1 (patch %2)..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1502
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1503
msgid "Running Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, patch name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1507
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1508
msgid "Patch: "
msgstr ""
#. label, script name follows
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1516
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1517
msgid "Script: "
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1522
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1523
msgid "Output of the Script"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is patch name with version and architecture
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1611
msgid ""
"Patch: %1\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. a popup question with "Continue", "Skip" and "Abort" buttons
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1627
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1628
msgid ""
"The repositories are being refreshed.\n"
"Continue with refreshing?\n"
@@ -3088,64 +3202,64 @@
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1642
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1643
msgid "&Skip Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1676
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1677
msgid "Downloading"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
#. progress bar label, %1 is URL with optional download rate
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1723
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1771
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1724
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1772
msgid "Downloading: %1"
msgstr ""
#. heading of popup
#. heading of popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1875
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1941
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1876
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1942
msgid "Checking Package Database"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1878
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1879
msgid "Rebuilding package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1911
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1912
msgid ""
"Rebuilding of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. message in a progress popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1944
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1945
msgid "Converting package database. This process can take some time."
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1957
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1958
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. error message, %1 is the cause for the error
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1981
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:1982
msgid ""
"Conversion of package database failed:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. progress message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2017
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2018
msgid "Reading RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. popup heading
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2027
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2028
msgid "Reading Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
@@ -3156,27 +3270,27 @@
#. `Label(""),
#. `PushButton(`id(`abort), Label::AbortButton())
#. )
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2033
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2049
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2034
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2050
msgid "Scanning RPM database..."
msgstr ""
#. error message, could not read RPM database
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2086
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2087
msgid "Initialization of the target failed."
msgstr ""
#. status message (command line mode)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2178
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2179
msgid "RPM database read"
msgstr ""
#. heading in a popup window
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2212
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2213
msgid "User Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2218
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2219
msgid ""
"URL: %1\n"
"\n"
@@ -3184,20 +3298,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. textentry label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2227
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:2228
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3010
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3017
msgid "Show &details"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3076
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3083
msgid "Size: "
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3099
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageCallbacks.rb:3106
msgid "Remaining time to automatic retry: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3261,12 +3375,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:415
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:417
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:419
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:421
msgid ""
"Installing required packages failed. If you continue\n"
"without installing required packages,\n"
@@ -3274,34 +3388,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:430
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:432
msgid "Cannot continue without installing required packages."
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:435
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackageSystem.rb:437
msgid ""
"If you continue without installing required \n"
"packages, YaST may not work properly.\n"
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading, %1 is package name
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:152
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:156
msgid "Confirm Package License: %1"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:159
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:163
msgid "I &Agree"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:161
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:165
msgid "I &Disagree"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:173
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>License Confirmation</big></b><br>\n"
"The package in the headline of the dialog requires an explicit confirmation\n"
@@ -3314,7 +3428,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help text for software patterns / selections dialog
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:326
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:347
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t This dialog allows you to define this system's tasks and what software "
@@ -3325,7 +3439,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:333
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:354
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t Change the status of an item by clicking its status icon\n"
@@ -3334,7 +3448,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:340
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:361
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t <b>Details</b> opens the detailed software package selection\n"
@@ -3342,7 +3456,7 @@
"\t\t </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:346
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"\t\t The disk usage display in the lower right corner shows the remaining "
@@ -3356,126 +3470,126 @@
#. Dialog title
#. Hint for German translation: "Softwareauswahl und Einsatzzweck des Systems"
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:367
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:388
msgid "Software Selection and System Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. don't get all the way out - the user might just have
#. been scared of the gory details.
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:408
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:429
msgid "(more)"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:424
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:445
msgid "Installation Successfully Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:426
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:447
msgid "Package Installation Failed"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:438
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:459
msgid "Error Message: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:455
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:476
msgid "Failed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:474
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:495
msgid "Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:493
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:514
msgid "Updated Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:512
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:533
msgid "Removed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:534
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:555
msgid "Not Installed Packages: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:550
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:533
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:534
msgid "Packages"
msgstr ""
#. reset the items list
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:561
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:582
msgid "Elapsed Time: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:571
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:592
msgid "Total Installed Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:581
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:602
msgid "Total Downloaded Size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:590
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:611
msgid "Statistics"
msgstr ""
#. display installation log
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:603
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:691
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:624
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:712
msgid "Installation log"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:610
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:631
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
#. open a new wizard dialog if needed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:658
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:679
msgid "After Installing Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:659
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:680
msgid "Show This Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:660
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:681
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:661
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:682
msgid "Continue in the Software Manager"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:687
msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Installation Report</B></BIG><BR>Here is a summary of installed "
"or removed packages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:674
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:695
msgid "Installation Report"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:696
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:717
msgid "Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:701
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:722
msgid "Updated Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:706
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:727
msgid "Removed Packages"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:711
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
msgid "Remaining Packages"
msgstr ""
#. disabling installation report dialog, inform the user how to enable it back
-#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:732
+#: library/packages/src/modules/PackagesUI.rb:753
msgid ""
"If you want to show this report dialog again edit\n"
"\n"
@@ -3796,41 +3910,41 @@
#. Return the description for the current stage.
#. @return [String] localized string description
#. translators: default global progress bar label
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:151
#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:152
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:323
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:344
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:153
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:324
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:345
msgid "Installing..."
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:529
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:530
msgid "Media"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation - keep as short as possible!
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:531
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:532
msgid "Remaining"
msgstr ""
#. Table headings for CD statistics during installation
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:535
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:536
msgid "Time"
msgstr ""
#. Construct widgets for the "details" page
#.
#. @return A term describing the widgets
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:551
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:552
msgid "Actions performed:"
msgstr ""
#. Help text while software packages are being installed (displayed only in rare cases)
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:633
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
msgid "<p>Packages are being installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:634
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:635
msgid ""
"<P><B>Aborting Installation</B> Package installation can be aborted using "
"the <B>Abort</B> button. However, the system then can be in an inconsistent "
@@ -3839,44 +3953,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Tab name, keep short, %s is product name, e.g. SLES
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:652
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:653
msgid "%s Release Notes"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:664
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:665
msgid "Slide Sho&w"
msgstr ""
#. tab
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:666
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:667
msgid "&Details"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being upgraded
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:705
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:706
msgid "Performing Upgrade"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading - software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:708
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:709
msgid "Performing Installation"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog heading while software packages are being installed
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:743
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:744
msgid "Package Installation"
msgstr ""
#. popup yes-no
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:815
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:816
msgid ""
"Do you really want\n"
"to quit the installation?"
msgstr ""
#. Mode::update (), Stage::cont ()
-#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:827
+#: library/packages/src/modules/SlideShow.rb:828
msgid "Aborted"
msgstr ""
@@ -4471,6 +4585,16 @@
msgid "Bluetooth device"
msgstr ""
+#. Runs arguments without changed root.
+#. @see http://www.rubydoc.info/github/openSUSE/cheetah/Cheetah.run parameter docs
+#. @raise Cheetah::ExecutionFailed
+#: library/system/src/lib/yast2/execute.rb:67
+msgid ""
+"Execution of command \"%{command}\" failed.\n"
+"Exit code: %{exitcode}\n"
+"Error output: %{stderr}"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Continue/Cancel question, %1 is a file name
#: library/system/src/modules/FileChanges.rb:175
msgid ""
@@ -4540,7 +4664,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: dot: ".", hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:55
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:56
msgid ""
"A valid domain name consists of components separated by dots.\n"
"Each component contains letters, digits, and hyphens. A hyphen may not\n"
@@ -4548,7 +4672,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Translators: hyphen: "-"
-#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:66
+#: library/types/src/modules/Hostname.rb:67
msgid ""
"A valid host name consists of letters, digits, and hyphens.\n"
"A host name may not begin or end with a hyphen.\n"
@@ -5443,57 +5567,3 @@
"There is no reverse zone for %1 administered by your DNS server.\n"
"Hostname %2 cannot be added."
msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:60
-msgid "Service Status"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Content for the help
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:114
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Current status</big></b><br>\n"
-"Displays the current status of the service. The status will remain the same af"
-"ter saving the settings, independently of the value of 'start service during b"
-"oot'.</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Reload After Saving Settings</big></b><br>\n"
-"Only applicable if the service is currently running. Ensures the running servi"
-"ce reloads the new configuration after saving it (via 'ok' or 'save' buttons)."
-"</p>\n"
-"<p><b><big>Start During System Boot</big></b><br>\n"
-"Check this field to enable the service at system boot. Un-check it to disable "
-"the service. This does not affect the current status of the service in the alr"
-"eady running system.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget displaying the status and associated buttons
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:181
-msgid "Current status:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure the status on boot
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:194
-msgid "Start During System Boot"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Widget to configure reloading of the running service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:208
-msgid "Reload After Saving Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:218
-msgid "running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:220
-msgid "Stop now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: status of a service
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:225
-msgid "stopped"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/ui/srv_status_component.rb:227
-msgid "Start now"
-msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/bootloader.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -29,49 +29,149 @@
#. command line help text for delete action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:58
-msgid "Delete a global option"
+msgid "Delete a global option or option of a section"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for set action
#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:65
-msgid "Set a global option"
+msgid "Set a global option or option of a section"
msgstr ""
+#. command line help text for add action
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:72
+msgid "Add a new section - please use interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line help text for print action
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:75
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:82
msgid "Print value of specified option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:83
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+msgid "The name of the section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. command line help text for an option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:97
msgid "The key of the option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:90
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:104
msgid "The value of the option"
msgstr ""
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#. command line error report, %1 is section name
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:185 src/clients/bootloader.rb:225
+msgid "Section %1 not found."
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:152
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:201
msgid "Value was not specified."
msgstr ""
+#. Add a new bootloader section with specified name
+#. @param [Hash] options a list of parameters passed as args
+#. @return [Boolean] true on success
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:239
+msgid "Add option is available only in commandline interactive mode"
+msgstr ""
+
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:174
-msgid "Option was not specified."
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:245
+msgid "Section name must be specified."
msgstr ""
-#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:180
-msgid "Value: %s"
+#. command line error report
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:265
+msgid "Option was not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command line error report
-#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:183
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:284
msgid "Specified option does not exist."
msgstr ""
+#. command line, %1 is the value of bootloader option
+#: src/clients/bootloader.rb:287
+msgid "Value: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. progress step title
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:52
+msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
+#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
+"For details, read the related chapter \n"
+"in the documentation. \n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
+#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
+#. Message that will be displayed along with information
+#. how the boot loader was installed
+#: src/clients/bootloader_finish.rb:146
+msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. warning text in the summary richtext
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:116
+msgid ""
+"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable"
+"."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error in the proposal
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:126
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. proposal part - bootloader label
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:225
+msgid "Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton entry
+#: src/clients/bootloader_proposal.rb:227
+msgid "&Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#. Run dialog to adjust installation on i386 and AMD64
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:221
+msgid "Disk Order"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:230
+msgid "Disk order settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Run dialog for loader installation details on i386
+#. @return [Symbol] for wizard sequencer
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:68
+msgid "Boot Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `VSpacing(1),
+#. Window title
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/dialogs.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:143
+msgid "Boot Loader Options"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. File:
#. include/bootloader/grup/helps.ycp
@@ -148,12 +248,19 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:47
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Use Trusted Grub</b> means install trusted grub and use it. Option <i>Gr"
+"aphical Menu File</i> will be ignored.\n"
+"It is recommended to install grub to MBR</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Master Boot Record</b> is not recommended if you have another "
"operating system\n"
"installed on your computer</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:50
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Root Partition</b> is the recommended option whenever there is"
" a suitable\n"
@@ -164,35 +271,35 @@
"to start this section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:56
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot from Extended Partition</b> should be selected if your root partiti"
"on is on \n"
"logical partition and the /boot partition is missing</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:59
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
msgid "<p><b>Custom Boot Partition</b> lets you choose a partition to boot from.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:62
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
msgid ""
"<p>MD array is build from 2 disks. <b>Enable Redundancy for MD Array</b>\n"
"enable to write GRUB to MBR of both disks.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:65
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Serial Console</b> lets you define the parameters to use\n"
-"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub2</cod"
-"e>) for details.</p>"
+"for a serial console. Please see the grub documentation (<code>info grub</code"
+">) for details.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Terminal Definition</b></p><br>\n"
-"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (e.g. a se"
-"rial console),\n"
+"Defines the type of terminal you want to use. For a serial terminal (eg. a ser"
+"ial console),\n"
"you have to specify <code>serial</code>. You can also pass <code>console</code"
"> to the\n"
"command, as <code>serial console</code>. In this case, a terminal in which you"
@@ -200,29 +307,37 @@
"press any key will be selected as a GRUB terminal.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:75
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b>Fallback Sections if default Fails</b> contains a list of section number"
"s\n"
"that will be used for booting in case the default section is unbootable.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
msgid "<p>Selecting <b>Hide Menu on Boot</b> will hide the boot menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:84
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Graphical Menu File</b> defines the file to use for the graphical boot m"
+"enu.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:87
+msgid "<p><b>Enable Acoustic Signals</b> turn on/off acoustic signals.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:90
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Protect Boot Loader with Password</b><br>\n"
-"At boot time, modifying or even booting any entry will require the password. I"
-"f <b>Protect Entry Modification Only</b> is checked then booting any entry is "
-"not restricted but modifying entries requires the password (which is the way G"
-"RUB 1 behaved).<br>YaST will only accept the password if you repeat it in <b>R"
-"etype Password</b>.</p>"
+"Define the password that will be required to access the boot menu. YaST will o"
+"nly accept the password if you repeat\n"
+"it in <b>Retype Password</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:97
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disks Order</b></big><br>\n"
"To specify the order of the disks according to the order in BIOS, use\n"
@@ -231,160 +346,227 @@
"To remove a disk, push <b>Remove</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
msgid "Boot Loader Locations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
msgid "Set &active Flag in Partition Table for Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:105
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:28
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_helps.rb:29
msgid "&Timeout in Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
msgid "&Default Boot Section"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
msgid "Write &generic Boot Code to MBR"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+msgid "Use &Trusted Grub"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
msgid "Custom Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
msgid "Boot from Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:110
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:118
msgid "Boot from Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:119
msgid "Boot from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:120
msgid "Boot from Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:121
msgid "Serial Connection &Parameters"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:122
msgid "Fallback Sections if Default fails"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:123
msgid "&Hide Menu on Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:124
+msgid "Graphical &Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:125
msgid "Pa&ssword for the Menu Interface"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/helps.rb:126
msgid "Debugg&ing Flag"
msgstr ""
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. modules/BootGRUB.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Module containing specific functions for GRUB configuration
+#. and installation
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Jiri Srain <jsrain(a)suse.cz>
+#. Joachim Plack <jplack(a)suse.de>
+#. Olaf Dabrunz <od(a)suse.de>
+#. Philipp Thomas <pth(a)suse.de>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:68
+msgid "Choose new graphical menu file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. `Left(`CheckBox(`id(`enable_acoustic_signals), _("Enable Acoustic &Signals"))),
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:129
+msgid "Enable Acoustic &Signals"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Validate function of a popup
#. @param [String] key any widget key
#. @param [Hash] event map event that caused validation
#. @return [Boolean] true if widget settings ok
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:73
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:254
msgid "Prot&ect Boot Loader with Password"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:79
-msgid "P&rotect Entry Modification Only"
-msgstr ""
-
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:85
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:259
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:88
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:262
msgid "Re&type Password"
msgstr ""
+#. Common widget of a console
+#. @return [Hash{String => Object}] CWS widget
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:359
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:295
+msgid "Use &serial console"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:366
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:302
+msgid "&Console arguments"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. textentry header
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:455
+msgid "&Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. disabling & enabling up/down, do it after change
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:534
+msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:543
+msgid "D&isks"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:555
+msgid "&Up"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:556
+msgid "&Down"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Create Frame "Boot Loader Location"
#.
#. @return [Yast::Term] with widgets
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:730
msgid "Boot from &Root Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:224
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:731
msgid "Boo&t from Boot Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:235
-msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:250
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:280
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:301
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:739
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:766
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:801
msgid "Boot Loader Location"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:256
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:286
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:307
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:745
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:772
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:807
msgid "Boot from &Master Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:263
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:752
msgid "Boot from &Extended Partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:312
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:778
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:819
+msgid "C&ustom Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:812
msgid "Enable Red&undancy for MD Array"
msgstr ""
+#. push button
+#. push button
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub/options.rb:871
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:831
+msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Title in tab
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Boot Code Options"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:82
msgid "Kernel Parameters"
msgstr ""
#. Title in tab
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:102
msgid "Bootloader Options"
msgstr ""
-#. Window title
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:149
-msgid "Boot Loader Options"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:190
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:183
msgid "Secure Boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:196
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:189
msgid "Enable &Secure Boot Support"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: place where boot code is installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Boot &Loader Location"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:266
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Choose partition where is boot sequence installed."
msgstr ""
@@ -403,12 +585,14 @@
#.
#. $Id: helps.ycp 58279 2009-08-04 16:01:51Z juhliarik $
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:23
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:33
msgid ""
"<p><b>Optional Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define additional pa"
"rameters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:26
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:30
msgid ""
"<p><b>Vga Mode</b> defines the VGA mode the kernel should set the <i>console</"
"i> to when booting.</p>"
@@ -416,11 +600,17 @@
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:29
msgid ""
+"<p><b>Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter</b> lets you define failsafe para"
+"meters to pass to the kernel.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+msgid ""
"<p><b>Probe Foreign OS</b> by means of os-prober for multiboot with other fore"
"ign distribution </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:32
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:35
msgid ""
"<p><b>Protective MBR flag</b> is expert only settings, that is needed only on "
"exotic hardware. For details see Protective MBR in GPT disks. Do not touch if "
@@ -428,18 +618,34 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:38
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Distributor</b> specifies name of distributor of kernel used to create b"
+"oot entry name. </p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:44
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:99
msgid "O&ptional Kernel Command Line Parameter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:45
+msgid "D&istributor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:46
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:98
msgid "&Vga Mode"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:40
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:47
+msgid "&Failsafe Kernel Command Line Parameter"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:48
msgid "Probe Foreign OS"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:41
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/helps.rb:49
msgid "Protective MBR flag"
msgstr ""
@@ -448,20 +654,30 @@
#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
+#. combo box item
+#. %1 is X resolution (width) in pixels
+#. %2 is Y resolution (height) in pixels
+#. %3 is color depth (usually one of 8, 16, 24, 32)
+#. %4 is the VGA mode ID (hexadecimal number)
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:58
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:523
msgid "%1x%2, %3 bits (mode %4)"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:537
msgid "Standard 8-pixel font mode."
msgstr ""
#. item of a combo box
+#. item of a combo box
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:540
msgid "Text Mode"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:72
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:541
msgid "Unspecified"
msgstr ""
@@ -482,70 +698,223 @@
#. Init function for console
#. @param [String] widget
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:173
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:174
msgid "Autodetect by grub2"
msgstr ""
#. FATE: #110038: Serial console
#. add or remove console key with value for sections
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:246
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:249
msgid "Choose new graphical theme file"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:258
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:261
msgid "Use &graphical console"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:268
msgid "&Console resolution"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:273
+#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:276
msgid "&Console theme"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:292
-msgid "Use &serial console"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/bootloader/grub2/options.rb:299
-msgid "&Console arguments"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. FIXME: this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:131
+#. FIXME this should be better handled by exception and show it properly, but it require too big change now
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/autoinstall.rb:169
msgid "Unsupported bootloader '%s'. Adapt your AutoYaST profile accordingly."
msgstr ""
#. file open popup caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:98
+#. file open popup caption
+#. file open popup caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/common_options.rb:102
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:265
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:279
msgid "Select File"
msgstr ""
#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
+#. F#300779 - Install diskless client (NFS-root)
#. kokso: additional warning that root partition is nfs type -> bootloader will not be installed
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:86 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:239
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:90 src/modules/Bootloader.rb:270
msgid "The boot partition is of type NFS. Bootloader cannot be installed."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:131
msgid "Boot Loader Settings"
msgstr ""
#. message
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "There are no options to set for the current boot loader."
msgstr ""
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#. heading
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:177
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:325
+msgid "Kernel Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:261
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:474
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:522
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:636
+msgid "Section Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:302
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:542
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:721
+msgid "Boot Loader Settings: Section Management"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:585
+msgid "Xen Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:468
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:591
+msgid "Menu Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. heading
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:516
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:593
+msgid "Dump Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:573
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:628
+msgid "Other System Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:803
+msgid "&Filename"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label. %1 is name of file (eg. /etc/lilo.conf
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:811
+msgid "Filename: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. multiline edit header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:828
+msgid "Fi&le Contents"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. dialog caption
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/dialogs.rb:836
+msgid "Expert Manual Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. sections list widget
+#. Refresh and redraw widget wits sections
+#. @param [Array<Hash{String => Object>}] sects list of current sections
+#. menu button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:114
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:641
+msgid "Other"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:116
+msgid "Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:134
+msgid "Xen"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:152
+msgid "Floppy"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:154
+msgid "Menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:161
+msgid "Dump"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header, Def stands for default
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:255
+msgid "Def."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+msgid "Label"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:259
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:746
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. table header; header for section details, either
+#. the specification of the kernel image to load,
+#. or the specification of device to boot from
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:263
+msgid "Image / Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:271
+msgid "Set as De&fault"
+msgstr ""
+
#. combo box
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:312
msgid "&Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. popup - Continue/Cancel
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:138
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:343
msgid ""
"\n"
"If you do not install any boot loader, the system\n"
@@ -554,64 +923,106 @@
"Proceed?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button entry
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:175
-msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+#. warning - popup, followed by radio buttons
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"You chose to change your boot loader. When converting \n"
+"the configuration, some settings might be lost.\n"
+"\n"
+"The current configuration will be saved and you can\n"
+"restore it if you return to the current boot loader.\n"
+"\n"
+"Select a course of action:\n"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:182
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:399
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:593
msgid "&Propose New Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:406
+msgid "Co&nvert Current Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:415
+msgid "&Start New Configuration from Scratch"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:423
+msgid "&Read Configuration Saved on Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radiobutton
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:433
+msgid "Res&tore Configuration Saved before Conversion"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup message
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:514
+msgid "Select the boot loader before editing sections."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. pushbutton
+#. menu button entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:563
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:586
+msgid "E&dit Configuration Files"
+msgstr ""
+
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:189
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:600
msgid "&Start from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:197
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:608
msgid "&Reread Configuration from Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:214
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:625
msgid "Restore MBR of Hard Disk"
msgstr ""
#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:222
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:633
msgid "Write bootloader boot code to disk"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:230
-msgid "Other"
-msgstr ""
-
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:665
msgid "MBR restored successfully."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:257
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:668
msgid "Failed to restore MBR."
msgstr ""
#. Bootloader::blSave (false, false, false);
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:280
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:691
msgid "Writing bootloader settings failed."
msgstr ""
-#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:329
-msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:730
+msgid "&Section Management"
msgstr ""
+#. tab header
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:740
+msgid "Boot Loader &Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
#. push button
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:342
-msgid "Boot Loader Installation &Details"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/global_widgets.rb:818
+msgid "Boot &Loader Options"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1 (shown during settings reading progress)
@@ -628,9 +1039,16 @@
"Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#. help text, optional part of following
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
+"If you have multiple Linux systems installed,\n"
+"YaST can try to find them and merge their menus."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 1/2 (%1 may be following sentence, optionally empty)
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:58
+msgid ""
"<P>From <B>Other</B>,\n"
"you can manually edit the boot loader configuration files, clear the current \n"
"configuration and propose a new configuration, start from scratch, or reread\n"
@@ -638,28 +1056,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:67
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:73
msgid ""
"<P>To edit boot loader configuration files\n"
"manually, click <B>Edit Configuration Files</B>.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 1/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:83
msgid ""
"<P> In the table, each section represents one item\n"
"in the boot menu.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 2/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:80
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<P> Press <B>Edit</B> to display the properties of the\n"
"selected section.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help 3/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:91
msgid ""
"<P> By pressing <b>Set as Default</b>, mark the selected \n"
"section as default. When booting, the boot loader will provide \n"
@@ -670,7 +1088,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help 4/4
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:93
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
"<P>Press <B>Add</B> to create a new boot loader section\n"
"or <B>Delete</B> to delete the selected section.</P>"
@@ -679,14 +1097,14 @@
#. help text for the custom boot manager installation, 1 of 7
#. %1 = name of boot loader (e.g. "LILO")
#. this should be per architecture
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:107
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Boot Loader Location</b></big><br>\n"
"The boot manager (%1) can be installed in the following ways:</p>"
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 2 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:116
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
"<p>- In the <b>Master Boot Record</b> (MBR).\n"
"This is not recommended if there is another operating system installed\n"
@@ -694,7 +1112,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 3 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:134
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In the <b>Boot Sector</b> of the <tt>/boot</tt> or <tt>/</tt> (root) \n"
@@ -707,8 +1125,19 @@
"to start &product;.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. custom bootloader help text, 4 of 7
+#. this part will only be shown if a floppy drive is attached.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"- On a <b>Floppy Disk</b>.\n"
+"Use this to avoid the risk of interfering with an already existing\n"
+"boot mechanism. Enable booting from floppy disk in\n"
+"the BIOS of your machine to use this option.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. custom bootloader help text, 5 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:141
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:164
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"- In some <b>Other</b> partition. Consider your system's restrictions\n"
@@ -716,7 +1145,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. optional part, only inserted on x86 architectures. 6 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:151
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:174
msgid ""
"<p>For example, most PCs have a BIOS\n"
"limit that restricts booting to\n"
@@ -725,7 +1154,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. custom bootloader help text, 7 of 7
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:186
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Enter the device name of the partition (for example, <tt>/dev/hda3</tt> or\n"
@@ -733,7 +1162,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:199
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Installation Details</b><br>\n"
"To adjust advanced boot loader installation options (such as the device\n"
@@ -741,7 +1170,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:187
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:210
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Type</b><br>\n"
"To select whether to install a boot loader and which bootloader to install,\n"
@@ -749,7 +1178,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:198
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:222
msgid ""
"<p><b>Boot Loader Options</b><br>\n"
"To adjust options of the boot loader, such as the time-out, click\n"
@@ -757,7 +1186,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:209
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:233
msgid ""
"<P><B>Expert Manual Configuration</B><BR>\n"
"Here, manually edit the boot loader configuration.</P>\n"
@@ -765,7 +1194,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/1
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:220
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:244
msgid ""
"<p><b>Section Name</b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Section Name</b> to specify the boot loader section name. The section\n"
@@ -773,14 +1202,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:231
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:255
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Type of the New Section</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the type of the new section to create.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:235
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:259
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Clone Selected Section</b> to clone the currently selected\n"
"section. Then modify the options that should differ from the\n"
@@ -788,28 +1217,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:241
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:265
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Image Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image\n"
"to load and start.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:245
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> to add a new Linux kernel or other image,\n"
"but to start it in a Xen environment.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:249
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Other System (Chainloader)</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads and starts a boot sector of a partition of the disk. This is used for\n"
"booting other operating systems.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:254
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/helps.rb:278
msgid ""
"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a section that \n"
"loads configuration file (the list of boot sections) from a partition of the d"
@@ -818,40 +1247,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. part of summary, %1 is a list of hard disks device names
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:108
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/lilolike.rb:697
msgid "Order of Hard Disks: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:51
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:48
msgid "Do not install any boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:54
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:50
msgid "Do Not Install Any Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:60
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:55
msgid "Install the default boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:57
msgid "Install Default Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:68
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:61
msgid "Boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:71
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:63
msgid "Boot Loader"
msgstr ""
+#. popup, %1 is bootloader name
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:101
+msgid "The %1 boot sector has been written to the floppy disk."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup - continuing
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/misc.rb:113
+msgid "Leave the floppy disk in the drive."
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup message
#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:35
msgid ""
@@ -866,43 +1305,112 @@
"All changes will be lost.\n"
msgstr ""
+#. yes-no popup question
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:59
+msgid "Really delete section %1?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:57
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:65
msgid "The password must not be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:66
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:74
msgid ""
"'Password' and 'Retype password'\n"
"do not match. Retype the password."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup, %1 is sectino label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed.\n"
+"Check section %1 settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. message popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:100
+msgid ""
+"The disk settings have changed and you edited boot loader\n"
+"configuration files manually. Check the boot loader settings.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Confirmation box with yes-no popup. %1 is reason why we need to set
#. default location. It is translated on caller side and it is complete
#. sentence.
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:82
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:116
msgid ""
"%1Set default boot loader location?\n"
msgstr ""
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:128
+msgid "Do Not Create a File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:130
+msgid "Create an ext2 File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox item
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:136
+msgid "Create a FAT File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. label
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:142
+msgid ""
+"The boot loader boot sector will be written\n"
+"to a floppy disk. Insert a floppy disk\n"
+"and confirm with OK.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:150
+msgid "&Low Level Format"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:153
+msgid "&Create File System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:182
+msgid "Low level format failed. Try again?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:195
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:207
+msgid "Creating file system failed."
+msgstr ""
+
#. error popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:90
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:218
msgid ""
"The name selected is already used.\n"
"Use a different one.\n"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:101
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:229
msgid ""
"An error occurred during boot loader\n"
"installation. Retry boot loader configuration?\n"
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME too generic, but was already translated
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:241
+msgid "Unable to install the boot loader."
+msgstr ""
+
#. warning popup. %1 is device name, %2 is date/time in form of
#. 'date' command output
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:125
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:283
msgid ""
"Warning!\n"
"\n"
@@ -916,176 +1424,445 @@
msgstr ""
#. PushButton
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:147
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/popups.rb:305
msgid "&Yes, Rewrite"
msgstr ""
-#. error report
-#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. File:
+#. include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.ycp
+#.
+#. Module:
+#. Bootloader installation and configuration
+#.
+#. Summary:
+#. Help and label strings for bootloader section widgets
+#.
+#. Authors:
+#. Josef Reidinger <jreidinger(a)suse.cz>
+#.
+#. $Id$
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:23
+msgid "<p><b>Image Section</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Represents dialog for modification of device map
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:53
-msgid "Device map must contain at least one device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:24
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Kernel Image</b> defines the kernel to boot. Either enter the name direc"
+"tly or choose via <b>Browse</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. we just go back to original dialog
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:96
-msgid "Disk order settings"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:27
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Root Device</b> sets the device to pass to the kernel as root device.</p"
+">"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:101
-msgid "D&isks"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:36
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Initial RAM Disk</b>, if not empty, defines the initial ramdisk to use. "
+"Either enter the path and file name\n"
+"directly or choose by using <b>Browse</b>.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. textentry header
-#: src/lib/bootloader/device_map_dialog.rb:146
-msgid "&Device"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:39
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Chainloader Section</b> if you want to define a section for booti"
+"ng an OS other than Linux.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: %s stands for partition
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:47
-msgid "Selected custom bootloader partition %s is not available any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:42
+msgid ""
+"<p>Setting <b>Use Password Protection</p> will require a password to select th"
+"is section.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS the %{path} is path where bootloader stage1 is selected to install and
-#. the %{device} is device where it should be, but isn't
-#: src/lib/bootloader/disk_change_detector.rb:61
-msgid "Selected bootloader location %{path} is not on %{device} any more."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:45
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Other System</b> lets you choose among the non-Linux operating systems f"
+"ound on your computer.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Finish client for bootloader configuration
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:28
-msgid "Saving bootloader configuration..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:48
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Activate this Partition when selected for Boot</b> if your BIOS n"
+"eeds this flag set in order to boot it</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: reboot message
-#. %1 is replaced with additional message from reIPL
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:145
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:51
msgid ""
-"\n"
-"Your system will now shut down.%1\n"
-"For details, read the related chapter \n"
-"in the documentation. \n"
+"<p><b>Block Offset for Chainloading</b> lets you specify the list of blocks to"
+" boot. In most cases you want\n"
+"to specify <code>+1</code> here. For specifics on blocklist notation see the g"
+"rub documentation.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Final message after all packages from CD1 are installed
-#. and we're ready to start (boot into) the installed system
-#. Message that will be displayed along with information
-#. how the boot loader was installed
-#: src/lib/bootloader/finish_client.rb:158
-msgid "The system will reboot now..."
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:54
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Xen Section</b> if you want to add a new Linux kernel or other im"
+"age \n"
+"and start it in a Xen environment.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. proposal part - bootloader label
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:94
-msgid "Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:57
+msgid "<p><b>Hypervisor</b> specifies the Hypervisor to use.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:96
-msgid "&Booting"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:60
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters</b> lets you define additional para"
+"meters to pass to the xen hypervisor.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. warning text in the summary richtext
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:174
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:63
+msgid "<p><b>Menu Section</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:64
+msgid "<p><b>Partition of Menu File</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:65
msgid ""
-"No boot loader is selected for installation. Your system might not be bootable"
-"."
+"<p><b>Menu Description File</b> specifies path on root device from which is lo"
+"aded menu file.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error in the proposal
-#: src/lib/bootloader/proposal_client.rb:183
-msgid "Because of the partitioning, the bootloader cannot be installed properly"
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Map Section to the First Disk from Device Map</b> Windows usually need t"
+"o be on the first disk.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:71
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Measures</b> includes measured files with PCR. Change table is possible "
+"via buttons: <b>Add</b> , \n"
+"<b>Edit</b> and <b>Delete</b></p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:74
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Allow attempt to relocate</b>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only</b><br>\n"
+"Usually specified in global section</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:80
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Dump Section</b> to add a section that specifies how to\n"
+"create a system dump either on a DASD disk partition or tape device or to a\n"
+"file on a SCSI disk partition.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:85
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Menu Section</b> to add a new menu to the configuration.\n"
+"Menu sections represent a list of tasks which are grouped together.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:88
+msgid ""
+"<p>Select <b>Enable SELinux</b> to add the needed kernel boot parameters to en"
+"able the SELinux security framework. \n"
+"Please note that this will also disable AppArmor.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:95
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:583
+msgid "Image Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:96
+msgid "&Kernel Image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:97
+msgid "&Root Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:100
+msgid "&Initial RAM Disk"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:101
+msgid "Chainloader Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:102
+msgid "Use Password Protection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:103
+msgid "&Other System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:104
+msgid "Do not &verify Filesystem before Booting"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:105
+msgid "&Activate this Partition when selected for Boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:106
+msgid "B&lock Offset for Chainloading"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:107
+msgid "&Map Section to the First Disk in Device Map"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:109
+msgid "&Hypervisor"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:110
+msgid "&Additional Xen Hypervisor Parameters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:112
+msgid "&Partition of Menu File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:113
+msgid "&Menu Description File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:114
+msgid "&Force root filesystem to be mounted read-only"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:115
+msgid "Allow attempt to &relocate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:116
+msgid "Tar&get Directory for Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:117
+msgid "Op&tional Parameter File"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:118
+msgid "Dump Section (obsolete)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:119
+msgid "&Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:120
+msgid "&SCSI Dump Device"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:122
+msgid "&List of Menu Entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:123
+msgid "&Number of Default Entry"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:124
+msgid "&Timeout in seconds"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:125
+msgid "&Show boot menu"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:126
+msgid "C&opy Image to Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:127
+msgid "&Skip Section gracefully on Errors"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_helps.rb:128
+msgid "Boot &Partition of Other System"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Cache for CommonSectionWidgets
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:58
+msgid "Image section must have specified kernel image"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:65
+msgid "Image file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:82
+msgid "Initrd file doesn't exist now. Do you really want use it?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. string append = BootCommon::current_section["append"]:"";
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:227
+msgid "Enable &SELinux"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. bnc#456362 filter out special chars like diacritics china chars etc.
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:401
+msgid "The name includes unallowable char(s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:533
+msgid "Ask for resolution during boot."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:573
+msgid "Clone Selected Section"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button (don't translate 'chainloader')
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:587
+msgid "Other System (Chainloader)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. frame
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:609
+msgid "Section Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/section_widgets.rb:668
+msgid "Section &Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report
+#: src/include/bootloader/routines/wizards.rb:36
+msgid "Because of the partitioning, the boot loader cannot be installed properly."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FATE#303643 Enable one-click changes in bootloader proposal
#.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:168
+#.
+#. FIXME identical code in BootGRUB module
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:657 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
msgid "Install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"disable_boot_mbr\">do not install</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:172
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:661 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:193
msgid "Do not install bootcode into MBR (<a href=\"enable_boot_mbr\">install</a>)"
msgstr ""
#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:185
+#. check for separated boot partition, use root otherwise
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:673 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:206
msgid ""
"Install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_boot\">do not inst"
"all</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:189
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:677 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:210
msgid ""
"Do not install bootcode into /boot partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_boot\">insta"
"ll</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:195
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:683 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:216
msgid ""
"Install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"disable_boot_root\">do not instal"
"l</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:199
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:687 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:220
msgid ""
"Do not install bootcode into \"/\" partition (<a href=\"enable_boot_root\">install"
"</a>)"
msgstr ""
-#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:209
-msgid ""
-"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you a"
-"re doing please select above location."
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: title for list of location proposals
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:217
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:695 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:238
msgid "Change Location: %s"
msgstr ""
+#. summary text, %1 is bootloader name (eg. LILO)
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
#. Display bootloader summary
#. @return a list of summary lines
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:226 src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:100
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:708 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:248
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:96
msgid "Boot Loader Type: %1"
msgstr ""
+#. summary text, location is location description (eg. /dev/hda)
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:718
+msgid " (\"/boot\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: extended is here for extended partition. Keep translation short.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:237
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:724 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:259
msgid " (extended)"
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:730
+msgid " (\"/\")"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: MBR is acronym for Master Boot Record, if nothing locally specific
#. is used in your language, then keep it as it is.
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:245
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:736 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:267
msgid " (MBR)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:252
+#. FIXME: should we translate all devices to names and add MBR suffixes?
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:750 src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:274
msgid "Status Location: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:108
+#. section name "suffix" for default section
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:768
+msgid " (default)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:779
+msgid "Sections:<br>%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary text
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:788
+msgid "Do not install boot loader; just create configuration files"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menubutton item, keep as short as possible
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB.rb:919
+msgid "Propose and &Merge with Existing GRUB Menus"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. no location chosen, so warn user that it is problem unless he is sure
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2.rb:230
+msgid ""
+"Warning: No location for bootloader stage1 selected.Unless you know what you a"
+"re doing please select above location."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/BootGRUB2EFI.rb:104
msgid "Enable Secure Boot: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check that bootloader is known and supported
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:65
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:70
msgid "Unknown bootloader: %1"
msgstr ""
#. grub2 is sooo cool...
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:99
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:101
msgid "Unsupported combination of hardware platform %1 and bootloader %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: description of technical problem. Do not translate technical terms unless native language have well known translation.
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:139
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:140
msgid ""
"Boot from MBR does not work together with btrfs filesystem and GPT disk label "
"without bios_grub partition.To fix this issue, create bios_grub partition or u"
@@ -1093,101 +1870,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. check if boot device is on raid0
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:167
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:168
msgid "The boot device is on raid type: %1. System will not boot."
msgstr ""
#. bnc#501043 added check for valid configuration
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:187
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:188
msgid ""
"The boot device is on software RAID1. Select other bootloader location, e.g. M"
"aster Boot Record"
msgstr ""
-#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:239
-msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. activate set or there is already activate flag
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:248
+#. s390 do not have bios boot order (bnc#874106)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:243
msgid ""
-"Activate flag is not set by installer. If it is not set at all, some BIOSes co"
-"uld refuse to boot."
+"YaST could not determine the exact boot order of disks needed for the device m"
+"ap. Review and possibly adjust the boot order of disks in \"Boot Loader Install"
+"ation Details\""
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:255
-msgid ""
-"The installer will not modify the MBR of the disk. Unless it already contains "
-"boot code, the BIOS won't be able to boot disk."
+#. if partitioning worked before upgrade, it will keep working (bnc#886604)
+#: src/modules/BootSupportCheck.rb:263
+msgid "Missing ext partition for booting. Cannot install boot code."
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:146
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:170
msgid "Check boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:148
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:172
msgid "Read partitioning"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short, infinitiv)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:150
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:174
msgid "Load boot loader settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:154
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:178
msgid "Checking boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:156
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:180
msgid "Reading partitioning..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:158
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:182
msgid "Loading boot loader settings..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog header
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:162
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:186
msgid "Initializing Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
+#. part of summary, %1 is a part of kernel command line
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:307
+msgid "Added Kernel Parameters: %1"
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:367
msgid "Create initrd"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:283
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:369
msgid "Save boot loader configuration files"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:371
msgid "Install boot loader"
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:375
msgid "Creating initrd..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:377
msgid "Saving boot loader configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step, text in dialog (short)
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:379
msgid "Installing boot loader..."
msgstr ""
#. progress line
-#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Bootloader.rb:385
msgid "Saving Boot Loader Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ca-management.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -133,7 +133,8 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:235 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:362
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:301 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:466
#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert.rb:573
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:277
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1211
msgid "&Password:"
msgstr ""
@@ -205,7 +206,8 @@
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:478 src/clients/ca_mgm_auto.rb:536
#: src/clients/ca_mgm_proposal.rb:320 src/clients/ca_select_proposal.rb:536
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:216 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:565
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:777
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1121
msgid "New passwords do not match."
msgstr ""
@@ -1937,42 +1939,41 @@
#. Creating default CA/Certificate
#. @return [Boolean] ( success )
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1890
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1891
msgid "Creating certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. Creating server certificate
#. Exporting to common server certificate
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1932
-#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2013
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:1933
+#: src/include/ca-management/new_cert_read_write.rb:2014
msgid ""
"The default certificate can also be created in\n"
"the CA Management module.\n"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:50
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
msgid "Finish"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: ContinueCancel Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:52
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:54
msgid "Really save configuration ?"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup headline
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:64
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
msgid "Exit"
msgstr ""
#. To translators: YesNo Popup
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:66
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:68
msgid "Really exit configuration without saving ?"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup displaying openssl error messages
-#. @return [void]
-#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:88
+#. Show description while normal installation only.(bnc#962328)
+#: src/include/ca-management/popup.rb:91
msgid "Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -2266,7 +2267,8 @@
msgid "LDAP P&assword:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:375
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1032
#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1388
msgid "Certificate &Password:"
msgstr ""
@@ -2312,23 +2314,28 @@
msgid "Ce&rtificate and the Key Unencrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:665
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1002
msgid "C&ertificate and the Key Encrypted in PEM Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:672
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1009
msgid "&Certificate in DER Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:679
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1016
msgid "Cer&tificate and the Key in PKCS12 Format"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:686
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1023
msgid "&Like PKCS12 and Include the CA Chain"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693 src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:693
+#: src/include/ca-management/util.rb:1035
msgid "&New Password"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cio.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cio.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cio.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -43,11 +43,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "yes"
+msgid "no"
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/iochannel/channels_dialog.rb:142
-msgid "no"
+msgid "yes"
msgstr ""
#. filter can be empty if dialog is not yet created
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/cluster.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -127,7 +127,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:228 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:256
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1427
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1429
msgid "The Multicast Address has to be fulfilled"
msgstr ""
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:460 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:478
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1365
msgid "Multicast Address:"
msgstr ""
@@ -203,150 +203,150 @@
msgstr ""
#. Notice, current could be "nil" if the list is empty.
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:715
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:717
msgid "Enable Security Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"For a newly created cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/corosync/a"
"uthkey."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:726
msgid ""
"To join an existing cluster, please copy /etc/corosync/authkey from other node"
"s manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:750
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
msgid "Failed to create /etc/corosync/authkey"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:752
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "Create /etc/corosync/authkey succeeded"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:813 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:883
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:885
msgid "Running"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:815
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:817
msgid "Not running"
msgstr ""
#. servie:cluster is the name of /etc/sysconfig/SuSEfirewall2.d/services/cluster
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:853
msgid "Booting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:861
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:863
msgid "On -- Start pacemaker during boot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:868
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:870
msgid "Off -- Start pacemaker manually"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:877
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:879
msgid "Switch On and Off"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:882
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:884
msgid "Current Status: "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:893
msgid "Start pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:892
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:894
msgid "Stop pacemaker Now"
msgstr ""
#. BNC#874563,stop pacemaker could stop corosync since BNC#872651 is fixed
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:992
msgid "Sync Host"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:994 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1006
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:995 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1007
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:997 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
msgid "Del"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:996 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1008
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:998 src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1010
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1002
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1004
msgid "Sync File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1009
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1011
msgid "Add Suggested Files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Generate Pre-Shared-Keys"
msgstr ""
#. remove duplicated elements
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1143
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1145
msgid "Csync2 Status Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1146
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1148
msgid "Turn csync2 ON"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1149
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1151
msgid "Turn csync2 OFF"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1179
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1181
msgid "Enter a hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1193
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1195
msgid "Edit the hostname"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1207
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1209
msgid "Enter a filename to synchronize"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1222
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid "Edit the filename"
msgstr ""
#. key file exist
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1254
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1256
msgid ""
"Key file %1 already exist.\n"
"Do you want to overwrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. remove exist key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1264
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1266
msgid "Delete key file %1 failed."
msgstr ""
#. generate key file
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1278
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1280
msgid ""
"Key file %1 is generated.\n"
"Clicking \"Add Suggested Files\" button adds it to sync list."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1285
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1287
msgid "Key generation failed."
msgstr ""
#. SaveCsync2();
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1349
msgid ""
"Conntrackd is a daemon which helps to duplicate firewall status between cluste"
"r nodes.\n"
@@ -354,23 +354,23 @@
"You need to start it with the ocf:heartbeat:conntrackd."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1358
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1360
msgid "Dedicated Interface:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1361
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1363
msgid "IP:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1364
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1366
msgid "Group Number:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1370
msgid "Generate /etc/conntrackd/conntrackd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1435
+#: src/include/cluster/dialogs.rb:1437
msgid "The Group Number must be a positive integer"
msgstr ""
@@ -522,96 +522,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:390
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:394
msgid "Initializing cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
msgid "Read the database"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:412
msgid "Read the previous settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:410
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:414
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:416
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420
msgid "Reading the previous settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/3
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:418
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:422
msgid "Reading SuSEFirewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:420 src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:424 src/modules/Cluster.rb:526
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:435
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:439
msgid "Cannot install required package"
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:444
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:448
msgid "Cannot load existing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:455
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:459
msgid "Cannot read database1."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:463
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:467
msgid "Cannot read database2."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:479
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:483
msgid "Cannot detect devices."
msgstr ""
#. Cluster read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:501
msgid "Saving cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:512
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:516
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
msgid "Save changes to SuSEFirewall"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:518
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:522
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:520
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:524
msgid "Saving changes to SuSEFirewall..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:532
+#: src/modules/Cluster.rb:536
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control-center.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/control.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -17,238 +17,204 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=CHARSET\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:3
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:3
msgid ""
"\n"
-"<p><b>Congratulations!</b></p>\n"
-"<p>The installation of openSUSE on your machine is complete.\n"
-"After clicking <b>Finish</b>, you can log in to the system.</p>\n"
-"<p>Visit us at %1.</p>\n"
-"<p>Have a lot of fun!<br>Your openSUSE Development Team</p>\n"
-" "
+"<p>\n"
+"The installation has completed successfully.\n"
+"Your system is ready for use.\n"
+"Click <b>Finish</b> to log in to the system.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+"<p>\n"
+"Please visit us at http://www.suse.com/.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+" "
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:10
-msgid ""
-"The desktop environment on your computer provides the graphical user\n"
-"interface for your computer, as well as a suite of applications for\n"
-"email, Web browsing, office productivity, games, and utilities to\n"
-"manage your computer.\n"
-"\n"
-"openSUSE offers a choice of desktop environments. The most widely\n"
-"used desktop environments are GNOME and KDE, and they are equally\n"
-"supported under openSUSE. Both desktop environments are easy to use,\n"
-"highly integrated, and have an attractive look and feel. Each desktop\n"
-"environment has a distinct style, so personal taste determines which\n"
-"is the most appropriate desktop for you."
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:15
+msgid "CIM Server"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:21
-msgid "GNOME Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:16
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:17
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:22
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:56
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:57
+msgid "Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:22
-msgid "KDE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:18
+msgid "Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:23
-msgid "XFCE Desktop"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:19
+msgid "Expert"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:24
-msgid "LXDE Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:25
-msgid "Minimal X Window"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:26
-msgid "Enlightenment Desktop"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:27
-msgid "Minimal Server Selection (Text Mode)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:28
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:29
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:32
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:70
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:71
-msgid "Installation Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:20
msgid "Live Installation Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:31
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:21
msgid "Update Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:23
msgid "Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:24
msgid "Hardware Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:35
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:77
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:25
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:90
msgid "Preparation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:36
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:63
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:26
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:50
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:64
msgid "Load linuxrc Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:37
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:64
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:27
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:65
msgid "Network Autosetup"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:38
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:65
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:28
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:52
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:66
msgid "Welcome"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:29
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:53
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:67
msgid "Network Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:40
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:79
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:30
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:68
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:41
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:42
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:80
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:31
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:32
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:91
msgid "System Analysis"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:43
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:67
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:33
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:71
+msgid "Add-On Products"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:34
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:54
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:44
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:66
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:35
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:55
msgid "Time Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:45
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:82
-msgid "Online Repositories"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:46
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:83
-msgid "Add-On Products"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:47
-msgid "Desktop Selection"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:48
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:49
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:68
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:69
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:36
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:37
msgid "User Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:50
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:62
-msgid "Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:51
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:38
msgid "Installation Overview"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:52
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:53
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:54
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:55
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:56
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:57
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:58
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:59
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:60
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:61
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:72
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:73
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:74
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:75
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:76
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:96
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:97
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:98
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:99
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:100
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:101
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:102
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:117
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:118
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:119
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:39
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:40
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:41
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:42
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:43
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:44
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:45
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:46
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:47
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:48
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:58
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:59
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:60
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:61
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:62
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:83
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:84
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:85
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:86
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:87
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:88
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:89
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:104
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:106
msgid "Perform Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:81
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:105
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:49
+msgid "Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:70
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:92
msgid "System for Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:84
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:72
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:95
msgid "Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:86
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:87
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:88
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:89
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:90
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:110
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:111
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:112
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:113
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:114
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:115
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:116
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:122
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:123
-msgid "Perform Update"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:73
+msgid "Update Summary"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:91
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:120
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:124
-msgid "Configuration"
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:74
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:75
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:76
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:77
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:78
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:97
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:98
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:99
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:100
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:101
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:102
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:103
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:110
+msgid "Perform Update"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:92
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:79
msgid "Base Installation"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:93
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:94
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:95
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:106
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:107
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:109
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:80
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:81
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:82
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:93
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:94
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:96
msgid "AutoYaST Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:121
-#: control/control.openSUSE.glade.translations.glade:125
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:107
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:111
+msgid "Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:108
+#: control/control.SLED.glade.translations.glade:112
msgid "System Configuration"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/country.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/country.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/country.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -761,56 +761,56 @@
"Enter the correct date.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. button text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:541
+#. TRANSLATORS: Button label
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Other &Settings..."
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:613
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:910
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:612
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:916
msgid "Date and Time (NTP is configured)"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
#. frame label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:615
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:693
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:912
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:614
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:699
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:918
msgid "Date and Time"
msgstr ""
#. check box label
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:631
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:630
msgid "&Hardware Clock Set to UTC"
msgstr ""
#. label text
#. label text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:650
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:684
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:656
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "&Region"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:657
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:688
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:663
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:694
msgid "Time &Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:669
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:675
msgid "Date and Time:"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:791
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:797
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p><b><big>Time Zone and Clock Settings</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:793
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:799
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To select the time zone to use in your system, first select the <b>Region</"
@@ -821,7 +821,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. general help trailer
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:810
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:816
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If the current time is not correct, use <b>Change</b> to adjust it.\n"
@@ -829,12 +829,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Screen title for timezone screen
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:820
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:826
msgid "Clock and Time Zone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:945
+#: timezone/src/include/timezone/dialogs.rb:951
msgid "Select a valid time zone."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dhcp-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -58,9 +58,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#. command line help text for an option
#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:85
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "List all defined hosts with a fixed address"
msgstr ""
@@ -100,242 +98,247 @@
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:138
msgid "Select the network interface to use"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:145
msgid "Print the currently used interface and list other available interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:151
msgid "Print current options"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:157
msgid "Set a global option"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:169
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:163
msgid "Option key (for example, ntp-servers)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:176
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:170
msgid "Option value (for example, IP address)"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:183
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:177
msgid "Lowest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:184
msgid "Highest IP address of the dynamic address assigning range"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:191
msgid "Default lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. command line help text for an option
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:204
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:198
msgid "Maximum lease time in seconds"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:245
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:239
msgid "DHCP server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. status information for command line
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:247
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:241
msgid "DHCP server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:294
msgid "Host: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is hardwarre address
#. and hardware type (eg. "ethernet 11:22:33:44:55:66")
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:300
msgid "Hardware: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is IP address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:312
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:306
msgid "IP Address: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:327
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:321
msgid "Hostname not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:337
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:331
msgid "Specified host does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. to be eventually pasted to "Selected interfaces: %1"
#. to be eventually pasted to "Other interfaces: %1"
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:398
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:392
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:396
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:406
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:400
msgid "Selected Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line text output, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:409
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:403
msgid "Other Interfaces: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:417
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:411
msgid "Specified interface does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:426
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:420
msgid "Operation with the interface not specified."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:452
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:446
msgid "Option key must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line error report
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:457
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:451
msgid "Value must be set."
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 and %1 are IP addresses
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:501
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:495
msgid "Address Range: %1-%2"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:510
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:504
msgid "Default Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. command-line output text, %1 is integer
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:518
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/commandline.rb:512
msgid "Maximum Lease Time: %1"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:57
msgid "Saving the configuration failed. Change the settings?"
msgstr ""
+#. Restart only if it's already running
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:76
+msgid "Saving the configuration failed"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:118
msgid "DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. Initialize the widget
#. @param [String] id any widget id
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:116
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:541
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:477
msgid "Global Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
msgid "Subnet Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:219
msgid "Host with Fixed Address"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:222
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
msgid "Shared Network"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:290
msgid "Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:291
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:324
msgid "Group-Specific Options"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "Class"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:406
msgid "&Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:408
msgid "&Host"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Shared &Network"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:380
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:382
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:414
msgid "&Pool of Addresses"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:416
msgid "&Class"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Declaration Types"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:407
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:439
msgid "Declaration Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:485
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:525
msgid "Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:522
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1106
msgid "TSIG Key Management"
msgstr ""
@@ -360,190 +363,150 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:93
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:94
msgid "DHCP Server: Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:97
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:96
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:182
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:115
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:116
msgid "DHCP Server: Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:117
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:119
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:118
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:120
msgid "Card Selection"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:129
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:130
msgid "DHCP Server: Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:133
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:134
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:136
msgid "Global Settings"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:141
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:142
msgid "DHCP Server: Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:143
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:145
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:146
msgid "Dynamic DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:151
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:152
msgid "DHCP Server: Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:156
msgid "Host Management"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:161
msgid "DHCP Server: Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. tree item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:165
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:206
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:207
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:208
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:211
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:212
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text - radio button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:213
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:214
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:221
-msgid "DHCP server is running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. label - service status
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:225
-msgid "DHCP server is not running"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:229
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:233
-msgid "S&top DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:241
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server &Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:247
-msgid "Start DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:249
-msgid "Stop DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. part of help text - push button label, NO SHORTCUT!!!
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:251
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server Now"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:334
msgid "DHCP Server Start-up Arguments"
msgstr ""
#. Table - listing available network cards
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:443
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:404
msgid "Network Cards for DHCP Server"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:449
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:410
msgid "Selected"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:451
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:412
msgid "Interface Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:414
msgid "Device Name"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
#. Table header item - IP of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:455
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1650
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:416
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1602
msgid "IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:462
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:423
msgid "&Select"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: a push-button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:464
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:425
msgid "&Deselect"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: Table items; Informs that the IP is a DHCP Address
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:533
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:494
msgid "DHCP address"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server needs to run on one or more interfaces,
#. currently no one is selected
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:608
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:569
msgid "At least one network interface must be selected."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, DHCP Server requires selected interface to have
#. at least minimal configuration
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:616
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:577
msgid ""
"One or more selected network interfaces is not configured (no assigned IP "
"address \n"
@@ -552,60 +515,60 @@
#. configuration will be saved in ldap?
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:632
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1079
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:593
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1058
msgid "&LDAP Support"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #227, comments #5 and #17
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:639
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:600
msgid "DHCP Server &Name (optional)"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with name of the domain
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:613
msgid "&Domain Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of primary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:615
msgid "&Primary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of secondary name server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:657
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:618
msgid "&Secondary Name Server IP"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of default router
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:660
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:621
msgid "Default &Gateway (Router) "
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of time server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:665
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:626
msgid "NTP &Time Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of print server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:667
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:628
msgid "&Print Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with IP address of WINS (Windows Internet Naming Service) server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:630
msgid "&WINS Server"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry with default lease time of IP address from dhcp server
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:674
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:635
msgid "Default &Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Units for defaultleasetime
#. Combobox - type of units for lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:683
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1139
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:644
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1097
msgid "&Units"
msgstr ""
@@ -613,48 +576,48 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1017
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1029
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:975
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:987
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:999
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1011
msgid "The specified value is not a valid hostname or IP address."
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1025
msgid "Subnet Information"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1073
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1031
msgid "Current &Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1078
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1036
msgid "Current Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: informative text entry (filled up, disabled)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1083
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1041
msgid "Netmask Bi&ts"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1090
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1048
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:81
msgid "Min&imum IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1095
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1053
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Ma&ximum IP Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1103
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1061
msgid "IP Address Range"
msgstr ""
@@ -662,10 +625,10 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1067
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:93
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:356
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:915
msgid "&First IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -673,61 +636,61 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1072
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:95
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:358
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:919
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:357
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:917
msgid "&Last IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1118
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1094
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1076
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1093
msgid "Allow Dynamic &BOOTP"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1124
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1082
msgid "Lease Time"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - lease time for IPs in the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1130
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1088
msgid "&Default"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntryLabel - max. time for leasing of IPs from the range
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1148
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1106
msgid "&Maximum"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox - type of units for max lease time
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1158
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1116
msgid "Uni&ts"
msgstr ""
#. zone is not maintained by the DNS server
#. zone is maintained and it is a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1360
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1369
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1318
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1327
msgid "Create New DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1371
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1329
msgid "Edit Current DNS Zone"
msgstr ""
#. zone is maintained but it is not a 'master'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1377
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1335
msgid "Get Current Zone Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1385
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1343
msgid "&Synchronize DNS Server..."
msgstr ""
#. Show DNS Zone Information
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1414
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1372
msgid ""
"DNS zone %1 is not a master zone.\n"
"Therefore, you cannot change it here.\n"
@@ -735,8 +698,8 @@
#. A popup error text
#. A popup error text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1547
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1555
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1499
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1507
msgid "Enter values for both ends of the IP address range."
msgstr ""
@@ -744,8 +707,8 @@
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message
#. %1 is the tested IP which should match network %2 and netmask %3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1617
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1546
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1569
msgid ""
"The dynamic DHCP address range must be in the same network as the DHCP "
"server.\n"
@@ -753,127 +716,127 @@
msgstr ""
#. Label of the registered hosts table
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1642
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1594
msgid "Registered Host"
msgstr ""
#. Table header item - Name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1648
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1600
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. MAC address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1652
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1604
msgid "Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1654
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1606
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label - configuration of particular host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1613
msgid "List Setup"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - name of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1669
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1621
msgid "&Name"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - IP address of the host
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1674
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:229
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1626
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:228
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Textentry label - hardware (mac) address of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1682
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1634
msgid "&Hardware Address"
msgstr ""
#. Radiobutton label - network type of the host
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1689
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1641
msgid "&Ethernet"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1691
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1643
msgid "&Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - change host in list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1706
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1658
msgid "C&hange in List"
msgstr ""
#. Pushbutton label - delete host from list
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1709
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1661
msgid "Dele&te from List"
msgstr ""
#. now, fill the dialog
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1810
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1039
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1762
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1038
msgid "Ethernet"
msgstr ""
#. combo box entry, networking technology name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1811
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1041
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1763
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1040
msgid "Token Ring"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1885
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:935
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1837
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:934
msgid "The hardware address is invalid.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1931
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1883
msgid "The hardware address must be unique."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1941
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1893
msgid "The hostname cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is host name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1951
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1903
msgid "A host named %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. FIXME: text?
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1969
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2033
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1921
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1985
msgid "Enter a host IP."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1984
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1936
msgid "The hardware address must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2005
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2020
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1957
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1972
msgid "Select a host first."
msgstr ""
#. checking new MAC
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2047
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:1999
msgid "The input value must be defined."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2086
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2038
msgid ""
"If you enter the expert settings, you cannot return \n"
"to this dialog. You may be able to display this dialog \n"
@@ -886,15 +849,15 @@
msgstr ""
#. remove leading '-'
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2133
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2085
msgid "\"-%1\" is not a valid DHCP server commandline option"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2144
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2096
msgid "DHCP server commandline option \"-%1\" requires an argument"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2155
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2107
msgid ""
"You have specified an alternate configuration file for the DHCP server.\n"
"\n"
@@ -907,7 +870,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption, %1 is step number
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2236
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dialogs2.rb:2179
msgid "DHCP Server Wizard (%1 of 4)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1127,7 +1090,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:228
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:455
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:454
msgid "The last IP address must be higher than the first one."
msgstr ""
@@ -1151,7 +1114,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid hostname description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:453
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:256
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:255
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
@@ -1162,9 +1125,9 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, followed by a newline and a valid IPv4 description
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:462
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-dialogs.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:265
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:394
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:402
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:264
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:393
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:401
msgid "Invalid IP address."
msgstr ""
@@ -1180,51 +1143,51 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:157
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:156
msgid "Regenerating DNS zone entries..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:224
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:223
msgid "Adding a New DNS Record"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:226
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:148
msgid "&Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:317
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:316
msgid "Adding DHCP range %1-%2 to the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog frame label
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:353
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:955
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:352
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
msgid "Removing DNS Records Matching Range"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
#. %1 is the first IP address of the range, %2 is the last one
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:465
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:464
msgid "Removing records in the range %1-%2 from the DNS server..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is the zone name
#. please, do not translate 'master' (exact DNS definition)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:556
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:555
msgid ""
"Zone %1 is not of the type master.\n"
"The DNS server cannot write any records to it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question, %1 is a DNS zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:570
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:569
msgid ""
"Zone %1 does not yet exist in the current DNS server configuration.\n"
"Create it?\n"
@@ -1232,80 +1195,80 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error, %1 is a zone name
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:590
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:589
#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-wizard.rb:1107
msgid "Cannot create zone %1."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: busy message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:815
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:813
msgid "Synchronizing DNS reverse records..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup question - canceling dns synchronization with dhcp
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:860
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:858
msgid ""
"If you cancel, all changes made to the DNS server will be lost.\n"
"Really cancel this operation?\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:907
msgid "&Domain"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:909
msgid "&Network"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:913
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:911
msgid "Net&mask"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table label
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:923
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:921
msgid "DNS Zone Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:926
msgid "Hostname"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: table header item
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:930
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:928
msgid "Assigned IP"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:937
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:935
msgid "&Add..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:945
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:943
msgid "&Special Tasks"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:953
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:951
msgid "Add New Range of DNS Records"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: menu entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:959
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:957
msgid "Run Wizard to Rewrite the DNS Zone from Scratch"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox, %1 is a zone name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1031
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1029
msgid "Synchronize with Reverse Zone %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1084
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/dns-server-management.rb:1082
msgid "DHCP Server: DNS Server Synchronization"
msgstr ""
@@ -1585,8 +1548,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/2
-#. help text 1/2
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24 src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:233
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:24
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Interfaces</big></b><br>\n"
"Select the network interfaces to which the DHCP server should listen from\n"
@@ -1604,17 +1566,9 @@
"is enabled.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. help text 1/5
+#. help text 2/5
#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:39
msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>DHCP Server</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>To run the DHCP server every time your computer is started, set\n"
-"<b>Start DHCP Server</b>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text 2/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:45
-msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To run the DHCP server in chroot jail, set\n"
"<b>Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail</b>. Starting any daemon in a chroot jail\n"
@@ -1622,7 +1576,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:46
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To store the DHCP configuration in LDAP,\n"
@@ -1630,7 +1584,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:52
msgid ""
"<p><b>Configured Declarations</b> shows the configuration options in use.\n"
"To modify an existing declaration, select it and click <b>Edit</b>.\n"
@@ -1640,7 +1594,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:66
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:60
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Advanced Functions</big></b><br>\n"
"Use <b>Advanced</b> to display the log of the DHCP server,\n"
@@ -1650,14 +1604,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:74
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:68
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Network Address</b> and <b>Network Mask</b> of the subnet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 1
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:72
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host with Fixed Address</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the host for which to set the fixed address or other\n"
@@ -1665,7 +1619,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:84
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Group-Specific Options</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the group of declarations in <b>Group Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1674,7 +1628,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:91
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:85
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Pool of Addresses</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the pool of addresses in <b>Pool Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1683,7 +1637,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 5
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:92
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Shared Network</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name for the shared network in <b>Shared Network Name</b>. \n"
@@ -1692,14 +1646,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/3, alt. 6
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:105
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:99
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Class</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the name of the class of hosts in <b>Class Name</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:109
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To edit DHCP options, choose the appropriate\n"
@@ -1709,14 +1663,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To adjust dynamic DNS for hosts of this subnet, use <b>Dynamic DNS</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Enabling Dynamic DNS</big></b><br>\n"
"To enable Dynamic DNS updates for this subnet, set\n"
@@ -1724,7 +1678,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:127
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:121
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>TSIG Key</big></b><br>\n"
"To make Dynamic DNS updates, the authentication key must be set. Use\n"
@@ -1734,7 +1688,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:135
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:129
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global DHCP Server Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Global settings of DHCP server must be updated to make Dynamic\n"
@@ -1743,7 +1697,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:142
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Zones to Update</big></b><br>\n"
"Specify forward and reverse zones to update. For both, also specify \n"
@@ -1753,7 +1707,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:149
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DHCP Server Start-Up Arguments</big></b><br>\n"
"Here you can specify parameters that you want DHCP Server to be started "
@@ -1764,7 +1718,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 1 (version for expert UI)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:150
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Network Card Selection</big></b><br>\n"
"Select one or more of the listed network cards to use for the DHCP server.</"
@@ -1772,14 +1726,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Optional field - used with LDAP support
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:160
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:154
msgid ""
"Optionally, you can also specify <b>DHCP Server Name</b>\n"
"(the name of dhcpServer LDAP object), if it differs from your hostname.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 1/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:158
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Global Settings</big></b><br>\n"
"Here, make several DHCP settings.</p>"
@@ -1787,14 +1741,14 @@
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 2/9
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 3/9 (2 is removed)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:171
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Domain Name</b> sets the domain for which the DHCP server\n"
"leases IPs to clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 4/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><b>Primary Name Server IP</b> and <b>Secondary Name Server IP</b> \n"
"offer these name servers to the DHCP clients.\n"
@@ -1802,34 +1756,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 5/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:181
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:175
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Gateway</b> inserts this\n"
"value as the default route in the routing table of clients.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 6/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:179
msgid ""
"<p><b>Time Server</b> tells clients to use this server\n"
"for time synchronization.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 7/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:189
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:183
msgid ""
"<p><b>Print Server</b> offers this server as the default print server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 8/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:193
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:187
msgid ""
"<p><b>WINS Server</b> offers this server as the WINS server\n"
"(Windows Internet Naming Service).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 2 9/9
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:191
msgid ""
"<p><b>Default Lease Time</b> sets the time after which the leased IP "
"expires\n"
@@ -1837,7 +1791,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 1/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:201
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:195
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Subnet Information</big></b></br>\n"
"View information about the current subnet, such as its address,\n"
@@ -1846,7 +1800,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 2/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:202
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IP Address Range</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>First IP Address</b> and the <b>Last IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1858,7 +1812,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 3/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Lease Time</big></b><br>\n"
"Set the <b>Default</b> lease time for the current IP address range,\n"
@@ -1866,14 +1820,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wizard Installation - Step 3 4/4
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p><b>Maximum</b> (optional value) sets the maximum time period\n"
"for which this IP is blocked for the client on the DHCP server.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Expert Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"To enter the complete configuration of the DHCP server, click\n"
@@ -1881,14 +1835,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:227
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Host Management</big></b><br>\n"
"Use this dialog to edit hosts with static address binding.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:231
msgid ""
"<p>To add a new new host, set its <b>Name</b>,\n"
"<b>Hardware Address</b>, and <b>IP Address</b>\n"
@@ -1898,45 +1852,45 @@
msgstr ""
#. host management help 1/3
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:239
msgid "<p>To remove a host, select it and click <b>Delete from List</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 1/7
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:251
msgid "<p>Select the type of declaration to add.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 2/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:269
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:257
msgid ""
"<p>To add a network declaration,\n"
"select <b>Subnet</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 3/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:276
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:264
msgid ""
"<p>To add a host that needs special parameters\n"
"(usually a fixed address), select <b>Host</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 4/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:285
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:273
msgid ""
"<p>To add a shared network (physical network with\n"
"multiple logical networks), select <b>Shared Network</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 5/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:294
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:282
msgid ""
"<p>To add a group of other declarations (usually\n"
"if they should share some settings), select <b>Group</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text 6/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:303
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:291
msgid ""
"<p>To add a pool of addresses that will be treated\n"
"differently than other address pools although they are in the same\n"
@@ -1944,7 +1898,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text 7/7, optional
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:314
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/helps.rb:302
msgid ""
"<p>To create a condition class that can be used for\n"
"handling clients differently depending on the class to which they belong,\n"
@@ -1954,23 +1908,23 @@
#. selection box
#. selection box
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:454
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:475
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:568
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:781
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:857
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:453
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:474
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:567
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:780
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:856
msgid "A&ddresses"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:470
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:469
msgid "The entered address is not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:490
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:543
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:489
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:542
msgid "At least one address must be specified."
msgstr ""
@@ -1980,101 +1934,101 @@
#. @param [String] key string option key
#. @param [Hash] event map event to be handled
#. selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:512
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:528
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:819
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:511
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:527
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:818
msgid "&Values"
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:563
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:562
msgid "The entered addresses are not valid."
msgstr ""
#. message popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:583
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:582
msgid "At least one address pair must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched on
#. table item, means switched on
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:620
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:661
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:619
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:660
msgid "On"
msgstr ""
#. table item, means switched off
#. table item, means switched off
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:623
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:664
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:622
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:663
msgid "Off"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:694
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:693
msgid "A value must be specified."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:786
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:785
msgid "&New Address"
msgstr ""
#. int field
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:824
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:823
msgid "&New Value"
msgstr ""
#. label (in role of help text)
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:860
msgid "Separate multiple addresses with spaces."
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:864
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:863
msgid "&Add Address Pair"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1008
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1007
msgid "The lowest address must be lower than the highest one."
msgstr ""
#. label -- help text
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1024
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1023
msgid "If you change this, also update the syslog configuration."
msgstr ""
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1036
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1035
msgid "&Hardware Type"
msgstr ""
#. test entry, MAC better not to be translated,
#. translation would decrease the understandability
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1046
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1045
msgid "&MAC Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1089
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1088
msgid "&Lowest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1091
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/options.rb:1090
msgid "&Highest IP Address"
msgstr ""
#. Yes-No popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:174
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:191
msgid ""
"If you leave the DHCP server configuration without saving,\n"
"all changes will be lost. Really leave?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:355
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:311
msgid ""
"The port in firewall is not open. The DHCP server\n"
"will not be able to serve your network.\n"
@@ -2082,7 +2036,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:383
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:339
msgid ""
"The network interfaces listed below are not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -2090,7 +2044,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup error message, %1 a network interface name
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:398
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:354
msgid ""
"Network interface %1 is not mentioned in any firewall zone.\n"
"Run the YaST firewall configuration to assign it to a zone."
@@ -2098,206 +2052,195 @@
#. popup message
#. popup message
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:424
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:653
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:374
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:588
msgid ""
"This function is not available during\n"
"preparation for autoinstallation."
msgstr ""
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:445
-msgid "Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menubutton entry, try to keep short
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:450
-msgid "Save Settings and Restart DHCP Server"
-msgstr ""
-
#. tree widget
#. tree widget
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:548
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1097
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:484
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1076
msgid "&Configured Declarations"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:637
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:572
msgid "&Dynamic DNS"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:733
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1239
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:668
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1219
msgid "Forward Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. combo box
#. combo box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:742
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1246
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:677
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1226
msgid "Reverse Zone TSIG &Key"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:861
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:796
msgid "Select File with Authentication Key"
msgstr ""
-#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1060
-msgid "&Start DHCP Server"
+#. FIXME CWM should be able to handle virtual widgets
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1042
+msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1049
msgid "&Run DHCP Server in Chroot Jail"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1111
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1099
msgid "Ad&vanced"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1114
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1102
msgid "Display &Log"
msgstr ""
#. item of a menu button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1104
msgid "&Interface Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1116
msgid "&Network Address"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1138
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1118
msgid "Network &Mask"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1156
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1136
msgid "Group &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1164
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1144
msgid "Pool &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1172
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1152
msgid "Shared Network &Name"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1180
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1160
msgid "Class &Name"
msgstr ""
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1190
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1170
msgid "Available Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1205
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1185
msgid "Open &Firewall for Selected Interfaces"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1231
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1211
msgid "&Enable Dynamic DNS for This Subnet"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1253
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1233
msgid "&Update Global Dynamic DNS Settings"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1243
msgid "&Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1290
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1270
msgid "&Primary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1296
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1276
msgid "Re&verse Zone"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1305
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1285
msgid "Pr&imary DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1335
+#: src/include/dhcp-server/widgets.rb:1315
msgid "DHCP Server &Expert Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1388
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1401
msgid "Initializing DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1392
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1405
msgid "Check the environment"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1394
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1407
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1396
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1409
msgid "Read DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1398
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1411
msgid "Read DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1402
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1415
msgid "Checking the environment..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1404
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1417
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1406
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1419
msgid "Reading DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1408
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1421
msgid "Reading DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1410 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1423 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1651
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error report popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1440
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1453
msgid ""
"This server needs at least one\n"
"configured network device (besides loopback) to\n"
@@ -2308,101 +2251,101 @@
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1475
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1488
msgid ""
"Cannot determine hostname. LDAP-based configuration of \n"
"DHCP server will not be available."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1543
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1556
msgid ""
"The DHCP server does not seem to have been\n"
"configured yet. Create a new configuration?"
msgstr ""
#. Dhcp-server read dialog caption */
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1616
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1629
msgid "Saving DHCP Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1621
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
msgid "Write DHCP server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1623
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1625
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1638
msgid "Restart DHCP server"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1627
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1640
msgid "Write DNS server settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1630
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1643
msgid "Writing DHCP server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1632
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1645
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1634
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1647
msgid "Restarting DHCP server..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1636
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1649
msgid "Writing DNS server settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1749
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1762
msgid "Error occurred while restarting the DHCP daemon."
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1888
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
msgid "The DHCP server is started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1893
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1906
msgid "The DHCP server is not started at boot time"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is list of network interfaces
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1901
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1914
msgid "Listen On: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary string, %1 is IP address range
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1920
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:1933
msgid "Dynamic Address Range: %1"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2313
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2328
msgid "Invalid LDAP configuration. Cannot use LDAP."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2553 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2594
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2568 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2609
msgid "Support for multiple dhcpServiceDN not implemented."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2559
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2574
msgid "DHCP service DN is not defined."
msgstr ""
@@ -2410,22 +2353,22 @@
#. Error report, %1 is LDAP record key
#. Error report
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2674 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2708
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2772 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2847
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2689 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2723
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2787 src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2862
msgid "Error occurred while creating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is LDAP record key
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2739
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2754
msgid "Error occurred while updating %1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1=ldap domain, %2=dhcp server
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2810
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2825
msgid "Error occurred while creating cn=%2,ou=DHCP,%1."
msgstr ""
#. error report, /etc/dhcpd.conf is filename
-#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2907
+#: src/modules/DhcpServer.pm:2922
msgid "Error occurred while writing /etc/dhcpd.conf."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/dns-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -302,7 +302,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline error message
#. Both Add and Remove defined => Error!
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:580 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:867
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:999
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1049
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1108
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1244
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1303
@@ -373,7 +374,8 @@
#. Table header item - ACL-options
#. Table menu item - Records listing
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:731 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:743
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:944
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1157
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:1625
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:1419
@@ -419,8 +421,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:846
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:443
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:446
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:441
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:444
msgid "Forwarders"
msgstr ""
@@ -450,7 +452,8 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. TRANSLATORS: commandline table header item
#. Table header item - DNS listing zones
-#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980 src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:980
+#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1032
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1089
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1220
#: src/include/dns-server/cmdline.rb:1284
@@ -552,8 +555,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:79
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:517
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:520
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:515
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:518
msgid "DNS Zones"
msgstr ""
@@ -575,7 +578,7 @@
#. check box
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox label, turning LDAP support on or off
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-installwizard.rb:175
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:291
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:289
msgid "&LDAP Support Active"
msgstr ""
@@ -600,32 +603,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. Dialog label DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:261
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:259
msgid "DNS Server"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: new startup
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:419
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:417
msgid "Apply Changes"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:425
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:428
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:423
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:426
msgid "Start-Up"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:456
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:459
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:454
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:457
msgid "Basic Options"
msgstr ""
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:467
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:469
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:471
msgid "Logging"
msgstr ""
@@ -633,8 +636,8 @@
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
#. multi selection box
#. multi selection box
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:482
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:485
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:480
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:483
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:163
#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-masterzone.rb:2729
msgid "ACLs"
@@ -642,8 +645,8 @@
#. Dialog Label - DNS - expert settings
#. Tree Menu Item - DNS - expert settings
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:499
-#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:502
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:497
+#: src/include/dns-server/dialog-main.rb:500
msgid "TSIG Keys"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/docker.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/docker.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/docker.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/drbd.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -210,7 +210,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:66 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:72
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:85
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:86
msgid "<p><b><big>Resource Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -242,10 +242,13 @@
"ata. Never access such a device while DRBD is running on top of it.</p>\n"
"\t\t<p>\"Meta-disk\": internal. Internal means that the last part of the backing d"
"evice is used to store the meta-data.</p>\n"
+"\t\t<p>\"Node-id\": Node id is an internal value for drbd, will be generated by ya"
+"st automatically. A host can have different \"node-id\" in different resources.<"
+"/p>\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:88
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>Protocol</b></p>\n"
@@ -292,11 +295,11 @@
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:112
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:113
msgid "<p><b><big>LVM Configuration</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:115
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:116
msgid ""
"\n"
"\t\t<p><b>LVM configuration file /etc/lvm/lvm.conf</b></p>\n"
@@ -315,23 +318,28 @@
"a' (for accept) or 'r' (for reject).</p>\t\t<p>For example, setting filter as [\""
"r|/dev/sda.*|\"]</p>\n"
"\n"
-"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Disabl"
-"e cache when for network storage, like nfs. </p>\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVM cache</b>: Enable/turn on writing the LVM cache is default. Should"
+" disable the LVM cache when combined drbd with LVM.</p>\n"
"\n"
+"\t\t<p><b>LVMetad</b>: When lvmetad is enabled, the volume group metadata and PV"
+" state flags are obtained from the lvmetad instance and no scanning is done by"
+" the individual commands. Because lvmetad's cache cannot be synchronized betwe"
+"en nodes, users are advised to disable lvmetad in cluster environments.</p>\n"
+"\n"
"\t\t"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
msgid "<p><b><big>Global Configuration of DRBD</big></b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:133
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
msgid ""
"<p>Check <b>\"Disable IP Verification\"</b> to disable one of drbdadm's sanity c"
"heck</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>Dialog Refresh:</b> The user dialog counts and displays the seconds it w"
"aited so\n"
@@ -343,7 +351,7 @@
" set it to 0 to disable redrawing completely. </p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minor Count:</b>\n"
" use this if you want to define more resources later\n"
@@ -353,14 +361,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:155
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration</big></b><br>\n"
"Configure drbd here.<br></p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:156
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:159
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose an drbd from the list of detected drbds.\n"
@@ -369,7 +377,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:163
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"If you press <b>Edit</b>, an additional dialog in which to change\n"
@@ -377,7 +385,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:169
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:172
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>DRBD Configuration Overview</big></b><br>\n"
"Obtain an overview of installed drbds. Additionally\n"
@@ -385,14 +393,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:175
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:178
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Adding a drbd:</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Add</b> to configure a drbd.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Ovreview dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:182
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Editing or Deleting:</big></b><br>\n"
"Choose a drbd to change or remove.\n"
@@ -400,7 +408,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure1 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:185
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:188
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part One</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -409,7 +417,7 @@
#. Configure1 dialog help 2/2
#. Configure2 dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:191 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:203
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:194 src/include/drbd/helps.rb:206
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Selecting Something</big></b><br>\n"
"It is not possible. You must code it first. :-)\n"
@@ -417,7 +425,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Configure2 dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:197
+#: src/include/drbd/helps.rb:200
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Configuration Part Two</big></b><br>\n"
"Press <b>Next</b> to continue.\n"
@@ -425,50 +433,107 @@
msgstr ""
#. Default is always true (auto)
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:36
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
msgid "LVM Filter Configuration of DRBD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:44
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:52
msgid "Modify LVM Device filter Automatically"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:54
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:62
msgid "Device Filter"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:64
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:72
msgid "Writing the LVM cache"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:73
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:81
msgid "Enable LVM Cache"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:86
+msgid "Warning! Should disable LVM cache for using drbd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:97
+msgid "Use lvmetad for LVM"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:106
+msgid "Use LVM metad"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/lvm_conf.rb:111
+msgid "Warning! Should not use lvmetad for cluster."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:134
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:143
msgid "Resource Name"
msgstr ""
-#. Update new add disk used of drbd res for LVM filter
-#. Ignore the removed disk
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:326
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:150
+msgid "Nodes"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:153
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:154
+msgid "Edit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:155
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:187
+msgid "Save"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Since n_name can't be edit, so set direct is OK
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:329
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#. myHelp("basic_conf");
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:572
-msgid "Node names must be different."
+#. return `cancel or a string
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:569
+msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:578
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:570
+msgid "Cancel"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:584
+msgid "Node name can not be empty."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. myHelp("basic_conf");
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:687
msgid "Node names must not include \".\" , using the local hostname."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:608
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:707
msgid "Please fill out all fields."
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:716
+msgid "Please configure at least two nodes."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. No need to check integrity since it will disabled when configuring
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:751
+msgid "Enter the node name:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/drbd/resource_conf.rb:757
+msgid "Node name must be different."
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Package: Configuration of heartbeat
#. Authors: Martin Lazar <mlazar(a)suse.cz>
@@ -570,82 +635,82 @@
#.
#. Representation of the configuration of drbd.
#. Input and output routines.
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:110
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:115
msgid ""
"Failed to merge separated DRBD conf files\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:132
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:137
msgid "Failed to write drbd.conf.YaST2prepare"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:185
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:192
msgid "Initializing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:193
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
msgid "Read global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:194
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
msgid "Read resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:195
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
msgid "Read LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
msgid "Read daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:197 src/modules/Drbd.rb:204
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:204 src/modules/Drbd.rb:211
msgid "Read SuSEFirewall Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:200
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:207
msgid "Reading global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:201
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:208
msgid "Reading resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:202
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:209
msgid "Reading LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:203
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:210
msgid "Reading daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:205 src/modules/Drbd.rb:629
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:212 src/modules/Drbd.rb:662
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. new_map = remove(new_map, key);
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:497
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:515
msgid "Failed to backup drbd.conf"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:524
msgid "Failed to clean drbd.conf for drbdadm test"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:530
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:548
msgid ""
"Invalid configuration of resource %1\n"
"%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:549
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:567
msgid "Failed to bring drbd.conf back"
msgstr ""
#. DRBD write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:605
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:638
msgid "Writing DRBD Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -653,46 +718,46 @@
#. won't change modified flag
#. return true if !@modified
#. We do not set help text here, because it was set outside
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:617
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:650
msgid "Write global settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:651
msgid "Write resources"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:619
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:652
msgid "Write LVM configurations"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:653
msgid "Set daemon status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:621
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:654
msgid "Write the SuSEfirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:657
msgid "Writing global settings..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:625
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:658
msgid "Writing resources..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:659
msgid "Writing LVM configurations..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:627
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:660
msgid "Setting daemon status..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:661
msgid "Writing the SuSEFirewall settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Drbd.rb:672
msgid "Failed to make directory /etc/drbd.d"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/fcoe-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall-services.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:38+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firewall.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/firstboot.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -114,11 +114,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Module Name"
+msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#: src/clients/firstboot_config.rb:68
-msgid "Status"
+msgid "Module Name"
msgstr ""
#. translators: dialog text
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ftp-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/geo-cluster.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -60,8 +60,10 @@
#.
#. $Id: wizards.ycp 27914 2006-02-13 14:32:08Z locilka $
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:465
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:814 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/complex.rb:83
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:46
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:141
msgid "Geo Cluster Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -113,17 +115,17 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:74 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:85
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:804
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:75 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:86
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:805
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:810
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:76 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:87
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:811
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
@@ -131,24 +133,25 @@
msgid "site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93 src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:240
msgid "ticket"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:106
-msgid "Authentification"
+msgid "Authentication"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:108
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:156
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:161
msgid "Ca&ncel"
msgstr ""
#. return `cancel or a string
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:109
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:157
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:177
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:162
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:182
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "OK"
msgstr ""
@@ -157,181 +160,189 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:128
-msgid "Authentification file"
+msgid "Authentication file"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:132
-msgid ""
-"A relative path will be saved in /etc/booth, or using absolute path directly."
+msgid "The file will be written to /etc/booth."
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:137
+msgid "To write it to a different directory, enter an absolute path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
msgid ""
"For a newly created geo cluster, push the button below to generate /etc/"
"booth/<key>."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:142
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:147
msgid ""
-"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other node "
-"manually."
+"To join a existing geo cluster, please copy /etc/booth/<key> from other "
+"nodes manually."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:146
-msgid "Generate Authentification Key File"
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:151
+msgid "Generate Authentication Key File"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:159
msgid "Basic"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:178
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:260
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:192
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:197
msgid "Please enter a valid ip address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:238
msgid "Enter ticket and timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:244
msgid "timeout"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "retries"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:248
msgid "weights"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:245
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:250
msgid "expire"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:247
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "acquire-after"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:249
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:254
msgid "before-acquire-handler"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:291
msgid "timeout is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:288
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:293
msgid "expire is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:295
msgid "acquireafter is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:292
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "retries is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:294
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "retries values lower than 3 is illegal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:296
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "weights is invalid"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:298
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:303
msgid "ticket can not be empty"
msgstr ""
#. fill confs with global_files
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:407 src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:412
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:48
msgid "Firewall Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:554
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:559
msgid "Enter an IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:565
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:570
msgid "Edit IP address of your arbitrator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:581
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:586
msgid "Enter an IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:592
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:597
msgid "Edit IP address of your site"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:614
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:619
msgid "Ticket name already exist!"
msgstr ""
-#. Validation check before switch to authentification
-#. Still fall to :authentification or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:646
+#. Validation check before switch to authentication
+#. Still fall to :authentication or :ok
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:651
msgid "Configuration name can not be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:649
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:654
msgid "Configuration name can not be duplicated."
msgstr ""
#. "5405d4" will show like "5405"
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:657
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:662
msgid "port is invalid!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:663
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:668
msgid "transport have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Same to UI.QueryWidget(:arbitrator_box, :Value).to_s == ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
msgid "arbitrator have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:674
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
msgid "site have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:679
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:684
msgid "ticket have to be filled!"
msgstr ""
#. Validation check before switch to basic
#. Still fall to :basic or :ok
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:733
-msgid "Failed to create authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:738
+msgid "Failed to create authentication file "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:736
-msgid "Succeed to created authentification file "
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid "Authentication file "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:741
+msgid " created successfully."
+msgstr ""
+
#. GeoCluster choose configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:795
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:800
msgid "GeoCluster Configuration Select"
msgstr ""
#. Wizard::SetContentsButtons(caption, contents, HELPS["c2"]:"",
#. Label::BackButton(), Label::NextButton());
-#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:801
+#: src/include/geo-cluster/dialogs.rb:806
msgid "Choose configuration file:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/geo-cluster/wizards.rb:47
-msgid "Authentification Configuration"
+msgid "Authentication Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog contents
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/http-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -241,7 +241,8 @@
msgstr ""
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66 src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:172
msgid "Main Host"
msgstr ""
@@ -286,7 +287,8 @@
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
#. translators: human-readable "default host"
#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:302
-#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273
+#: src/include/http-server/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:1273
msgid "Default Host"
msgstr ""
@@ -641,10 +643,10 @@
#. translators: Listen type for all addresses;
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
#. translators: all network addresses Listen type
-#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295
-#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300
+#: src/include/http-server/routines.rb:59
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2395 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2397
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2411 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:2415
+#: src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3295 src/modules/HttpServerWidgets.rb:3300
msgid "All Addresses"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/inetd.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -103,11 +103,11 @@
msgid "The 'id' option cannot be combined with other options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:401 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:353
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:402 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:354
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
@@ -119,15 +119,15 @@
msgid "Prot."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:405 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:357
msgid "Wait"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:406 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
msgid "User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:362
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:407 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
msgid "Server"
msgstr ""
@@ -142,12 +142,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. determine wait mode (convert to string)
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:211
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:855
+#: src/clients/inetd.rb:442 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:851
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:213
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
@@ -163,181 +163,181 @@
#. Translators: In autoinstallation mode:
#. The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::ContinueCancel.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:164
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:160
msgid "Package %1 will be installed during the write process."
msgstr ""
#. if (true) { // for debugging
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1. This is Popup::Message.
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:183
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:179
msgid "Package %1 was not installed. The service cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: The package name is stored in %1
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Package %1 was successfully installed."
msgstr ""
#. This is main inetd module dialog.
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:303
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:299
msgid "&Activate All Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:304
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:300
msgid "&Deactivate All Services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Initial and target state of xinetd (or inetd)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:339
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:334
msgid "D&isable"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:340
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:336
msgid "Enab&le"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog edit inetd.conf
#. Translators: Name of table with services (echo, chargen, ...)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:344
msgid "Currently Available Services"
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`notify),
#. `opt(`keepSorting),
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:352
msgid "Ch"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:358
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:355
msgid "Type "
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:359
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Protocol"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:360
msgid "Server / Args"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Add service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "&Add"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Edit service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:373
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Delete service
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:376
msgid "&Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Change service status
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:384
msgid "&Toggle Status (On or Off)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:399
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:396
msgid "Status for All &Services"
msgstr ""
#. Inetd configure dialog caption
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:413
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:410
msgid "Network Service Configuration (xinetd)"
msgstr ""
#. execute dialog
#. Translators: Caption for EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:504
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:498
msgid "Add a New Service Entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Error
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:534
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:528
msgid "Cannot delete the service. It is not installed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:552
msgid "To delete a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:605
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:599
msgid "To activate or deactivate a service, select one in the main dialog."
msgstr ""
#. y2milestone("Current line %1", current_line);
#. Translators: Caption of EditOrCreateServiceDlg()
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:742
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:736
msgid "Edit a service entry"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:757
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "To edit a service, select one in the main dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Warning
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:788
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:782
msgid ""
"All services are marked as disabled (locked).\n"
"Internet super-server will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. service name
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:811
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:807
msgid "&Service"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:813
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:809
msgid "RPC Versio&n"
msgstr ""
#. service status (running or stopped)
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:819
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:815
msgid "Service is acti&ve."
msgstr ""
#. service socket type
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:832
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:828
msgid "Socket T&ype"
msgstr ""
#. for protocol option - ediatble ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:843
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:839
msgid "&Protocol"
msgstr ""
#. for flags (wait/nowait) - noneditable ComboBox
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:854
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:850
msgid "&Wait"
msgstr ""
#. user and group ComboBoxes
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:864
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:860
msgid "&User"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:862
msgid "&Group"
msgstr ""
#. Server arguments
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "S&erver"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Server Argumen&ts"
msgstr ""
#. Comment above the service line in inetd.conf
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:872
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:868
msgid "Co&mment"
msgstr ""
@@ -351,26 +351,26 @@
#. It does not get the NIS entries.
#. "+" is filtered out.
#. @return [Array] groups
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:918 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:961 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:1000
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:914 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:957 src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:996
#: src/include/inetd/routines.rb:333 src/include/inetd/routines.rb:353
msgid "--default--"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Popup::Message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:946
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:942
msgid ""
"Service is empty.\n"
"Enter valid values.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:952
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:948
msgid "Service name contains disallowed character \"/\"."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: sformat-ed() 3 strings
-#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:960
+#: src/include/inetd/dialogs.rb:956
msgid "The user %1 is reserved for internal server processes only."
msgstr ""
@@ -579,57 +579,57 @@
msgstr ""
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:188
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:185
msgid "Initializing inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:196
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:193
msgid "Read the Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194
msgid "Reading the configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. read database
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:197 src/modules/Inetd.rb:214 src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:194 src/modules/Inetd.rb:212 src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:340
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Inetd read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:269
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:267
msgid "Saving inetd Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:277
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:275
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:278
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:276
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. in future: catch errors
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:337
msgid "Cannot write settings!"
msgstr ""
#. "enabled" defaults to true
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:598
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:607
msgid "<p><ul><i>All services are marked as stopped.</i></ul></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if nothing configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:609
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:618
msgid "Network services"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: Summary head, if something configured
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:613
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:623
msgid "Network services are managed via %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:616
+#: src/modules/Inetd.rb:627
msgid "These services will be enabled"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/installation.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/installation.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-27 10:52+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
#. dialog caption
#. TRANSLATORS: progress message
#: src/include/installation/inst_inc_all.rb:64
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:154
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:151
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -173,28 +173,28 @@
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 3/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:204 src/include/installation/misc.rb:222
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:133
msgid "<p>Go back and check the settings if you are unsure.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#. Heading for confirmation popup before the update really starts
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:210
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:124
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:121
msgid "Confirm Update"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 1/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:214
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:128
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:125
msgid "<p>Information required to perform an update is now complete.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#. Text for confirmation popup before the update really starts 2/3
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:216
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:130
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:127
msgid ""
"\n"
"<p>If you continue now, data on your hard disk will be overwritten\n"
@@ -204,7 +204,7 @@
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#. Label for the button that confirms startint the installation
#: src/include/installation/misc.rb:225
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:139
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:136
msgid "Start &Update"
msgstr ""
@@ -243,53 +243,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_finish.rb:43
-msgid "Generating AutoYaST profile if needed..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:39
-msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Clone System Settings</b> if you want to create an AutoYaST profile."
-"\n"
-"AutoYaST is a way to do a complete SUSE Linux installation without user intera"
-"ction. AutoYaST\n"
-"needs a profile to know what the installed system should look like. If this op"
-"tion is\n"
-"selected, a profile of the current system is stored in <tt>/root/autoinst.xml<"
-"/tt>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:60
-msgid "Write AutoYaST profile to /root/autoinst.xmlat the end of installation?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a heading
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:71
-msgid "Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this is a menu entry
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:73
-msgid "&Clone System Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:101
-msgid ""
-"The AutoYaST profile will be written under /root/autoinst.xml (<a href=\"%1\">do"
-" not write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: Installation overview
-#. IMPORTANT: Please, do not change the HTML link <a href="...">...</a>, only visible text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/clone_proposal.rb:110
-msgid "The AutoYaST profile will not be saved (<a href=\"%1\">write it</a>)."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:81
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/copy_files_finish.rb:82
msgid "Copying files to installed system..."
msgstr ""
@@ -480,7 +434,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_addon_update_sources.rb:172
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:306
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -507,52 +461,26 @@
"You may skip this step and run an online update later.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Build dialog
-#. ----------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. heading text
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:65
+#. This client shows main dialog for choosing the language,
+#. keyboard and accepting the license.
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:33
msgid "Language, Keyboard and License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#. combobox
-#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:71
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
-msgid "&Language"
+#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
+#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
+#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
+#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
+#. 28 = Operation timeout.
+#. push button
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:304
+msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
msgstr ""
-#. combo box label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:79
-msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. bnc #359456
-#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:91
-msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:110
-msgid "K&eyboard Test"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:119
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:299
-msgid "License Agreement"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: button label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:141
-msgid "License &Translations..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. help text for initial (first time) language screen
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:153
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Choose the <b>Language</b> and the <b>Keyboard layout</b> to be used during\n"
@@ -562,7 +490,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. Describes the #ICW_B1 button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:161
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:177
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The license must be accepted before the installation continues.\n"
@@ -572,7 +500,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:168
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:184
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Click <b>Next</b> to proceed to the next dialog.\n"
@@ -580,7 +508,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:174
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:190
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Nothing will happen to your computer until you confirm\n"
@@ -589,7 +517,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Abort</b> to abort the\n"
@@ -597,22 +525,48 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. In case of going back, Release Notes button may be shown, retranslate it (bnc#886660)
-#. Assure that relnotes have been downloaded first
-#. exit codes (see "man curl"):
-#. 7 = Failed to connect to host.
-#. 28 = Operation timeout.
-#. push button
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:211
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:126
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:302
-msgid "Re&lease Notes..."
+#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:415
+msgid "License Agreement"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:323
+#. combo box label
+#. combobox
+#. TRANSLATORS: Combo box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:237
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:217
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_release_notes.rb:431
+msgid "&Language"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combo box label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:247
+msgid "&Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: check-box
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:261
+msgid "I &Agree to the License Terms."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Report error about missing license acceptance
+#. !/usr/bin/env rspec
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:287
+#: test/inst_complex_welcome_test.rb:106
msgid "You must accept the license to install this product"
msgstr ""
+#. this type of contents will be shown only for initial installation dialog
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:406
+msgid "K&eyboard Test"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: button label
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_complex_welcome.rb:436
+msgid "License &Translations..."
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: check box, see #ZMD
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_congratulate.rb:107
msgid "&Disable ZMD Service"
@@ -705,7 +659,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. OEM image if target disk is defined
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:46
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:49
msgid "The system will reboot now..."
msgstr ""
@@ -714,8 +668,8 @@
#. twice more steps
#. FIXME: 2 minutes
#. own workflow for OEM image deployment
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:106
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:351
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:109
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:354
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:110
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_prepareprogress.rb:152
msgid "Deploying Images..."
@@ -723,14 +677,14 @@
#. BNC #444209
#. false == error
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:167
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:170
msgid ""
"Deploying images has failed.\n"
"Aborting the installation...\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: pop-up message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:199
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:202
msgid ""
"Debugging has been turned on.\n"
"YaST will open a software manager for you to check the current status of packa"
@@ -738,20 +692,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. unknown image
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:375
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:378
msgid "Downloading image at speed %1/s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:380
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:383
msgid "Downloading image %1 at speed %2/s"
msgstr ""
#. reset the label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
msgid "Deploying image..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_deploy_image.rb:448
msgid "Deploying image %1..."
msgstr ""
@@ -779,33 +733,34 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:60
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:65
msgid "Detecting Available Controllers"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:76
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:81
msgid "Disk Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:86
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:91
msgid "Configure &DASD Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:92
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:97
msgid "Configure &ZFCP Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:98
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:103
msgid "Configure &FCoE Interfaces"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:110
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:117
msgid "Configure &iSCSI Disks"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:111
-msgid "Change Net&work Configuration"
+#. Finish
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_disks_activate.rb:178
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
@@ -824,7 +779,7 @@
#. bug #302384
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_download_release_notes.rb:134
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_initialization.rb:56
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:152
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:149
msgid "Initializing"
msgstr ""
@@ -864,53 +819,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:203
msgid "Copy files to installed system"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:211
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:210
msgid "Save configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:218
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:217
msgid "Save installation settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:227
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:226
msgid "Install boot manager"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:234
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:233
msgid "Prepare system for initial boot"
msgstr ""
#. merge steps from add-on products
#. bnc #438678
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:338
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:337
msgid "Checking stage: %1..."
msgstr ""
#. a fallback busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:424
msgid "Calling step %1..."
msgstr ""
#. use as ' * %1' -> ' * One of the finish steps...' in the SlideShow log
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:445
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:444
msgid " * %1"
msgstr ""
#. Anything else
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:482
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:481
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. get the latest errors
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:614
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_finish.rb:613
msgid "Installation Error"
msgstr ""
@@ -935,27 +890,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:83
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:80
msgid "Installation Options"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:181
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:177
msgid "&Add Online Repositories Before Installation"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:193
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:189
msgid "In&clude Add-on Products from Separate Media"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:204
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:200
msgid "<p><big><b>Installation Options</b></big></p>"
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation option
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:203
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use suggested remote repositories during installation or update, select\n"
@@ -963,7 +918,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text for installation method
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:213
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:209
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install an add-on product from separate media together with &product;, sele"
@@ -972,7 +927,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: additional help for installation
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:216
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_installation_options.rb:212
msgid ""
"<p>If you need specific hardware drivers for installation, see <i>http://drive"
"rs.suse.com</i> site.</p>"
@@ -1223,7 +1178,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. additonal error when HW was not found
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:240
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:242
msgid ""
"\n"
"Check 'drivers.suse.com' if you need specific hardware drivers for installatio"
@@ -1231,14 +1186,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:254
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:256
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"Please check your hardware!\n"
"%1\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:264
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:266
msgid ""
"No hard disks were found for the installation.\n"
"During an automatic installation, they might be detected later.\n"
@@ -1246,7 +1201,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. pop-up error report
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:275
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:277
msgid ""
"No hard disks and no hard disk controllers were\n"
"found for the installation.\n"
@@ -1255,12 +1210,38 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:320
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_system_analysis.rb:322
msgid ""
"Failed to initialize the software repositories.\n"
"Aborting the installation."
msgstr ""
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:184
+msgid ""
+"A valid update could not be found at\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:190
+msgid ""
+"Could not fetch update from\n"
+"%s.\n"
+"\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is an URL
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_update_installer.rb:215
+msgid ""
+"Downloading installer updates from \n"
+"%s\n"
+"failed.\n"
+"\n"
+"Would you like to check your network configuration?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. TRANSLATORS: Table item status (repository)
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:109
msgid "Removed"
@@ -1312,8 +1293,8 @@
#. menu button
#. menu button
#: src/lib/installation/clients/inst_upgrade_urls.rb:247
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:659
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:783
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:647
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:762
msgid "&Change..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1516,7 +1497,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress step title
-#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:68
+#: src/lib/installation/clients/network_finish.rb:60
msgid "Saving network configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -1633,58 +1614,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. question in a popup box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:207
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:204
msgid "Really reset everything to default values?"
msgstr ""
#. explain consequences of a decision
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:209
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:206
msgid "You will lose all changes."
msgstr ""
-#. while input loop
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:251
-msgid "Location of Stored Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. force write, so it always write profile even if user do not want
-#. to store profile after installation
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:257
-msgid "Failed to store configuration. Details can be found in log."
-msgstr ""
-
#. message show when user has disabled the configuration
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:268
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:252
msgid "Skipping configuration upon user request"
msgstr ""
#. error message is a popup
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:288
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:272
msgid ""
"The proposal contains an error that must be\n"
"resolved before continuing.\n"
msgstr ""
#. busy message
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:394
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:381
msgid "Adapting the proposal to the current settings..."
msgstr ""
#. busy message;
#. Initial contents of proposal subwindow while proposals are calculated
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:398
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:687
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:385
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
msgid "Analyzing your system..."
msgstr ""
#. fallback proposal, means usually an internal error
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:500
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:487
msgid "ERROR: No proposal"
msgstr ""
#. Submodules handle their own error reporting
#. text for a message box
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:539
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:526
msgid ""
"Configuration saved.\n"
"There were errors."
@@ -1695,42 +1665,36 @@
#. Translators: About 40 characters max,
#. use newlines for longer translations.
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:634
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:621
msgid "&Skip Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:643
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:630
msgid "&Use Following Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#. menu button
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:667
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:778
-msgid "&Export Configuration"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Help message between headline and installation proposal / settings summary.
#. May contain newlines, but don't make it very much longer than the original.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:713
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:693
msgid "Click a headline to make changes or use the \"Change...\" menu below."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:717
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:697
msgid "Click a headline to make changes."
msgstr ""
#. menu button item
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:777
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:757
msgid "&Reset to defaults"
msgstr ""
#. FATE #120373
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:800
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_runner.rb:779
msgid "&Install"
msgstr ""
@@ -1758,7 +1722,7 @@
#. Help text for installation proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:417
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:426
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Install</b> to perform a new installation with the values displayed."
@@ -1769,7 +1733,7 @@
#. so update
#. Help text for update proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:425
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Select <b>Update</b> to perform an update with the values displayed.\n"
@@ -1778,7 +1742,7 @@
#. Help text for network configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:434
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:443
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the network settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1787,7 +1751,7 @@
#. Help text for service configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:442
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:451
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the service settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1796,7 +1760,7 @@
#. Help text for hardware configuration proposal
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:450
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Put the hardware settings into effect by pressing <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1804,12 +1768,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Proposal in uml module
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:457
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:466
msgid "<P><B>UML Installation Proposal</B></P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:459
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:468
msgid ""
"<P>UML (User Mode Linux) installation allows you to start independent\n"
"Linux virtual machines in the host system.</P>"
@@ -1818,7 +1782,7 @@
#. Generic help text for other proposals (not basic installation or
#. hardhware configuration.
#. General part ("You can change values...") is added as the next paragraph.
-#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:473
+#: src/lib/installation/proposal_store.rb:482
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To use the settings as displayed, press <b>Next</b>.\n"
@@ -1832,6 +1796,16 @@
msgid "Enabling remote administration..."
msgstr ""
+#. skip forward or backward
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:48
+msgid "System Role"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. A Continue-Cancel popup
+#: src/lib/installation/select_system_role.rb:82
+msgid "Changing the system role may undo adjustments you may have done."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Writes configuration
#.
#. It creates a snapshot when no second stage is required and
@@ -1839,10 +1813,73 @@
#.
#. @return [TrueClass,FalseClass] True if snapshot was created;
#. otherwise it returns false.
-#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:40
+#: src/lib/installation/snapshots_finish.rb:41
msgid "Creating root filesystem snapshot..."
msgstr ""
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:156
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol HTTP(S). Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:176
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol FTP. Server returned code %2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. FIXME: I have doubts this will ever work. Too early.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"Reading file on %1/%2 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:208
+msgid ""
+"Reading file on %1 failed.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to mount the CD but had no success.
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#. autoyast tried to mount a NFS directory which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:271 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:327
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:371
+msgid "Mounting %1 failed."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to read a file but had no success.
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:302
+msgid "Reading a file on CD failed. Path: %1/%2."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file via NFS which failed
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:350 src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:394
+msgid "Remote file %1 cannot be retrieved"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. this is workaround for bnc#849767
+#. because of changes in autoyast startup this code is now
+#. called much sooner (before Storage stuff is initialized)
+#. call dummy method to trigger Storage initialization
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:519
+msgid "%1 is not mounted and mount failed"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. autoyast tried to copy a file but that file can't be found
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:539
+msgid "File %1 cannot be found"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Device
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:561
+msgid "Cannot find URL '%1' via protocol TFTP."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. the user wanted autoyast to fetch it's profile via an unknown protocol
+#: src/lib/transfer/file_from_url.rb:568
+msgid "Unknown protocol %1."
+msgstr ""
+
#. checking whether images are supported
#. BNC #409927
#. Checking files for signatures
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/instserver.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -63,37 +63,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the current cd number
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
msgid "Insert CD %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:235
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:246
msgid "Select ISO image %1 then press continue."
msgstr ""
#. %2 is the product name and version
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:241
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:252
msgid "Insert CD %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Select ISO image %1 of %2."
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is CD medium name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:292
msgid ""
"Insert\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. popup request, %1 is ISO name
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:310
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Select %1"
msgstr ""
#. add-on medium (e.g. service pack) doesn't match configured repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:551
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"The medium requires product %1, which is not provided\n"
"by the current repository.\n"
@@ -102,95 +102,96 @@
msgstr ""
#. else, we create CD1, CD2, etc. (for code10 always)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:697
msgid "Copying CD contents to local directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:670
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:698
msgid "This may take a while..."
msgstr ""
#. TODO: report more details (stderr)
#. rename the directory
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:727 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1341
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:755 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1361
msgid "Error while moving repository content."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
#. Instserver configuration dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:949 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1162
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1191
msgid "Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:965
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:994
msgid "Read &CD or DVD Medium"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:971
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1000
msgid "Data &Source"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:979
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1008
msgid "Use &ISO Images"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:988
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1017
msgid "Di&rectory with CD Images:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:991 src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1020
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1400
msgid "Select &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1034
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1440
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1063
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1469
msgid "Select Directory"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1051
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1215
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1080
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
msgid "Installation server name missing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1066
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1095
msgid ""
"Contents already exist in this directory.\n"
"Not copying CDs."
msgstr ""
#. for translators: popup question (prefer more shorter lines than few long lines)
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1094
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1123
msgid ""
"Add an additional product (Service Pack, Additional\n"
"Package CD, etc.) to the repository?"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1170
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1199
msgid "Repository &Name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1175
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1204
msgid "A&nnounce as Installation Service with SLP"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1223
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1252
msgid "Invalid repository name."
msgstr ""
#. an error message - entered repository name already exists
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1231
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1260
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' already exists,\n"
"enter another name."
msgstr ""
#. create directory only for a new repository
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1244
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1273
msgid ""
"Error while creating <tt>repository</tt> directory.\n"
"Verify that the directory \n"
@@ -199,7 +200,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. confirm removal of a repository, the action is done immediately and cannot be reverted
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1263
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1292
msgid ""
"Repository '%1' has been marked to delete.\n"
"When adding a new repository with the same name\n"
@@ -209,87 +210,87 @@
msgstr ""
#. Instserver server dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1347
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1376
msgid "Initial Setup -- Initial Setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1363
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1392
msgid "Do Not Configure Any Net&work Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1368
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1397
msgid "Di&rectory to Contain Repositories:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1383
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1412
msgid "&Configure as HTTP Repository"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1391
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1420
msgid "&Configure as FTP Repository"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1399
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1428
msgid "&Configure as NFS Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1451
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1480
msgid "Directory path for the installation server missing."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1478
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1507
msgid "Installation Server -- NFS"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1496
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1525
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1498
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1527
msgid "&Options"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupNFS())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1556
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1585
msgid "Error occurred while configuring NFS."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1588
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1617
msgid "Installation Server -- FTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1596
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1625
msgid "&FTP Server Root Directory:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1598
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1627
msgid "&Directory Alias:"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupFTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1655
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1684
msgid "Error occurred while configuring FTP."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1675
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1704
msgid "Installation Server -- HTTP"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver nfs dialog contents
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1691
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1720
msgid "&Directory Alias"
msgstr ""
#. store the firewall setting, (activation is in SetupHTTP())
-#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1748
+#: src/include/instserver/dialogs.rb:1777
msgid "Error creating HTTPD configuration."
msgstr ""
@@ -540,7 +541,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read service data using _auto
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:306
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:308
msgid ""
"The FTP installation server requires an FTP server package. The vsftpd package"
"\n"
@@ -565,79 +566,79 @@
#. @param string directory
#. @param [String] options
#. @return [Boolean]
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:569
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:570
msgid ""
"Directory is already exported via NFS.\n"
"Leave NFS exports unmodified?\n"
msgstr ""
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1155
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1152
msgid "Initializing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1165
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1166
msgid "Read configuration file"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1167
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1168
msgid "Search for a new repository"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1171
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1172
msgid "Reading configuration file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1173
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1174
msgid "Searching for a new repository..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1175 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1260
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1176 src/modules/Instserver.rb:1278
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1188
+#. Error message
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1224
msgid "Cannot read current settings."
msgstr ""
#. Instserver read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1240
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1254
msgid "Saving Installation Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1250
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1268
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1252
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1270
msgid "Run SuSEconfig"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1256
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1258
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1276
msgid "Running SuSEconfig..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1274
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1292
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Configuration summary text for autoyast
-#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1441
+#: src/modules/Instserver.rb:1465
msgid "Configured Repositories"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iplb.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -113,7 +113,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Disconnect"
+msgid "Log Out"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:186
@@ -125,6 +125,9 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:193
+msgid "Log In"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:223
msgid "Connect"
msgstr ""
@@ -206,8 +209,8 @@
#. dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. authentification dialog for add/discovery target
#: src/include/iscsi-client/dialogs.rb:404
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:110 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:107 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:119
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:126
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Initiator</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -300,35 +303,34 @@
#. table of connected targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:90
msgid ""
-"<p>List of current sessions.</p><p>Use the <b>Add</b> button to get additional"
-" targets. A discovery is started to detect new targets and the start-up mode o"
-"f already connected targets keeps unchanged.<br>Use <b>Disconnect</b> to cance"
-"l the connection and with it remove the target from the list.<br>To change the"
-" start-up status, press <b>Edit</b>.</p>"
+"List of current sessions. To add a new target, select it and press <b>Add</b>."
+"\n"
+"To remove it, press <b>Log Out</b>.\n"
+"To change the start-up status, press <b>Toggle</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Warning
#. Warning
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:99 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:117
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:96 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:114
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:118
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:97 src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:115
msgid ""
"<p>When accessing an iSCSI device <b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that thi"
"s access is exclusive. Otherwise there is a potential risk of data corruption."
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:100
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Initiator Name</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</t"
-"t>. \n"
+"<p><b>InitiatorName</b> is a value from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt"
+">. \n"
"In case you have iBFT, this value will be added from there and you are only ab"
"le to change it in the BIOS setup.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
"If you want to use <b>iSNS</b> (Internet Storage Name Service) for discoveri"
"ng targets instead of the default SendTargets method,\n"
@@ -336,20 +338,26 @@
" 3205.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:111
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:108
msgid ""
-"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the iSCSI target server.\n"
+"Enter the <b>IP Address</b> of the discovered server.\n"
"Only change <b>Port</b> if needed. For authentication, use <b>Username</b> and"
" <b>Password</b>. If you do not need authentication,\n"
"select <b>No Authentication</b>.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:125
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:122
msgid ""
"List of nodes offered by the iSCSI target. Select one item and click <b>Connec"
"t</b>. "
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:129
+msgid ""
+"Select the type of authentication and enter the <b>Username</b> and <b>Passwor"
+"d</b>."
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:132
msgid "<h1>Startup</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -365,38 +373,14 @@
"starts up.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:141
-msgid "<h1>Authentication</h1>"
-msgstr ""
-
+#. list of discovered targets
#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:142
msgid ""
-"<p>The default setting here is <i>No Authentication</i>. Uncheck the checkbox "
-"if authentication is needed for security reasons. Enter <b>Username</b> and <b"
-">Password</b> for 'Incoming Authentication', 'Outgoing Authentication' or for "
-"both.</p><p><b>Please note:</b><br>'Incoming Authentication' here correlates t"
-"o 'Outgoing Authentication' on iSCSI target server side and the other way roun"
-"d.</p>"
+"List of discovered targets. Start a new <b>Discovery</b> or <b>Connect</b> to "
+"any target."
msgstr ""
-#. list of discovered targets
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:151
-msgid ""
-"<p>This screen shows the list of discovered targets.</p><p>Use the <b>Discover"
-"y</b> button to get available iSCSI targets from a server specified by IP addr"
-"ess.<br><b>Connect</b> to a target to establih the connection. If login was su"
-"ccessful the column <i>Connected</i> shows status 'True' and the target will a"
-"ppear on the <i>Connected Targets</i> screen.<br>To remove a target use the <b"
-">Delete</b> button.<br> <b>Hint:</b> Removing of targets is only possible for "
-"not connected onces. If required, <b>Disconnect</b> at <i>Connected Targets</i"
-"> first.</p><p><b>Please note:</b> Starting the <b>Discovery</b> again means d"
-"oing a re-discovery of targets which possibly will change the start-up mode of"
-" already connected targets (to default 'manual'). Switch to <i>Connected Targe"
-"ts</i> screen and use the <b>Add</b> button if you want to add new targets wit"
-"hout changing the start-up mode.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:167
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/helps.rb:145
msgid "<h1>iBTF</h1>"
msgstr ""
@@ -447,30 +431,24 @@
msgstr ""
#. regexp for "cz.suse" or just "suse", "cz.su-se"
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:428
-msgid "Incorrect Initiator Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:429
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:423
msgid ""
-"\n"
+"Incorrect InitiatorName.\n"
"The correct syntax is\n"
"iqn.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"or eui.yyyy-mm.reversed.domain.name[:identifier]\n"
"\n"
"Example:\n"
"iqn.2007-04.cz.server:storage.disk.sdb\n"
-"\n"
-"Do you want to use the name?\n"
msgstr ""
#. brackets needed around IPv6
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:635
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:625
msgid "Insert the IP address."
msgstr ""
#. validate port number
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:641
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:631
msgid "Insert the port."
msgstr ""
@@ -478,38 +456,38 @@
#. ******************* target table *************************
#. initialize dialog for all targets from portal (connected/disconnected)
#. enable/disable connect button according target is or not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:887
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:866
msgid "True"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:754
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:859
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:733
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:838
msgid "False"
msgstr ""
#. check if not already connected
#. check if not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:792
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:912
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:771
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:891
msgid ""
"The target with this TargetName is already connected. Make sure that multipath"
"ing is enabled to prevent data corruption."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:795
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:915
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:774
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:894
msgid "Continue"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:796
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:916
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:775
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:895
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
#. check if is not already connected
-#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:906
+#: src/include/iscsi-client/widgets.rb:885
msgid "The target is already connected."
msgstr ""
@@ -600,7 +578,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:698
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:694
msgid ""
"InitiatorName from iBFT and from <tt>/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi</tt>\n"
"differ. The old initiator name will be replaced by the value of iBFT and a \n"
@@ -608,13 +586,7 @@
"in the BIOS.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. change startup status (manual/onboot) for target
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1013
-msgid ""
-"Target connection failed.\n"
-msgstr ""
-
#. do discovery first
-#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1156
+#: src/modules/IscsiClientLib.rb:1147
msgid "Configuration summary..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/iscsi-lio-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -45,7 +45,7 @@
#. third tab - targets / luns
#. targets dialog
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:89
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:443
msgid "Targets"
msgstr ""
@@ -62,7 +62,7 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:128
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:189
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:320
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
msgid "Portal group"
msgstr ""
@@ -96,153 +96,159 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:154
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:198
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:237
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:325
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:442
msgid "Add"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:155
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:238
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:326
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:373
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
msgid "Edit"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:156
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:239
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:327
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:374
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:240
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:375
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:443
msgid "Delete"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Client"
+#. table header (Initiator: iSCSI client, LUN Mapping: logical unit client/target mapping, Auth: authorization)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "Initiator"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
-msgid "Lun Mapping"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
+msgid "LUN Mapping"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:193
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:194
msgid "Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:199
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
msgid "Edit LUN"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:200
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Edit Auth"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:203
msgid "Copy"
msgstr ""
#. enable/disable none/incoming/outgoing authentication
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:216
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:217
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:207
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:434
msgid "No Authentication"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:225
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:226
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:218
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:437
msgid "Incoming Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. dialog to add/modify user and password
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:253
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:223
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:236
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:721
msgid "Username"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:232
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:254
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:255
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:224
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:237
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:722
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:249
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:231
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:440
msgid "Outgoing Authentication"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 1)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:275
msgid "When &Booting"
msgstr ""
#. radio button (starting LIO target service - option 2)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:278
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:279
msgid "&Manually"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:284
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:285
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:429
msgid "When Booting"
msgstr ""
#. part of help text, used to describe radiobuttons (matching starting LIO target service but without "&")
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:286
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:287
#: src/modules/IscsiLioServer.rb:431
msgid "Manually"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:321
+msgid "TPG Status"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog for expert settings
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:369
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "Value"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog
#. @return dialog result
#. Main dialog - tabbed
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "iSCSI LIO Target Overview"
msgstr ""
#. expert dialog
#. LUN details
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:438
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:178
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:183
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:439
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target</h1>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog for add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:473
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:474
msgid "Add iSCSI Target"
msgstr ""
-#. discovery authentication dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:507
-msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Client Setup"
+#. dialog for modifying initiator setup for a target
+#. (includes authentication)
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:509
+msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Initiator Setup"
msgstr ""
#. edit target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:541
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:543
msgid "Modify iSCSI Target Lun Setup"
msgstr ""
#. expert target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:574
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/dialogs.rb:576
msgid "iSCSI Target Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -366,10 +372,12 @@
#. target client setup.
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:124
msgid ""
-"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give a client access for a LUN imported from target porta"
-"l group. Specify which client is allowed to access it (client name is <i>Initi"
-"atorName</i> in '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iscsi initiator). <b>Delet"
-"e</b> will remove the client access to the LUN.</p>"
+"<p>Use <b>Add</b> to give an initiator (iSCSI client) access to a LUN imported"
+" from\n"
+" target portal group. Specify which initiator is allowed to connect (use <i>In"
+"itiatorName</i>\n"
+" from '/etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi' on iSCSI initiator). <b>Delete</b> will"
+" remove the initiator access to the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:130
@@ -377,18 +385,20 @@
"<p>With <b>Edit LUN</b> one can modify the LUN mapping. Please note that LUN t"
"arget number must be unique.<br>After pressing <b>Edit Auth</b>, select the ty"
"pe of authentication. Use <b>Incoming</b>, <b>Outgoing</b> or both together. T"
-"hen insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. If <b>Use Authentication</b> is di"
-"sabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b> is disabled here.</p>"
+"hen insert <b>User</b> and <b>Password</b>. Please make sure to set different "
+"values for incoming and outgoing authentication.\n"
+" If <b>Use Authentication</b> is disabled in previous dialog, <b>Edit Auth</b>"
+" is disabled here.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:137
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional client access to t"
-"he LUN.</p>"
+"<p><b>Copy</b> offers the possibility to give an additional initiator access t"
+"o the LUN.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. target dialog
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:138
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"List of offered targets and target portal groups. Create a new target by click"
"ing <b>Add</b>.\n"
@@ -397,12 +407,12 @@
#. edit target
#. add target
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:143
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:159
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:160
msgid "<h1>iSCSI Target IP/Port and LUN setup</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:146
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a <b>LU"
"N</b>.\n"
@@ -413,8 +423,8 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:153
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:172
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:154
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p>Under <b>Ip Address</b> and <b>Port Number</b> you specify under which addr"
"ess\n"
@@ -422,11 +432,11 @@
"Only ip addresses assigned to one of the network cards are possible."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:163
msgid "Create a new target. Replace template values with the correct values."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:165
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:166
msgid ""
"It is possible to make arbitary block devices or files available under a lun.\n"
"You have to provide <b>path</b> to either block devices or file. \n"
@@ -436,13 +446,13 @@
"does not provide a name for LUN, it is generated automatically."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:179
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:180
msgid ""
"It is possible to <b>add</b>, <b>edit</b> or <b>delete</b> all additional conf"
"iguration options."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/helps.rb:185
msgid ""
"Edit <b>LUN</b> number if needed, set <b>Type</b> (nullio is for testing purpo"
"ses).\n"
@@ -467,7 +477,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:251
-msgid "Selected Lun is already in use!"
+msgid "Selected LUN is already in use!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:260
@@ -495,7 +505,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
-msgid "Client Lun"
+msgid "Initiator LUN"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:436
@@ -515,7 +525,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:619
-msgid "Client name:"
+msgid "Initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:622
@@ -524,21 +534,21 @@
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:638
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:695
-msgid "Client name must not be empty!"
+msgid "Initiator name must not be empty!"
msgstr ""
#. Don't check IscsiLioData.GetClntList(@curr_target, @curr_tpg) for existing
-#. client name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same client.
+#. initiator name. It's allowed to have several LUNs accessable for same initiator.
#. TODO: verify whether it's necessary to check @changed_lun here?
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:644
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:701
-msgid "Client name already exists!"
+msgid "Initiator name already exists!"
msgstr ""
-#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional client access to the LUN
+#. Copy exisiting LUN, i.e. give additional initiator access to the LUN
#. (which is allowed, makes sense e.g. with multipath)
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:678
-msgid "New client name:"
+msgid "New initiator name:"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:724
@@ -549,93 +559,99 @@
msgid "Cancel"
msgstr ""
+#. create items from targets
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+msgid "Enabled"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:785
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1263
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1366
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1403
+msgid "Disabled"
+msgstr ""
+
#. remove a item
#. **************** Edit Dialog *****************************
#. init values for modifying target (read it from stored map)
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:820
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:934
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1288
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:822
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:936
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1290
msgid "Really delete the selected item?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1002
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1004
msgid "Problem creating target %1 with tpg %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1024
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1026
msgid "Problem setting network portal to %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1045
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1047
msgid "Problem removing lun %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1070
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1072
msgid "Problem setting lun %1 (name:%2) to path %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1084
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1086
msgid "Problem setting auth on %1:%2 to %3"
msgstr ""
#. validate function checks if target/tpg are unique and not empty
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1198
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1200
msgid "The target cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1202
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1204
msgid "The target portal group cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1213
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1215
msgid "The target already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1233
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1235
msgid "Incoming"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1236
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
msgid "Outgoing"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1238
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1240
msgid "None"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1261
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1364
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1401
-msgid "Disabled"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1450
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1452
msgid ""
-"There isn't any client specified.\n"
-"To allow a client login to the target, please\n"
+"There isn't any initiator specified.\n"
+"To allow an initiator login to the target, please\n"
"use the 'Add' button and enter the name\n"
"(see /etc/iscsi/initiatorname.iscsi on initiator).\n"
-"Really want to continue without client access?"
+"Really want to continue without initiator access?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1464
-msgid "Problem removing lun %4 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1466
+msgid "Problem removing LUN %4 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1479
-msgid "Problem adding lun %4:%5 for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1481
+msgid "Problem adding LUN %4:%5 for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1500
-msgid "Problem removing client %3 from %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1502
+msgid "Problem removing initiator %3 from %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1524
-msgid "Problem creating client %3 for %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1526
+msgid "Problem creating initiator %3 for %1:%2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1559
-msgid "Problem changing auth for client %3 in %1:%2"
+#: src/include/iscsi-lio-server/widgets.rb:1561
+msgid "Problem changing auth for initiator %3 in %1:%2"
msgstr ""
#. Initialization dialog caption
@@ -649,11 +665,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. scope link IPv6
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1424
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
msgid "Cannot save lio setup"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1428
+#: src/modules/IscsiLioData.rb:1432
msgid "Cannot save tcm setup"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/isns.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/isns.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/isns.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/journal.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/journal.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/journal.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Added: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot (rev 0)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/journalctl.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -0,0 +1,126 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:62
+msgid "Journal entries"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Displaying entries with the following text"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Footer buttons
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Change filter..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/entries_dialog.rb:83
+msgid "Refresh"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Header
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:85
+msgid "Entries to display"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot selector
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:89
+msgid "Log entries for"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Filter checkboxes
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_dialog.rb:96
+msgid "Filters"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. User readable description of the current filters
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:60
+msgid "from previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:62
+msgid "since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:66
+msgid "unit (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:67
+msgid "file (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:68
+msgid "priority (%s)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:79
+msgid "with no additional conditions"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:81
+msgid "filtering by %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible options for the :boot filter to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] each option is represented by a hash with two keys
+#. :value and :label
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:93
+msgid "Since system's boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:94
+msgid "From previous boot"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Possible filters (in addition to :boot) to be used in forms
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each filter there are 3 possible keys
+#. * :name name of the filter
+#. * :label label for the widget used to set the filter
+#. * :values optional list of valid values
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:108
+msgid "For this systemd unit"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:112
+msgid "For this file (executable or device)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:116
+msgid "With at least this priority"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Fields to display for listing the entries
+#.
+#. @return [Array<Hash>] for each column a :label and a :method is provided
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:128
+msgid "Time"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:129
+msgid "Source"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/journalctl/query_presenter.rb:130
+msgid "Message"
+msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/kdump.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:16+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -376,10 +376,8 @@
#. Force value to false, so it's actually rewritten
#. TRANSLATORS: CommandLine printed text
-#. start kdump at boot
#. delete crashkernel parameter from bootloader
-#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:487
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:500
+#: src/clients/kdump.rb:755 src/clients/kdump.rb:760 src/modules/Kdump.rb:496
msgid "To apply changes a reboot is necessary."
msgstr ""
@@ -1127,150 +1125,165 @@
#. several ranges and ask user about rewritting
#.
#. "KdumpMemory"
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1449
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1454
msgid "Kernel option includes several ranges or redundant values. Rewrite it?"
msgstr ""
#. T: Checkbox label
-#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1482
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1487
msgid "Use &Firmware-Assisted Dump"
msgstr ""
+#. Function validates options in
+#. "Dump Format"
+#. install makedumpfile if KDUMP_DUMPFORMAT == "compressed"
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1849
+msgid ""
+"Kdump is not supported on this system.\n"
+"If you continue now, the module may not function properly.\n"
+"For example, some settings will not be correctly read\n"
+"and the resulting configuration will probably be useless.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/kdump/uifunctions.rb:1855
+msgid "Kdump not supported"
+msgstr ""
+
#. See FATE#315780
#. See https://www.suse.com/support/kb/doc.php?id=7012786
#. FIXME what about dracut?
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:412
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:398
msgid ""
"Error updating initrd while calling '%{cmd}'.\n"
"See %{log} for details."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:514
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:506
msgid "Initializing kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
#. Progress step 1/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:523 src/modules/Kdump.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:515 src/modules/Kdump.rb:523
msgid "Reading the config file..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:517
msgid "Reading kernel boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:519
msgid "Calculating memory limits..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:533
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:525
msgid "Reading partitions of disks..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished 3/4
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:535
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:527
msgid "Reading available memory and calibrating usage..."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:539
msgid "Cannot read config file /etc/sysconfig/kdump"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:547
msgid "Cannot read kernel boot options."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:563
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:555
msgid "Cannot read available memory."
msgstr ""
#. Kdump read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:589
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:581
msgid "Saving kdump Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:610
msgid "Write the settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:612
msgid "Update boot options"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:624
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:616
msgid "Writing the settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:626
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:618
msgid "Updating boot options..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:628
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:620
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:638
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:630
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
#. Error message
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:647
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:639
msgid "Adding crashkernel parameter to bootloader fault."
msgstr ""
#. Create a textual summary
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:750
msgid "Kdump status: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:759
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:751
msgid "disabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:766
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:758
msgid "Value(s) of crashkernel option: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:773
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:765
msgid "Dump format: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:780
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:772
msgid "Target of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:779
msgid "Number of dumps: %1"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message in installation proposal,
#. do not translate %{requested} and %{available} - they are replaced with actual sizes later
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:879
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:871
msgid ""
"Warning! There might not be enough free space. %{required} required, but only "
"%{available} are available."
msgstr ""
#. Trying to use fadump on unsupported hardware
-#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:974
+#: src/modules/Kdump.rb:958
msgid ""
"Cannot use Firmware-assisted dump.\n"
"It is not supported on this hardware."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/languages_db.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ldap.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/mail.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/mail.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/mail.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/migration.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/migration.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/migration.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-06 15:35+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/multipath.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/network.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/network.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -208,7 +208,7 @@
#. Command line output Headline
#. configuration of hosts
-#: src/clients/host.rb:123
+#: src/clients/host.rb:114
msgid "Host Configuration Summary:"
msgstr ""
@@ -461,7 +461,7 @@
#. in case keep_install_network is set to true (in AY)
#. we'll keep values from installation
#. and merge with XML data (bnc#712864)
-#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:136
+#: src/clients/lan_auto.rb:108
msgid "Configuration Error: uninitialized interface."
msgstr ""
@@ -541,7 +541,7 @@
#. Commandline help title
#. Main routing dialog
#. @return dialog result
-#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:468
+#: src/clients/routing.rb:57 src/include/network/services/routing.rb:480
msgid "Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -710,13 +710,13 @@
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
#. interface summary: WiFi without encryption
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:101 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1367
msgid "Warning: no encryption is used."
msgstr ""
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
#. Hyperlink: Change the configuration of an interface
-#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1365
+#: src/include/network/complex.rb:107 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1369
msgid "Change."
msgstr ""
@@ -1019,7 +1019,7 @@
#. Table header label
#. Table header label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:97 src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:75
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:128
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:129
msgid "IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1027,7 +1027,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. PushButton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:106
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:139
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:140
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:100
msgid "Ad&d"
msgstr ""
@@ -1037,7 +1037,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:108
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:141
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:142
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:102
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:69
msgid "&Edit"
@@ -1048,7 +1048,7 @@
#. PushButton label
#. Pushbutton label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:110
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:143
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:144
#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:104
#: src/include/network/summary.rb:71
msgid "De&lete"
@@ -1095,7 +1095,7 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:191
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1297
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1315
msgid "Bridged Devices"
msgstr ""
@@ -1135,7 +1135,7 @@
#. if (LanItems::type=="br") UI::ReplaceWidget(`rp, `Empty());
#. else
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:283
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:816
msgid "No Link and IP Setup (Bonding Slaves)"
msgstr ""
@@ -1168,7 +1168,7 @@
#. TextEntry label
#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:325
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:213
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:341
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:334
msgid "&IP Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -1196,7 +1196,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. validate device type, misdetection
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1018
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1036
msgid ""
"You have changed the interface type from the one\n"
"that has been detected. This only makes sense\n"
@@ -1204,13 +1204,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1056
msgid "Configuration %1 already present."
msgstr ""
#. If firewall is active and interface in no zone, nothing
#. gets through (#62309) so warn and redirect to details
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1062
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1080
msgid ""
"The firewall is active, but this interface is not\n"
"in any zone. All its traffic would be blocked.\n"
@@ -1221,20 +1221,20 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1082
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1100
msgid "No valid IP address."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1089
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1107
msgid "No valid netmask or prefix length."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1097
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1115
msgid "Invalid hostname."
msgstr ""
#. There'll be no 127.0.0.2 -> remind user to define some hostname
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1105
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1123
msgid ""
"No hostname has been specified. We recommend to associate \n"
"a hostname with a static IP, otherwise the machine name will \n"
@@ -1244,7 +1244,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1124
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1142
msgid ""
"Duplicate IP address detected.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -1252,60 +1252,60 @@
#. @param [Array<String>] types network card types
#. @return their descriptions for CWM
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1177
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1195
msgid "&General"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: "MANDATORY",
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1188
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1206
msgid "Device Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1192
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1210
msgid "Firewall Zone"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1197
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1215
msgid "Maximum Transfer Unit (MTU)"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: we have helps per widget and for the whole
#. tab set but not for one tab
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1207
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1225
msgid "<p>Configure the detailed network card settings here.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: here it does not complain about missing
#. shortcuts
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1274
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1292
msgid "&Address"
msgstr ""
#. Address tab help
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1277
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1295
msgid "<p>Configure your IP address.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1301
msgid "&Hardware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1290
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1308
msgid "&Bond Slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1304
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1322
msgid "&Wireless"
msgstr ""
#. Combo box label - when to activate device (e.g. on boot, manually, never,..)
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1388
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1406
msgid "Ifplugd Priority"
msgstr ""
#. Device activation main help. The individual parts will be
#. substituted as %1
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1394
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1412
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>IFPLUGD PRIORITY</big></b></p> \n"
"<p> All interfaces configured with <b>On Cable Connection</b> and with IFPLUGD"
@@ -1318,12 +1318,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Address dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1476
+#: src/include/network/lan/address.rb:1494
msgid "Network Card Setup"
msgstr ""
#. remove all aliases (bnc#590167)
-#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:103
+#: src/include/network/lan/bridge.rb:86
msgid ""
"At least one selected device is already configured.\n"
"Adapt the configuration for bridge?\n"
@@ -1637,12 +1637,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. warn user when device to delete has STARTMODE=nfsroot (bnc#433867)
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:456
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:454
msgid "Device you select has STARTMODE=nfsroot. Really delete?"
msgstr ""
#. Network setup method dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:487 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:485 src/include/network/widgets.rb:363
msgid "Network Setup Method"
msgstr ""
@@ -1651,7 +1651,7 @@
#. it is basically useful if user aborts dialog and he has done some
#. changes already. Calling this function may results in confirmation
#. popup.
-#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:519
+#: src/include/network/lan/complex.rb:517
msgid "Network Settings"
msgstr ""
@@ -2494,7 +2494,7 @@
#. Popup::Error text
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/lan/virtual.rb:257
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:386
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:379
msgid "The IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -2738,47 +2738,47 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:560
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:561
msgid "WPA authentication mode is only possible in managed operating mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. modes: combination of operation and authentication
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:571
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:572
msgid "Specify the network name for this mode."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:578
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:579
msgid "The network name must be shorter than 32 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:598
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:599
msgid "The passphrase must have between 8 and 63 characters (inclusively)."
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:609
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:610
msgid "The key must have %1 hexadecimal digits."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:621
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:939
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:622
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:941
msgid "The encryption key is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:629
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:630
msgid "The encryption key must be specified for this authentication mode."
msgstr ""
#. warning only
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:636
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:637
msgid ""
"Using no encryption is a security risk.\n"
"Really continue?\n"
@@ -2786,20 +2786,20 @@
#. Wireless expert dialog caption
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:694
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:775
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:695
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:776
msgid "Wireless Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 1/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:698
msgid ""
"<p>Here, set additional configuration parameters\n"
"(rarely needed).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 2/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:701
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:702
msgid ""
"<p>To use your wireless LAN card in master or ad-hoc mode,\n"
"set the <b>Channel</b> the card should use here. This is not needed\n"
@@ -2808,21 +2808,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 3/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:708
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:709
msgid ""
"<p>In some rare cases, you may want to set a transmission\n"
"<b>Bit Rate</b> explicitly. The default is to go as fast as possible.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 4/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:712
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:713
msgid ""
"<p>In an environment with multiple <b>Access Points</b>, you may want to\n"
"define the one to which to connect by entering its MAC address.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless expert dialog help 5/5
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:716
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:717
msgid ""
"<p><b>Use Power Management</b> enables power saving mechanisms.\n"
"This is generally a good idea, especially if you are a laptop user and may\n"
@@ -2831,57 +2831,57 @@
#. Combobox item
#. Combobox item
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:744
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:766
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:745
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:767
msgid "Automatic"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:781
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:782
msgid "&Channel"
msgstr ""
#. Combobox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:784
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:785
msgid "B&it Rate"
msgstr ""
#. Text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:790
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:791
msgid "&Access Point"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:798
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:799
msgid "Use &Power Management"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:807
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:808
msgid "AP ScanMode"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup dialog heading
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:897
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:899
msgid "Enter Encryption Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: text entry label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:901
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:903
msgid "&Key"
msgstr ""
#. Translators: popup title
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:925
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:927
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:974
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:976
msgid "Wireless Keys"
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 1/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:977
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:979
msgid ""
"<p>In this dialog, define your WEP keys used\n"
"to encrypt your data before it is transmitted. You can have up to four keys,\n"
@@ -2891,7 +2891,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Wireless keys dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:985
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:987
msgid ""
"<p><b>Key Length</b> defines the bit length of your WEP keys.\n"
"Possible are 64 and 128 bit, sometimes also referred to as 40 and 104 bit.\n"
@@ -2901,97 +2901,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1010
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1012
msgid "WEP Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1016
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1018
msgid "&Key Length"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
#. Abbreviation of Number
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1024
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
msgid "No."
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1026
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
msgid "Key"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1028
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1030
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1038
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1040
msgid "&Set as Default"
msgstr ""
#. file browser dialog headline
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1210
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1213
msgid "Choose a Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. validated in ValidateWpaEap
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1255
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1258
msgid ""
"Not using a Certificate Authority (CA) certificate can result in connections\n"
"to insecure, rogue wireless networks. Continue without CA ?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1283
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1286
msgid ""
"Enter either the identity and password\n"
"or the client certificate."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1329
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1332
msgid "WPA-EAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, any of EAP authentication methods
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1351
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1354
msgid "Any"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1355
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1358
msgid "MD5"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1357
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1360
msgid "GTC"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1359
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1362
msgid "CHAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1361
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1364
msgid "PAP"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1363
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1366
msgid "MSCHAPv1"
msgstr ""
#. combo box item, an EAP authentication method
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1367
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1370
msgid "MSCHAPv2"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1390
+#: src/include/network/lan/wireless.rb:1393
msgid "WPA-EAP Details"
msgstr ""
@@ -3032,12 +3032,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:144
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:129
msgid "These packages need to be installed:"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:162
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:147
msgid ""
"The required packages are not installed.\n"
"The configuration will be aborted.\n"
@@ -3045,111 +3045,61 @@
"Try again?\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Table field (Unknown device)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:255
+#. Create a list of items for UI from the given hardware list.
+#.
+#. This list is used when selecting <ol>
+#. <li> detected unconfigured cards,
+#. there we want to see the link status </li>
+#. <li> undetected cards manually. there is no link status there
+#. and it won't be displayed. all is ok. </li>
+#. </ol>
+#. @param [Array<Hash>] l given list for conversion
+#. @param [Fixnum] selected selected item (0 for the first)
+#. @return a list of items
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:195
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:279
-msgid "Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:284
-msgid "DNS Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:286
-msgid "DSL Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:288
-msgid "Hosts Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:292
-msgid "ISDN Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:296
-msgid "Network Card Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:300
-msgid "Modem Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:304
-msgid "Proxy Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:308
-msgid "Provider Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup headline
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:312
-msgid "Routing Configuration Successfully Saved"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:321
-msgid "Configure mail now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Popup text
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:326
-msgid "Run configuration of %1?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. Disables all widgets which cannot be configured with current network service
#.
#. see bnc#433084
#. if listed any items, disable them, if show_popup, show warning popup
#.
#. returns true if items were disabled
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1004
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:807
msgid ""
"Network is currently handled by NetworkManager\n"
"or completely disabled. YaST is unable to configure some options."
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1064
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:867
msgid "Network Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1068
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:871
msgid "Modems"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1072
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:875
msgid "ISDN Cards"
msgstr ""
#. Confirmation: label text (detecting hardware: xxx)
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1076
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:879
msgid "DSL Devices"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/routines.rb:1081
+#: src/include/network/routines.rb:884
msgid "All Network Devices"
msgstr ""
#. validation error popup
#. Popup::Error text
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:92
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:398
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:391
msgid "The hostname is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3221,8 +3171,8 @@
#. Frame label
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:234
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:684
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:697
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:677
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:690
msgid "Hostname and Domain Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -3248,30 +3198,30 @@
#. @param [String] key the widget being validated
#. @param [Hash] event the event being handled
#. @return whether valid
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:496
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:495
msgid ""
"It's not recommended to use .local as domainname due to Multicast DNS. Use it "
"at your own risk?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:520
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:513
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 domains."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:526
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:519
msgid "The search list can have at most %1 characters."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:535
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:528
msgid "The search domain '%1' is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Standalone dialog only - embedded one is handled separately
#. via CWMTab
-#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:725
+#: src/include/network/services/dns.rb:718
msgid "Hostname and Name Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3303,27 +3253,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:118
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:119
msgid "Current Hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:130
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:131
msgid "Hostnames"
msgstr ""
#. Table header label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:132
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:133
msgid "Host Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. TextEntry label
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:351
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:344
msgid "Hos&t Aliases"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/host.rb:407
msgid "Alias name \"%1\" is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3359,40 +3309,40 @@
#. @param [Yast::Term] entry edited entry
#. @param [Array] devs available devices
#. @return route or nil, if canceled
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:161
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:163
msgid "&Destination"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:167
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:172
msgid "Ge&nmask"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:175
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:182
msgid "&Gateway"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:181
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:191
msgid "De&vice"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:240
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:252
msgid "Destination is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:248
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:260
msgid "Gateway IP address is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::Error text
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:256
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:268
msgid "Subnetmask is invalid."
msgstr ""
#. #178538 - disable routing dialog when NetworkManager is used
#. but instead of default route (#299448) - NM reads it
-#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:414
+#: src/include/network/services/routing.rb:426
msgid "The default gateway is invalid."
msgstr ""
@@ -3623,7 +3573,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. enable ipv6 support
-#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:810
+#: src/include/network/widgets.rb:403 src/modules/Lan.rb:783
msgid "Enable IPv6"
msgstr ""
@@ -3714,7 +3664,7 @@
#. Progress stage 2
#. Progress stage 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:534
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:379 src/modules/Lan.rb:533
msgid "Update configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -3737,7 +3687,7 @@
#. Progress step 2/3
#. Progress step 10
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:622
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:621
msgid "Updating configuration..."
msgstr ""
@@ -3749,445 +3699,436 @@
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:538
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:543
msgid "Hostname: Set by DHCP"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:544
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:549
msgid "Hostname: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:552
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:557
msgid "Hostname will not be written to /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:573
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:578
msgid "Name Servers: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/DNS.rb:583
+#: src/modules/DNS.rb:588
msgid "Search List: %1"
msgstr ""
#. Check if there is anything to do
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:138
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:165
msgid "Update /etc/hosts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:140
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:167
msgid "Saving Hostname Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. sleep for longer time, so that progress does not disappear right afterwards
-#: src/modules/Host.rb:145
+#: src/modules/Host.rb:172
msgid "Updating /etc/hosts ..."
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:272
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:271
msgid "Initializing Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:285
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:284
msgid "Detect network devices"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:287
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:286
msgid "Read driver information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:289
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:288
msgid "Read device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:291
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:290
msgid "Read network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:292
msgid "Read firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:294
msgid "Read hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:297
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:296
msgid "Read installation information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:299
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:298
msgid "Read routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:301
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:300
msgid "Detect current status"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:315
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:314
msgid "Detecting ndiswrapper..."
msgstr ""
#. modprobe ndiswrapper before hwinfo when needed (#343893)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:333
msgid ""
"Detected a ndiswrapper configuration,\n"
"but the kernel module was not modprobed.\n"
"Do you want to modprobe ndiswrapper?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:342
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:341
msgid ""
"ndiswrapper kernel module has not been loaded.\n"
"Check configuration manually.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:356
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:355
msgid "Detecting network devices..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/9 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:364
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:363
msgid "Reading device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:370
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:369
msgid "Reading network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:379
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:378
msgid "Reading firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:387
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:386
msgid "Reading hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:394
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:393
msgid "Reading installation information..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:400
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:399
msgid "Reading routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9/9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:406
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:405
msgid "Detecting current status..."
msgstr ""
#. Final progress step
#. Final progress step
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:412 src/modules/Lan.rb:643
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:411 src/modules/Lan.rb:642
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. (a specialization used when a parameterless function is needed)
#. @return Read(`cache)
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:437
msgid "To apply this change, a reboot is needed."
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:506
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:505
msgid "Saving Network Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:513
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:512
msgid "Write drivers information"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3 - multiple devices may be present,really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:515
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:514
msgid "Write device configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:517
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:516
msgid "Write network configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:519
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:518
msgid "Write routing configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:521
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:520
msgid "Write hostname and DNS configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:523
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:522
msgid "Set up network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 8
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:527 src/modules/Remote.rb:293
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:526 src/modules/Remote.rb:197
msgid "Write firewall settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:531
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:530
msgid "Activate network services"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:547
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:546
msgid "Writing /etc/modprobe.conf..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3 - multiple devices may be present, really plural
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:552
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:551
msgid "Writing device configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:558
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:557
msgid "Writing network configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:564
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:563
msgid "Writing routing configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 6
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:572
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:571
msgid "Writing hostname and DNS configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 7
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:585
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:584
msgid "Setting up network services..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 8
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:593 src/modules/Remote.rb:307
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:592 src/modules/Remote.rb:211
msgid "Writing firewall settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 9
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:603
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:602
msgid "Activating network services..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:639
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:638
msgid "No network running"
msgstr ""
-#. Import data
-#. @param [Hash] settings settings to be imported
-#. @return true on success
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:698
-msgid ""
-"AutoYaST setting networking/managed: NetworkManager is not available, Wicked w"
-"ill be used."
-msgstr ""
-
#. Create a textual summary for the general network settings
#. proposal (NetworkManager + ipv6)
#. @return [rich text, links]
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:782
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:755
msgid "Network Mode"
msgstr ""
#. network mode: the interfaces are controlled by the user
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:787
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:760
msgid "Interfaces controlled by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. disable NetworkManager applet
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:789
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:762
msgid "Disable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. network mode
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:793
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:766
msgid "Traditional network setup with NetControl - ifup"
msgstr ""
#. enable NetworkManager applet
#. for virtual network proposal (bridged) don't show hyperlink to enable networkmanager
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:796
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:769
msgid "Enable NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is enabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:802
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:775
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. disable ipv6 support
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:804
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:777
msgid "Disable IPv6"
msgstr ""
#. ipv6 support is disabled
-#: src/modules/Lan.rb:808
+#: src/modules/Lan.rb:781
msgid "Support for IPv6 protocol is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. translators: a possible value for: IPoIB device mode
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:193
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:199
msgid "connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:194
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:200
msgid "datagram"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=auto
#. summary description of STARTMODE=hotplug
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1260 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1264 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1268
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
msgid "Started automatically at boot"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=ifplugd
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1272
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
msgid "Started automatically on cable connection"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=managed
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1276
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
msgid "Managed by NetworkManager"
msgstr ""
#. summary description of STARTMODE=off
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1280
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1284
msgid "Will not be started at all"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1286
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1290
msgid "Started manually"
msgstr ""
#. do nothing
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
msgid "IP address assigned using"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1302
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1306
msgid "IP address: %s/%s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1305
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1309
msgid "IP address: %s, subnet mask %s"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: side effect: sets @type. No reason for that. It should only build item
#. overview. Check and remove.
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1329
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1333
msgid "Not configured"
msgstr ""
#. display it only if we need it, don't duplicate "ifcfg_name" above
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1351 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1411
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1355 src/modules/LanItems.rb:1415
msgid "Device Name: %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1376
msgid "Bonding slaves"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1390
msgid "enslaved in %s"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1387
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1391
msgid "Bonding master"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1401
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1405
msgid "Not connected"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1406
msgid "No hwinfo"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1417
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1421
msgid ""
"Unable to configure the network card because the kernel device (eth0, wlan0) i"
"s not present. This is mostly caused by missing firmware (for wlan devices). S"
"ee dmesg output for details."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1423
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1427
msgid ""
"The device is not configured. Press <b>Edit</b>\n"
"to configure.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "Needed firmware"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1430
+#: src/modules/LanItems.rb:1434
msgid "unknown"
msgstr ""
#. Package containing SuSEfirewall2 services has to be installed before
#. reading SuSEFirewall, otherwise exception is thrown by firewall
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:243
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:159
msgid ""
"Package %{package} is not installed\n"
"firewall settings will be disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:295
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:199
msgid "Configure display manager"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:300
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:204
msgid "Restart the services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:303
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:207
msgid "Saving Remote Administration Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:216
msgid "Configuring display manager..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:316
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:220
msgid "Restarting the service..."
msgstr ""
#. Enable xinetd
#. Enable XDM
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:342 src/modules/Remote.rb:350
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:246 src/modules/Remote.rb:254
msgid "Enabling service %{service} has failed"
msgstr ""
#. Do this only if package xinetd is installed (#256385)
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:377
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:281
msgid ""
"Your display manager must be restarted.\n"
"To take the changes in remote administration into account, \n"
@@ -4195,30 +4136,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. description in proposal
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is enabled."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Remote.rb:408
+#: src/modules/Remote.rb:312
msgid "Remote administration is disabled."
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:261
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:264
msgid "Write IP forwarding settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:263
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
msgid "Write routing settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:266
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:269
msgid "Saving Routing Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:271
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:274
msgid "Writing IP forwarding settings..."
msgstr ""
@@ -4227,22 +4168,22 @@
#. sysconfig does not support restarting routes only,
#. so we let our caller do it together with other things
#. Progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:281
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:284
msgid "Writing routing settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:434
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:454
msgid "Gateway: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:438
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:458
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv4: %s"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Routing.rb:442
+#: src/modules/Routing.rb:462
msgid "IP Forwarding for IPv6: %s"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nfs_server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -75,27 +75,27 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:196
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:202
msgid "NFS server is enabled"
msgstr ""
#. summary text
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:199
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:205
msgid "NFS server is disabled"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:215
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:221
msgid "Required packages (%1) are not installed."
msgstr ""
#. error
#. error
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:255 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:285
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:261 src/clients/nfs_server.rb:291
msgid "No mount point specified."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:260
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:266
msgid ""
"The exports table already\n"
"contains this directory."
@@ -104,11 +104,11 @@
#. CLI action handler.
#. @param [Hash] options command options
#. @return whether successful
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:319
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:325
msgid "Domain cannot be set without enabling NFSv4. Use the 'set enablev4' command."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:330
+#: src/clients/nfs_server.rb:336
msgid ""
"Command 'set' must be used in the form 'set option=value'. Use 'set help' to g"
"et information about available options."
@@ -161,55 +161,63 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:58
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:68
msgid "&Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:64
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:74
msgid "&Browse..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:87
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:97
msgid "Enter a non-empty export path. For example, /exports."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:95
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:105
msgid "The exports table already contains this directory."
msgstr ""
+#. message popup; %1, %2 are package names
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:113
+msgid ""
+"The user mode NFS server (%1) cannot export directories\n"
+"with spaces in their names.\n"
+"Use the kernel-based server (%2) to do that."
+msgstr ""
+
#. the dir does not exist
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:101
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:126
msgid "The directory does not exist. Create it?"
msgstr ""
#. title in the file selection dialog
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:111
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:136
msgid "Select the Directory to Export"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:168
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:193
msgid "&Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:170
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:195
msgid "O&ptions"
msgstr ""
#. check to see if user has changed options entry in the dialogue
#. thrown due to a "Add Hosts" (as opposed to editing existing ones).
#. If yes, suggest the user with a suitable default option set.
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:222
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:250
msgid ""
"'fsid=0' is not a valid option unless \n"
"NFSv4 is enabled (previous page).\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:240
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:268
msgid ""
"Options for this wild card\n"
"are already set."
@@ -217,27 +225,27 @@
#. Opening NFS server dialog
#. @return `back, `abort, `next `or finish
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:272
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:300
msgid ""
"Unable to read the /etc/idmapd.conf file. Setting the default setting for the "
"domain to 'localdomain'."
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:295
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:323
msgid ""
"<P>Here, choose whether to start an NFS server on your computer\n"
"and export some of your directories to others.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 2
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:302
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>If you choose <B>Start NFS Server</B>, clicking <B>Next</B> opens\n"
"a configuration dialog in which to specify the directories to export.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:311
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:339
msgid ""
"<P>If the server needs to handle NFSv4 clients, check <B>Enable NFSv4</B>\n"
"and fill in the NFSv4 domain name you want the ID mapping daemon to use. Leave"
@@ -247,7 +255,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: use %1 as nfs-utils.src.rpm produces nfs-kernel-server.rpm
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:321
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:349
msgid ""
"<P>If the server and client must authenticate using GSS library, check the\n"
"<B>Enable GSS Security</B> box. To use GSS API, you currently need to have Ker"
@@ -255,44 +263,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:331
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:359
msgid "NFS Server"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:342
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:370
msgid "&Start"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:351
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:379
msgid "Do &Not Start"
msgstr ""
#. frame label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:369
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:397
msgid "Enable NFSv4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:376
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:404
msgid "Enable NFS&v4"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:381
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:409
msgid "Enter NFSv4 do&main name:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:391
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:419
msgid "Enable &GSS Security"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:411
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:439
msgid "NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 1 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:487
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:515
msgid ""
"<P>The upper box contains all the directories to export.\n"
"If a directory is selected, the lower box shows the hosts allowed to\n"
@@ -300,78 +308,83 @@
msgstr ""
#. Help, part 2 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:495
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
msgid ""
"<P><b>Host Wild Card</b> sets which hosts can access the selected directory.\n"
"It can be a single host, groups, wild cards, or\n"
"IP networks.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Help, part 3 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:503
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for kernel space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:536
msgid "<p>Enter an asterisk (<tt>*</tt>) instead of a name to specify all hosts.</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help, part 3 of 4, variant for user space server
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:544
+msgid "<p>Leave the field empty to specify all hosts.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help, part 4 of 4
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:509
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:551
msgid ""
"<P>Refer to <tt>man exports</tt> for more information.</P>\n"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:524
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:567
msgid "Add &Directory"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:526
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:569
msgid "&Edit"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:528
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:571
msgid "De&lete"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:541
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:584
msgid "Host Wild Card"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:543
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:586
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:554
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:597
msgid "Add &Host"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:556
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:599
msgid "Ed&it"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:558
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:601
msgid "Dele&te"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:565
+#: src/include/nfs_server/ui.rb:608
msgid "Directories to Export"
msgstr ""
#. not fatal - write other dirs.
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:158
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:181
msgid ""
"Unable to create a missing directory:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:170
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:193
msgid ""
"Unable to write to /etc/exports.\n"
"No changes will be made to the\n"
@@ -379,73 +392,85 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:192
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:228
msgid "Writing NFS Server Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:197
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:233
msgid "Save /etc/exports"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:199
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:235
msgid "Restart services"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:203
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:239
msgid "Saving /etc/exports..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:205
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:241
msgid "Restarting services..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:207
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:243
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:215
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:251
msgid "Writing NFS server settings. Please wait..."
msgstr ""
#. Independent of @ref start because of Heartbeat (#27001).
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:229
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:265
msgid "Unable to write to idmapd.conf."
msgstr ""
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:314
+msgid "Unable to start idmapd. Check your domain setting."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:321
+msgid "Unable to restart idmapd."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:328
+msgid "Unable to stop idmapd."
+msgstr ""
+
#. FIXME svcgssd is gone! (only nfsserver is left)
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:266
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:339
msgid ""
"Unable to start svcgssd. Ensure your kerberos and gssapi (nfs-utils) setup is "
"correct."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:275
-msgid "Unable to restart 'svcgssd' service."
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:349
+msgid "'svcgssd' is already running. Unable to restart it."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:283
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:357
msgid "'svcgssd' is running. Unable to stop it."
msgstr ""
#. error popup message
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:299
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:376
msgid ""
"Unable to restart the NFS server.\n"
"Your changes will be active after reboot.\n"
msgstr ""
#. summary header; directories exported by NFS
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:322
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:399
msgid "NFS Exports"
msgstr ""
#. add information reg NFSv4 support, domain and security
-#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:340
+#: src/modules/NfsServer.rb:417
msgid "The NFSv4 domain for idmapping is %1."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/nis_server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/ntp-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -82,25 +82,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. Otherwise, prompt user for confirming pkg installation
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:380
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:381
msgid ""
"Synchronization with NTP server is not possible\n"
"without package %1 installed."
msgstr ""
#. Only if network is running try to synchronize the ntp server
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:392
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:393
msgid "Synchronizing with NTP server..."
msgstr ""
#. update time widgets
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:438
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:439
msgid "Connection to selected NTP server failed."
msgstr ""
#. Translators: yes-no popup,
#. ntpdate is a command, %1 is the server address
-#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:469
+#: src/clients/ntp-client_proposal.rb:470
msgid ""
"Test query to server '%1' failed.\n"
"If server is not yet accessible or network is not configured\n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update-configuration.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/online-update.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/packager.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/packager.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/packager.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-10-06 16:04+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -170,8 +170,8 @@
#. force minimum width
#. table header - name of the repo
#. table header - name of the repo
-#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:703
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:716
+#: src/clients/inst_mediacopy.rb:65 src/clients/repositories.rb:674
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:687
#: src/include/packager/key_manager_dialogs.rb:306
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -364,7 +364,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog help
#: src/clients/inst_productsources.rb:1380
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:93
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:91
msgid "<p>The repository manager is downloading repository details...</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -434,7 +434,7 @@
#. re-initialize package information
#. force reinitialization
-#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:739
+#: src/clients/inst_rpmcopy.rb:129 src/clients/sw_single.rb:744
msgid "Installing Packages..."
msgstr ""
@@ -470,8 +470,8 @@
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1845
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:684
+#: src/clients/key_manager.rb:70 src/clients/repositories.rb:1810
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:682
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -501,102 +501,87 @@
msgstr ""
#. default (minimal) priority of a repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:58
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:55
msgid "&Priority"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:60
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:57
msgid "Keep Downloaded Packages"
msgstr ""
#. Command line help text for the repository module, %1 is "zypper"
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:75
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:72
msgid ""
"Installation Repositories - This module does not support the command line inte"
"rface, use '%1' instead."
msgstr ""
#. pad to 3 characters
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:169
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:166
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. unkown name (alias) of the source
#. get the editable propertis from 'source' parameter,
#. get the fixed propertis from the package manager
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:199 src/clients/repositories.rb:264
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:195 src/clients/repositories.rb:260
msgid "Unknown Name"
msgstr ""
#. displaye only repositories from the selected service
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:334 src/clients/repositories.rb:335
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377 src/clients/repositories.rb:383
-#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:326 src/clients/repositories.rb:362
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:368 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:436
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
#. label to be used instead of URL if not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:337 src/clients/repositories.rb:376
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1336
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:328 src/clients/repositories.rb:361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1334
msgid "URL: %1"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Raw URL is the address without expanding repo variables
-#. e.g. Raw URL = http://something/$arch -> URL = http://something/x86_64
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:342
-msgid "Raw URL: %s"
-msgstr ""
-
#. heading - in case repo name not found
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:372
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:357
msgid "Unknown Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:382
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:367
msgid "Category: %1"
msgstr ""
#. label, %1 is repo category (eg. YUM)
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:392
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:377
msgid "Service: %1"
msgstr ""
#. #176013
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:640
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:625
msgid "All repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:643
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:628
msgid "All services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:637
msgid "Service '%1'"
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: Item in selection box that allow user to see only
-#. repositories not associated with service. Sometimes called also
-#. third party as they are usually repositories not provided by SUSE
-#. within product subscription.
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669
-msgid "Only repositories not provided by a service"
-msgstr ""
-
#. combobox label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:681
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:652
msgid "View"
msgstr ""
#. table header - priority of the repository - keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:696
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:667
msgid "Priority"
msgstr ""
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is the repo enabled? - keep the translation as short as possible!
#. status info, to be used inside summary
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:698 src/clients/repositories.rb:711
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:669 src/clients/repositories.rb:682
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:393
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
@@ -605,101 +590,101 @@
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
#. table header - is autorefresh enabled for the repo?
#. keep the translation as short as possible!
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:701 src/clients/repositories.rb:714
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:672 src/clients/repositories.rb:685
msgid "Autorefresh"
msgstr ""
#. table header - service to which the repo belongs
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:705
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:676
msgid "Service"
msgstr ""
#. table header - URL of the repo
#. table header - URL of the repo
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:707 src/clients/repositories.rb:718
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:678 src/clients/repositories.rb:689
msgid "URL"
msgstr ""
#. push button - change URL of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:818
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:789
msgid "&Replace..."
msgstr ""
#. push button - refresh the selected repository now
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:820
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:791
msgid "Re&fresh Selected"
msgstr ""
#. push button - disable/enable the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:822
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:793
msgid "Status &on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - disable/enable automatic refresh of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:824
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:795
msgid "Refre&sh on or off"
msgstr ""
#. push button - set name of the selected repository
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:826
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:797
msgid "Set &Name..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:833
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:804
msgid "Properties"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:838
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:809
msgid "&Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:844
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:815
msgid "Automatically &Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:882
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:853
msgid "&GPG Keys..."
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:858
msgid "Refresh"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:891
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:862
msgid "Refresh all Autor&efreshed"
msgstr ""
#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:893
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:864
msgid "Refresh all &Enabled"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:900
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:871
msgid "Configured Software Repositories"
msgstr ""
#. help
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:903
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:874
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Manage configured software repositories and services.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:909
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:880
msgid ""
"<P>A <B>service</B> or <B>Repository Index Service (RIS) </B> is a protocol fo"
"r package repository management. A service can offer one or more software repo"
"sitories which can be dynamically changed by the service administrator.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:916
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:887
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Adding a new Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -711,7 +696,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:928
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:899
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To install packages from <b>CD</b>,\n"
@@ -720,7 +705,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:939
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:910
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The CDs can be copied to <b>hard disk</b>\n"
@@ -733,7 +718,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:955
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:926
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"<b>Modifying Status of a Repository or a Service</b><br>\n"
@@ -745,7 +730,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:967
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:938
msgid ""
"<P><B>Priority of a Repository</B><BR>\n"
"Priority of a repository is an integer value between 0 (the highest priority) "
@@ -754,14 +739,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:975
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:946
msgid ""
"<P>Select the appropriate option on top of the window for navigation in reposi"
"tories and services.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text, continued
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:983
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:954
msgid ""
"<P><B>Keep Downloaded Packages</B><BR>Check this option to keep downloaded\n"
"packages in a local cache so they can be reused later when the packages are\n"
@@ -769,14 +754,14 @@
"ation.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:989
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:960
msgid ""
"<P>The default local cache is located in directory <B>/var/cache/zypp/packages"
"</B>. Change the location in <B>/etc/zypp/zypp.conf</B> file.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 1
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1034
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1005
msgid ""
"Unable to save changes to the repository\n"
"configuration."
@@ -784,7 +769,7 @@
#. popup message part 2 followed by other info
#. popup message, after message header, header of details
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1040 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1011 src/modules/Packages.rb:1329
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:162 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:310
msgid "Details:"
msgstr ""
@@ -792,79 +777,79 @@
#. popup message part 3
#. end of popup message, question
#. end of popup message, question
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1042 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1013 src/modules/Packages.rb:1337
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:164 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:312
msgid "Try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1059
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1030
msgid "Abort Repository Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1061
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1032
msgid ""
"Abort the repository configuration?\n"
"All changes will be lost."
msgstr ""
#. refresh also the combobox widget
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1364
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1329
msgid ""
"There is no service at URL:\n"
"%1"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: add help text
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1475
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1440
msgid "Refreshing Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1476
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1441
msgid "Refreshing Services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1481
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1446
msgid "Refresh Repositories"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1482
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1447
msgid "Refresh Services"
msgstr ""
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1514
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1479
msgid "Refreshing Repository %1..."
msgstr ""
#. refreshing services
#. progress bar label
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1540
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1505
msgid "Refreshing Service %1..."
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1559
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1524
msgid "Delete the selected repository from the list?"
msgstr ""
#. yes-no popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1573
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1538
msgid ""
"Delete service %1\n"
"and its repositories?"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1641
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1606
msgid ""
"For the selected repository, refresh\n"
"cannot be set."
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %1 is repository URL
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1803
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1768
msgid ""
"Repository %1\n"
"has been already added. Each repository should be added only once.\n"
@@ -873,7 +858,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1871
+#: src/clients/repositories.rb:1836
msgid ""
"<p>Errors occurred while restoring the repository configuration.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -980,20 +965,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. start the repository manager
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:614
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:619
msgid ""
"Cannot configure online update repository \n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:640
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:645
msgid ""
"Cannot search packages in online repositories\n"
"without having package %1 installed"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is a list of packages
-#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:668
+#: src/clients/sw_single.rb:673
msgid ""
"The following packages have not been found on the medium:\n"
"%1\n"
@@ -1302,42 +1287,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: dialog caption
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:79
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:77
msgid "Adding a New Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:81
msgid "Check Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:84
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:82
msgid "Add Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:85
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:83
msgid "Read Repository License"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:86
msgid "Checking Repository Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:89
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:87
msgid "Adding Repository"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:90
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:88
msgid "Reading Repository License"
msgstr ""
#. add at least one product if the scan result is empty (no product info available)
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:154
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:152
msgid "Repository"
msgstr ""
#. continue-back popup
#. continue-back popup
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:226
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:224
#: src/modules/SourceManager.rb:330
msgid ""
"There is no product information available at the given location.\n"
@@ -1349,7 +1334,7 @@
#. popup message part 1
#. Import GPG keys found in the inst-sys
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:321
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:319
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:1324 src/modules/SourceManager.rb:306
msgid ""
"Unable to create repository\n"
@@ -1357,19 +1342,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:333
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:331
msgid ""
"Using an ISO image over ftp or http protocol is not possible.\n"
"Change the protocol or unpack the ISO image on the server side."
msgstr ""
#. popup message part 2
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:343
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:341
msgid "Change the URL and try again?"
msgstr ""
#. popup error message, %1 is the package name
-#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:420
+#: src/include/packager/repositories_include.rb:418
msgid ""
"Cannot search for SLP repositories\n"
"without having %1 package installed.\n"
@@ -1382,19 +1367,19 @@
#. error report
#. popup error
#. popup error
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:518 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:620
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:516 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:618
#: src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:539 src/modules/ProductLicense.rb:730
msgid "An error occurred while preparing the installation system."
msgstr ""
#. error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:655
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:653
msgid "Control file %1 not found on media."
msgstr ""
#. FATE #305578: Add-On Product Requiring Registration
#. or check the content file
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:896
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:894
msgid ""
"Package '%s' is not installed.\n"
"The add-on product cannot be registered."
@@ -1402,58 +1387,58 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
#. TRANSLATORS: error report
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1263 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1427
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1261 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1425
msgid "Unable to use additional products."
msgstr ""
#. fill up internal map (used later when item selected)
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1314 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1320
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1312 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1318
msgid "%1, URL: %2"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1330
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1328
msgid "URL: %1, Path: %2"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: popup heading
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1361
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1359
msgid "Additional Products"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional dialog information
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1367
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1365
msgid ""
"The installation repository also contains the listed additional repositories.\n"
"Select the ones you want to use.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1378
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1376
msgid "Additional Products to Select"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1385
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1383
msgid "Add Selected &Products"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1517
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1515
msgid "Insert the addon %1 medium"
msgstr ""
#. %1 is the product name, %2 is either "CD" or "DVD"
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1522
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1520
msgid "Insert the %1 %2 medium"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %1 is replaced with product URL
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1574
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1572
msgid "Unable to add product %1."
msgstr ""
#. adding the product to the list of products (BNC #269625)
#. no such products
-#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1766 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1772
+#: src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1764 src/modules/AddOnProduct.rb:1770
#: src/modules/Packages.rb:471
msgid "Unknown Product"
msgstr ""
@@ -1969,7 +1954,7 @@
#. radio button
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1757
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:47 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
msgid "S&MB/CIFS"
msgstr ""
@@ -2034,7 +2019,7 @@
#. text entry
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:143 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1614
msgid "&Path to Directory or ISO Image"
msgstr ""
@@ -2102,7 +2087,7 @@
#. label / dialog caption
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:926
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:220 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:919
msgid "Local Directory"
msgstr ""
@@ -2123,17 +2108,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:468
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:461
msgid "The name of the repository cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:480
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:473
msgid "&Repository Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:495
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:488
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Repository Name</b> to specify the name of the repository. If it is emp"
@@ -2141,12 +2126,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:509
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:502
msgid "&Service Name"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:517
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:510
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Service Name</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Service Name</b> to specify the name of the service. If it is empty, Ya"
@@ -2154,17 +2139,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:552
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:545
msgid "URL cannot be empty."
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:566
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:559
msgid "&URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:580
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:573
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Repository URL</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>URL</b> to specify the URL of the repository.</p>"
@@ -2174,23 +2159,23 @@
#. @return widget description map
#. Get widget description map
#. @return widget description map
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:746 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1886
msgid "Edit Parts of the URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:760 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1900
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:753 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1893
msgid "Edit Complete URL"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:765
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>NFS Server</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
"to specify the NFS server host name and path on the server.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:779
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:772
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Mount Options</b></big><br>\n"
"You can specify extra options used for mounting the NFS volume.\n"
@@ -2200,42 +2185,42 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:827
msgid "&CD-ROM"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:836
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:829
msgid "&DVD-ROM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:841
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:834
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>CD or DVD Media</b></big><br>\n"
"Set <b>CD-ROM</b> or <b>DVD-ROM</b> to specify the type of media.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:941
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:934
msgid "ISO Image File"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a directory
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:964
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:957
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a directory\n"
"or the directory does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup - the entered path is not a regular file
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:994
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:987
msgid ""
"The entered path is not a file\n"
"or the file does not exist.\n"
msgstr ""
#. continue/cancel popup, %1 is a file name
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1018
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1011
msgid ""
"File '%1'\n"
"does not seem to be an ISO image.\n"
@@ -2243,17 +2228,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1039
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1032
msgid "&Path to Directory"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1047 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1305
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1372
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1040 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1365
msgid "&Plain RPM Directory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1062
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1055
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to Directory</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2263,20 +2248,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. `opt(`hstretch),
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1298
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1291
msgid "&USB Mass Storage Device"
msgstr ""
#. the spacing is added to make the widget wider
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1303 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1370
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1296 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1363
msgid "&File System"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1304 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1371
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1297 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1364
msgid "Dire&ctory"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1309
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1302
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>USB Stick or Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the USB device on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2289,7 +2274,7 @@
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
#. 'auto' is a value in the combo box widget, do not translate it!
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1319 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1386
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1312 src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1379
msgid ""
"<p>The file system used on the device will be detected automatically\n"
"if you select file system 'auto'. If the detection fails or you\n"
@@ -2297,11 +2282,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. combobox title
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1362
msgid "&Disk Device"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1376
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1369
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Disk</b></big><br>\n"
"Select the disk on which the repository is located.\n"
@@ -2313,12 +2298,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1402
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1395
msgid "&Path to ISO Image"
msgstr ""
#. push button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1422
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1415
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Local ISO Image</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Path to ISO Image</b> to specify the path to the\n"
@@ -2326,71 +2311,71 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1603
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1596
msgid "Server &Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1607
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1600
msgid "&Port"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1612
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1605
msgid "&Share"
msgstr ""
#. checkbox label
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1625
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1618
msgid "ISO &Image"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1628
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1621
msgid "&Directory on Server"
msgstr ""
#. frame
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1626
msgid "Au&thentication"
msgstr ""
#. check box
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1640
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1633
msgid "&Anonymous"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1649
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1642
msgid "&Workgroup or Domain"
msgstr ""
#. text entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1651
msgid "&User Name"
msgstr ""
#. password entry
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1665
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1658
msgid "&Password"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1740
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1733
msgid "&FTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1736
msgid "H&TTP"
msgstr ""
#. radio button
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1750
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1743
msgid "HTT&PS"
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1924
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1917
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Server and Directory</b></big><br>\n"
"Use <b>Server Name</b> and <b>Path to Directory or ISO Image</b>\n"
@@ -2406,7 +2391,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text - server dialog, there is a "Port" widget
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1937
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1930
msgid ""
"<p>It is possible to set the <b>Port</b> number for a HTTP/HTTPS repository.\n"
"Leave it empty to use the default port.</p>\n"
@@ -2415,12 +2400,12 @@
#. Returns whether Community Repositories are defined in the control file.
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether defined
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1999
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:1992
msgid "I would like to install an additional Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2126
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2119
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Media Type</b></big><br>\n"
"The software repository can be located on CD, on a network server,\n"
@@ -2428,7 +2413,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2135
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2128
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"To add <b>CD</b> or <b>DVD</b>,\n"
@@ -2436,7 +2421,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2145
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2138
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The product CDs can be copied to the hard disk.\n"
@@ -2446,7 +2431,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help, continued
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2157
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2150
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Network installation requires a working network connection.\n"
@@ -2455,25 +2440,25 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2165
msgid "Select the media type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2178
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2171
msgid "Insert the add-on product CD"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2179
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2172
msgid "Insert the add-on product DVD"
msgstr ""
#. ask for a medium
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2197
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2190
msgid "No USB disk was detected."
msgstr ""
-#. use three slashes as third slash means path
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2403
+#. TODO: disable "download" option when CD or DVD source is selected
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2393
msgid ""
"<p><b>Download Files</b><br>\n"
"Each repository has description files which describe the content of the\n"
@@ -2484,19 +2469,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2623
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2613
msgid "Media Type"
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2647
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2637
msgid "Add On Product"
msgstr ""
#. Returns boolean whether user confirmed to abort the configuration
#.
#. @return [Boolean] whether to abort
-#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2678
+#: src/modules/SourceDialogs.rb:2668
msgid "URL scheme '%s' is not valid."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pam.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pam.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pam.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/pkg-bindings.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -45,12 +45,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:655
+#: src/Package.cc:658
msgid "The package cannot be selected to install."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/Package.cc:661
+#: src/Package.cc:664
msgid "The package is not available."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/printer.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/printer.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/printer.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -192,7 +192,7 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1098
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:97 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1101
#: src/include/printer/policies.rb:135
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:463
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:639
@@ -210,8 +210,8 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system
#. (i.e. a system which is not totally broken or totally messed up).
#. Remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf:
-#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:217
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1115 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
+#: src/include/printer/autoconfig.rb:115 src/include/printer/overview.rb:220
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1118 src/include/printer/policies.rb:153
#: src/include/printer/printingvianetwork.rb:478
#: src/include/printer/sharing.rb:657
msgid "Failed to remove the 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf"
@@ -336,7 +336,7 @@
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:371
#: src/include/printer/basicmodify.rb:899
#: src/include/printer/connectionwizard.rb:551
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
@@ -440,8 +440,8 @@
#. does not set a valid Printer::selected_connections_index so that the BasicAddDialog
#. does not preselect a connection so that the first connection in the list is preselected
#. (via Table widget fallback) which is still better than an arbitrary preselected entry:
-#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:590
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:676 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1150
+#: src/include/printer/basicadd.rb:337 src/include/printer/overview.rb:593
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:679 src/include/printer/overview.rb:1153
msgid "Nothing Selected"
msgstr ""
@@ -2573,56 +2573,56 @@
#. Authors: Johannes Meixner <jsmeix(a)suse.de>
#.
#. $Id: overview.ycp 29363 2006-03-24 08:20:43Z mzugec $
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:46
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:49
msgid "Show"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select local print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:52
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:55
msgid "&Local"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox to select remote print queues to be listed:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:59
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:62
msgid "&Remote"
msgstr ""
#. Where the queue configuration exists (local or remote):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:80
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
msgid "Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Print queue name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:83
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:86
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Location of the printer (e.g. second floor, room 2.3):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:89
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
msgid "Location"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Whether or not is is the default queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:92
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
msgid "Default"
msgstr ""
#. Header of a Table column with a list of print queues.
#. Queue status (accepting/rejecting and enabled/disabled):
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:95
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:98
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to refresh the list of print queues:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:107
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:110
msgid "Re&fresh List"
msgstr ""
#. PushButton label to print a test page:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:112
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:115
msgid "Print &Test Page"
msgstr ""
@@ -2632,7 +2632,7 @@
#. to check whether or not a local cupsd is accessible.
#. The command is shown here to the user (even if it is a bit technical)
#. to have him informed what goes on here and what he can do on his own.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:128
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:131
msgid ""
"A locally running CUPS daemon is required, but it seems to be not accessible.\n"
"Check with 'lpstat -h localhost -r' whether a local cupsd is accessible.\n"
@@ -2645,7 +2645,7 @@
#. By default the cupsd uses the official IPP port (631).
#. If not, the user must have intentionally and manually changed
#. the port setting for the cupsd in /etc/cups/cupsd.conf
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:140
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:143
msgid ""
"The CUPS daemon seems not to listen on the official IANA IPP port (631).\n"
"Check with 'netstat -nap | grep cupsd' where the cupsd actually listens.\n"
@@ -2660,76 +2660,76 @@
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:182
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:185
msgid ""
"Running several tests regarding CUPS server accessibility...\n"
"(this might take some time)"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:201
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:204
msgid "Do no longer use the inaccessible CUPS server '%1'?"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::YesNoHeadline body recommendation how to answer the headline question
#. where %1 will be replaced by the server name:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:207
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:210
msgid "To proceed, you should agree that '%1' will be no longer used."
msgstr ""
#. The 'ServerName' entry in /etc/cups/client.conf was removed
#. so that it is now no longer a real client-only config and
#. therefore the Printerlib::client_* values must be determined anew:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:223 src/include/printer/overview.rb:234
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:226 src/include/printer/overview.rb:237
msgid "A non-accessible server leads to an endless sequence of delays and failures."
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the CUPS server name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:253
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:256
msgid "CUPS Server %1"
msgstr ""
#. Busy message:
#. Body of a Popup::ShowFeedback:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:277
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:280
msgid "Testing if CUPS server is accessible..."
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when no queue was selected from the list:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:592 src/include/printer/overview.rb:678
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1152
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:595 src/include/printer/overview.rb:681
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1155
msgid "Select an entry."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:605
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:608
msgid "Cannot Delete"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:607
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:610
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be deleted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:614
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:617
msgid "Confirm Deletion"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:616
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:619
msgid ""
"The selected configuration would be deleted immediately and cannot be restored"
"."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:620
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:623
msgid "Delete configuration %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup before a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:622
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:625
msgid "Do not delete it"
msgstr ""
@@ -2740,33 +2740,33 @@
#. Nevertheless it is possible to delete a class with the YaST printer module
#. so that the user can get rid of a class which may have been created by accident
#. with whatever other setup tool:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:637
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:640
msgid "Confirm Deletion of a Class"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a confirmation popup before a class will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:639
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:642
msgid "A deleted class cannot be re-created with this tool."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:685
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:688
msgid "Rejecting Print Jobs"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when the queue rejects print jobs:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:687
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:690
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because print jobs are rejected."
msgstr ""
#. Do a refresh of the overview content to be on the safe side.
#. Perhaps the actual current queue state is no longer "rejecting".
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:697
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:700
msgid "Printout Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when printing is disabled for the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:699
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:702
msgid "The testpage cannot be printed because printout is disabled."
msgstr ""
@@ -2775,7 +2775,7 @@
#. the test above makes sure that the queue has printing enabled.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:728
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:731
msgid ""
"There are pending print jobs which might be deleted before the testpage is pri"
"nted."
@@ -2783,19 +2783,19 @@
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:748 src/include/printer/overview.rb:917
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:751 src/include/printer/overview.rb:920
msgid "Delete Pending Print Jobs For %1"
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:756
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
msgid "Delete them before printing testpage"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:759
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:762
msgid "Print testpage after the other jobs"
msgstr ""
@@ -2803,7 +2803,7 @@
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:772 src/include/printer/overview.rb:941
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:775 src/include/printer/overview.rb:944
msgid "Failed to delete all pending jobs for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2822,28 +2822,28 @@
#. + (Printed with CUPS) show
#. make it obvious that it is not a YaST testpage but a CUPS testpage
#. and it is now independent of the CUPS version.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:799
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:802
msgid "Test printout"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:801
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:804
msgid "Print one or two pages e.g. to test duplex printing"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'yes' (default) button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:803
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:806
msgid "Single test page"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion so called 'no' button label:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:805
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:808
msgid "Two test pages"
msgstr ""
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
#. Only a simple message because this error does not happen on a normal system.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:835
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:838
msgid "Failed to print testpage for %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2851,25 +2851,25 @@
#. there might be whatever reason (e.g. a remote queue might have been deleted in the meantime)
#. so that a refresh of the overview content is needed to be on the safe side.
#. Re-run the OverviewDialog (with re-created queue status) via the sequencer:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:852
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:855
msgid "Wait Until Testpage Printing Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion message regarding testpage printout result
#. where %1 will be replaced by the queue name.
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:856
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:859
msgid "Sent testpage to %1. Printing should start soon."
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'Yes' button label
#. regarding a positive testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:861
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
msgid "Testpage printout was successful"
msgstr ""
#. Popup::AnyQuestion 'No' button label
#. regarding a negative testpage printout result:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:864
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:867
msgid "Testpage printing failed"
msgstr ""
@@ -2889,55 +2889,55 @@
#. spit out zillions of sheets with nonsense characters.
#. When this command fails for whatever reason, it is a safe fallback
#. to assume that there are no pending jobs in the queue:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:897
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:900
msgid "There are pending print jobs which might be deleted now."
msgstr ""
#. 'Yes' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:925
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
msgid "Delete all pending jobs"
msgstr ""
#. 'No' button label of a confirmation popup
#. before all pending jobs in a queue will be deleted:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:928
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:931
msgid "Do not delete them"
msgstr ""
#. Ignore an effectively empty test_print_cups_error_log:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1043
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1046
msgid "For the full log, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1048
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1051
msgid "CUPS log information while processing the testpage for %1 (English only)"
msgstr ""
#. but the test_print_cups_error_log was effectively empty,
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1065
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1068
msgid "For CUPS log information, see the /var/log/cups/error_log file."
msgstr ""
#. show a very generic info to the user to show at least something:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1075
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1078
msgid ""
"When printing via a remote system fails, you may ask an admin of the remote sy"
"stem."
msgstr ""
#. PopupYesNoHeadline body:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1102
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1105
msgid "A remote CUPS server setting conflicts with adding a configuration."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1159
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1162
msgid "Cannot Modify"
msgstr ""
#. Body of a Popup::AnyMessage when a remote queue was selected to be modified:
-#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1161
+#: src/include/printer/overview.rb:1164
msgid "This is a remote configuration. Only local configurations can be modified."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/product-creator.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/proxy.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/rdp.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/rear.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/rear.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/rear.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -258,11 +258,11 @@
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Analyzing system"
+msgid "Reading rear settings"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:698
-msgid "Reading rear settings"
+msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/rear/ui.rb:699
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/registration.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/registration.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -54,7 +54,7 @@
#. dialog title
#. display and run a dialog for updating the current registration
#. @return [Symbol] user input
-#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:186
+#: src/clients/inst_scc.rb:189
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:104
#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:48
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:287
@@ -70,30 +70,30 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message: registration finished properly
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:201
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:204
msgid "Registration was successfull."
msgstr ""
#. remove possible duplicates
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:229
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:232
msgid "SLP discovery failed, no server found"
msgstr ""
#. download and install the specified SSL certificate to the system
#. @param url [String] URL of the certificate
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:247
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:250
msgid "Downloading SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:251
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:254
msgid "Importing SSL Certificate"
msgstr ""
#. %s is name of given product
#. then register the product(s)
#. %s is name of given product
-#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:326 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:281
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:311
+#: src/clients/scc_auto.rb:329 src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:283
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:316
msgid "Registering %s ..."
msgstr ""
@@ -231,28 +231,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:74
-msgid ""
-"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
-"Do you want to configure the network now?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:80
-msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error popup
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:85
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:76
msgid "Connection time out."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:93
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:84
msgid "Check that this system is known to the registration server."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: additional hint for an error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:99
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:90
msgid ""
"If you are upgrading from SLE11 make sure the SCC server\n"
"knows the old NCC registration. Synchronization from NCC to SCC\n"
@@ -268,39 +257,39 @@
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
#. Error popup
#. update the message when an old SMT server is found
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:113
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:118
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:121
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:128
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:179
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:182
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:104
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:109
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:112
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:119
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:170
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:173
msgid "Registration failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:123
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:114
msgid "Registration client error."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:125
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:116
msgid ""
"Registration server error.\n"
"Retry registration later."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:167
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:158
msgid "Received SSL Certificate does not match the expected certificate."
msgstr ""
#. %s are error details
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:197
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:188
msgid "Details: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: multiline error message - a SSL certificate has been
#. imported but the registration server still cannot be accessed securely,
#. user has to solve the certificate issue manually.
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:226
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:217
msgid ""
"A certificate has been already imported\n"
"but the server connection still cannot be trusted.\n"
@@ -310,23 +299,23 @@
msgstr ""
#. progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:238
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:229
msgid "Importing the SSL certificate"
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:239
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:230
msgid "Importing '%s' certificate..."
msgstr ""
#. try to use a translatable message first, if not found then use
#. the original error message from openSSL
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:260
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:251
msgid "Secure connection error: %s"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error message, %s is a server URL,
#. e.g. https://smt.example.com
-#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:270
msgid ""
"An old registration server was detected at\n"
"%s.\n"
@@ -334,6 +323,24 @@
"protocol is installed at the server."
msgstr ""
+#. FIXME: use a better message, this one has been reused after the text freeze
+#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:282
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
+msgid "Invalid URL."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Error popup
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:286
+msgid ""
+"Network is not configured, the registration server cannot be reached.\n"
+"Do you want to configure the network now?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/registration/connect_helpers.rb:292
+msgid "Network error, check the network configuration."
+msgstr ""
+
#. progress step title
#: src/lib/registration/finish_dialog.rb:35
msgid "Storing Registration Configuration..."
@@ -362,7 +369,7 @@
#. FIXME: reused an existing message due to text freeze
#. (later use a better text, it's system update actually...)
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:80
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:267
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:269
msgid "Registering the System..."
msgstr ""
@@ -371,14 +378,14 @@
#. updating registered addon/extension, %s is an extension name
#. TRANSLATORS: Progress label
#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:146
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:346
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:148
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:353
#: src/lib/registration/ui/migration_repos_workflow.rb:304
msgid "Updating to %s ..."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: progress label
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:163
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:165
msgid "Synchronizing Products..."
msgstr ""
@@ -388,34 +395,34 @@
#. @return [Array<Registration::Addon>] available addons
#. download the addons from SCC, let the user select addons to install
#. @return [Symbol] the user input
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:179
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_workflow.rb:106
msgid "Loading Available Extensions and Modules..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:191
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:193
msgid "Loading Migration Products..."
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:208
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:210
msgid "Register Extensions and Modules"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:212
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:214
msgid "<p>Extensions and Modules are being registered.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (1/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:237
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:239
msgid ""
"The registration server offers update repositories.\n"
"\n"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:241
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:243
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during installation\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -423,7 +430,7 @@
#. Yast::Mode.update
#. TRANSLATORS: updates popup question (2/2), multiline, max. ~60 chars/line
-#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:245
+#: src/lib/registration/registration_ui.rb:247
msgid ""
"Would you like to enable these repositories during upgrade\n"
"in order to receive the latest updates?"
@@ -454,7 +461,7 @@
#. error message
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:292
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:219 src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:293
msgid "Saving repository configuration failed."
msgstr ""
@@ -475,12 +482,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:279
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:280
msgid "Refreshing service '%s' failed."
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: %s is a product name
-#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:486
+#: src/lib/registration/sw_mgmt.rb:487
msgid ""
"Cannot find remote product %s.\n"
"The product cannot be registered."
@@ -682,7 +689,7 @@
#. handle nil specifically, it cannot be stored in XML profile
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_addon_dialog.rb:191
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:108
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:133
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:140
msgid "Registration &Code"
msgstr ""
@@ -712,7 +719,7 @@
#. part of the main dialog definition - the input fields
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
#: src/lib/registration/ui/autoyast_config_dialog.rb:106
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:131
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:138
msgid "&E-mail Address"
msgstr ""
@@ -784,14 +791,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:142
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:149
msgid ""
"Enter SUSE Customer Center credentials here to register the system to get upda"
"tes and extensions."
msgstr ""
#. Popup question: confirm skipping the registration
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:177
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:184
msgid ""
"If you do not register your system we will not be able\n"
"to grant you access to the update repositories.\n"
@@ -804,7 +811,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (1/2)
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:194
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:201
msgid ""
"Please enter a registration or evaluation code for this product and your\n"
"User Name/E-mail address from the SUSE Customer Center in the fields below.\n"
@@ -815,7 +822,7 @@
#. label text describing the registration (2/2),
#. not displayed in installed system
#. use \n to split to more lines if needed (use max. 76 chars/line)
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:206
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:213
msgid ""
"If you skip product registration now, remember to register after\n"
"installation has completed."
@@ -823,8 +830,8 @@
#. UI term for the network configuration button (or empty if not needed)
#. @return [Yast::Term] UI term
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:218
-msgid "Network Configuration..."
+#: src/lib/registration/ui/base_system_registration_dialog.rb:225
+msgid "Net&work Configuration..."
msgstr ""
#. SSL error message
@@ -883,11 +890,6 @@
"risk.</b></p>"
msgstr ""
-#. error message, the entered URL is not valid
-#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:67
-msgid "Invalid URL."
-msgstr ""
-
#. input field label
#: src/lib/registration/ui/local_server_dialog.rb:106
msgid "&Local Registration Server URL"
@@ -1104,10 +1106,10 @@
msgstr ""
#. ignore SUSE manager registration servers (bnc#894470)
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Searching..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:203
+#: src/lib/registration/url_helpers.rb:211
msgid "Looking up local registration servers..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/reipl.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -25,7 +25,7 @@
#. TRANSLATORS: part of a shutdown message
#. %1 is replaced with a device name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:64
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:66
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -37,7 +37,7 @@
#. %2 is replaced with a WWPN name
#. %3 is replaced with a LUN name
#. Newline at the end is required
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:83
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:85
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system\n"
@@ -46,7 +46,7 @@
"and LUN '%3'.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:97
+#: src/clients/reipl_bootloader_finish.rb:99
msgid ""
"\n"
"After shutdown, reload the system \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/relocation-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/s390.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/s390.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/s390.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -80,7 +80,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog contents
#. Initialization dialog contents
#: src/clients/s390-disk-controller.rb:103 src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:102
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:93
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:98
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
@@ -148,7 +148,9 @@
#. error popup message
#. error popup message
+#. error popup message
#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:225 src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:687
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:477
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr ""
@@ -272,7 +274,7 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:220
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:553 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:221
msgid "Invalid filter channel IDs."
msgstr ""
@@ -283,7 +285,7 @@
#. text entry
#. combo box
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:270
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:608 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:301
msgid "&Channel ID"
msgstr ""
@@ -306,13 +308,16 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:306
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:648 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:351
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:368 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:404
msgid "Not a valid channel ID."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:315
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/dialogs.rb:658 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:434
msgid "Device already exists."
msgstr ""
@@ -413,7 +418,7 @@
#. Initialization dialog caption
#. Initialization dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:91
+#: src/include/s390/dasd/wizards.rb:100 src/include/s390/zfcp/wizards.rb:96
msgid "Controller Configuration"
msgstr ""
@@ -1190,18 +1195,56 @@
msgid "LUN"
msgstr ""
+#. yes-no popup
+#. yes-no popup
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:238 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:391
+msgid ""
+"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n"
+"All changes will be lost."
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:248
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:259
msgid "Add New ZFCP Device"
msgstr ""
-#. yes-no popup
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:295
+#. push button
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:309
+msgid "Get WWPNs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combo box
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:312
+msgid "&WWPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. push button
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:319
+msgid "Get LUNs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. combobox
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:322
+msgid "&LUN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:325
msgid ""
-"Really leave the ZFCP device configuration without saving?\n"
-"All changes will be lost."
+"If no WWPN and no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_"
+"scan."
msgstr ""
+#. error popup
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:376 src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:413
+msgid "The entered WWPN is invalid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/dialogs.rb:421
+msgid "The entered LUN is invalid."
+msgstr ""
+
#. Read dialog help 1/2
#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
@@ -1237,11 +1280,11 @@
#. Disk selection dialog Warning
#. Disk selection dialog Warning
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:81
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:64 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:88
msgid "<h1>Warning</h1>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:82
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:65 src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:89
msgid ""
"<p>When accessing a ZFCP device\n"
"<b>READ</b>/<b>WRITE</b>, make sure that this access is exclusive.\n"
@@ -1252,20 +1295,30 @@
#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Add New ZFCP Device</big></b><br>\n"
-"Enter the <b>Channel ID</b> of the ZFCP controller.\n"
+"Enter the identifier of the device to add, the\n"
+"<b>Channel ID</b> of the ZFCP controller, the worldwide port number\n"
+"(<b>WWPN</b>) and the <b>LUN</b> number.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Disk add help 2/2, This is HTML, so finally "<devno>" is displayed as "<devno>"
-#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:76
+#: src/include/s390/zfcp/helps.rb:78
msgid ""
"<p>The <b>Channel ID</b> must be entered with lowercase letters in a sysfs con"
"forming\n"
"format 0.0.<devno>, such as <tt>0.0.5c51</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>The WWPN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value, su"
+"ch as\n"
+"<tt>0x5005076300c40e5a</tt>.</p>\n"
+"<p>The LUN must be entered with lowercase letters as a 16-digit hex value with"
+"\n"
+"all trailing zeros, such as <tt>0x52ca000000000000</tt>.</p><p>If no WWPN <b>a"
+"nd</b> no LUN have been defined the system is trying to use allow_lun_scan.</p"
+">"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:161
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:187 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:163
msgid "Running mkinitrd."
msgstr ""
@@ -1286,18 +1339,23 @@
#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:432
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:472 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:446
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:540
msgid "%1: sysfs not mounted."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is device identification
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:440
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:480 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:454
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:548
msgid "%1: Invalid status for <online>."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:488 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:462
msgid "%1: No device found for <ccwid>."
msgstr ""
@@ -1328,7 +1386,9 @@
#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
-#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:480
+#. error report, %1 is device identification, %2 is integer code
+#: src/modules/DASDController.rb:540 src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:518
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:596
msgid "%1: Unknown error %2."
msgstr ""
@@ -1625,42 +1685,77 @@
#. Create a textual summary and a list of configured devices
#. @return summary of the current configuration
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:292
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:304
msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:301
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:313
msgid "Channel ID: %1, WWPN: %2, LUN: %3, Device: %4"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: warning message
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:360
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:372
msgid ""
"Cannot evaluate ZFCP controllers (e.g. in LPAR).\n"
"You will have to set it manually."
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:378
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:391
msgid "Reading Configured ZFCP Devices"
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:448
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:470
+msgid "%1: WWPN invalid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:478
+msgid "%1: Could not activate WWPN for adapter %1."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:486
+msgid "%1: Could not activate ZFCP device."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:494
+msgid "%1: SCSI disk could not be deactivated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:502
+msgid "%1: LUN could not be unregistered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:510
+msgid "%1: WWPN could not be unregistered."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error report, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:556
msgid "%1: Device <ccwid> does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:456
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:564
msgid "%1: Module zfcp could not be loaded."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:464
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:572
msgid "%1: Adapter status could not be changed."
msgstr ""
#. error report, %1 is device identification
-#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:472
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:580
msgid "%1: WWPN ports still active."
msgstr ""
+
+#. message, %1 is device identification
+#: src/modules/ZFCPController.rb:588
+msgid "%1: This host adapter supports allow_lun_scan."
+msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-client.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -835,86 +835,86 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:947
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
msgid "PAM Login"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:953
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
msgid "Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary item
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:955
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:961
msgid "Do Not Use Kerberos"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:959
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:965
msgid "Default Realm"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:966
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:972
msgid "Default Domain"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:973
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:979
msgid "KDC Server Address"
msgstr ""
#. summary header
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:983
msgid "Clock Skew"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:993
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:999
msgid "<b>KDC Server</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:998
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
msgid "<b>Default Domain</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text, %1 is value
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1004
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
msgid "<b>Default Realm</b>: %1<br>"
msgstr ""
#. summary text (yes/no follows)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1010
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1016
msgid "<b>Kerberos Authentication Enabled</b>: %1"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1013 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1019 src/modules/Samba.rb:1112
msgid "Yes"
msgstr ""
#. summary value
#. translators: winbind status in summary
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1015 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1021 src/modules/Samba.rb:1114
msgid "No"
msgstr ""
#. summary line
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1022
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1028
msgid "Configuration Acquired via DNS"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1050
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1056
msgid ""
"Clock skew is invalid.\n"
"Try again.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup (wrong format of entered value)
-#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1053
+#: src/modules/Kerberos.rb:1059
msgid ""
"Lifetime is invalid.\n"
"Try again."
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -252,7 +252,7 @@
"the server configuration has been reloaded instead of restarted.\n"
"To confirm that all settings are applied despite possibly disconnecting the "
"users,\n"
-"run '/etc/init.d/smb restart' and '/etc/init.d/nmb restart'"
+"run 'systemctl restart smb' and 'systemctl restart nmb'"
msgstr ""
#. table entry description for smbpasswd-based SAM
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/samba-users.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/scanner.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/security.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/security.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/security.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -117,282 +117,247 @@
#. Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
#.
#. $Id$
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Unknown"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:67
msgid "Use magic SysRq keys"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:66
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Use secure file permissions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:69
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:71
msgid "Remote access to the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:74
msgid "Write back system time to the hardware clock"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:75
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:77
msgid "Always generate syslog message for cron scripts"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon in a chroot"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:81
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:83
msgid "Run the DHCP daemon as dhcp user"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:84
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:86
msgid "Remote root login in the display manager"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:87
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:89
msgid "Remote access to the X server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:92
msgid "Remote access to the email delivery subsystem"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:93
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:95
msgid "Restart services on update"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:96
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:98
msgid "Stop services on removal"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:99
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:101
msgid "Enable TCP syncookies"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:102
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
msgid "IPv4 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:103
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:105
msgid "IPv6 forwarding"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:104
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:106
msgid "Enable basic system services"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:109
msgid "Disable extra services"
msgstr ""
#. handle the special cases at first
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
msgid "Configure"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
msgid "Enabled"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:154
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:156
msgid "Disabled"
msgstr ""
#. table header
#. table header
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:180 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:409
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "Security Setting"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:181 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:410
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:183 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Status"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:182 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:411
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:184 src/include/security/dialogs.rb:413
msgid "Security Status"
msgstr ""
#. add one line for each security setting
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:318
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:320
msgid "Help"
msgstr ""
#. this is a separator between service names
#. e.g.: "postfix" + " or " + "sendmail"
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:361
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:363
msgid " or "
msgstr ""
#. richtext message: %1 = runlevel ("3" or "5"), %2 = list of services
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:368
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
msgid "<P>These basic system services are not enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:370
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:372
msgid "<P>All basic services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:378
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:380
msgid "<P>These extra services are enabled:<BR><B>%s</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:379
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
msgid "<P>Check the list of services and disable all unused services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:381
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:383
msgid "<P>Only basic system services are enabled.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:387
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. Overview dialog caption
#. params: input tree, parent, label, id
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:399 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:401 src/include/security/wizards.rb:49
msgid "Security Overview"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:424
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Change &Status"
msgstr ""
#. push button label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:427
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:429
msgid "&Description"
msgstr ""
#. update the current value
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:521
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:523
msgid "Analyzing system"
msgstr ""
#. Boot dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:575 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:589 src/include/security/wizards.rb:57
msgid "Boot Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:587
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:601
msgid "Boot Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:664 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:670 src/include/security/wizards.rb:60
msgid "Miscellaneous Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:744 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:750 src/include/security/wizards.rb:56
msgid "Password Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:753
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "Checks"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:768
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:774
msgid "Password Age"
msgstr ""
#. Popup text
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:846
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:852
msgid ""
"The minimum number of days cannot be larger\n"
"than the maximum."
msgstr ""
#. Popup text, %1 is number
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:863
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:869
msgid ""
"The minimum password length cannot be larger than the maximum.\n"
"The maximum password length for the selected encryption method is %1."
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog caption
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:895 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:901 src/include/security/wizards.rb:58
msgid "Login Settings"
msgstr ""
#. Frame label
-#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:904
+#: src/include/security/dialogs.rb:910
msgid "Login"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:41
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Initializing Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:43
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:45
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting the Initialization</big></b><br>\n"
"Safely abort the configuration utility by pressing <b>Abort</b> now.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:47
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Saving Security Configuration</big></b>\n"
"<br>Please wait...<br></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Write dialog help 2/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:51
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:53
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Aborting Saving</big></b><br>\n"
"Abort the save procedure by pressing <b>Abort</b>.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#. Boot dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:55
-msgid ""
-"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
-"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. Main dialog help 1/8
#: src/include/security/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
-"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
-"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
-"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
-"combination. Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
-"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
-"workstation and server.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:68
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
-"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from KDM.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Boot dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:72
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
-"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, use"
-"r on active console has such right.\n"
-"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication "
-"in all cases.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Main dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:78
-msgid ""
"<P><BIG><B>Configuring Local Security</B></BIG></P>\n"
"<p>Using predefined defaults, change the local security settings, which includ"
"e\n"
@@ -403,33 +368,33 @@
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 5/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:86
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:67
msgid ""
"<p><b>Workstation</b>: For a computer connected\n"
"to any type of network including the Internet.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 6/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:90
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:71
msgid ""
"<p><b>Roaming Device</b>: For a laptop, tablet or similar device\n"
"that connects to different networks.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:75
msgid ""
"<p><b>Network Server</b>: For a computer that provides\n"
"any type of service.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Main dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:98
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:79
msgid "<p><b>Custom Settings</b>: Create your own configuration.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 1/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:100
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:81
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Login Security</b></big></p>\n"
"<p>These login settings\n"
@@ -437,7 +402,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 2/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:106
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:87
msgid ""
"<p><b>Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt:</b>\n"
"It is advisable to wait some time after an incorrect login attempt to prevent\n"
@@ -448,7 +413,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 3/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:113
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:94
msgid ""
"<p><b>Record Successful Login Attempts:</b> Logging successful login\n"
"attempts is useful. It can warn you of unauthorized access to the\n"
@@ -457,7 +422,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Login dialog help 4/4
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:120
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:101
msgid ""
"<p><b>Allow Remote Graphical Login:</b> Checking this allows access\n"
"to a graphical login screen for this machine over the network. Remote access\n"
@@ -465,14 +430,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 1/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:126
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:107
msgid ""
"<p>These password settings\n"
"are mainly stored in the /etc/login.defs file.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 2/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:130
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:111
msgid ""
"<p><b>Check New Passwords</b>: It is wise to choose a password that\n"
"cannot be found in a dictionary and is not a name or other simple, common word"
@@ -481,7 +446,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:136
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:117
msgid ""
"<p><b>Minimum Acceptable Password Length:</b>\n"
"The minimum acceptable size for the new password reduced by the number\n"
@@ -492,7 +457,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 4/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:144
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:125
msgid ""
"<p><b>Passwords to Remember</b>:\n"
"Enter the number of user passwords to store and prevent the user from reusing."
@@ -501,12 +466,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5a/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:150
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:131
msgid "<p><b>Password Encryption Method:</b></p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5b/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:152
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:133
msgid ""
"<p><b>DES</b>, the Linux default method, works in all network environments,\n"
"but it restricts you to passwords no longer than eight characters. If you need"
@@ -515,28 +480,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5c/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:158
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:139
msgid ""
"<p><b>MD5</b> allows longer passwords and is supported by all current Linux \n"
"distributions, but not by other systems or old software.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 5d/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:162
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:143
msgid ""
"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method, using other algorithms "
"is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purpose.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 7/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:166
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:147
msgid ""
"<p><b>Password Age:</b> Set the minimum and\n"
"maximum number of days a password may be used.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Password dialog help 8/8
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:151
msgid ""
"<p><b>Days before Password Expires Warning</b>: This entry sets the\n"
"number of days users are warned before their passwords expire. The longer the\n"
@@ -544,28 +509,28 @@
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 1/2
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:176
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:157
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>User Security</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change various settings used to create users.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 2/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:180
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:161
msgid ""
"<p><b>User ID Limitations:</b>\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible user ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Adduser dialog help 3/3
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:165
msgid ""
"<p><b>Group ID Limitations</b>:\n"
"Set the minimum and maximum possible group ID.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 1/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:188
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:169
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>Other Security Settings</b></big></P>\n"
"<p>In this dialog, change miscellaneous settings related to local security.</p"
@@ -573,7 +538,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 2/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:192
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:173
msgid ""
"<p><b>File Permissions</b>: Settings for the permissions\n"
"of certain system files are set according to the data in /etc/permissions.secu"
@@ -594,7 +559,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 6/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:208
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:189
msgid ""
"<p><b>User Launching updatedb</b>: The program updatedb runs \n"
"once a day. It scans your entire file system and creates a database (locatedb)"
@@ -605,7 +570,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 10/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:216
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:197
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in root's Path</b> On a DOS system,\n"
"the system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current\n"
@@ -614,7 +579,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 11/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:223
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:204
msgid ""
"<p><b>Current Directory in the Path of Regular Users</b><br> A DOS\n"
"system first searches for executable files (programs) in the current directory"
@@ -624,7 +589,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 12/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:230
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:211
msgid ""
"<p>Some systems set up a work-around by adding the dot (\".\") to the\n"
"search path, enabling files in the current path to be found and executed.\n"
@@ -637,21 +602,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 13/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:239
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:220
msgid ""
"<p>\"yes\": the dot (\".\") is attached to the end of the search\n"
"path of root, making it the last to be searched.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:224
msgid ""
"<p>\"no\": the user root always must launch programs in the\n"
"current directory prefixed with a \"./\". Example: \"./configure\".</p>"
msgstr ""
#. Misc dialog help 14/14
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:228
msgid ""
"<p><b>Enable Magic SysRq Keys</b><br> If you check this option, you\n"
"will have some control over the system even if it crashes (for example, during"
@@ -660,32 +625,32 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:253
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:234
msgid ""
"<P><B>Security Overview</B><BR>This overview shows the most important security"
" settings.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:257
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:238
msgid "<P>To change the current value, click the link associated to the option.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. help text: security overview dialog 1/
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:242
msgid ""
"<P> A check mark in the <B>Security Status</B> column means that the current v"
"alue of the option is secure.</P>"
msgstr ""
#. an error message (rich text)
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:265
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:246
msgid ""
"<P><B>The current value could not be read. The service is probably not install"
"ed or the option is missing on the system.</B></P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:252
msgid ""
"<P>A display manager provides a graphical login screen and can be accessed\n"
"across the network by an X server running on another system if so\n"
@@ -699,7 +664,7 @@
"logins, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:281
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:262
msgid ""
"<P>Upon startup, the system time is being set from the hardware clock of the\n"
"computer. As a consequence, setting the hardware clock before shutting down is"
@@ -708,7 +673,7 @@
"correct log messages.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:287
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:268
msgid ""
"<P>Malfunctions in a system are usually detected by anomalies in its behaviour"
". Syslog messages about events that reoccur on a regular basis are important t"
@@ -717,14 +682,14 @@
"events are only useful if they are present.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:271
msgid ""
"<P>Chroot execution environments restrict a process to only access files that "
"it needs by placing them in a separate subdirectory and running the process wi"
"th a changed root (chroot) set to that directory.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:274
msgid ""
"<P>The DHCP client daemon should run as the user <EM>dhcpd</EM> to minimize a "
"possible threat if the service is found vulnerable to a weakness in its progra"
@@ -733,7 +698,7 @@
"ctive.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:296
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:277
msgid ""
"<P>Administrators should never log on as <EM>root</EM> into an X Window sessio"
"n to minimize the usage of the root privileges.</P><P>This option does not hel"
@@ -742,7 +707,7 @@
"ire the password.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:299
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:280
msgid ""
"<P>X Window clients, e.g. programs that open a window on your display, connect"
"\n"
@@ -759,7 +724,7 @@
"he encrypted ssh connection.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:309
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:290
msgid ""
"<P>The email delivery subsystem is always started. However, it does not expose"
"\n"
@@ -768,7 +733,7 @@
"TP protocol, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:312
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:293
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"updated, the service is restarted after the files in the package have been\n"
@@ -780,7 +745,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:322
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:303
msgid ""
"<P>If a package containing a service that is currently running is being\n"
"uninstalled, the service is stopped before the files of the package are\n"
@@ -792,7 +757,7 @@
"reason to do so.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:332
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:313
msgid ""
"<P>A system can be overwhelmed with numerous connection attempts so that the s"
"ystem runs out of memory, leading to a Denial of Service (DoS) vulnerability.<"
@@ -804,7 +769,7 @@
"ting is <EM>Enabled</EM>.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:335 src/include/security/helps.rb:339
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:316 src/include/security/helps.rb:320
msgid ""
"<P>IP forwarding means to pass on network packets that have been received, but"
" that are not destined for one of the system's configured network interfaces, "
@@ -813,39 +778,89 @@
"tionality, then disable this option.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:338
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:319
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv4</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:342
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:323
msgid "<P>This setting applies to <EM>IPv6</EM> only.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:343
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:324
msgid ""
"<P>Magic SysRq Keys enable some control over the system even if it crashes (e."
"g. during kernel debugging) or if the system does not respond.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:346
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:327
msgid ""
"<P>There are predefined file permissions in /etc/permissions.* files. The most"
" restrictive file permissions are defined 'secure' or 'paranoid' file.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:349
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:330
msgid ""
"<P>Basic system services must be enabled to provide system consistency and to "
"run the security-related services.</P>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/security/helps.rb:352
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:333
msgid ""
"<P>Every running service is a potential target of a security attack. Therefore"
" it is recommended to turn off all services which are not used by the system.<"
"/P>"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:341
+msgid ""
+"<p><b><big>Boot Security</big></b></p>\n"
+"<p>In this dialog, change various boot settings related to security.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is
+#. reboot)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:348
+msgid ""
+"Usually the system reboots. Sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: part of help text - default action (the default is halt)
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:355
+msgid ""
+"By default the system halts but sometimes it is desirable\n"
+"to ignore this event, for example, when the system serves as both\n"
+"workstation and server."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 2/4
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is help text - default action
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:364
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del</b>:\n"
+"Configure what the system should do in response to\n"
+"someone at the console pressing the CTRL + ALT + DEL key\n"
+"combination. %s</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 3/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:373
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Shutdown Behaviour of Login Manager</b>:\n"
+"Set who is allowed to shut down the machine from %s.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Boot dialog help 4/4
+#: src/include/security/helps.rb:377
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>Hibernate System</b>:\n"
+"Set the conditions for allowing users to hibernate the system. By default, use"
+"r on active console has such right.\n"
+"Other options are allowing the action to any user or requiring authentication "
+"in all cases.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. level name
#: src/include/security/levels.rb:54
msgid "Workstation"
@@ -903,163 +918,236 @@
"maximum."
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:100
-msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:105
+#. encoding: utf-8
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
+#.
+#.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
+#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
+#. Free Software Foundation.
+#.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
+#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
+#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
+#.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
+#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
+#.
+#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
+#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
+#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+#. * File: include/security/widgets.ycp
+#. * Module: Security configuration
+#. * Summary: Security widgets definitions
+#. * Authors: Michal Svec <msvec(a)suse.cz>
+#. *
+#. * $Id$
+#. *
+#. * This file contains the definitions of all widgets used by the
+#. * security module. They are all in one map (function) called
+#. * WIDGETS.
+#.
+#. <pre>
+#.
+#. The WIDGETS format:
+#. -------------------
+#.
+#. map WIDGETS = $[
+#. "Item unique ID" : $[
+#. "Widget" : "ComboBox",
+#. "Label" : "Item Label",
+#. "Options" : [ "option1", "option2", ... ],
+#. "Value" : "option2"
+#. ],
+#. ...
+#. ];
+#.
+#. The "Value" is the current value of this option and one from "Options".
+#.
+#. Particular "Options" can be either <string> or [ <string>, <string> ]. In the
+#. latter case, the first string is used as ID and the second is displayed. For
+#. example: [ "option1", ["option2",_("Option2 translation")], ... ].
+#.
+#. Possible "Widget" values so far: "ComboBox, CheckBox, TextEntry".
+#.
+#. Implementation:
+#. ---------------
+#.
+#. map2widget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" in the "WIDGETS" map
+#. - create the widget
+#.
+#. widget2value("ID")
+#. - query UI for the widget with `id(ID)
+#. - return its current value
+#.
+#. updatewidget("ID")
+#. - look up the "ID" and change its "Value" to the "val"
+#. - updates the WIDGETS map
+#. - called after start and after each subdialog [OK]
+#. - must check if the value is in "Options"! (TODO)
+#.
+#. processinput()
+#. - return true (OK) or false (abort, back, nil, help!, ...)
+#.
+#. </pre>
+#.
+#. *
+#. @return [Hash] all widgets
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:87
msgid "Ignore"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:107
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:88
msgid "Reboot"
msgstr ""
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:109
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:89
msgid "Halt"
msgstr ""
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:93
+msgid "Only root"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:94
+msgid "All Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:95
+msgid "Nobody"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. ComboBox label
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:117
+msgid "&Interpretation of Ctrl + Alt + Del"
+msgstr ""
+
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:116
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:126
msgid "Allow Remote &Graphical Login"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:122
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:132
msgid "&Magic SysRq Keys"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:125
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:135
msgid "Disable"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:127
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:137
msgid "Enable All Functions"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:134
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:144
msgid "&Delay after Incorrect Login Attempt"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:142 src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:152 src/include/security/widgets.rb:199
msgid "Maxim&um"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:148 src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:158 src/include/security/widgets.rb:212
msgid "M&inimum"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:154
-msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of KDM Login Manager:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "Only root"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:161
-msgid "All Users"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:163
-msgid "Nobody"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:170
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:164
msgid "System Hybernation"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:173
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:167
msgid "User on the active console"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:175
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:169
msgid "Anyone can hibernate"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:177
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:171
msgid "Authentication always required"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:184
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:178
msgid "P&assword Encryption Method"
msgstr ""
#. CheckBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:198
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:192
msgid "&Check New Passwords"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:211
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:205
msgid "Numb&er of Passwords to Remember"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:224
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:218
msgid "&Minimum Acceptable Password Length"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:232
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:226
msgid "&Days before Password Expires Warning"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:240
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:234
msgid "&File Permissions"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:243
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:237
msgid "Easy"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:245
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:239
msgid "Secure"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox value
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:247
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:241
msgid "Paranoid"
msgstr ""
#. ComboBox label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:254
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:248
msgid "&User Launching updatedb"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:255
msgid "Ma&ximum"
msgstr ""
#. IntField label
-#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:267
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:261
msgid "&Minimum"
msgstr ""
+#. ComboBox label
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s will be the configured display manager usually: GDM or KDM,
+#. but could be XDM,WDM,ENTRANCE,CONSOLE
+#: src/include/security/widgets.rb:277
+msgid "&Shutdown Behaviour of %s Login Manager:"
+msgstr ""
+
#: src/include/security/wizards.rb:53
msgid "Predefined Security Configurations"
msgstr ""
@@ -1075,61 +1163,61 @@
msgstr ""
#. Security read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:654
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:638
msgid "Saving Security Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 1/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:647
msgid "Write security settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 2/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:649
msgid "Write inittab settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 3/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:667
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:651
msgid "Write PAM settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress stage 4/4
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:669
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:653
msgid "Update system settings"
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 1/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:673
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:657
msgid "Writing security settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 2/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:675
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:659
msgid "Writing inittab settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 3/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:677
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:661
msgid "Writing PAM settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 4/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:679
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:663
msgid "Updating system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress step 5/5
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:681
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:665
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:791
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:754
msgid "Current Security Level: Custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. Summary text
-#: src/modules/Security.rb:795
+#: src/modules/Security.rb:758
msgid "Current Security Level: %1"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/services-manager.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/slp-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/snapper.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -17,294 +17,265 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
-#. encoding: utf-8
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. Copyright (c) 2006-2012 Novell, Inc. All Rights Reserved.
-#.
-#.
-#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it under
-#. the terms of version 2 of the GNU General Public License as published by the
-#. Free Software Foundation.
-#.
-#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful, but WITHOUT
-#. ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS
-#. FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the GNU General Public License for more details.
-#.
-#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License along with
-#. this program; if not, contact Novell, Inc.
-#.
-#. To contact Novell about this file by physical or electronic mail, you may find
-#. current contact information at www.novell.com.
-#. ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
-#. File: clients/snapper.ycp
-#. Package: Configuration of snapper
-#. Summary: Main file
-#. Authors: Jiri Suchomel <jsuchome(a)suse.cz>
-#.
-#. Main file for snapper configuration. Uses all other files.
-#: src/clients/snapper.rb:49
+#. The main ()
+#: src/clients/snapper.rb:53
msgid "Configuration of system snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:123 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:244
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:496
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:251
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:490
msgid "Description"
msgstr ""
#. text entry label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:130 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:290
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:136 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:297
msgid "User data"
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
#. text entry label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:138 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:295
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:144 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:302
msgid "Cleanup algorithm"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{num} is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:153
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{num}"
+#. popup label, %1 is number
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:158
+msgid "Modify Snapshot %1"
msgstr ""
-#. popup label, %{pre} and %{post} are numbers
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:159
-msgid "Modify Snapshot %{pre} and %{post}"
+#. popup label, %1, %2 are numbers (range)
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:166
+msgid "Modify Snapshots %1 - %2"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:161
-msgid "Pre (%{pre})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:169
+msgid "Pre (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:165
-msgid "Post (%{post})"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:173
+msgid "Post (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. popup label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:242
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:249
msgid "Create New Snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:255
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:262
msgid "Single snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
#. 0 means there's no post
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:264 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:442
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:271 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:435
msgid "Pre"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:274
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:281
msgid "Post, paired with:"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:350
-msgid "Really delete snapshot %{num}?"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:352
+msgid "Really delete snapshot '%1'?"
msgstr ""
-#. yes/no popup question
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:357
-msgid "Really delete snapshots %{pre} and %{post}?"
-msgstr ""
-
#. summary dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:372
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:365
msgid "Snapshots"
msgstr ""
#. generate list of snapshot table items
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:401
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:394
msgid "Single"
msgstr ""
#. pre canot be 0
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:426
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:419
msgid "Pre & Post"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:461
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:454
msgid "Reading list of snapshots..."
msgstr ""
#. combo box label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:481
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:475
msgid "Current Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. table header
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:492
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:486
msgid "ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Type"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:494
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:488
msgid "Start Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:495
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "End Date"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:491
msgid "User Data"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:503
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:497
msgid "Show Changes"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:506
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:500
msgid "Modify"
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:549
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:542
msgid ""
"This 'Pre' snapshot is not paired with any 'Post' one yet.\n"
"Showing differences is not possible."
msgstr ""
#. dialog caption
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:634
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:588
msgid "Selected Snapshot Overview"
msgstr ""
#. '%1: %2' means 'ID: description', adapt the order if necessary
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:666
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:626
msgid "%1: %2"
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:685
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:645
msgid "Calculating changed files..."
msgstr ""
#. busy popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:695
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:742
msgid "Calculating file modifications..."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:703
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:750
msgid "New file was created."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:707
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:754
msgid "File was removed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:759
msgid "File content was not changed."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:718
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
msgid "File does not exist in either snapshot."
msgstr ""
#. label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:724
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:771
msgid "File content was modified."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are file modes (like '-rw-r--r--')
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:734
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:781
msgid "File mode was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are user names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:796
msgid "File user ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. text label, %1, %2 are group names
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:765
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:812
msgid "File group ownership was changed from '%1' to '%2'."
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:782
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "R&estore from First"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:784
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:849
msgid "Restore"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:807
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:872
msgid "Res&tore from Second"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:844
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:909
msgid "Show the difference between snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label, snapshot selection will follow
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:856
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:921
msgid "Show the difference between current and selected snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:903
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:968
msgid "Show the difference between first and second snapshot"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:914
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:979
msgid "Show the difference between first snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. radio button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:925
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
msgid "Show the difference between second snapshot and current system"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:954
-msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1031
+msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:962
-msgid "Time of taking the first snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. label, date string will follow at the end of line
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:967
-msgid "Time of taking the second snapshot:"
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1044
+msgid "Time of taking the snapshot:"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:990
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1066
msgid "&Open"
msgstr ""
#. button label
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1036
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1112
msgid "Restore Selected"
msgstr ""
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1121
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1186
msgid ""
"Do you want to delete the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -315,7 +286,7 @@
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
#. yes/no question, %1 is file name, %2 is number
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1142 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1161
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1206 src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1224
msgid ""
"Do you want to copy the file\n"
"\n"
@@ -325,17 +296,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup message
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1187
-msgid "No file was selected for restoring."
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1259
+msgid "No file was selected for restoring"
msgstr ""
#. popup headline
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1197
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1264
msgid "Restoring files"
msgstr ""
#. popup message, %1 is snapshot number, %2 list of files
-#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1200
+#: src/include/snapper/dialogs.rb:1267
msgid ""
"<p>These files will be restored from snapshot '%1':</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -346,29 +317,29 @@
msgstr ""
#. Read dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:35
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:36
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Reading the list of snapshots</big></b><br>\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Summary dialog help:
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:39
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:40
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshots Configuration</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>The table shows a list of root filesystem snapshots. There are three types\n"
"of snapshots, <b>single</b>, <b>pre</b> and <b>post</b>. Single snapshots are\n"
"used for storing the file system state in a certain time, while Pre and Post a"
"re used to define the changes done by special operation performed between taki"
-"ng those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are paired together in the tabl"
-"e.</p>\n"
-"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot pair and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see the"
-"\n"
+"ng those two snapshots. Pre and Post snapshots are coupled together in the tab"
+"le.</p>\n"
+"<p>Select a snapshot or snapshot couple and click <b>Show Changes</b> to see t"
+"he\n"
"new file system changes in the specified snapshot.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:48
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:49
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -379,13 +350,13 @@
"</p>\n"
"<p>\n"
"When a file is selected in the tree, you see the changes done to it. By defaul"
-"t, changes between selected paired snapshots are shown, but it is possible to "
-"compare the file with different versions.\n"
+"t, changes between selected coupled snapshots are shown, but it is possible to"
+" compare the file with different versions.\n"
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
#. Show snapshot dialog help, alternative for single snapshots
-#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:58
+#: src/include/snapper/helps.rb:59
msgid ""
"<p><b><big>Snapshot Overview</big></b><p>\n"
"<p>\n"
@@ -399,98 +370,117 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#. Return Tree of files modified between given snapshots
-#. Map is recursively describing the filesystem structure; helps to build Tree widget contents
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:108
-msgid ""
-"Failed to get config:\n"
+#. popup error
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:91
+msgid "Snapshot '%1' was not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Return the path to given snapshot
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:129
+#. Initialize snapper agent
+#. Return true on success
+#. Delete existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Modify existing snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#. Create new snapshot
+#. Return true on success
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:236 src/modules/Snapper.rb:264
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:284 src/modules/Snapper.rb:303
+msgid "Reason not known."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:238
+msgid "Configuration not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:240
+msgid "Configuration is not valid."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:247
msgid ""
-"Failed to get snapshot mount point:\n"
+"Failed to initialize snapper library:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
-#. Create new snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:276
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:266
+msgid "Snapshot was not found."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:271
msgid ""
-"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
-#. Modify existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:291
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:289
msgid ""
"Failed to modify snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
msgstr ""
-#. Delete existing snapshot
-#. Return true on success
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:306
-msgid ""
-"Failed to delete snapshot:\n"
+msgid "Wrong snapshot type given."
msgstr ""
-#. Snapper read dialog caption
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:319
-msgid "Initializing Snapper"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:308
+msgid "'Pre' snapshot was not given."
msgstr ""
-#. Progress stage 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:324
-msgid "Read list of configurations"
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:310
+msgid "Given 'Pre' snapshot was not found."
msgstr ""
-#. Progress stage 2/2
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:316
+msgid ""
+"Failed to create new snapshot:\n"
+"%1"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Snapper read dialog caption
#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:326
-msgid "Read list of snapshots"
+msgid "Initializing Snapper"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress step 1/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:330
-msgid "Reading list of configurations"
+#. Progress stage 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:337
+msgid "Read the list of snapshots"
msgstr ""
-#. Progress step 2/2
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:332
-msgid "Reading list of snapshots"
+#. Progress step 1/3
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:341
+msgid "Reading the database..."
msgstr ""
#. Progress finished
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:334
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:343
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:344
-msgid "Querying snapper configurations failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:349
+#. error popup
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:352
msgid ""
"No snapper configurations exist. You have to create one or more\n"
"configurations to use yast2-snapper. The snapper command line\n"
"tool can be used to create configurations."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:359
-msgid "Querying snapper snapshots failed:"
-msgstr ""
-
#. label for log window
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:399
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:395
msgid "Restoring Files..."
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:428
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:424
msgid ""
"Deleted %1\n"
msgstr ""
#. log entry (%1 is file name)
-#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:481
+#: src/modules/Snapper.rb:477
msgid ""
"%1 skipped\n"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sound.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sound.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sound.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/squid.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/squid.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/squid.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sshd.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sshd.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sshd.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/storage.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/storage.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-09-28 18:17+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:58+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -144,7 +144,11 @@
msgid "Not enough space available to propose separate /home."
msgstr ""
-#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:295
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:283
+msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem. Cannot continue."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/clients/inst_disk_proposal.rb:304
msgid ""
"Computing this proposal will overwrite manual changes \n"
"done so far. Continue with computing proposal?"
@@ -760,7 +764,7 @@
#. Label text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/auto_part_ui.rb:341
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6245
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6250
msgid "Propose Separate &Home Partition"
msgstr ""
@@ -778,7 +782,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:251
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:244
msgid ""
"You have not assigned a root partition for\n"
"installation. This does not work. Assign the root mount point \"/\" to a\n"
@@ -788,7 +792,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:264
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:257
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to one of the following mount\n"
"points: /, /usr, /home, /opt or /var. This will very likely cause problems.\n"
@@ -798,7 +802,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:277
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:270
msgid ""
"You tried to mount a FAT partition to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -808,7 +812,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:291
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:284
msgid ""
"You have mounted a partition with Btrfs to the\n"
"mount point /boot. This will very likely cause problems. Use a Linux file\n"
@@ -819,7 +823,7 @@
#. A PReP/CHRP partition is not supposed to be mounted. So if we find any
#. other /boot partition, we should warn the user.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:305
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:298
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your system needs a boot partition with type 0x41 PReP/CHRP.\n"
@@ -829,7 +833,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a number
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:320
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:313
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition ends above cylinder %1.\n"
@@ -842,7 +846,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a size
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:333
msgid ""
"Warning:\n"
"Your boot partition is smaller than %1.\n"
@@ -852,7 +856,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. /////////////////////////// NO BOOT ///////////////////////////
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:357
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:350
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition of type bios_grub present.\n"
"Such a partition is recommended (required with Btrfs) when Grub2 is\n"
@@ -864,7 +868,7 @@
#. popup text
#. If the user chooses 'no' here, the system will not be able to
#. boot from the hard drive!
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:377
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:370
msgid ""
"Warning: There is no partition mounted as /boot.\n"
"To boot from your hard disk, a small /boot partition\n"
@@ -875,7 +879,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:396
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:389
msgid ""
"Warning: According to your setup, you intend to\n"
"boot your machine from the root partition (/), which, unfortunately,\n"
@@ -887,11 +891,11 @@
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:416
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:415
msgid ""
"Warning: Some subvolumes of the root filesystem are shadowed by\n"
"mount points of other filesystem. This could lead to problems.\n"
-"\n"
+"%s\n"
"Really use this setup?\n"
msgstr ""
@@ -989,53 +993,53 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a raid name e.g. md0
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:595
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:601
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:606
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:612
msgid ""
"The selected device belongs to a volume group (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the volume group before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %1 is replaced by a name e.g. system
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:616
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:622
msgid ""
"The selected device is used by volume (%1).\n"
"Remove the volume before editing it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text %2 is a device name, %1 is the raid name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:649
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:655
msgid ""
"The device (%2) belongs to the RAID (%1).\n"
"Remove it from the RAID before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 and %2 are device names
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:660
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:666
msgid ""
"The device (%2) is used by %1.\n"
"Remove %1 before deleting it.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:672
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:678
msgid "It cannot be deleted while mounted."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is a device name
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:714
msgid ""
"The device (%1) cannot be removed since it is a logical partition and \n"
"another logical partition with a higher number is in use.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:784
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:790
msgid ""
"The selected extended partition contains partitions which are currently mounte"
"d:\n"
@@ -1046,7 +1050,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate LVM.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:802
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:808
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one LVM partition\n"
@@ -1056,7 +1060,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text, Do not translate RAID.
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:813
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:819
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1066,7 +1070,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:824
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_check_generated.rb:830
msgid ""
"\n"
"The selected extended partition contains at least one partition\n"
@@ -1081,13 +1085,13 @@
#. label text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:74
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:768
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6372
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:806
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6378
msgid "Do not forget what you enter here!"
msgstr ""
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:78
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:771
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:809
msgid "Empty password allowed."
msgstr ""
@@ -1114,7 +1118,7 @@
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:136
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:796
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:834
msgid "&Enter a Password for your File System:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1125,7 +1129,7 @@
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:147
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:780 src/modules/Storage.rb:4002
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:818 src/modules/Storage.rb:4006
msgid "Reenter the Password for &Verification:"
msgstr ""
@@ -1145,7 +1149,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:196
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3958
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3962
msgid ""
"You did not enter a password.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1154,7 +1158,7 @@
#. popup text
#. popup text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:203
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3966
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3970
msgid ""
"The password must have at least %1 characters.\n"
"Try again.\n"
@@ -1454,7 +1458,7 @@
#. TRANSLATOR: checkbox text
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1592
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6226
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6231
msgid "Enable Snapshots"
msgstr ""
@@ -1469,17 +1473,17 @@
msgid "Empty subvolume name not allowed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1670
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1671
msgid ""
"Only subvolume names starting with \"%1\" currently allowed!\n"
"Automatically prepending \"%1\" to name of subvolume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1680
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1681
msgid "Subvolume name %1 already exists."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1709
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_dialogs.rb:1711
msgid "Modifications done so far in this dialog will be lost."
msgstr ""
@@ -1511,7 +1515,7 @@
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:87
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:708
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:746
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"This mount point corresponds to a temporary filesystem like /tmp or /var/tmp.\n"
@@ -1524,7 +1528,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:100
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:723
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:761
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"If you forget your password, you will lose access to the data on your file sys"
@@ -1538,7 +1542,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext, %1 is replaced by integer
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:114
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:775
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"You must distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have a"
@@ -1561,7 +1565,7 @@
#. help text, continued
#. helptext
#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_helptexts.rb:142
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:749
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:787
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Do not forget this password!\n"
@@ -1722,7 +1726,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. warning message, %1 is replaced by fs name (e.g. Ext3)
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:491
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:482
msgid ""
"\n"
"WARNING:\n"
@@ -1737,12 +1741,12 @@
#. //////////////////////////////////////////////
#. modify map new
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:919
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:946
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
msgid "The file system is currently mounted on %1."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:924
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:929
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now, continue without unmounting or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
@@ -1750,26 +1754,26 @@
#. button text
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:935
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:960
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:940
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:965
msgid "Unmount"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:951
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:956
msgid ""
"You can try to unmount it now or cancel.\n"
"Click Cancel unless you know exactly what you are doing."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:997
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1002
msgid "It is not possible to shrink the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1010
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1015
msgid "It is not possible to extend the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1021
+#: src/include/partitioning/custom_part_lib.rb:1026
msgid "It is not possible to resize the file system while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
@@ -2160,39 +2164,44 @@
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:55
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:56
+msgid "EFI Boot Partition"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. radio button text
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:64
msgid "Operating System"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:60
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:69
msgid "Data and ISV Applications"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:65
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:75
msgid "Swap"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:70
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:80
msgid "Raw Volume (unformatted)"
msgstr ""
#. heading for a frame in a dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:78
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:88
msgid "Role"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:120
msgid ""
"<p>First, choose whether the partition should be\n"
"formatted and the desired file system type.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:114
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:127
msgid ""
"<p>If you want to encrypt all data on the\n"
"volume, select <b>Encrypt Device</b>. Changing the encryption on an existing\n"
@@ -2200,54 +2209,54 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:124
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:137
msgid ""
"<p>Then, choose whether the partition should\n"
"be mounted and enter the mount point (/, /boot, /home, /var, etc.).</p>"
msgstr ""
#. set globals
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:309
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:337
msgid "Formatting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:317
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:345
msgid "Format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:328
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:356
msgid "Do not format partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:344
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:372
msgid "Do not mount partition"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:363
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:391
msgid "Mounting Options"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:371
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:399
msgid "Mount partition"
msgstr ""
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:377 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:405 src/modules/StorageFields.rb:144
msgid "Mount Point"
msgstr ""
#. button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:384
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:412
msgid "Fs&tab Options..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:558
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:596
msgid "Crypt files must be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:569
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:607
msgid ""
"You chose to create the crypt file, but did not specify\n"
"that it should be formatted. This does not make sense.\n"
@@ -2256,17 +2265,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:585
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:623
msgid "Crypt files require a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:599
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:637
msgid "Tmpfs requires a mount point."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:683
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:721
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"Keep in mind that this file system is only protected when it is not\n"
@@ -2276,7 +2285,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:696
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:734
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"The file system used for this volume is swap. You can leave the encryption \n"
@@ -2285,56 +2294,56 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:766
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:804
msgid "All data stored on the volume will be lost!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:789
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:827
msgid "Password"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:886
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:924
msgid "Resize not supported by underlying device."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:891
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:929
msgid ""
"\n"
"You cannot resize the selected partition because the file system\n"
"on this partition does not support resizing.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:915
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:953
msgid ""
"It is not possible to check whether a NTFS\n"
"can be resized while it is mounted."
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: Really?
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:934
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:972
msgid ""
"Partition %1 cannot be resized\n"
"because the filesystem seems to be inconsistent.\n"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:961
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:999
msgid "Resize Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. Heading for dialog
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:982
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1020
msgid "Resize Logical Volume %1"
msgstr ""
#. size_k + min_size_k could be > max_size_k
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1014
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1052
msgid "Current size: %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1026
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1064
msgid "Currently used: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -2342,8 +2351,8 @@
#. input field label
#. combo box label
#. Column header
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1039
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1076
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1077
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1114
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:256
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:118
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:559
@@ -2355,33 +2364,33 @@
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1049
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1087
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:242
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:535
msgid "Maximum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text, %1 is replaced by size
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1059
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1097
msgid "Minimum Size (%1)"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1068
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1106
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:251
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:568
msgid "Custom Size"
msgstr ""
#. help text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1102
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1140
msgid "<p>Choose new size.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
#. error popup, %1 and %2 are replaced by sizes
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1153
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1191
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:359
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:692
msgid "The size entered is invalid. Enter a size between %1 and %2."
@@ -2391,7 +2400,7 @@
#. after user tries to do that is stupid - in some cases
#. we can tell beforehand, thus user should never get to this
#. point (e.g. when the partition is mounted)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1196
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1234
msgid ""
"You are extending a mounted filesystem by %1 Gigabyte. \n"
"This may be quite slow and can take hours. You might possibly want \n"
@@ -2400,12 +2409,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. label for log view
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1272
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1310
msgid "Output of %1"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1299
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-dialogs.rb:1337
msgid "Rescanning disks..."
msgstr ""
@@ -2588,108 +2597,113 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:548
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:549
msgid "Add Partition on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:594
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:595
msgid "Edit Partition %1"
msgstr ""
#. error popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:627
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:628
msgid "No space to moved partition %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:637
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:638
msgid "Move partition %1 forward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:646
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:647
msgid "Move partition %1 backward?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replace with name of partition
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:665
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:666
msgid "Move partition %1?"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:667
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:668
msgid "Forward"
msgstr ""
#. radio button text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:669
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:670
msgid "Backward"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:725
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:726
msgid "Confirm Deleting of All Partitions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:727
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:728
msgid ""
"The disk \"%1\" contains at least one partition.\n"
"If you proceed, the following partitions will be deleted:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:732
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Really delete all partitions on \"%1\"?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:42
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:245
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:251
msgid "No hard disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51
+msgid "Cannot create partition table on LDL formatted DASD."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. error popup
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:51 src/modules/Storage.rb:5240
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:57 src/modules/Storage.rb:5250
msgid "The disk is in use and cannot be modified."
msgstr ""
#. dialog heading
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:86
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:92
msgid "Select new partition table type for %1."
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is be replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/sda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:111
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:117
msgid ""
"Really create new partition table on %1? This will delete all data\n"
"on %1 and all RAIDs and Volume Groups using partitions on %1."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:131
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:137
msgid "No disk selected."
msgstr ""
#. popup text
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:145
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:199
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:151
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:202
msgid "Really delete BIOS RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:159
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:165
msgid "Really delete Partitioned RAID %1?"
msgstr ""
#. error ppup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:176
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:182
msgid "There are no partitions to delete on this disk."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:229
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:235
msgid "It is not possible to create a partition on %1."
msgstr ""
@@ -2697,51 +2711,51 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#. error popup
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:321
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:370
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:426
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:483
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:327
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:376
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:432
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:489
msgid "No partition selected."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:334
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:340
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:345
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:351
msgid "An extended partition cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:387
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:393
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is already created on disk\n"
"and cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:398
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:404
msgid "An extended partition cannot be moved."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name, e.g. /dev/sdb1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:449
msgid ""
"The partition %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"resized. To resize %1, make sure it is not used."
msgstr ""
#. error popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:454
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:460
msgid "An extended partition cannot be resized."
msgstr ""
#. helptext
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:527
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:533
msgid ""
"<p>Select one or more (if available) hard disks\n"
"that will have the same partition layout as\n"
@@ -2751,50 +2765,50 @@
"partitions will be deleted.</p>\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:573
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:579
msgid ""
"The following partitions will be deleted\n"
"and all data on them will be lost:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:580
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:586
msgid "Really delete these partitions?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:596
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:602
msgid ""
"There are no partitions on this disk, but a clonable\n"
"disk must have at least one partition.\n"
"Create partitions before cloning the disk.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:609
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:615
msgid ""
"This disk cannot be cloned. There are no suitable\n"
"disks that could have the same partitioning layout."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:638
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:644
msgid "Clone partition layout of %1"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:648
msgid "Available target disks:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:670
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:676
msgid "Select a target disk for creating a clone"
msgstr ""
#. popup text, %1 is replaced by a dasd name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:751
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:757
msgid ""
"Running dasdfmt deletes all data on the disk.\n"
"Really execute dasdfmt on disk %1?\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:762
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-hd-lib.rb:768
msgid ""
"The disk is no longer marked for dasdfmt.\n"
"\n"
@@ -3028,50 +3042,50 @@
msgstr ""
#. Must be called before removing device.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:107
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:110
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by LVM"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:109
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:112
msgid ""
"The selected partition is used by volume group \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following volume group\n"
"and its logical volumes will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:117
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:120
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and volume group \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:127
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:130
msgid "Confirm Deleting Partition Used by RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:129
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:132
msgid ""
"The selected partition belongs to RAID \"%1\".\n"
"To keep the system in a consistent state, the following\n"
"RAID device will be deleted:\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:137
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:140
msgid "Delete partition \"%1\" and RAID \"%2\" now?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup text %1 is replaced by a disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:207
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:210
msgid "Really delete all partitions on %1?"
msgstr ""
#. ///////////////////////////////////////////////////
#. now delete partition!!
#. YesNo popup text, %1 is replaced by a device name e.g. /dev/hda1
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:259
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:262
msgid "Really delete %1?"
msgstr ""
#. YesNo popup. %1 is path to a file
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:273
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:276
msgid ""
"\n"
"Should the loop file %1 also be removed?\n"
@@ -3079,7 +3093,7 @@
#. Guarantee some minimal share (1%) of total graph width to the segment.
#. Prevents small partitions e.g. swaps from disappearing completely.
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:340
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:358
msgid "Unpartitioned"
msgstr ""
@@ -3087,31 +3101,31 @@
#. or the end of the disk if
#. 1. end +1th cyl is not the next one
#. 2. end cyl is not the same as the next one (yeah, partitions may share a cylinder)
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:443
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:461
msgid "Unallocated"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:482
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
msgid "<p>No changes to partitioning.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:484
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:502
msgid "<p>Changes to partitioning:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:487
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:505
msgid "<p>No changes to storage settings.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:489
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:507
msgid "<p>Storage settings:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:498
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:516
msgid "<p>Packages to install:</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:500
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lib.rb:518
msgid "<p>No packages need to be installed.</p>"
msgstr ""
@@ -3210,12 +3224,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:281
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:282
msgid "Add Crypt File"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:325
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-loop-dialogs.rb:326
msgid "Edit Crypt File %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -3513,12 +3527,12 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title, %1 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1028
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1029
msgid "Add Logical Volume on %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title - %1 is a logical volume name, %2 is a volume group
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1075
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-dialogs.rb:1076
msgid "Edit Logical Volume %1 on %2"
msgstr ""
@@ -3553,9 +3567,9 @@
#. error popup
#. error popup
#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:214
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:315
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:367
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:402
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:316
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:368
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:403
msgid "No logical volume selected."
msgstr ""
@@ -3565,14 +3579,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:326
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:327
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is a thin pool.\n"
"It cannot be edited."
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 is replace by partition device name e.g. /dev/system/root
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:337
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-lvm-lib.rb:338
msgid ""
"The volume %1 is in use. It cannot be\n"
"edited. To edit %1, make sure it is not used."
@@ -3924,17 +3938,17 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:642
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:643
msgid "Add RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:676
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:677
msgid "Resize RAID %1"
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:722
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-raid-dialogs.rb:723
msgid "Edit RAID %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -4198,7 +4212,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. dialog title
-#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:49
+#: src/include/partitioning/ep-tmpfs-dialogs.rb:50
msgid "Add tmpfs Mount"
msgstr ""
@@ -4956,39 +4970,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. this version makes some problems with interpreter, above lookup/add is OK
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:930
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:936
msgid ""
-"Operation not permitted on disk %1.\n"
+"Operation not permitted on disk %{device}.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:940
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:941
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The partitioning on your disk %1 is either not readable or not \n"
+"It's not supported by the partitioning tool parted to change\n"
+"the partition table on your disk %{device}\n"
+"(the disk is LDL formatted).\n"
+"\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
+"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add,\n"
+"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/hda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:953
+msgid ""
+"\n"
+"The partitioning on your disk %{device} is either not readable or not \n"
"supported by the partitioning tool parted used to change the\n"
"partition table.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partitions on disk %1 as they are or\n"
+"You can use the partitions on disk %{device} as they are or\n"
"format them and assign mount points, but you cannot add, edit, \n"
"resize, or remove partitions from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
-#. popup text %1 is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:958
+#. popup text %{device} is replaced by disk name e.g. /dev/dasda
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:965
msgid ""
"\n"
-"The disk %1 does not contain a partition table but for\n"
+"The disk %{device} does not contain a partition table but for\n"
"compatibility the kernel has automatically generated a\n"
"partition spanning almost the entire disk.\n"
"\n"
-"You can use the partition on disk %1 as it is or\n"
+"You can use the partition on disk %{device} as it is or\n"
"format it and assign a mount point, but you cannot resize\n"
"or remove the partition from that disk here.\n"
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:977
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:981
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -4998,7 +5025,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:989
+#: src/modules/Partitions.rb:991
msgid ""
"\n"
"\n"
@@ -5012,7 +5039,7 @@
#. @param integer testsize
#. @param [Symbol] used_fs
#. @param [Boolean] verbose
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:992
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:993
msgid "Resize Not Possible:"
msgstr ""
@@ -5025,7 +5052,7 @@
#. mark swap-partitions with pseudo Mountpoint swap in targetMap
#. @param [Hash{String => map}] target Disk map
#. @return [Hash{String => map}] modified target
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2692 src/modules/Storage.rb:3915
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:2696 src/modules/Storage.rb:3919
msgid ""
"Could not set encryption.\n"
"System error code is %1.\n"
@@ -5034,7 +5061,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3946
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3950
msgid ""
"The first and the second version\n"
"of the password do not match.\n"
@@ -5042,7 +5069,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3977
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:3981
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0..9, a..z, A..Z, and any of \"@#* ,.;:._-+=!$%&/|?{[()]}^\\<>\".\n"
@@ -5051,24 +5078,24 @@
#. Label: get password for encrypted volume
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4031
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4035
msgid "&Enter Encryption Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Clear password fields on every round.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4090
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4094
msgid "Provide Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4109
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4113
msgid "The following encrypted volumes are already available."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4124
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
msgid "Encrypted Volume Activation"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4128
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4132
msgid ""
"The following volumes contain an encryption signature but the \n"
"passwords are not yet known.\n"
@@ -5076,12 +5103,12 @@
"during an update or if they contain an encrypted LVM physical volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4140
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4144
msgid "Do you want to provide encryption passwords?"
msgstr ""
#. text in help field
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4197
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4201
msgid ""
"Enter encryption password for any of the\n"
"devices in the locked devices list.\n"
@@ -5089,97 +5116,97 @@
msgstr ""
#. header text
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4203
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4207
msgid "Enter Encryption Password"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4206
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4210
msgid "There are no encrypted volume to unlock."
msgstr ""
#. label text, multiple device names follow
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4219
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4223
msgid "Provide password for any of the following devices:"
msgstr ""
#. label text, one device name follows
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4222
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4226
msgid "Provide password for the following device:"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4235
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4239
msgid "Trying to unlock encrypted volumes..."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4259
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4263
msgid "Password did not unlock any volume."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4345
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4349
msgid "IDE Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4351
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4355
msgid "SCSI Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4357
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4361
msgid "Disk"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4385
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4389
msgid "DM RAID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4398
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4402
msgid "MD RAID"
msgstr ""
#. TODO: more informative error message, but the Package module does
#. not provide anything
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4893
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4897
msgid "Installing required packages failed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4894 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:4898 src/modules/StorageClients.rb:159
msgid "Continue despite the error?"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5252
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5262
msgid "Partitions cannot be created since other partitions on the disk are used."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5278
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5288
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5292
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5302
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be modified because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5321
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5331
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains activated swap\n"
"that is needed to run the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5330
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5340
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because it contains the installation\n"
"data needed to perform the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5359
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5369
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5187,7 +5214,7 @@
"the installation.\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5370
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5380
msgid ""
"\n"
"Device %1 cannot be removed because this would indirectly change\n"
@@ -5195,7 +5222,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. the check for verbose is needed for calls from StorageProposal (see bnc#871779)
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5392
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5402
msgid ""
"\n"
"Partition %1 cannot be removed since other partitions on the\n"
@@ -5203,18 +5230,18 @@
msgstr ""
#. FIXME: please, add description of the list that is returned by this function.
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5481
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5491
msgid "Nothing assigned as root filesystem!"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5482
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:5492
msgid "Installation will most certainly fail fatally!"
msgstr ""
#. Set rather than Add, there might be some packs left over
#. from previous 'MakeProposal' we don't need now
#. This also covers the case when AddPackagesList returns [] or nil
-#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6032
+#: src/modules/Storage.rb:6042
msgid "Adding the following resolvables failed: %1"
msgstr ""
@@ -5799,50 +5826,41 @@
#. enable snapshots for root volume if desired
#. penalty for not having separate /home
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4560 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5683
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:4579 src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:5702
msgid ""
"Resize impossible due to inconsistent file system. Try checking file system un"
"der Windows."
msgstr ""
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6179
-msgid "Create &LVM-based Proposal"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6194
-msgid "Encr&ypt Volume Group"
-msgstr ""
-
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6212
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6217
msgid "File System for Root Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: combobox label
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6259
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6264
msgid "File System for Home Partition"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: checkbox text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6277
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6282
msgid "Enlarge &Swap for Suspend"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6287
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6292
msgid "Proposal Settings"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6302
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6307
msgid ""
-"<p>To create an LVM-based proposal, choose the corresponding button. The\n"
-"LVM-based proposal can be encrypted.</p>\n"
+"<p>Choose <b>Partition-based Proposal</b> if you don't want to use LVM.\n"
+"Choose <b>LVM-based Proposal</b> for plain LVM and <b>Encrypted LVM-based\n"
+"Proposal</b> if you want your system to be encrypted.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6309
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6315
msgid ""
"<p>The filesystem for the root partition can be selected with the\n"
"corresponding combo box. With the filesystem BtrFS the proposal can\n"
@@ -5851,35 +5869,48 @@
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6318
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6324
msgid ""
"<p>The proposal can create a separate home partition. The filesystem for\n"
"the home partition can be selected with the corresponding combo box.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. TRANSLATORS: help text
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6325
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6331
msgid ""
"<p>The swap partition can be made large enough to be used to suspend\n"
"the system to disk in most cases.</p>"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6350
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6356
msgid "Enter your password for the proposal encryption."
msgstr ""
#. Label: get password for user root
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6357
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6363
msgid "Password:"
msgstr ""
#. Label: get same password again for verification
#. Please use newline if label is longer than 40 characters
-#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6368
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6374
msgid "Reenter the password for verification:"
msgstr ""
+#. Clear password fields on every round.
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6572
+msgid "&Partition-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6574
+msgid "&LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/StorageProposal.rb:6576
+msgid "&Encrypted LVM-based Proposal"
+msgstr ""
+
#. encoding: utf-8
#. Copyright (c) 2012 Novell, Inc.
#.
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/support.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/support.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/support.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -33,52 +33,52 @@
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:50
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:46
msgid "Supportconfig Overview Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:57
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:53
msgid "Open SUSE Support Center"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:62
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:58
msgid "This will start a browser connecting to the SUSE Support Center Portal."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:72
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:68
msgid "Open"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:83
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:79
msgid "Collect Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:88
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:84
msgid "This will create a tarball containing the collected log files."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:100
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:96
msgid "Create report tarball"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:108
msgid "Upload Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:116
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:112
msgid "This will upload the collected logs to the specified URL."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:123
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:119
msgid "Upload"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:153
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:149
msgid "Could not find any installed browser."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:163
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:159
msgid ""
"YaST will run a Web browser as superuser. Consider\n"
"running it as a non-provileged user and entering the URL\n"
@@ -86,184 +86,183 @@
"Start Web browser?\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:205
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:201
msgid "Supportconfig Upload Dialog"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:230
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:226
msgid "Save as"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:233
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:229
msgid "Directory to Save"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:243
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:239
msgid "Package with log files"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:257
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:253
msgid "Upload log files tarball to URL"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:259 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:760
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:255 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:756
msgid "Upload Target"
msgstr ""
#. }
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:331
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:327
msgid "Cannot write settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:347
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:343
msgid "Cannot write settings."
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:393
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:389
msgid "Choose Directory Where to Save Tarball"
msgstr ""
#. Support::log_files["tmp_dir"]=save_dir;
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:405
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:401
msgid "Choose Log Files Tarball File"
msgstr ""
#. Command line parameters dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:425
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:421
msgid "Supportconfig Parameters Configuration"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:430
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:426
msgid "Create a full file listing from '/'"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:435
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:431
msgid "Exclude detailed disk info and scans"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:440
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:436
msgid "Search root filesystem for eDirectory instances"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:445
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:441
msgid "Include full SLP service lists"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:450
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:446
msgid "Performs an rpm -V for each installed rpm"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:455
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:451
msgid "Include all log file lines, gather additional rotated logs"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure1 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:469
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:465
msgid "Use Defaults (ignore /etc/supportconfig.conf)"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:476
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:472
msgid "Activates all support functions"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:483
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:479
msgid "Only gather a minimum amount of info"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:491
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:487
msgid "Use Custom (Expert) Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:493
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:489
msgid "Expert Settings"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:499
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:495
msgid "Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support overview dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:588
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:584
msgid "Supportconfig Expert Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME table header
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:618
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:614
msgid "Default Options"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog caption
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:684
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:680
msgid "Supportconfig Contact Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Support configure2 dialog contents
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:689
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:685
msgid "Contact Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:694
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:690
msgid "Company"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:705
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:701
msgid "Email Address"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:712
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:708
msgid "Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:719
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:715
msgid "Phone Number"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:726
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:722
msgid "Store ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:737
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:733
msgid "Terminal ID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:748
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:744
msgid "GPG UID"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:755
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:751
msgid "Upload Information"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:774
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:770
msgid "11-digit service request number"
msgstr ""
#. abort?
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:851
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:847
msgid "The SR number must be 11 digits"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:869
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:865
msgid "Collecting Data"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:870
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:866
msgid "Progress"
msgstr ""
-#. Remove ANSI escape codes for cursor movement (bnc#921233)
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:939
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:931
msgid "Collected Data Review"
msgstr ""
#. FIXME use list of generated files, as well as directory prefix
#. `MultiLineEdit (`id (`file), `opt (`read_only), _("File Contents"))
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:986 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1034
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:978 src/include/support/dialogs.rb:1026
msgid "File Name"
msgstr ""
-#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:992
+#: src/include/support/dialogs.rb:984
msgid "Remove from Data"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/sysconfig.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tftp-server.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/timezone_db.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,7 +8,7 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
@@ -249,17 +249,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. time zone
-#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:93
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:882
msgid "Iceland"
msgstr ""
#. time zone
-#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:95
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:878
msgid "Azores"
msgstr ""
#. time zone
-#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97 timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:97
+#: timezone/src/data/timezone_raw.ycp:880
msgid "Canary Islands"
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tune.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tune.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/tune.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/update.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/update.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/update.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 17:00+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/users.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/users.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/users.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -128,566 +128,6 @@
msgid "Do not ask for missing data; return error instead."
msgstr ""
-#. caption for dialog "User Authentication Method"
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:115 src/clients/inst_user.rb:137
-msgid "User Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/3
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:118
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"<b>Authentication</b><br>\n"
-"Select the authentication method to use for users on your system.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 2/3
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 2/2
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:125 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:164
-msgid ""
-"<p>Select <b>Local</b> to authenticate users only by using the local files "
-"<i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. optional helptext 2.5/3 (local users continued)
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"If you have a previous installation or alternative system, it is possible to "
-"create users based on this source. To do so, select <b>Read User Data from a "
-"Previous Installation</b>. This option uses an existing or creates a new "
-"home directory for each user in the location specified for this installation."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select ldap user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:141
-msgid "&LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select nis user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:143
-msgid "N&IS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#. menubutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:145 src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
-msgid "&Samba"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select samba user auth.
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:147
-msgid "&Windows Domain"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. radiobutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:151 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:85
-msgid "L&ocal (/etc/passwd)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. radiobutton to select local user auth.
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:155 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:48
-msgid "eDirectory LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & samba & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:185
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data or if you want\n"
-"to authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. "
-"Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- nis & ldap avialable
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:195
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using a NIS or LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of "
-"your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- samba &ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:205
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data or if you want to\n"
-"authenticate users against an NT server, choose the appropriate value. Then\n"
-"press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext 3/3 -- only ldap available
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:215
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you are using an LDAP server to store user data, choose the\n"
-"appropriate value. Then press <b>Next</b> to continue with configuration of "
-"your client.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. helptext: additional kerberos support
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:225
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Set Up Kerberos Authentication</b> to configure Kerberos after "
-"configuring the user data source.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:240 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:102
-msgid "&Read User Data from a Previous Installation"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. button label
-#. button label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:245 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:107
-msgid "&Choose"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame title for authentication methods
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:295 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:136
-msgid "Authentication Method"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:303
-msgid "Set Up &Kerberos Authentication"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. selection box label
-#. selection box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:428 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:507
-msgid "&Select Users to Read"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. check box label
-#. check box label
-#: src/clients/inst_auth.rb:434 src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:515
-msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#. Title for root-password dialogue
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:88 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:57
-msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
-msgstr ""
-
-#. advise user to remember his new password
-#. advise users to remember their new password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:95 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:67
-msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#. Label: get password for user root
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:101 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:73
-msgid "&Password for root User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#. Label: get same password again for verification
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:109 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:81
-msgid "Con&firm Password"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry label
-#. text entry label
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:114 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:86
-msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. push button
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:119
-msgid "E&xpert Options..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:124 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:93
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
-"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
-"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
-"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
-"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#. help text, continued 2/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:137 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:106
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
-"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and "
-"numbers\n"
-"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"reenter it in a second field.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#. help text, continued 3/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:150 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:119
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
-"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
-"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or "
-"umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#. help text, continued 5/5
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:164 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:133
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:176 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:145
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %1 characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for 'test keyboard layout' entry'
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:187
-msgid ""
-"<p>To check whether your current keyboard layout is correct, try entering "
-"text into the <b>Test Keyboard Layout</b> field.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. report misspellings of the password
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two user password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#. The two group password information do not match
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:233 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:185
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:688 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
-msgid ""
-"The passwords do not match.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.rxgettext.pot (PACKAGE VERSION) #-#-#-#-#
-#. report if user forgot to enter a password
-#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
-#. error popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:243 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:191
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:749
-msgid ""
-"No password entered.\n"
-"Try again."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#. yes/no popup question, %1 is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:270 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:224
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %1 characters."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#. last part of message popup
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:285 src/clients/inst_root_first.rb:239
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:714 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269
-#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
-msgid "Really use this password?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Error msg (yes/no)
-#: src/clients/inst_root.rb:301
-msgid ""
-"The root password could not be set.\n"
-"You might not be able to log in.\n"
-"Try setting it again?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text (shown in the 'busy' situation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:144
-msgid "Initialization of module for configuration of authentication..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
-#: src/clients/inst_user.rb:171 src/clients/inst_user.rb:195
-#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
-msgid ""
-"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
-"Install it now?\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:89 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:53
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
-msgid "DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:91 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:55
-#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56
-msgid "MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:93 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:57
-msgid "SHA-256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. encryption type
-#. encryption type
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:95 src/clients/users_proposal.rb:59
-msgid "SHA-512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:143
-msgid "Password Encryption Type"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:149 src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
-msgid "&DES"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:151 src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
-msgid "&MD5"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:153 src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
-msgid "SHA-&256"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Radio button label: password encryption type
-#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:155 src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
-msgid "SHA-&512"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for dialog "User Authentication Method" 1/2
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:162
-msgid "<p><b>Authentication</b><br></p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:168
-msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Help text for password expert dialog
-#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:170 src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
-msgid ""
-"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other "
-"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. text entry
-#. text entry
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:223 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
-msgid "User's &Full Name"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. input field for login name
-#. input field for login name
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:230 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
-msgid "&Username"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:252 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
-msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:258 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
-msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. checkbox label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:261
-msgid "&Automatic Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. dialog caption
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:283
-msgid "Create New User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
-#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
-#. yes-no popup headline
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:342 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
-msgid "Empty User Login"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#. yes-no popup contents
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:344 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
-msgid ""
-"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
-"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
-"Leave it empty?"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. alternative help text 1/7
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:450 src/include/users/helps.rb:212
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
-"assign to this user account.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:453
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
-"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:457 src/include/users/helps.rb:73
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be "
-"between\n"
-" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
-"</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. additional help text about password
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:467
-msgid ""
-"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
-"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 4/4
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:472 src/include/users/helps.rb:90
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
-"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:476
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, "
-"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
-"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
-"doing.\n"
-"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
-"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
-"information.\n"
-"</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:482
-msgid ""
-"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same "
-"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. these are used only during installation time
-#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:485 src/include/users/helps.rb:259
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with "
-"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure "
-"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. help text for main add user dialog
-#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:489 src/include/users/helps.rb:264
-msgid ""
-"<p>\n"
-"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System "
-"Mail</b>.</p>\n"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. Dialog for expert user settings: authentication method as well
-#. as password encryption (see fate 302980)
-#. @return true if user accepted expert settings
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:573
-msgid "Expert Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:625
-msgid "The authentication method is local /etc/passwd."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:628
-msgid "The password encryption method is %s."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label, %s is a single user name or multiple usernames (comma separated)
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:635
-msgid "User %s will be imported."
-msgid_plural "Users %s will be imported."
-msgstr[0] ""
-msgstr[1] ""
-
-#. pushbutton label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:650
-msgid "&Change..."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. frame label
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:657
-msgid "Summary"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. yes/no popup question, %s is a number
-#: src/clients/inst_user_first.rb:709
-msgid ""
-"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
-"the password should have at least %s characters."
-msgstr ""
-
#. translators: command line help text for Users module
#: src/clients/users.rb:102
msgid "User configuration module"
@@ -809,11 +249,6 @@
msgid "New UID of the user"
msgstr ""
-#. progress step title
-#: src/clients/users_finish.rb:63
-msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
-msgstr ""
-
#. helptext 1/3
#: src/clients/users_plugin_ldap_all.rb:105
msgid ""
@@ -1079,93 +514,6 @@
msgid "Seconds"
msgstr ""
-#. authentication type
-#. type of user/group
-#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:42 src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
-msgid "LDAP"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#. richtext label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:44 src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
-msgid "NIS"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. authentication type
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:46
-msgid "Samba (Windows Domain)"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:69
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:74
-msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:81
-msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:93
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. % is LDAP/NIS etc.
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:102
-msgid "<%1>Authentication method<%2>: %3 and Kerberos."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, %3 are user names (comma separated)
-#. <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:116
-msgid "<%1>Users<%2> %3 selected for import"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line, <%1>,<%2> are HTML tags, %3 user name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:124
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 will be imported."
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:134
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
-#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:143
-msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. summary line
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:156
-msgid "Password Encryption Method: %1"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. rich text label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:170
-msgid "User Settings"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:173
-msgid "&User"
-msgstr ""
-
-#. menu button label
-#: src/clients/users_proposal.rb:175
-msgid "&Root Password"
-msgstr ""
-
#. password entering label
#: src/include/users/cmdline.rb:55
msgid "LDAP Server Password:"
@@ -1317,6 +665,22 @@
"enter the user's current password."
msgstr ""
+#. The two user password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#. report misspellings of the password
+#. The two group password information do not match
+#. error popup
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:146 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1247
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2364
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:193
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:470
+msgid ""
+"The passwords do not match.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
#. yes/no popup label, %1,%2 are file paths
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:344
msgid ""
@@ -1341,6 +705,13 @@
msgstr ""
#. text entry
+#. text entry
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:403
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:582
+msgid "User's &Full Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:411
msgid "&First Name"
msgstr ""
@@ -1355,11 +726,30 @@
msgid "For remote users, only additional group memberships can be changed."
msgstr ""
+#. input field for login name
+#. input field for login name
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:433
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:589
+msgid "&Username"
+msgstr ""
+
#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:446
+msgid "Receive S&ystem Mail"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:456
msgid "A&utomatic Login"
msgstr ""
+#. checkbox label
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:470
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:613
+msgid "U&se this password for system administrator"
+msgstr ""
+
#. check box label
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:480
msgid "D&isable User Login"
@@ -1527,6 +917,30 @@
msgid "Plu&g-Ins"
msgstr ""
+#. The user login field is empty, this is allowed if the
+#. system is part of a network with (e.g.) NIS user management.
+#. yes-no popup headline
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1112
+msgid "Empty User Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. yes-no popup contents
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1114
+msgid ""
+"Leaving the user name empty only makes sense\n"
+"in a network environment with an authentication server.\n"
+"Leave it empty?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. last part of message popup
+#. last part of message popup
+#. User can confirm using "invalid" password confirming all the errors
+#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1269 src/include/users/dialogs.rb:2391
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:212
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:482
+msgid "Really use this password?"
+msgstr ""
+
#. popup question
#: src/include/users/dialogs.rb:1308
msgid "Change home directory to %1?"
@@ -1615,6 +1029,20 @@
msgid "Group &Data"
msgstr ""
+#. encryption type
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:52 src/include/users/helps.rb:54
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:51
+msgid "DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. encryption type
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:56 src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:53
+msgid "MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/4
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:62
msgid ""
@@ -1625,6 +1053,25 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. help text 2/4 %1 is encryption type, %2,%3 numbers
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:73
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"With the current password encryption (%1), the password length should be "
+"between\n"
+" %2 and %3 characters.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 4/4
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:90 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:159
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"repeat it exactly in a second field. Do not forget your password.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Help text 0/6
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:103
msgid ""
@@ -1747,6 +1194,15 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. alternative help text 1/7
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:212 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:138
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Enter the <b>User's Full Name</b>, <b>Username</b>, and <b>Password</b> to\n"
+"assign to this user account.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 2/7
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:226
msgid ""
@@ -1776,6 +1232,24 @@
"</p>\n"
msgstr ""
+#. these are used only during installation time
+#. help text 4/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:259 src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:175
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The username and password created here are needed to log in and work with "
+"your Linux system. With <b>Automatic Login</b> enabled, the login procedure "
+"is skipped. This user is logged in automatically.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text 5/7 (only during installation)
+#: src/include/users/helps.rb:264
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Have mail for root forwarded to this user by checking <b>Receive System "
+"Mail</b>.</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 6/7 (only during installation)
#: src/include/users/helps.rb:269
msgid ""
@@ -2455,7 +1929,9 @@
msgstr ""
#. the type of user set
+#. New user is the default option
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:79
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
msgid "Local Users"
msgstr ""
@@ -2531,6 +2007,11 @@
msgstr ""
#. richtext label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:136
+msgid "NIS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. richtext label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:138
msgid "SSSD"
msgstr ""
@@ -2550,6 +2031,11 @@
msgid "&SSSD"
msgstr ""
+#. menubutton label
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:159
+msgid "&Samba"
+msgstr ""
+
#. tab header
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:168
msgid "&Users"
@@ -2666,6 +2152,13 @@
"</p>"
msgstr ""
+#. Help text for password expert dialog 4/5
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:491
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>SHA-512</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other "
+"algorithms is not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. Label
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:499
msgid "Password Encryption"
@@ -2676,6 +2169,26 @@
msgid "Encryption Type"
msgstr ""
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: DES-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:513
+msgid "&DES"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: MD5-crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:515
+msgid "&MD5"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha256 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:520
+msgid "SHA-&256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Radio buttons for password encryption: sha512 crypt
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:528
+msgid "SHA-&512"
+msgstr ""
+
#. help text 1/3
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:582
msgid ""
@@ -2940,6 +2453,12 @@
#. type of user/group
#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1365
+msgid "LDAP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. type of user/group
+#. (item of list with the headline 'Choose the type of user to add')
#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:1370
msgid "System"
msgstr ""
@@ -3219,6 +2738,13 @@
msgid "Package %1 is not available for installation."
msgstr ""
+#. popup label (%1 is package to install)
+#: src/include/users/widgets.rb:2450
+msgid ""
+"Package %1 is not installed.\n"
+"Install it now?\n"
+msgstr ""
+
#. dialog caption
#: src/include/users/wizards.rb:102
msgid "User and Group Administration"
@@ -3236,6 +2762,358 @@
msgid "Initializing..."
msgstr ""
+#. List of errors found for a given password
+#.
+#. The errors are localized and ready to be displayed to the user
+#.
+#. @param passwd [String] password to check
+#. @return [Array<String>] errors or empty array if no errors are found or
+#. validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:56
+msgid ""
+"If you intend to create certificates,\n"
+"the password should have at least %s characters."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Localized help text about CA constraints
+#.
+#. @return [String] html text or empty string if validation is disabled
+#: src/lib/users/ca_password_validator.rb:69
+msgid ""
+"<p>If you intend to use this password for creating certificates,\n"
+"it has to be at least %s characters long.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. @see Implements ::Installation::FinishClient#title
+#: src/lib/users/clients/users_finish.rb:55
+msgid "Writing Users Configuration..."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Copyright (c) 2016 SUSE LLC.
+#. All Rights Reserved.
+#. This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
+#. modify it under the terms of version 2 or 3 of the GNU General
+#. Public License as published by the Free Software Foundation.
+#. This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+#. but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+#. MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
+#. GNU General Public License for more details.
+#. You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
+#. along with this program; if not, contact SUSE LLC.
+#. To contact SUSE about this file by physical or electronic mail,
+#. you may find current contact information at www.suse.com
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:39
+msgid "<p>Choose a password encryption method for local and system users.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %s is the name of the recommended encryption method
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:41
+msgid ""
+"<p><b>%s</b> is the current standard hash method. Using other algorithms is "
+"not recommended unless needed for compatibility purposes.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Let's add some vertical space after each widget
+#. TRANSLATORS: rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/encryption_method.rb:72
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:63
+msgid "Password Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. advise users to remember their new password
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:70
+msgid "Do not forget what you enter here."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get password for user root
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:76
+msgid "&Password for root User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Label: get same password again for verification
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:84
+msgid "Con&firm Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. text entry label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:89
+msgid "&Test Keyboard Layout"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text ( explain what the user "root" is and does ) 1
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:99
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Unlike normal users of the system, who write texts, create\n"
+"graphics, or browse the Internet, the user \"root\" exists on\n"
+"every system and is called into action whenever\n"
+"administrative tasks need to be performed. Only log in as root\n"
+"when you need to be the system administrator.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 2
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:110
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Because the root user is equipped with extensive permissions, the password\n"
+"for \"root\" should be chosen carefully. A combination of letters and "
+"numbers\n"
+"is recommended. To ensure that the password was entered correctly,\n"
+"reenter it in a second field.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 3
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:120
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"All the rules for user passwords apply to the \"root\" password:\n"
+"Distinguish between uppercase and lowercase. A password should have at\n"
+"least 5 characters and, as a rule, not contain any accented letters or "
+"umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. help text, continued 4
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:131
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Do not forget this \"root\" password.\n"
+"</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Title for root-password dialogue
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:148
+msgid "Password for the System Administrator \"root\""
+msgstr ""
+
+#. #-#-#-#-# users.xgettext.pot #-#-#-#-#
+#. error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_root_first.rb:198 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:623
+msgid ""
+"No password entered.\n"
+"Try again."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. reenable suggestion
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:133
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Use one of the available options to add local users to the system.\n"
+"Local users are stored in <i>/etc/passwd</i> and <i>/etc/shadow</i>.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:137
+msgid "Create new user"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:141
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"When entering a password, distinguish between uppercase and\n"
+"lowercase. Passwords should not contain any accented characters or umlauts.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: %{min} and %{max} will be replaced by numbers
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:148
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"The password length should be between %{min}\n"
+" and %{max} characters.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:164
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"For the <b>Username</b> use only letters (no accented characters), digits, "
+"and <tt>._-</tt>.\n"
+"Do not use uppercase letters in this entry unless you know what you are "
+"doing.\n"
+"Usernames have stricter restrictions than passwords. You can redefine the\n"
+"restrictions in the /etc/login.defs file. Read its man page for "
+"information.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:171
+msgid ""
+"<p>Check <b>Use this password for system administrator</b> if the same "
+"password as entered for the first user should be used for root.</p>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:182
+msgid "Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:183
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"A previous Linux installation with local users has been detected.\n"
+"The information there can be used to create users in the system being "
+"installed.\n"
+"Use the <b>Choose Users</b> button to select some users. Their basic "
+"information will\n"
+"be imported.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:191
+msgid "Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:192
+msgid ""
+"<p>\n"
+"Sometimes root is the only needed local user, like in network environments\n"
+"with an authentication server. Select this option to proceed without "
+"creating\n"
+"a local user.\n"
+"</p>\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:274
+msgid "Local User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: Error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:329
+msgid ""
+"The new username cannot be blank.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: error popup
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:386
+msgid ""
+"No users from the previous installation were choosen.\n"
+"If you don't want to create a user now, select\n"
+"'Skip User Creation'."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:513
+msgid "&Create New User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:536
+msgid "&Import User Data from a Previous Installation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:546
+msgid "Choose Users"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: radio button
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:562
+msgid "&Skip User Creation"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. checkbox label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:618
+msgid "&Automatic Login"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:625
+msgid "No users selected"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/inst_user_first.rb:627
+msgid "%d user will be imported"
+msgid_plural "%d users will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. selection box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:58
+msgid "&Select Users to Read"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. check box label
+#: src/lib/users/dialogs/users_to_import.rb:66
+msgid "Select or Deselect &All"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:55
+msgid "SHA-256"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: encryption type
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_method.rb:57
+msgid "SHA-512"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:35
+msgid "Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: menu button label
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/encryption_proposal.rb:66 src/lib/users/proposal.rb:82
+msgid "Password &Encryption Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. rich text label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:75
+msgid "User Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:78
+msgid "&User"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. menu button label
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:80
+msgid "&Root Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:92
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:95
+msgid "<%1>Root Password<%2> not set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary label <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:104
+msgid "No <%1>user<%2> configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line, %d is the number of users
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:110
+msgid "<a href=%s>%d user</a> will be imported"
+msgid_plural "<a href=%s>%d users</a> will be imported"
+msgstr[0] ""
+msgstr[1] ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:118
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. summary line: <%1>-<%2> are HTML tags, leave untouched,
+#. %3 is full name, %4 login name
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:127
+msgid "<%1>User<%2> %3 (%4) configured"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. TRANSLATORS: summary line. Second %s is the name of the method
+#: src/lib/users/proposal.rb:141
+msgid "Password Encryption Method: <a href=%s>%s</a>"
+msgstr ""
+
#. User name for user: "root"
#: src/modules/UsersUI.rb:44
msgid "root"
@@ -3677,7 +3555,7 @@
#. Popup text: %1 is the file name (e.g. /etc/fstab),
#. %2 is the directory (e.g. /home),
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:740
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:716
msgid ""
"In %1, there is a mount point for the directory\n"
"%2, which is used as a default home directory for new\n"
@@ -3689,202 +3567,202 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:988
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:964
msgid "Multiple users satisfy the input conditions."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1566
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1542
msgid "Initializing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1549
msgid "Read the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1551
msgid "Read the default system settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1577
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1553
msgid "Read the configuration type"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1579
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1555
msgid "Read the user custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1581
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1557
msgid "Read users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1559
msgid "Build the cache structures"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1587
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1563
msgid "Reading the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1589
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1565
msgid "Reading the default system settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1591
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1567
msgid "Reading the configuration type..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1593
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1569
msgid "Reading custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1595
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1571
msgid "Reading users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1597
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1573
msgid "Building the cache structures..."
msgstr ""
#. final progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:1599 src/modules/Users.pm:4314
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:1575 src/modules/Users.pm:4290
msgid "Finished"
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2155
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2131
msgid "User does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:2407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:2383
msgid "Group does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. progress caption
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4252
msgid "Writing User and Group Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4285
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4261
msgid "Write LDAP users and groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4263
msgid "Write groups"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4289
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4265
msgid "Check for deleted users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4291
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4267
msgid "Write users"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4293
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4269
msgid "Write passwords"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4295
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4271
msgid "Write the custom settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4297
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4273
msgid "Write the default login settings"
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4300
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4276
msgid "Writing LDAP users and groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4302
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4278
msgid "Writing groups..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4304
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4280
msgid "Checking deleted users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4306
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4282
msgid "Writing users..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4308
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4284
msgid "Writing passwords..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4310
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4286
msgid "Writing the custom settings..."
msgstr ""
#. progress step label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4312
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4288
msgid "Writing the default login settings..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4397
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4373
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not read correctly, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4433 src/modules/Users.pm:4468
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4744
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4409 src/modules/Users.pm:4444
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4720
msgid "An error occurred while removing users."
msgstr ""
#. error popup (%s is a file name)
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4446 src/modules/Users.pm:4594
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4422 src/modules/Users.pm:4570
#, perl-format
msgid "File %s was not correctly read, so it will not be written."
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4583
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4559
msgid ""
"\n"
"Encryption support is not installed, home directories will NOT be encrypted."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4785 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4761 src/modules/YaPI/ADMINISTRATOR.pm:101
msgid "An error occurred while setting forwarding for root's mail."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4861
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4837
msgid "No UID is available for this type of user."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4892
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4868
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -3892,14 +3770,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4923
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4899
msgid ""
"The user ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4936
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4912
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -3908,7 +3786,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4951
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4927
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -3917,7 +3795,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4965
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4941
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected user ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -3925,14 +3803,14 @@
"Really change the user type to 'system'?"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:4999
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4975
msgid ""
"\n"
"The existing username might belong to a NIS or LDAP user.\n"
msgstr ""
#. error popup, %1 might be additional sentence ("The existing username...")
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5003
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:4979
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username. %1\n"
@@ -3940,14 +3818,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5033
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5009
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry cannot\n"
"contain a colon (:). Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5040
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5016
msgid ""
"The \"Additional User Information\" entry can consist\n"
"of up to three sections separated by commas.\n"
@@ -3955,7 +3833,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5103
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5079
msgid ""
"The home directory may only contain the following characters:\n"
"a-z, A-Z, 0-9, and _-/\n"
@@ -3963,7 +3841,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5126
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5102
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The directory %s is not writable.\n"
@@ -3971,14 +3849,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5137
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5113
msgid ""
"The home directory is used by another user.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup: user seleceted something strange as a home directory
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5179
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5155
msgid ""
"The path for the selected home directory already exists,\n"
"but it is not a directory.\n"
@@ -3986,7 +3864,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5190
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5166
msgid ""
"The home directory selected already exists.\n"
"Use it and change its owner?"
@@ -3994,7 +3872,7 @@
#. chown is not needed (#25200)
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5197
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5173
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected home directory (%s)\n"
@@ -4003,7 +3881,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. yes/no popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5206
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5182
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The home directory selected (%s)\n"
@@ -4013,19 +3891,19 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5234
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5210
msgid ""
"If you select a nonexistent shell, the user may be unable to log in.\n"
"Use this shell?"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5254
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5230
msgid "No GID is available for this type of group."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5287
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5263
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not allowed.\n"
@@ -4033,14 +3911,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5317
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5293
msgid ""
"The group ID entered is already in use.\n"
"Really use it?"
msgstr ""
#. popup question, %i are numbers
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5329
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5305
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is not from a range\n"
@@ -4049,7 +3927,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5344
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5320
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a local ID,\n"
@@ -4058,7 +3936,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5358
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5334
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The selected group ID is a system ID,\n"
@@ -4067,14 +3945,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5377
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5353
msgid ""
"No group name entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5394
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5370
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The group name must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4082,7 +3960,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5407
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5383
msgid ""
"The group name may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4091,20 +3969,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5415
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5391
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"group name and an existing group name.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5531
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5507
#, perl-format
msgid "User %s does not exist."
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5585
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5561
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users that use this group\n"
@@ -4112,7 +3990,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message: group cannot be deleted
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:5592
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:5568
msgid ""
"You cannot delete this group because\n"
"there are users in the group.\n"
@@ -4120,22 +3998,22 @@
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6603
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6581
msgid "<h3>Users</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6613
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6591
msgid "<h3>Groups</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary label
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6624
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6602
msgid "<h3>Login Settings</h3>"
msgstr ""
#. summary item, %1 is user name
-#: src/modules/Users.pm:6626
+#: src/modules/Users.pm:6604
msgid "User %1 configured for automatic login"
msgstr ""
@@ -4153,21 +4031,21 @@
msgstr ""
#. plugin name
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:122
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:124
msgid "Kerberos Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:133
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:135
msgid "No Kerberos Management for Groups"
msgstr ""
#. user plugin summary (table item)
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:136
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:138
msgid "Manage Kerberos Principials"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:260
+#: src/modules/UsersPluginKerberos.pm:262
msgid "Cannot execute kadmin.local."
msgstr ""
@@ -4284,7 +4162,7 @@
#. the ']' is or-ed...
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:505
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:379
msgid ""
"The password may only contain the following characters:\n"
"0-9, a-z, A-Z, and any of \"`~!@#$%^&* ,.;:._-+/|?='{[(<>)]}\\\".\n"
@@ -4292,7 +4170,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. help text (default part shown in more places)
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:540
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:414
msgid ""
"<p>\n"
"For the password, use only characters that can be found on an English "
@@ -4303,7 +4181,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:620
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:494
msgid ""
"The user's full name cannot contain\n"
"\":\" or \",\" characters.\n"
@@ -4311,37 +4189,37 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:647
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:521
msgid "You have used the group name as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:650
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:524
msgid "You have used the username as a part of the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:659
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:533
msgid "You have used only lowercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:667
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:541
msgid "You have used only uppercase letters for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:674
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:548
msgid "You have used a palindrome for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:682
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:556
msgid "You have used only digits for the password."
msgstr ""
#. popup question
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:704
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:578
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too long for the current encryption method.\n"
@@ -4349,7 +4227,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:791
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:665
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The password is too simple:\n"
@@ -4357,20 +4235,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. popup error, %i is number
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:805
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:679
#, perl-format
msgid "The password should have at least %i characters."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:826
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:700
msgid ""
"No username entered.\n"
"Try again."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:836
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:710
#, perl-format
msgid ""
"The username must be between %i and %i characters in length.\n"
@@ -4378,7 +4256,7 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:865
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:739
msgid ""
"The username may contain only\n"
"letters, digits, \"-\", \".\", and \"_\"\n"
@@ -4387,22 +4265,20 @@
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:886
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:760
msgid ""
"There is a conflict between the entered\n"
"username and an existing username.\n"
"Try another one."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1179 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1294
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:982
msgid "Retrieving %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
-#. busy popup message, %1 is package name
#. busy popup message
-#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1277 src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:1308
+#: src/modules/UsersSimple.pm:996
msgid "Releasing %1 extension..."
msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/vm.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/vm.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/vm.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
@@ -29,14 +29,14 @@
msgstr ""
#. check for kernel-bigsmp
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:158
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:157
msgid ""
"x86_64 is the only supported architecture for hosting virtual machines. Your a"
"rchitecture is "
msgstr ""
#. we are already in UML, nested virtual machine is not supported
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:177
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:176
msgid ""
"Virtual machine installation cannot be started inside the UML machine.\n"
"Start installation in the host system.\n"
@@ -44,29 +44,29 @@
#. progress stage 1/2
#. Generate a pop dialog to allow user selection of Xen or KVM
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:194 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:282
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:193 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:281
msgid "Verify Installed Packages"
msgstr ""
#. progress stage 2/2
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:196
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:195
msgid "Network Bridge Configuration"
msgstr ""
#. Headline for management domain installation
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:211
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:210
msgid "Configuring the VM Server (domain 0)"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 1/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:214
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:213
msgid ""
"<p><big><b>VM Server Configuration</b></big></p><p>Configuration of the VM Ser"
"ver (domain 0) has two parts.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 2/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:218
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:217
msgid ""
"<p>The required packages are installed into the system first. Then the boot lo"
"ader is switched to GRUB (if not already used) and the Xen section is added to"
@@ -74,134 +74,134 @@
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 3/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:222
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:221
msgid ""
"<p>GRUB is needed because it supports the multiboot standard required to boot "
"Xen and the Linux kernel.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. xen domain0 installation help text - 4/4
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:226
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:225
msgid ""
"<p>When the configuration has finished successfully, you can boot the VM Serve"
"r from the boot loader menu.</p>"
msgstr ""
#. error popup
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:231
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:230
msgid "The installation will be aborted."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:234
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:233
msgid "Choose Hypervisor(s) to install"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:236
msgid "Server: Minimal system to get a running Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:238
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:237
msgid "Tools: Configure, manage and monitor virtual machines"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:251
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:250
msgid "KVM Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:252
msgid "KVM server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:254
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:253
msgid "KVM tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:259
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:258
msgid "libvirt LXC containers"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:261
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:260
msgid "libvirt LXC daemon"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:289
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:288
msgid "Software to connect to Virtualization server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:291
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:290
msgid "Virtualization client tools"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:307
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:306
msgid "Xen Hypervisor"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:308
msgid "Xen server"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:310
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:309
msgid "Xen tools"
msgstr ""
#. SLED doesn't have any installation capabilities (L3 support)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:388
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:387
msgid ""
"Package installation failed\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:396
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:395
msgid ""
"Package installation failed for lxc\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:403
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:402
msgid ""
"Package installation failed for sled client pattern\n"
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:413
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:412
msgid ""
"Package installation failed for sles patterns\n"
msgstr ""
#. Assume python gtk is installed. If in text mode we don't care
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:426
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:425
msgid "Running in text mode. Install graphical components anyway?"
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - check whether Xen packages are installed
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:439
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:438
msgid "Checking packages..."
msgstr ""
#. progressbar title - install the required packages
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:442
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:441
msgid "Installing packages..."
msgstr ""
#. error popup
#. Now see if they really were installed (bnc#508347)
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:447 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:454
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:446 src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:453
msgid "Cannot install required packages."
msgstr ""
#. If grub2 is the bootloader and we succesfully installed Xen, update the grub2 files
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:464
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:463
msgid "Updating grub2 configuration files..."
msgstr ""
#. Default Bridge stage
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:484
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:477
msgid "Configuring Default Network Bridge..."
msgstr ""
#. Popup yes/no dialog
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:505
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:498
msgid "Network Bridge."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:506
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:499
msgid ""
"<p>For normal network configurations hosting virtual machines, a network bridg"
"e is recommended.</p><p>Configure a default network bridge?</p>"
@@ -216,30 +216,30 @@
#. Report::Error(_("Failed to configure the firewall to allow the Xen bridge") + "\n" + abortmsg);
#. return false;
#. }
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:567
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:568
msgid "KVM components are installed. Your host is ready to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:570
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:571
msgid ""
"KVM components are installed. Reboot the machine and select the native kernel "
"in the boot loader menu to install KVM guests."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:573
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:574
msgid ""
"For installing Xen guests, reboot the machine and select the Xen section in th"
"e boot loader menu."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:576
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
msgid "Xen Hypervisor and tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:577
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
msgid "Virtualization client tools are installed."
msgstr ""
-#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:578
+#: src/modules/VirtConfig.rb:579
msgid "Libvirt LXC components are installed."
msgstr ""
Added: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot (rev 0)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/vpn.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -0,0 +1,529 @@
+# SOME DESCRIPTIVE TITLE.
+# Copyright (C) YEAR SuSE Linux Products GmbH, Nuernberg
+# This file is distributed under the same license as the PACKAGE package.
+# FIRST AUTHOR <EMAIL@ADDRESS>, YEAR.
+#
+#, fuzzy
+msgid ""
+msgstr ""
+"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
+"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
+"Language: \n"
+"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
+"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
+"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
+
+#. Manage VPN client secrets.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:56
+msgid "Pre-shared key for gateways"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Gateway IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:57
+msgid "Pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:59 src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:63
+msgid "Set"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:60 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:188
+msgid "Show key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:61
+msgid "Certificate/key pair for gateways"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:62
+msgid "Key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Make sure that tables are filled, then save all settings.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:121
+msgid ""
+"Shared keys for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:127
+msgid ""
+"Certificates for the following gateways are still missing:\n"
+"%s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Load PSKs
+#. Reload gateway PSK text input.
+#. Load XAuth
+#. Load EAP
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_client_secrets.rb:140 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:224
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:233 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:239
+msgid "(hidden)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Remove the selected EAP user.
+#. Remove the selected XAuth user.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:120 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:141
+msgid "Please select a user to delete."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Save PSK and certificate settings. Note that XAUTH and EAP user lists are already saved.
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:154
+msgid "A pre-shared key is mandatory. Please enter a pre-shared key."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:166
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file path and key file path."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Event handlers
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:175 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:180 src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:69
+msgid "Pick a PEM encoded certificate key file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:186
+msgid "Gateway pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:192
+msgid "Gateway certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:194
+msgid "Path to certificate file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:195 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:198
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:50
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:53
+msgid "Pick.."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:197
+msgid "Path to certificate key file"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:202
+msgid "User credentials for Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+msgid "Username"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:203 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:212
+msgid "Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:205 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:214
+msgid "Add"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:206 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:215
+msgid "Delete"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:207 src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:216
+msgid "Show Password"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/edit_gw_secrets.rb:211
+msgid "User credentials for Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return a user-friendly brief description of the connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:199
+msgid "Gateway - PSK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:201
+msgid "Gateway - Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:203
+msgid "Gateway - Mobile clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:205
+msgid "Gateway - Windows clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:207
+msgid "Client - PSK"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:209
+msgid "Client - Certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Load parameters from connections of known scenarios
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:239
+msgid ""
+"ipsec.conf and ipsec.secrets have been manipulated outside of this module.\n"
+"Continue using the module will remove your customisation."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create a new connection, by default it is a site-to-site client. Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:310
+msgid "The connection name is already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Find an unused gateway scenario
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:327
+msgid ""
+"You may only have one gateway connection per scenario.\n"
+"All of gateway scenarios are already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Warn against duplicated configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:344
+msgid ""
+"The scenario is already configured with another gateway.\n"
+"You may not have two gateways operating under one scenario."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create the user (:xauth or :eap). Return true if successful.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:442
+msgid "The user name is already used."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Set client certificate/key for a connection to remote gateway. Return true if successful, otherwise false.
+#: src/lib/vpn/ipsec.rb:506
+msgid "Cannot find a matching client connection."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render global options, connection list, and connection configuration frames.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:60
+msgid "VPN Gateway and Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Left side: global config & connection management
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:66
+msgid "Global Configuration"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:68
+msgid "Enable VPN daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:70
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:73
+msgid "All VPNs"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "New VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:77
+msgid "Delete VPN"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:79
+msgid "View Connection Status"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Event handlers
+#. Display a help text to let user know why reducing MSS is sometimes necessary.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:103
+msgid ""
+"If VPN clients have trouble accessing certain Internet sites, it is possible t"
+"hat the affected hosts prevent automatic MTU (maximum transmission unit) disco"
+"very due to incorrect firewall configuration.\n"
+"Reducing TCP-MSS will correct the situation; however, the available bandwidth "
+"will be reduced by about 10%."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Delete the chosen VPN connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:124
+msgid "Delete connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:125
+msgid "Are you sure to delete connection "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Check for incomplete configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:144
+msgid ""
+"Please complete configuration for the following connections:\n"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Consider enabling the daemon
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:151
+msgid ""
+"There are VPN connections but the daemon is not enabled.\n"
+"Would you like to enable the VPN daemon?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask user whether he wants to view daemon log
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:172
+msgid "Settings have been successfully applied."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:174
+msgid "Failed to configure IPSec daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:177
+msgid "Would you like to view daemon log and connection status?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Open dialog to edit VPN client passwords/certificates.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:289
+msgid "Please enter gateway IP before editing credentials."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render a table of configured gateway and client connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Name"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:365
+msgid "Description"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Render configuration controls for the chosen connection.
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:380
+msgid "Click 'New VPN' to create a gateway or client."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Make widgets for connection configuration
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:390
+msgid "All IPv4 networks (0.0.0.0/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:391
+msgid "All IPv6 networks (::/0)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:393
+msgid "Limited CIDRs, comma separated:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:399
+msgid "Connection name: "
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:400
+msgid "Type"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:402
+msgid "Gateway (Server)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:403
+msgid "Client"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:410
+msgid "The scenario is"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:412
+msgid "Secure communication with a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:413
+msgid "Secure communication with a certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:414
+msgid "Provide access to Android, iOS, MacOS X clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:415
+msgid "Provide access to Windows 7, Windows 8 clients"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:417 src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:431
+msgid "Edit Credentials"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:420
+msgid "Provide VPN clients access to"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:421
+msgid "Clients' address pool (e.g. 192.168.100.0/24)"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:425
+msgid "The gateway requires authentication"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:427
+msgid "By a pre-shared key"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:428
+msgid "By a certificate"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:430
+msgid "VPN gateway IP"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/main_dialog.rb:434
+msgid "Use the VPN tunnel to access"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. They are however allowed in password
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:64
+msgid "Please enter both username and password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_user_dialog.rb:68
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the username.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Create a new VPN connection - by default it is a site-to-site gateway.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:46
+msgid "Please enter a name for the new VPN connection"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return :ok if new VPN connection is created, otherwise :cancel.
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:58
+msgid "Please enter a VPN connection name."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/new_vpn_dialog.rb:62
+msgid ""
+"Please refrain from using special characters and spaces in the name.\n"
+"Acceptable characters are: A-Z, a-z, 0-9, dash, underscore\n"
+"Name has to begin with a letter."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Ask for a new certificate/key combination for a VPN client
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "Path to certificate file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:52
+msgid "Path to certificate key file:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:54
+msgid "Please do not store the key in the certificate file itself."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return tuple of certificate and certificate key locations.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_cert_dialog.rb:80
+msgid "Please enter both certificate file and key file."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Return password string.
+#: src/lib/vpn/set_client_psk_dialog.rb:59
+msgid "Please enter a password."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. View log dialog displays current status about all IPSec connections.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:49
+msgid "The logs are refreshed automatically every 3 seconds."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:51
+msgid "Restart VPN Daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Restart IPSec daemon service.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:76
+msgid "Confirm daemon restart"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:77
+msgid ""
+"Existing connections will be interrupted.\n"
+"Do you still wish to continue?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:81
+msgid "Failed to restart IPSec daemon"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Read daemon status and refresh the content of log views.
+#: src/lib/vpn/view_log_dialog.rb:100
+msgid "Status not available: is the daemon running?"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Install packages
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:174
+msgid "Failed to install IPSec packages."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Enable/disable daemon
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:182
+msgid "Failed to start IPSec daemon."
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Configure IP forwarding
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:212
+msgid "Failed to apply IP forwarding settings using sysctl:"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Configure/deconfigure firewall
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:228
+msgid ""
+"SuSE firewall is enabled but not activated.\n"
+"In order for VPN to function properly, SuSE firewall will now be activated."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:232 src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:237
+msgid "Failed to restart SuSE firewall."
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:243
+msgid ""
+"Both VPN gateway and clients require special SuSE firewall configuration.\n"
+"SuSE firewall is not enabled, therefore you must manually run the configuratio"
+"n script on every reboot. The script will be run now.\n"
+"The script is located at %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. AutoYaST: Return a rich text summary of the current configuration.
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:282
+msgid "VPN Global Settings"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:283
+msgid "Enable VPN (IPSec) daemon: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:284
+msgid "Reduce TCP MSS: %s"
+msgstr ""
+
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:285
+msgid "Gateway and Connections"
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Gateway summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:291
+msgid "A gateway serving clients in "
+msgstr ""
+
+#. Client summary
+#: src/modules/IPSecConf.rb:295
+msgid "A client connecting to "
+msgstr ""
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/xpram.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:37+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:59+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
Modified: branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot
===================================================================
--- branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
+++ branches/SLE12-SP2/yast/50-pot/yast2-apparmor.pot 2016-05-06 15:09:30 UTC (rev 95804)
@@ -8,8 +8,8 @@
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: PACKAGE VERSION\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-25 18:36+0200\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 16:57+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n"
"Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL(a)li.org>\n"
"Language: \n"
1
0
06 May '16
Author: dmedina
Date: 2016-05-06 14:02:20 +0200 (Fri, 06 May 2016)
New Revision: 95803
Modified:
trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypp.ca.po
Log:
Modified: trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypp.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypp.ca.po 2016-05-06 11:56:58 UTC (rev 95802)
+++ trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypp.ca.po 2016-05-06 12:02:20 UTC (rev 95803)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: YaST (@memory@)\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2015-11-16 12:34+0100\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-03-07 18:45+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 14:02+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan\n"
"Language: ca\n"
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n"
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1080
msgid ""
@@ -855,8 +855,8 @@
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "Cannot find available loop device to mount the image file from '%s'"
msgstr ""
-"No es pot trobar un dispositiu loop disponible per muntar el fitxer d'imatge "
-"de '%s'"
+"No es pot trobar un dispositiu de bucle disponible per muntar el fitxer "
+"d'imatge de \"%s\""
#: zypp/RepoManager.cc:227
#, boost-format
@@ -3058,7 +3058,7 @@
#: zypp/media/MediaException.cc:72
msgid "Medium not attached"
-msgstr "No hi ha mitjà connectat"
+msgstr "No hi ha un mitjà connectat"
#: zypp/media/MediaException.cc:53
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -3411,7 +3411,7 @@
#: zypp/target/hal/HalContext.cc:851
msgid "Not a CDROM drive"
-msgstr "No es una unitat de CD-ROM"
+msgstr "No és una unitat de CD-ROM"
#. language code: nub
#: zypp/LanguageCode.cc:815
@@ -5113,7 +5113,7 @@
#: zypp/solver/detail/ProblemSolutionIgnore.cc:48
msgid "generally ignore of some dependencies"
-msgstr "ignora generalment d'algunes dependències"
+msgstr "ignora generalment algunes dependències"
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1216
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1237
@@ -5158,7 +5158,7 @@
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1277
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "keep %s despite the inferior architecture"
-msgstr "manté %s, malgrat tenir una arquitectura inferior."
+msgstr "mantén %s, malgrat l'arquitectura inferior."
#: zypp/solver/detail/SATResolver.cc:1291
#, c-format, boost-format
1
0
06 May '16
Author: dmedina
Date: 2016-05-06 13:56:58 +0200 (Fri, 06 May 2016)
New Revision: 95802
Modified:
trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po
Log:
Modified: trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po 2016-05-06 09:16:20 UTC (rev 95801)
+++ trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po 2016-05-06 11:56:58 UTC (rev 95802)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-04-14 01:14+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 11:15+0200\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 13:56+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan\n"
"Language: ca\n"
@@ -651,8 +651,8 @@
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be REMOVED:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent patró S'ELIMINARÀ:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d patrons S'ELIMINARAN:"
+msgstr[0] "El patró següent S'ELIMINARÀ:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d patrons següents S'ELIMINARAN:"
#: src/Summary.cc:567
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -778,36 +778,36 @@
msgid "The following recommended package was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
"The following %d recommended packages were automatically selected:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent paquet recomanat ha estat seleccionat automàticament:"
+msgstr[0] "El paquet recomanat següent s'ha seleccionat automàticament:"
msgstr[1] ""
-"Els següents %d paquets recomanats han estat seleccionats automàticament:"
+"Els %d paquets recomanats següents s'han seleccionat automàticament:"
#: src/Summary.cc:835
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following recommended patch was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
"The following %d recommended patches were automatically selected:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent pedaç recomanat ha estat automàticament seleccionat:"
+msgstr[0] "El pedaç recomanat següent s'ha seleccionat automàticament:"
msgstr[1] ""
-"Els següents %d pedaços recomanats han estat automàticament seleccionats:"
+"Els %d pedaços recomanats següents s'han seleccionat automàticament:"
#: src/Summary.cc:840
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following recommended pattern was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
"The following %d recommended patterns were automatically selected:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent patró recomanat ha estat seleccionat automàticament:"
+msgstr[0] "El patró recomanat següent s'ha seleccionat automàticament:"
msgstr[1] ""
-"Els següents %d patrons recomanats han estat seleccionats automàticament:"
+"Els %d patrons recomanats següents s'han seleccionat automàticament:"
#: src/Summary.cc:845
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following recommended product was automatically selected:"
msgid_plural ""
"The following %d recommended products were automatically selected:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent producte recomanat ha estat seleccionat automàticament:"
+msgstr[0] "El producte recomanat següent s'ha seleccionat automàticament:"
msgstr[1] ""
-"Els següents %d productes recomanats han estat seleccionats automàticament:"
+"Els %d productes recomanats següents s'han seleccionat automàticament:"
#: src/Summary.cc:850
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -815,9 +815,9 @@
msgid_plural ""
"The following %d recommended source packages were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] ""
-"El següent paquet de codi font recomanat s'ha seleccionat automàticament:"
+"El paquet de codi font recomanat següent s'ha seleccionat automàticament:"
msgstr[1] ""
-"Els següents %d paquets de codi font recomanats s'han seleccionat "
+"Els %d paquets de codi font recomanats següents s'han seleccionat "
"automàticament:"
#: src/Summary.cc:855
@@ -855,10 +855,10 @@
"The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed because "
"they are unwanted (were manually removed before):"
msgstr[0] ""
-"El següent paquet està recomanat, però no s'instal·larà perquè no és volgut "
+"El paquet següent està recomanat, però no s'instal·larà perquè no és volgut "
"(abans es va eliminar manualment):"
msgstr[1] ""
-"Els següents %d paquets estan recomanats, però no s'instal·laran perquè no "
+"Els %d paquets següents estan recomanats, però no s'instal·laran perquè no "
"són volguts (abans es van eliminar manualment):"
#: src/Summary.cc:921
@@ -881,24 +881,24 @@
msgid "The following patch is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
"The following %d patches are recommended, but will not be installed:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent pedaç està recomanat, però no s'instal·larà:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d pedaços estan recomanats, però no s'instal·laran:"
+msgstr[0] "El pedaç següent està recomanat, però no s'instal·larà:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d pedaços següents estan recomanats, però no s'instal·laran:"
#: src/Summary.cc:938
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following pattern is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
"The following %d patterns are recommended, but will not be installed:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent patró està recomanat, però no s'instal·larà:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d patrons estan recomanats, però no s'instal·laran:"
+msgstr[0] "El patró següent està recomanat, però no s'instal·larà:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d patrons següents estan recomanats, però no s'instal·laran:"
#: src/Summary.cc:942
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following product is recommended, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
"The following %d products are recommended, but will not be installed:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent producte està recomanat, però no s'instal·larà:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d productes estan recomanats, però no s'instal·laran:"
+msgstr[0] "El producte següent està recomanat, però no s'instal·larà:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d productes següents estan recomanats, però no s'instal·laran:"
#: src/Summary.cc:946
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -914,32 +914,32 @@
msgid "The following package is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
"The following %d packages are suggested, but will not be installed:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent paquet està suggerit, però no s'instal·larà:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d paquets estan suggerits, però no s'instal·laran:"
+msgstr[0] "El paquet següent està suggerit, però no s'instal·larà:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d paquets següents estan suggerits, però no s'instal·laran:"
#: src/Summary.cc:991
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following patch is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
"The following %d patches are suggested, but will not be installed:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent pedaç està suggerit, però no s'instal·larà:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d pedaços estan suggerits, però no s'instal·laran:"
+msgstr[0] "El pedaç següent està suggerit, però no s'instal·larà:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d pedaços següents estan suggerits, però no s'instal·laran:"
#: src/Summary.cc:996
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following pattern is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
"The following %d patterns are suggested, but will not be installed:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent patró està suggerit, però no s'instal·larà:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d patrons estan suggerits, però no s'instal·laran:"
+msgstr[0] "El patró següent està suggerit, però no s'instal·larà:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d patrons següents estan suggerits, però no s'instal·laran:"
#: src/Summary.cc:1001
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following product is suggested, but will not be installed:"
msgid_plural ""
"The following %d products are suggested, but will not be installed:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent producte està suggerit, però no s'instal·larà:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d productes estan suggerits, però no s'instal·laran:"
+msgstr[0] "El producte següent està suggerit, però no s'instal·larà:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d productes següents estan suggerits, però no s'instal·laran:"
#: src/Summary.cc:1006
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -961,22 +961,22 @@
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following patch is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to change architecture:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent pedaç canviarà d'arquitectura:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d pedaços canviaran d'arquitectura:"
+msgstr[0] "El pedaç següent canviarà d'arquitectura:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d pedaços següents canviaran d'arquitectura:"
#: src/Summary.cc:1038
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change architecture:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent patró canviarà d'arquitectura:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d patrons canviaran d'arquitectura:"
+msgstr[0] "El patró següent canviarà d'arquitectura:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d patrons següents canviaran d'arquitectura:"
#: src/Summary.cc:1043
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following product is going to change architecture:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change architecture:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent producte canviarà d'arquitectura:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d productes canviaran d'arquitectura:"
+msgstr[0] "El producte següent canviarà d'arquitectura:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d productes següents canviaran d'arquitectura:"
#: src/Summary.cc:1048
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -1003,15 +1003,15 @@
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to change vendor:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent pedaç canviarà de proveïdor:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d patrons canviaran de proveïdor:"
+msgstr[0] "El pedaç següent canviarà de proveïdor:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d patrons següents canviaran de proveïdor:"
#: src/Summary.cc:1085
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following product is going to change vendor:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to change vendor:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent producte canviarà de proveïdor:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d productes canviaran de proveïdor:"
+msgstr[0] "El producte següent canviarà de proveïdor:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d productes següents canviaran de proveïdor:"
#: src/Summary.cc:1090
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -1034,11 +1034,11 @@
msgid_plural ""
"The following %d packages need additional customer contract to get support:"
msgstr[0] ""
-"El següent paquet necessita un contracte addicional de client per tenir "
+"El paquet següent necessita un contracte addicional de client per obtenir "
"suport:"
msgstr[1] ""
-"Els següents %d paquets necessiten un contracte addicional de client per "
-"tenir suport:"
+"Els %d paquets següents necessiten un contracte addicional de client per "
+"obtenir suport:"
#: src/Summary.cc:1148
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -1051,8 +1051,8 @@
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following product update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d product updates will NOT be installed:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent prodcute d'actualització NO s'instal·larà:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d productes d'actualització NO s'instal·laran:"
+msgstr[0] "El producte d'actualització següent NO s'instal·larà:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d productes d'actualització següents NO s'instal·laran:"
#: src/Summary.cc:1158
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -1091,7 +1091,7 @@
#: src/Summary.cc:1240
#, boost-format
msgid "Overall download size: %1%. Already cached: %2%."
-msgstr "Mida global de la baixada: %1%. Ja a la memòria: %2%."
+msgstr "Mida global de la baixada: %1%. Ja a la memòria cau: %2%."
#: src/Summary.cc:1243
msgid "Download only."
@@ -1540,10 +1540,10 @@
"The following %1% packages had to be excluded from file conflicts check "
"because they are not yet downloaded:"
msgstr[0] ""
-"El següent paquet ha hagut de ser exclòs de la verificació de conflictes "
+"El paquet següent ha hagut de ser exclòs de la verificació de conflictes "
"entre fitxers perquè encara no s'ha descarregat:"
msgstr[1] ""
-"Els següents %1% paquets han hagut de ser exclosos de la verificació de "
+"Els %1% paquets següents han hagut de ser exclosos de la verificació de "
"conflictes entre fitxers perquè encara no s'han descarregat:"
#. TranslatorExplanation %1%(number of conflicts); detailed list follows
@@ -1742,7 +1742,7 @@
#: src/callbacks/repo.h:112
#, boost-format
msgid "In cache %1%"
-msgstr "A la memòria: %1%"
+msgstr "A la memòria cau: %1%"
#: src/callbacks/repo.h:128
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -1903,7 +1903,7 @@
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "Repository metadata for '%s' not found in local cache."
msgstr ""
-"No s'han trobat les metadades del repositori per a %s a la memòria cau local."
+"No s'han trobat les metadades de repositori per a %s a la memòria cau local."
#: src/repos.cc:409
msgid "Error building the cache:"
@@ -1954,8 +1954,8 @@
"The metadata cache needs to be built for the '%s' repository. You can run "
"'zypper refresh' as root to do this."
msgstr ""
-"La metadada de la memòria cau necessita construir-se per al repositori %s. "
-"Podeu fer servir \"zypper refresh\" com a administrador per fer-ho."
+"La memòria cau de metadades s'ha de construir per al repositori %s. Podeu "
+"fer servir \"zypper refresh\" com a administrador per fer-ho."
#: src/repos.cc:820
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -2161,7 +2161,7 @@
#: src/repos.cc:1479
msgid "Cleaning installed packages cache."
-msgstr "Netejant la memòria cau dels paquets instal·lats."
+msgstr "Netejant la memòria cau de paquets instal·lats."
#: src/repos.cc:1488
msgid "Cannot clean installed packages cache because of an error."
@@ -2588,7 +2588,7 @@
#: src/repos.cc:3102
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "Retrieving repository '%s' data..."
-msgstr "Obtenint les dades del repositori %s."
+msgstr "Obtenint les dades del repositori %s..."
#: src/repos.cc:3108
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -5144,7 +5144,7 @@
#: src/Zypper.cc:4000
msgid "Plain RPM files cache"
-msgstr "Memòria cau de fitxers RPM clara"
+msgstr "Memòria cau de fitxers RPM simple"
#: src/Zypper.cc:4017
msgid "No valid arguments specified."
1
0
06 May '16
Author: dmedina
Date: 2016-05-06 11:16:20 +0200 (Fri, 06 May 2016)
New Revision: 95801
Modified:
trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po
Log:
Modified: trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po
===================================================================
--- trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po 2016-04-29 06:51:01 UTC (rev 95800)
+++ trunk/lcn/ca/po/zypper.ca.po 2016-05-06 09:16:20 UTC (rev 95801)
@@ -9,7 +9,7 @@
"Project-Id-Version: @PACKAGE@\n"
"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: \n"
"POT-Creation-Date: 2016-04-14 01:14+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-19 16:53+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2016-05-06 11:15+0200\n"
"Last-Translator: David Medina <opensusecatala(a)gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Catalan\n"
"Language: ca\n"
@@ -17,7 +17,7 @@
"Content-Type: text/plain; charset=UTF-8\n"
"Content-Transfer-Encoding: 8bit\n"
"Plural-Forms: nplurals=2; plural=(n != 1);\n"
-"X-Generator: Poedit 1.6.11\n"
+"X-Generator: Poedit 1.8.7.1\n"
#: src/info.cc:116
msgid "Name: "
@@ -596,7 +596,7 @@
msgid "The following NEW package is going to be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d NEW packages are going to be installed:"
msgstr[0] "S'instal·larà el paquet NOU següent:"
-msgstr[1] "S'instal·laran els %d paquets NOUS següents:"
+msgstr[1] "S'instal·laran els %d paquets NOUS següents:"
#: src/Summary.cc:510
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -637,36 +637,36 @@
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following package is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d packages are going to be REMOVED:"
-msgstr[0] "El paquet següent s'ELIMINARÀ:"
-msgstr[1] "Els %d paquets següents s'ELIMINARAN:"
+msgstr[0] "El paquet següent S'ELIMINARÀ:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d paquets següents S'ELIMINARAN:"
#: src/Summary.cc:557
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following patch is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patches are going to be REMOVED:"
-msgstr[0] "El pedaç següent s'ELIMINARÀ:"
-msgstr[1] "Els %d pedaços següents s'ELIMINARAN:"
+msgstr[0] "El pedaç següent S'ELIMINARÀ:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d pedaços següents S'ELIMINARAN:"
#: src/Summary.cc:562
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following pattern is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d patterns are going to be REMOVED:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent patró s'ELIMINARÀ:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d patrons s'ELIMINARAN:"
+msgstr[0] "El següent patró S'ELIMINARÀ:"
+msgstr[1] "Els següents %d patrons S'ELIMINARAN:"
#: src/Summary.cc:567
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following product is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d products are going to be REMOVED:"
-msgstr[0] "El producte següent s'ELIMINARÀ:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d productes s'ELIMINARAN:"
+msgstr[0] "El producte següent S'ELIMINARÀ:"
+msgstr[1] "Els següents %d productes S'ELIMINARAN:"
#: src/Summary.cc:572
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following application is going to be REMOVED:"
msgid_plural "The following %d applications are going to be REMOVED:"
-msgstr[0] "L'aplicació següent s'ELIMINARÀ:"
-msgstr[1] "Les %d aplicacions següents s'ELIMINARAN:"
+msgstr[0] "L'aplicació següent S'ELIMINARÀ:"
+msgstr[1] "Les %d aplicacions següents S'ELIMINARAN:"
#: src/Summary.cc:591
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -815,10 +815,10 @@
msgid_plural ""
"The following %d recommended source packages were automatically selected:"
msgstr[0] ""
-"El següent paquet de codi font recomanat ha estat automàticament seleccionat:"
+"El següent paquet de codi font recomanat s'ha seleccionat automàticament:"
msgstr[1] ""
-"Els següents %d paquets de codi font recomanats han estat automàticament "
-"seleccionats:"
+"Els següents %d paquets de codi font recomanats s'han seleccionat "
+"automàticament:"
#: src/Summary.cc:855
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -840,10 +840,10 @@
"The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed (only "
"required packages will be installed):"
msgstr[0] ""
-"El següent paquet està recomanat, però no s'instal·larà (només "
+"El paquet següent està recomanat, però no s'instal·larà (només "
"s'instal·laran els paquets necessaris):"
msgstr[1] ""
-"Els següent s%d paquets estan recomanats, però no s'instal·laran (només "
+"Els s%d paquets següents estan recomanats, però no s'instal·laran (només "
"s'instal·laran els paquets necessaris):"
#: src/Summary.cc:911
@@ -870,11 +870,11 @@
"The following %d packages are recommended, but will not be installed due to "
"conflicts or dependency issues:"
msgstr[0] ""
-"El següent paquet està recomanat, però no s'instal·larà a causa de "
-"conflictes o problemes amb les dependències:"
+"El paquet següent està recomanat, però no s'instal·larà a causa de "
+"conflictes o problemes de dependències:"
msgstr[1] ""
-"Els següents %d paquets estan recomanats, però no s'instal·laran a causa de "
-"conflictes o problemes amb les dependències:"
+"Els %d paquets següents estan recomanats, però no s'instal·laran a causa de "
+"conflictes o problemes de dependències:"
#: src/Summary.cc:934
#, c-format, boost-format
@@ -1044,8 +1044,8 @@
#, c-format, boost-format
msgid "The following package update will NOT be installed:"
msgid_plural "The following %d package updates will NOT be installed:"
-msgstr[0] "El següent paquet d'actualització NO s'instal·larà:"
-msgstr[1] "Els següents %d paquets d'actualització NO s'instal·laran:"
+msgstr[0] "El paquet d'actualització següent NO s'instal·larà:"
+msgstr[1] "Els %d paquets d'actualització següents NO s'instal·laran:"
#: src/Summary.cc:1153
#, c-format, boost-format
1
0